Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/10/16
“RCMP officers have been screening Muslim refugee claimants entering from the U.S. at Quebec’s Roxham Rd. crossing, asking how they feel about women who do not wear the hijab, how many times they pray, and their opinion about the Taliban and the Islamic State, a questionnaire obtained by the Star shows.
The 41 questions appear to specifically target Muslims, as no other religious practices are mentioned, nor terrorist groups with non-Muslim members.
Refugee lawyers representing the more than 12,000 men, women and children who have crossed from New York this year at the informal crossing on Roxham Rd., near the Quebec town of Saint-Bernard-de-Lacolle, have heard stories of profiling, but it wasn’t until a client of Toronto lawyer Clifford McCarten was given his own questionnaire last month — seemingly by mistake — that there was proof of the practice.”
“CALGARY — The tall, slim teenager asks a question that’s on the minds of many of the young people gathered around the cloth-covered tables in a small meeting room at a mosque in northeast Calgary.
“If someone from [Daesh]* approaches you, how would you respond to them, so that you’re not attacked any further?” wonders Zubair Tariq, 16.
“If they approach, you should be smart enough to know that [Daesh] is very big criminals in the eyes of Islam,” answers Imam Syed Soharwardy, founder of Muslims Against Terrorism and the Islamic Supreme Council of Canada.”
“Will newly-minted federal NDP Leader Jagmeet Singh’s religion or race revolutionize politics in Canada?
In the U.S., the election of Barack Obama was supposed to not only revolutionize politics, but improve race relations.
It didn’t!
Initially, for some, Obama was “not black enough”.
Many only jumped on the bandwagon when they realized Obama was inspiring the younger generation to follow him.
Race and religion are inextricably woven into and complicated by complex human emotions.”
Source: http://www.torontosun.com/2017/10/14/the-singh-factor.
“MONTREAL, Canada – Canada’s Ministry of Public Safety has suspended the use of a controversial questionnaire used during interviews with asylum seekers crossing illegally from the US because it is “inappropriate” and inconsistent with government policy, a spokesperson said.
The move comes after civil rights groups raised concerns over the questionnaire that Canada’s federal police have used during interviews with asylum seekers.
Thousands of asylum seekers have crossed the US border without visas in recent months. The Royal Canadian Mounted Police intercepted 2,996 asylum seekers who had crossed into Quebec without visas in July, and another 5,530 asylum seekers in August.”
“(CNN)A Canadian man who was freed along with his family after five years in militant captivity in Afghanistan said his captors authorized the killing of one of his children and raped his wife.
“The stupidity and the evil of the Haqqani network’s kidnapping of a pilgrim and his heavily pregnant wife engaged in helping ordinary villagers in Taliban-controlled regions of Afghanistan was eclipsed only by the stupidity and evil of authorizing the murder of my infant daughter, Martyr Boyle,” Joshua Boyle told reporters upon his arrival Friday night at Toronto’s Pearson International Airport.
He said his goal now is to build “a secure sanctuary for our three surviving children to call a home … and try to regain some portion of the childhood that they have lost.”
Source: http://www.cnn.com/2017/10/14/asia/taliban-family-freed-canada-boyle-speaks/index.html.
“OTTAWA — Human rights expert Irwin Cotler has the ear of Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau and Foreign Minister Chrystia Freeland.The former Liberal MP and human rights lawyer is advocating for political prisoners and has advice for how Canada can seek a seat on the United Nations Security Council.
Cotler spoke to the Post in Ottawa this month, the morning after the Raoul Wallenberg all-party parliamentary caucus discussed major human rights issues and just a couple of hours before a sitdown with Freeland.”
“The problem with politicians who bring up race or religion is how it inevitably reveals more about the politician than it does citizens.
The latest example comes from Naheed Nenshi, who in recent comments to the leader of a local Pakistani community group, expressed a concern. “Everything we’ve built together,” said the mayor — who self-identified as the “the first Muslim mayor” of any western city — is “very, very tenuous.”
He then remarked on “forces” that wanted the city to go “backwards.”
Nenshi later pointed to racist and anti-Muslim remarks on social media as justification for his comment. But cranks, misogynists and bigots have long populated the netherworld of online commentary. They are nothing new and explain little about the motivations of most Calgarians, unless one believes in stereotypes.
Nenshi’s language about “backward” is curious. It implies that pre-2010 (when Nenshi was first elected), Calgary was … what exactly? — an abyss of antebellum racism from the deep American south, circa the 1960s? Some of us were alive in Calgary in 2009. We recall a rather more positive civic culture.”
“What should be an investigation into systemic hate in Canada often feels like a referendum on one word mentioned in M-103: Islamophobia.
From the start of the hearings, witnesses have weighed in, with the active support of some committee members, about whether Islamophobia exists, where the term came from, and whether it is an appropriate term of art. Perhaps, some have offered, we should instead use the term “anti-Muslim”; perhaps we should differentiate between hate that is directed at Islam and hate directed at Muslims; perhaps we should be focusing less on Islamophobia and more on Muslim extremism and radicalization.
Each of these theoretical forays into the technicalities of a single term represents a theft from the task of combating systemic hate, which is the mandate of the committee.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/10/16
Nsajigwa I Mwasokwa (Nsajigwa Nsa’sam) founded Jichojipya (meaning with new eye) to “Think Anew”. We have talked before about freethought in Tanzania. Here we continue the discussion, other conversation here.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We talked about the situation in Tanzania. How are things for surrounding countries? Are the bad parts of religion as prevalent or more prevalent there?
Nsajigwa: By religion, we should include African’s own traditional beliefs. Now Tanzania borders with 8 countries. Yes, the negatives jump across borders notable witchcraft believe from Zambia in the past, to kill young girls and flay to get the human skin. Albino killing from here got exported to Rwanda, Burundi, and Malawi.
The glamorous flamboyant Preaching pastors termed “Pastorpreneurs” style came all the way from Nigeria West Africa. It is bad in Uganda. Pentecostals speaking in unknown sound evolved following influences from Uganda and Nigeria.
In politics, consulting traditional medicine men during campaigns for election, rampant here got exported elsewhere. President is God’s choice, a fallacy that lingers except now in Kenya the high court annulled the results. So that brings contradiction, has God erred this time..?
Jacobsen: How do these bad parts influence politics and daily life?
Nsajigwa: In politics, it enforces religious-based myth, a fallacy that a President is God’s choice in Swahili “Rais ni chaguo la Mungu”. It also causes “historicism”- people are made to believe such and such things have never happened, implying (such changes) cannot happen.
In daily life people believe in kismet – fatalism that everything is God’s will even to accidents caused by reckless driving. Circles of killings to flay humans for skin, killing the bald-headed all the way to Albino. Hitting people on the head and use the iron rod split with blood to hang on butcher’s shops to “attract” customers, killing people with disability who are seemingly successful or influential.
More-so people become gullible to “pastorpreneurs” to believe that just by their praying they can cure diseases instead of sending the sick to hospitals, and there are prayers for one to pass examinations even at higher learning levels!
There are an advertisement for a cure to enhance love magical-wise, also by “Doctors” (diviners) about making one get rich quick, in some cases telling clients to bring parts of human bodies to enhance the combinations. There is Culture of blaming it to an owl as messenger bird of bad omen. Christianity makes people hate snakes seeing it as a symbol of Satan himself, plus Swahili being neo-Islamic culture, there is believe in Jinns.
Furthermore, people believe literally in the miracle of virgin birth, and in the resurrection (in Swahili“Msukule”).
There is a misinterpretation of recurrence of incidence in a particular area if accidents happen from time to time in a place, there has to be a vampire kind of ghost there. Just recently people believed there was a big tree that cried with a human voice, oozed blood while being cut to make way for road expansion. The work had to stop to the next day and when eventually it was cut down with many people witnessing afar, its branches suddenly became antidote medicine to cure anything. People believe these things in the 21c century of science, computer, internet, and technology!
Jacobsen: Reflecting on your own locale in Tanzania, what are the impacts on the daily lives of believers? What are the rituals and superstitions they have in their daily lives?
Nsajigwa: Impacts are, believers use sound amplifiers in sermons even at night for the Pentecostals. It causes “noise pollution” tolerated (endured) because it is in the name of God. Even Moslem have adopted that on Fridays and for Muezzins daily.
The faithful are so self – assured thinking because they are on God’s side, therefore, their way is the only right way, unchallenged. By contradiction, they would insist on maintaining our cultural values yet forget even these modern scruples that we cherish today as “ours” came from outside, our very prejudice to say African culture being based on those very holy books from outside Africa, yet still they would be against “western values” meaning secular one’s example on dress code, how women should or shouldn’t wear, this or that being against our (African) ethics, they would argue.
Some are anti secularist by outlook, some are anti-science confusing science as a “western thing” yet using it overwhelmingly in their everyday lives – Phones, Tv, Medication, Transport etc.
Many are against evolution theory that they don’t understand and aren’t ready to know it.
It causes blame game mentality, just looking for someone or something to blame on – be it the devil, snake, women or the West. Some have compartmentalized, they live secular life but becomes religious on Fridays Saturdays and Sundays.
On Rituals, It is Praying constantly as individually and in fellowship, believing prayers answers human wishes even if it’s to the contrary. They blame game others for one’s own problems and incompetence, wishing those others bad, those that they think, more so feel as to be the ones who caused them problems that they are in. It is a witch-hunt mentality. They go around preach threatening people with stories of hellfire, in some cases their prayers ending in ecstatic trances.
On Superstitions, they believe in speaking (while in a trance) an unknown language sounding “abracadabra” as if from Congo. They believe in chasing away evil spirits and jinns, believe in prayers (and pay tithe for) to get employment, promotion in work, getting someone to get married to even as far as winning one’s case in a court of law. They believe in wishful thinking that life is driven by lucky or misfortunes all as ordained by Almighty God. That for anything happening, there are (super)natural forces behind, that holy books (Bible and Koran) have all the answers for any and all human questions and problems, even those of scientific field while some even thinking science is a Europeans “western thing”. There is too much confusion as between modernization and westernization, Africa had “bad bargain” for that. The SWOT Challenge is to modernize our cultures like say how the Japanese did theirs.
Jacobsen: What do you consider the positives of religion? As a freethinker, it can’t be all bad.
It brought modernity or rather came with it, thus services of modern education (on top of African’s traditional functional one) that made Africans discover the world beyond their villages, modern medication (hospitals) to cure or just explain scientifically diseases notably malnutrition-based, and for Islam the service of free water as in every mosque there must be water available for ablution. This even today alleviates water supply which is a big problem in cities. Neighbors are assured to get it at the mosque reservoir out of its well once dug. Religion brought fellowship, a sense of “Ummah” for Islam and “Catholicism” loyalty beyond Ethnics for Christians. It fought to eradicate some kind of (tradition) superstitions example colonial church based schools discouraged practice of female circumcision (FGM) but overtime new kind of superstition, religion-based emerged.
For many religion gives Hope, in the past especially those who joined were the ones being secluded by traditions example women (unlucky), not in marriage, or were in it but childless (seen as worthless). Today for those whom the harsh struggle for the survival of the fittest of modern life has not worked well for them.
Jacobsen: How do you cope with the social circle that by definition is much smaller than the religious? It must make a finding for fulfilling conversation difficult at times.
Nsajigwa: Yes! Very difficult most of the time. It is hard to reason logically with believers as they have a sense of self-assurance thinking they are right just by using their holy books (however most haven’t read the whole of). I developed solitude aspect of life, book reading on philosophy, comparative religions, world history, psychology, sociology, and culture gave me the only company. Libraries became my sanctuary place. A lonely person that became used to this life.
Otherwise a hardworking Teacher, guide, and mentor inspirational to the Youth and kids, jovial, Socratic elenchus, approachable to anyone for any question, Humble, Peaceful, classless, Empiricist, realist. More than books its music that keeps me going, also watching Tv sports soccer being favorite. Likewise, traveling (to learn new things) when a trip arises, and write a story about.
Jacobsen: What words best describe your struggle there? What has been your greatest emotional tribulation or trial?
Nsajigwa: ENDURANCE describes my struggle. Like a Stoic philosopher, living been misunderstood, what you can’t change, you have to endure. I carry with me several bruises first one is to be thought a crazy madman literally, ostracized Spinoza-like but never committed anything negative to law or humanity, then even now. Over years people realized I am just a mentally normal person, possible just more enlightened by book reading, plus a rationalist, ever curious questioning reality to try to seek answers.
Second going to mid-1990s when multiparty came back to Tanzania, I was rounded by Police just because of the high level of discussion I had with my freethinker brother in a public bus while Tour-guiding a visitor. A plain policeman happened to be on that bus. Three days later in town, we were suddenly rounded up, picked in a cab each and send to the police station, searched up and locked. They didn’t find anything in our bags, even a march box or a piece of cigarette, non-smokers. They found instead books on Philosophy and comparative religions.
Nevertheless, They locked us without ourselves knowing what the charges were. When our Guarantor came late he could not believe what they wrote as our crime, theft of shoes! No said he, not those two I know, not even money unless you tell me it is a book that they have taken. After a week-long trauma, we were released as free though nothing as our crime was established in the first place. We never knew what. African state machinery can jail independent thinker to freethinker for any excuse. I am a victim of that.
The third is when I met a Professor of history while a youth, after much discussion to his amazement the sad part came along. He told me I am so impressed that you know all these things by your book reading habit but now realize this, just by being that, you have become dangerous, your very knowing will annoy so many people. This bitter truth shocked me innocently, I only came to understand it along the way, a freethinkers life journey, what an odyssey!
I am someone suffered for living ahead of my time, just by analyzing contextually I see things straight which for others it takes months or years. I am lucky to have met few like-minded, in fact, these are my own students, few that I molded into philosophy in general, and freethinking in particular.
Jacobsen: Do you think that the number of religious people and the level of religiosity will both decrease in the coming decades for Tanzania?
Nsajigwa: It is tough to forecast based on the experience that during 1960 – 70s it was thought then that the campaign going on to fight against “enemy ignorance” would, by the year 2000 lead to high level of literacy. It surprises that irrationality and gullibility is still high despite education. Someone said it was free education but also free of knowledge too!
So likewise prospects are, religiosity could decrease thanks may be due to the internet that has made it possible to access just by oneself, by one’s own computer or a smartphone, religions being questioned left, right and center, plus being informed Atheists zeitgeist elsewhere asserting itself. This can inspire many others anywhere with doubting mind to questions and possibly end up being nonreligious. By SWOT approach, I see a golden Opportunity than (n)ever before. Thanks to internet connectivity.
However there must be efforts like ours of Jichojipya to showcase (thus catalyze) the populace to know that even at the local level there are freethinkers individuals, that it’s possible to “live clean”, ethically good, rationally guided without a religion, any.
Jacobsen: Is religion in Tanzania more about theology or about social cohesion based on non-reality grounded structures of conceiving in the world?
Nsajigwa: It is both more so for the second. The church is powerful theological-wise on what it disseminates each Sunday plus it has several educational institutions that it runs. Mosque exerts quite an influence too. But it’s social cohesion where religion is strong in playing the non-reality of how to conceive the world, as I have explained the impacts of religions to our daily life here. That is a big part, African triple heritage cultural reality on the ground.
Jacobsen: How can people in the surrounding areas help you out? How can surrounding countries in the African Diaspora help out?
Nsajigwa: First, by people in surrounding areas do you mean my neighborhood? if so they should just be open-minded open-ended, rational and skeptical to any claim, including those of religions. They should question things, everything. They should seek evidence, logical, rational and more so empirically-based.
For surrounding countries bordering Tanzania, they also should foster skepticism outlook likewise, establish Freethinkers secular Humanist movement at the grassroots. I am aware there are such positive initiatives across.
If by African diaspora you mean Africans of the continent now living overseas? Then Yes if willing to support Motherland’s emancipation from the mental slavery of superstitions in any form, including that of religions. If they are for secular and scientific Africa, if they are for STEM projects, if they, in particular, are independent thinkers, Freethinkers, Secular Humanists they should support these efforts to bring about modernization, science-based of our traditions here to match the reality of 21stCentury.
And if you mean Afro-Americans, Yes likewise if they are open-ended Black freethinkers nonbelievers, those free from keeping a blame gaming white man for everything 50 years since civil rights movement, Humanistic to see things beyond either-or black and white. If willing they can help out. In fact, anyone within a human race can help on this. Thanks for the opportunity.
Jacobsen: You are welcome. Thank you for the opportunity and your time.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/10/15
You grew up as a Catholic. You went to Holy Child School, Cape Coast as well. What is your story as a youth growing up in a religious household? What was the experience?
I attended Catholic schools, St. Theresa’s School in Accra from primary, junior high school and in Holy Child School I got my Senior high school education. They were one of the best schools at the time and provided us with the best teachers in all subjects. The major criteria for admissions was to be a Catholic and I was baptised at the St. Theresa’s Parish so it was easier for me to gain admission. In primary school, we had ‘Worship service’ on Wednesday mornings as part of our curriculum and from 1st grade, we were read the Bible and taught to understand it.
In the beginning, I did not really understand it, especially when it came to topics on the afterlife since my mother had died when I was 4 years old and I had still not come to understand the concept of death by then. I must have tried to discuss the existence of God once to my classmates, but I was told that I could go mad (mentally ill) so I stopped. I then made it a point to understand and accept Christianity because I felt that everyone believed in it and it was the right thing to do. By 6th grade, I attended catechism classes and had received my First Holy Communion.
My Senior High School was an all-girls boarding School and was built by the Catholic church in a town called Cape Coast in the Central Region of Ghana in 1946. It had been run initially by British nuns for decades and later by alumni of the school. It was strict and aimed to form students into ‘women of substance’ who would grow up to be the best in the country at home as good wives, at work, and in the Catholic church.
Obedience, discipline, and morality were the core teachings there with religion and especially Catholicism at its core. It was compulsory for all students to attend Mass at least 3 times a week and observe ‘The Angelus’ prayer’ 3 times a day. Most of the students were Catholic, but we had Anglicans and Protestants of various denominations as well. I became more exposed to Christian Charismatic teachings, joined nondenominational prayer groups and underwent a period of ‘being born-again’, which cemented my belief on God. It was there I had my ‘Confirmation of the Holy Spirit’.
Due to my mother’s death, I was brought up partly by my mother’s family and later by my dad’s. My mother’s family is mostly Catholic and conservative who encouraged and supported me to be a good Christian and was proud of me whenever I hit a milestone in my religious life. My father’s side of the family is mostly Anglican and also went to church often, but were more liberal and reformed.
I was encouraged there to think for myself and I learnt to care for myself and my sister at an early age since there was no mother-figure and my dad was not really ‘there’ either. Staying at my dad’s, my sister and I grew up with lots of books and educational programs on satellite TV, which at the time was expensive for most homes to have. As my mother’s side taught me to be obedient and subservient in their understanding of being respectful, my father’s side of the family encouraged me to ask questions and express myself freely.
You de-converted and became an atheist in 2007. What were the major reasons, arguments, evidence, and experiences for the de-conversion?
I had finished University where I acquired my BA in Linguistics and Modern Languages and I had made lots of friends in the expat community. At the time, I had come to realise that I had certain views such as feminism that a lot of Ghanaian men were not interested in due to cultural and religious reasons so I seemed to connect well with foreigners. Dating a Serbo-Croatian then, I became familiar with the Eastern European community in the Capital, Accra.
I came to realise that most of them were non-religious as most people from Europe tend to be including my partner although they were baptised in the Orthodox church. I also started to notice that whenever I made religious statements, there would be a short awkward silence and a change in topic. I felt then that I was not doing my job properly as a Christian if I could not teach them about the Word of God and pass on the teachings of Christ. It was at this juncture that I set on a personal course to do objective research on the origins and importance of religion, especially Christianity, in order to properly inform my friends about it. We had Satellite TV then as well so I gave more attention to programs on channels like the HISTORY channel, which at the time showed objective documentaries on the life and times of Jesus Christ and the origins of the Bible.
This was eye-opening because all my life, I had watched the same type of movies and documentaries which were shown every Sunday and especially on Christian Holidays, but those ones had certain relevant information left out of it and they also did not give archaeologically documented information so came my first ‘shocks’. I also watched the Discovery and National Geographic channels for scientific documentaries on evolution the possibilities of life on other planets and these baffled me further because I had been taught to believe in only Creationism and I did not know there was another way of explaining how humans exist. At that point, I had not gotten any information to preach with and I had no one to talk to about my findings.
I went through stages of grief, disappointment, sadness, anger, and finally stopped going to church. Even when I stopped going to church I felt that God would strike me with lightning for disobeying him or ‘betraying’ him, but as time went by and nothing bad seemed to happen, my fear lessened. I did not know how to explain it to my family and friends. So for years, I kept my non-belief to myself and gave excuses for not attending church and sometimes hoped that I could be proven wrong with my non-belief so I could go back to worshipping God but that time never came.
You studied French at the University of Ghana for a Bachelor’s degree in Linguistics and Modern Languages (French and Spanish). Was this education assistive in personal and professional pursuits during postsecondary education and post-graduation?
Yes, it was. Actually, at the time, the University of Ghana did not give much room for choice by students. They mostly took subjects you excelled in from High School and gave you subjects in that field to study and since I passed exceptionally in English, French and Geography, I was given the Language subjects. I grew to enjoy Linguistics which was a social science program and it interested me greatly as its history taught me a lot about who we are as humans and how far we have come in terms of communication in our development as a species.
I studied various courses in pragmatics, phonetics, syntax, linguistics in Ga (my local language) and Linguistics in English. In Spanish, history and literature formed a big part of our studies and French grammar as well. As Ghana is the only Anglophone country in Africa completely neighboured by Francophone Countries, it became integral that I learnt it as it could get me a long way in the job market although I never really used it much in my career. It came in handy in translating for visiting clients, contractors. I loved studying Spanish for the love of it and linguistics helped me in my career as an administrator in creating and reviewing company documents. I speak 3 local languages and knowing 3 more foreign languages came in handy in my social life meeting people from all over the world.
How did you become an activist?
I became active in activism after joining the Humanist Association of Ghana. I gained confidence to ‘come out’ then as atheist and I wanted to help share what I knew now just as I was as a Christian but this time, based on evidence. I also realised how religion was destroying my country and continent due to ignorance, lack of education, and human rights abuses, and I felt I had to do something to help change things for the better. I felt that if I knew of an alternative to the dogmatic teachings I was given, I might have been atheist earlier and maybe, I could give someone else the opportunity to be a freethinker, which I was never given.
Were parents or siblings an influence on this for you?
My family had no idea that I would turn out to be atheist/humanist. I used to know that my uncle (father’s brother) who moved to the USA over 40 years ago was a deist by then, but never got the opportunity to discuss it with him until now. My sister’s godmother was also a German atheist, but it was never discussed perhaps because I felt it would be rude.
My sister left the Catholic church to become an Evangelical youth prayer group member while I was turning atheist. It was not until 2 years later that she became atheist. Even though we are so close and tell each other everything, it wasn’t until 3 years after her de-conversion that I got to hear about her story during a HAG group meeting. I definitely had no influence from Family. The best they helped was by giving me a good education and logical reasoning skills.
Did you have early partnerships in this activist pursuit? If so, whom?
Not really. I did not know about humanism until after I joined the Freethought Ghana group from which HAG came. Once I was introduced to it and I was able to recognise that humanism describes my personal philosophy of life, I began to identify as a humanist. The group then organised the 1st ever West African Humanist Conference in 2012 and after learning what steps other groups across the West African region were taking, we started to realise the importance of organising and formalising our group from a social group to an activist group.
The conference also gave the group the opportunity to meet other groups and their representatives that are working on humanitarian projects on human rights activism such as now Minister for Gender, Children and Social Protection, Honourable Mrs. Nana Oye Lithur who spoke to us on the LGBT situation in Ghana at the time, Mr. Gyekye Tanoh of 3rd World Women’s rights group, Mr. Leo Igwe a renowned African humanist from Nigeria who was then doing his research in Ghana on Witchcraft accusations in the Northern region for his PhD in Germany and other humanist groups from Liberia, Sierra Leone, and Nigeria. They gave us an insight on what they had been doing and gave us ideas from which HAG was inspired to join in.
Do you consider yourself a progressive?
Yes, I do. I am of the view that as a humanist who bases her ideas and decisions on logical reasoning and human value, I have had to rethink a lot of negative dogmatic beliefs, superstitions, and culture. I believe that Ghana, and Africa as a whole, is knee deep in ignorance and social dogma, and that is why we remain undeveloped for the most part. I love my country and my people of various tribes and cultures and for that, the need to create a better future for our next generations urges me on to fight age-old systems that stagnate our progress as a people.
Does progressivism logically imply other beliefs, or tend to or even not at all?
Progressivism, in my opinion, has not got to do with any belief in the supernatural or deities. There has been no proof of that and so moving forward for me, would mean totally discarding those beliefs and critically thinking of ways people can create better systems of living as a civilised nation that takes into account the responsibility of the well-being of its people.
However, I personally believe also that people have their right to association as enshrined in our constitution and therefore, need to have their rights respected but monitored so that its members and the general public are not badly affected by negative religious practices that would infringe on their rights. Rather, the religious can also be freethinkers with progressive views using religion as their source of inspiration.
How did you come to adopt a socially progressive worldview?
Personally, I have always been progressive since I was young. I was a member of the Wildlife club and Girl Guide Association since Junior High School and in Senior High School, I became President of the Wildlife Club of my school as well as held the position of Public Relations Officer of the Student & Youth Travel Organisation (SYTO) in 2002. With these organisations, I advocated for the rights of animals and the plight of near-extinct species, the rights of girls, participated in various donations and awareness campaigns such as HIV/AIDS and Breast Cancer.
I believe that becoming atheist made me more aware of my passions and my part to play in advocacy and the promotion of human rights based on the realisation that there is no one and no god to help us other than ourselves as people.
Why do you think that adopting a social progressive outlook is important?
It is very important since our lives and our well-being depend on the environment and the kind of society we are in. Having bad cultural practices, harmful traditions, and laws could lead us backwards rather than providing us with a bright future for ourselves and the next generations around the world. I have grown to witness and live with hearing cases of child abuse at homes and in schools, seeing child trafficking on my streets, the handicapped begging, the mentally ill left naked to roam the streets, people dying of diseases that could have been prevented or cured, the loss of trust in policing and the judicial system and the effects of bad governance, bribery, and corruption on a populace.
People are growing ever so desperate that they are falling for the con of others using religion as a means of using them for their sexual perverted desires and money. Poverty is driving people to abandon their loved ones or accuse their own mothers of witchcraft in order for them to be put to death or banished from their communities for life. It is important that we do away with these in our societies as we have come to know better and rather look to our past which in the Akan language has a term called “Sankofa” which teaches us to learn from our past to build a better tomorrow.
As a progressive, what do you think is the best socio-political position to adopt in the Ghana?
A major investment into Ghana’s educational system and the review of our school curriculum. Almost all government and private schools are influenced or owned by religious institutions and they dictate what should and should not be taught to our children. It is in schools that major indoctrination starts and stifles freethinking in children. It is also there that teachers are given a right to beat up children to enforce ‘god’s will’ of the “spare the rod, spoil the child’ culture. If our educational system is revamped as our 1st President, Osagyefo Dr. Kwame Nkrumah, a humanist himself, started and envisioned it to be, Ghana could have a well-educated and empowered workforce to develop the country in all the other sectors.
I attended the first University built by Osagyefo Dr. Kwame Nkrumah, The University of Ghana.
You became a member of the Humanist Association of Ghana (HAG) in 2012. You helped organised the first ever West African Humanist Conference (2012), which was sponsored by the International Humanist and Ethical Youth Organisation (IHEYO). What tasks and responsibilities come along with volunteering and organising for the HAG?
At the time, our group was quite small but vibrant.
It was an exciting time to meet other Ghanaian atheists and agnostics and we were very pleased that IHEYO would entrust us with organising such a big event despite us being so new as a group. We did not have any formal leadership or an Executive Committee at the time so most of this was planned by volunteering members especially Graham Knight who helped to bring us together and started the Freethought Ghana group. I was then working for an Australian Mining Company out of Accra so I made myself available to attend and help with last minute preparations like picking up delegates from the airport to their hotel and vice versa after the event.
During the event, I volunteered to be at the information desk where I helped to register attendees, distribute pamphlets, notebooks, pens and provide drinking water. I also took it upon myself to film the conference since the funds were not enough for photo and video services. I also represented the group for interviews by local and international media. To be a volunteer, to me, is about helping however, wherever and whenever you can. Whether financially, using your skills or socially, any help at all goes a long way to achieve a successful event and team effort makes it even more motivating, fun and organised.
In Ghanaian culture, what are some of the more effective means to teach critical thinking within the socio-cultural milieu?
Ghana is made up of a culturally diverse population. It consists of roughly 100 linguistic and cultural groups. These groups, clans and tribes, although very different from each other, have certain similarities in various aspects of their culture. In Ghana, a child is said to be raised by the whole village rather than just the nuclear family. Traditionally, information was passed on from generation to generation mainly through song and dance. However, in modern days, education not only begins from home but in schools, mainstream media such as TV, radio and religious institutions. As humanists, our focus has been with the youth in schools and social media.
What about modern scientific ideas?
Most of the understanding of things around us are taught from home by parents and extended family members who usually pass on what they learnt from their elders. This is mostly dogmatic and superstitious rather than scientific even though the end result is meant to educate. Educational institutions are good grounds to teach modern scientific ideas. Ghana can boast of some of the best science institutions such as the Kwame Nkrumah University of Science and Technology as well as research centres such as the Noguchi Memorial institute.
We also have some of the most renowned Medical Teaching hospitals in the West
African region such as the Komfo Anokye and Korle-Bu Teaching Hospitals. Ghana
has the only Planetarium in West Africa which is 1 of only 3 on the continent,
which HAG members patronise and promote. There are also science programmes and
quiz competitions amongst schools on TV.
What are the main barriers to teaching critical thinking and modern scientific ideas?
Lack of infrastructure, dedicated science teachers who are poorly paid, medical personnel and government interest has made our science sector struggle as compared to more developed countries. The average Ghanaian sees science as more theoretical and career-specific than practical. The understanding of science is seen mostly as a ‘Western’ construct than a global one. This could have stemmed from the fact that most modern inventions known to us came from Europe and the USA.
As a Ghanaian and African, what seem like the positives and negatives of religion
and religious fervour on individuals and communities in Ghana and Africa in
general?
Using the major religions like Christianity, Islam and Traditional worship, the positives of religion are that they give a sense of community, feelings of love, boosts self-esteem and gives hope and inspiration. The negatives however, are countless. Many of which include spiritual leaders taking advantage of people financially and sexually, having delusional thoughts out of superstition and religious indoctrination, self- loathing, and guilt from unnecessary thoughts, a sense of false hope, illogical reasoning, lazy attitudes towards work and charity, a false sense of entitlement, mandates to abuse yourself and others most of which turn out to be fatal, etc.
What big obstacles (if at all) do you see social-progressive movements facing at the moment?
1. Lack of governmental/State support
2. Lack of funding or insufficient funds
3. Mismanagement of funds
4. Lack of public support
5. Inadequate and outdated rules of law
6. Insufficient legal backing and law enforcement
How important do you think social movements are?
Social movements are very important especially in 3rd world countries in being the voice of the people and putting pressure on government and the people to review and approve the living conditions of people and the state of affairs of a country and its environment in the best interest of everyone. This is because despite democracy being adapted as a system of rule in most African countries, most of the time, cultural, traditional and religious biases steer the governments in the wrong direction and also because most of the countries may not have enough funding to care for its citizens and infrastructure.
In November, 2015, you became President of the HAG and in July, 2016, the Chair of the IHEYO African Working Group. What do these elected-to positions mean to you?
In the beginning of joining the humanist movement, I honestly never really saw myself as a leader. I just wanted to contribute my quota. However, I started to realise I had it in me to do great things for my group when I wrote my first article and got the most hits online! I received over 200 comments within days of posting it.
Most of the comments were negative but I felt I had left a mark and got people thinking. It also got the group recognised. I was recommended to IHEYO for a position as Secretary of the African working group in 2014 and at the time, I did not have much on my portfolio as an activist so I was so surprised and over-the-top excited when I got the news that I had been elected by international humanists who barely knew me from a record number of nominations!!! I was grateful that they read through my nomination and entrusted me with the position, which I held for 2 years.
I took it very seriously and had a lot of guidance from the IHEYO EC whose President was Nicola Jackson. I saw how long the working group had been dormant, and so many things I could do to bring it to life and so many ideas started coming to me. I increased social media presence on our Facebook page for the African Working Group and membership increased from 12 to 183 members within 2 years (It is now over 230). I also started a new Twitter page, @IheyoAfwg, with 130 followers including local and international humanists and humanist organisations. I helped create a network of African humanists and humanist organisations that are in regular communication via email, skype and WhatsApp and I discovered several African humanists and organisations that I am in constant contact with to advise and guide.
In December 2014, I together with the Humanist Association of Ghana, hosted the 2nd West African Humanist Conference (WAHC), sponsored by HIVOS and IHEYO. Please see below for links to the videos of the 2-day event which was aired live online setting a record for my group: Day 1 — Day 2– I founded the HAGtivist podcast project and started it with other volunteering members of HAG.
I had been a contributor to the IHEYO newsletter Youthspeak personally and from various member organisations in Ghana and Nigeria, and I represented the working group at the recently held General Assembly (GA) in Malta this year. I was part of the team that helped to organise the first ever continent-wide humanist conference held in Kenya called the African Humanist Youth Days (AHYD 2016) in July. This year, I knew that if I won the election as Chair, there would be so much more I could do to lead the Working group and despite a new resolution to have only Working group MOs voting this time, I came out victorious once again.
I am grateful to my fellow African humanists for their support and belief in me. It was on the same day I also received news of our election from HAG that I had also gained the position from Interim President in November 2015 to President elect in July 2016. It was truly humbling that my work was recognised and my fellow members had given me the responsibility of representing our group of highly intelligent, creative and wonderful people. These 2 positions come with the responsibility of representing Africa positively, dedicating a lot of time and resources, being passionate, bold, charismatic, firm, principled, professional, discerning, and diplomatic.
I believe that history is to be made this time round with young African humanists, and I am really happy to have the opportunity to be one of the ones at the forefront of change at this time setting a foundation for generations to come.
Who are personal heroes within the culture?
Historically, there are many personalities that are celebrated in Ghana. Some of my personal heroes are Yaa Asantewaa, an Ashanti Queen mother who, in 1900, led the Ashanti rebellion known as the War of the Golden Stool, also known as the Yaa Asantewaa war, against British colonialism. Her courage and bravery for a woman of her time inspires me.
Our first President of Ghana, Osagyefo Dr. Kwame Nkrumah is also one of the most renowned figures in Africa. He was born in a small village in Ghana and was able to finish his education in 1 of the most prestigious institutions in the world at Oxford University, returned home a humanist and fought for Ghana’s independence from the British, making Ghana the 1st African country to be free from colonial rule in 1957. He was able to transform Ghana by providing us with our first and largest Hydroelectric dam, free basic school education, universities, science centres, Highways, our only International airport, our biggest port, etc. which we enjoy to this day.
In modern times, I have come to admire the work of our current
Minister for Gender, Children and Social Protection, Nana Oye Lithur. Although
Christian, even before her Ministerial appointment, as a Lawyer, she has helped
fight for the rights of the LGBT community despite serious opposition, worked
Pro bono to solve many domestic cases especially those against women and
children and is working tirelessly through her Ministry in assisting alleged
witches banished from their communities.
What is your favourite scientific discovery ever?
Electricity! It forms such an integral part of modern day living that I cannot imagine where we would be without it.
What philosopher(s), or philosophy/philosophies, best represent your own views about aesthetics, ethics, metaphysics, and politics?
I do not follow any philosophers in particular because I have not read about any. Instead, various documentaries have helped shape my thoughts on various aspects of life. I am a lover of nature, science and art. I am not interested much in politics and I derive my ethics from logic, constant research and debates amongst friends and members of HAG.
Who seem like the greatest anti-scientific representatives in Ghana?
Religious leaders!
What about the greatest anti-scientific and anti-humanistic movements within Ghana?
Ghana’s greatest enemy in the progress of science and technological advancement is religion. It is the only and greatest barrier because it allows for so much wrong to go on with little or no opposition. From faith healing, false prophecies, work ethics, illogical theories, women’s oppression, authoritarianism, human rights abuse, bribery and corruption, etc. Ghana is highly religious in the sense that everything that happens is attributed to a deity or superstition or both! If something good happens, it is “By His (God’s) grace”, if something bad happens, it is “God’s will” or “the devil’s work” or “a bad spirit” or “angry ancestors”. It is almost impossible to argue with people no matter how educated because of this train of thought.
Religion is not a private matter as most religious countries practice. Here, it is allowed everywhere and anyone who stands in the way of their ideology or spiritual leader is an enemy of progress to them. Most homes force relatives to pray at odd hours loudly and some go on the streets at midnight to pray or preach. In the public buses, herbal medicine traders who also double as Christian pastors are allowed to stand and preach for hours during the journey. At work, highly religious entrepreneurs and Managers force employees to sing and pray before and after work. All official meetings and occasions, private or public begin and end with a prayer. Our entire lives are circulated around prayer and worship of one deity or another. There is little space for intellectual conversations and critical thinking.
What can external associations, collectives, organisations, and even influential individuals, do to assist you in your professional endeavours in Ghana?
I implore all external associations, collectives, organisations to partner with legitimate, active organisations here especially HAG. I advise that not only should they support the work of HAG, but also keep following up on our work. You may support the activities of HAG through bringing in substantive ideas, financial aid, materials such as books, clothes, Resource persons, promoting our activities on social media and mainstream media and influential people can also visit to help promote our work and start fundraising campaigns that would be widely reached.
International women’s empowerment, equality, and rights are important to me. What is the status of women regarding empowerment, equality, and rights in Ghana?
I am very happy to be born at a time when women empowerment is starting to benefit the masses. However, there are several factors that are hampering empowerment and gender equality in Ghana, which include Cultural and religious beliefs. I wrote an extensive articleregarding this issue in March 2016.
Can humanism improve the status of women in Ghana more than traditional religious structures, doctrines, and beliefs?
Most definitely it can! This is because, humanism emphasises the value of all human beings regardless of gender and promotes wellbeing of people whereas religion and superstition creates an illusion of differences between the gender making men feel superior than women. Humanism also brings about a sense of selflessness and working to better the lives of the deprived in society which are mostly women.
Thank you for your time, Roslyn.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/10/14
Angel Sumka is the President of the Alberta Sex Positive Centre. Here we talk about sex culture in Alberta.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the current sex culture in Alberta?
Angel Sumka: Sex culture in Alberta is a mix of positive and negative. Alberta has a very diverse and rich population when it comes to gender, gender expression, and sexuality, yet we are still the province with the highest increase in cases of syphilis and gonorrhea, which may indicate some sex-negative values related to stigma and sexual risk profiles. That said, Alberta has many sex-positive organizations that provide services, countless groups that meet to discuss sex positive topics or enjoy sex positive entertainment/gatherings, and our universities appear to be working towards supporting consent culture. It is not perfect, but it is exciting to be part of the growth of sex-positive culture in our province!
Jacobsen: What was the sex culture in Alberta?
Sumka: That is a very complex question that depends on what we count as sex culture. On the surface, it may seem as is Alberta was a very repressed culture. Our sex education was (and still is to a large extent) lacking in providing accurate and shame-free information to youth, our government was slow to recognize same-sex marriages, and attitudes about sex, sexuality, and gender often seemed to indicate a reticence to acknowledge that sex is about pleasure, that gender is a social construct used to oppress individuals and society in general, and that risk reduction measures are worthy of support. Under that fairly grim surface, however, there is and always has been an active sexual underbelly. Steamworks, for example, has been around for a long time, as have other clubs and organizations that create opportunities for people to explore their sexuality.
Jacobsen: What are some ongoing initiatives of the organization regarding positive sex culture?
Sumka: ASPECC has, and continues to, offer workshops, written literature, presentations and gatherings for individuals and groups to learn about sex, sexuality, gender, and alternative lifestyles. We host workshops on bondage, consent, ethical communication for sex, transgender topics, sex-positive parenting -you name it. We are always working on developing our content and facilitating other presenters on topics that are within their expertise/experience. We also host the consensual play space at the Edmonton Taboo show, where attendees can come watch BDSM related demonstrations and learn about the local communities and how consent works within these lifestyles.
Jacobsen: What seems like the positive trends for positive sex culture in Alberta?
Sumka: There does seem to be an increase in consent culture, which is very exciting! We are also seeing many changes to our educational system, such as the mandates regarding Gay-Straight Alliances and changes to the sex education curriculum; and increase in organizations that are focusing on supporting persons who face challenges due to sexuality and/or gender, with many addressing the intersectionality of sexual oppression.
Jacobsen: Would have been some of the bigger successes in the progression of this trend?
Sumka: Some of the successes, as mentioned above are the implementation of GSA’s, the protection for children who are gender variant and/or queer, and the development of programs that target homeless youth who are queer. The inclusion of consent and the increased scrutiny that universities are facing is also things to celebrate, although we have a long way to go still.
Jacobsen: Would have been some honest failures in this movement as well?
Sumka: A huge failure would be the way in which our legal system addresses sexual assault and sexual harassment. Until drastic changes are made to how such cases are handled we are not likely to see a decrease in gender-based intimate violence.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved in terms of donations? How can they volunteer their time and skills?
Sumka: Donations and sponsorship are welcome. If you are interested in sponsoring the community center we are working towards the opening, you can contact us at info@aspecc.ca. Donations can be made through our webstore (see www.aspecc.ca). Volunteers are also greatly valued! We are always looking for people to help with a wide variety of projects and tasks. We have a volunteer application on our website or you can email to have one sent to you.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings?
Sumka: Sex positive culture is not about encouraging promiscuity, but about removing the shame from sex, gender, and sexuality. We believe that consensual sexual activity is healthy and that every individual has the right to know about their body and to learn not just about diseases and risks but to learn about pleasure and how to talk about sex in a way that is consensual.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/10/13
According to Nathan Fung of The Gateway, the next convocation at the University of Alberta will not mention God, whatever that one happens to be or whoever they happen to be, but, rather, the community will be the target of service. As in, you serve your community rather than your personal god.
The General Faculties Council at the University of Alberta, which is the highest body for academic governance, approved, or passed, the changes to the convocation admission. As an undergraduate student, I find this intriguing as a development, as this has been something of discussion in elementary and secondary schools in sectors of the country. The conversation around the level of the secularization of the schools or, more properly, the level of one or other religion’s privileges over other religions/irreligion, or most/all religions educational privileges over the irreligious.
That being, the secularization of the educational system at the first two recognized tiers, primary and secondary. Now, apparently, this is another instance in the long march towards further secularization at the post-secondary, or tertiary, level now.
Intriguing.
The original phrasing in this convocation speech was “to serve your God,” which in a majority Christian adherent nation makes sense, but, with the decline in the numbers of the religious, the questions begin to arise with the increase in the irreligious – those with no religious affiliation – throughout the nation, as well as the reduction in the markers of faith (e.g., religious attendance, in the secondary beliefs, and so on), “Why have ceremonial reference to gods or a God? What if this was the hope of much of the student population but not a significant minority of them, say lower double-digit percentages? Why not have the university or college be neutral in its convocation on religion in the first place?”
Now, the phrase is “to serve your community for the public good.” That seems fair. I would commend Chancellor Doug Stollery for doing so, whether religious or not. It is a public good and community life statement, so the University of Alberta becomes a neutral player on religion at least in its convocation reference.
It seems similar to the Charter of Rights and Freedoms in Canada with God’s supremacy stated in the Preamble (Government of Canada, 1982). Why not remove it, even if only symbolic, for neutrality of the state on matters of faith? If not, does one argue the state remain preferential in matters of faith? If so, why? (und so weiter…)
It also seems like the tide of history for advanced industrial nations with highly educated populaces such as Canada. Religion becomes more personal, which I respect, and less socially, culturally, and educationally leaned-to in terms of privileges, which I observe as a loose historical heuristic – especially for education.
Stollery said, “A very important value of the university is inclusivity…that includes inclusivity of students of all faiths and students of no faith.” That seems fair to me, too.
Prior to 1999, the religious statements were, in essence, basic statements of allegiance: “for the glory of God and the honour of your country.” This was changed into: “for all who believe, to serve your god,” To top it off, the convocation began with a prayer with a call for blessings from the, at the time, chancellor of the University of Alberta.
That will be replaced with a call for the celebration of community and no prayer. Less than two decades to go from prayer, blessings, and the “glory of God” to no prayer and simply serving the community. That’s the rapid trend towards secularization.
References
Fung, N. (2017, October 8). Convocation speech changed to be more secular. Retrieved from https://www.thegatewayonline.ca/2017/10/convocation-speech-changed/.
Government of Canada. (1982). Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Retrieved from http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/Const/page-15.html.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/10/12
Ian Bushfield, M.Sc., is the Executive Director of the British Columbia Humanist Association (BCHA). The BCHA has been working to have humanist marriages on the same plane as other marriages in the province. Here we talk about it.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did humanists not acquire legal equality for their marriages in British Columbia, Canada in the first place while others have the marriage equality?
Ian Bushfield: The Marriage Act in BC governs who gets to perform marriages. It delegates that responsibility to the head of Vital Statistics. When we applied in 2012 to be able to perform marriages, that person decided that our group didn’t qualify as a religion for the purposes of the Act.
We’re not so convinced by his reasoning though. He argued that we describe ourselves as “an alternative to religion” in one of our governing documents but just because a bicycle is “an alternative to a car” doesn’t mean it isn’t a valid way to get to work. He also says we have no dogma, but the same is true of many other religious groups that are registered, such as the Unitarians, many spiritualist churches, and a metaphysical ministry.
Jacobsen: Is this an inequality across the country, all provinces and territories?
Bushfield: As far as we’re aware, Ontario is the only province that allows Humanists to perform marriages. This is particularly frustrating as the Ontario Marriage Act is nearly identical to BC’s. It just happened to be that one bureaucrat there said yes while ours said no.
We know that the Quebec Humanists ran into the same stonewall as we did when they requested approval from their provincial government. They even failed to bring a human rights complaint against the government as their Human Rights Commission ruled that Humanism isn’t a religion for the purposes of human rights protections! This leaves atheists without human rights in Quebec.
Jacobsen: What makes a humanist marriage different than, say, a theologically-based marriage?
Bushfield: Simply put, it’s a lack of god in it. A Humanist marriage is based on a celebration of the people involved – the couple, their families and their friends. It’s entirely personalized around the values of the couple and seeks to celebrate that coming together. It’s more of a bottom-up commitment than one given approval from on high.
Jacobsen: As the executive director of the BC Humanists Association (BCHA), how effective has the petition for inclusion in the Vital Statistics of the province of BC been for the BCHA (BCHA, 2017a; BCHA, 2017b)?
Bushfield: Our petition, which currently has just over 500 signatures, has been invaluable in helping us raise public awareness of this issue. We’d hoped it would have a greater effect on the Government, which has continued to dismiss our concerns, but we’re just going to have to keep on building a movement as we take this campaign forward.
Jacobsen: Why did you decide to target the Health Minister and the provincial Vital Statistics?
Bushfield: Vital Statistics is the department in charge of who gets to perform marriages and they’re a branch of the Ministry of Health. After our rejection by Vital Statistics, it seemed clear to me that we weren’t likely to argue a different result from them. Instead of appealing to court (which is still an option), we hoped the new government might be willing to direct the Agency to open the door to our Association.
Jacobsen: What is the next step?
Bushfield: We still have a couple options moving forward. First, we’re going to keep trying to put pressure on the Ministry to allow us to be registered through an internal directive. There’s no definition for religion in the Act, so we contend that the Minister can simply direct Vital Statistics to adopt a broader definition of religion, in line with Ontario’s, for example. If that fails, we’ll look to start building a legal case in case we need to launch a constitutional challenge. And at the same time, we’ll start reaching out to MLAs to see if any might be willing to bring forward an amendment to the Act.
In any case, we’re going to continue to need supporters – both signatures on our petition and donors to help make all of this happen.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Ian.
References
BCHA. (2017a, September 18). Over 500 for Humanist Marriage. Retrieved from http://www.bchumanist.ca/over_500_for_humanist_marriage.
BCHA. (2017b). Legalize Humanist Marriage in BC. Retrieved from http://www.bchumanist.ca/legalize_humanist_marriage?splash=1.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/10/12
There is a new course on the block on the cognitive science of religion (edX, 2017; The Ubyssey, 2017). It comes riding the wave of the Massive Open Online Course, or MOOC, movement continuing to make inroads into the alternate-to-Academia educational route, i.e. more affordable, more points of intake, more variation in content depth and course length, and so on.
The host of the course is edX while the material is taught by Dr. Azim Shariff from the University of California, Irvine (University of California, Irvine, 2017). I have been a scholar there. It is a lovely campus and community. Dr. Edward Slingerland also is part of the course (The University of British Columbia, 2017). They’r basically asking, “So why do some believe, have faith that is, and others do not?”
The funding is coming from the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council (SSHRC). Slingerland said that the course uses “the tools of cognitive science and evolutionary theory to explore and understand religious behaviour and belief.”
The assumption, or primary premise, in the course is naturalism. If granted as the premise, then the rest of the course, at least according to the descriptions, follow from it.
There are views on the functional utility of religion, for survival in an evolutionary perspective. Some see it as a means of social control, as per the social control hypothesis, which “posits that religion has historically been controlled by social elites who trick the populace into contributing resources for their own gain” (The Ubyssey, 2017).
Professor Daniel Dennett posits that religion is an invasion of the mind, of sorts, where the cultural abstraction has a neurobiological parallel in the real world, in the brain (Tufts University, 2017). That religion is this points to the idea of the phenomena – religion – as a virus that attacks the mind: hijacks it.
After sufficient ‘hijacking’ of the mind, the host of the virus of religion goes about for the propagation of the idea, akin to memes from Dr. Richard Dawkins – the most prominent of the New Atheists’ ‘Four Horseman’, to other suitable hosts: other human beings – so the theory goes.
Another idea is that it is a means of anxiety reduction through a strong sense of agency – so to speak – with religion giving that sense of control over our lives. I suppose this may implicate not even necessarily concrete ideas but simply notions of freedom of the will, or free will.
If you remove the tacit premise of naturalism, the longstanding view is that, in general, one’s religion is true, so the benefit may come from having the correct belief, or justified true belief in the theological phraseology.
The cognitive science of religion course views religion in the naturalistic frame, as a social benefit:
Grand temples, for example, could serve a symbolic social purpose and create solidarity among groups that could help them outcompete others, explained Slingerland. (The Ubyssey, 2017)
Alongside the social benefit view could be the impairment of the ability for theory of mind, for making natural events somehow the result of agency, by impairment in this context becomes excess theory of mind, of seeing other people as having minds but also natural events too, e.g. Poseidon and Zeus, or Yahweh in modern cases.
It seems like an interesting course. If I get the time, I may take it; if you do, please send me an email at scott.d.jacobsen@gmail.com to know what it’s like.
References
edX. (2017). The Science of Religion. Retrieved from https://www.edx.org/course/science-religion-ubcx-religionx-0.
The University of British Columbia. (2017). Edward Gilman Slingerland III. Retrieved from http://eslingerland.arts.ubc.ca/.
The Ubyssey. (2017, September 26). Massive online course from UBC investigates religion from a cognitive science perspective. Retrieved from https://www.ubyssey.ca/science/edX-course-science-of-religion/.
Tufts University. (2017). Daniel C. Dennett. Retrieved from http://ase.tufts.edu/cogstud/dennett/.
University of California, Irvine. (2017). People: Azim Shariff. Retrieved from http://sharifflab.com/staff/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/10/08
“More than one in five countries has an official state religion, with the majority being Muslim states, and a further 20% of countries have a preferred or favoured religion.
A slim majority (53%) of counties has no official or preferred religion, and 10 (5%) are hostile to religion, according to a report by the Washington-based Pew Research Center.
Most of the 43 countries with state religions are in the Middle East and North”
“”Will God survive science?” asks the author of the blockbuster “The Da Vinci Code” and other philosophical-religious thrillers during a recent interview. “All the gods of our past have fallen. So the question now is: Are we naive to think the gods of today won’t suffer the same fate?”
His new novel is “Origin,” already a chart-topper on Amazon.com, and for Brown fans a familiar blend of travelogue, history, conspiracies and whodunit, with asides on everything from the poetry of William Blake to the rise and fall of fascism in Spain.
Brown protagonist Robert Langdon, a Harvard symbologist, is in Spain and back in danger. A former student, Edmond Kirsch, has been assassinated just as he’s ready to unveil a scientific-technological breakthrough that he promises will bring about the downfall of Western religion and revolutionize how people think of life and death. Langdon, with the help of a prince’s wayward lover and a voice of artificial intelligence named Winston, attempts to find out what Kirsch had planned.”
Source: https://www.columbian.com/news/2017/oct/08/dan-brown-continues-probing-religion/.
“The ‘Mission of Delhi Police’ charter highlights the need for the force to discharge its duty with ‘integrity, common sense and sound judgment’ and to act ‘without fear, or favour or prejudice’. The station house officer (SHO) and a few of his colleagues forgot these objectives when they hosted controversial ‘godwoman’ Radhe Maa at a police station in east Delhi on September 28. A photograph of the ‘godwoman’ — who has been accused in at least two cases, including one of dowry harassment — sitting on the SHO’s chair, along with a video of policemen singing songs/ bhajans with her soon went viral on social media.
It is shocking and shameful that the pending criminal cases against Radhe Maa — recently, a Mumbai court rejected her application to drop her name from the dowry harassment case — did not deter the policemen from allowing her to sit on the SHO’s chair.”
“You know how it is. A newswriter comes across a really interesting item and sets it aside for a serious second look.
Then the pile of other goodies continues to grow and said item disappears amid the clutter on your desk. Weeks or months go by, you force yourself to clean up, and there it is. At this particular weblog, the GetReligionistas like to talk about finding things in their “Guilt Files.” Well, we all have them.
In just such a cleanup, The Religion Guy unearthed three set-aside articles about U.S. culture with solid story potential for fellow writers on the beat:
One more time, “Nones” explained: Writing last January 23 for the scholarly theconversation.com, Richard Flory of the University of Southern California culled current research for the five chief factors behind the recent rise of religiously unaffiliated Americans (“Nones”)”
“A Missouri woman who is an adherent of the Satanic Temple won a victory in court last week in her quest to show that state abortion law violates her religious beliefs.
The Western District Court of Appeals ruled in her favor Tuesday, writing that her constitutional challenge — rare for its basis in religion — presented “a contested matter of right that involves fair doubt and reasonable room for disagreement.”
The woman, identified as Mary Doe in court documents, argued that her religion does not adhere to the idea that life begins at conception, and, because of that, the prerequisites for an abortion in Missouri are unconstitutionally violating her freedom of religion protected by the First Amendment.”
Source: http://www.kansascity.com/news/local/article177663856.html.
“What is freedom of religion? It is not actually or directly freedom to think or not think religious stuff — not to the extent that one can, or chooses to, keep one’s thoughts secret. Rather, it is the right to display or to refuse to display religiosity.
If you have freedom of religion, as I think everyone should — and if we all have the right to our own lives and well-being, as I think we should — then as long as you’re not hurting anyone else, you have the right to hold various things sacred: books, statues, symbols, buildings, trees, whatever. And everyone else has the right not to hold those things sacred.
In Saudi Arabia, if you do not act as if you hold certain objects and words and behaviors sacred, your life is in jeopardy.”
“IF I ASKED you what comes to mind when you hear the word “blasphemy”, what would you say? Would you think of comical scenes from Life of Brian? Or of places where religious oppression is rife?
Would you even be aware that in Ireland blasphemy is a crime that could cost you up to €25,000? If not, you’re probably about to hear a lot more about our blasphemy law. In 2018, we may be voting on repealing it.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/10/08
The latest Gross Domestic Product (GDP) results placed Brazil in its deepest economic level ever, according to Reuters. In 2016, Brazilian economy shrunk 3.6%, following a 3.5% fall in 2015.
The economic downturn is, allegedly, being remediated by president Michel Temer — a centre-right partisan, and his Congress through harsh austerity. The greatest measure has been imposing a federal spending cap for the next twenty years. The cap is extremely harmful for the younger generation, who is already suffering from high rates of unemployment and inflation. Professor Phillip Alston, from the United Nations, called the spending cap “socially regressive”.
The spending cap looks even more absurd when it is taken as the only measure to find austerity. The New York Times reports that Temer’s government is still refusing to apply taxes on wealth, another traditional measure in austerity rulings. In Brazil, shareholders are exempt from paying taxes on dividends — and still remain so, despite the current conditions.
When discussing the issue on the State not being able to afford food for the poor class, Legislator Pedro Fernandes actually suggested in session that the population could eat “every other day”
UN Charter Article 25(1) states, “Everyone has the right to a standard of living adequate for the health and well-being of himself and of his family, including food, clothing, housing and medical care and necessary social services.” Who is this going to affect in the present up to 20 years from now? There has been a 20-year public spending ceiling, basically compromising the educational and health system.
As with most similar examples, and most common sense based on observation of other countries’ social strata, the usual victims of austerity in economic downturns — which worsen the downturn — are women with emphasis on single mothers, the middle and lower classes — or the working classes, and the young who are the basis for the taxation to support the retirements of the older and senior populations in many societies.
It is a easy cascade of conditionals with the catalyst being bad policy, poor implementation, and myopic self-interest among the ruling classes. Women are oppressed. The young are stifled. The poor are poorer.
The working classes are given stagnant or declining wages. If the policy put forth and implemented in the economic downturn is austerity, as it is, and if the austerity affects the usual victims of harsher economic policy, then the standard populations of women, single mothers, the young, and the middle and working class will be the most hurt by it, which will alter the situation for the chance for a decent end of life in retirement for many older people.
This has obvious intergenerational damages too. Men and women still want marriage and kids by the vast majority. Women want marriage more than previous decades as an important life goal. Austerity and economic struggles prevent healthy family formation because finances are probably the single greatest complaint between couples. Kids and marriage need money.
So if someone wants to form a family and be married, as most heterosexual men and women — who are 96.6% of the general population — have those as some of their highest ideals, secular or religious, and if the “unbelievable” devastation, predictable dissolution, of aspects of the healthcare and education system emerge from the actions in the present, then the leaders of the country have been irresponsible for the next a reasonable extrapolation for the next 20 years, so for one whole upcoming and ongoing generation of Brazilians. Of course, there are the perennial ignorant and myopic who do not see life in terms of legacy, but the vast majority want the responsible things in life.
The austerity, however, does not to apply to Brazilian leaders themselves. The economic recession and the precarious conditions of the population do not stop the politicians from enjoying the perks of being part of the government of the biggest country in Latin America; which means having abusive salaries and benefits such as monthly housing allowance, limitless medical and dental aid, extra payroll expenses and return air tickets to the capital, Brasilia.
A Brazilian MP made the suggestion that poor Brazilians might want to eat every other day rather than like normal people that prefer not be starving every day. One might assume this is akin to the gaffe of Republican politician Paul Ryan. Ryan suggested, ‘You don’t need healthcare because you have an iPhone.’ It was a recent unconscientious statement by the American politician. There’s salary increases of the leaders too.
Employees of Brazil’s Judicial branch are seeing a 41% increase in their salary. And in São Paulo, the most populous Brazilian state, Legislators voted to raise their own salary by more than 26%. To worsen the situation, the same Congress who is preparing to impose a major cut in the Brazilian pension scheme, is now offering lifelong pensions for its members after only two years in office. Real people are being affected by poor governance.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/10/02
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: To start, are you an atheist, an agnostic, or some other non-theistic title?
Cheri Frazer: I am a lifelong atheist, 4th generation on one side of my family.
Jacobsen: What is Dying With Dignity, as a movement and organization?
Dying With Dignity Canada is the national organization committed to improving quality of dying, expanding end-of-life choices, and helping Canadians avoid unwanted suffering.
We defend human rights by advocating for compassionate end-of-life choices and by providing personal support to adults suffering greatly from a medical condition who wish to die on their own terms.
We educate Canadians about all of their legal end-of-life options, including the constitutional right to medical assistance in dying (MAID), and the importance of advance care planning. We also support healthcare practitioners who assess for or provide MAID.
We are part of a growing international movement seeking to stop suffering and help ensure peaceful deaths for people at the end of their lives.
We enthusiastically support the Supreme Court’s 2015 ruling in Carter v. Canada, which established medical assistance in dying as a right for competent adult Canadians who are suffering intolerably as the result of a “grievous and irremediable” medical condition. We believe rules for assisted dying must, at the very least, comply with the Supreme Court’s decision and ultimately, the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved in it?
Frazer: There are plenty of ways people can get involved, from running workshops to writing for our blog to witnessing applications for medical assistance in dying. Readers can visit http://www.dyingwithdignity.ca/volunteer to explore the options they’re interested in. Winnipeg announces its events here: https://dwdwinnipeg.weebly.com.
Jacobsen: What makes this movement more noble than the idea that a religious authority can determine what Canadians can do with their, arguably, most important decision of their life – how they die?
Frazer: I think that if a person subscribes to a particular religion and believes in that religion’s views on assisted dying (or dying in general), then that’s the definition of “noble” for that person. Actually, I think “dignified” is a better descriptor. In my years with the Winnipeg chapter I’ve met people from many different religions (and no religion) who support medical assistance in dying, and sometimes that support is at odds with their religion’s stated beliefs. To me, dignity comes in having your choice for your own end-of-life respected. If a Catholic person comes to me for advice on making an end-of-life plan that does not include medical assistance in dying, then I’m happy to help that person find all the answers needed. If another Catholic who believes in MAID comes to me for advice, I’d give the same advice but with one more option added. Our service is about the patient, not about forcing our personal beliefs on others—an approach I wish religious authorities would take as well.
Jacobsen: Have there been any attempts to prevent assisted dying from moving forward in Canada? How, and by who? Is it a fair series of attempts or not?
Frazer: Yes, attempts are being made to prevent MAID from moving forward, both legislatively at the federal level, and physically at “faith-based” institutions. Initially, a federal panel that was assembled to study the current law was chaired by a vocal opponent of MAID; he has since been replaced. Institutions all across Canada that call themselves “faith-based” are denying patients access to legal medical services, sometimes resulting in painful, traumatic patient transfers to different facilities, assuming there are other facilities nearby, and that those facilities will accept such transfers.
You’ve probably heard about the situation at St. Boniface Hospital in Winnipeg, where a Catholic-controlled board of directors was ‘stacked’ in order to re-vote and reverse a democratic decision among staff to allow medical assistance in dying (MAID) on the premises in certain circumstances (e.g., where a transfer would be painful or traumatic). Please note that this is not a criticism of the hospital or its staff; the staff there are dedicated professionals who provide excellent care, and the majority of them support their patients’ right to make their own health care decisions. The issue at stake is the control of hospital policy by a religious board of directors.
This is a serious issue because in our publicly funded health care system, patients frequently do not have the opportunity to choose the hospital in which they are treated. Many services are consolidated at certain sites and not offered at others – so even if a patient goes to the emergency room at the hospital of their choice, they could end up being transferred to another. Ambulances are directed to hospitals according to both service and bed availability, so in an emergency, the patient has no say whatsoever. This means that all publicly funded hospitals must be able and willing to accommodate all patients. An institution has no right to limit access to legal services to patients who have different beliefs than they do, if a publicly funded institution can claim to have “beliefs” at all.
It’s time for Canadians, the majority of whom support MAID, to speak up and demand that something change. Recently, the Pallister government required that all institutions in Manitoba that provide health care declare whether they are “faith-based” and whether they will allow assisted dying on their premises. DWDC has been gathering this information on institutions all across Canada in their “Shine a Light” project, which provides an online map of institutions near you and their policies on MAID. What’s important to note in Manitoba, that’s different from all other provinces and territories, is that no healthcare worker is required to participate; we have one central team that services the entire province. The institution doesn’t have to be involved in any way either, since the team comes to the patient.
For more detailed information on this issue, you can read DWDC’s report, “Challenges to Choice: Bill C-14 One Year Later”, found here: http://www.dyingwithdignity.ca/challenges_to_choice.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts?
Frazer: We stand up for the rights of the dying, the weak, and the vulnerable. We believe in a Canada that respects the rights of people who are suffering intolerably as a result of a devastating medical condition. The person — their rights, interests, and choices — is at the centre of our work.
In our society, the way we express love is to say “do everything you can to save grandma” in an emergency; but if grandma didn’t want to be saved, then that’s a cruelty rather than an act of love. Better to know each other’s wishes and values before you’re faced with a terrible decision in an emergency.
No matter what your age or health status, if you are a competent adult you should fill out an Advance Care Plan (health care directive) and discuss your values with your friends and families. Kits are available free to download from the DWD website, and two of the Winnipeg chapter members have posted ours publicly in the hopes it will help people to fill in their own answers. Please note that the kits are province-specific, so be sure to get the right one!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/10/01
Bob Churchill is the Communications Director for The International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU), Editor of The Free Thought Report. Bob Churchill is also a trustee of Conway Hall Ethical Society and a trustee of the Karen Woo Foundation.
How did you become involved in humanism and IHEU?
I have a habit of looking at any situation and saying “Ok, but what’s the wider context, what assumptions are underlying here, what is beyond this?” The habit was deeply entrenched enough in me that I decided to study philosophy at university. So I started as a kind of curious, Enlightenment humanist, and it became a circle: the humanist impulse took me to philosophy and that sort of formalised my humanism. But of course you don’t have to be a philosopher as such to have some or all of the attitudes and ideas of humanism. I think of humanism as something lying somewhere between the level of “being an environmentalist” and “having an ideology”. Because it’s not an ideology: there’s no foundational texts or dogmas etc. And like environmentalism it is a broad attitude to a bunch of questions, yet it’s a bit more all-encompassing than “being an environmentalist”.
And professionally, my first role in humanism was at the British Humanist Association. I got for a fairly technical job there, starting in 2008 but it quickly became a broader membership role. Head of Membership and Promotion was my final title. I left in mid-2011 and approached the IHEU and basically I developed a proposal with them to support a knowledge sharing program, and I went and worked for the best part of a year alongside various Ugandan humanist projects under the banner of the Uganda Humanist Association.
As that project was nearly concluded a role was coming up in IHEU and it was a great fit because now I had organised humanism experience on two continents, at two humanist organisations about as far apart as they come in terms of practice and circumstances, but sharing that common worldview.
You are the director of communications at the International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU). What tasks and responsibilities come with this position?
It’s very wide-ranging. At the staff level the organisation is relatively small so it means that “communications” is a lot broader than it would be in a large NGO for example. I’m responsible for all external and internal communications of course, including web presence, also campaigns and press work, but even wider than that… this week for example we’ve launched the latest edition of the Freedom of Thought Report. This is the IHEU’s “flagship” publication examining the rights of non-religious people and discrimination against them, examining every country on the planet. I’m the Editor of the report and manage the whole project. So in recent months I’ve been managing the development of a new online platform for the report, as well as coordinating volunteers and our Member Organizations who make content contributions, and editing the final result. Right down to encoding my own footnotes into the webpages! And on Tuesday was the big launch at the European Parliament so I’d been planning the event with the parliamentary Intergroup on Freedom of Religion or Belief, and I went to Brussels and spoke on the panel there, telling everyone about the report, the findings this year, and introduced the new online system which we think sets a very high standard for civil society reports like this.
What is the overarching vision and mission of IHEU?
So, IHEU is an umbrella organisation — the “global representative body of the humanist movement, uniting a diversity of non-religious organisations and individuals.” And we want to see a world where human rights are respected and everyone is able to live a life of dignity. And of course lots of things are implied by that: we’d favour rational politics with an evidence base. I think it would be nice if humanity didn’t have to spend the next few millennia trying to geoengineer our way out of an apocalyptic feedback loop of global warming in a world where all the big animals are dead and it’s just us and the cockroaches.
Obviously those are very long-term goals though! So let me answer more practically in the near-term. IHEU works towards a rational, humanist world by building and representing the global Humanist movement here and now, supporting new and developing organisations. We promote human rights — we’re at the UN and other international bodies where as I see it very often our role is to be talking about things from a uniquely humanist perspective — there aren’t many organisations doing that in the international system which still has a lot of religious NGOs. We’re defending individual people and advancing human rights topics: LGBTI rights, women’s rights, children’s rights, against slavery, for freedom of thought, bioethical issues, religion or belief, and freedom of expression. Obviously in principle any ethical and human rights topic you can think of a humanist might care about, we do strategically focus often on issues that others are less keen to talk about: We call it out when religion is used to justify violence and human rights violations, we campaign against “witchcraft” accusations and abuse based on these beliefs, against child marriage, we promote secularism, and we defend the rights of the non-religious to be, to identify as, and to manifest non-religious views.
The Freedom of Thought Report looks into the discrimination against the non-religious. One pressing sentence says that “…there are laws that deny atheists’ right to identify, revoke their right to citizenship, restrict their right to marry, obstruct their access to or experience of public education, prohibit them from holding public office, prevent them from working for the state, or criminalize the expression of their views on and criticism of religion.” Of these, what seems like the greatest form of discrimination against the non-religious?
Interesting question! I think that one way or the other all of these things are human rights issues — remember any kind of discrimination like this is bound up in the human rights framework. So I’m reluctant really to prioritise between them, and this really isn’t just a cop-out. I think it’s a good rule of thumb for advocates of human rights that you shouldn’t be prioritising between them because in principle they’re all basic, and in the right context a denial of the right can be devastating. It would be tempting to say that something like the last one is most important because if you restrict free expression you can’t do anything else, that’s quite a common response and makes a kind of sense. But equally, what if you live in a state where you can’t legally say “I dissent from religion, I’m an atheist”, then you can’t even begin to speak. If the state says you’re second class by denying the right to attain certain offices or to register a certain way or marry who you want, then again there’s a sense in which you’re potentially deterred from even thinking about developing your thinking in certain directions.
In human rights language they are “indivisible” and “interdependent”. And I don’t think that’s some dogma. I think it really is the case, logically speaking, that when you deny one real human right you weaken other parts of the whole framework at the same time. I know a lot of people look at human rights and just think, “Well it’s all just a big convention, it’s not written in the sky or in our DNA that we have these rights,” and of course that’s right — but there’s nevertheless an objective component to them. They do map onto real human needs and desires (in that sense they kind of are written into our DNA!) inasmuch as the contravention of these rights must represent a frustration of our preferences, our aspirations, or our health or our very lives in some cases. So for anyone who thinks human rights do not, broadly speaking, map some realities of the human condition, I would say they should think about which human rights exactly they’d be prepared to just disown for themselves. (And of course, they can’t just reject their own rights because that’s what we mean by “inalienable!”)
The reports note the more somebody has more education and more income then their religiosity declines. What seems to be the reason for this link?
We point this out in the context of global secularisation and how it links to development trends, the point being to show that there are lots of non-religious people in the world and that the number is growing. Again, defending human rights isn’t a numbers game, it doesn’t matter in a sense if there’s only one atheist in a country or a million. Nevertheless, it’s worth explaining, especially to those in countries where there’s a kind of pretence that no one within their borders is a “non-believer”, that actually they’re wrong about that and that many people are just being efficiently silenced by a combination of social taboo and oppressive laws.
On the reason for the correlation: I’m sure you’d get ten different answers from ten anthropologists. But I’ll bite and speculate that individual security is a big part of it. I think most research that links higher religiosity to trends like education and wealth are ultimately about wealth inequality and social instability and the increased risk of early death and so on. It would be trite though to simply say that religion is “just a crutch” for people who are insecure in some sense. There’s always more going on than that, but personal security does seem to play a big role.
I do think we have to be careful with all research like this. and ask questions of it: Is it that education makes you smarter and therefore atheism is smart and religion is stupid? Or is it that education means you’re formally instructed in such a way that you’re more likely to acquire non-religious views? There’s also research that finds atheists aren’t as “happy” as theists — So, is that just because theists tend to have one more social network (based around their religion)? Or are religious people more likely to lie that they’re contented? Or is the atheist just more realistic about the world? To be clear, I’m not saying “We’ll never know!” and that all research like this is worthless, by the way. I’m just saying it’s complicated, we should be super cautious about reading too much into any social survey results like this, and most of all to avoid the temptation to homogenize huge groups of people, especially if there’s any chance it makes us feel superior in any way.
The violations against humanists comes in a black through green, grave through free and equal scale: Grave Violations, Severe Discriminations, Systemic Discrimination, Mostly Satisfactory, and Free and Equal. Why was this scale selected to describe discrimination against atheists?
The report works by looking at a whole list of boundary conditions (assessment statements really) and whether they apply to each country. Each condition has a “severity level” attached. So the terms you mention are really just labels on a scale of 1 to 5. It’s meant to give a general idea of how severe the problems are. At the level of what we call Systemic Discrimination we’re talking about things like tax exemptions for religious organisations if they’re not available to non-religious analogues, we’re talking about control of some public services by religious groups. At the level of Severe Discrimination we’re talking about things like if there’s a “blasphemy” law or similar on statute under which you could be sent to prison for criticising religion, we’re talking about serious controls on family law, like if you live in a country where as an atheist you couldn’t marry unless you lied about it — which might not at first glance seem as serious as the risk of going to prison but obviously it’s a serious impediment to living your life how you want to live it, potentially! And at Grave Violations we’re talking about for example if you can be put to death in principle for “apostasy” or “blasphemy”, if the constitution says that all laws must derive in some way from religious precepts, and of course if it’s an outright totalitarian state.
What continent is the most leaning towards Free and Equal? What continent is leaning most towards Grave Violations? Where is the global average now?
Europe, which is more secularised, certainly has a lot of good social conditions and the most “green” countries across the most thematic areas. Though it’s also got a surprising number of laws linked to old established churches and traditions that are problematic. There’s still a lot of legal discrimination that is inherent in privileging religion in general, or particular religious denominations. And there’s still a few European countries including Denmark and Germany with “blasphemy” or “defamation of religion” laws on statute punishable with a prison sentence, so they get a “Severe” rating in the free expression strand of our report.
The Middle East and North Africa clearly perform worst on our ratings and that’s because many Islamic states right now are most clearly associated with the most harsh suppression of non-religious worldviews, and are the most controlling of freedom of thought and belief generally. In fact, if you’re plotting worst countries against anything then it’s not the continent but “being an Islamic state” that is the most obvious correlating factor, I think it’s worth saying that clearly. This includes places outside of the MENA region, like Malaysia, Maldives, problems in Indonesia, and of course Southern Asia: Pakistan, Bangladesh… I’m not saying all Islamic states are as bad as each other, and I’m not saying it’s only Islamic states in the worst categories: North Korea is dominated by its own kind of enforced national cult, and China obviously is extremely restrictive and that’s the official atheist Communist party that’s doing it. But as a region, as a whole, definitely MENA; and really that’s because of so many countries where Sharia and hudud laws are enshrined under civil codes and practiced, reinforcing social taboos and threatening actual manifestations of non-religious worldviews with legal ramifications.
All the data by the way is available here, and all the individual country reports here.
Who is a personal hero for you?
A few years ago I was giving a talk about the philosophy of Karl Popper and someone said “Well he was in Europe during the war what did he do about the Nazis he just wrote books!” I have no idea why this person had come to a philosophy lecture given their attitude, by the way. And I replied “Well, as a young Jewish man he fled the Nazis and then he wrote one of the twentieth-century’s seminal works taking on fascist and totalitarian ideologies and promoting the alternative. That’s The Open Society and its Enemies. He’s always been a bit of an intellectual hero.
I’m allowed more than one hero, right? I would also say Avijit Roy. He was the first of the humanists to be killed in Bangladesh in the spate of murders of “atheist bloggers”, activists and authors in 2015. He wasn’t the first overall: there had been others previously, including the blogger Ahmed Rajib Haider in 2013. It was after the events of 2013 that Avijit Roy got in touch with IHEU and other human rights NGOs and secular groups. He was desperately concerned for his friends, his peers. Ahmed Rajib Haider had been killed and his friend Asif Mohiuddin and a number of other bloggers instead of being protected by the state, the state effectively put a bullseye on them, took them through the courts and sent them to prison for “hurting religious sentiments” in their blogs. Avijit Roy was one of the first to see the real long-term danger here and I worked with him through IHEU trying to raise awareness, trying to put pressure on the Bangladesh government and make them see that by giving into Islamist demands and arresting bloggers they were only going to spur them on and end up with more and more Islamist demands, and fewer and fewer people left to speak against them. Avijit Roy himself lived in America, but he was worried about all the death threats that his friends were getting — we knew they were serious because Ahmed Rajib Haider had been cut down with a machete and now the state was effectively joining with the Islamists in silencing all the bloggers. Always Roy’s main concern was what might happen to these other young men who were writing about science, defending human rights, writing about minority ethnic groups in Bangladesh, women’s rights — it’s the same humanism you see anywhere.
Then he started to get death threats himself. He was worried about them, but he lived in America, so proportionately he didn’t seem at risk in quite the same way, but it was real cause for concern and it would be absurd to be complacent based on your geography alone today. Anyway, early in 2015 he took a trip back to Bangladesh — very much under the radar for the most part of course — but he made an appearance at the famous book fair at the university in Dhaka and they murdered him there, also seriously injuring his wife Rafida Bonya Ahmed. This would become the first of several murders of non-religious writers in Bangaldesh in 2015. All attacks by groups of men on motorbikes carrying machetes — it’s extremely brutal.
Avijit Roy is a hero because not only was he an intellectual trying to put his message into society to change it for the better, but when that came under threat he worked as hard as he could behind the scenes, reaching out to NGOs, he became a kind of informal advisor to me at IHEU for a time, he was trying to protect the humanists and human rights defenders back in Bangladesh, and then Islamist radicals took his life.
He is a hero. And Bonya as well for standing up after that attack, overcoming that horror and injury and continuing to campaign — she’s been giving talks and writing and building up the blogging platform that Roy was working with. Incredible of her to be able to come back from that kind of attack and say “I will not be silenced!”
What do you consider your highest ideals?
Kindness and empathy. Reason and truth.
I could stop there because that’s pretty much all human life, but I’ll say one more thing, about reason and truth. Rationality is about having ideas and being open to criticism. It is about truth, but it’s not about establishing and certifying statements as true, we can’t do that. Rationality means attempting to isolate truths, by being bold in creativity in the hope that you might generate some truth ideas, and then being ruthless in intellectual criticism to get rid of the errors.
Any recommended authors and books?
For philosophy, read the vastly under-appreciated Critical Rationalism: A Restatement and Defence, and Out of Error by David Miller. They’re probably not easy to come by though.
What has been your greatest personal or professional emotional struggle?
Professionally, it must be the last few years, working with Bangladeshis under threat, in some cases seeking asylum elsewhere — in 2015 watching as one blogger after another was killed. And any time we’re able to work with someone who is a human rights defender under threat. It is gut-wrenching and a kind of torture even for those that survive. It can feel like there is nothing anyone can do, or that the things you can do are so small, but you have to try to focus on those small things, those actions you can attempt, to nurture hope, rather than despairing about what you cannot do.
Thank you for your time, Bob.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/10/01
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is Ayahuasca?
Avery Sapoznikow: Ayahuasca is an ancient tea originating from the Amazon Basin of South America. It’s an admixture of, at a minimum, two different plants, one being a source of dimethyltryptamine (DMT), a potent psychedelic compound, and the other being a source of monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs; drugs that prevent stomach enzymes from destroying DMT post-ingestion). Traditionally, Ayahuasca is made from the leaves of the Psychotria viridisshrub (DMT source) and the stalks of the Banisteriopsis caapi vine (MAOI source). Generally Ayahuasca has been reported to cause intense distortions to normal perception, usually in the form of hallucinations or visionary experiences.. People also tend to be affected emotionally in terms of empathy and openness. Individuals have also reported interactions with what they referred to as “divine beings” or in many cases a strong female or motherly presence (often named “Mother Ayahuasca”).
Jacobsen: How has the substance been used in the past?
Sapoznikow: Ayahuasca has been used in several ways in the past. Firstly, there are formalized Ayahuasca religions such as the Santo Daime and União do Vegetal where they use Ayahuasca as religious sacrament. Secondly, Ayahuasca was used as a medicine to treat various ancient maladies and psychopathologies. Finally, Ayahuasca has simply been used to have personal visionary or spiritual experiences.
Jacobsen: How has the substance been used in Canada? Why is it used?
Sapoznikow: Use of Ayahuasca in Canada has been very limited due to the locations where the plants needed to brew the tea naturally occur. Further, DMT is a schedule I drug in both Canada and the United States so possession of the DMT is technically breaking the law. Fortunately, Canada and some US states have recognized certain Ayahuasca religions and allow them to practice and drink the tea as sacrament for religious purposes; similar to indigenous use of the peyote plant. Other than religious use, sometimes you can find shamans living in Canada who have brought some of their own materials to brew the tea themselves with them from the Amazon. These shamans host their own Ayahuasca rituals or retreats where individuals may ingest ayahuasca many times over the course of several days, for the purpose of spiritual, physiological, and psychological healing. The only other forms of use of ayahuasca would be individuals. As for why it is used, other than as religious sacrament, individuals tend to drink Ayahuasca in Canada for healing experiences as well as to experience one of the most powerful psychedelic experiences one can have.
Jacobsen: What are some of the experiences that users report? Although, the reported experience is more difficult to translate the direct experience; however, this can give an indication at a minimum.
Sapoznikow: What users experience has a lot to do with the set and setting of the experience and the individuals ingesting. What I mean by this, is that an individual’s set – their mindset, temperament, emotional state – and setting – the physical space of the experience and the other individuals present – play a huge role in how the experience unfolds. If someone is in a very dark place mentally when they use ayahuasca, the experience will likely be extremely unpleasant. They may be forced to face these issues in a state when they feel most vulnerable. This could be a healing experience or an extremely scary experience, it all depends on the individual. The shaman or ayahuasca guide also plays an important role when drinking ayahuasca as they are said to be able to somewhat direct where the experience will go with music and chants (icaros).
On the topic of translating experience into words, a year ago I conducted an archival research study on a collection of over 150 ayahuasca experience reports where individuals detailed what they experienced after ingesting ayahuasca in various contexts (i.e. with shamans, alone, in a group, etc.). For the study I had to read and edit all of these reports so I’ve a pretty solid idea of what occurs. That being said, one cannot truly understand what the experience was like unless they experienced it themselves.
Some fairly common descriptions that came up were visual hallucinations of some otherworldly “beings”, often relaying important information to the individual. There also tended to be almost entire loss of connection to reality when the dose of ayahuasca is strong enough. Conversely, there were other reports of little to no effect after drinking ayahuasca. This variance could be due to the quality of the prepared brew, the dosage of the brew, and/or the weight/size of the individual. An extremely common physiological effect of drinking ayahuasca is nausea and a reflexive vomiting sensation, which more often than not leads to actual vomiting. This is generally seen as a cleansing or purge of an individual’s being.
Jacobsen: Have you used it?
Sapoznikow: I personally have not used ayahuasca.
Jacobsen: What is the process of using it in terms of dosing, intake, and making a spiritual practice in one’s own life?
Sapoznikow: As I mentioned earlier, ayahuasca is traditionally used in a group or ceremonial context with a guide to the experience. If one wishes to use ayahuasca for any purpose, I would strongly recommend following tradition and go to an ayahuasca ceremony being run by a trained and well-experienced shaman. You’ll likely be given a cup (relative measurement, not an actual cup full of ayahuasca) of ayahuasca to drink and after 20-30 minutes if there are no effects, the shaman may deem another dose necessary. For making use of ayahuasca for spiritual exploration and practice, participating in these well-known ceremonies will surely provide an individual with a spiritual experience, given they are in the right right set and setting.
Jacobsen: What are the short-term effects on the psyche?
Sapoznikow: Some of the diverse short-term effects of ayahuasca on the psyche that have been reported include: increased happiness, feelings of inner peace, love, and empathy, and feelings of connectedness with the earth and other people. On the other end of the spectrum, people can also feel very disconnected from the world, and may experience unwanted or undesirable feelings. Again, these effects have a lot to do with the set and setting of the individual and experience and resulting outcomes.
Jacobsen: What are the long-term effects of it on the psyche?
Sapoznikow: While under the influence of ayahuasca, individuals may have had intense revelations about reality or a divine/spiritual experience where they feel as if they have spoken to or reached a higher power. This could result in profound life-changing effects in terms of behavior and personality. Few studies have been completed surrounding ayahuasca relative to other psychoactive drugs, however some studies have show associations between the ingestion of ayahuasca and reductions in substance abuse and other maladaptive behaviors. Of course, there is always the potential for negative long-term effects such as loss of sanity and exacerbation of current or initiation of underlying mental health disorders, such as schizophrenia, in those vulnerable if the proper precautions aren’t taken. Ayahuasca isn’t just the next psychedelic for people seeking a fun experience, it likely will not be “fun”, but moreso exploratory and mentally taxing. However, if it is exploration of the psyche, the potential to change views and beliefs, or to heal oneself spiritually and potentially even psychologically or physiologically, ayahuasca may be something for one to look into. I would recommend to be sure to do your own research and try to gain as much knowledge about the brew as possible before trying it, it isn’t something to take lightly.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Avery.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/30
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Can you describe the local context? What is it like where you live? Also, to fill in some more blanks, what are some misconceptions about where you live?
Bwambale Robert: Irreligiosity, where I live, is not much as religions take a large threshold in the community. I can estimate that the percentage of religious diehards goes to 80% for Christian sects, Muslims may take 10 % and surprisingly even those going to places of worship to foreign religions still practice African religion traditional practices, those who don’t believe in god or gods is a small fraction of less than 2%.
Whereas education seems to unlock doors and enlighten people about good and bad, very few believe religions were invented by the people themselves.
Many people where I live are religious, normally respect and observe Friday, Saturday, Sunday, and Wednesday for some traditional loyalists. The evangelical churches here open all day throughout the week as many have morning glory, lunch hour fellowships, evening fellowships and most Fridays conduct over night prayers which goes from dusk to dawn.
In this era of competition among churches, in my community, I have witnessed scores of open crusades by the Anglicans, Catholics, Evangelicals, Adventists and surprisingly traditionalists in their shrines.
For every two kilometers apart, you can easily locate a church or several churches of different denominations. In their business each one is trying to win the attention of believers, the music played has also changed, we now have versions of reggae, Rnb, Raga, pop-gospel music or song versions, and this is accompanied by real dancing. At least most churches I have gone to have invested in drums, keyboard, drum sets, guitars and music speakers.
The percentage of women in churches here outweighs that of men. Elderly people seem to be more religious. The percentage of children going to churches is also high while among the youths especially those struggling hard to earn a living seem to be boycotting going to churches. This might be attributed to their realization that the church might be using them as ladders, the behaviors of some church leaders too of committing crimes like fornication, adultery, pedophile practices, thuggery and some being arrested as con men or con women has made people alert that some mess is going on somewhere.
Some other youths seem to be fed up being told that Jesus is coming for years now and scores of them are questioning the religious leaders or groupings about things that matter to them and have not been given justifiable answers.
The high costs of living and the ability of humanity to meet the basic needs themselves have made them realize that their well-being here on earth depends on how best they work and plan for their lives. People have seen scores of people perish in floods, die in hospitals or accidents or die of hunger which are cases where god or Jesus the savior could have intervened.
A section is ignoring being religious because they see that it’s like they are being milked each other day, they see religious heads living worthwhile fulfilled lives while the majority of believers are in shacks of poverty. This annoying factor turns away believers who in the end shun religion.
Misconceptions about my work:
These misconceptions are propelled by the following:
Religious fanatics mostly leaders of the mainstream religions from the Anglican church, Catholic church, a section from American evangelical churches, some school Directors who look at my schools a potential threat in the world of competition and a few individuals who don’t wish me well economically in life
- Several people think that am satanic just because they think that being a non-believer; you have to subscribe to satanic practices.
This is a big lie because I have a feeling that Satan does not exist but I do agree that wrong acts do exist in our society and it’s our right as people to fight against them. You don’t have to be religious to fight against a wrong act.
- People think I get money from under the seas or underwater and often link me to belong to a certain group of people called “Illuminati”. Why they say so is that they fail to understand how I get money. When I take a photo with a camera, some think I am taking the photos to the witchdoctors to seek blessings.
The truth is, all my works are online and I do once in a while receive generous donations from kind people or organizations who think what I do is important for the world, it’s a pity that even those who already know I get donations, because of hate, envy or jealousy, they go on painting a bad picture so that am brought down.
- People think I will go to hell since I don’t believe in god. I think the people have no right to judge me since I live my life and if I am to go to hell as they claim, why are they bothered. The truth is neither hell nor heaven does exist since there is no proof for it. We have lost people over the ages, among them who has ever come from hell or heaven to tell us what is there?. I just think we live in a world of recycling, a world of the food chain and a world of diversity. I normally argue people to always be good, do well and avoid doing bad for it’s what makes us special.
- People think that children who study at my school are possessed by the devil, this is evidenced by some of the enemies of the school mostly bishops and pastors conducting prayers and deluding the masses that they are casting out demons in them. This is complete rubbish for my schools are as clean and tolerant to people’s beliefs, we welcome learners from all walks of life and our role is to offer knowledge, we are not devilish as they claim for I believe there are no demons.
- People think that the word BIZOHA I normally use in my projects is the kind of god I believe in, others think that am a self-proclaimed god codenamed BIZOHA. The truth is the word BI ZO HA represents three personal friends of mine whom I admired because of their good deeds and reputation in the world and generated a word from their three names as below:
BI for BIBA Kavass
ZO for Zoltan Istvan
HA for Hank Pellissier
All these three people live in the United States, one of them by the names of HANK has so far visited me three times now, Biba is a high school teacher while Zoltan Istvan is a politician, scientist, and a transhumanist.
- People think am ritualistic and that the humanism is promoting is religion. This is a total lie, Humanism is a life stance, and it’s an alternative to religion.
Jacobsen: Is Humanism is a religion or not?
Robert: Humanism is not a religion or some sort of new religion; I think it lacks the basic characteristics of religion as listed below:
A religion should have a leader, should have several sects, should perform rituals and sacrifices, should have elements of spirits or supernatural elements in its settings, should have a promise of afterlife…. paradise…… hell, should have a sacred book which believers believe in or refer to all the time, should have mediators or middlemen who connect believers with the super deity, should have a place of worship codenamed church, shrine, temple, synagogue. Should have the likes of a pyramid scheme in its setup with few people at the top and the believers at the bottom, should have elements of offerings, tithes, offertories, should have their leaders take special training and thereafter take oaths not to disclose some secrets, most dominant religions should be closely attached to global superpowers over the ages, history has it from the Roman empire, British empire, Former USSR, Arabic empire and of recent The United States of America all created religions to expand their influence worldwide.
In summary humanism, none of these shows up in humanism and this discredits it to be called a religion though like-minded individuals not interested in joining world religions do have a right to assemble and associate together in meetings like these there can’t be elements of spirits, higher powers or unjustified promises.
Jacobsen: In terms of the religion in the local area, how much authority do religious leaders have? What about secular leaders?
Religious leaders in my area have too much authority in their religious circles, secular leaders as in political circles like village chiefs; local councils and traditional clan heads have much more authority in their areas. Religious leaders here are looked at as opinion leaders and some people here still think that what they always say is the right thing.
On social functions or events, both of them are given a platform to pass a word to the locals.
Jacobsen: Is there intermingling of politics and religion? In what ways is this more subtly done?
Robert: Yes, there is a mix-up of politics and religion almost in everything. Our government set up embraces this too as the National Motto speaks it all “for god and my country”. On some occasions though political heads normally go on fooling religious leaders to stay away from mixing the two while inwardly the politicians do a great deal in corrupting religious leaders to campaign for them such that they achieve their political ambitions.
Jacobsen: What do people tend to worry about in the daily lives?
Robert:
- People tend to worry about the future of Uganda as a country which is currently under the leadership of President Museveni, things keep on changing and an imminent war is possible by those against life presidency of the current leader.
- People tend to worry about life after death after being duped by a section of religions who pedal information that there is life after death.
- People worry a lot about the current health trends, high rates of HIV/AIDS, narcotic and drug use and alcoholism is at its best among most youths and mature people.
- The locals are worried about the future of their children who are growing under harsh economic conditions, most parents hardly manage meeting the basic needs of their families, there is a high rate of teenage pregnancies, high rate of school dropouts.
- Most youths and the elite community are worried about getting jobs which is almost a national problem. There are mushrooming colleges, universities each day producing graduates who find themselves in the job market.
- Most locals especially those having homesteads are worried of the land grabbers, many of the locals traditionally owned the land and have no papers to prove the land they sit on is theirs, even acquiring those land papers with this vicious cycle of poverty looming only a few can manage to process land documents accredited by the government.
Jacobsen: How do they go about their daily and weekly worship?
Robert: In an average religious home, there is mandatory prayer each time one takes a meal thanking God for providing food and life, this means one has to make one at waking up, breakfast, lunchtime, supper time and sleeping time.
Prayers have to be made on holy days as they call it say Friday, Saturday, Sunday, and Wednesday for traditionalists. Locals depending on the church one are attached to are supposed to attend worship.
Among born-again sects and mostly American evangelicals, they worship all day long with services in mornings, lunchtime and evening fellowships, night praying normally follow suit most Friday nights at some churches.
Jacobsen: How much of this is truly harmful to the lives of ordinary citizens where you live?
Robert: Even though its people’s freedom to worship or pray, I think it’s high time locals try question the beliefs they believe in. I have a feeling that religion tends to make people weaker than stronger since it creates an impression that whatever we do or get, there is always a provider who is god, who can choose to give you or not yet in my perception I think its people’s hard work or weaknesses that makes them stronger or weaker. If one works hard and calculates well his moves, you succeed, if you work hard and plan poorly; you lose so I think it’s high time people start believing in themselves.
People should be encouraged to think for themselves and come up with solutions than relying on an imaginary higher power to guide them in what they want to accomplish. This means their brains should be free from brainwashings that tend to come along with religion.
Jacobsen: How can people donate and help out?
Robert: People can donate to my initiatives via the Brighter Brains Institute whom we share with several projects under the BIZOHA Initiatives. The link to donate is:
https://www.humanistglobal.org/donate/bizoha-day-scholar-sponsorship-or-renewal or send check to BBI, 425 Moraga Ave., Piedmont CA 94611
Atheist Alliance international, one of my longtime partners do accept donations to Kasese Humanist Primary school. They periodically redirect donations to me. The link to donate is: http://atheistalliance.org/support-aai/donateThen select KHPS under directed donations to AAI specific projects.
You can make donations on my website at Africa Humanists; you can pick an item that suits your donation. The link to donate to is: http://africahumanists.org/new-products/ and choose a project to support.
Alternatively, you can volunteer and fundraise for my projects in your own areas in support of what I do. In case you want to fundraise, notify me so that I write up a simple intro or biodata about myself and the strings of projects that I manage. My email is kasesehumanistschool@hotmail.com.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/30
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What convinced you of the Gospel?
Suzie Mason: ‘Convinced me of the gospel’ is not a phrase that sits well in my brain. It sounds far too certain to have anything to do with faith. You wouldn’t find too many British Christians using that phrase. I’ve chosen to be a Christian because I think that given the choice between two positions with evidence (theism and atheism) where neither has proof, theism is the one that makes most sense (in many ways). Once a theist, Christianity appeals for many reasons, personal and practical. Christianity teaches that we are flawed broken beings in desperate need of help. It doesn’t take much observation to gather evidence for that claim. Christianity is radical and wildly opposed to the easy ways we would love to live. Forgiveness is hard. Loving your enemy is all but impossible. I want a religion that kicks me in the arse to do better, every day. As for why I believe in Jesus, that’s between the two of us.
Read more…Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/30
Christine Shellska is a Ph.D. Candidate in the Department of Communication, Media and Film, Faculty of Arts, at the University of Calgary, Canada. Her research involves studying the rhetorical strategies employed by the Intelligent Design Creationism movement, and her areas of focus include history, philosophy and sociology of science, and rhetoric. Among other involvement in the secular community, she is the first Canadian to be elected to the Board of Directors for the American Humanist Association, and a regular co-host on the Calgary-based Legion of Reason podcast.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Recently, the LGBTQ+ community held its pride parade in Calgary. You are a multi-generational Calgarian. How do events like this make you feel?
Christine M. Shellska: Calgary has grown to become very diverse. Not only have our industries, educational institutions, and quality of life attracted people from around the world, but we welcome about 10,000 immigrants every year. As a happy consequence, the number of cultural events[1] held here have increased, most of which centre around music, dance, art, and of course, delicious ethnic food and (frequently intoxicating) beverages.
Calgary’s Pride movement started in 1990 with about 100 marchers, many of whom wore masks to protect their identities. One year later, Pride week was declared an official civic event by Mayor Al Duerr, but the parade only attracted about 400 attendees[2]. In 2016[3],[4], there were 140 parade entries, about 4000 participants, and about 60,000 attendees. This year, Calgary Pride reported[5] that there were 175 parade entries, about 5000 participants, and about 65,000 attendees.
To give you a bit of context, the annual parade that kicks off the Calgary Stampede is regarded as one of the world’s largest, with 2017 attendance estimated at 275,000[6]. This year’s martials were Chiefs of the Treaty 7 Nations, and it featured over 150 western-themed entries, including 30 marching bands, 40 floats, 750 horses and 4,000 participants[7]. Following the Stampede parade, Pride is by far our most popular and well-attended.
Because we have long been well-known for the Stampede, the history of which spans over 100 years, I think some hold the perception that Calgary, often referred to as “Cowtown,” is a bit of a backwards hick-town. Alberta’s reputation for its high population of religious fundamentalists, some of whom hold very bigoted attitudes, doesn’t contribute positively to this image. Stampede Week features many western-oriented exhibits and events, but it also features world-class artists and musicians, a large fairground, strange and novel foods like scorpion pizza, and a substantial amount of partying at almost every drinking establishment in town, as well as some that are erected solely for the festivities.
Stampede Week, like Pride, is an opportunity for Calgarians to reflect on our history – to acknowledge the reality of past transgressions, and to celebrate hard-earned rights won – to show our civic pride, and to leverage the spirit of these events to unite as a city. Cultural events that celebrate ethnic arts and food reflect our diversity, encourage community among new Canadians, and welcome Calgarians to share aspects of our friends’ and neighbours’ cultures. And, perhaps most importantly, during rather a humourless time in our global history, many of our events are just a good excuse to have fun, like our yearly Zombie walk and 4-20 gathering at City Hall.
Unfortunately, this year’s Pride parade sparked off a great deal of controversy when the organizers announced that they would not permit the Calgary Police Service to participate in uniform. Within my personal sphere, when the Centre for Inquiry (CFI) Calgary announced its decision to withdraw their support, after a lengthy process that included input from members of both CFI and the LGBTQ+ community, a nation-wide shitstorm arose on social media. Our Executive Director, whom we interviewed on the Legion of Reason podcast[8], was the target of much verbal abuse, resulting in her resignation.
Having said that, there were many who supported CFI Calgary’s decision, including several members of the LGBTQ+ community. There were also many thoughtful contributions, which resulted in some productive dialogue. However, the voices of cis-gendered people (including me) soon came to dominate the dialogue, most of whom reside outside of Calgary and are largely unaware of the history of the relationship between the CPS and our LGBTQ+ community. By most accounts from LGBTQ+ Calgarians, the Pride parade organizers did not consult the broader community. The proposal was presented Voices – Calgary’s Coalition of Two-Spirit & Racialized lgbtqia+, a small, local advocacy group inspired by BLM, founded in 2016[9]. Their position is summarized by Carrie Tait of The Globe and Mail[10]:
Some two-spirit people – an umbrella term to describe and used by some, but not all, individuals who are Indigenous and identify as LGBTQ or elsewhere on the gender and sexual spectrums – feel their white counterparts are leaving them and people of colour behind. The broader LGBTQ community has made significant gains in the quest for equality, thanks to years of fighting for rights. But some members of the LGBTQ community who are not white feel overlooked because, while homophobia may be dissipating, they may still be on society’s social and economic margins because of race.
Pride announced, “We acknowledge the historical oppression and institutionalized racism faced by queer/trans people of colour and Indigenous persons, and the potentially negative association with weapons, uniforms and other symbols of law enforcement.”
While the usual, trite accusation that “You need to educate yourself!” was tossed around in its various instantiations on social media, the argument is clear. Few, if any, CFI Calgary members would deny these claims. What many objected to, however, was the method, because of its exclusion of uniformed officers, many of whom are non-white and LGBTQ+. Summing up the sentiment, in response to Pride’s statement, “We welcome the participation of Calgary Police Services, and other law enforcement agencies in a manner that demonstrates allyship and understanding,” Kelly McParland of the National Post[11] observed, “Just as long as they do their best to hide their identity, like gays used to do.”
The CPS agreed to respect the Pride organizers’ decision, from what I understand, reluctantly. Even our mayor, Naheed Nenshi, expressed his disappointment in the decision.
Jacobsen: When you look at some of the particulars of the event, what were notable highlights for you?
Shellska: Oddly, Calgary’s Pride Week does not coincide with Pride Month, which is widely recognized as June, to commemorate the Stonewall riots. The Pride parade held in early September concludes Pride Week, followed by Pride in the Park, a family-friendly event that features live entertainment, a marketplace, and a beer garden.
In recent years, highlights of Pride Week include the raising of the Pride flag at City Hall, the Calgary Tower’s light display, rainbow sidewalks (this year featuring a sidewalk representing the transgender flag colours), public transit signage, and countless other shows of support by individuals, local businesses, and corporations.
Jacobsen: In reflection on the progressive outlook, one of progression to greater inclusion in spite of, usually religious, attempts to narrow the landscape of people’s self-identification and expression. How has the environment changed for the LBGTQ+ community? What are some notable examples of this?
Shellska: Since I’m cis-gendered, I really can’t speak to this personally. The best I can try to do is relay my personal observations. Growing up, my best friend in high school was gay, and he certainly wasn’t socially open about it, although his family knew. Some of his family members were bigoted and occasionally rude, especially his grandmother, who was clearly a product of a different era. Despite her ignorance, she did love my friend in her way. Fortunately, his mother was very supportive.
For awhile, he had a partner who adamantly denied being gay. He would make very offensive comments about gays, and he drew on his Italian heritage to present a macho, tough-guy façade. In hindsight, he reminds me very much of what some refer to as “self-loathing” gays who adamantly endorse “family values” and the like. I think he was Catholic; my friend was also openly atheist, so we shared that bond in common as well as others (we are both only children and introverts). The partner was clearly jealous of our friendship, and he was horrible to me. My friend later confided that he was being physically abused. Sadly, this was the beginning of a pattern of long-term, abusive relationships for him.
Maybe things would have been different for both of them if society had been more accepting of LGBTQ+ people back then. Then again, my friend’s abusive father passed away from alcohol-related illness when he was young. Clearly, being LGBTQ+ does nothing to shield one from the psychological consequences of familial violence, nor being the victim of domestic abuse. Perhaps the self-loathing partner might have fared better if he’d been spared a religious upbringing that focused upon guilt, shame and suffering. I hope he is living the best, most honest life he can.
Jacobsen: For sexual minorities, what do you see as the modern battleground for greater freedom and acceptance in socio-cultural and political life in Calgary?
Shellska: I’m happy to see that things have changed here: it is true that “the broader LGBTQ community has made significant gains in the quest for equality.” My daughter is a young adult now; several of her friends have comfortably inhabited various gender identities and/or openly expressed their sexual orientations since high school. Same-sex marriage has been legal in Canada since 2005, and it is commonplace to see same-sex couples strolling the streets holding hands in my community. This year, a bill was passed to include gender identity and expression, and sexual orientation, in the Canadian Human Rights Act.
In my observation, my daughter’s generation doesn’t much care about gender identity, sexual orientation, or race, when it comes to social acceptance of their peers, possibly because of a general trend toward irreligion and the consequent rejection of the bigotry and prejudices that often accompany it. That’s a good thing, worth celebrating. However, it’s important that her generation understand that minority rights were hard-earned, and this is why so many of our cultural events, like Pride, are important. The people who fought for those rights deserved to be recognized and honoured.
While LGBTQ+ people have successfully challenged legislation, there still remain social stigmas that need to be overcome, religiously-based and otherwise. I think that Voices is correct in asserting their identity, and reclaiming their history of two-spirited people, who were revered and not marginalized in many First Nations’ cultures. I think they’re correct in asserting the historical cultures and rights of non-white LGBTQ+ people; even if those rights are legally recognized, in many communities across Canada, some police officers continue to abuse their authority and enact violence against marginalized groups. I think they’re correct in pointing out the historical and present failures of authorities, of which there are many. Unquestionably, these stories need to be told.
But from what I’ve heard from my friends in the broader LGBTQ+ community, the CPS are largely regarded as allies, having earned trust over many years by protecting their rights as individuals (including ethnic minorities), business owners, etc.
Singling out the CPS was interpreted by many as rejecting allies by denying their identity. This is very much an American strategy that doesn’t necessarily align with Canadian issues and values. It raises questions about groups that were not excluded. For example, if we take up the premise that certain groups should be excluded, it is simply outrageous to include many Christian groups, given the history of residential schools, who participated in what the Truth and Reconciliation Council deemed “cultural genocide.” Not to mention their historical treatment of LGBTQ+ people.
There also seems to be an underlying assumption that non-whites accept LGBTQ+ people, and we know this is simply not the case. Many cultures around the globe are notoriously misogynistic, homophobic, bigoted, etc.
I admit that I find it very distasteful when Canadians jump on American bandwagons with no regard to our unique context, as if we’re affected by the same issues. Granted, we share very many similarities, and some of their issues are ours as well. But racism and LGBTQ+ bigotry are not uniquely American nor Canadian issues. They are global issues that require culturally-appropriate strategies.
Clearly Calgary is merely a microcosm of a broader movement. Police have been disinvited to Pride parades across the US, and now Canada. Protests that include disrupting vehicular and even air traffic have sprung up across North America and Europe. More recently, some protests have erupted into violence. These events have alienated many who are allies or potential allies, and have been responded to by violent and overtly racist groups who were marginalized long ago, and should have remained so. I don’t want to see that happen here. We don’t need to flock like a bunch of lemmings to American “solutions.” On the global stage, Canada is respected as a humanitarian country. We can do better.
What if Voices were to propose something along the lines of a March Against Racism, or something like that, and invite Pride as an honoured guest? As a new initiative, the organizers could unproblematically choose who they wanted to exclude and include, thus setting their own precedent. It would be more inclusive in the sense that it would support the right of all non-whites, not just LGBTQ+ non-whites. And it would be a chance to educate and foster community among Calgary’s multiple cultures. I think this is something most Calgarians would support, even if it meant some of us, even most of us, were excluded. Not only would it be a contribution to our civic events, it could provide an alternative approach that could serve as a model for other communities facing similar issues.
Jacobsen: What was the turnout for the uniform event? Why was this an important event to hold?
Shellska: The Unity in Uniform was organized as a Pride alternative event by Gregory John and Jim Heaton[12], in response to the exclusion of the CPS, to “show the community that there’s another part of the community that is in support of the police [and] other people in uniform,” including firefighters and EMS professionals. The event was important to many members and groups representing the broader LGBTQ+ community, including Morley Pride and the Drag community.
I hadn’t intended to go, because I felt there were others far more deserving to attend the limited-seating event. But I wanted to contribute something positive to both communities, especially given the division amongst CFI Calgary internally, as well as with other Canadian branches. When I pitched the idea, several individual members of CFI Calgary offered to support a crowdfunder to contribute toward the evening’s festivities. Greg kindly thanked me for my offer but felt it was improper to accept a contribution of this nature, and instead encouraged us to donate to Officer Tad Milmine’s “Bullying Ends Here” campaign, located here: https://www.bullyingendshere.ca/.
When I explained why I wanted to do the crowdfunder, Greg was saddened to learn how the decision impacted CFI, especially the Executive Director. He placed me on his guest list, and when we met I extended my hand, to which he responded, “Sorry, I only do hugs.” Exactly what I hoped he’d say!
The event was very well attended, and represented by many groups and individuals, including some gay CFI members. It was an honour to attend the inaugural Unity in Uniform event, and I met several inspirational leaders of the LGBTQ+ community, including police officers. The speeches delivered by the organizers and other leaders focused on inclusivity and widely stirred the audience’s emotions. Despite the controversy, attendees were encouraged to participate in the Pride parade. Many officers showed up out of uniform, carrying the CPS Pride banner, graciously accepting the decision and taking the higher road.
Jacobsen: Was there any backlash to the uniform event, whether online or with protestors of the event?
Shellska: When I found out about the Unity in Uniform and shared it on facebook, I rather harshly pointed out that those who were shouting, “Educate yourself!” ought to do the same. There were some interesting exchanges, but the discussion on the general principle of excluding police officers continued in other posts, for several days after Pride Week.
I can’t confirm whether there was any backlash toward the Unity in Uniform event, but I highly doubt it. It seemed clear that the event represented the views of the broader LGBTQ+ community, the strength of their relationship with the CPS, and the strong overlap of the two communities. Certainly there was no physical presence of protestors, and there were, to my knowledge, no notable public criticisms of the event.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time again, Christine.
Shellska: Thank you again too! I’m looking forward to future discussions.
[1] http://www.geoscalgary.com/misc/magazine/content/cultural_festivals_in_calgary.htm.
[2] http://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/calgary/calgary-pride-25th-anniversary-1.3217157.
[3] http://globalnews.ca/news/2920620/2016-calgary-pride-parade-brings-thousands-to-downtown-core/.
[4] http://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/calgary/calgary-pride-2016-1.3748147.
[5] http://globalnews.ca/news/3715669/thousands-expected-to-attend-2017-calgary-pride-parade/.
[6] http://calgary.ctvnews.ca/2017-calgary-stampede-parade-draws-an-estimated-crowd-of-275-000-1.3492932.
[7] http://globalnews.ca/news/3538653/watch-live-2017-calgary-stampede-parade/.
[8] http://www.legionofreason.com/episode-211-calgary-prides-regrettable-decison/
[9] https://www.facebook.com/yycvoices/
[10] https://beta.theglobeandmail.com/news/alberta/calgary-pride-indigenous-lgbtq-two-spirit/article36154435/
[11] http://nationalpost.com/opinion/kelly-mcparland-pride-won-yet-now-chooses-to-be-picky-about-its-allies
[12] https://globalnews.ca/news/3701993/calgary-lgbtq-community-members-create-alternative-pride-event-where-uniforms-are-welcome/
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/29
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the demographics for humanism in Greece? Because most of the population is Greek Orthodox.
Angelos Sofocleous: According to the latest Pew report, 90% of the Greek population identifies themselves as a member of the Greek Orthodox Church. It has to be stressed, however, that many people identify as a member of the Greek Orthodox Church only by convention. From birth, Greeks are proselytized into the Greek Orthodox Church by baptism at a very young age – when they are a less than a year old – and, therefore, on paper, almost every Greek citizen is a member of the Greek Orthodox Church.
Read more…Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/29
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, you’re out in Tanzania. That is far removed from the normal life of Canadians. What is something that those in Canada are almost certainly not likely to know about atheism in Tanzania but they should?
Nsajigwa I Mwasokwa (Nsajigwa Nsa’sam): Thank you I am Mr. Nsajigwa, Canadians should know that as it is for every human society throughout ages and generations that there have been within independent thinkers and freethinkers, so too there are such ones in Tanzania, though few, as it has hitherto been.
There are Tanzanians who think outside of the box of religiosity despite the fact that in Africa religion is overwhelmingly omnipresent and -potent, covering all aspects of life, from the birth point of entrance to death point of exit. In past, Africans were said to “Think emotionally” and being more “spiritual” as a philosophy of Negritude would assert, “rational is Greece as emotion is black.” Maybe today, we might just understand that to have been too much of a generalization.
In terms of percentage, it is recorded that independent thinkers individuals living without religion in Tanzania could be up to 1% of the population (the challenge is to make it rise to 10% as there might be enough such ones who however are in the closet).
Jacobsen: How is atheism viewed by the general public in Tanzania?
Nsajigwa: In the past, it was associated with socialism of communism brand, the USSR type, thus ideological.
But also by Tanzanians who are fundamentalist in their religious outlook, they view it negatively, as an arrogant rebellion against God’s will by the few people educated (to become confused) by too much secular book reading. Further extremes view it as for those who are “lost” and on Satan’s side (Satan being the opposite of good God).
Jacobsen: How common is atheism there?
Nsajigwa: As a movement it is coming up, emerging as is the reality of it all over Africa. Some individual independent thinkers to freethinkers exist, it’s only recently since new millennium that there have emerged some pioneer efforts to teach it by philosophy, identify and bring such individuals together.
I am the pioneer number one for this philosophy, life-stance here since the mid-1990s before the arrival of the internet in Tanzania. We are developing a fellowship to be a community in the future via Jichojipya – Think Anew as a formal organization and vehicle for that, we founded it to live to achieve common goals of institutionalizing Humanism ideas and ideals guided by Humanist’s Amsterdam Declaration 2002 of which I translated into Swahili that being first time that it was in an African language.Its Humanistic aspects happen to be similar to some aspects of Tanzanian own Arusha declaration doctrine of 1967.
Jacobsen: If you could pick one great atheist thinker in Tanzania, who would it be?
Nsajigwa: It would be an eminent elder retired public figure named Kingunge Ngombale-Mwilu. We identified him as one because he was the public figure, only one known throughout to swear for a public position (he has served since independence in top ranking positions even as a minister of state) without holding Bible or Quran.
That is, how we suspected him to be a nonbeliever and on interviewing him recently he came out as such, a freethinker who is Agnostic (though our society thought of him as a socialist communist). He told us himself he became freethinker inspired by reading the subject of Philosophy including the writings of Thomas Paine and Ludwig Feuerbach in his analysis that;- “it’s not god creating man in his own image but rather a man creating God in his imagination.”
Another longtime freethinker would be Nsajigwa (me myself) a self-taught individual operating at the grassroots. I have taught and inspired many enough by my knowledge (book reading) and my own everyday life as a freethinker, someone living ethically good without a religion.
Jacobsen: If you could take one great atheist book in Tanzania, what would it be?
Nsajigwa: There is no one whole book on that, however, there are particular stories on some books say by one late Agoro Anduru – a good writer that he was. Also stories (in Swahili) by one Mohamed Salum Abdalla (in short Bwana Msa) and speeches by Mwalimu (Swahili for a teacher) Nyerere – Tanzanian founder father, teaching, insisting and reminding on several occasions that Tanzania is a secular state.
Jacobsen: What are some of the prejudices and biases that the atheist community experiences in Tanzania?
Nsajigwa: Basically so far organized atheist community is just emerging, we few freethinkers are just pioneering to bring it out but judging from our personal life experience, our social milieu is such that to be a nonbeliever you are misunderstood in many ways and judged negatively, its something you just have to endure, too much pressure and frictions to confront right from the family level. African culture is “communitarian” in outlook, wanting conformity to all its members. Things should be done as traditions and what religions require. On religion itself, it is very influential, plus our political culture is illiberal, yes we are a peaceful Nation since independence but skepticism and criticism are not tolerated despite the fact we became a multiparty democracy since 1992.
Jacobsen: What are some of the biases in law that are explicitly anti-atheist or, at a minimum, tacitly so?
Nsajigwa: The founder father Mwalimu Nyerere was, fortunately, a good student of John Stuart Mills philosophy “on liberty”. He made it clear the fact that our Nation is secular though people (including himself) are in religions. There is a temptation though from various players to wish that religion should penetrate more into government because people and their leaders are religious anyway. In Zanzibar, a semi-autonomous government with a majority of its population (90%+) being Moslem, Islamic laws applies (via what are known as kadhi courts) in dealing with matters of inheritance, marriage, and divorce.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts?
Nsajigwa: We live in modern times yet we have not yet successfully modernized our cultures and societies.The need to secularize our outlook to life, thus STEM (Science Technology Engineering and (rationalism of) Mathematics) Project. We by Jichojipya – Think Anew a Tanzanian Freethinkers secularist humanists organization here initiated a GalimotoCar making STEM project from the grassroots, we need support to continue doing that, a fight against superstition believes including Albino killings.
There is modern African triple heritage concept by which in Tanzanian case, Islam, Christian, and Traditionalists are almost one-third each by percentage (35-35-30 respectively), though there is much dominance of the first two in the public while the third (tradition believes) are somehow dormant, activated only when everything else fails to work.
By SWOT approach most African countries Tanzania included are illiberal. In such situations, independent thinking and freethinking are thwarted and such individuals live to endure hard life mentally (psychologically) and physically. Freethinking Atheism Humanism in Africa should mean an idea to emancipate Africans from illiberality and concurrently from the mental slavery of religions that have evolved to become dysfunctional, as they shape ideas of superstition and wishful thinking that support dogma, irrationality, and fatalism.
It’s a herculean task needed to be met to push the cause of African renaissance and its enlightenment. All due support by Freethinkers Humanists from other parts of the world (Canada etc) is needed, to sustain this work for modernism by secularism in Africa, Tanzania inclusively. That is the historic generational duty for humanity. Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/29
Doug Thomas of Secular Connexion Séculière, who I have talked with before, has done something, which I have talked with some others in the irreligious community in Canada before about: using the Freedom of Thought Report from 2016, of the International Humanist and Ethical Union, for activism in every country because it remains of the most succinct and comprehensive listings of discrimination in law, in culture, in societies generally, against the irreligious (Secular Connexion Séculière, 2017; Jacobsen, 2017; International Humanist and Ethical Union, 2016a; International Humanist and Ethical Union, 2017).
That leads to E-Petition 1264 (DISCRIMINATIONS), or simply E-Petition 1264, which is about the formal investigation into the discrimination against non-believers in Canada (House of Commons, 2017). Doug Thomas, with sponsorship from Marwan Tabbara, proposed this e-petition, which is already in the 3-figure zone for signatories and seems better than many based on a brief scan of the others surrounding it. It states in full:
“Whereas:
- Approximately 25% of Canada’s people are non-believers; and
- The International Humanist and Ethical Union, in its December 2016 Freedom of Thought Report, has identified Canada as a nation that systemically discriminates against non-believers.
We, the undersigned, citizens of Canada, call upon the House of Commons in Parliament assembled to ask the Minister of Justice and the Minister of Canadian Heritage to investigate, through the Standing Committee on Justice and Human Rights and the Standing Committee on Canadian Heritage, with specific invitations to the national leaders of the secular humanist community, the systemic discrimination against non-believers in Canadian laws and regulations, specifically, but not limited to: (a) the National Anthems Act, 1980; (b) the Criminal Code of Canada, section 319 3(b); and (c) Regulations for registered charities under the Income Tax Act.” (Ibid.)
I signed it.
Because I know the Freedom of Thought Report (2016) provides a good introduction to the levels of discrimination against the irreligious in this country (International Humanist and Ethical Union, 2016b).
While ignoring the historical crimes in the name of Christianity, often by Canadian Christians against the Indigenous population, we have remnants with the privileges for those with a belief in a Theity in the Canadian Constitution Act of 1982 in the Preamble, where there is the, as many reading this know about the, statement about the “supremacy of God…” (Government of Canada, 1982). What if this was removed?
Even if symbolic, it would mean, for the next generations, formal equality with the Constitution Act of 1982 as neutral, no preference for one or the other, on a God or not. That would be fair and equal; not asking for superior but for real equality.
Another remnant is the Catholic system, often for non-Catholics as well. What about the Muslim, Daoist, and Scientologist schools for non-Muslims, non-Daoists, and non-Scientologists, even Catholics? You don’t see them. Why should we see Catholic schools, especially in the long view? Secular public educational systems and schools for all Canadians seems fair and simple too.
Do these denominational rights for Catholics, and at times Protestants, violate Section 2 and Section 15 of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms? Yes, but Section 29 makes that a move no-no, apparently, that protection against potential action later amounts to an educational and charter privilege in the favour of one religion, Roman Catholic and Protestant Christians (so, two, technically), who happen to be the mostly settler-colonial religions (International Humanist and Ethical Union, 2016b).
But we can do things about these and others such as prayers in public meetings, in schools, and so on. They were placed by Canadian citizens at one point, so they, too, can be removed. We can do the same with Canada as others have moved to secular systems for public life. The data is there. The undercurrent is there. Likely, the will is extant throughout the nation with 1/4 people having no formal religious faith and may of the other 3/4 sympathizing with the 1/4 on common issues. So, why not? The petition is simply waiting to be signed by Canadian citizens. It’s a start.
Let’s get to work!…
References
Government of Canada. (1982). Constitution Act, 1982. Retrieved from http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/Const/page-15.html.
House of Commons. (2017, September 14). E-1264 (DISCRIMINATION). Retrieved from https://petitions.ourcommons.ca/en/Petition/Details?Petition=e-1264.
International Humanist and Ethical Union. (2017b). International Humanist and Ethical Union. Retrieved from http://iheu.org/.
International Humanist and Ethical Union. (2016a). The Freedom of Thought Report. Retrieved from http://freethoughtreport.com/countries/.
International Humanist and Ethical Union. (2016b). The Freedom of Thought Report: Canada. Retrieved from http://freethoughtreport.com/countries/americas-northern-america/canada/.
Jacobsen, S.D. (2017, August 6). Interview with Doug Thomas – President of the Secular Connexion Séculière. Retrieved from https://conatusnews.com/interview-doug-thomas-president-secular-connexion-seculiere/.
Secular Connexion Séculière. (2017). Secular Connexion Séculière. Retrieved from http://www.secularconnexion.ca/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2021/01/11
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, this is the ultimate frisbee of virtual realities. You go first, please.
Rick Rosner: Ok, so, from time to time, we’ve casually kind of discussed how it’s interesting/possibly important that the issue of whether the universe is real or a simulation. In pop culture you have The Matrix, which is a huge trilogy of movies. Blockbusters, that center around the universe being simulated and in pop culture in the future the issue’s going to be, I think, bigger and bigger because of video games. Maybe, other forms of entertainment will simulate reality with greater and greater verisimilitude.
Jacobsen: That’s right.
Rosner: The simulations will get better and better. But then I was thinking about it a little bit and realize that just saying casually say, “You can’t tell whether the universe is real or a simulation.” Or if you couldn’t tell did, what would you mean when you talk about simulation? It turns out to be. Well, I don’t know if it’s not simple, but it certainly needs pinning down. Because you have issues like, “Who is the simulation for? Is it for the video game? Is it for the consciousnesses in that world? Is it the whole universe or is it just a chunk of it?” And all those things have implications for reality. It is naturally arising, but exists in an artificial armature – well, not necessarily artificial.
That’s another issue, but our minds are supported by our brains. You’d call that a natural armature versus a consciousness that would be supported by an information processing device that’s been built by people who are built by individuals who learned how to create consciousness. And then, of course, you have the problem of the turtles all the way down thing. What’s supporting each of these worlds – the hardware world and all that stuff? And it probably leads to what you were talking about, which is you kind of like you said, ‘Who cares?” Simulated versus natural, because in the end, it was a stack of turtles. The whole thing may become moot at some point. Anyway, it doesn’t seem trivial or simple to me. What do you think?
Jacobsen: Yes, I don’t think it’s trivial. I do think it’s simple because you don’t have a lot of options. So, let’s say, you have a naturally rising universe. Okay, let’s say, you get a civilization. They perform various virtual reality simulations of their universe and other possible universes. So, there you have a virtual universe arising out of the universe. Let’s say, you have some kind of not quite existent, not quite nonexistent universe; that is very quantum mechanical, just extremely virtual in its existence, because it’s not fully manifested insofar as it can exist and cannot exist. It’s at that edge between kind of solidity and not. You have others start off natural and have an entire timeline, a world line of the entire universe. There’s no need for a simulation in the first place. So, in that case, okay, you have a natural universe running all the way through. And the first case, you have a natural universe running into a virtual simulation. You could also have this iterative effect where you have extraordinarily long-lived universes, where you start off natural or you start off kind of quantum mechanically virtual. Then it becomes natural, then that civilization in that natural universe that happens to evolve simulates a universe in which you have other little mini civilizations that then themselves do simulations and you have this kind of matryoshka doll situation of simulations.
Rosner: You have that even with the natural universe, because every armature needs to itself to be part of a material world that is made of information that’s being stored in, so the turtles all the way down. And also, there’s another issue which gets back to your point of “who cares?”; if the better a simulated universe is, the less it’s going to violate the rules of a natural universe.
Any decent similar universe? Go ahead.
Jacobsen: Or any simulation in our natural universe or another natural universe, the laws of physics that govern the computation of that computational device, doing the simulation will limit the type of simulations it can do.
Rosner: Yes, and also, the probability of discernible divergences from apparent naturalness in a decent simulation is low.
So, like, well, just doing naive math, there are eight billion people in the world and you find out. And one person is magic because it’s a simulation. The odds against that are one in eight billion. And of course, in practical and more realistic terms the odds that you see violations of natural physics revealing that you’re in a simulation are just super low because it’s just there are probability arguments to be made. For one thing, we live in a world where there’s no good evidence of the world; we live in now, being a simulation. The same way, there’s no evidence of there being time travelers visiting us, right? There have been no probabilistic arguments to be made. So, based on the evidence of our world and the history of the universe as we know it, it’s apparently highly probable that the rules of the universe are not being violated, right?
Jacobsen: Yes. I mean, for that simulation, for any simulation to exist, which is grounded on a natural universe, that simulation, the computation behind it must rely on that natural universe physics. You can’t get out of that.
Rosner: But it’s easy to imagine a series of 50 years in the future. One hundred and fifty years in the future. It’s easy to imagine video games that are convincing simulations. And you can enter into them. And it’s even possible to imagine that you can have your awareness abridged so that when you’re playing the video game, you think you’re actually living in the world, the simulated world. You can also imagine that this video game has characters like free guy that are conscious and not realizing that they’re in a video game.
Jacobsen: Absolutely. And to say, that it’s limited by the physics. That its computation is based on the virtual universe. It’s not to say it can’t have its own variables and kinds of laws. It’s just the computation behind it will limit what is possible there. And it may be such that when we talk about computers as universal computation machines, like a universal Turing machine or something; these are only limited by our experience of this kind of computation in our universe. I mean, so, “Yes.”
Rosner: Yes, it’s certainly easy to build from our physics.
Jacobsen: Yes. So, our computers might not be universal. They might be general in this context.
Rosner: Yes, but the deal is, it’s possible to imagine a future that has a whole bunch of video games that are convincing simulations. Where within the games, the rules, some of the rules of reality would be violated. You can imagine a convincing simulated world video game in which you can fly, for instance.
Jacobsen: Gravity is reversed.
Rosner: Or something, it’s easy to imagine that these kind of games will be pervasive in the future. So, yet, we live in a world. The world we live in now doesn’t have any of those violations of reality. So, what’s the deal, probabilistic? You find yourself being a conscious being in the world that you’re in. And what are the odds that it’s a natural world? We, apparently, are in or it’s a simulated world. That you’re part of a game that runs for three weeks or three hours. You become conscious. You’ve got backs in your awareness. You’ve got a history. All these issues need to be addressed scientifically and philosophically, ideally scientifically. Are there probabilistic arguments to be made about whether you’re more likely to find yourself in a natural world or a simulated world?
And, of course, the simulated world you assume is an offshoot of the natural world, and as we’ve been talking of a natural world; it’s that assumption of legitimation. We have talked about, “I think, therefore, I am.” Within the context, given the extreme complexity and self-consistency of the worlds of our minds or an individual’s mind with its memories and its ability to mentally simulate the world, given the extreme consistency in the amount of information involved, that’s a statistical argument for the existence of the possessor of that consciousness. So, analogously, are there probabilistic arguments to be built around natural versus simulated worlds? Also, the extent of the simulated world.
Jacobsen: They are, in some sense. Any evolved mind in a natural universe is running a simulation of it. And this is not digital. Like my own mind is running a simulation of my little environment here, in front of the laptop. Similarly, with you in front of your Skype machine, it’s just the way things are. So, you could say simulation is the dominant strain of quantity of computation. Although, natural is the dominant quality of it. I mean, we’re only in a finite volume. We have seven or eight billion people running all these simulations based on their own minds. But those are very small volumes in the entirety of the Universe, the natural universe. I think you make the same argument where in any other universe where they have these simulations, even massive galactic-scale simulations. Computational devices of that scale, they would themselves be limited in that natural universe, which is bigger.
So, there’s one split there. Maybe, in that argument, it’s not usually made, which is that natural universes are the ground state. They’re much bigger. So, there’s a lot more computation happening with regard to them. Any kind of simulation that’s happening within them, whether it’s what we call digital or evolved consciousness, either case evolved or constructed. They’re far more plentiful. Because once the natural universe is already set up, then you have a simpler setup to kind of run different simulations.
Rosner: Yes, so, I mean, there’s that argument that we think can be made, which is that it’s just much more likely that we’re in a natural universe.
Jacobsen: Yes. Even though, the number of “simulated universes,” are arguably much more plentiful.
Rosner: Yes, so, it’s a mess.
Jacobsen: I mean, just the human species is a hundred billion simulations at various kind of world lines.
Rosner: We intuitively think that it’s much more probable. We’re in a natural universe, but we don’t know the framework to do any kind of calculation.
Jacobsen: You can throw a ballpark even by saying one planet in one universe for one species amounts to one hundred billion simulations. So, 100 billion little tiny world lines within that one natural universe.
Rosner: At that point, I am still finding myself confused. There’s another level. There are plenty of issues around simulation. Another issue, though, is that if the universe is a vast information processing entity. It is not necessarily aware of structures such as ourselves and our planet that have originated, that are built out of the matter that is made of the information in that information process. That the information in the processor is manifest as matter and space. And the whole thing is as our universe, but that the information processor gets the information out of the process that we experience as the universe without necessarily any awareness that this universe exists. Without any specific idea:: If it’s a sufficiently sophisticated entity, if I see this is anything like true, then that entity will have a general idea that there’s a universe made of the information in processing without any specific knowledge of what happens in that universe.
Jacobsen: I mean, consider the consciousness of an ant. Who knows how many ants in the world? What I am calling simulations in a natural universe, I am including those. I am not just talking digital; I am talking evolved. And so the non-conscious, so to speak, like an ant.
Rosner: So, we’re talking about two different things. There’s another issue with simulation, which is intentional simulation for a video game, and a simulation you’re talking about, which is a mental picture of the world.
Jacobsen: So, an objective simulation and a subjective simulation. Subjective can have a lot more flavors.
Rosner: I mean, that’s another like framework that needs to be fairly well defined.
Jacobsen: Maybe, in an intrinsic simulation and extrinsic simulation? Something like that.
Rosner: Well, I mean, like the simulations I am talking about are meant to emulate a world.
Jacobsen: You mean the simulations where you have two black holes processed virtually in these massive supercomputers and trying to see what happens when two black holes collide?
Rosner: No, I am not. I am not talking about that. I am talking about simulations that lead somebody in the simulation to potentially ask the question whether they’re living in a natural world or a simulated world. So, I guess, to be more clear, I am talking about simulated worlds, simulations.
The simulation we have in our minds are not intentional. They’re not constructed worlds. I mean, just talking about it shows that there are issues that need to be pinned down.
Jacobsen: You’re talking at a high level of simulation in my mind.
Rosner: It’s not just high level. It’s something different. It’s like the simulation that makes free guy think he’s living in a natural world. But it’s just as the simulation in a video game.
Jacobsen: So it’s an as if natural universe.
Rosner: There’s external intention there. Somebody built that world with the intent of making it seem real for their own purposes. Simulations we have in our minds. I mean, we didn’t intentionally build them. They’re a product of our evolved minds. They’re not there. For nearly every organism on Earth, they are meant to simulate the real external world.
Jacobsen: So right there. So, you’re talking at three layers. You have a universe, a really sophisticated simulation. And then the subjective impression, the mental map that simulated being has in that simulated universe.
Rosner: Yes. And I want to bring up one more point. So, if the universe is a giant consciousness, it’s not aware of the specifics of the material manifestation of the information in its consciousness. You can still argue that a system that’s possibly aware of that universe that is contained within the information. And an external world, an armature could tweak the events. Within the information universe it contains, it seems unlikely. But maybe also not by that, the quantum of events in our universe, the outcomes of when an open quantum frame becomes closed. Because an event, a quantum event has happened, you would think that the outcome of that quantum event reflects something that happened. For that outcome contains information about the world that the information is about, and those things should be… anyway. I’ve done myself a whole lot of lack of clarity and would just be wasting more time to go further into it, but anyway. This discussion, at least in my mind, is that the simulated worlds and universes need a lot more clarity in pinning down what they’re about in order to discuss them effectively.
Jacobsen: And we can both agree the ground state has to be a natural universe.
Rosner: Yes, but no. I mean, the easiest universe to imagine is one that has a timeline where every quantum event that has a complete timeline representing an actual history, and that the events on that timeline… Although, all the gazillion quantum events are randomly operating, according to the rules of quantum mechanics in a natural way. That’s the easiest universe to imagine.
Jacobsen: Any simulation that comes out of that has to be based out of some processing unit grounded in that universe. I think those are two points. So, any kind of simulation coming out of that universe or any type of simulation, virtual reality, coming out of that universe will have to be grounded in the physics of that universe, which will have a particular kind of computation.
Rosner: Not necessarily video games now that have alternative physics.
Jacobsen: That’s not what I mean. I mean, the physics for the actual computation to take place. So, in our case, we have digital computers, so you can simulate any kind of physics, but that type of range of simulation is grounded in competition.
Rosner: Objects.
Jacobsen: Yes.
Rosner: Is actually generating the simulation, the computer’s operating in our world, which we naturally assume to be natural.
Jacobsen: Yes. So, in that sense, that’s a point of huge clarity, where the material object in our universe that is the computational unit is constrained by a particular physics. But the virtual reality that it creates can have all sorts of physics. But it’s constrained by that original physics.
Rosner: Yes, although, I don’t know if that’s a big deal.
Jacobsen: Well, I think it might clarify the difference with the armature in our universe. This sort of thing.
Rosner: So, in the armature, the whole idea of the armature and the turtles all the way down is itself a mess. In that, we’re assuming that you can have this implied infinity because it’s an infinity that is informationally moot.
Jacobsen: Yes.
Rosner: That, even though it’s implied, it’s so distant in terms of having any possible effect on our world that you can just kind of wave it away. It seems like a terrible way to reason, though they’re in like Feynman type physics. There is similar hand-waving to get rid of troublesome infinities.
Jacobsen: As far as I am aware, that’s common in physics to hide infinities in various places.
Rosner: Yes, and it’s mathematically ugly. It’s philosophically ugly.
Jacobsen: Which makes it unlikely to be true because typically the true is beautiful.
Rosner: No, I was just reading. Somebody was writing about that whole true as beautiful thing and was debunking it. When physicists like Einstein say that beautiful is true, that’s based on many years of work in physics. And so, that’s a very educated aesthetic if you want to call it an aesthetic. But it might be more legitimate to call it a scientific intuition that what Einstein would find beautiful isn’t what somebody who finds astrology, somebody who believes in astrology, would find beautiful.
Jacobsen: I see.
Rosner: So rather than call it beauty, call it educated intuition.
Jacobsen: Makes sense. Okay, that’s fair.
Rosner: So, I don’t know that any further discussion on this stuff will be productive.
Jacobsen: Well, I think a wrap up would be helpful.
Rosner: My wrap up is that there are lots of issues around what we mean when we talk about simulation and the different types of simulation we might talk about. And it would be helpful to get that stuff more pinned down before we talk about the implications of simulated vs. natural universes and worlds. Because there’s a difference between a simulated universe because you could set up a randomized quantum universe within a computer and let it play out; it would be very small and it could be a whole universe.
Jacobsen: We should make that distinction.
Rosner: What’s that?
Jacobsen: Maybe, we should make the distinction.
Rosner: Distinction between an entire simulated universe and a simulated part of the world?
Jacobsen: Yes.
Rosner: Matrix. Because The Matrix doesn’t simulate the entire universe.
Jacobsen: Yes, I mean, in a sense.
Rosner: It simulates like the surface of Earth for all the people who are imprisoned in the simulation. And it simulates the stars and the sky and everything. But it dispenses in the interest of efficiency in The Matrix simulation. Does not give a shit about what might be happening on planets and some other galaxy. The simulation, matrix simulation, you have the images of other galaxies. And they appear to behave as distant galaxies might. But beyond that level of simulation, the prison keepers aren’t going to go to the trouble. The computational trouble of fully simulating distant galaxies.
Jacobsen: Well, in that sense, I think it’d be very, very rare to come across a true universe simulation. I think in that sense. You can make a distinction. This is a placeholder. That when you’re speaking of universes; you’re speaking of natural universes and you’re speaking virtual universes. You’re talking about worlds because it’s very likely only to be part. It’s going to be very partial.
Rosner: Again, just for me to wrap up, is just to say that this whole area is something that needs pinning down.
Jacobsen: Yes, I don’t even know what the terminology would be properly set forth to limit when we’re talking about that simulation of a world versus that subjective simulation.
Rosner: And what’s kind of weird is that, probably, the people building the universe will become the accepted terminology for, at least, some of these ideas that are going to be video game makers.
Jacobsen: Also, there’s another part of this, which is, “Do we simulate agents without agency?” Like bad guys in video games, they don’t have any agency. They’re just sort of these 3D.
Rosner: Right now, in video games, the only characters with agency are the characters being played by actual people.
Jacobsen: Yes.
Rosner: There may be characters within video games that are sufficiently complicated. I don’t know, because I don’t play video games. They might have like a sub-ant like level of agency. Because it’s a question as to “How much agency?”
Jacobsen: Very little.
Rosner: OK. But even so, an ant probably has more agency because an ant brain, probably, has like a hundred thousand neurons, which is not much compared to humans, 80 billion neurons. But it’s still a shitload of neurons enough to generate some behavioral complexity. And I am sure there’s no engine that runs a bad guy in a video game that has even the complexity of an ant brain. But in the future, it’s easy to imagine video game characters with the agency of an ant.
Jacobsen: And it’s different in what we have with those videogame characters because it’s a coding around which they behave as a 3D figurine, but ants have built into them – with ants that’s built into their system. It’s unified. There’s a central processing unit in them. In the simulated characters we have now in video games, that’s not even close to what is the case.
Rosner: No, but you got me. I am sure, like some of the non-playable characters and video games have very complicated decision trees.
Jacobsen: Sure. But it’s built. It’s distributed into the whole system and then played out through that little 3D figurine. In the end, it’s intrinsic to it. It’s much more tightly closed off.
Rosner: Yes, I think one thing we can say, at least in terms of this discussion, is that agents to have agency: Yu need to have consciousness.
Jacobsen: Yes.
Rosner: I think that in general, that seems. Well, that’s right.
Jacobsen: Yes, and maybe, also, there’s that sense of agency that has to come with a certain closed offness to the rest of the universe, where the only channels of information are getting in from your own little sensory apparatuses – whatever it is.
Rosner: Alright, I am tired. My voice is raspy.
Jacobsen: Ok, yes.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/12/09
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Any commentary from the individuals who would be husbands or the boyfriends or the partners of the women who would go out and sleep with Feynman or Feynman like people at that time?
Rick Rosner: I’ve read a couple of Feynman autobiographies. Of course, he’s not going to mention that he banged everybody in sight and those weren’t those autobiographies. It didn’t go into great detail and didn’t track down people.
So, no, there is no commentary. I’m sure it caused certain amount of pain and rancor that he was one of the top five physicists of his era. Not that you can necessarily rank physicists like that, but he was huge and people probably felt super lucky to work with him.
This is also an added time when he was banging his female grad students in advanced physics. I’m not sure that he ever had a female grad student, he might have, but just the demographics weighed against that.
But anyway, the guys who were cuckolded, maybe, just kind of – I don’t know – sucked it up as part of the price they pay. I don’t know.
Jacobsen: What’s the more objective analysis of that? Does it make Feynman partly a bad guy?
Rosner: Yes. He wasn’t considered a bad guy when he was alive, but he worked on the Manhattan Project.
Jacobsen: Famously, Einstein did not.
Rosner: Einstein didn’t work on the Manhattan Project. But Einstein set in motion the foundations for the Manhattan Project.
Jacobsen: He was, actually, outside that Szilard letter with them.
Rosner: Yes. So, Szilard goes to… some physicists are concerned that if Hitler gets the atomic bomb, that would lead to the Nazis owning the world, nobody could stop them. So, Szilard went to Einstein and said, “You’re the only…” – I’m probably getting parts of this wrong here. Correct me if I’m wrong because you know better than I – “…physicist that FDR will listen to. So, you should go to him and say this is a threat.”
So, Einstein wrote this letter to FDR saying that there is a weapon. I don’t know if he put it in exactly these terms, but just ‘one of these bombs could blow up a city. If Hitler gets it first, we’re fucked.’ Then I think Einstein went to meet with FDR and then based on their meeting, maybe, Szilard came along with FDR who authorized spending at least a billion bucks, which was a huge amount of money back then, probably many billions of dollars to do the Manhattan Project.
The Manhattan Project was not just a bunch of physicists fucking around with Plutonium spheres in Los Alamos, New Mexico. This was the thing that, it’s very hard to refine. For one thing, Plutonium doesn’t exist in the wild. It decays too fast.
You have to start with Uranium. You’ve got to pull out well less than one percent of the Uranium that’s easily fissionable. So, I don’t like Uranium has an atomic weight of like 238. But the stuff that’s unstable has an atomic weight of 235, I think.
You have to take a bunch of Uranium ore and spin it in centrifuges, which is what Iran keeps trying to do. Hundreds of centrifuges have to spin the stuff out to separate stuff that differs in density by only one percent. So, it takes just a lot of effort, a lot of refining. So, you had Oak Ridge, Tennessee, who was doing that. You have the Hanford nuclear plant, which I think was in Washington, not D.C., but Washington State.
A bunch of places you had the early experiments where they build a nuclear reactor at the University of Chicago. It was all secret. If you wrote a science fiction story or you talked about the possibility of an atomic bomb, the FBI might come and tell you to shut up about it, “Don’t write any more of those stories.”
It was a huge project that stretches from one side of the country to the other, all just based on Einstein writing a letter to the president. And, of course, people will argue about exactly what happened to the atomic bomb project under Hitler.
But I think the people pretty much agree they did not get close at all. They were working on doing stuff with heavy water, which is H2O atoms, where the Hydrogen atoms are Deuterium or Tritium.
They have normally a Hydrogen atom just as a proton or an electron, but you can hang one or two neutrons on the proton. So, they were working on this. They had a refining enterprise going on, I think, in Denmark maybe, maybe Sweden.
I don’t know. They just didn’t get very far. People will argue on behalf of who is in charge of it. Was it Schrodinger No that was the German effort. Oppenheimer was Manhattan. But German effort was a big theoretical guy who didn’t get the fuck out of Germany when it went Nazi, as a lot of scientists did.
They ended up being in charge of the nuclear bomb project. People will argue that he didn’t want to give this weapon to Hitler, so he fucked it up on purpose. Other people will argue, “No, they just didn’t have the resources to do it.” Either the huge number of scientists that you need or the raw materials or whatever.
But anyway, the Germans did not get close at all. But then, we went ahead and dropped two atomic bombs on cities full of people of a different ethnicity than us, which from the perspective of 75 years later, looks suspect because we blew up one city to shreds.
We started with Hiroshima and killed at least 120,000 people there. Although not right off the bat, maybe, instantly, half that number. Then the number doubled as people died of radiation sickness.
But it blew up the city to the radius of several kilometers. It was obviously a devastating weapon on August 6th, 1945. But then they didn’t surrender immediately. So, on August 9th, we dropped another atomic bomb on Nagasaki, the somewhat smaller town.
So, the death toll there was only about 80,000 when everybody got done dying. People argue, at the time, that Japan was not going to surrender easily and that we might have lost a million troops in trying to invade Japan because it would have had to be; we would have had to fight island by island.
But that argument, people don’t necessarily agree about that either. I don’t know what exactly the arguments are, but in all of World War Two, in two theaters of war, the European theater and the Asian theater, we only lost – it’s still a huge number – 4,600 Americans, American soldiers and related personnel.
So, the idea that we would have lost two and a half times that number of soldiers die to take Japan. I don’t know that seems like a number that was inflated to make us feel better about killing 200,000 Japanese.
Then the question is, could we have just let them know and said, “Be here at nine o’clock on this date and you’re going to see something you don’t want to see,” and just detonate a bomb, blow up a town of 10,000 or blow up just an industrial plant.
Why do you have to blow up an entire good sized city?
So the thinking has shifted to the extent that people think about it at all. A lot of people still argue that it saved the lives of hundreds of thousands of US soldiers because after the second atomic bomb, they immediately surrendered at a cost of zero American lives.
Still 75 years later, we are less battle hardened. o the extent that we think about World War Two at all, I think people are more naturally skeptical and, if not skeptical; they, at least, think about how guilty the atomic scientists must have felt after their atomic bombs were used in this way.
There is some evidence of that. Some of the scientists remain belligerently oblivious to criticism. But others of them felt like shit, one would have to think that somebody as human as Einstein would have felt pretty bad about how things played out.
Because not only did we blow up two cities, but this led a huge arms race where at the peak of the arms race between the U.S. and the Soviet Union, I think each side had about 6,500 nuclear weapons. Then we did arms control work.
I think we’ve dropped it down to where each side now only has about 1,600 nuclear weapons still enough to sterilize the Earth many times over.
The point of that was when this strategy was being developed, it was called mutually assured destruction to come up with weapons so devastating that each side was terrified to deploy them, to use them.
Because they knew that if they used them that both nations and the whole rest of the northern hemisphere and probably eventually the southern hemisphere, everybody would die. There was a famous novel and movie of the fifties called On the Beach.
Where it takes place among the last living people in Tasmania, in southern Australia, because they’re the last people who haven’t been poisoned by the spreading cloud of nuclear fallout after a big war, the crew of a sub, of a US sub, just hauls ass to the southern hemisphere, and it’s their last few months of life among the Tasmanians as the cloud draws near and they all die.
And there were plenty of books and movies. We have the Russian missile crisis, which was, maybe, the closest that, at least, we knew that we came to nuclear war in the early 60s. You had Dr. Strangelove, the movie which ends with a series of nuclear explosions.
You had freaking what’s the Fail Safe, it’s a movie with Henry Fonda, made from a novel in the 50s the crew of a nuclear bomber, my dad, my real dad, my stepdad, all my dad’s, my dad was a navigator bombardier in Strategic Air Command.
He flew a B-36, a huge plane with like 14 engines. I think it had like 6 prop engines and 8 jet engines. I think I’m exaggerating the number of engines, but just a monster of an airplane. they started off. He flew around with nukes for at least 3 years.
When he started, I think they started with A bombs. By the time he was done, I think they were flying H bombs around. An H bomb is like 100 times more powerful than an A bomb. H bomb uses an A bomb explosion to create fusion.
It started with fission in the A bomb and use that explosion to collapse a bunch of heavy Hydrogen to create fusion. You get a bomb that’s 100 times more powerful than the Hiroshima bomb. Anyway, my dad was flying those around and my step dad was guarding them on a base, I think in Louisiana, maybe.
Then my father in law was doing nuclear bomb accounting. He was keeping an account of nuclear bombs. So, everybody was in the nuclear bomb business. Everybody was fucking terrified of being obliterated in a nuclear war.
There is a little bit of fear now that fucking Trump has six weeks to go. But we’re much less afraid than people in the 50s and 60s. And so, the Manhattan Project scientists probably felt like shit about bringing that world into existence.
They probably console themselves with the idea that the cat was going to get out of the bag eventually, anyway. That it was good that America democracy had a head start versus this fascist dictatorship, this repressive… these motherfuckers in Russia and the other motherfuckers in China.
But it would have been nice to, maybe, hold off the nuclear arms race for a few, maybe. we went from A bombs to H bombs faster than we needed to, if at all. Edward Teller, for some reason, Hungary turned out a bunch of genius physicists in the first half of the 20th century. like Norbert Wiener, I think probably came out of Hungary and Teller came out of Hungary and Teller was this huge, like proponent of the H bomb.
Without him pushing forward, we, maybe, wouldn’t have made it. Because what the fuck do you do if someone drops one of these on Chicago and kills 10 million people all at once? What’s the point of that weapon?
Anyway, if you want to learn about this stuff, there are good books by Richard Rhodes, The Making of the Atomic Bomb. I think he did a sequel, maybe he didn’t. It explains in great detail the science and the politics. We started talking about whether Feynman was a bad guy.
Feynman just gleefully liked to figure shit out. He would crack safes. He liked to figure out just by fiddling around with the dial, what was going inside the lock of one of these Manhattan Project safes.
So, he kept cracking them. Then he’d leave a note saying, “Hey, I was here, ha ha.” He played the bongo drums. He was a hipster, a beatnik. He was a good looking guy, which helped his project of getting laid a lot.
He was a very cheerful guy and a great teacher, a great popularizer of science and just a friendly, lively guy. So, I don’t know if he had moments of crisis, of conscience. I don’t know. I doubt it. He just seemed to barrel forward figuring shit out.
He’s the one who figured out why the space shuttle Challenger blew up, or at least he came up with the most effective presentation as to its demise. I don’t know. He’s like 72. He’s dying of stomach cancer. A lot of the atomic scientists died of cancer because they were fucking around with radiation like maniacs for years.
They had a ball of Plutonium and some guys have a sphere. You go to the office and say, “Hey, pick that up,” and you pick it up and it would be warm in your hand because nuclear fission was going on, nuclear decay was going on in the ball of metal. So, they just had that ball, the guy who had that in his office; I don’t know how long he lived.
There was another guy who got killed immediately. There was a thing called tickling the dragon, I think, where it would take two half spheres of Plutonium and bring them as close together as you safely could because you needed it.
While people were standing by with Geiger counters to measure the rate of nuclear decay, they needed these numbers to figure out how the bomb was going to perform. They’re bringing these half spheres together, using probably some like thumb screw arrangement from a safe distance.
But the fucking thumb screw slips and the two half spheres “tunck” together. This is bad because it’s a critical mass. In two seconds, they’re going to have, if not an explosion then, a huge meltdown that will render the whole fucking, probably the whole, base uninhabitable.
So, this guy runs in and knocks the spheres apart basically with his bare hands. Maybe he had a hammer or something. But you have a nuclear weapon that – I don’t know – if they were so critical, they would have exploded.
But they were pretty fucking close to critical mass. This guy runs up to it, knocks the spheres apart and saves everybody’s life except his own because he was cooked. He was dead within a week. Yes, fucking hero, probably buried in a lead coffin, literally.
So, the atomic bomb is pretty much the point where science went from a force of good to feeling like it was a little dirty. And America tried to forget about it, but we couldn’t because of the arms race. But the government tried to convince everybody that the atomic era was a good thing, atoms for peace.
I think about the project, where they tried to prospect for oil by setting off a bomb. They did nuclear fracking in the 60s or 70s. They set off like one or two nuclear weapons like two miles deep in the earth to fracture rock and free oil and natural gas, atoms for peace.
“Hey, here’s what we could do with that.”
It worked. They got a lot of oil, but it was radioactive. So, it freaked everybody out and it also caused earthquakes. Colorado, which isn’t a big earthquake country. So, anyway, did Feynman feel bad? I don’t think so.
Anyway, so, he’s 72, he’s dying. He goes and testifies in front of Congress about what cause Challenger to blow up. And the deal is that joints in the rocket where the rocket vibrates like crazy because it’s a fucking rocket.
So, sections of the rocket were gaskets, rubber gaskets between the sections to allow them to move around with the vibrations without cracking and also without breaking the seal. When Challenger launched, it was cold and the rubber was not sufficiently flexible.
So, fuel got out and was ignited outside the rocket and it blew up the challenger. Then Feynman sits in front of Congress with a glass of ice water. before he sits there and he goes, this is the O-ring material. He goes ‘It’s stretching.’
Then, he dips the O-ring in ice water and then he tries to stretch. It doesn’t stretch. like, even the idiots in Congress were like, ‘Oh, that’s fucking bad.’ That was his last heroic moment in his life. So, I think he like doing shit like that. No, I think he was a happy warrior.
The end.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/12/09
[Beginning of recorded material]
Rick Rosner: I grew up in Boulder, Colorado, home of the University of Colorado, where I eventually ended up attending after I had a nervous breakdown and failed to complete my application to any college.
I only wanted to go to Harvard and then I felt that I couldn’t even get a girlfriend in high school. Anyway, I ended up just going to my hometown school. This week, in a Covid devastated intercollegiate football season, my school and the school where I met my wife is for the first time in a while, they broke into the top twenty-five college football teams in the nation in a season, where nobody should be playing intercollegiate sports.
It’s just exploiting the kids. I’m sure all the players want to play, but it’s a sleazy proposition. But the schools make a shitload of money on school anyway. They would be late in the season. The season would be basically over by now because of Covid. They’ve played four games and won all of them.
So, they’re there nationally. So, I tweeted, “Congratulations.” Also, everybody’s stupid to be playing football. So, I thought I’d tweet another congratulation to my hometown school for having on its faculty back in the 60s, George Gamow, the guy who came up with the Big Bang Theory, which is the world’s the most important current theory in cosmology.
All cosmology stems from it and what’s interesting about Gamow, my dad, my stepdad, played poker with one of the chancellors of the university. The one who was in charge of cleaning up messes, and a faculty member did something. They wanted to make it go away back in the era when you could do that stuff.
So I don’t know if my dad knew this about Gamow. My dad owned a lady’s ready to wear school. So, he didn’t have a deep background in physics, but, somehow, he knew that Gamow was drinking and was prone to drive off the side of mountains because Boulder goes right for Boulder, up into the foothills, into the mountains.
So, I don’t know if my dad knew it because my dad knew everybody in town. He grew up there. He was a friendly guy. He was well-loved you, knew everybody and everything. I don’t know if he knew that Gamow was drunk because he knew everybody or because he knew the chancellor who was in charge of cleaning up messes.
Anyway, when I was going to tweet about it, but, before I did, I wanted to play. You can’t slander the dead, or is it libel? Libel as a print, I think, okay, you can’t libel the dead. You can say whatever you want about dead people in America, whether it’s true or not.
So I could go ahead and say he’s drunk and not get in trouble. But I didn’t want to do that without some verification. So, I Googled “George Gamow drunk” and like a gazillion references came up. It’s part of his standard biography.
He was a heavy drinker. He died at age 64, probably because of his heavy drinking, which amazed me that this is a well-known part of his biography. That one of the greatest the physicists with one of the greatest theories – Oh, right now. I don’t believe in an unadulterated Big BANG, but it’s still a great theory.
one of the greatest theories of the 20th century in physics and there it was. A party monster came up with it. He wasn’t a solitary, surly drunk. He was a gregarious fun drunk. So, what’s that? So, he likes going to and throwing parties and having a lot of cocktails.
There is a picture with a funny party hat on when he went drinking and Einstein showed up and all these great physicists. Those guys.
Jacobsen: Overdrinky?
Rosner: I don’t know how Drinky Einstein was, but he had a number of affairs. He banged like five women while he was married to other women. That’s the number I’m most comfortable with. I don’t think he went out of his way to do it.
But I think if women threw themselves at him or if he had a meeting of the minds to some extent, then he’d do it. So, Feynman was an unstoppable pussy hound. He would seduce anybody who got within 50 feet of it.
The wives of his grad students. Wives and girlfriends of his grad students in his later years. He’d go to teaching at Cal Tech, living in Pasadena, and he’d spend some of his afternoons in strip joints just scribbling physics on bar napkins.
So when people think of science, they don’t think of drunk people or of Feynman getting late into a science. We’ve talked about that. That’s one of the original pickup artists with developing principles for what would and wouldn’t work with women.
You might meet in a bar. Anyway, one of the greatest fucking theories of the 20th century in physics came from a party monster.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/12/09
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Okay, so, you, by alternative intelligence test standards, have one of the highest IQs in the world, repeatedly. So, it’s established, in a loose alternative sense.
Rick Rosner: What you’re saying is, I’ve taken a lot of these tests and done well.
Jacobsen: So, you would technically have the qualifications to join a lot of these alternative high-IQ societies. Are you offered to join a lot of them, or have you?
Rosner: Yes, I’m all offered by some. Some societies they just sign you up. They send you a thing and you’re in. That’s like, “Okay.” But I haven’t gone out of my way to join into these. I’ve tried to join the most exclusive ones. Ones that I could use for – I don’t know – publicity of some credential that might – I don’t know – get me interviewed somewhere, though barely ever happens.
As a younger man, I was mostly concerned about getting a girlfriend. I’ve told you this story before, but I joined Mensa because Playboy in the mid-80s did a photo series called the “Women of Mensa.”
It’s naked pictures of women who are in Mensa. My thinking wasn’t to join Mensa to meet these women. My thinking was that if Playboy did this, then Penthouse certainly was going to do the ‘Naked Men of Mensa.’
I was always lifting weights. I figured I had a good shot at getting into the ‘Men of Mensa’ photo, whatever, in Playgirl magazine. Then all these women would see me and somebody would want to be my girlfriend. This was stupid for a number of reasons.
Including that women generally didn’t read stuff like that, this was stupid because, even though the magazine is ostensibly for women, apparently, it is mostly for gay guys. Women don’t necessarily want to see naked guys with boners as much as guys want to see naked guys with boners.
I found that mostly true with stripping. If women want to see some fucking loser gyrate around naked, they can just go home and see their own personal loser. So, anyway, reason number two is Playgirl never did anything of the sort, but, anyway, join Mensa.
So, I had a year’s worth of membership, so I went up to a few things. There are no girls. I don’t know what the gender breakdown by sex in Mensa is, but it’s got to be like 90% guys. I don’t know if I wanted to hang out with blowhard guys. I can just hang out with myself.
Then I figured I worked in bars, so I could meet women. Everything I did, I did so, maybe, somebody would find me a reasonable would consider me an okay boyfriend.
Jacobsen: Someone you even met at the Jewish singles dance.
Rosner: I went to a Jewish singles dance, yes, but in 1986. I met a woman who’s now my wife. Even that wasn’t, that was just because I’d had a bad breakup a long time before, but I still felt bad about it. So, to get myself out of my rut, I challenged myself to do something stupid, and pointless once a week.
That week, it was go to the stupid Jewish singles dance. Anyway, I didn’t see the point of joining any of these other like high IQ clubs because they just didn’t seem to offer an angle on meeting women in a nutshell.
Jacobsen: Do you think you have the world’s highest IQ?
Rosner: I don’t know. I could make an argument that I do, but it’s a pretty nebulous thing. I’m definitely one of the best takers of high-end IQ test in the world, but it’s a pretty arbitrary set of skills. It’s like being the “World’s Strongest Man” if you’ve ever watched that on TV.
Jacobsen: It’s not something to take time before. If I happen to come across, then I’ll little watch it, but not usually. Because I don’t really own a television or watch much or any television.
Rosner: But you’ve seen the events. It’s deadlifting stuff, like picking up a car. How many times can you pick up one end of a car within 60 seconds? Can you lift these rocks that are these spheres made of stone that are like 30 inches in diameter?
How many of those can you lift to the top of pedestals in two minutes? How far can you tow a truck or a train? It’s events that people practice train for; certainly, these are among the strongest guys in the world.
Some of them go 360 pounds and six foot eight. It’s like 12 percent body fat or less. They’re super strong, but to determine who’s the strongest of them, you’ve got all these arbitrary events, and even powerlifting is arbitrary.
So, you have to be head and shoulders above every other super strong guy to be clearly hands down and just absolutely, the strongest guy in the world. That might happen occasionally, but, mostly, there is a little cluster of people who, due to natural ability or obsession or just lots of practice doggedness, do well on IQ tests.
I’d like to think that if I and everybody else who claims to be to have the world’s highest IQ were sat down or were assigned like three or four tests, given enough time to do a good job on all of them that I would prevail. But who knows.
Jacobsen: Was that the argument?
Rosner: Well, the argument is that I’ve taken – I don’t know – dozens of these high-end tests. I’ve gotten the highest score ever scored on like three quarters of the high-end test that I’ve taken.
Jacobsen: Were any of these tests normed on you?
Rosner: A lot of them were normed on me, where they look for people who’ve taken a lot of other high-end tests. They have you submit your scores and from your scores plus your performance on their test, they help determine the scoring scale for their test.
I’m sure none of them were exclusively normed on me, but I probably helped with a lot of them. Because I’ve got the most on other test scores to send people, that want them.
Jacobsen: When did you stop taking so many?
Rosner: I don’t know. There is this one that I wanted to do so well on that I just never stop taking it. I quit working on it a long time ago.
Jacobsen: What is the score if you do well on it?
Rosner: Over 200 if you do well.
Jacobsen: SD 15?
Rosner: I think so. Then there is this other one that I’ve been working on recently. But I’ll submit in the next few days. If I could I have to submit it before, I don’t know the 20th, I believe is the deadline.
The guy who created the test is having a little competition that I’d like to be in. If I get to the point where I’m satisfied with my answers, then awesome. When I get to the point that I’m satisfied with it, enough of my answers, I’ll submit.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/12/02
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Ok, so, you have this idea about necessity, a lot of people do.
Rick Rosner: I just have thought that just came to me that freedom from necessity is an emergent quality.
Jacobsen: As in an increase in degrees of freedom?
Rosner: Well, you don’t have choice until you can make choice and choice is generally associated with awareness. It doesn’t have to be like an amoeba, which can still reach some inflection point where it has to move one way or another.
And, of course, in an amoeba, it’s all chemistry, but you could argue that a choice has been made. You’d get people who would argue back that, no, it’s not a choice, it’s chemistry. But you don’t get a choice of where alternatives are weighed and decisions made until you get some level of awareness.
Jacobsen: So, the way I’m interpreting necessity is in its most general sense of unaffordability.
Rosner: Yes!
Jacobsen: Something is necessary.
Rosner: Da Vinci didn’t know the fundamental particles of physics, but I’d say it’s a minority of scientists, who spend much time thinking about how the fundamental particles could be any other way than the way they are.
Even most scientists do not specialize in questioning the particles we have and what they do, I would think that the underlying assumption in scientists and everybody else is that the universe had no choice in particles. You have to take a physics class or read some article on physics for the layman, for somebody to tell you that it’s an active question whether there was any where you could among possible universes, whether there is a choice of particles.
People, I think, assume that physics is the way it is by way of necessity, that I think you can find all sorts of examples of that, like the inverse square law for forces. How could it be otherwise? Because space itself spreads out by the square of the distance from the particle that’s exerting the force.
Jacobsen: Yes, I think you just take the common domains of knowledge, chemistry, particle physics, biology and fundamental questions about creation and annihilation in cosmology. Each of those layers, you can apply this principle of necessity.
Rosner: It brings up an area that where there is the wild boys, where: Can you imagine alternative worlds? And that is the history of evolution, where the species that survive and then the species that evolved from those species, there is a lot of luck arbitrariness.
We’ve had six waves of mass extinction where we had to rebuild after every wave. All that depends on a random meteor. So, earlier, I was arguing that the choice can’t exist without awareness, but their choice is just one thing and then random chance. What I’m saying is there is nothing necessary about the history of evolution, what’s necessary is that things would evolve.
Jacobsen: So, that’s a fundamental statement on necessity in biology. The fact that things evolve, the ways that things fundamentally evolve. Is this something like talking about primary and secondary necessities as you get the higher order complications?
Rosner: Is he talking about that or are we talking about that?
Jacobsen: He’s so cool, “Necessity is the mistress and guide of nature,” or, “Necessity is the theme and inventress of nature, her curb and her eternal law.” So, we’re talking about choice. It’s not that there has to be choice. That’s a secondary deal.
I think it’s fundamental. I think there is a similar process when you just have differentiation happening in a universe and choice between options of a conscious agent, of an operator.
But it’s the same process going on, but they’re fundamentally different and one simply differentiates and one has a certain recursive element to it. It’s reflective back onto itself and then making a choice, a differentiation relevant to its own nature.
But fundamentally, this is a bifurcation in either case. Self-consistency and principles of existence, but he’s using it. The way he says necessity sounds like the way we use principles of existence, that which cannot be; those which are necessary. In other words, that which can’t be the other.
Yes, and so, there is a certain unavoidability to existence in the same way there is a necessity for existence. In the same way, there are principles of existence and those principles of existence and that necessity is reflective of self-consistency.
So, the fact that things are unavoidably existent means that they are necessary, means that they are grounded in principles of existence. What those principles are, that’s another question, but essentially necessity is fundamental and is another way of framing in another century, in another philosophical paradigm of principles of existence, of self consistency, I think.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/27
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If someone was to look out into the world, there appears to be objects. There appears to be subjects. You ask the question, “What is that object, or who is that to point out a subject?” How do those get slotted in thinking in an actual perception?
Rick Rosner: You’re talking about two different questions. One is how stuff is identified, and the second is how stuff is classified. You were pointing at this last night when talking about essentials.
I would argue with the essentials or at least things that you don’t know well or the things/the identifiers in your mind. I don’t know when you see a new person or when you see a car. For you to be able to remember that person or perceive the car, you have to do some classification work.
That’s largely a combination of conscious and less conscious. If the person’s got a broken nose, you’ll explicitly notice that. But there will be a bunch of other stuff about their face that you will note, but less consciously.
So, you’ll be able to identify him if you see him again in a half an hour. That means that for faces and for cars, we’ve got classification systems that we’re only like half aware of. We have a mental model and a subconscious or unconscious mental model of the different configurations the faces can take.
Then we see a new face, we map that person into that face in the face database. I don’t know if the face classification is as simple as all that, but probably so that you’ve got a number of different dimensions.
You find that person’s face along all these different dimensions, which is the same thing as finding a point in multidimensional face space. Except it’s not quite that easy because faces might have 30 or 50 potential dimensional characteristics, your average face won’t register along most of those dimensions.
You only plot that. You pick the dimensions that are appropriate for each face you classify. The broken nose might be an optional dimension of its own. It’s broken noses. There are interesting things like Brian Williams, the newscaster, has a nose that goes to one side, but he’s unconsciously learned to tilt it, to turn his head, just enough that his nose presents as less to the side than it would if he were perfectly squared up to the camera.
So, the broken nose is less noticeable. But anyway, you pick the dimensions, the face is distinctive along it, then you plot that in some face space. You do that with a lot of stuff. That you pick your dimensions.
And along with picking the dimensions, you pick along those dimensions the distinguishing characteristic, and then you contextualize the distinguishing characteristics; and that’s it. It’s not necessarily a dimension like somebody just mentioned, though.
We were watching a movie with Emma Stone from 10 years ago, where a character is described as six on the Kinsey sexuality scale, which is almost as gay as you can be. That’s a linear scale. I think it goes from one to seven or something.
We don’t necessarily rank like an eyebrow or a an ear along a bunch of dimensions. We contextualize the ear or the eyebrow or the busted nose with a comparison to other ones that we found notable.
Maybe, that does break down into classification along a bunch of linear dimensions. I don’t know. Maybe, that’s the most efficient way to classify information. But in any case, you can find the distinguishing characteristics and you contextualize, among other things, that have the same distinguishing characteristic, that aren’t the same tags. For that being a characteristic that’s notable, that’s it.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/27
[Beginning of recorded material]
Rick Rosner: This comes off of the idea that the actual worlds, the universes that could exist that are highly parallel to ours can’t be magically different. You can’t have a universe in which the South won the Civil War.
Unless, you can explain how that might happen through causal effects, you can’t magically have something happen. So, anyway, I was thinking about it. That’s also a principle of writing decent science fiction where I thought about these two productions that annoyed me.
One is called True Love, where several years in the future scientists have discovered how to find someone’s soul mate. No, I think the show’s called Soul Mates, that there is an actual thing. There is some soul that we have.
Scientists have figured out how to read the soul to find out which two souls actually belong together out of the whole world. And then the show is like 4, 5, 6 episodes, each telling its own story about the problems created by this deal.
I’m like, fuck the show because A, it’s not very good. B, this isn’t a thing that can reasonably exist. There is no soul that only matches up with one other soul on the planet. A, that’s dumb. B, the problems created by this thing that’s dumb don’t concern me because it doesn’t cast much light on actual things.
Decent science fiction examines things that are pertinent and important to people in the world. Some people would even argue that science fiction isn’t science fiction at all. It’s just an examination of the present dressing it up in science.
I don’t know. The Day The Earth Stood Still examined dangerous Cold War conflicts, the anxiety that everybody was feeling in the 1950s about like the potential for nuclear war. And this was examined through the perspective of an alien species that shares our same concern.
That we’re going to wipe ourselves out and sends a giant robot custodian, basically. Then there is this other this movie with Amanda Seyfried and Justin Timberlake called In Time. In the future, instead of money, you have time.
It’s built into a chip on your arm. If you’re rich, you’ve got like years of saved up years. If you’re poor, you’ve only got a few minutes of saved up time and you have to keep working to replenish the time you have.
If you run out of time, you just drop dead on the spot. It’s a whole movie about the problems and dangers that the system creates. I’m like, fuck this movie A, because it’s not very good. B, it’s like, I understand the point that the rich people have more resources than poor people.
But it’s a dumb way of arguing about that. It doesn’t offer any insight on any of this shit and it’s via a device that will never happen, compared to the semi-successful like Blade Runner. The Blade Runner movies, they look good.
But they’re frustrating because they’re not as good as they should be and they’re not as good as they look. Half of science fiction movies and TV shows have ripped off their look. The rainy streets, the dystopian Los Angeles, but the movies themselves are only semi-successful.
But even so, the reason for their whatever success they have besides how good they look, is that they try to examine what makes somebody human particularly in a world that verges on one we’re moving into more and more, where it has the potential for artificial intelligence.
It feels like there is relevance. You feel the relevance of points in the movie, like when Roy Batty is dying on the roof of the building. He’s arguing that he has as much right to existence as any non-engineered human based on what he has experienced in his life. Have you seen the movie?
Jacobsen: No.
Rosner: Well, anyway. The decent science fiction doesn’t just pull a bunch of futuristic shit out of its ass. It deals with issues that concern us. It’s believable. This isn’t an issue for a lot of science fiction fans. Believability isn’t that much of an issue like Star Trek. You’ve certainly seen Star Trek.
Jacobsen: Oh, yes. All right.
Rosner: All right. So, Star Trek is super antiseptic. The first series, the first three years of Star Trek with Captain Kirk and Spock and everybody is antiseptic, underimagined, and cheap, because it was in the early to mid-60s.
Their big deal was sliding doors that made a whooshing sound, and things that act like cell phones do now. But it was just cheap. If they wanted an alien, they’d slap some shit on their foreheads or they paint them blue. Humans were not modified.
It didn’t get modified humans until like the third series of Star Trek when you have the Borg. But you’re just like humans that are part robots with circuit boards glued to their faces. So, Star Trek gets points with people for having good writers.
They hired some of the best science fiction writers of the 50s to write scripts in the 60s. So, the issues were there, the philosophical issues. The world they built was just shit. There was no advertising in the world of Star Trek, where, 30 years later, when you’ve got Minority Report.
People realize that the future is driven by market forces and it has very annoying advertising. What I’m arguing is that, the best science fiction addresses issues we’re interested in, looks cool, and presents a pretty believable future, an awesome but believable future, either awesome in a good way or in a bad way or in both ways.
There is another show that pissed me off, which is Altered Carbon. In the future, you can move from body to body. You’ve pretty much got a little hockey puck that plugs into the back of your neck and that contains your accumulated experience, your consciousness, and all the information that comprises it.
And it looks pretty cool, that fucking show. But it’s a terrible show, again, because it’s under thought. It’s written probably by people who don’t have a deep grounding in science fiction. It’s set like 300 years in the future. Everybody, even 300 years in the future, the only thing people care about is looking hot and fucking.
That’s just not a reasonable future. We’re already seeing changes in sexual behavior. We’re barely in the future. 300 years from now, some people won’t worry about sex.
Others will want to have four percent body fat and amazing abs. There are always will be people who want to just do a lot of fucking. There will still be those people. But there will also be like 80 other kinds of conscious beings, none of whom are concerned with having abs and fucking. The end.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/27
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, I had some more thoughts. It’s not a different stream. Yes, there are different stream of thoughts. I think that is a stream of thought, which is more precise.
So, I think the vague notion that people who are in the non-religious communities or people who are in a Freudian state of mind. They see the Gods as projections of human limits. Okay, cool, I think that’s limited though, because it’s not very precise.
Rick Rosner: What projection of human limits?
Jacobsen: That human limitations or needs, those are the Gods, are projections of those.
Rosner: You mean, God is the creation of or is the solution for a human limitation. Is that what you’re saying?
Jacobsen: Yes. Not necessarily a solution for limitation, but a projection of that, of the fulfillment of that need. So, in some ways, it is a solution, yes. In other ways, it’s simply a manifestation of that lack.
Rosner: So, people feel fear because they suck, basically. They have limitations. So, they create the gods. Out of that fear, you have the creation of Gods.
Jacobsen: Yes. So, I think that’s like the whole notion with the anthropomorphization of the divine. But that’s redundant because the divine are characteristically anthropomorphic.
The polytheistic Hellenistic pantheon are all just human characters, but they have more capacity. So, they’re superhuman.
Rosner: They were the superheroes of their time.
Jacobsen: I think the Marvel DC Universe, same deal, the Hindu Gods, same deal. They have more arms or they have more sex or they have a longer lifespan or they have the power to do something like have control of nature; humans don’t.
Zeus’ control over lightning, things of this nature. So, there is this notion, but I don’t think it’s that precise because it’s just a one-step. Humans have a certain set of identities and we project that outwards.
Then we call those te Gods and then atheists, materialists come around and say – or skeptics come around and say, “Look how stupid these people are.” Neither conversation is very helpful.
Because I think you have to be precise about it and take it as an operation, not surgery. Unless, you’re taking it as a dissection analogy. But I think you can make an operation to how that happens.
Rosner: How the creation of gods happen?
Jacobsen: Yes. So, not in a historical sense, not in a cultural sense, but how you can operationally define how this reasonably could happen in most cases. So, the Abrahamic God is in modern terms omni-infinite.
So, omniscient, knows everything, omnipotent can do everything, with aseity, which is to say self-existent. It is contingent or dependent upon nothing, and it is eternal. So, it’s a-temporal. It’s imminent. It’s, in and of, reality while being outside of reality. It’s everywhere.
In other words, these sorts of things. So, it’s infinite in all these different capacities.
Rosner: Basically, what you’re saying is that, it’s a more sophisticated solution to the problem. If you’re going to design a God, you might as well make the God Superman in all ways.
Jacobsen: I think this isn’t more sophisticated necessarily. I think it’s the nth degree of what is normally happening. So, is that more sophisticated?
Rosner: Gods that are just like you, that have specific functions like the pantheon Gods that are you can imagine. They’re ad hoc.
Jacobsen: Yes. So, these other ones, you can take them as like superhuman finites, like a pluralism. But when it comes to these modern gods that are most dominant in the world. Typically, they’re taking them as a singular, infinite identity.
So, it’s not more sophisticated. It’s just “mash them all together” and then sayin, “You can’t measure it.” Is that more sophisticated?
Rosner: Really, it’s more efficient and harder to argue against. I’d say it’s more sophisticated. It feels the God who is all powerful, all knowing, the monotheistic God, feels simplistic. At the same time, that idea is more powerful.
I say it’s more powerful and sophisticated. If you look at it, half of the people on earth, at least nominally, subscribe to a religion with that one most powerful God. So, you can’t argue with success. Except for science, which is even more successful than that one God.
Jacobsen: So, I would take this then that you just take Christians and Muslims of all denominations. These become over half the population or near half the population of the planet. So, I agree with you. That is successful by the numbers.
But if you just take this process of just saying, “It’s anthropomorphizing with these polytheistic versions or these monotheisms, but these monotheisms with a limited God as opposed to these monotheisms with one infinite God, who is personal.”
I think they’re all about same category. Although, typically, they’re characterized as the former ones. They’re taken as anthropomorphic. They have human attributes. The latter ones taken as more objective and scientific.
That’s why its harder to refute in your words. However, I think, in either case, they’re all still anthropomorphic in different framings around that orb.
Rosner: Yes, they all exist to solve human problems and questions and all that. Yes, sure.
Jacobsen: So, here’s the process that I’m proposing: First, you can name a psychological lack. I’m not saying people that believe in these Gods are doing that now, explicitly. But you name a psychological lack.
You objectify it as a property, goodness, spatial limitation, temporal limitation, etc. Externalize it as out there in the universe. You make it infinite and personalize it once more. So, it becomes an omni-infinite personality based on that human lack. So, it’s in the new version, externalization.
Rosner: More simply you’re framing the universe in human terms and then buttressing your framework by claiming that the universe is explicitly framed that way.
Jacobsen: Yes. So, I characterize it this way. Internal made external, finite made infinite, personal psychology made “defined” psychology. I think that basically all the pantheons of limited gods would be a self-limiting formulation going through this process.
Rosner: It’s just like first attempts when people weren’t really or they hadn’t got down to the essentials of what their spiritual concerns were. Creating a whole bunch of little Gods, each in charge of some aspect of life for survival, speaks to people who are less dominant over their environment.
Appealing to the weather gods and hunting gods, there is still a bunch of stuff to work out, both theologically and in terms of building a civilization. They’re like almost preliminary Gods.
Jacobsen: So, in this sense, I think, and I wrote in this argument in an article, the end point, the end result of theology, which is grounded on these ideas, is simply to die out. Due to the fact that this is the process that’s ongoing, it’s just bound to unravel the more and more we understand about the world.
Rosner: I don’t know why the process that created these gods is the thing that guarantees they’re going to die off. They’re going to die off because they’re contravened by the more and more stuff we know about the world.
Jacobsen: Maybe, that’s a dual process. The fact of this inversion externalization is also happening alongside those findings about the actual world given by science, hypothetically activism, whatever you call it.
Rosner: I think you can make that argument if you also argue that the will towards science has a lot of things in common with the will to create gods.
Jacobsen: I like that phrasing. Question. Does teleology mean final purpose or end of something? Like the reason for it.
Rosner: I was thinking about this, but in different terms. Last night, we were spending a lot of time talking about possible worlds, how actual possible worlds; worlds that you could argue pretty much have to exist, because there is nothing about them that’s inconsistent with existence.
As an example, I was using worlds in which Abraham Lincoln survived being shot and how he can’t magically survive being shot. There has to be something within causality to explain how that might happen.
Anyway, I was thinking about that, not in terms of in a physics or philosophy or whatever, but in terms of what makes a decent science fiction story. I was thinking about two stories that I’ve seen recently that have annoyed me.
It’s a mark of bad science fiction, where you create like a future in which there is this thing that has been there. Something has been invented or something’s happened. Then your whole story is about all the problems that this thing has caused. I have two examples.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/26
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So in metaphysical inversion, that’s the idea, continuing from last session, I was in correspondence with a Christian professor friend. He recommended reading “Letters on Humanism” by Heidegger.
As I read through some comments and the essay through the day, I wrote an article for the day. Yesterday, I posited something. I’ve had called it, something like universal metaphysical inversalization, because Heidegger in that article or the lengthy article, “Letters on Humanism” talks about the reverse of a metaphysical statement is still a metaphysical statement.
He is critiquing Sartre because Sartre is positing Existentialism as a form of Humanism, not only Humanism or the only Humanism, but a form of Humanism. I think it is wrong. So, I also think Heidegger is wrong because I think that you can basically have an operation, which, I think is probably novel.
Where, basically, universally, you can take a metaphysical statement now and make an inverse of it. So, basically, you evoke a stomach and then you just squeeze it out so that the innards of the stomach are on the outside now.
Basically, it’s like physicalizing what was seen as the metaphysical.
Rick Rosner: So, can you give an example?
Jacobsen: Yes, I checked titles of the stuff. It isn’t around. So, the idea would be something like… first as an analogy, I’ll give an example. So, the analogy, the infinities that were seen before, the majesty of God, the Heavens.
Those were infinite to more original people. I think it’s a fair statement. However, I think we what can say is that it turned out to be the case is that it’s an apparent infinity, which is a big finite.
Rosner: So hold on, because that brings up a question where, like the gods that we’re used to, the God we’re used to, the Christian, Jewish…
Jacobsen: God of Abraham and Isaac.
Rosner: Yes. That God is infinite in power.
Jacobsen: I would go even better than that. He has a series of attributes theologians give him. Omnibenevolence, omniscience, and, say, anything like this. He’s omni-infinite. He’s infinite in all relevant properties.
Rosner: Yes. Now, the Greek and Roman gods, they weren’t monotheist. No, there were a shitload of them and they include gods that were infinite in power or whatever else?
Jacobsen: They had ideas like the Fates. But I don’t think that was kind of…
Rosner: Is a God with infinite power… how common is that?
Jacobsen: Right now, right now, over half the world, easily.
Rosner: Right. But when you look at all the different religions, did anybody have a modest God who only had enough power to create the world? That wasn’t that much power.
Jacobsen: Yes. The Descartian gods, Spinoza and Einstein, the Pantheist god, or some of the Founding Fathers, the Hellenistic polytheistic pantheon, some of the Hindu gods, they do creation stuff. A lot of the Native American myths, they have capital C “Creator,” they call them.
There is the Vancouver School of Theology. They, basically, have some people who are Aboriginal or Indigenous, and they talk in the manner of the Christian God and Creator as the same, where there was God’s providence.
There is the hope. There was a purpose of bringing together a literate people, Europeans and oral people, First Nations. The way in which it happened was evil. But in “God’s providence,” it’s going to be right in the best of all possible worlds.
So, there is a lot of that around, “Yes,” Parochial gods, powerful but finite gods.
Rosner: Because we’re used to thinking of God as infinite.
Jacobsen: Infinite in all relevant attributes, I would say. It’s not just the beyond apex conceivable of all relevant traits. But, “We are like God.” So, they extend human attributes to that God.
So, knowing that’s a human attribute of being in a space, that’s a human attribute, being outside of time rather than in time, so infinite in temporality in a way by being outside of it. Self-existing, so, it’s better than him because every human being is contingent on so many different things, including each other, or God is non-contingent.
That’s just stealing from Aristotle arguing about Forms and having the final form as God, so it’s common, is prevalent. Even if there is an infinite God like a creator God, it might just be in that one attribute.
But it’s not in an omni-infinite way or it’s in all sorts of different things. So, I think the analogy there is with the idea that we have about what are claimed as infinities are really large finites in a real world, not in some imaginary world.
Also, you can then extend that to this operation. So, you just, basically, invert the guts of metaphysical statements, even by prominent people like Heidegger, who made a mix of Kierkegaard and Nietzsche into a formalized philosophy of being and time, and so on.
I think he’s wrong on a number of levels. So, an example that arose in the correspondence is the idea that, even if “A equals B” is a statement, “Yes,” the reversal of that is just a reversal in presentation: “B equals A.”
So, that’s just a reversal of metaphysical statements. So, yes, Heidegger might be correct. In that, on Humanism, to state both, Sartre’s reverse of a metaphysical statement. It’s just another metaphysical statement.
But if you have an inversion, in other words, make the innards or the guts, the outer shell, then you have a different situation. I named the operation “Universal Metaphysical Inversalization.”
It’s like a universal acid for metaphysical statements, which would mean that which appear to be metaphysical but are truly physical and putting ‘physical’ in air quotes to have more general applicability to natural or informational, to make it more relevant.
Rosner: Ok, that makes sense. But can you give me a sentence that works like that?
Jacobsen: Yes. So, I’m going to read out, and again; this would not be getting rid of the magic or the power of formerly metaphysical statements like “consciousness.” It’s not meant as a magic property, but has a certain — not powerful in the way other words are powerful to as claims of the world — power to us.
So, something that would be metaphysical will physicalize either absolutely or probabilistically to the point of asymptotic certainty. This’ll be something making us somewhat more scientific.
He (Heidegger) talks about Being as if there is a certain process, metaphysics as this undivided base, but it seems like two properties on the face as one. Then it’s reified into an infinite circular.
So, it’s both to exist or to be, and an existing being. So, there is both existence and time in existence. So, it’s not one concept, really. It’s two separate things as to be properly divided existence, as opposed to non-existence temporality — as opposed to atemporality or non-temporality.
So, by separating that, you can then throw that paint up against the canvas of what we know about existence and time. So, it’s not a reverse of these things. It’s inverting it so that you come to basically more concretized forms of ideas, so it’s not filled.
So, he has this idea of being in time and it’s like the everything is being, but then time is a severe concept alongside that. So, he’s talking like he thinks philosophy is metaphysics and metaphysics is philosophy.
So, characterized as philosophical being, philosophical time, when you’re deriving from this process is natural philosophical existence and natural philosophical temporality. The latter, natural philosophical temporality or scientific time, is, basically, built into the principles of existence, as we call them, or the laws of nature, where you see something like the second law of thermodynamics tied to the arrow of time as in an actual temporality.
That’s the physical whizzing out of the metaphysical.
And so by doing that, you both nullify the definitions of metaphysics and the physical in that way, the metaphysical and physical in that way, into an extended sense of what we mean by the physical, but by concretizing what we mean by the metaphysical.
Because you’re tying it to that which is; then if you’re going to define anything that it’s not, then you use that which we know about the reality via science, then you pass what we know about reality through those, and then you use the negation of those as the nothing of those as in an actual nothing as opposed to a no-content nothing.
Nothing that’s not defined with respect to that which is and isn’t. Yes, so, to get a proper nothing, you have to define what isn’t, to define what is, and what is given to us by nature, philosophy, or science.
So, Universal Metaphysical Inversalization would take metaphysical statements, invert them, concretize them, and then give you a proper framework for them. It can be done even down to psychology where you don’t get absolute truths about consciousness, but you do get an asymptote to certainty about the physical process of these metaphysical statements.
So, consciousness is not a magical property running around in a flesh and bone body. You get neural correlates of consciousness that give a very strong indication that the brain is the seat of what’s going on or running or processing through time.
So, that’s a way you get to that place and you can have no absolute knowledge of consciousness, but you get this asymptote to certainty that you can sit relatively comfortably where you’re not. It’s so you’re dealing with metaphysics when it comes to even consciousness or existence.
Rosner: Sounds like what you are saying is that a good durable metaphysical statement comes as close as possible to physical description of what’s going on.
Jacobsen: That would be the first step. Yes, basically, you can then extend what we even mean by physical, so that the whole question, “Is it metaphysical, or is it physical?”, or just even the questions; it’s beyond those questions.
So, for instance, we talk about the physical. It, by definition, is something connected to the body, of the senses.
Rosner: The metaphysics has to hew, has to stick closely like a coat of paint to the physics of the thing.
Jacobsen: Yes, it’s more general than physical as material. Because it’s a building off there, but objectifying things. Then beyond that, you have a natural, where you, basically, are saying there is no magic.
There is no divine figure coming in and helping you with your spelling bee because you prayed for it, or the informational. I think it’s a more modern view, which, again, we’re not claiming computers are doing metaphysical processes. Therefore, we cannot claim human beings are either.
So, it’s either something like a universal acid or an asymptotic acid where there might be some areas in which it doesn’t quite work in an inalienable way. But in general, I think this is a way in which the whole question about discipline, titles, and domains might not be appropriate.
So, it might not be metaphysics. It might be… I don’t know what the term would be because I don’t think when we’re talking about these things, we’re making much sense in a modern context because you’re talking about mentation.
You’re talking about just your senses coming in from the world. The brain is caged in the world and the processes, the objects that are in mind. They’re about the world, the relationships, about each other, about things.
They’re both the world. So, it’s not about anything else. There is no invocation of anything transcendent. So, that, by definition, isn’t metaphysical, but it’s thought to be. That’s the problem. That’s why I think this process of thinking, this preparation, helps clarify that and actually extends some thinking.
Rosner: Okay.
Jacobsen: So, there we go. So, theology is dead and what we think is metaphysics isn’t metaphysics. That’s a lot for one night.
Rosner: Ok. All right, tomorrow?
Jacobsen: Yes, please.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/16
[Beginning of recorded material]
Rick Rosner: So I think when we left off, it was somewhere around the idea that at least on our planet, the apex, the alpha information processors, the smartest beings dominate the planet with ethical behaviour towards each other, sometimes.
But the lack of ethical behaviour for animals that aren’t us, often we have pets, but the number of pets compared to the number of meat animals that we destroy and keep in terrible conditions is tens of billions of chickens slaughtered in just the US over a year.
So, if you extrapolate that to the future where augmented humans won’t be the smartest things, it seems to me a little frightening that we’ll stumble our way to new ethical frameworks that will probably leave us in the dust.
Given that we’ve got an ethical framework for humans that is supposed to provide us with some safety and stability of shitty things happening to people all the time, having a bunch of things running around that are smarter than we are, it won’t necessarily lead to more justice.
The justice we might find is if it turns out it is so cheap computationally to store human consciousnesses and, maybe, other animals’ consciousnesses that it’s just no big deal. It’s the floor mats that the dealer throws in for free. So, they’re never free. You always have to negotiate them out of that.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If you have an apex predator, how you convince it to be altruistic?
Rosner: There is altruism there, the failure of altruism or the failure of people to be altruistic; you see this in America with its apex predators, the very, very rich who have controlled the levers of government for the last decade or more and haven’t been persuaded to give up any meaningful portion of their wealth.
We have a minimum wage in the US that remains at $7.25 an hour and hasn’t gone up. I don’t think it’s gone up in the 21st century. The deal is: You can’t be an apex predator if you’ve killed all the prey.
So, some of the financial strength in the US before Covid was the very rich people owned too much shit. There has to be a way for the rest of the population to experience some financial growth, so they can buy shit.
So, the very rich people can make more money, more legitimately than they’ve been making money, lately. The very rich people make money by controlling government and by harnessing all the increased productivity.
When some new step in automation comes along and a factory lays off 70% of its workforce, it’s not like the wages of the 30% remaining triple. The reduced costs only added profit. Profits almost all go to the to the owners, and it’s been bad just based on the tweets I read during Covid and that the fucking companies, particularly the big ones like Facebook, Amazon, I guess, Netflix and Google.
Facebook is, I would think, faltering a little because everybody fucking hates Facebook now, but Amazon, I think, Bezos’s wealth has increased by hundreds of billions of dollars during Covid because everybody has to shop online.
Yet, Bezos hasn’t improved wages or working conditions for the people who work for him. They have to do shit like piss in a bottle because they don’t have time to run to the bathroom. But only with the altruistic reasoning for apex predators to be generous with their prey is so as to not to fuck up the ecosystem.
But I don’t know what ecosystems we’re going to form with humans and augmented humans and then engineered consciousnesses of a lot of various degrees and types. But eventually some of this stuff will go to court, people of various degrees of still being alive or not being alive and being augmented, will go to court and argue that they deserve the rights that they formerly had when they were fully human.
We’ve talked about a lot of this stuff. All that shit’s going to lag. The deal is that government was always going to fall behind technology. It’s falling behind faster under Trump. Trump’s a fucking idiot and he hires fucking idiots and he’s put three conservatives at least two of them loathsome conservatives on the Supreme Court.
So, there is now a six, three conservative majority. they may take away governmental services or rights that most people want the right to – abortion, health insurance. Then people will have to set up extra governmental systems.
They’ve done it before. When 80 years ago, when abortion was mostly illegal, there were networks that helped people, mostly people with money get abortions, poor people get shitty abortions and maybe die or threw themselves down a flight of stairs or something else.
Anyway, I would hope that if Roe v. Wade goes away this time around; that social networks will do a better job of hooking people, who live in abortion prohibited states, up with services. But the general trend is, even if Trump had had the good fortune to fuck up, the Supreme Court government was always going to fall, start lagging behind what it needs to do as far as technology changes, as all technology changes everything.
There was always going to be a need for makers, for technologists, or social networks to figure out replacements or the government to figure out ways to do the things that people used to turn to the government for; I think that is the general trend. Until, you can’t predict a trend because it becomes increasingly unpredictable, where I can’t imagine that.
Well, at least in the near future, you don’t get much of a pause in technological improvements and do get increases in the power of A.I., in what A.I can do in every other field. But I don’t see any stable resting point being reached.
You can look at Moore’s Law. People for a decade or more have argued that Moore’s Law has to come to an end because you can make it smaller than atoms. I’m sure there are other limitations. But they’ve been predicting the end of Moore’s Law, which is the reduction of size of micro-circuitry, the number of microcircuits you can cram together.
There are various Moore’s Law, but they also say how long it takes for your chip to become the square root of two more powerful or smaller or whatever. And various Moore’s laws are always in the range of 18 months to two years.
Recently, some of the Moore’s laws have been hanging up on the limits of miniaturization. So, you can argue that there is a plateau there. The resting point, as well as the brute force miniaturization of circuitry, comes to a pause and then people have to figure out how to make chips more powerful, even when you can’t shrink them any further.
Which includes, I don’t know, going from two dimensions to three dimensions, stacking your circuitry. But I can’t see anything similar to that. Not that I know all that much about it or anybody knows all that much about the technological waves of the near future.
I can’t see a point where we’ll necessarily have a stable society, where the augmented humans are on top. There are the engineered eyes of various degrees of consciousness, depending on what you want them to do.
Then just regular people divided into nations and sex to some extent based on their attitudes towards technology. I just don’t see that mix being stable. Maybe, for a couple years, you’ll get some social, political, technological solution that works. But some new tech is always going to blow that up.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/16
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Ok, so, we’re talking about values now. Values in the universe.
Rick Rosner: We should talk about what things can feel well, which is in the realm of conscious beings. But maybe, there are some areas where things aren’t quite conscious, but still want stuff. Some of it gets into semantics, like an amoeba doesn’t want stuff just because it moves toward stuff.
That’s more almost just chemistry. But the grasshopper has some awareness. You need to have awareness in order to want this part of the emotional repertoire, I guess.
Jacobsen: So, evolution is based on survival. So, things that live tend to have this inbuilt bias towards surviving.
Rosner: Yes, it’ll be interesting in the future as we build things that might have awareness that aren’t biased towards surviving or we can choose what they want. It’s not necessarily survival. All animals more or less commit suicide in order to reproduce.
So, they want to live up to a point and then they want to do other stuff. But just at a very basic level, you got to start with a consciousness of where things want things. Generally, you can imagine awareness of things that don’t want, but in our experience of where things want stuff.
Jacobsen: One of those things is things that help them continue existing.
Rosner: Right.
Jacobsen: Where their lineage continues.
Rosner: There is a bunch of stuff that is biased way towards order. There are some animals that thrive off of a certain chaos, but that’s still because they can control the chaos. So, we don’t have to pin everything down, but there are a bunch of things involved in what aware beings want.
It’s like agency control, stability. A lot of it just seems to me when we talk about how order is. would we want that sound is not complicated enough. We want other stuff, but, at base, we want some stability. That’s why it’s the base from which we can build more complicated actions and wants.
Jacobsen: Yes. Given that existence is probabilistic at bottom, all the stuff is not going to be absolute. It’s like organisms are functioning on principles. So, they want a little. They want a suitable environment. They want to live longer. So, they want to preserve their own little order of their lives.
Rosner: When we look at it, the order that we want is so basic in a lot of ways that we don’t even realize we want it because it just seems like we don’t spend much time thinking about it. We want the Sun to come up every day.
We want to still have a planet. We want air and water. but also those things are so stable that we don’t spend much time thinking about them – except in special circumstances.
Jacobsen: So, if we look at like effects and a literal dictionary definition, which I looked at, one of the principles governing behavior more generally, just actions in the world. Things that are conscious act and live in the world.
So, their very act of existing as something conscious, I think, brings ethics into the universe. It’s an emergent property that comes with that, by definition. So, I take it this way. People will have – we have the phrase, “He’s a moral person.”
Whose image, we mean, in our terms, an order preserving person. But someone who’s destructive, they are enacting an ethic by that definition, too. So, it is to make a distinction between the people who are tending more towards disorder based ethics and those are more towards disorder based ethics.
Rosner: Yes, and we’ve talked about the Golden Rule when like when we talk about a mensch, it’s somebody who sees the Golden Rule, understands it, and then acts on it. It’s a mutuality that adds stability that people want a world in which that they won’t have to always be looking out for other people exploiting a momentary advantage.
So, it’s self-serving as well as others-serving. If we can look at other people and know that they’ll treat us decently, the bargain is that we treat them decently overall. It increases order for everybody. Then in America right now, we’ve been suffering through ordered systems not being prepared for the one-sided exploiter.
Jacobsen: And so, in that sense, the fact that you need order generation and maintenance for existence itself and for evolution to take place to make an agent. I think you can then make an argument.
Those facts come first and then second come the values, the values follow the contours of existence. Which to me, it’s following order. That bias in ethics is the same as the bias in existence.
It’s that which will assist in preserving order but similarly, what exists can wink out of existence. There is going to be outliers in very atrocious devastation-prone people, murderers, mass murderers, etc.
Rosner: So, order, the drive for order and for mutuality, which we could argue is a thing. The mutuality exists in areas of life where there are enough resources to support mutuality. When you look at where ethics stop, this is just off the top of my head.
But ethics stops when there isn’t the wherewithal to support, for instance, certain behaviours. With regard to meat animals, to some extent, society is built on exploiting, eating the flesh of animals.
Yes, and to a large extent, we don’t behave ethically towards animals. There are areas in which we do, but there are more areas just in terms of raw numbers of animals that are slaughtered. The ethics don’t apply or they apply, but only do it to the extent of what is kosher with regard to meat.
There are also kosher meals that have to conform to certain sanitary standards. But also, the animals have to be killed as well, with as little cruelty as possible, which is still plenty of cruelty given the technology that people have been working with. But the idea is that there are some limited ethics there.
Jacobsen: I always would fall back on the fact that we are surviving and are living. A lot more things are in many cases due to human guardianship in many ways, though human destruction as well. It goes back to not absolute ethics.
It’s the idea that these are principles or tendencies. These aren’t absolute. So, even people like Leonardo da Vinci who said centuries ago, viewing the future, people will view murder of animals as we do a murder of another human being.
That is a growing ethic of animal rights people. But we still have the ethic present. We have it growing, but it’s not absolute. Even if it becomes the norm rather than an outlier phenomenon, I think still older world people would be diehard meat-eaters.
Rosner: Yes. I’m sure that it may become more and more trumpy thing to be that defiant. “I defy your sensitivity to the suffering of animals.”
Jacobsen: And so, I was trying to think of a phrase for this. I think when I pitched with a philosophy of truism, so this is without the physics and without the numbers. It’s just a sensibility argument based on these tendencies.
It just one follows from the other. Then it’s a situation in which I took this phrase from you, which is “it can’t not be.” In fact, it’s overwhelmingly likely these kinds of things cannot be. They will be not absolute, but they’ll be bottom-up first.
Rosner: And then we’ve talked a lot about the creepy things that will happen when the full menagerie or a growing menagerie of different forms of constructed consciousness comes into the flower.
Jacobsen: Yes.
Rosner: Where all sorts of ethical calls will be made both institutionally and individually.
Jacobsen: I think even this ethics is applicable there too, easily.
Rosner: The idea will be the argument that you want to make to survive in that society is to convince the people who control your fate that you are deserving of equivalence. That your consciousness is as valuable as there, which is going to be a tough thing to argue.
Especially if there is a shortage of resources, so, if we’re lucky, there won’t be a shortage of resources. That in some cyber world of the future; there will be enough room for everybody.
Jacobsen: That’s also a tendency when you want intelligent behavior. It makes a world of abundance as opposed to not. There is one period we call the Agricultural Revolution, but there have been all sorts of mini-revolutions in food production making our lives easier.
To the sanitary conditions for living, you name it. Intelligence applied along that order tendency will create a world more livable and enjoyable and abundant.
Rosner: Yes, I just read a science fiction novel set four thousand years in the future and all the characters are still just basically human. They can copy their identities of consciousness and send them to other people to share and stuff. But basically, everybody there was unrealistic because 4,000 years from now.
It’s not going to look like that. Unless, you are part of a very specialized enclave, as we’ve talked about. So, we wish we could talk about how under IC ethics; ethics favors the apex information processors or the apex consciousnesses.
If there is a shortage of resources, we’ve talked about the risks of understanding consciousness mathematically because that can lead to the disfavor of inferior consciousness or the understanding of ending a consciousness within context.
Because, even though, we have ethics. The ethics stops where we become powerless over death. It’s crazy how beyond a certain point people are allowed to die because they’re just too sick. Even like the most powerful highly moral people like Nelson Mandela, we sit while he’s dying.
There is not a general freaking out. It’s like, “Yes, well, he’s old, at the end of his time.” So, it’s understandable because, a lot of times, you can’t do anything. Although, sometimes, once the death happens, like fuck ups on the way to death, like in America and probably a lot of other places medical errors are the third leading cause of death.
Yet, we don’t see doctors being hauled into court like every fucking day. And if the world becomes jam-packed with higher consciousness, there may be a callousness to inferior consciousness being allowed to pass away or understanding the struggles of consciousness or not the ultimate value of things.
For example, the way we let it be game over for billions of chickens every year. It’s like, “Sorry, we need the meat. You’re dead. It doesn’t matter. You don’t feel anything anymore.” It’s, again, as we’ve talked about before. A whole new set of ethical frameworks are going to need to be constructed or will be constructed with various degrees of fairness and horribleness.
But I think what you’re arguing, and I think I agree, is that an underlying driver for the frameworks is the preservation of order and stability where it can be reasonably preserved; that a mutuality among the beings that hold power in a society.
Jacobsen: You’ve got a situation in which the ethic lived out by an organism, by some multi-planetary civilization, is a disorder at some point there is obliteration eventually or instantaneously.
Rosner: Well, that’s the deal. Once you can do it, once you can master consciousness technologically, you can also engineer what you want. So, we will be making beings that don’t strive for individual survival with all their might.
They weren’t built that way. We could build ourselves that way. So, yes, it becomes possible. I would assume that if we eventually know more about extraterrestrial civilization, we will, probably. here will be cases where a civilization decided we don’t have to strive.
We could just extinguish ourselves and nobody will know because we’ll be dead. Nobody’s, keeping score, but that’s not accurate because the universe is in some ways keeping score. It’s processing information, but it’s likely conscious. It likely has drives. It’s not unlikely that the preservation of information and order are among the things that it wants.
Jacobsen: I would argue the philosophical point of view. It’s unavoidable. The fact of the matter of existence being here. All of this follows naturally from that. So, in other words, there is a stream of a strong bias towards all this being and inevitably so, in effect.
Rosner: Yes, but okay, the same way there is no inherent value of continuing consciousness versus deciding to end it. There is a similar thing. We don’t know. This thing about there is a chicken or egg deal, probably, where we can’t even decide between a naturally evolving universe and an engineered one.
Because of the infinite turtles problem. But you can set up an arena in which an information structure can naturally evolve, or you can probably set up a somewhat natural arena in which there is some natural evolution, but there is also some interference, external interference that is okay.
As long as it doesn’t mess with causality, it doesn’t. You can add stuff to an evolving system that you want to get in there as long as you put it in there in a way that doesn’t violate causality too badly and slide it in from the edges of the universe. So, it requires a mutual history, so you’ve got a naturally evolving universe.
It’s when we think of the universe; we think of a naturally evolving universe.
Jacobsen: The object.
Rosner: Yes. But it doesn’t have to be that way. Somewhere, there is intentionality. In that, somebody had to build the hardware in which the naturally evolving universe can evolve. Or the armature, we think of it.
In fact, we haven’t even discussed like a natural intervention. I haven’t even thought of it until now. Is there an armature that creates information preserving hardware that does come into existence without intentional creation?
It seems like, just by saying it, a possibility, but not very likely. So, basically, that whole discussion leads to the idea that you can’t say what’s natural or not because there is unnaturalness lurking behind every fucking armature. Does that seem reasonable?
Jacobsen: I think that’s okay. I think that’s more the physics side of it. Let’s go for more of an idea as to the boundaries required for setting it up in the first place.
Rosner: Ok, but of our minds, our brains have evolved, so that they naturally provide an armature. So, that gives you two worlds that are naturally evolved. We can argue.
Jacobsen: Yes, one’s bigger, one littler. Okay.
Rosner: Yes.
Jacobsen: So, the qualitative differences will be there, the functionality. But we can construct a model in which there is no necessary need for any teleology to make it functional.
Rosner: Yes, you can imagine and naturally all structures all the way. I’ve just done the slightly short of saying: Once you get a couple of generations in the armatures, you can’t discuss them at all because they’re remote enough that they don’t directly impinge on your world’s existence.
Jacobsen: Yes. Also, most of the old theories proposed some top-down interventionism, reincarnationism, some cyclical universe, that has got in its head a God, the creator, or the tortured design argument or some creationist argument.
We can knock those down as a whole if they’re considered completely true because of evolution by natural selection. That’s how life works. That’s how all that came to be. So, anything that’s not incorporating that into its framework just doesn’t work or anything that tries to make anything extra to make it work is just superfluous, basically, because it works with or without any guiding hand.
Rosner: Yes, although, you can argue that there is room for the guiding hand if the guiding hand is subtle.
Jacobsen: But then the question would be: What’s the evidence for it? And people, typically, go back to intelligent design or creationism, “Look how complex things are. It could not be except for the hand of a God,” where some lunatics, believing it, they claim that they themselves are the manifestation of God or whatever.
So, as I think, typically, those arguments fall down pretty quick. There is only a limited set, like pantheism, hold a place.
Rosner: There is not a probabilistic argument that we’re looking at a universe with apparent history of 40 billion years and the universe can’t survive that many interventions, magical type interventions. So, what are the odds of one out of 10 to the 22nd planets in the universe in a year out of 14 billion experiencing such an interventionist event? It’s got to stay clean.
Jacobsen: Absolutely. So, it’s a common sense argument. It’s using reason and empiricism and then focusing on the principles. I think the failure of a lot of these older ideologies have been trying to force-fit partial knowledge into an absolute truth, or vice versa.
Rosner: Yes, you got to look at like the “San Junipero” thing that we know is going to happen. “San Junipero” is the episode of Black Mirror of this young woman who finds herself in this world. She’s looking around and, eventually, gets a girlfriend.
Over the course of the episode, it turns out that she’s in a human created after cyber stuff. After that, there is nothing inherently impossible in that we know that’s coming. So, that just like we said, that constructed world, there are prohibitions against it.
There are probabilistic arguments against our world being that. But I don’t know. Then you can you can have a world that’s clearly intervened, and it doesn’t make the world impossible.
Jacobsen: And so, that’s why I want to leave that out right there, which is it’s just extremely likely that existence exists, both existence and things that persist. The values follow quite naturally along the contours of existence itself.
Rosner: And a lot of the things we have trouble understanding or expressing will probably become much more clear once there is a mathematical framework. Once a hundred years pass or so, people can become adept at navigating the framework.
Same way that quantum mechanics weirded everybody out at first. But I feel, at least, in science for the layman, they like to talk about how weird quantum mechanics is, but I feel like people who work with quantum mechanics as their jobs are not particularly weirded out. They’re not going to work on rules.
Jacobsen: Yes. So, I think one thing we can add as a tack onto that is things are here existing and they have things that live in it. You can speak about, only in reasonable terms, a factual morality.
You have to use what are the facts of the matter, which is scientific to inform your values. Otherwise, your values aren’t worth very much because they’re not connected to the real world.
Rosner: Ok, that makes sense. It’s like sociobiology tries to explain everything in terms of eggs expensive, sperm cheap. When you’re arguing that, you need to look at the processes that underlie the world to get a base understanding how they mesh with what we experience as a force here.
Jacobsen: And I take ethics from the dictionary of actions in the world. They could be order or disorder ethics, or something neutral.
Rosner: But I think you can also argue that that approach that the physics of the world is so many generations removed from ethics that we’re just not used to doing that.
Jacobsen: Yes, and if ethics are actions in the world, the great part about that is the fact that there is… Agency in any universe means nihilism fails in the sense that nihilism means there are no values. But if you have agency, the full manifestation of a being in reality is itself ethics lived out through time for disorder or order. Nihilism completely fails.
Rosner: There is another argument that works against nihilism. If you assume that there is no limit to the size of the possible world, possible universe, which means that no matter how big there is a possible universe, that is, it’s always bigger than any you can imagine.
That that universe had to get to where it is through time. So, there are anti-extinguishing forces that allow things to get arbitrarily big to anything short of infinite.
Jacobsen: And so, in either case, you’re up to the fact this is the question fundamentally about ethics, “Is there an ethic?” It is not, “Are there values or not?” It’s, “What ethic?” Then you start just defining how that entity is living in the reality, how it’s an actually going about being.
Rosner: Is there a name for this? Is it physical ethics? Because it starts with the way the physics of the world perates.
Jacobsen: I would say all these are coming as a package. I think the tide I see in some deep ways with the math. I’m just calling them the Philosophy of Truism.
Rosner: So, you could also call it Informational Ethics because of truism. I don’t know if that’s the best term, because the truism is something that’s so obvious that it’s so simple, but it’s so obviously true.
Jacobsen: What do you think exists?
Rosner: Yes. So, I don’t know, if that’s what you’re going after and that there is a lot of stuff here that’s not obvious.
Jacobsen: Do you assume that you’re conscious?
Rosner: Yes.
Jacobsen: Yes. Like this data thing.
Rosner: But then you question it, then you have to bring it back, you have to make a statistic. Eventually, you have to make a statistical argument based on the likelihood of of how information works.
Jacobsen: So, honestly, I think these are probably five or six separate arguments. In the article, I wrote everything as statistical argument for existence, for temporality, reality. I give them capitalized names.
But, to me, when I tie them all together with conditionals, both the individual premises and the conditionals linking them all together for an overarching philosophical seemingly trivially true one.
They seem almost unassailable, not in absolute terms, but in probabilistic terms. I don’t think there are moral facts because I think morality is derivative from things existing first. So, you have the factual part, then you have the morality.
So, there have been some philosophers literally who talked about moral facts. I think that’s just backwards.
Rosner: Seems like, what’s his name?
Jacobsen: Sam Harris, I think they’re wrong. You can only speak meaningfully in terms of your ethical premises having content, both facts and morality. There is one other point I wanted to make.
Yes, so, the fact that the total manifestation of something in reality comprising its ethics. It doesn’t have to be aware of the ethical. So, if you evolved a program, something that was not conscious of how it’s acting out in the world is ethical, or not, in terms of maintaining order or not; it’s still acting ethically.
Rosner: Yes, we’ve talked about how sex makes people make bad decisions and people don’t realize how much their decisions are warped by sex.
Jacobsen: Yes, so, all ethics is unavoidable once you get agency and then you have a bias towards order from there.
Rosner: Yes, there is actually free agency pseudo-ethics, where amoebas probably behave in a lot of ways that would preserve the species. Even though, they’ve got no agency.
Jacobsen: Yes. Something like, the baseline of survival as reflective of the facts of things developing order, having unconscious organisms, valuing order for their own survival. That if you value survival, you value your own order.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/16
[Beginning of recorded material]
Rick Rosner: So, the deal is: For the statistical arguments, I agree with you that. I think those can be made based on if you have a moment, then you’ve got a set of most likely next moments and then that ranges from most likely to least likely.
The most likely next moments have roughly, almost exactly, the same information content as the moment you’re starting. Those next possible moments of the universe. They’re very similar to the previous moment. But there is an overall, maybe, a probability.
There is certainly one around the null universe. The next possible moment is likely to be not known. Because if you look at the set of all possible next moments, because we’re assuming there is only one known universe and there is a range of next possible moments that have a little room.
So, the bias is moving towards the more information, especially in super low information universes, but still in the big universe.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If we want to add a hint or a really tiny sense of quantum mechanics into this, the only example, we have conscious agents in the universe or at the macro scale. So, there will be a directionality to time as well.
So, and even if someone says, “Well, what about a reverse universe or the backwards will seem as if forwards in that reverse universe, but it still has a direction in either case?” So, the arrow of time at a macro scale is there.
So, you have existence. You have time. You have directionality of time. You have agency. I think those are statistical arguments as well. That there is a persistence there. The fact that things are relatively the same from moment to moment and that permits a process like evolution.
That permits existence to continue existing. Like what you argue, in terms of a bias towards order rather than disorder, it’s not to say there is no disorder. There are things that are indelible to some order, but there is a bias or a tendency, statistically speaking, towards these things, including order. So, that’s the facts.
Rosner: So, if you look at it like a triangle with the null universe at the apex of the time, and then the number of possible states with increasing information, the more information you have for any given amount of information, you have a number of possible states that have that much information and the more information, the more possible states.
So, starting with the zero information, the next moment you could move to there is a bias to move to increasing information with the next move and that bias continues to exist. To get to the triangle as you move towards the base, an expanding base like a pyramid of the next level.
The next floor, as you move now is going to have more space than the floor above. So, if you’re moving at random in the pyramid, in a state of more information because there are more states off of your state that have more information as opposed to less.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/16
[Beginning of recorded material]
Rick Rosner: Along the world line, what is a set of reasonable next possible moments in that universe?
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: And so, that would be more building into the assumption of a second layer, that argument, which is you can have single moments, certainly. Which is a universe that doesn’t have a moment, non-existence, then some wide array of spatial arrangements that act. That have no temporal dimension. They are in some particular shape and cues here.
Rosner: I’m not sure you can have space without time. It’s all part of a package that I want to say is unitary, but that’s probably not the right word. For something to have space, it has to have matter. It has to have the history that it apparently created that space and the matter in it.
Jacobsen: Is it possible to have a universe of time as something that doesn’t function by Minkowskian space? It’s just this Cartesian system. There is no time. Or does it naturally have to have a history? Is that the only way to be changed?
Rosner: There is probably a math of this stuff. It’s very quantum mechanics savvy. There is room in the math to go from an apparently existent universe to the next moment of complete non-existence, just a very improbable statistical blip that ceases to exist in the next moment.
It’s just if you’re looking at the set of next possible moments for a universe that exists; it’s an unlikely next possible moment. Also, you can make the argument, as you’re saying in reverse. That the universe can blip up into, apparently, complex existence, having not existed, not existed before and not existed after that.
You just get a single moment or a couple of moments and then it disappears. There is a statistical argument against that. When you look at all the sets of all temporarily adjacent universes, the blip universe is the zero information; that as possible moment is unlikely compared to everything else.
Jacobsen: And that’s actually a cornerstone of the general idea, I think, which is persistence. Things that exist will likely persist, more than not. I think, and again, it’s just based on you taking the two sets together and things will likely persist as opposed to not.
Rosner: Any argument with probability is extended from quantum mechanics. Otherwise, these arguments are probably in trouble because we don’t know what we’re dealing with mathematically. Also, I don’t know if you can go from an existing universe to pure nothingness.
You probably can, or whether there have to be transformations to cover the loss of all that information. You’ve got a universe. The temperature of our universe is 2.7 degrees (Kelvin)? The temperature of the background radiation, microwave radiation.
It’s cool because it has had 14 billion years to cool down and to erase all the information you need to keep the universe up into pure chaos. Can you raise the temperature to the point where all information disappears in an instant? Probably so.
But there is the possibility that you need to propagate a wave of high temperature across the space that you have to erase it. I don’t know. It doesn’t matter in terms of the arguments you’re making.
Jacobsen: And so, take a step back.
Rosner: Similar to the argument, if it were in mind terms, you’ve got a mind with a picture of consciousness, the picture of reality. Say you’re on one of the planes in 9/11 hitting the World Trade Centers, if you do the math, those people were obliterated in some crazy fraction of a second. Just a horrible, horrible fraction of a second.
Jacobsen: A terrible example, a clear but tragic example.
Rosner: Yes. So, what happens to those people’s thoughts in that instance? Do they have a perceptible moment of the loss of all information?
Jacobsen: If you were to go nanosecond by nanosecond and the person was facing forward, you would see the mental landscape deteriorate.
Rosner: A terrible fraction of a second. I’ve thought about what that second would look like and it would be bad.
Jacobsen: Like the deterioration of the frontal lobes, followed by the temporal and parietal lobe followed by the occipital lobe, so, vision in terms of imagination would be the last thing to go strangely enough.
Rosner: So does that necessitate like a transitional moment or fraction of a moment or something that? I don’t know. Anyway, it’s a thing to look at.
Jacobsen: Yes. So, all in all, without the math of it, I don’t think that’s the focus here. In fact, we don’t have the math of it. Just in terms of the philosophy, the general philosophy of it, you do have a larger set of those; that which can exist.
You also have a set of universes where it’s still existing larger than not. So, this is both an existence argument there and a temporal argument. So, running the numbers, you have a statistical consideration of both existence and time.
Things will generally persist. Although, they can wink out or they can devolve into a null state. I think the only way in which we know agency comes to be in a natural universe is evolution.
So, you will need existence and you will need time to come to any form of agency. Even if they have simulated agency, you still have the evolved agency behind this.
Rosner: Because the deal with a simulated world is that it implies, it necessitates; unless, you’re doing that statistical argument. It just blipped into existence, which is unlikely. The odds are infinitesimal. So, a small simulated world implies a wider world, probably.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/16
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, I think one of the basic premises, that I see, would be the idea that the set of null universes is not bigger than the set of things that can exist. I think the set of universes that cannot exist is smaller than the set of universes that can.
Rick Rosner: What do you mean by that?
Jacobsen: By that, if you have a universe, basically, that which cannot exist, so a null universe, makes it not there, like can empty set.
Rosner: OK. That’s different from a universe that can’t exist.
Jacobsen: How so?
Rosner: A null universe is a universe with like no information, like the number of those is very small. A magical universe where things pop into without rhyme or reason. Certainly, , there is many more universes that can exist because you just take a universe that can exist and you do something stupid to it.
Jacobsen: Would it not make it like catastrophically inconsistent if you had this magical universe? If you had a universe where magic was literally possible, so you have a Hogwarts universe, but to the nth degree, wouldn’t that collapse in on itself, completely inconsistent?
Rosner: I don’t know. It would make no sense. Okay, you could argue. If we’re going to get into this stuff off the top of my head, there would be a whole bunch of different semi-possibilities. You could certainly have a universe that’s Hogwarts, but it would be a simulated universe.
That it would be something that was designed from outside the universe, like a video game universe was built to contain the elements that you want narratively in the scope of it. You can certainly have a Hogwarts universe or Call of Duty universe.
But that implies an external agent that makes it possible. You need an external agent, anyhow. But in a naturally occurring universe, there would be ongoing external jiggering around with it, I guess. But that’s a whole field we could talk about.
Obviously, we’re moving into an era, where it’s not an uncommon science fiction thought. That, in the future, video games will have characters who are conscious and they may or may not be aware that there is some video game.
But like a video game universe is a very abridged a Call of Duty universe is one planet or part of one planet. The action takes place over a few days, maybe.
Jacobsen: So then, okay, I’ll take it this way. What I’m trying to get at, since the whole thing just starting from the top, there was reporting originally. What I’m getting into then is the null universe, that which isn’t, as opposed to that which is or that which can be, probabilistically.
So, you take those sets. The one set of that which is or that which can be, which is vastly larger than that which isn’t or can’t be. So, that’s the first premise that existence is favored probabilistically or statistically over nonexistent.
So, it’s not providing a generative functional precise formula of how this is done. It’s providing what I call a statistical inevitable argument.
Rosner: Okay, so, I like it. There is probably a statistical problem with it. I’m not sure that you can apply probability to the set of all possible universes, including the null universe as the zero information element.
Jacobsen: How many know universes are there possible, like one?
Rosner: How many null universes?
Jacobsen: Yes.
Rosner: I would think one, but I don’t know quantum mechanics. So, that’s probably a question. How many forms of zero information are there? It seems like there has only been one. But I don’t know what the space, the possibilities would be for universes with just a hint of information, because that’s the whole thing.
If you start with a null universe, what are the states that it can move into? And I know there could be quite a few different states that would have the next minimum amount of information.
Jacobsen: If you’re talking about its moving into something, then you’re talking about a state transition. That, by definition, is in a way of speaking talking about information itself or existence itself rather than non-existence.
Rosner: Yes. So, that’s a universe that has moved from null to something other than null that has some existence.
Jacobsen: So, technically that then falls into the category of the existing universe. It’s not the nonexistent.
Rosner: Yes. But I don’t know if you’re looking at degenerate universes, universes that go the other way, go to zero from having a little bit of information. Maybe, there is more. Maybe, there is a small variety of the general universes that have ended up at zero from someplace else.
Maybe, I don’t know. I’d assume not, but it’s a possibility. Where, if you go from a universe that has some equivalent of an electron and a positron that cancel each other out or something like that and leave just energy, though, energy is exists.
But anyway, I don’t know how all that works, except that it’s safe to assume that the number room to generate universes or null universes is going to be small.
Jacobsen: And if you can orient, there is no information in different ways to get different types. Then you can also orient universes with one bit of information too, in different ways. If you just take that one bit, two bit, out to the nth degree, if you include the one to two to the nth degree bit universe with the inverse exclamation point as a set, I think just looking at it; it would appear far larger as a set than zero.
So, I think that to me seems almost unassailable. Unless, there is some way to do the math that flips the intuitive markers there. So, that’s why, I think, that’s a very base orientation point, as I see none in terms of the math, but in terms of the philosophy.
The set of possible universes is larger, possible existences is bigger, than the set of no existences. You just say, “Okay, therefore, existence is favored over nonexistent. That’s just a general statistical outcome based on looking at the ratio of those two sets.”
Rosner: I agree that numerically, the crazy infinity of possible existent universes is way larger than the number of null universes. But in terms of picking a universe out of that said, I’m not sure that you can do that probabilistically.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Ok, so, some new research.
Rick Rosner: This evening, an article on information in black holes.
Jacobsen: Here, this has been a confirmation of the finding or the calculation of Hawking. That information is not destroyed by black holes. It’s preserved. But obviously, the structure was so…
Rosner: Well, I mean, when you say, “Structure,” you mean how all the atoms have stuck together. Yes, anything that falls into a black hole will be ripped to pieces, is what you’re saying.
Jacobsen: Yes, so, intuitively it doesn’t make sense, however, if it’s true…
Rosner: Actually, hold on, because we’re talking about traditional black holes, we’re not talking about IC black holes. So now, I may be wrong, but it might be. No, I guess not. I think I’ve seen the math on this. I don’t think there are stable orbits within the event horizon of a black hole. The event horizon is the point where if you get so close to the black hole that you go beyond the event horizon, which is a sphere. An abstract sphere around the black hole, that’s the point beyond which you can’t get back out of the black hole. Now, you may not be in the black hole, yet, because the black hole is smaller than the event horizon. So there is a period in which you fall down. You’re still falling in and haven’t yet crashed into the black hole itself. You just are in a position where you can’t get out no matter what you do in a traditional black hole. It’s also known as the Schwartzchild radius. This is how if you’re this far away from a black hole, then you’re fucked. But I mean, you could probably design something small enough and strong enough that it would at least last for a little while or be torn apart by the tidal forces near the black hole. So, there are situations in which the structure is at least momentarily preserved. But you’re right, over any reasonable time period. Anything that falls in will be torn to bits. I don’t think either of us knows enough about the black hole theory to know exactly what they’re talking about when they talk about the information that is preserved.
Jacobsen: I would make a prediction – I know it’s dangerous because early in the game – that if you change the structure internal to the universe but can preserve the information, then the structure can disappear while preserving the information as external, which would match an IC structure of the universe and is consistent with the dynamics of the internal universe.
Rosner: We should talk a little bit more about, what this article talked about, which is that the article said that there’s some mathematical indication that information is preserved, but nobody knows how to present a complete picture of how that might work. It just suggests that as black holes get older and older, that they get no more forgiving, maybe, that you don’t get the information out immediately. But as black holes get older, I don’t know. I’m guessing here that they become more leaky of information. They leak more information. Is that pretty much what you get out of the article? But nobody really knows how that would work in. There are equations that indicate that something like that is going on now to us. We get happy, I think, because the black holes, and I see, are less severe.
Jacobsen: They are leaky.
Rosner: When they are leaky, and they don’t crush everything into oblivion because, we argue, that black holes create their own space and a space in which the gravitational force, which was created in conjunction with the world, the block is attenuated around the black hole. So normal business can be done in the vicinity of a black hole. You can have entire little mini universes within a black hole and that they’re not perfectly black. They’re much less perfectly black than a regular Stephen Hawking black hole, which is very, very close to perfectly black. The amount of energy is able to trickle out of Hawking black hole is minuscule one part ten to the – probably something like – twenty-fifth or something per year. But can I see a black hole super league, especially under certain conditions where sufficiently durable objects can get reasonably close? There’s no Schwarzschild radius there. A black hole is pretty fucking black, but never so black, in the sense, that you know what makes stuff unable to get out of a traditional black hole, which is that it would need to travel faster than the speed of light to get out of it. I see the speed you need to travel to get out of a black hole. You can never reach the speed of light. It can get really close. But the light itself and, a powerful enough rocket, I guess, could get out. Even under certain conditions, other matter besides the light, but, even I see black holes, given our current technology; unless, we were right up on it on a black hole, which would be bad because the black holes fucked things up. We would be able to see much radiation escaping from them. Even if you did see, I could get close enough to see a fairly leaky black hole. It would be easy enough to mistake a leaky black hole for something else, like maybe neutron stars, or neutron star is just a collapsed star that has just that last step away from collapsing into a black hole.
And it just doesn’t have mass enough to do it. It’s a neutron star. I think is stopped short of totally collapsing by Fermi pressure where the pressure that the particles have is insufficient. Two particles can’t occupy the same quantum state. I think that’s the only thing. It’s the last step before a full-on black hole of it. I see there’s never enough pressure to collapse anything beyond that last step of Fermi pressure. Maybe, you can have a fully collapsed. But generally, I see black holes are closer to the composition of neutron stars than they are to the totally collapsed shit in a black hole. Though, I may be wrong. Then you run into the problems of what I see black holes look like from the outside versus what they look like on the inside. Close to them, you’ve got a whole lot of extra space. Now, I haven’t thought about this. There’s all this extra space, so nothing can ever be collapse into the black hole. Anyway, that’s enough of that.
Jacobsen: The end.
Rosner: Yes.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Jacobsen: Rick, what is the future of IQ?
Rosner: Like we’ve talked about this before.
Jacobsen: Or what is the future relevance of IQ and its diminishment?
Rosner: Well, IQ has only been around for a century, Binet came up with an idea of a five-point scale for testing kids to see what kind of educational resources they might need. Ones and twos need help for dumb kids. Four and five need help for smart kids. Terman took it over in the US. Put it on that, the hundred-point chronological ratio scale. You take your middle age divide by your calendar age times a hundred is your IQ. You’re going to kind of grow from there. It was fairly widely accepted, I believe. A lot of, I think, psychology, psychiatry was pretty widely accepted in the US from the 20s through the 60s and 70s, then people started questioning everything and including IQ and now IQ, I think is considered kind of quaint. People have tried to replace it with various other theories, indices, emotional IQ and multifactor models.
And the whole thing has also been hampered by it just not being that handy, I think. Like it is falsely precise, like somebody who says they have an IQ of 143 is not going to be any different from somebody who says they have an IQ of 138 or 147 or 130. It is as with the SAT it doesn’t add much. Adding some score on an IQ test to their academic or professional dossier doesn’t tell you much more than you could learn from the rest of the dossier and from talking with them for half an hour. It is, in a lot of instances, actually a minus. It is somebody who brings up their IQ. I think Hawking was quoted as saying anybody who needs to brag about their IQ is a loser. This is from a guy who’s melted into his wheelchair. So it is people who are culturally cognizant, kind of know that IQ has a stink of loserdom about it. Which doesn’t mean you cannot have fun with it. I have obsessively taken IQ tests off and on for most of my life, so I can brag in a sad way about my high scores. But it is mostly useless.
A couple times, maybe in my 20s, it may have help get me laid. Maybe, though, that’s a really small window to try to jump through, who you’re jumping on to if it is based on IQ, anyway. What replaces IQ, I feel will be measures of information processing power based on more sophisticated models of how information and processing and consciousness works, which will eventually get to in a pretty precise way. But we probably still have twenty years of not being there yet. You could consider the various measures of calculating capacity associated with computers as a type of measurement of machine intelligence. But really shitty measure, because for the most part, machines are at the very beginning of machine learning and really do not have that much intelligence at this point.
They still have a specific task oriented intelligence that you can set up a machine learning program that will in a short amount of time make a computer the best Go player in the world, except for other computers or the best video game player in the world. But it is still pretty specific. Computers still cannot pass the Turing test. So measures of computational power are pretty bad indices for machine intelligence. The number of floating point calculations per second doesn’t really tell you how smart a machine is. We understand what intelligence is, the mathematical models of consciousness should be decent indices originating from that. Regardless of the indices, we should see people for the most part not give a shit about becoming smarter in general.
Some people are like; how can I make myself smart? I get written; I get emails from people and I tell people the best thing you can do is just read your ass off and then engage in the types of exercises that are parts of IQ tests. Try to mathematicise things in your world, like try to mathematically analyze aspects of your world. But not many people are interested in doing that. In general, people are more interested in making themselves more competitive in whatever their specific endeavors are. The same way when I was writing jokes for late night, I was very interested in making myself a better joke writer because I’d often get told that my jokes sucked, so with everybody else. So I felt like I was getting told that more than other people.
Also, so, I’ve tried to increase my IQ, but in terms of my career; I was interested in making myself smarter and better. I think that applies to most. I think that people are and will increasingly begin to get the idea of strategically becoming really good and certain applications or certain A.I. aided technologies to make yourself effectively smarter in ways that pertain to your work. I think that will happen more and more. That will be a thing that can actually happen, that you can team up with A.I. to make yourself smarter in a specific field.
For instance, doctors are kind of notorious for once they’re done with their medical training, not every doctor, but some doctors for knowing what they know, but not really extending themselves to extend what they know. You can maybe learn stuff that said you get it. If you get a disease, you can go on the Internet and you can learn shit about your disease that your doctor may not know because your doctor is busy treating people with the disease and may or may not be keeping up perfectly well with everything that’s going on with the disease. Also, the doctor may be kind of snotty about what he considered or she considers information and may just poo-poo a lot of shit that you can learn from the Internet because it doesn’t come to them from a journal.
And also because there’s such a high ratio of bullshit garbage to legit stuff that comes to you via the Internet. But still, doctors or most doctors aren’t optimal at learning everything there is to learn in their field and certainly not everything there is to learn about medicine in general. But I could see a doctor, I could see apps arise. A.I. based apps that keep doctors better informed than they are now. the doctors who are become really good at using those apps might be better doctors. When I could see that happening in a lot of fields. The hard sciences all these fields, the amount of information in the world, what doubles every year or so now.
Jacobsen: Yes, super crazy.
Rosner: Yes. So apps that help plow through all the best stuff would make any. If they’re decent would make anybody better at their job if their job is involved, staying up to date. So I guess that’s what I think the future of intelligence where it lies is the human A.I. alliances and alliances is too lofty a word that initially humans just using getting really good at using A.I. A.I. getting better at being A.I. then in the beginning, it is a Google relationship. It is via a keyboard or it is via a thing you yell at like an Alexa, then in the future things get creepier and more intimate as people. The Alexa the future become more like robot butlers. They become more people like. on the one hand, and on the other hand, people can become more intimately linked with A.I.
If Google Glass didn’t work because it was too creepy, but there will certainly be some optical based interfaces coming. Smart contact lenses, smart glasses that do not piss people off as much as Google Glass did. More risk based stuff. Maybe, I always imagined some A.I. like being worn as like a little breastplate in this novel I’m working on. You’ve got what I call “bugs,” which are basically your handheld device, except they’ve got little legs and they just ride you. They sit on your shoulder or if you need them, they crawl down your arm and they’re like, “Hey, pal.” So there will be wearables. Anyway, it is increasingly pervasive and intimate partnerships with A.I. that’s where intelligence is going and that’s where it already is to some extent. It is hard to tell. I think I’ve said this a zillion times before, that our apps have made us so obviously into idiots that it is easy to miss where they’ve made us smarter. The example I always use being ways that nobody has to get lost driving anymore. Getting lost is a weird thing if you’re driving a car that was made after I do not know what, 2011 now or if you’ve got a fucking phone. You might be driving like an asshole because you’re dividing your attention between your driving app and your actual driving, but you’re not really getting lost. Might be driving past your turn and having to go two more extra miles to get to the next exit. But still that’s not lost, where something in your car knows where you are. So anyway, I guess that’s pretty much it. That’s where intelligence is going.
And it’ll get there probably before we have ways of measuring how good it is. People will get smarter in conjunction with A.I. Faster than we will have measurements of how much smarter working with A.I. might be making this. that might not be a big deal, because when you look at how helpful IQ is not and the new indices may not be that helpful either, the proof is in the pudding. Does it matter to Bill Gates who has 80 billion dollars, what his IQ is? No, fucking, does it matter? Did it matter to Steve Jobs? His IQ didn’t make him the saint of Apple, nor did it stop him from being proactive about treating his cancers. So the proof is in the fucking pudding and not in your score on a test.
Jacobsen: The end.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How many IQ tests have you taken?
Rick Rosner: Probably 40 if you include the SAT and GRE, they can be converted to IQ scores. I have easily taken 40 IQ and IQ-type tests.
Jacobsen: Do you take more alternative tests or mainstream tests?
Rosner: I’m pushing 30 alternative tests. I’ve gotten the highest score ever recorded on more high-end IQ tests than anyone else.
Jacobsen: Is that why you’re legendary within that niche community?
Rosner: One reason I am legendary is there aren’t that many people in the community.
Jacobsen: I like the way Tim Roberts characterized it. He characterized the community as stamp collectors. You’re the one with the rarest and most stamps.
Rosner: It’s a sport nobody plays. It’s like the world’s strongest man, but with fewer competitors. It is really niche, because it is niche; people involved with it know each other. You said, “What about unmeasurable genius? The people who take all these tests.” [Ed. Before the recording.]
There is no person who maxes out the tests all the time. Nobody does that. The reason I have done that well myself on these tests; not because it is easy, but because I have put in the time and work. I worked hard on the tests. I did the research and the deduction, and, to a great extent, the profiling of the various authors of the tests.
Because when an author has written multiple tests like Ronald Hoeflin, like Paul Cooijmans, like out of Tasmania Jason Betts. It is really helpful to take multiple tests by the same person. Because you learn their habits of item construction.
It is easier for me to do well on the Titan Test. Maybe, Hoeflin’s toughest test, but I spent a lot of time on the Mega Test, probably Hoeflin’s second-toughest test. There was a show, Scorpion, which was a show about a real-life genius.
But it was turned into an adventure show about a squad of geniuses that didn’t have much to do with the actual guy’s life. I wrote to them a couple of times, “You should have me in for an interview to write for the show. This is right up my alley, because it is a show about geniuses.” There’s a big production show a mile away from where I live.
But nothing, I thought a good episode of that show would be to have a high-IQ guy, who doesn’t feel acknowledged by the world and starts sending bombs to people. Booby-traps that you have to be really smart to figure out the puzzles built into the bombs.
Jacobsen: Like the misnamed Unabomber?
Rosner: He didn’t want people to disarm bombs. He wanted his bombs to go off. This is for the purposes of the show. The world has not acknowledged his gifts, so he will get revenge on the world by sending these high-IQ booby-traps to people.
“If you think you’re so smart, if you’re as smart as me, you’ll be smart enough to solve this bomb puzzle.” That’d be a great plot for one of those shitty shows.
Jacobsen: Isn’t that setting a bad example in the media?
Rosner: I don’t think so because there are shows about serial killers. Do shows about serial killers make more serial killers? Maybe, I don’t know. But nobody is saying those shows have to be shut down because they are making people into serial killers.
I haven’t gone to a meeting and to present my idea. So, it’s not like that show is going to be made, except that it was kind of the third Die Hard as a series of riddles for Bruce Willis and Samuel T. Jackson to solve, Samuel Jackson. Does he have a middle initial? I don’t know.
What I am saying, a component of that show if turned into an actual episode, a component would be profiling the guy who is sending out these booby-traps. As much as solving the puzzles, you’re solving the person. That’s what is happening when you’re solving these tests.
Like Paul Cooijmans without giving too much away, some of the analogies are rooted in the culture he grew up in.
Jacobsen: What is your full range of scores here? Yes, bottom-bottom to top-top.
Rosner: When I was a kid, I scored a 135 on of the tests administered to every kid in the class. Then I was given an individual administered test to see if I was going to skip first or second grade. I scored high enough that they discussed skipping me.
But they saw me on the school ground and saw that I had no friends and thought that it would be a bad idea to make me even more socially awkward by skipping me a grade. On that test, I scored a 140. Those are toward the bottom of the recorded range.
There were a bunch of these tests. There might have even been a 128 on one of these group-administered tests when I was a little-little kid. The highest I ever scored on one of these group-administered tests was 151.
The reason I believe that I didn’t score higher is that is as high as it went, which was about 150. They don’t go higher. There’s not point, which we’ve discussed before. The bottom of the scale is about 130. The top of the scale is in the mid-190s.
Jacobsen: On S.D. 15 or S.D. 16?
Rosner: I don’t know. Maybe, 192 S.D. 15 and 198 S.D. 16, I believe, even 199.
Jacobsen: 199 on what?
Rosner: I think on a Cooijmans test.
Jacobsen: Who else has done 199 S.D. 16?
Rosner: I don’t know. Evangelos Katsioulis and some others who have scored in that range. There’s a little bit of luck involved, where you find a test that fits your abilities or you find a test where the scoring is, maybe, a little bit loose.
It’s tight enough for the scoring to be accepted for people who look at the scoring, but loose enough that it might be easier to score in the 190s on one test than it is to score that on another test because norming tests is an imprecise thing.
I was always looking for slutty tests. Tests where it was within my ability to score over 100. But I never got there on an adult test.
Jacobsen: Are you still working on them?
Rosner: There’s one where I did a lot of work on and thought I had a decent shot at, but I haven’t worked on it in years. This is not prime time for doing well on these tests. Maybe, it would take a pretty big time commitment to go through it again.
I could take a look at the tests that have come along since the last time I took a real push to take one of these tests… somebody is setting off firecrackers right now. It is spooky.
Jacobsen: Jesus. Okay, then, if you were to take all those scores in a fair assessment, what do you think is the tight range of, maybe, plus or minus two points on either side?
Rosner: You’ve got applied IQ. Where, supposedly, IQ is some inherent thing that you have or born with, it is supposed to stay the same throughout your life. That’s bullshitty. How effective your IQ is, it is connected to how hard you are willing to work on problems.
I don’t know. Give everything, probably in the 180s, the 190s might be me working hard, especially harder than might be appropriate – putting in 120, 150, 170 hours on a test. That’s a lot of time. Most people would not waste 4 40-hour weeks that could be used productively in other ways to kick ass on a test.
Jacobsen: Are a lot of the highest scores test junkies? I know you’ve taken a lot. I know Evangelos has taken a lot.
Rosner: When people claim, and people claim, that they got above 45 out of 48 on the Titan Test or the Mega Test and did it in 8 hours. I know they’re full of shit, because it is impossible to do that. I would be surprised somebody got above 45 out of 48 on the Titan Test without spending, at least, 80 hours or working as part of a team.
I know people have tried that.
Jacobsen: Ron told me people tried that on the Mega Test.
Rosner: I tried that on one super hard, crazy hard, test. I didn’t want to put in 100 hours. I wanted to see by teaming up with somebody if that would make it possible to do really well without a time investment. So, each person, it was something that I wanted to try.
We turned in our test. We got a pretty high score. Although, some of the problems were just impossible. They required some specialized training in logic and paradoxes. It was highly specialized. I don’t think we could have solved any of those problems without the specialized background.
We turned it in under a pseudonym. The guy was excited. The test was so brutal. Some o these tests are so hard that one person or even anybody turns in a set of answers. That was the case for this one.
We were the only ones who turned in answers. Initially, he was excited. I said, “We were two people.” He felt violated. Our deal was not to deceive him. Our deal was to, at least, get a score to see how the combined effort worked and then tell the truth. The guy was a little bit Aspergery.
So, it took lots of apologizing on our part.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/11/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the future of the relevance of IQ, its diminishment?
Rick Rosner: IQ has only been around for a century. Binet came up with a 5-point scale for testing kids to see what educational resources they might need. 1s and 2s need help for dumb kids. 4s and 5s need help for smart kids.
Terman took it over and put it on the 100-point chronological ratio scale. You take your mental age divided by your calendar age times 100 is your IQ. Then it grew from there. It was fairly widely accepted. A lot of psychology, psychiatry, was pretty widely accepted in the U.S. from the ‘20s, and ‘60s/’70s.
Then everyone started questioning everything, including IQ. IQ, now, I think, is considered kind of quaint. People have tried to replace it with various other theories and indices, e.g., Emotional Quotient, multifactor models.
The whole thing has also been hampered by it just not being that handy a thing. Like, it’s falsely precise. Somebody who says they have a score of 143 isn’t going to be any different from someone who has an IQ of 138, 147 or 130.
As with the SAT, it doesn’t add. Adding somebody’s score on an IQ test to their academic or professional dossier doesn’t tell you much more than you could learn from the rest of the dossier or talking with them for half of an hour.
In a lot of instances, it is a minus. If someone who brings up their IQ, I think Hawking called people who bragging about their IQ is a loser. People who are culturally cognizant know that IQ has a stink of loser-dom about it.
It doesn’t mean that it is of zero value. Or you can’t have fun with it. I’ve obsessively taken IQ tests on and off for most of my life. So, I can brag in a sad way about my scores. But it is mostly useless. A couple of times, maybe, in my 20s, it helped get me laid.
But that is a really small window to try to jump through.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: And who you’re jumping onto, IQ is iffy. What replaces IQ, I feel, will be measures of information processing power based on more sophisticated models of how information processing in consciousness works, which we’ll, eventually, get to in a pretty precise way, we have 20 years of not being there, yet.
You could consider the various measures of calculating capacity associated with computers as a type of measurement of machine intelligence, but really shitty measures. Because, for the most part, machines are at the very beginning of machine learning and really don’t have that much intelligence.
They have specific task oriented intelligence. You could set up a machine learning program in a short amount of time make a computer the best Go player or the best video game player in the world. But it is still very specific.
Computers still can’t pass the Turing Test. So, measures of computational power are pretty bad indices for intelligence. Petaflops per second, the amount of floating point calculations per second doesn’t really tell you how smart a machine is.
But as we understand what intelligence is via mathematical models of consciousness, there should be original indices originating from that. Regardless of the indices, we should see people as – for the most part – not giving a shit about getting smarter in general.
I get emails from people about how to get smarter. I tell people. The best thing is read your ass off. Engage in the types of exercises that are parts of IQ tests, try to mathematicize things in your world, try to mathematically analyze aspects of your world. But not many people are interested in doing that in general.
People are more interested in making themselves more competitive in the specific endeavours for them. When I was writing jokes for late night, I was very interested in making myself a better joke writer because I was told that my jokes sucked. Others were, but I thought I was being told this more.
At various times, I’ve tried to increase my IQ. In my career I was more interested in becoming a better joke writer and maker. The idea of strategically becoming really good at certain applications or certain A.I. aided technologies to make yourself effectively smarter in ways that pertain to your work will happen more and more.
But that’ll be a thing that will happen. You could team up with A.I. to make yourself smarter in a specific field. For instance, doctors are notorious for, once they’re done with medical training, knowing what they know but not extending themselves to extend what they know.
If you get a disease, you can go on the internet, learn shit that your doctor may not know, because the doctor is treating people with the disease and may not be keeping up with what is being learned about people with the diseases.
Also, the doctor may be snotty about information and may poo-poo stuff you learn from the internet because it doesn’t come from a journal. Also, because there is such a high ratio of bullshit garbage to legitimate stuff that comes to you via the internet, most doctors still aren’t optimal about learning everything to learn in their field or, certainly, everything about medicine in general.
I could see apps arising, A.I.-based apps, that keep doctors better informed than they are now. The doctors who become really good at using those apps might be better doctors. I can see that happening in a lot of fields, e.g., the hard sciences.
The amount of information in the world doubles every year or so now. Apps that help plough through the best stuff would make anyone better at their job if their job involved staying up to date. That’s what I think the future of intelligence lies.
It is in human-A.I. alliances. Alliances is too lofty a word. Initially, humans just getting really good at using A.I. and A.I. getting better at being A.I. At first, it is a Google relationship, via a keyboard, via a thing that you yell at – like an Alexa.
In the future, things become creepier and more intimate. Alexa’s of the future become more like robot butlers. They become more people-like, on the one hand. On the other hand, people can become more intimately linked with A.I.
Google Glass didn’t work because it was too creepy. They would, certainly, be some optical-based interfaces coming, e.g., smart glasses that don’t piss people off as much as Google Glass, more wrist-based stuff.
I always imagine some A.I. being worn as a little breastplate. In this novel that I am working on, you’ve got what I call bubs. Your basic handheld device, but they ride you, e.g., on your shoulder. If you need them, they crawl down your shoulder and go, “Hey, pal.” Wearables; it is increasingly pervasive and intimate A.I.
That’s where intelligence is going. Where it already is to some extent, it is hard to tell. Our apps have made us so obviously into idiots. That it is easy to miss where they’ve made us smarter. With the example I always use being Waize, nobody has to get lost driving anymore.
Getting lost is a weird thing if you’re in a car made after 2011 now, or if you have a fucking phone, you may be driving like an asshole because you’re dividing attention between the driving app and driving.
You may have to drive an extra two miles if you get past a stop. But you’re not lost. It’ll get there, probably, before we have ways of measuring how good it is. People will get smarter in conjunction with A.I., then faster than how working with A.I. may be making us smarter.
That might not be a big deal. Because if you look at how helpful IQ isn’t, the new indices may not be that helpful either. The proof is in the pudding. Does it matter to Bill Gates’s $80 billion what his IQ is? No!
Steve Jobs’s IQ didn’t make him the Saint of Apple, nor did it stop him from being proactive about treating his cancer. The proof is in the fucking pudding and not in your score on a test.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/10/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If at all, how conscious are Watson and Google Translate? Both of which are association engines.
Rick Rosner: The way Watson answers questions in Jeopardy, the question would be put into its system. The words it had learned and the word associations, e.g., word order, would bring up candidates for possible correct answers within Watson’s system.
I guess, Watson might, or eventually would, get a tally of possible answers with a probability of each answer being right. If some answer broke a threshold of 80%, 90%, Watson would ring in an answer.
Google Translate works somewhat the same way. Actually, I don’t know how it exactly works. Probably, Google Translate, you have to build each system, so, not that it knows stuff but, that there are words in each system.
Then you build the associations with each word. With Google Translate, they probably built in a lot of language-to-language dictionaries. That bread in English and French relate this or that way. They might have started with that.
Once it started running, it has access to all sorts of literature in each language that it is working with. It can reach conclusions about what word you’re looking for if it doesn’t have it in its system. Unless, it doesn’t have contextual clues in each language and statistical likelihoods.
In each case, a set of inputs brings up associations of varying strengths. Google Translate has gotten better and better. I used it yesterday. It is crazy good. I was looking for a word in French, not having the exact word I wanted in English.
I was poking around. I plugged in a word close in English. It translated it into French. When I translated it back into English, it gave me the word I was looking for in English. It did my thinking for me, in the language I was starting in based on context.
So, we can ask the question, “How conscious, if any, are these association engines?” It’s been said – and I haven’t read a paper on it or anything – that inside Google Translate; there’s a metalanguage that expresses relationships among words hat are common across all languages.
Somehow, Google Translate finds it. I don’t know if this is true or not. But this sounds plausible that Google Translate finds it efficient to catalogue the relationships among words in a meta way that isn’t dependent on any single language, but is really an outgrowth of all languages that it is working with.
It is a sophisticated associative net. So, to the extent that these engines are aware of anything, they are probably not aware, but there is something going on where they reliably bring up the right association, even when that wasn’t plugged in there by someone early on.
It is an association that has been developed via machine learning. So, it has the mechanics, the associational mechanics. It has the ability to associate things and to bring up things based on association the way consciousness does.
But it is missing so many other ingredients of consciousness; that it is unlikely to be what we’d consider conscious. Among the things that it is missing are, maybe, the biggest things like real-world correlations, e.g., Google Translate knows that there’s a relationship among the parts of a car and the word “car.”
It knows that it can group other words, e.g., it knows wheels are associated with tires and the word “rotate” and “grip the road” and “steering.” All these things associated with wheels and driving. But it probably lacks any kind of imagery library that explains in any way what rotate means and what steer means, even circular.
Although, you have to figure. With Google being a big science fictioney sinister company, and ditto for IBM, they have probably made attempts to associate visual imagery, plug it into the associative net.
We know Google Image search is pretty good at visual associations. So, it is possible that Google Translate might have visual imagery having been entered – pictures having been entered – into its system.
It may have increased its effectiveness at coming up with the right word. Who knows if Google would tell us about it? Because that would make people nervous. I don’t still don’t think it is multiplicitous enough, seen from enough different angles, that Google Translate could come up with any real understanding of how wheels work at this point.
Because I don’t think that the nodes, the words and, maybe, images in its system, are associated enough with what we would consider sensory input, say video; that it would have a well-developed enough associative net with aspects of the world, working as they do in the world; that it would have any real kind of understanding.
That is big thing one that it might be missing. Thing two is judging. I don’t this either system has any way of judging. First of all, neither system has an idea of itself. Neither system has any means of judging whether something is good for either itself or good for some kind of aesthetic or some multiplicitous set of values.
In each case, each system is looking for the optimal word or answer to a question. That’s a simple enough measure of relevance. It makes its best guesses, best calculation as to how relevant a word choice is or an answer is.
If it is high enough for Watson, Watson rings in and answers the question on Jeopardy. I think with Google Translate. It gives you its best stab at what it thinks you’re trying to say, even if it is a bad stab, I assume.
I don’t think the measure of relevance is tied into enough of an associative system that a supported judgment; that it can be truly said to judge or to experience things that it likes versus things that it doesn’t like.
I don’t think it has the experiential and associative net to do that. Beyond that, it doesn’t have emotions. At the very least, emotions are also an associative net.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/10/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, we’ve talked about the colour red and perception and a certain universality in the perception of red amongst everyone. Let’s re-open that a bit here.
Rick Rosner: There is an age-old philosophical question about talking about the colour red. How can what they picture as red in their mind is the same in each person’s mind? The argument that you can’t prove it: You can’t go in somebody else’s mind. I believe a very effective argument against that – and, since it’s good, many people have thought it, which comes from modern brain science – in addition to a predictor, your brain, which sets you up for the things to come. Brains are association engines. Consciousness throws stuff into the conscious arena. So, you can get the widest spectrum of potential associations. Things that might be helpful. Stuff that is semi- or un-conscious is stuff that doesn’t need a lot of analysis – walking, breathing.
But novel stuff as we have talked about a zillion times before needs to be analyzed. It is one of the more efficient ways, as proved by what conscious is, to analyze things is to see what associations it brings up. This isn’t a good example William Shatner who played Captain Kirk on Star Trek put a picture online of himself from the original series put through a girl filter, turned him into a woman. He said, “I’d do me.” This caused a lot of consternation on Twitter. A lot of people agreed lady Captain Kirk was highly doable. It went around a lot on Twitter. She looks fuckable, but looks like William Shatner. It is a weird thing capturing your attention, or actively enters consciousness. It is a weird thing, which you’ve never seen before. Unless, you’ve seen the app before.
Your consciousness thinks it needs your attention and generates a bunch of associations. So, the argument about why two people probably roughly picture the same thing when they talk about “red.” Both people come from the same age, a Western country, then their associations – the things that they have associated with “red” – have a big overlap, between each person’s associations with “red” – assuming each person’s perceptual apparatus are functional. Some might be unable to see “red.” Assuming each perceptual systems are at par, each person has the same background, and their mental ‘definition’ or “red” are the same, e.g., for an apple or a corvette (terrible example because they come in a number of colours, but people think of the Prince song), a zit, and blood, these will be associated with “red.”
They are not perfect. My wife wanted me to paint our doors red. They were painted red. They seemed too Chinese red or tomato-y. She didn’t like it. I went to paint it more. She made me repaint it. I painted it with 5 different colours with hints of blue and cranberry. She doesn’t think it is red, but some type of weird pinky thing. So, there is room for disagreement. Anyway, that’s my argument.
The other thing I want to talk about is the question of reversibility. In physics, there are these subjects for lay people in physics, but professionals are too busy looking at other stuff. Like Schrodinger’s Cat, it gets a lot of play among non-physicists, while physicists got over thinking about it a gazillion years ago. Another thing that used to come up, I haven’t seen it a lot lately. It is the problem of reversibility, where all the equations in physics – that I know of at least – are time invariant.
The equations and the physics that describe simple interactions can be run in reverse. There is no arrow to tell you which way things are going. To have an arrow, you need macro events. That is, the standard example is the tea cup falling off the table and shattering off the ground involving 10^25th atoms. It is a lot of stuff happening and is irreversible. But the paradox is that any of the single or two or three atom interactions going into the 10 to the 20-something interactions that go into the breaking of the cup, and when you zoom into the little interactions of one atom with other atoms. You could turn back the clock and not violate the laws of physics.
Extend that to the entire cup, there’s nothing against the laws the simple physics of running the timeline of the cup backwards and have it form on the table. All these shows like Nova, and so on. The broken cup is probably shown a dozen times in different shows. The thing that makes the breaking of the cup irreversible is thermodynamic and statistical because it involves a lot of stuff. One thing I would argue, probably tautologically, is that reversible processes are reversible because they don’t contain any information. They don’t leave their mark on the universe.
We’ve talked about long-distance photons and neutrinos that travel for billions of lightyears. They escape their local solar system, which makes it extremely unlikely that they will run into anything as they traverse the universe, but, in traversing the universe, they lose energy to the curvature of space – which is the same thing to interacting with the universe for billions of years. A photon travelling across th universe for billions of lightyears has been interacting with the universe for billions of years.
Although, the photon travelling at the speed of light doesn’t perceive time passing at all because of the equations of relativity and the universe is relativistic. The universe perceives the photon for traversing for billions of years, but the photon not perceiving any time passing. That’s a good way to contain information. That is a good way for the information the photon contains to not decay. That photons that traverses for billions of years has become entangled in a big chunk of the universe. That’s not reversible. It means information has been generated. The information or the mass the photon lost is added to the universe in the form of information.
You could add the same argument for the broken cup. It is so complicated and so irreversible that information has been added to the universe because we know for sure. It is such a big set of interactions, the cup broke. You fire an electron at another electron. You say, “A bounce and then electron 1 went left and electron 2 went right.” Somebody could say, “Are you sure? Did they? You can’t tell the difference between those electrons.” In certain collisions, you can’t tell which electron is which after the interaction.
Oar maybe, they didn’t interact. They bounced off each other and changed trajectory. There is less discernible information there. It is less definitive. Look at photon interactions in the center of the Sun, where the energy released from two deuterium nuclei fusing into a helium nucleus, that releases energy in the form of a photon or, maybe, more than one. It is in the form of light. The light takes a long, long time to reach the surface of the Sun. That energy is in the form of who knows how many – more than 10^20th photons, as that photon gets emitted by the fusing nuclei and gets absorbed by something and then emitted, again, within 10^1/100 trillionth of a second. This happens for 500 years. Until, that energy has slowly percolated up to the surface of the Sun, where it is emitted in the form of photons.
Most of which will go for billions of years. In the center of the Sun, you have these short lifetime photons. The idea that any one of those photon interactions being absorbed and emitted within 1/100 trillionth of a second would have durable information is completely unlikely. Each of those little interactions contributes very little information to the universe. The Sun shining, the information that it is contributing. We’ve talked about information a lot over 6 years. We still don’t have a clear idea about it. The universe is not a good enough book keeper to keep track permanently or for more than an instant of all those mini-interactions; that it takes macro-interactions, e.g., the Sun shining and generating events on Earth to generate information that is discernible to the information processing system that is the universe.
If we’re right, and if the universe is both material with time and space and matter & an information processing system, the systems have to be loose enough to permit each of those levels of existence to co-exist, which means the information involved with the universe perceiving and defining itself needs some looseness where, on a moment-to-moment basis, there is no durable record of the individual mini-interactions that take place within the center of the Sun. There is an aggregate picture of the processes, but the universe doesn’t have enough information to create a record of the interactions that are happening in the center of a star.
It’s Schrodinger’s Cat every billionth of an inch, of a centimetre, across the whole guts of the Sun. There are things that have to have happened. Fusion has to have happened. There’s no record or information impact of these gazillion individual interactions. There’s only information generated in the aggregate. Sometimes, it’s not even then. But there’s something there in the shaping of the universe. We know that in our information processing system. If we experience something, and then we never think of it again, we never remember it for the rest of our lives. We just never remember it.
It has very little impact on our overall consciousness and it’s pretty much as if it never happened. You can take that to the most grotesque extreme. Once we die, it is as if we never thought anything in terms of our experience of the world because we have been obliterated from the world. We left impacts on the world. But in terms of our thought patterns, it is as if it never happened.
Jacobsen: There is a lot of philosophizing about substrate independence with a carbon-based evolved consciousness and then a silicon constructed intelligence. In either case, you could change the substrate while having the same consciousness more or less. In other words, I think we have touched on a principle of existence with consciousnesses, but I think have another one now.
Rosner: We have talked about how consciousness is a little bit free. We have never talked much about the manipulation of consciousness. It feels as if our consciousness is free. We have talked a little bit about it. The manipulation of consciousness is the same as the simulation of consciousness. That kind of manipulation is via a substrate. We haven’t talked about that, but could at some point.
Jacobsen: Yes, so, the idea of substrate independence is a fundamental issue. In fact, I think it so fundamental as if to be a principle of existence. No matter the universe that you have or no matter the fundamental particles and table of elements that arise, if they arise, in that framework, you should have something like a principle of substrate independence in existence to the kind of consciousnesses that could evolve. I think a corollary to this is not something I have seen, which is structural dependence.
The idea that you can change a substrate while producing a similar consciousness is a reasonably premised idea. You should have structural dependence. No matter the architecture or armature that you have, if you have a similar architecture or structure that the armature represents, you should get a similar consciousness. That structural dependence is similar to substrate independence. It seems like structural dependence is related to substrate independence and vice versa.
Rosner: Computers are not conscious. People who are reasonable would argue the computers aren’t conscious because it’s a different architecture in the computer than people, which is that something in the architecture of the brain permits consciousness and is different in the computer to the point that computers don’t think and humans do. That’s a structure-based thing, which is what you’re saying. To the extent that you have substrate independence, you have information working according to the rules of information. Those rules are very close to, if not equivalent to, the rules of quantum mechanics.
So, if you set up an architecture that is sweet enough, capacious enough, to allow consciousness, then you’re going to see information within that consciousness interacting with all the other information in the consciousness appear frictionless, superconductory frictionless, independent of the substrate. So, what happens in a computer is super highly tied to the substrate; it’s all determinate. Everything is going to get executed. There’s not a lot of wobble in computer processes. Unless, it has been built it, but it is still deterministic wobble. A computer executing a program is deterministic. A substrate that allows for information to interact independent of the substrate is indeterministic in the same way that quantum mechanics is. That’s what I think what you’re talking about sits.
I want to talk about another thing, which we don’t like to talk about readily or apply to ourselves. But we readily this to animals. That we eat, or just in general. When we think about the lives of animals, which we don’t think go to heaven, that is, people who are soft on dogs and cats like to not think of cats and dogs not being snuffed out when they die. But sentimental people like to think of dogs and cats as having some transcendental existence. But when we think of chickens and cows, and pigs, maybe especially pigs, we think that when they get slaughtered it is game over. These smart animals having terrible lives doesn’t matter because their brains have been wiped. They’re dead. They have more thoughts. The misery they’ve experience has been wiped from the world.
There’s that. If you think that about the pig you’re thinking, then it is hard to sit down and then not think this about anything else with a brain.
Jacobsen: Yes.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/10/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, we were talking off-tape about the arrow of time and physics.
Rick Rosner: So, the physics that I know has always had a problem with the arrow of time. The physical interactions, e.g., particles smashing into each other, the stuff that contains few enough particles that you’re not dealing with statistical, thermodynamic phenomena. The stuff that is reversible. It is something that physics has dwelled on it. People who do physics have not paid much attention to it because they have their own physics to do. It is that the universe is not reversible. The stuff happening to us has a definite time arrow. The individual physical interactions as dictated by the rules of physics seem not to. You can run everything backwards.
If you could run a film of a cup running backwards exploding, there’d be nothing in the backward film breaking the laws of physics. It would regain its kinetic energy and use that energy to come back together and jump back onto the table and come together. Between the kinetic energy of the parts of the cup and the floor, nothing would be disallowed by running the film backwards. But we’ve talked. I think the arrow of time is determined by large-scale physical interactions.
That is, the photons that make it to the surface of the Sun, the vast majority, go for billions of lightyears and lose most of their energy to the curvature of space, which is, I believe, a tacit exchange of information. That large-scale transmission of energy across billions of lightyears is what propels the arrow of time. Because when you have a gazillion of photons and neutrinos sharing information that way, none of those long-distance photons are doing anything that can be time reversed. They are spreading their information across the skyn of relationships in the universe in an irreversible way.
That’s not a local thing. Like I said, if a photon gets out of the Sun, it’s not going to be local. I don’t know. I haven’t done the math. Somebody probably has; how many photons there are that travel a quadrillionth of a millimetre within the Sun before they get captured again? I guess the sheer number of photons that only travel a tiny distance would outnumber the photons that travel a huge distance.
If you consider each increment between each photon travelling from the center o the Sun to being captured, and if you consider that one interaction, then the number of those close interactions outnumbers the number of interactions with long-distance photons, maybe. It’s the long distance particles that shape the universe and determine the arrow of time. But there is another arrow of time under IC, and under quantum mechanics, which is, “What moments are allowed to follow each other?”
The deal is, under quantum mechanics, there is the universe – or whatever system you’re looking at – contains a lot of open interactions, open positions, where something is due to happen at some point in the future. That thing that can happen can have a number of different outcomes. There’s a reaction that sets a neutron loose. A free neutron lasts for 10 or 11 minutes before decaying on average. So, the decay of that free neutron is like an open proposition. You don’t know when.
Because there is no way under the rules of quantum mechanics to predict exactly when it is going to decay and when the various energies of the products of the decay… the amount of energy has to stay the same. But how that energy is distributed among the particles that fly apart from a decayed neutron, those are all unpredictable things. There is a gazillion of these open issues in each moment of the universe. But your subsequent moments of your universe or system have to follow the open positions and be consistent with the closed positions too – to the extent that there are closed positions.
It is probably a philosophical-quantum mechanical issue. Anyway, each candidate for next possible moment of the universe is going to be a member of the set of possible moments that close some of these open issues. That some of your possible next moments of the universe are going to have that neutron decaying from one moment and the next. That, itself, is an ironclad arrow of time. Of course, it still has the same issue; super local or micro interactions appear to be time reversible under the laws of quantum mechanics.
Neutrons can undecay too. Shit can come together and form a neutron without violating the rules of quantum mechanics, but, still, it is a macro, large-scale system-wide thing. The moments follow from each other. The open issues are closed in a sequence that follows the arrow of time. Partly what I am saying is that the super local apparent reversibility of physics is, maybe, like free will or dwelling on the wrong question. I think what needs further analysis besides everything is how the sequencing based on determining previously indeterminate quantum questions.
That is, we know in a moment when the neutron has decayed. We know it has decayed. Before it decayed, we didn’t know when. So, that open question has been closed. There should be interesting things about linking the closing of open questions and the large-scale loss of energy of long-distance particles. Those need to work together to determine the arrow of time. That’s a place to look to see how they relate to each other in some very obvious and, probably, in some not very obvious ways.
Then you want to relate that to thermodynamic systems, which are all embroiled in the arrow of time, too. So, that’s mostly it.
One issue that seems to arise or one principle that seems to arise is that when you’re looking at super local interactions that don’t have an arrow of time according to the rules of physics. According to Newtonian and traditional physics, under the rules of quantum mechanics, nothing is entirely local in quantum mechanics. Everything is tied to everything else. There is always a non-zero probability that a particle showing up in one place can show up way the fuck away just due to chance. There is quantum tunneling.
A particle confined in the box can appear outside the box because there is no way to completely confine a particle’s probability wave. It spreads across all of space. Where it is next detected within its own probability wave, which is anyplace, it could be anywhere with varying degrees of probability. It is always possible an electron bouncing around in a lead box can appear outside the lead box. So, quantum mechanics, in that way, is non-localized.
The arrow of time stuff appears to be tied to the universe as a whole. It is a non-local thing. There is a sense of that in the thermodynamic arrow of time. Statistically, it is much more likely the cup falls off the counter and smashed on the floor than the cup unsmashing on the floor and coming together on the counter. The unlikelihood requires a lot of atoms, 10^23rd or 10^25th atoms on the floor. It is a non-super-local interaction. Even though, it only involves the table top, the floor, and the cup.
It still involves a shitload of particles and a shitload of things implied by statistical likelihoods and unlikelihoods. It is not super local in this sense. It is not just one electron repelling another electron. When you look at the other stuff that seems to have an arrow of time, super long distance particles and the universe having all of these open questions that get solved sequentially with an arrow of time. There’s the strong implication that arrow of time is tied into the entire system.
That the entire system is tied into the entire system via the rules of quantum mechanics. It means everything is tied to everything else. Maybe, worrying about the irreversibility, the complete apparent reversibility, of super local, super discrete interactions – a few particles in small scales – is worrying about the wrong issues, instead, you want to worry about, “How about does a system with all these discrete particles tied together work?”
Of course, many of the answers are contained in quantum mechanics. Quantum mechanics needs to be tied to cosmology to get the rest of the answers out of it.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/10/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, you had an equation mentioned in an interview with Errol Morris and in one of the really, really short ebooks. What is it?
Rick Rosner: In the equation, I said Planck’s Constant, which is basically a measure o the blurriness of matter or the lack of blurriness is dependent on the amount of matter within a region of space. It says that in areas with a local high concentration of matter. The scale is space is going to be smaller. You’ll have more space where there’s more matter. Let’s say you live in California where rent is too high, I think the average rent in Westwood has the highest average rent in the state, $4,900 or so per month for the average apartment if you want to live next to UCLA.
What you could do is if you had a device, you could rent a closet or a mailbox and live in that, if you have a device that can shrink you. There’s a Matt Damon movie from five years ago that permits people to do that. It can shrink you down and permit you to live like a millionaire on almost no money because it costs so much less to make a dollhouse than it is to make a mansion. If you’ve got a bunch of matter that’s gravitationally collapsing into itself, then the scale of space is smaller.
So, this is a limiting thing. As matter collapses into itself and pulls away from the rest of the universe gravitationally, then it will reach asymptotically an equilibrium where the closer the matter in a ball of matter gets to itself, the smaller the ball gets, the smaller space gets, so, at the asymptote, it looks like it stabilizes with the thing not being able to collapse at all because the more it collapses; the more space gets smaller, so it always looks the same size.
In general, looking at the entire universe, the principle is that how precisely the particles in a universe are defined is decided by the density of information-sharing particles flying around. In other words, if you had two people in a gun fight in a dark room, and let’s say the guns aren’t lethal, every time they get hit. They make a noise. Two people trying to figure out where the other person is in a dark room by shooting at each other and listening for the yelps would have a rough idea of where the other person is.
But if you had a hundred people in the room shooting at each other, the positions with the two people in the room would be blurry. Let’s say there’s a device tracking the yelps, which knows which yelp corresponds to which person, we call this the Universal Detector. If you had 100 people being registered on the detector – having a Universal Detector fucks things up a little bit, but let’s go with it, the locations each person would be much more narrowed down because each person would be getting hitting with 100x more bullets than in the room or 99x more bullets than in the room with only 2 people.
So, their positions would be much more defined. According to the rules of quantum mechanics, I say or claim – some might disagree – the exchanging of particles is what determines where particles are in terms of how they affect the rest of the universe, which is the only measure of where they are. There is not some secret measure of where they are and do not have access to the more perfect information.
If you had 1,000,000 people in the room, and say they’re small enough to not getting in each other’s way, everyone would be hit 1,000,000 times more bullets than the room with 2 people. You’d know where they are with 1,000,000 times more accuracy. That’s the whole deal. The more matter you have interacting with all of the other matter; the more precisely that matter is located in space, which equals the scale of space. Let’s say we’re talking about protons, a room with a million protons – let’s ignore it would blow apart because of the Coulomb Repulsion of all the protons, the protons would be so much more tightly located.
It means the protons would be so much more tiny in a room with a million of them than with just 2 of them. The tininess equals the scale of space, it would fill space. The scale of space would be smaller. In a room with two protons, the two protons would be blurry as shit and would occupy roughly half of the room. They would be fluffy enough that there wasn’t much of the room that wasn’t occupied by a significant proton cloud, probability cloud, for a possible location of the proton. It would be two blobby things semi-overlapping each other.
In a room with a million protons, the probability clouds would barely overlap each other. They would be more like blurry little pinpoints in space. The scale of space, the volume of space that you need to contain 90% of the protons’ probability cloud. That is, a space thrown up around where you think a proton is most likely compactly; there’s a 90% of the proton in this chunk of space. In the 2-proton world, the 90% spheres around the proton would affect most of the room. In a 1,000,000-proton world, those spheres would be tiny and leaving most of space not within one of those spheres.
In significant ways, you can define the scale of space by the size of those spheres. To make sure you’re not cheating by having some overall definition of space, you’re not measuring the extent of space itself against some other thing. Space is space. You have no way of measuring in size besides the stuff inside of it. It is comparing the size of the spheres containing 90% of the proton to the overall diameter of your space.
That’s the deal. The more matter you have in space interacting with all the other matter, the more tightly defined space is going to be. It applies to all matter in space as a whole and to tight clumps of matter, where you’re adding the extra interaction of the tight clump of matter with itself to the overall amount of interactions in the universe. To put it in gunfight terms, if you had a room with a billion protons all firing each other, then the protons would be pretty tightly defined. If you took a billion of those protons and packed them more tightly together, so all of the protons in the tight ball of protons are hit with twice as many bullets per second with half of the bullets coming from within the ball or tight of protons, then the protons in the clump would be twice as tightly defined as the protons not in the clump because the protons in the clump are getting hit with twice as many bullets.
That would have to be a super tight clump for just a million protons, for 1/1,000th protons in the room to be providing half of the bullets hitting the protons in the clump. So, that’s the whole deal. It’s what the equation says.
One addendum, protons and electrons, charged particles, are exchanging photons, which help define space or the scale of space and the distribution of matter within space via gravitation. But protons are much tinier, much more massive, and neutrons, than electrons. I postulate that not only are protons and neutrons being defined by its electromagnetic interactions. It is also being defined by all its interactions, especially the long-distance interactions mediated by photons and neutrinos. I would suspect that the neutrino interactions make particles involved in neutrino interactions much tinier, much more tightly defined, within space because there is a huge amount of collapsed matter outside of the center of the universe, which helps define – via neutrinos – the matter (all matter as well as), the active matter in the center is a beneficiary of all this collapsed matter acting as tent poles holding open a tighter universe/a universe in which the scale of space is tighter for neutrino mediated particles.
Now, I’m realizing what I’ve said is a little garbage-y. When a neutrino is absorbed by a neutron, it doesn’t just emit a proton. It also emits an electron. You have to say electrons are, somehow, participants. Proton-electron pairs are kind of linked particles. In that, the universe probably has the same number of electrons as it does protons.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/09/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, we talked a little bit about spirituality. We talked bluntly, in the not too distant past, about traditional religions. What about these practices? Is there any efficacy of prayer?
Rick Rosner: In the current American landscape, everything has been turned to crap because every time a bunch of people get shot up. The only thing they can say, especially politicians who want to say they are for gun control, is that they offer thoughts and prayers. If you live on Twitter, as I do, somebody is like, “Fuck you! Do something concrete because thoughts and prayers don’t do anything.” So, the efficacy of thoughts and prayers in the current American landscape is zero. They don’t do anything. They don’t even get people to do anything concrete in terms of action, except getting pissed off about the “thoughts and prayers” people.
Jacobsen: In this IC model, does prayer work?
Rosner: …No. Although, there is the Oprah model, The Secret, that what you actively wish for will come to you, which is mostly bullshit except if, by actively wishing for something, it causes you to either take action – to get ready to go after this thing – or makes you more able to perceive opportunities to find this thing in the world. So, wishing for things doesn’t make them happen, except that it prepares you to notice and go after these things, there’s the saying, “Chance favours the prepared mind,” or, “The harder I work, the luckier I get.”
If you work at something, and if wishing helps you change perceptual settings, then, “Yes,” but wishing all by itself doesn’t send a signal out into the world for it to send things to you shit; that it otherwise wouldn’t send you.
Jacobsen: So, there is nothing there to which you are praying. Therefore, there is nothing to help you, outside of changing your own perceptual system.
Rosner: Right. But it doesn’t mean you shouldn’t pray. It doesn’t mean you should expect things to happen if you do pray. You could cynically use it. Republican politicians are corrupt and not willing to do anything, and cowardly. People who have been selected via the recent trends in politics have been shitheels.
The deal is, I could imagine heroically cynical politician, of which there aren’t any on the Republican side, going ahead and saying, “Thoughts and prayers,” all the time. This generates tremendous outrage, then something is done, but no one is doing that.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/09/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is meant by mathematicization of consciousness in IC?
Rick Rosner: For a very persuasive theory of consciousness to exist, we would have to show what an information world looks like. We hypothesize it would have the physics of the world that we live in. We’d have to show the information in consciousness moment-to-moment and in memory, able to be brought up, how all that can be represented by a physical structure – call it a universe – with rules – call that physics, and how everything you know is part of it.
I have this clock radio and telephone in one in the home. It has rounded corners and a green LED display and has shading because it is sitting under a light. It looks like an actual thing in the world. A mathematical theory of consciousness would have to show how that information exists within a structure that incorporates my perception of this phone clock radio, and the rest of the room that I am in, and how it is embodied. Until recently, we were thinking information is more “holographic.” I don’t like it, the term – ugh.
Jacobsen: How about globally distributed and locally represented?
Rosner: Yes. I am not sure even know about that. It is globally distributed and able to be manipulated, so that it can be an object within my perception and imagination, or within my consciousness.
Jacobsen: It is like saying, “Everywhere and nowhere.” Does it really say anything? How can this be stated more precisely?
Rosner: Because you have to link the information and how this device, this phone deal, is represented in the information world, which probably includes the roughly global sharing of information via long-distance photons.
Jacobsen: There should numbers, symbols, and equations behind that.
Rosner: Yes, the whole deal.
Jacobsen: Then this would be the mathematicization of consciousness.
Rosner: Yes.
Jacobsen: We talked bluntly about traditional religion. What does this mean for spirituality?
Rosner: In the US, spirituality has been entirely fucked over by Evangelicals. As a liberal American offering any respect to religion at this point seems stupid because religion has been turned into this fantastically corrupt deal in America, this shouldn’t reflect on spirituality because this should be a different thing. Religion in America are real crap right now.
Jacobsen: How many people are part of these movements now?
Rosner: I don’t know. Maybe, it’s tens of millions.
Jacobsen: Okay.
Rosner: So, that’s thing one. My patience with religion, right now, is low. Thing two is, science is supplanting religion. Where I don’t think anybody expected this at the beginning of the scientific revolution, including scientists, the work of science to explain everything to every corner of the world. At this point, 500 years later, it looks like science can explain everything in the world. It is not to say we have explained everything or science can explain some metaphysical assumptions, such as the set of all possible worlds that have principles that can connect to ‘spiritual goods’ or properties that are good under ‘spirituality.’
From those things, you can extrapolate ethics. A sloppy half-assed understanding of the scientific world puts a premium on things happening without anyone in charge, but a more nuanced view of the scientific version of the world says, “It’s not random. Order emerges. Persistence persists. Under these principles, there is room for ethics and goodness, and a whole bunch of things, which are spiritually preferred. Even though, we are in a heartless and leaderless universe.”
Jacobsen: I like the phrase, “There are no governors anywhere.”
Rosner: I agree, but there are principles – not in charge – that describe what structures and entities persist and exist in the universe. Those entities are generated by order producing processes.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/09/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We use a lot of terms consistently. Since we us them a lot, we should specify some more. What meant by technical consciousness rather than mystical consciousness?
Rick Rosner: I call consciousness a technical not a mystical phenomenon. It has been clear for decades, maybe a century, that when consciousness is figured out. It will be materialistic. That is, it will be generated by the same stuff that generate everything else in our world, the rules of physics and matter. That consciousness is made of stuff. Given that you can map consciousness into a separate space made of an abstract stuff, it doesn’t change the fact that consciousness is generated by matter doing regular things.
Jacobsen: Can I pause you there?
Rosner: Sure.
Jacobsen: If you look at the worldviews on offer, the major ones, the assumptions are non-materialistic origins of this stuff. It puts us as odds.
Rosner: As scientism has become more prevalent, it has become apparent consciousness isn’t magical. Even when we didn’t understand how it worked, it became increasingly obvious that it would be materialistic.
Jacobsen: You mean undeniably materialistic explanations.
Rosner: There is no extra fluid. There is no extra world consciousness exists subject to some mystical God-given or some hocus-y pocus-y separate set of phenomena. You can mathematicize consciousness and show the information within consciousness as existing within its own physics. Normal physics, but the physics of a separate space, we assume under IC. We assume consciousness can be mathematically represented in its own space. Just because we can’t do that now, it doesn’t mean consciousness can’t be represented via the processes in the brain, and the brain itself is built from physics.
Also, we have thought about consciousness under IC, as we have been working together for 5 years.
Jacobsen: It is more physics than metaphysics and more philosophy of physics too.
Rosner: As we built this out, I do not find this particularly hard to understand. Consciousness is the sharing of information among different sensory and processing subsystems, so that they all inform each other in a kind of shared arena. So, they generate a vivid, rapidly-changing, moment-to-moment picture of the environment and your thoughts of the environment and associated emotions with those inputs.
Jacobsen: In a way, you take among those who accept modern standards of science. You take premises most people would agree with and then come to conclusions only a minority of people agree with.
Rosner: If you sit people down and talk to them, here is what is feels like to have consciousness, what is consciousness, I think you’ve convince a significant number of people: Shared processed information generates the feeling of inhabiting a vivid reality.
Jacobsen: I don’t think it’s unreasonable. I do think it’s too optimistic. In North American culture, people would assume “immortal otherworldly stuff connects to me.”
Rosner: Take my wife, she doesn’t think a lot about science stuff. I get this a lot when I throw jokes at her. I will throw a decent one. He will say, “Anyone could have thought of that.” It doesn’t make it a bad joke.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: It means a lot of people could get the joke. I tried explaining IC to her. Similarly, it is obviously not obvious because we are sitting on thousands of years of thinking about consciousness, which we believe gets it wrong.
Jacobsen: What are the impediments to understand our view of consciousness? What have been the impediments?
Rosner: The impediments consisted of not existing in the right technological and scientific space in which we exist in a growing jungle of AI and apps, and increasingly CG and burgeoning brain science. We have the conceptual tools to think about consciousness as an information processing process. An emergent property, if you want to call it that; although, I’m not sure how emergent it is because it is right there.
Have a system that is getting multi-dimensional, that is, multi-faceted analyses of its current situation. All of the analysis that goes into fleshing out its world will produce what acts like and feels like consciousness. Obviously, that needs to be further mathematicized, as we have said a thousand times.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] That’s another one.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/09/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, it was turtles, turtles, all the way down. This is the infinite turtles ‘problem.’
Rick Rosner: In IC, we postulate the universe is made of information, which means a hardware containing the universe. It is not part of the universe, but contains the universe. The information space, we do not see it as information, but as space, matter, and the laws of physics. For that information to be able to exist needs to be stored and kept track of, and manipulated in some other physical environment, which implies another universe, it is made of information, which implies another hardware universe out to infinity.
Infinities are to be avoided in doing physics. We live in a universe that doesn’t have any infinities. It has a limited amount of information. It has a limited, though huge, number of particles. It has a limited, though huge, amount of space. It has a limited, though huge, duration of time. The manifestations of quantum physics are generally manifestations of the less than infinitely perfect defining of matter in space, and space itself, so there’s only a finite amount of information in the universe. So, quantum mechanics is the physics of non-infinite information.
We’re postulating this infinite chain, stack, Russian nesting dolls, of containing universes. Another principles of IC is that existence is dependent on non-contradiction and self-consistency. Requiring an infinity of universes seems to imply circumstances, that seem impossible to the point of “How can that fucking be?”, basically. It seems suspiciously like something that should preclude existence because existence should not require an infinity of universes. I was thinking about our actual, physical environment, and the larger universe containing our more local environment.
Our environment is specific and concrete. It comes with self-consistent history, a non-contradictory history. The universe seems to have played out, at the very least, over many billions of years. The events on Earth have played out for a few billion years for any kind of life and then less time for complicated life, and then you get to human history. It all plays out without any serious complications. It seems like stuff developed through evolution and the laws of physics without crazy contradictory stuff like time travellers, dragons, or stuff popping into the world for no reason or does not comport with the rules of physics as we know them.
Then you compare the specific non-contradictoriness of our world with the potential problematically infinite set of universes. Each bigger than the one it contains outward to infinity. That seems non-demonstrably, non-concretely abstract. It seems abstract. If it is so abstract, and if we only know the universe that we are in, and if we can look across billions of lightyears, our knowledge of the universe drops off dramatically. We only know about our immediate universe. We are perfectly abstract in that external universe. All we know is that we’re postulating that it should exist. Things get more abstract as we get further down the line of container universes out to infinity.
I would postulate that you can’t have inconsistency that serves to make existence impossible in stuff that we can’t know anything about. The stuff that is wildly abstract. You need specifics. We can have a concrete universe that exists in a non-contradictory way, as far as we know the universe, and as far as get to know the container universe. We may develop physics and analytical techniques so powerful; that we learn things about the hardware universe if it turns out that we are contained in another universe.
Still, that’s another island of specific and non-contradictory stuff. As long as you can keep sticking fingers out of exploration and continue to run into non-contradiction, you might be okay. You keep the infinities at bay. It reminds me of the stuff of Godel and the incompleteness theorems. I think it’s been proven that multiplication is never going to steer you wrong. Two pairs of numbers that don’t have prime factors in common will never be able to be multiplied together to make the same product. 7 and 9, and 6 and 10, an never be multiplied together to get the same number.
There is probably some theorem that says, “Multiplication will work that way we always expect it to work without blowing up,” but the overall consistency of mathematics can be proven within mathematics. You may be able to prove some arguments for math. But even that will be hinky because you will not able to prove that type of metaphysics to math, there may some hidden bombs within math that, once discovered, will show math as inconsistent. However, we know math works because we have been using it for thousands of years.
Math gets used quintillions of times a day without a problem. For practical purposes, math is self-consistent enough to exist, at least as a system for analyzing the world. Even though, it may not be infinitely consistent. Similarly, the world exists with enough concreteness and self-consistency that it apparently can exist. Even though, there may be troubling implied infinities that threaten to blow it up. But in practical terms, it is consistent enough. The threats to its consistency, the dangerous infinities, are sufficiently isolated via abstraction and not impinging on our finite world that they may turn out to be problematic. Our existence proves they would not be problematic, at least not making it impossible for anything to exist.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/08/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What’s going on with Noether’s Theorem?
Rick Rosner: I know of it. I know it is amazing. It was a theory discovered in 1918. Basically, as far as I know, it says that things not changing as you change position in space implies conservation laws.
Jacobsen: Angular momentum of the system is conserved as a consequence of the laws of motion. The part that is interesting to me. The system doesn’t have to be symmetric.
Rosner: It is a deep theory. Deeper than me. If you like that stuff, then you should probably follow John Baez. You guys (Canadians) say, “Zed.” He is a physics guy and a deep math guy at UC Riverside. He is good on Twitter. Today, he was talking about Noether’s Theorem. He also created the crackpot test. Because he is a physics guy in a densely populated state. If you are a physics guy in a densely populated state, lunatics will approach you with their own theories of the universe. Nobody who is crazy enough to have a theory of the universe would take the test, probably.
Jacobsen: Just pulled it up. Some examples of 1 point, 3 point, 5 point, 10 point, 20 point, and the 50 point.
Rosner: It is a 37-question questionnaire. If you are above a certain level, then you are a crackpot likely.
Jacobsen: “1 point for every statement that is widely agreed on to be false,” “2 points for every statement that is clearly vacuous,” “3 points for every statement that is logically inconsistent,” “5 points for each mention of “Einstien”, “Hawkins” or “Feynmann…” [Laughing].
Rosner: [Laughing].
Jacobsen: [Laughing] “5 points for using a thought experiment that contradicts the results of a widely accepted real experiment,” “5 points for each word in all capital letters (except for those with defective keyboards).”
Rosner: That should apply to Twitter. People who type in all caps on social media, including our fucking president.
Jacobsen: “10 points for each new term you invent and use without properly defining it,” “10 points for claiming that your work is on the cutting edge of a ‘paradigm shift,’“ “20 points for every use of science fiction works or myths as if they were fact,” “20 points for suggesting that you deserve a Nobel prize.” I suspect these are based on real emails.
Rosner: Yes, there’s a story my buddy Chris tells, who got his doctorate at CalTech. He watches into the faculty office of the physics department there. He’s behind a guy. The office secretary is blowing the guy off, “Professor so-and-so isn’t here.” My friend is like, “What is up with that? The guy is here. It is kind of rude to blow this person off.” The guy turns around to leave. His glasses are covered by tinfoil to block signals from space.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] “30 points for claiming that your theories were developed by an extraterrestrial civilization (without good evidence).”
Rosner: In 1984, I had a bad breakup.
Jacobsen: Is this the bouncer girlfriend?
Rosner: Yes.
Jacobsen: She was very attractive.
Rosner: She was cute. Before she was a bouncer, she was a dancer. But the thing that made her a good bouncer was this free floating anger. There was a certain amount abuse from here. It added spice and weird psychological underpinnings, which are hard to recover from.
Jacobsen: That doesn’t sound good to me.
Rosner: You know baby ducks imprint the first thing they see.
Jacobsen: So, you imprinted on very aggressive sexual experience.
Rosner: If you mix fear with everything else, then it makes a lasting impression.
Jacobsen: In 2020 terms, I am sorry for the emotional abuse that you went through.
Rosner: I am a big boy-ish. To get over it, I made a deal with myself that I would do something stupid every week. One time, I was walking across campus. I just dumped into a hole, not knowing what was in it or how deep it was. There wasn’t that much rebar in it.
Jacobsen: Back to the John Baez: “40 points for claiming that the “scientific establishment” is engaged in a “conspiracy” to prevent your work from gaining its well-deserved fame, or suchlike,” “50 points for claiming you have a revolutionary theory but giving no concrete testable predictions.” I can think of several people who fit those categories and function as crackpots.
Rosner: He may not have offered a cutoff. It would be like a physics guy to offer a probability cloud. Anyway, one of the stupid things I did. I met my wife at a Jewish singles’ dance. Before I went, I knew they were stupid. Nevertheless, I forced myself to go and it worked out. Another is writing to the National Inquirer. I scored well on an IQ test and was published in Omni. I wrongly considered myself famous, no.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: Omni was this science-y and science fiction-y publication for people who liked Penthouse. I wrote a letter to Penthouse Letters. It is someone writing in to talk about the great sex that they happened into. I wrote one tied to my Omni persona. I wrote one to the National Inquirer about how I got my high-IQ based on ‘being kidnapped by aliens.’
Jacobsen: [Laughing] They thought you were a little off.
Rosner: Because it was stupid. If I had any actually degree of fame, then they might have done something with it, but they don’t know anything about this.
Jacobsen: Knowing you personally, you are one of the funniest people I know.
Rosner: Thank you.
Jacobsen: You are the least pretentious high-IQ person I know.
Rosner: That’s my shtick. On the inside, I am.
Jacobsen: So, you would have substantive internal prudery with the perfect score on the Titan Test.
Rosner: I worked in bars for years. I just finished watching some movie about a high-functioning autistic guy who is training himself to have normal interactions. I think Temple Grandin did that. Working in bars, it was the equivalent of that because I met three-quarters of a million people.
Jacobsen: So, you know what the range of American citizenry are like.
Rosner: That’s not the point. The point is I was never fully Aspergery or autistic. I was that off, but I wasn’t great.
Jacobsen: I don’t think you have Asperger’s. I think you have lack of socialization earlier on.
Rosner: I don’t even know if that’s the right term now.
Jacobsen: That’s true. It’s a spectrum. If you look at these individuals, I have some experience.
Rosner: You don’t hear about autism much. I think one reason it has been abused is because people not in the field abused it. When a supermodel goes on a late night talk show and says, “I was so nerdy in junior high,” which they all say, they probably were. To be a supermodel, you need to not get any boobs until you are 19. Unless, your parents are each 6 feet tall. You will not get womanly curves until older because when you get the estrogen that goes with having boobs. It shuts down the bone growth. It is annoying when a supermodel says, “I was Skeletor and nerdy in 8th grade.” It’s not necessarily not true because she probably was 5’9” in 8th grade and 103 pounds because this would allow her to grow to supermodel proportions.
There were probably some supermodels who when she went on one of the late night Jimmys said that. It was one of the most self-diagnosed characteristics out there. If you felt awkward, then you might go on social media and claim having Asperger’s.
Jacobsen: Concluding statements on Noether’s Theorem: How does it relate to IC? How about that?
Rosner: The deal with physics or one of the main quests of physics is an attempt for a unified field theory. On single theory that explains everything. Elegant physics theorizes one thing, but that theory when pursued along a number of different lines generates a number of surprising results that are consistent with observations of the universe, e.g., General Relativity. There is some quote from Einstein where somebody asked him, ‘Is it really true of the universe?’ Einstein who liked to talk about ‘God,’ said, ‘If God did choose it as a thing that describes the universe, then he fucked up because it is a beautiful theory.’ It is something like that. What makes a theory beautiful in physics is that it is simple and does way more than you’d that it would do, it is unexpected. I know Noether’s Theorem does this big time without remembering or ever even knowing how.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/08/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Okay, so, we have these general distinctions between fields. We have physics. We have chemistry. We have biology. IC, as we conceive of it, deals with metaphysics and its relationship with physics.
Rick Rosner: Yes, but it’s mostly physics.
Jacobsen: Yes, it’s more spikey than gooey. There’s an armature connected to the ways in which we conceive of physics working.
Rosner: It is the reasons why.
Jacobsen: The reason for a universe structured as it is comes from the form of processing and the structure of the processor. That has a physical manifestation for us, but an informational manifestation. Yet, with those physics, chemistry, and biology, distinctions, we make those distinctions with diagrams, Latin language, equations.
Rosner: Those have emerged from their histories.
Jacobsen: But if there wasn’t a human operator to make those distinctions, those distinctions exist, but they don’t, fundamentally, exist. We conceive them of these distinctions, so they are apprehensible to an intelligent human being.
Rosner: Yes, but you can argue the three fields are distinguished by their internal order, where a living being has a high level of internal order – at least while it is alive and has all these feedback loops and governors, there’s all this stuff happening that sustains life. It is a whole system of stuff working together in a highly ordered way to make living things that behave with complexity, have life. This was always going to be in the history of stuff a field that arises naturally because life is so apparently different.
If you take it down to base levels, it may not be anything but physics, but, in terms of life, to somebody observing the world free of the history of everything: Life will look different from non-life. Physical processes are going to look even more simple than chemical processes because physical processes are at best mechanical, as you understand them mechanical. They are mechanically transformative. Something goes from standing up to falling down. Something goes from hot to cold. Something goes from not broken to broken.
The materials involved in physics when you are doing Galileo-type physics with cannonballs and ramps. You’re not transforming things. Then you get chemistry, or alchemy back then, where you’re trying to or turning stuff into other stuff. It boils down to physics. But nothing boils physics down except physics.
Jacobsen: How much of this is fundamentally an illusion? How much is this stuff simply quantum mechanical fields interacting? I am not taking this as a reductionist argument.
Rosner: A theory of the universe doesn’t have to account for everything, but it kind of should. There is an indication that in the whole increasing order of the universe over time. That increasing order will, often, include what you can call “hyper-order” or “life.” Life is order taken to a crazy degree. Living matter is super organized. I think a decent bonus of a unified theory of stuff would include the hyper-order arising. Maybe, not as a necessary consequence, but as something that is, certainly, part of the set of all things that can happen, the set of all things that are expected to happen. There might be roles for hyper-order in the overall operation of the universe.
So, I would guess that an overall theory of the universe contains multitudes. Quantum mechanics on its own, the way we think of quantum mechanics; you have to really reach to claim that it suggests that life will originate. Maybe, some combination of quantum mechanics and thermodynamics; you could make a stronger argument that those things could be combined to make life originate. It is a bit of a reach, but some kind of an overarching theory incorporating the principles of existence, quantum mechanics, and high-level information processing. All that stuff together; the theory that puts all that together would include consciousness and, as a consequence of efficient broadband, multi-nodal, self-consistent information processing.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/08/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How can the universe lose information, part of it structure, internally, in other words?
Rick Rosner: Assuming: Let’s say one way to lose information that is uncommon is to find out everything you know to be true, isn’t true. That you get plunged into chaos because the world that you live in is chaos, but that’s not really what we’re talking about because you still have your memories. Even as fucked up as the world is now, it works on the 99.9999% rules. Democracy may not be working, but gravity works. We still live in three dimensions. The more common way to lose information, or the more devastating and pervasive way to lose information, is the hardware to break down – for your brain to lose the ability to lose information.
As you get older, you can get Alzheimer’s. Somebody with Alzheimer’s goes to retrieve the information that they have been retrieving all their lives, like words, and it’s not there; it doesn’t come up. You can get the same feeling without Alzheimer’s, e.g., being tired, or a simple glitch. Boogie Nights has been on a lot lately. The Red Head who plays Burt Reynolds’s wife has been on, but you can’t remember the name. “It’s Juliet something.” You can’t remember it. I had this happen a couple of weeks ago. It took time to remember Julianne Moore. Even though, she is a pretty big time actress. Although, in most circumstances, I would know her name.
It’s a combined hardware-software issue. You need the hardware. You need a functioning brain. Then you need enough experience with somebody, e.g., seeing Julianne Moore and knowing who she is, or having memorizing it. You could study Boogie Nights or The Red Head. I learned some things. Your hardware could get bad. What does a fuzzier mental landscape look like? If we’re positing, as we have been for years and years, that our information landscape looks like a physical landscape, then that universe with lesser information will be smaller and hotter. Hotter seems counterintuitive.
Because hotness seems like it should be information. All those thermal photons seems like they’re carrying information. We have background thermal noise in the universe. That is the Cosmic Background Radiation. It’s not very noisy. Because we live in a very information packed, very big, very apparently old, universe. These thermal photons are from what is apparently 300,000 years old. Now, we are at 13.8 billion years old. The photons using a naïve calculation that is probably wrong only have 1/46,000th the energy they originally had. The background temperature of these old ass photons – the oldest photons in the universe – is only 2.7 degrees Kelvin. That’s not enough to disrupt much.
It is probably hard to even absorb these photons because they were first discovered in 1964 or something. When some people at Bell Labs were building a big old radio telescope, the signals that they were getting, were noisy. They thought it was bird shit on it. You’ve seen what a radio telescope looks like. It is a giant bowl. It can be like 300 feet across or more. They had this big old thing. The birds were shitting on it. They realized that it was background radiation. They needed this big apparatus to discover the very long wavelength photons. Those old school TV antennas were 3 feet across to capture TV signals. Those would be anywhere big enough to capture CMB photons.
You need a wingspan to capture these long ass photons, spread out photons. So, anyway, they don’t do much interfering with stuff. In a low information universe or a universe losing information, a heating up universe, the universe might appear to be collapsing. As the universe pulls in on itself, the background radiation gets hotter and hotter. I don’t think the universe operates like an oscillating or Big Bang universe in which there is a falling back in. I think a universe that’s losing information shares some outward characteristics with an oscillating universe that is collapsing, but a Big Bang universe exploding outward and runs out of enough kinetic energy and then falls back in on itself has the same amount of matter in it or matter/energy.
So, we are under a Big Bang system if that were true; the universe that we have that has 10^11th galaxies would have the same number of galaxies, roughly. Maybe, some of them would become less visible. Maybe, some stuff falls out; maybe, the horizon would get shorter and less of the universe would be less accessible. A universe losing information would have the size of the universe proportional to the amount of matter and energy, so information, in it. You’d see fewer and fewer outlying galaxies. Everything would get hotter and hotter, until everything boils away to nothing and all information is lost. Maybe, the math of a collapsing Big Bang universe has those same outward characteristics.
Less and less of it becomes or remains visible. I don’t know the math or come close to knowing the math. Information is lost at the edges of the universe. As the universe heats back up, stuff that was clearly defined – particles, positions space – become blurrier. So, there’s less information to exchange signals and bounce signals off. The massive amount of information is what keeps the particles in the universe nicely tightly defined. The less exchange between particles and everything gets blurrier and blurrier. Looking at it from a different point of view, the 80-year-old person’s brain cannot hold onto anything anymore, cannot reliably retrieve the information that helps structure consciousness.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/08/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Rick Rosner: In the last couple of sessions, we have been pushing towards the idea of the universe as an association engine in which things cluster over time. Hydrogen atoms fuse into heavier elements. Hydrogen gas clusters into stars and galaxies. You start off, in a Big Bang sense, with a largely homogenous distribution of simple matter. Three-quarters Hydrogen, one-quarter Helium, with some anisotropy, some small irregularities leading to clusters forming over time. These clusters being galaxies and stars. In the stars, the stuff boils down further. Hydrogen into Helium into heavier elements. Everything gets tighter and tighter. These tighter things are, looked at informationally, information being made when things fuse. This thing connected to this thing. It releases a photon that, more or less, lets the entire universe lets this entire this happen. At the same time, the universe knows itself. There are precise things happening.
Jacobsen: There are imprecise things happening too.
Rosner: Yes, the universe knows what is going on in general about itself. Things are defined fairly precisely, locally, but the local information doesn’t make it to the rest of the universe. We were talking about how in a star. You’ve got 10^68th ‘atoms’ or what would be atoms if not ionized, so nuclei. They are bouncing around fusing. It doesn’t really matter in terms of the overall structure of the star which Hydrogen atom fuses with which other Hydrogen atom. Specific events happen, but the record is not permanent. Stuff is bouncing around everywhere. It is fusing down, fusing down. There is probably not an exact history detectable where it is learnable for all these nuclei; these 10^68th particles.
But you have a rough record, which says, “It’s a star. After 8,000,000,000 years, it has used 2/3rds of its Hydrogen.” That rough description is apparent to the rest of the galaxy and, to some extent, the universe. The universe is precise in its interactions, but not precise in its record-keeping and still manages to define itself, where the individual particles in the universe have a really tiny blur to them. They are precisely defined even if their histories are not precisely preserved. So, the universe defines itself and perceives the information it contains in a rough and flexible way, which is not unlike what happens in a computer.
All the calculations in a computer are precisely recorded. The computer can forget previous calculations. Maybe, there’s time machine in windows, where you can go back and find out what was happening at your computer at any given time. When you are playing a game, I don’t know if there is a precise recording of every game. I don’t know if that would have to be. Anyway, part of our precision is a preservation of every previous moment. The universe doesn’t work that way; it doesn’t have to work that way. It is part of the flexibility of the universe as an information processor and a place for us to live. If there was precise knowledge of everything all the time in the universe, I’m not sure there’d be enough flexibility for the two things to be happening at once: The universe processing information and being a material place in which stuff evolves.
Jacobsen: With the universe as an association engine, I want to take two views. One is the galaxy forming, stars and other materials are being sloughed off, all over the place, then being picked up by another galaxy or something. Other stuff is like higher-level elements being formed. There is a lot of waste in the formation of the elements. So, more energy goes into making them than is in them, as stuff is sloughed. What part there is less computer-like and more association-like? What is the appropriate, common way of representing this idea laid out?
Rosner: There’s a lot of information in the clustering and the way these determine the shape of space and the distribution of matter within space because, if the universe works the way our minds work, then you can pull up memories and other associations. You can throw stuff into a central awareness because this is efficient for finding new associations, which can be helpful for the mind figuring out what is going on and what to do next. So, the associative net needs to be able to efficiently pull up the best associations; the things that needs to understand stuff and know stuff to come to new conclusions, and not bad ones. The associative net must have a lot to do with the filaments, the large-scale structures, in the universe, which lets the universe pull strings and pull stuff back in when appropriate.
But that whole system has a lot of flexibility of sloppiness in it. In the way two people can have a similar of idea of what the colour “red” is, while having similar associative nets for the colour red based on culture, growing up, the century or decade, everyone has roughly the same idea – unless, they are colour blind – of what the colour “red” is. You can have a colour spectrum of the reddest reds. Everyone would cluster. It is the same more or less the same. But everyone’s association nets of the colour “red” are different. There is a difference with all leading to the same conclusion that this is the colour “red,” but having the same rough information content.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/07/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, outside of photons, based on the last session, what would be some other indivisible things, as in an extension of the atomists?
Rick Rosner: Neutrinos and anti-Neutrinos, electrons (kind of), while electrons are indivisible, they are interchangeable. There are the two different types of fundamental particles. The bosons that follow Bose-Einstein statistics and then the ones that do the other thing. There are two different type of particles depending on whether the particles are interchangeable in a certain way or not. Protons are semi-indivisible. In that, they contain three quarks, so do neutrons. But the quarks can’t be pulled apart. You can flip a proton into being a neutron. Protons can turn into neutrons and vice versa. However, the process involves emitting energy and electrons, and anti-neutrinos, or neutrinos, depending on which way you are going. So, they are divisible. Protons and neutrons can come apart into sets of particles. Or you can take several particles and crash them together. They have a low capture. Neutrinos have a low capture cross-section. So, any one event is unlikely. But in the aggregate, it happens. So, protons are divisible.
Jacobsen: What is the informational equivalent of division here? If you take various particles that can be divided, then they do get divided. What is the equivalence in informational terms there?
Rosner: I look at protons as being more open to the universe. Protons have a charge, an electrical charge. So, they interact electromagnetically with the stuff in their vicinity. Neutrons have zero charge. So, they don’t interact. I look at protons as being some open variable, where, in situations that we would consider normal – that is, situations on Earth with regard to most matter, the vast majority of protons have an electron associated with them. Most of the time, either a proton is part of an atomic nucleus, which has a cloud of electrons that has the same number as the number of protons or it’s a nucleus that’s slightly ionized. It is temporarily missing an electron, part of a molecule, etc.
For the most part, stuff forms that has little net charge. Anything that is normal matter, not a plasma and so a solid, liquid, or gas, has the same number of electrons as protons in a reasonably sized sample of this stuff. I see the proton-electron system as a system for information exchange; the way everything is a system of information exchange. When parts of the universe coalesce, and release energy by coalescing, you’ve created information. You’ve created a bunch of association and information when a bunch of hydrogen atoms forming a gas in space gravitationally collapse into each other and form a star. Before the star even starts burning through fusion, a bunch of energy is released – heat energy. Gravitational energy is released as photons because as the gas coalesces, falls into itself, from a big cloud of gas into a star or a pre-star.
All the fall in has turned potential energy into kinetic energy, which, eventually, gets released as photons. The photons contain the information that this stuff has coalesced. This mass of 10^68th atoms has come together. So, I see protons plus electrons as association generators. With all these new associations formed, here is the information about them released to the rest of the universe, a neutron is not stable. Unless, it is locked into a nucleus. A free neutron has a half-life of like 11 minutes. It will break apart into a proton plus an electron plus a neutrino, or anti-neutrino, plus a photon. But a proton that gets locked into the nucleus with another neutron forming a deuterium nucleus – one proton plus one neutron – is again releasing a lot of energy. It, too, is – that energy – information about an association a linking that has been formed, which is shared with the rest of the universe.
The deal is, it happens a lot in stars, but stars have 10^68th atoms. So, the odds that there will be two protons crashing into each other and fusing into a proton-neutron nucleus. The odds are low individually. But there are 10^68th atoms smushed into each other, super smushed into the guts in the star, plus absorbing tremendous energy all of the time from the huge temperature at the centre of the Sun. Protons by the quadrillion per second fuse. These collisions that are unlikely as individual events; these potential fusings. So many of them happen, even though, they are super unlikely – a gazillion of them happen every second. It is a tight association that these two protons found themselves so close together with enough energy to overcome their mutual repulsion. That they formed into a stable nucleus. It has one net charge instead of two. You take two protons. It turns into a proton-neutron with one charge of a nucleus. If it weren’t ionized at the centre of a star, if you had a deuterium atom somewhere else, it would have one electron orbiting it.
That, to me, is an associative shorthand in the universe. It says, “You don’t need to worry where these two protons are because they are locked together. There’s only one variable here. That’s the one proton with its electron and the other proton has been locked down. We know what’s up with it. It’s so close. Its history let it become so close to this electron. Now, it’s locked down and very tightly linked with the electron. It is a tight association.” So, the universe is an association engine.
Jacobsen: What is another term for engine here, generator?
Rosner: Yes, as you move through time, the number of associations formed generally increases. Things don’t fall apart. They fall together.
Jacobsen: I see two-way association here too.
Rosner: We should talk about what IC says in terms of the cycle of things. Associations are formed. As galaxies run out of stuff to fuse, the galaxies go dark and are pushed aside by more active association engines. The burned out galaxies participate less and are frozen on the outskirts of the universe. Until association on a huge, cosmic scale pulls them back in, and also lights them back up again, strips them of some of their associations, or they accumulate new wads of gas, which can light the galaxy again.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/07/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Rick Rosner: You just asked, “What’s the lowest possible wavelength for a photon?” I think you could probably set up some electron-scattering apparatus that would have a range of energies for emitted photons. I am talking out of my ass. It would be arbitrarily close to zero. I think there’s no limit on the least energy that a photon could have. But it might be tough to set up an apparatus that reliably produces super low energy photons, but maybe not. The lowest energy commonly found photons without setting up a special apparatus are the photons close to the Big Bang, the Cosmic Microwave Background (CMB). These are photons that have travelled across the universe since the universe was 300,000 years old. So, they’ve lost all but 1/10,000th of their energy. They’ve got a temperature of 2.7 degrees above Absolute Zero. They are really weak.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s take a step back, so, this is an impossible experiment in reality, in terms of it actually happening. The one mentioned earlier with a pipe, vertical, shoot a photon through the top. It splits through a perpendicular pathway going one way and the other way. So, this is a question about what is possible and impossible. In terms of light, what can you not do with them (photons)?
Rosner: You can’t divide them.
Jacobsen: So, they are functionally indivisible.
Rosner: You can’t add energy to them. Unless, the energy is due to the shape of space. In other words, a photon travelling down a gravitational well will gain some energy. But it is not like you can inject a photon with energy. It’s not like you can bounce energy off a photon. Maybe, I’m wrong. You definitely can’t turn one photon into two. There might be a way to scatter a photon that would change its energy. But I kind of don’t think so. You can have a pair of photons spontaneously appear and shoot off in opposite directions. It doesn’t happen very often at all. But you could do that. I don’t know what you’re going after with two photons shooting off in either direction.
Jacobsen: I was making an incorrect assumption of a probability goo entering the pipe and then becoming definite as photons.
Rosner: It is not like a photon is one thing until it is observed and then it is another thing. There are equations describing photons. They describe them as both particle and wave. You can design experiments that will show a more wavelike nature to the photons. You can have experiments showing the photons as particles. But you are not changing the nature of the photons. They are what they are. For a photon to be detected, I would have to read up on how you detect a photon without absorbing the photon. But obviously, there are ways to do that.
Jacobsen: What would be an approximate number of active photons traversing the observable universe?
Rosner: I would guess the mass of all the photons out there would be within an order of magnitude of 2 or 3 or 5 or 10 of the combined mass of all the non-photon particles. I don’t know how neutrinos fit into that. I would guess that one way to get not too far off to the number of photons out there would be to take the mass of all the particles that have mass and come up with some kind of average energy of a photon; that you’d find out in the universe and divide the mass of all the massive particles by the average energy of a photon. That would give a rough idea. Or you could Google it. Someone has done that calculation out there. Let’s say it is 10^95th or 10^100th photons out there.
Jacobsen: If we take the 10^95th to the 10^100th range, and if we take those two numbers as a post in a range, somewhere in the goal posts there. There is going to be a photon that could get warped around galaxy after galaxy after galaxy without hitting anything. So, if IC is right, and if the universe is cycling, and if that happens to something of a single data point for billions upon billions of years, then it’s…
Rosner: There are a gazillion photons that haven’t hit anything; that have wrapped around stuff and warped around space. They have travelled across space without hitting anything. The CMB photons, I don’t know how many there are. Those are photons from when the universe became transparent to photons. They are constantly hitting us. Also, there are ones constantly hitting us.
Jacobsen: How long can those photons travel without their energy completely lost?
Rosner: Basically, forever.
Jacobsen: Is it lost to an asymptote across the curvature of space-time? In some sense, it seems like a convergence of having a finite amount of energy, but they have an infinite capacity to not be nullified to non-existence through the traversing of space-time.
Rosner: Yes, they lose energy. There is some equation. The simplest would be of the universe at which they were emitted over the current age of the universe. It is probably not that simple. That is one stab at it. So, you take 300,000 over 13,800,000,000. You get 1/46,000 of their energy is left. That’s probably too simple. It seems too straightforward, but it is something like that. Their wavelength keeps getting stretched out as they traverse the universe. You can look at the universe as if it is expanding. The expansion stretches out the wavelength of the photon, then the less energy it has. Maybe, it is that simple.
Jacobsen: Is there an upper limit to the amount of energy a photon can contain?
Rosner: Something has to happen that releases energy to release a photon. When atomic nuclei fuse, when two lighter nuclei fuse into a heavier nucleus, that, generally, changes the total atomic number of the combined nuclei. You could have two deuterium atoms. Anyway, if the atomic number changes, then you have two neutrinos or anti-neutrinos emitted. When nuclei fuse, you have a huge amount of energy released. It is a huge x-ray spectrum photon being emitted. If nothing else is being emitted, say two deuterium nuclei, one proton plus one neutron, they can fuse to form one new helium nucleus. If no other particles are emitted, that may be a possible interaction. All of the energy created in that fusion will be shot off by a super high-energy x-ray photon. You have to set up some kind of system where the energy created or released in a system is emitted in the form of a photon.
Theoretically, if stuff fell into a black hole, it would be super accelerated. But then, you have horizon problems. But theoretically, there is no upper limit. You just have to have some process that would release energy. I know how you do it! You take the most massive particle that you can find, single particle, and then you take its anti-particle and then smash them together. They are obliterated and then they release two photons shooting in opposite directions. There are hugely massive particles that you can create, or that you can find in the universe. The Higgs boson is the most massive particle every created. It has the mass of 500 or 1,000 protons. If you can create a Higgs and an anti-Higgs, if there is such a thing, and if you could smash them together, they would obliterate each other. They would be 1,000 more energetic then x-ray photons. That’s impossible to do with current technology. They barely manage to create a Higgs for probably one trillionth of a second. So, yes, you can make arbitrarily energy photons.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/07/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We were talking about the sameness for everyone.
Rick Rosner: So, yesterday, when we talked, we talked about the philosophical question as to whether the colour red is the same for everybody and “how do you even know?” Also, we talked about the structural flexibility of the universe, where micro-events, micro-interactions, e.g., a single photon is emitted or absorbed probably have very little impact on what the universe knows about itself.
To have a photon that travels one billion billionths of a millimetre in the center of the Sun, the universe doesn’t hold onto interactions happening in the Sun. A gazillion of the interactions happens every second in the center of the Sun. The universe doesn’t have the information to do it. Which means however the universe interacts and defines itself, it means there’s certain flexibility or a looseness based on their not being enough information to completely define its entire history or even the position of every particle/identity of every particle/every interaction.
The universe has no record of which electron is which after the interactions. There’s looseness. That’s similar to everyone having the same colour of red, at least with the same background. Some argued the ancient Greeks didn’t understand the colour blue because it doesn’t show up in a context where you’d expect it to come up. It might be The Odyssey mentioning the wine-dark sea. People think that’s weird when the sea is blue-ish. But it is dark. So, it might not matter. But blue doesn’t show up in Greek literature of certain eras. People have shown in research that various colours show up in various literature of ancient civilizations, which means ancient people were quicker to notice other colours first than others with red as one of the first.
When people come from the same rough background, being born from the 1920s to the year 2000, those people will have similar enough backgrounds. So, when you talk about something being “red,” you know that given the perceptual structures and socio-structures of the brain. People have the same rough idea of red. But everybody’s got a different map of red based on their own individual unique associations. Their personal histories as they learn “red.” Some may have different feelings about red based on the things that happen to them if they have a bloody accident or saw somebody have a bloody accident. I am looking at our bar cart here. I am seeing red labels of Smirnoff Vodka. Maybe, somebody likes red because it reminds them of vodka.
Someone may have different emotional associations with red, but people are going to picture roughly the same colour. In fact, I am sure somebody has done that test giving people a range of colours saying, “List the reddest red,” to see what people consider a deep red. It is probably 10% by wavelength or less. That seems like too much, maybe 3% or 4%. Nobody’s associative net is the same. But we work with the same rough concepts for commonly understood things, as we build up mental representations of these common things. They are never the same two things for two people, but the universe, similarly, can represent what it knows in a gazillion different ways. The same way 200,000,000 people can each have a different associative map of red but all see red.
The same way the universe can see what it sees, and knows what it knows assuming it can know, without having a precise map of the constituent parts that define what it knows. You’ve got these rough things. The universe is shaped by the matter within it. But the overall shape of the universe doesn’t depend on the precise precision of each star within each galaxy. The overall shape is generated by the overall distribution of mass. So, you could switch stars around; there’s an imprecision in the universe, but one that still allows it to perform its information processing and thing-knowing function.
Jacobsen: What is the efficiency, the optimization, of information processing when you have standardized units, quarks? There are interchangeable, but have this gooeyness in the distribution of mass.
Rosner: So, the optimization, we know consciousness is an optimization of some type. We wouldn’t have consciousness without the sharing of information among the different information processing nodes of the brain, if this didn’t help with modelling or predicting the world. At the same time, it is a loose optimization. We have talked about there not being one optimum leaf. You have thousands of different leaf shapes. Compared to eyes, there’s no optimal shape of eyes. Given that, mammals have one type of eyes and bugs have another. But it is a much tighter optimization. Human-mammal type eyes have a much stronger optimal position than leaves because human type eyes have evolved lots of times over the process of evolution of life on our planet. It is a highly optimal structure. Although, it is not the only structure for seeing. It shows up again and again.
So, it really works. Compared to leaves, there is no single strong contenders for best leaf because there is such variety. So, I would harbour a guess that consciousness is that any sufficiently developed and complicated information processing entity is going to gravitate to a structure that includes globally shared information among processing nodes, but, beyond that, there’s no sharp model defining the relationships and the constituents of consciousness. However, when it gets down to the individual Legos, the individual building blocks of consciousness. I think those things are pretty solidly pinned down, the fundamental particles of physics, are pretty close to the same across all possible universes. Unless, the universe is an engineered universe. What do you call the substrate…?
Jacobsen: Oh, the Substrate Independence and the Structural Dependence.
Rosner: So, a sufficiently advanced civilization could simulate a universe of 5 dimensions to set up rules that would let it work, more or less, and have some weird physics with not all the same particles. That would be a simulated universe and would have huge lack of optimality. You’ve wasted all these resources to build a toy universe, a donut-shaped universe, whatever. At some point, in looking back and back and back among the layers, you could imagine a donut-shaped universe being engineered by a civilization living in a simulated 5-dimensional universe… and then you see a natural type universe. One that is the easiest universe to have arisen and exist; those natural type universes – those there’s trouble with that idea, which we can discuss, but not now – have the same type of particles because these are the types of particles that can exist without contradiction. The fundamental particles, when most people think of fundamental particles would only be able to name three of them.
Even when scientists, e.g., biologists or chemists, work with fundamental particles or elementary particles, a chemist is working with, for the most part, electrons and protons and nuclei, and not with muons and gluons and Higgs bosons, and photons. All of the big five that we have talked about too. Those that do most of the work that we rely on or perceive in the macro universe. Protons, neutrons, electrons, photons, and neutrinos, there are other constituent parts that help those things work, but you don’t see their work in the macro world. You barely see neutrinos in the macro world. But anyway, you’ve got these particles that make the macro world work, then you have five of them, basically. But then, you have dozens more that do the microwork that keep the macroparticles functioning in their macro way. If microparticles didn’t hold atomic nuclei together, then you couldn’t have atoms, couldn’t have elements, so the macro world wouldn’t work.
The whole menagerie of fundamental particles has all these deep symmetries under group theory. It is probably that you have these macro particles great for building worlds out of, but those can’t exist without contradiction and a whole underlying structure with deep symmetries or deep resistance to contradiction. That’s the deal. We’re the skin floating on top of a contradiction resistant substrate. Although, not the substrate that you brought up in another session about another hardware world supporting our world.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/07/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: It’s like the top of the x-axis as the future, as they run through the sequence of time. The universe kind of evolves in its relations from point to point in what would work as opposed to what would not. So, going from the original point to the future points being more complicated while still self-consistent maps, a graph theoretic map, this is what I’m seeing here. Anything that could be sufficiently consistent running from T=0 at the top to the bottom in increasing scales of complexity would continue to function. Maybe, one could plug in certain emergent principles like space or volume.
Rick Rosner: It would have to be built from what is going on, but they would be emergent. The deal is, in a quantum system, in a system functioning according to Quantum Mechanics, you can have open nodes. There are places where there is missing information. There is a missing value that can be filled in, in the future. You don’t know what is going to happen, but in the next iteration, in the next moment, something will have been picked. A value, they used to talk about it as the collapse of the wave function, but it is picking values from moment to moment. So, you have a bunch of open nodes. In the subsequent moment, some of those nodes have been determined. Generally, in a universe that works, when those values are determined, they add information to the universe.
They add more information to the universe than they remove, or, at least, the amount of information in the universe doesn’t appreciably decline. Most of the events, most of the quantum events, are consistent with the universe, or can be consistent with the universe, as the information is transmitted across the universe. You could burn the universe down. You could have a bunch of quantum events that are sufficiently contradictory; that the universe would eventually lose information and boil down to a soup that contains almost no information.
You could see that playing out as the hardware behind the universe if that were corrupted the way a brain gets Alzheimer’s. That brain loses information; it loses the capacity to hold information. You could probably express the loss of information via a series of quantum events that are showing the universe melting, boiling, down, where the things that happen with information is lost. But Quantum Mechanics, I think, is a way to show sequences of moments, fuzzy moments because it is Quantum Mechanics, where you are plugging values into open nodes to increase information. You could model universes where what happens quantumly boils down the universe.
For instance, if a background radiation, the CMB, from the apparent beginning of the universe, and if you turned the temperature up on that, then you could boil the universe away to nothing. You’d have to do a couple other things, e.g., have a universe that looks collapse-y rather than expand-y. Anyways, the temperature goes up and the CMB ionizes everything, as it gets hotter and hotter; it cooks everything away back to something that looks closer to T=0.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/06/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, you read something about Wolfram and a computational view of things. What is it?
Rick Rosner: Wolfram is like the Terrence Malick or the Quentin Tarantino of math. He believes in cellular automata as a way to understand the world. For people who are not familiar with that, they were big in the 80s, where you set up some simple rules in the form everyone has seen them at all. You set up a 2-dimensional grid, like on graph paper. You colour in a couple of squares. You see what happens when you set up rules for what squares become coloured next. If you start with 3-coloured squares and each square touched by 2 coloured squares becomes coloured itself, then a pattern begins forming. There is an infinite number of rules to set up. Wolfram played with this endlessly.
He found certain rules produce very complicated patterns, changing patterns, patterns that move, patterns that shoot off little space ship looking things. All this was with the idea in mind that the universe is probably predicated on some simple rules. If you can find those rules, then you can find out how the universe works. It is like a modern version of a Unified Field Theory. You try to find the simple things behind the universe that generate the complexity that we see in the universe. So, he brought out a book. Anyway, he impresses a bunch of smart people as a very smart guy. He has a super fancy App called Mathematica allowing you to do complicated math with simple tools.
Most recently, he has announced a crowdsourced physics project to come up with the rules that make the universe. He says since everyone is home with the coronavirus; everyone who is able to can work on this. The rule tools that he seems to have generated are based on networks of relationships among elements. These networks or relationships are depicted via things that look like Feynman diagrams You’ve got points. They’re connected by arrows. Each of these diagrams is a point in the development of a universe over time. So, it goes from simple diagrams to more complicated networks of points and arrows, which are determined by the rules for relationships among the elements.
He says that he and his team have produced a lot of physics type behaviour. They have seen in the universes as they unfold gravitation and electromagnetism and, possibly, 3-dimensional space. The problem they are having is they don’t know what networks of relationships generate what would eventually become a universe that looks like ours. All this, to me, and you’ve looked at it, and so to you; it looks promising.
Jacobsen: Yes, it keeps to low dimensionality in each format as if they are trying to grasp to higher dimensionality. Wolfram mentions this in the paper. It has some very appealing elements at grasping what the real world is like.
Rosner: What you were mentioning, what these universes generate, some of them, they want to exist in more than 2 dimensions, but don’t go crazy and to dimensions more than 3. Some of these universes seem to like 3-dimensionality. It seems like something is here. You get simple relationships, which become complicated and seem physics-like. I think that harkens back to IC. In that, we have kind of anything goes as long as it’s self-consistent as a stab at systems. We know counting numbers and more complicated math pop up in a lot of contexts because numbers are self-consistent in a lot of really simple and direct ways.
Yes, you have Godel’s theorems that say mathematics can’t be proven perfectly consistent, but simple mathematics; a bunch of it can be proven to be consistent. It is only when you get to more complicated implications that math becomes complicated enough that you run the risks of inconsistencies. Although, no critical inconsistencies have been discovered. Is that pretty much Godel?
Jacobsen: Yes and no, it comes down to having a consistent system within itself while incomplete.
Rosner: The system can’t prove itself consistent.
Jacobsen: Yes, if consistent, then incomplete. If complete, then inconsistent.
Rosner: But for kitchen math or grocery store math, addition and multiplication, all of that stuff you can prove a lot of consistencies.
Jacobsen: The universe can deal with contradictions. It probably needs more consistencies than inconsistencies to function.
Rosner: There’s some rule that we’ve been poking towards, which is the principle of distant inconsistency. It is inconsistencies don’t necessarily matter as long as they are far enough away from the nuts and bolts of the universe, day to day workings of the universe.
Jacobsen: If something works in and of itself, and if another thing doesn’t, then let’s hope the latter is far away.
Rosner: Sure, for the turtles all the way down thing, it is hard to account for existence without some infinite number of frames. You go back to this apocryphal story, maybe, from thousands of years ago in which someone invents a theory of the universe with the universe sitting on the back of a turtle. Then someone asks, “What’s that turtle on?” They respond, “Another turtle.” The questioner asks, “What about that turtle?” The person exasperated says, “It is turtles all the way down.”
We postulate the universe is made out of information and the hardware that supports this information is probably in an armature universe, another universe, that supports the universe that we perceive. It prompts the question, “What supports that universe?” It leads to an infinity of armatures that contains each universe. The answer might be the contradictory nature of what you have in an infinity of turtles might be so far away – an infinity away, in fact – that it doesn’t affect the self-consistent nature of the universe in which we exist. The flies in the ointment are so freaking distant that the universe can operate in a largely self-consistent way without some potential contradiction scuttling the universe, as long as the universe has a finite duration and a finite number of elements.
Similarly, when you look at the Wolfram thing, he is looking for and his people are looking for a specific set of rules, where it might be that it is a “catch as catch can” universe. Rules that don’t lead to catastrophic inconsistencies can generate a universe. It’s likely that the set of all sets of non-catastrophic rules may converge around a familiar kind of physics. I remember 30 years ago trying to track down a paper by Hawking that says that there is a parallel between Knot Theory and cosmology, where you could build a universe from sliding knots in from the edge of the universe.
Where the knots reflect relationships amongst the elements of the universe, the universe becomes has so many knots from being thrown knots for billions of years which creates this self-consistent structure. It might be that Wolfram’s approach fits into the same bucket. As long as you are building from relationships among elements and slide in more and more relationships from the edge as your universe develops, you will end up with something like a universe as long as your elements are in the aggregate squeeze contradictions to the edges or prevent contradictions from being entirely corrosive.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/06/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What if math isn’t the way to understand the universe but spatial relationships are the way? Is there interchangeability here if at all?
Rick Rosner: I’ll tell you what I tell Carole when Carole wants to set up a separate savings account to make sure that we have money for something. It annoys me. I say, “It is all the same money.” No matter the account, we will not have more money if we put the money into another account. In this case, it is all the same. Math and spatial relations, and space, come from some optimization of relation of laying out relationships. The universe is a history of things being linked with each other. It is not just a history. It is a geography of things being linked to each other, relationships. Things like gravitation are indicative of this optimization process. Where there is some kind of rule in play, where you’re trying to minimize, if two things are connected, you want to minimize the total collection lengths. If things are connected to each other, then they should be spatially close to one another. There is a temporal aspect. In reality, we experience what we experience. The universe acts the way it acts. In a way, what we experience is a processing of a library of connections among the elements of the universe, the change over time optimized, at least as we experience it, to minimize unnecessary connection lengths.
Things that are related to each other are physically close to each other. You want to minimize the number of really long connections. This probably ties back into quantum physics because a long connection is just a connection or a relationship established at some point in time among two things moving relative to each other and has been uninterrupted for a really long time. For instance, something happens leading to a photon being emitted. The photon gets loose from the solar system. Once it is loose from the solar system, it is likely to go on and on and on for tens of billions of lightyears. Because it is light, that means tens of billions of years. That is a long-distance relationship between the photon and the thing that emitted it. You only have a long, long relationship because nothing detected the photon yet, not for 20 billion years. But the majority of photons are emitted in stars. They don’t even travel like a millionth of a millimetre before being detected or intercepted by matter. So, the vast majority of photons do not last long at all. They are indicators of really short relationships, which is at it should be. You want the universe arranged, so you’re not wasting your cosmic thread laying out all the super long-distance relationships. You want everything to be as short as possible.
It is conservation something. The universe is full of conservation principles. There are a least action principle and the least time principle for the transmission of light, which results in diffraction. When light goes from travelling through air or nothing into travelling through water, you’ve got a flashlight in the air. You shine it on a detector that’s underwater; the light beam travels through empty space, vacuum or air, until it hits the water and then the angle changes. It bends downward. If you do the mathematics, the bent path that light took or takes is the minimum time path because light moves more slowly in water. So, by travelling a little farther in air, so that it can travel less far in water than if it went in a straight line; light arrives quicker than it would – had it travelled in a straight line. It always takes the minimum time to get from emitter to detector. That’s one of the minimization principles of the universe. I would guess that the universe is kind of like an index, a library, of all the connections that have happened over its entire history. The library wants to help itself out by minimizing the duration and length of as many connections as possible.
From that, from this messing with connections, and also reinforcing connections, connections reinforce each other; the universe is defined by its history of connections. From this, it is all the same stuff. Space and math, and time, are all a result of this library-ing, this grouping of connections. To say more would mean that I am talking out of my butt, then it wouldn’t be productive.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/06/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Bill Sidis, William James Sidis, what are some preliminary thoughts to set forth this discussion?
Rick Rosner: If you look at the history of the people who are famous for having a high IQ, Sidis is considered to have had the highest IQ of anybody ever between 250 and 300. He is one of those guys like John Stuart Mill. His dad noticed the intellectual talent and really pushed him. He pushed him, went along with it. This was like 100 years ago, way before tiger parents pushing the kid to enter college at age 15 or 16 or something. He entered Harvard super young. He was teaching at Harvard at age 17. He may or may not have had a nervous breakdown. He ended up working at the post office. He died at age 46 of a brain hemorrhage, as you just told me. He is widely regarded, to the extent that he is regarded at all, as being a cautionary tale for how superintelligence doesn’t necessarily get you anything because he worked at the post office and had a hobby of collecting bus transfers. If you need to take more than one bus to get where you needed to go, then the bus would give you a slip of paper functioning as a ticket for the next bus. He collected those. He has been presented as a tragic, really smart loser.
This isn’t fair at all. If he had not had the brain hemorrhage, then he might be seen as really successful, because, as he was working at the post office, he was writing a multi-volume… what was it? You know it better than I do.
Jacobsen: Yes, a multi-volume or comprehensive statement of the 100,000-year history of the settlement of the Americas.
Rosner: Of America?
Jacobsen: Of the Americas.
Rosner: Did it ever get published? I assume it did at some point. He was working on this huge fucking work. You can’t imagine how shitty life in America was in the 1930s, whenever he worked in the post office. Unemployment got as high as 25%. Here’s a guy who would probably not have functioned well as a claims adjuster in an insurance office, or some other office job. He was probably pretty eccentric. He taught at Harvard for a while.
Jacobsen: He was a kid, adolescent, teaching at Harvard.
Rosner: Yes, he probably got cantankerous and grew up. The post office job was pleasant in its repetition and left his mind free to work on this huge deal. Plus, jobs may not have been easy to come by.
Jacobsen: A treatise called The Animate and the Inanimate, which dealt with a reverse universe for reverse cosmology. Buckminster Fuller stated that he made a logical proposition of black holes before black holes were a thing.
Rosner: He liked thinking for thinking’s sake. He probably liked the pleasure of his own company. You said he was an atheist. He wasn’t an anarchist. He was certainly hyper-liberal.
Jacobsen: He claimed atheist identification, but belief in something other than the human. So, he didn’t believe [Laughing] ‘the big dad in the sky of the Christians.’ Something like this. He, certainly, was critical.
Rosner: He is a smart guy who liked following his own paths of thought and knowledge who had the bad luck to die really young, and who has been packaged ever since as a schadenfreude example of how you don’t want to be really smart because then you’ll end up working at the post office and having a really odd hobby. I have odd hobbies, which give me pleasure. When I first got to L.A. to know what Southern California is like, I drove around and got a library card from every local library system. I got 44 library cards because I visited all these little communities. That’s ridiculous. Also, I have a collection of fake IDs from people while working at bars catching people trying to sneak in. My wife likes micromosaics, really tiny pieces of jewellery made out of slivers of glass on a millimetre scale. I will buy broken ones. I will rehabilitate them. I like doing that. It doesn’t mean that might be a little eccentric. It doesn’t mean my life is a failure; you could argue on other things, as a failure to fully live up to my potential. Nobody is obligated to live up to their full potential. I try from time to time, but you don’t have to be a supergenius to not live up to your full potential.
Jacobsen: Who else is like Sidis and John Stuart Mill?
Rosner: Some parents who noticed the talent and worked them hard at a young age. It happens a lot in sports. Tiger Woods, his dad spotted talent. Tiger Woods was showing off golf skills on the Merv Griffin/Mike Douglas show at age 3. Wayne Gretzky’s talent was seen by his dad. His dad built him a hockey rink in the backyard. Gretzky was building his Gladwell 10,000 hours of practice starting at age 3. Venus and Serena Williams’s dad saw their talent and got them going really early. Then there are the charlatans, like a woman 20 years ago who was from Colorado, who got the answers to IQ tests and drilled her 4-year-old kid, gave him all the answers to the IQ tests. When he was tested, he had an IQ of 400. Eventually, she got caught.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/06/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What have been the dangerous jobs?
Rick Rosner: Nothing has been that dangerous. When bouncing bars, every once in a while, they would punch me. Drunk people don’t hit very hard. At one bar, the Oar House, it was on the border of Venice and Santa Monica with gang people who you would see every once in a while. Somebody, a bicyclist, pissed off a gang guy. He was shot at. I saw the bullet ricochet off the pavement.
I guess, that’s slightly dangerous. Another at the same bar when I was not there was standing out front. A car pulled out into the intersection without knowing a truck full of gang guys was coming out at 80 miles an hour. She underestimated the speed of this oncoming vehicle, because they went much slower. There was a collision. The truck rotated in the air, there was a guy, or two, in the pickup truck, which, as it rotated, the bottom of the bed became parallel to a light pole. It covers one of the guys in the pickup truck in half.
The bottom of the guy hit the bouncer, who would be where I would have stood if I was there, in the arm and broke his arm.
Jacobsen: That’s insane [Laughing].
Rosner: [Laughing] Yeah. The same bar, I got dragged out by my hair. You don’t want long hair as a bouncer. The guy had whipped a glass beer mug across the bar and cut somebody’s head open. Two bars were throwing him out. I came over. He grabbed my hair. I dropped to the ground. The bar bouncers were smashing this guy’s head on whatever they could on the way out. I got my head smashed minorly as he wouldn’t let go. I got bitten a couple of times working at a bar. I got bit a couple of years ago, who I was paid to harass by giving him a strip tease.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/05/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the odd jobs?
Rick Rosner: The oddest job I ever got was in Albuquerque, New Mexico. I worked for a stripping telegram company. That’s not that odd. What was odd, my boss would call me with other jobs. He called me one time. I had to show up at somebody’s house and dump a bucket of water on aa guy because he and his wife were having an escalating water fight. I show up at the house. I am not that physically adept. I throw the bucket of water at the guy. I miss him with most of the water and clip him in the head a bit with the bucket.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: Although, it was a plastic bucket. I doubt these people stayed together much longer. Because when you’re hiring people to assault your husband, even if it is all in good fun, and if you’re living in Albuquerque, everybody gets divorced anyway. It was an odd job. Also, in Albuqurque, I worked at the Fat Chance Bar & Grill as a bouncer. One of my duties at the end of the night is people would throw their pennies at the end of the night into the urinal. My job was to fish the pennies out of the urinal. I would fish them out. I was broke. I would use them to help pay for cans of chunky clam chowder, which I would mix with a can of tuna. I was lifting weights. I liked the calories. I liked the protein. I used to eat cans of tuna, just dry out of the can, which is miserable. Also stupid, it is hard on the kidneys to eat that much protein. Putting the tuna in the chowder made it palatable.
I’ve had jobs where I model for somebody. This hasn’t happened in more than 30 years now. The guy, it is always a guy, would ask if I would get a boner. And… I said, “Yeah.” He wouldn’t touch the boner. But he would look at the boner. Getting a boner [Laughing] is an odd job.
Jacobsen: You’ve been naked a lot in T.V. and a movie.
Rosner: Oh, yeah! Being naked is not that common of a job, I have been naked, maybe, 1,500 times, roughly, in public, for money, generally. One time, I wanted to get naked to be an a-hole, at a party. I would not get naked for free because that is perverted; they would pay whatever pocket change, like 73 cents or something. I went undercover as a high school student a few times. But that was self-assigned. Nobody gave me that job.
Jacobsen: “Hello, fellow kids!”
Rosner: Do you know what movie that is from?
Jacobsen: The Simpsons?
Rosner: That is one of the best memes. I saw this with Steve Buscemi with a backwards hat and a skateboard saying, “Hello, fellow kids!”
Jacobsen: Oh wait, you’re right. It is 30 Rock.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/05/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, when you have a 2-dimensional surface, you’re dealing with an x and a y-axis as the dimensionality, so squares and circles, etc. You can calculate the area in the 2-dimensional surface. If you expand this with z-axis, you have volumes with spheres, cubes, etc. So, when someone wants to block off something in some abstract 3-dimensional space, they will calculate the volume of the 3-dimensional space. If they want to block off a 2-dimensional space, they will block off an area. It can be part of the overall geometry if in 4-dimensional geometry. What is the proper terminology when blocking off a spatiotemporal volume?
Rick Rosner: It doesn’t come up much. It would be a worldline. A worldline is the history of an object’s position in space over time. So, I assume something like a world-volume. You trace the history of a region of space over time. In geometric terms, that is a hypercube or a tesseract or a hyperrectangular prism depending on the dimensionality. Not exactly, because the time dimension, the units or the extent of the 3 spatial dimensions, or the scale of the spatial dimensions, has to be the same. An inch in each direction is still an inch or the same. If you have the time axis with whatever scale preferred, you take a cube. You extend the cube along a unit line in a 4th dimension. It gives you a hypercube. But the time dimension doesn’t have to be; it can be whatever scale you want, so you may not end up with a hypercube, but a hyperrectangular prism. A prism being a bunch of hypercubes stacked up if you’ve stretched the time scale sufficiently. It is a stack of hypercubes or some hypercube times some x, which is a product of what scale you’ve chosen for the time dimension. There’s nothing profound about that.
Jacobsen: From my view, human beings are natural objects. We’re just part of the natural world, which we describe with math. Can human beings, in some future time advancement of science, be described by a worldline in more precise terms?
Rosner: There’s Marcel Duchamp’s “Nude Descending a Staircase,” which is a cubistic rendering of a woman every step that she is coming down. So, you’ve traced her worldline during the time that she was coming down the stairs. You see all these effects in videos with people tripping. They leave a trace or in sports, sometimes. There are effects. People trip to the basket, as seen in a series of stills. So, you can trace somebody’s worldline. There is a physicist whose autobiography was called “My World Line.”
Jacobsen: What does this mean in terms of the math? Or is this preliminary in the research?
Rosner: It is just a framework. There is a profound idea of Hawking’s. That the dimensions of time and space interchange at T=0. So, the 4 dimensions form the base, not that a hypersphere has a base (every point is a base); they form the bottom of a bowl. I forget exactly how it works. But there is no time before that. Your time comes from no matter where you go; you’re moving forward in time from the bottom of the bowl. It is like the South Pole. The only direction that you can move is North. People do mess with how the dimensions relate to each other. There’s Special Relativity, which has an equation of possible simultaneity, which involves a Pythagorean formula for all the square roots of the spatial dimensions. Each squared versus the time dimension squared to decide whether two events are within each other’s light cone or something.
Jacobsen: For those who don’t know when reading this series, if we assume a range of physics knowledge, what is possible simultaneity?
Rosner: Under Special Relativity, there is no simultaneity because what you see happening of two events separated by space; the spacing in time of when they happen depends on where you’re observing those events from. Although, there’s not much give or leeway if the two events are only separated by like half of an inch. If two events are synchronized, so that somebody standing a quarter of an inch away from each point sees them happening at the same time, then the greatest amount of time difference in the signals arriving at you as a an observer and someplace else is half of an inch divided by the speed of light, which is like a billionth of a second. It is the greatest separation in time between the two events, the two flashes. But there’s a fairly easy geometry of that.
Jacobsen: Now, there was another term used following on the same point of clarification. For those who don’t know, what would be a light cone in this context?
Rosner: Imagine a 2-dimensional sheet of paper, which is your universe with a third dimension perpendicular to the axis, which shows the progress through time of your universe; so, the light cone is having a flash of light emitted at T=0. That becomes a circular wave front on the piece of paper, which gets bigger and bigger the more time passes. If you are ten miles away from the flash, you will certainly know of the flash within a second because the speed of light is 300,000 km/s. So, the radius of places that can know about the flash that will see the flash is anything not blocked within 300,000 km. within the first second. So, if you are ten miles away from where the flash happened, the light cone – this expanding circle that is getting wider and wider, thus making a cone – advances along the vertical axis will intersect you within 1/18,600th of a second because you are ten miles away. The speed of light of 186,000m/s. That’s what a light cone is. You can do interesting things with a light cone in a gravitational field moving close to the speed of light and tilt the thing over. In the case of Special Relativity, it is semi-basic trigonometry. In General Relativity, it is more complicated, but still geometry.
Jacobsen: What extends an information framework into this? Why? What justifies consideration of an information-based cosmology into this framework? These types of geometry considerations.
Rosner: If you go back to Quantum Mechanics being about the ways the universe can define itself through the interactions of its particles and its space, then shared information is the basis for the existence of the universe and its appearance. Essentially, the universe is always being constituted by the interactions among its constituent parts and the history of those interactions.
Jacobsen: We’re dealing with the large-scale too. How are you justifying the large-scale geometric concerns that are going to be around worldlines, light cones, and different scales of objects still macro like human beings and orbiting bodies into the framework?
Rosner: These are the tools you need to use, or the tools the universe paints itself with. If you are looking for deeper stuff, then you have to look at why the universe is locally, spatially 3-dimensional. I believe that has to do with degrees of freedom of information. That each part of the universe is defined versus other parts of the universe by its informational history versus the informational history of other parts of the universe. So, parts of the universe, the less information or the less history, the fewer interactions, over time that two parts of the universe have had with each other. The more that they are going to be farther apart, the farther apart they are going to be. The universe is arranged spatially with regard to commonality of information. Stuff that has a lot in common with you is close to you. Parts of the universe that don’t have much in common with you are far away. The amount of variation, every part of the universe that only has 90% of the information in common with you. It should, on average, be a certain distance from you. Ditto for parts of the universe that only have 80% of interaction in common with you. That missing information allows for variation. Let’s say, you have a set of 10 marbles. There’s only one set of ten marbles. It is the set of all of them. However, if there were ten sets of nine marbles, one for each marble that can be left out. There are 45 possible sets of 8 marbles, of 2 marbles being left out, because there are 45. 10*9/2 combinations of two marbles that can be left out.
So, if you’re sitting at the point in the universe that is all ten marbles, and the points of the universe that are each a set of nine marbles, it is going to be some distance from you, and then double the distance for double the amount of missing information. Then your universe at radius 1 has ten points. At radius 2, it has 45 points. At radius 3, it has 120 points. 10*9*8/6, which is 120 points. Because there are 120 possible sets of 7 marbles because there are 120 possible sets of 3 marbles that have been left out. At radius 0, you are right there. At radius 1, your universe has 10 points. At radius 2, it has 45 points. At radius 3, it has 120 points. So, it is growing weirdly. I believe that at small distances; the missing information that allows for the variation in the size of the universe that’s missing a tidbit of information versus you, which means that it is all close to you. The way that that expands is by the square of the distance. So, you’ve got a set of spheres defining each distance from you, which necessitates a 3-dimensional or a locally 3-dimensional universe.
Jacobsen: I want to make a customary set of caveat questions because I know in the United States and in Canada a little bit less. There is a wide range of what is termed woo. How is this disconnected from any kind of magical, mystical, supernatural claims?
Rosner: The aim of science is to explain things without resorting to supernatural handwaving. So, basically, the aim of physics, at least, is to get everything down to things are the way they are because that’s the way they have to be, according to some inarguable principles. There’s always going to be room for handwaving questions, “Yes, but why?” Why does something have to exist or not exist? Isn’t that the Law of the Excluded Middle? Something either is or isn’t. There is no half is, except under quantum physics; there are indeterminate states.
Jacobsen: It is the most tested and confirmed theory to date. In other words, those three laws of thought of Aristotle are fundamentally wrong in some sense.
Rosner: The deal is, you want a universe that exists in the way it does because, according to the principles of existence, it has no choice but to follow these principles. You want to start with some stuff being easy to see as being justified in itself. Although, it is not really justified in itself because for something to exist; it has to exist for a non-zero length of time. Because something that exists for zero time doesn’t exist. That seems true within itself. Although, if you poke at it for a while, there are all sorts of questions. Why does existence require duration in time? Is there something else besides time that some thing could exist in or because of? Somebody could argue about mathematical objects. They don’t exist in time. They exist in the rules of math and our minds as we imagine them. They don’t have a duration in time. When we think of a triangle, our thinking of a triangle may have duration, but the triangle exists in the pantheon of mathematical shit, which is timeless. So, you can pick apart the idea that to exist; something has to have duration because we just thought of a whole class of objects, which have some kind of existence that isn’t necessarily temporal. It is like a mental existence. We can think of it. It leads to a whole new set of questions to tamp down or get back on something that resembles firm ground. You are never on firm ground because you can always come up with important quibbles. The idea is to push the quibbles and the handwaving and the mystical “it is because it is, because God is so powerful; that he doesn’t have to a creator, because he is that powerful.” You try to push away the magic as far away as possible.
Jacobsen: The end.
Rosner: Okay.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/01/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: IC is, basically, about big structures.
Rick Rosner: The Cosmological Principle that the universe is homogeneous lover large distances in terms of how the universe formed with the galaxies roughly evenly distributed. You’re looking at, taking a step back, a billion-light year swathe of the universe. That’s a huge scale of regularity. What we like to say, recently, is the universe is less homogeneous spatially and more homogeneous temporally, the universe is older than it looks and has been around longer than the apparent age of the universe. That could, possibly, account for some other stuff like when a bunch of galaxies are orbiting each other. They do it in a single planet, like the planets are in a solar system. The deal is, if you give the planets a few hundred million years or a couple billion years after they form, they will, eventually, sort themselves out by orbiting around the central star in a common plane. Because, otherwise, they would collide with each other. It may take a billion years to work out the collisions and have the planets lined up, so things don’t collide as in planets, except asteroid. You can’t have planets hitting one another because you have planets working in a sync with the sync being the same orbital plane.
They are seeing the same things with galaxies rotating around each other. I think that would take than the age of the universe. If you give everything longer than the other apparent age of the universe, then, maybe, that accounts for that.
Jacobsen: Is the summary statement homogenous orbital planes, rotational planes?
Rosner: It takes a long time for dynamic systems like gravity-based systems of a central body or bodies being orbited by a bunch of other bodies. At the solar system level, it takes hundreds of millions of years for things to finishing crashing together and for stuff to coalesce into planets. The Earth-Moon is supposed to have formed through the collision of a couple of planets. They smashed into each other and the Earth reconstituted itself with part away becoming the Moon. Those form over hundreds of millions of years. I assume on a galactic scale this will take far longer. You will not have galaxies forming these systems. It may take a bunch of billions of years. Because you’re talking about objects moving across much larger distances.
Jacobsen: Increasingly large distances over time with the expansion rate of the universe.
Rosner: I don’t know about that. The distances galaxies are at in the current iteration of the universe.
Jacobsen: What do you mean by the “current iteration of the universe”?
Rosner: Yes, that’s an unfortunate phrasing. I tend to disbelieve the while expanding thing. Unless you are adding information to the universe. The average distance among galaxies has been more or less uniform or consistent for more than the apparent age of the universe. Distances among galaxies are not increasing much over time, necessarily, or, at least, over the time scales that we’re talking about.
Jacobsen: Does this really imply any metaphysical statements into metaphysics or simply meaning more dynamic and advanced statements about physics itself?
Rosner: A couple of things, we’ve talked about that you can hypothesize that there is no limit to the size of things that can exist. We live in a big universe. There is nothing that says that the universes that could exist are limited on size. No limit is known to the size of possible universes. That’s thing one. Thing two is, I’m not sure how much redundancy in an efficient system of existence with the system of existence being equivalent to physics. There are the normal subatomic particles, fundamental particles, that make up most of normal matter. Then there are these exotic other families of particles, where these families have the same sets of particles that the particles we’re used to have. But it is a whole other family of exotic particles. It is like the Smith family with 12 members. Then the Smootles have the same 12 members: a grandma, a parakeet, a poodle. Then the Canoodles have the same 12, but are weirder while having the same structure. All roles in the family are kind of the same. I would say that there has got to be a reason for it not being a real redundancy. It either has to be a kind of necessary bookkeeping this. The rules of existence saying that you have this kind of stuff.
Or they perform some function. That you don’t have symmetries if the symmetries are inefficient. You don’t have unnecessary extra shit in physics. So, when you look at it, it is 100% efficient, but it is reasonably close. So, the structures found at every scale all contain information that is essential for something or a couple things. The structures found at every scale are necessary and an unavoidable product of the dynamics of physics. In terms of the physical manifestation that the universe is probably made out of. Everything is unavoidable in terms of structures from small to large. On the information end of it, every structure from small to large has a role to play informational and dynamically.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/05/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There are 251 nations and territories.
Rick Rosner: You told me this yesterday. The virus has been found in more than 200 of them. The places that it has been found probably account for, at least, 97% of the population of Earth. The little dinky places where it hasn’t turned up yet, probably have small populations like territories and island nations with only 2% of the population of Earth. So, it is probably everywhere.
Jacobsen: That means no prevention, only mitigation, now.
Rosner: Although, some countries have enough of a handle on it, like South Korea and Hong Kong (people look at it as separate). They’ve bent the curve away from exponential growth. Also, China, if you believe their numbers, used dictatorial powers. Some people were basically welded into their homes. The U.S. is the most virus-ridden nation on Earth. Through bad leadership and some technical fucking up like the Covid-19 test kits with dysfunctional test kits, and so on. People couldn’t tell if someone had the virus. Through various failures, we have the most confirmed cases of any country in the world. We have the most cases probably confirmed plus unconfirmed. We are a big country. We have a lot of people. Some of the people are quarantining themselves. Others have no idea and are out there spreading it. If it gets away from India, there is some indication. Then eventually, India will be the most virus-ridden nation on Earth.
For a while, we will be the number one shittiest country at preventing new cases of it. We already have this. So many cases per day and deaths per day. I’ve been surprised at how fast the social distancing and quarantining hammer came down with the restaurants and the gyms, and everything else, shutting down. You are a schmuck if you leave a lot. I didn’t leave the house at all today. It is probably the way to go. It is mostly on people to manage themselves. It is not like it is martial law. You are told to stay inside. However, there are dozens of states who are stupid. Most states have a ton of people who are out there infecting people and have no idea about it. According to various statistical analyses, if you are not sheltering in place, the numbers increase more than they have to. The president talked about everyone leaving on Easter.
That everyone can attend church. Our president is an idiot and evil guy who is trying to preserve his image. He goes on T.V. and dumb people think that he is showing leadership. When Easter came around, we were looking at about 1,000 deaths a day. That’s only gone up. Anyhow, everywhere there will be competent and incompetent governments. We have seen that with what has happened so far. It is a rare government that is able to stop it at the testing level. They find out everybody who has it for the most part and then shut those people down to prevent it from being spread further. But those are rare countries that had a combination of competence and the political leverage, whether good citizenship and fear in South Korea or a communist dictatorship in China. They were able to stop it at the testing level.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/04/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s talk about dreams.
Rick Rosner: Okay, if we’re going to talk about dreams, when we’re asleep, our brains are still doing a bunch of stuff. We’re only vaguely aware of it. Only if you happen to wake up in the middle of a dream and try to figure out what happened, you’ve got enough of a record to have some idea. But mostly, the sleeping life of your brain is unremembered and vague. You know from being in dreams. The information available to the dreaming brain is really patchy, really incomplete. Often, a lot of the action in dreams is being confused because the information is missing or the brain is building new imaginary structures to make sense of things. Your brain is struggling to make sense of incomplete information. If IC is correct that there is a physics to the information in personal awareness, then the physics has to fit the mechanics of dreaming, where your brain is only half on; there’s a logic to dreams. You have some information. Your brain tries to plug in the information. Dreams are a combination of partial information and the brain trying to struggle with not having all of the information.
Jacobsen: For those reading this, the main idea in IC is a technical, non-mystical consciousness. That which can be discovered by science in principle.
Rosner: There’s two ideas of IC. One is the information within an information processing entity and often a conscious information processing entity has physical principles. That information, the world in which it exists, looks like our universe. The physics of information within an awareness or a sophisticated information processor looks like the physics of the universe.
Jacobsen: Within dreams, though, it’s experienced randomly or uncoupled from sensory information.
Rosner: In dreaming, at least, your dreams are coherent enough to read as thoughts. You are conscious. In that, you can think and experience things, but the memory is crap because it is so not connected to your waking world. It’s hard – unless, you try really hard to record it in your memory upon waking what you dreamt. The information in your awareness while you’re dreaming has to, somehow, fit in with the physics of the information in your awareness when fully awake, whatever state you’re in. One way of looking at it, assuming IC is correct in some way, is the changes that dreams make in your memory don’t have to be as thoroughgoing because what happened didn’t really register. It was virtual mental events as opposed to real mental events. You can only make mental events real by making them accessible to retrieval by having them impact the structure of our information world. So, if they didn’t make changes, they didn’t happen. If your dreams don’t make any changes in the information map of your brain, then they didn’t happen to you experientially. You could argue. It’s not the best argument. Because the dreams happened, but they didn’t impact on you.
Like when you get a colonoscopy, but when you hit your 50s, you need to get a colonoscopy. They put you in Twilight Sleep. You’re awake and relaxed. You don’t remember. They tell you, “You’re not going to remember.” I’ve had 2 or 3. The last one, I remembered most of it.
Jacobsen: What was in the dream?
Rosner: It wasn’t a dream. You’re awake with a tube up your butt. You’re relaxed. I’m in my little gown. I’ve got the camera in my lower intestine. I’m looking at T.V. what my intestines look like; it’s pink, which is pretty good. I wasn’t too embarrassed. It would be embarrassing if not a clean out done beforehand with poop around.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] Have you read stories of how colonoscopies can go wrong?
Rosner: Some guy got poked. You probably have to be rushed to surgery. One guy had to cut it short because they rammed the camera too fast.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: Anyway, a mathematics that can embrace a conscious awareness or sophisticated information processing. The math, the physics, has to be able to handle the phenomenology, or something like that, or the physics of thinking when your brain isn’t entirely on. Then similarly, it has to be able to handle the physics of information as when you descend into dementia or go insane. There has to be a physics of the remaining information in a fucked up brain. Otherwise, the theory is likely to be bullshit. I think, you are able to have the mathematics and physics handle the information in an incompletely turned-on brain. You look at the changes made in the information world by the thinking that’s being done in the half-on brain. If it creates changes in the information world, then it is recorded and counts. Then you have to also look: if the universe is made of information, what does the universe look like when it’s made of information that’s being processed in a half-awake brain. It is going to be less of a turned-on universe. I would guess.
Jacobsen: Can I take on the opposite view? Why don’t you buy these mystical, spiritual answers of the universe with synchronicity, Jung, magical entities, extra dimensions, non-falsifiability, and so on?
Rosner: One, for the last 50 years, people didn’t use to have theories of how science is done. That’s a recent thing in the last 50, 60, 80 years. One of the principles of the theory of science. You can do science without a theory of science. Kuhn and Popper had studied science itself. One of the principles was Falsifiability. It is not science; unless, it can make claims that can be proven or disproven via experiment.
Jacobsen: Is this related to Verifiability?
Rosner: Yes, same stuff, a lot of that stuff is usually unfalsifiable. A bad theory is one without the ability to falsify it. A half-awake brain is only a thing that happens if it leaves an impression in the information world and, by extension, in the hardware. At this point, I am guessing one of the units or mechanisms or changes in the brain that reflects memories being formed is dendritic. Do you agree by the way? Dendrites forming and falling away are the recorders of memory in the brain, of learning and experience.
Jacobsen: I would take one step back. Insofar as we know, we have a neuron with three parts. It has a dendrite or dendritic connections. It has a soma or cell body. It has an axon. Those have individual parts. Axons have the myelin sheath allowing rapid transmission of signals, as in white matter. These can contain 1,000 to 10,000 connections per neuron. These are acting dynamically with each other. You’re probably talking 86,000,000,000 neurons times the 1,000 or 10,000 individual connections. Dendrites and axons, axons are the output. Dendrites are taking the input. So, they’re both acting dynamically, but the axons appear to be more active, longer while the dendrites appear fatter with little tendrils. Dendrites tend to cause problems in the older with dementia when they develop fibrillary tangles. Their branches start getting messed up.
Rosner: Dendrites are the ones that can bloom and fall away, more transient and changeable than other parts of the neuron.
Jacobsen: I don’t know. I know dendrites and axons are extraordinarily dynamic.
Rosner: Let’s say it is the growing, shrinking, and tuning of those connections that record memory and experience. It is probably not a whole mini-computer in the neuron itself.
Jacobsen: Yes. It basically has a summative action where it takes in all the outputs from external axons into its own dendrites and it, if and only if, hits a particular amount of charge; it will fire. If not, then it won’t.
Rosner: I don’t think stuff is super-duper complicated within the individual neurons.
Jacobsen: I would look at neurons, in this model, as statistical engines with binary output. So, it’s 1,000 to 10,000 inputs, and then it fires or doesn’t. It is a statistical network in the neuronal networks too. Even more so, it is interesting. The gap junctions between the axons and dendrites don’t contact. They are a train station or gaps for the neurotransmitters to be released through the axons to the dendrites as the basis for the summative action for firing or not firing to the axons to the other dendrites.
Rosner: I am saying the information is in the tuning and creating, and destroying, of those junctions, is where most of the information lies or is stored.
Jacobsen: That’s an interesting point. It is a bit like a bowl or a wheel. The functional part of the bowl important for human beings is not the bowl; it is the half-sphere that you put the soup in. It’s probably the same as the brain with its networks and gap junctions. It hosts information. It is in a reasonably rigid structure that allows changes in response to the environment and in its own internal environment with thoughts.
Rosner: You’re saying the bowl itself, whether acrylic or wood. It is the shape, as long as you have an inner surface. It doesn’t much beyond that.
Jacobsen: Yes, it is a way of saying, “Substance independence.” It is a simple way of putting it.
Rosner: It doesn’t matter what the bowl is made out of and as long as you have a concave shape that allows gravity to keep the object in place in its shape.
Jacobsen: Yes. Let’s say you have a silicon solid base and electrons, some recent research with photons, which is interesting. They are at the speed of light and processing things rigidly. It is only different from coding and how to process things. It is silica and solid. I am ignoring external things like Brownian Motion entirely. With carbon-based forms, you have neurotransmitters. Those are shotgunned across the gap junction to the dendrite. The brain is solid. Its large gross anatomy is very observable from birth until death. Its microstructure is what matters and has lots of change. There’s more flexibility there. But it’s a lot slower.
Rosner: We have so many junctions. You can probably encode a lot of information by tuning the junctions. Creating new junctions, letting bad junctions disintegrate, and adapting in a machine-learning type way, it evolves over time.
Jacobsen: In the case of the carbon model, you have brute connectedness. In the silicon model, you have brute linear or serial-parallel processing.
Rosner: If your brain is experiencing only white noise…
Jacobsen: …you’re having an epileptic seizure [Laughing]…
Rosner: … you can tune the brain with electroshocks. Let’s say, your sleeping brain having no coherent thoughts. Incoherent thoughts, non-thinking brain activity lacks the machine learning function. It shouldn’t make any changes in the connectivity to the brain. It shouldn’t leave a trace. You can make the argument without axons and dendrites and junctions. Let’s assume this is where the changes would go, it is not learning anything. So, there shouldn’t be any changes to the junctions or whatever it is encoding. In a dream, your brain is awake enough to think and draw conclusions. You’re dreaming lost in a museum, in your underpants, and trying to solve the problem of being in public in your underpants. What do you do? Your brain is trying to learn, but the stuff is bullshit. Because not much external inputted, but not entirely as it is from stuff that you’ve learned. Anyway, as your brain tries to problem-solve and analyze in the dream, it has the potential to make changes in your brain. I would guess; everything, in the IC sense, that happens in an awake brain and a dreaming brain should obviously be reflected in changes in the information world and other changes in the brain wherever information is encoded. I would guess this is associated with the junctions.
Jacobsen: In both models, an electron jumping between transistors. Same with the brain. It is the same general model.
Rosner: You can get into trouble talking about bits in the brain. I have a sense information isn’t stored bit-wise in the brain. It is not stored with each junction acting in some computer-like way, but, rather, all the junctions acting in concert are storing information in what may not be a binary on-off type way.
Jacobsen: It may be both-and. The summative stuff feeding into a neuron. That’s a lot more than binary. It is pluralistic. Its action potential is binary. It happens or doesn’t. The networks layered on top of that are statistical and multi-logical.
Rosner: Although, the firing of a neuron may not be, even though it fires or doesn’t. That firing may be more like running water through pipes or electricity along wires. It is doing work. The work it’s doing needs the electricity firing and hitting the junctions to power the tuning of the junctions, to pass information from neuron to neuron. As it does so, it signals that something is there. Well, you may be right. It’s both. It signals this neuron went off. Its relation with other neurons signals something. At the same time, the electrical energy in the brain flowing may do work. There used to be sending signals from hilltop to hilltop with guys with two flags. They would signal different letters or something with different arm configurations. It would be signals. If you had elastic bands attached to the guys’ arms to power a generator while moving their arms around, then they would be signalling with the flags and providing the energy by moving their arms; that would help some machine to record their arm positions. Not only are they sending signals, but powering the device that records the signals.
Jacobsen: This is almost like cognitive momentum. It is as if the brain offshored or biology offshored future thought potential on what is currently being thought. The momentum of that is feeding into the future. The idea of energy, electrical current, flowing from next thought to the next thought to the next thought. There should be a predictable or expected outcome into the near future of the actions of the brain of more electrical current flowing in certain patterns.
Rosner: I am thinking of something else. When we talk longer, I get wronger and wronger. There are two types of information. There’s the binary of individual neurons going off. Although, the network of neurons may not be connected; so, they’re not connected like computers.
Jacobsen: That would certainly explain the strength and weakness differences.
Rosner: Also, the flow of electricity and neurotransmitters may be information; in that, as the fluid or the electricity as fluid flows among these connections, the connections are tuned and changed. So, it’s a bunch of guys running with flags or flashlights making signals, but their stomping around changes the landscape and the landscape has its own information.
Jacobsen: Like deers marching making a long-standing path.
Rosner: Yes, like the cobblestones in Boston, London, or Paris, that are weird because they are cow paths in the past.
Jacobsen: It reminds me of escape velocity. You can get more and more energy pumping into a rocket. The rocket can finally escape into orbit or out of the orbit of the Earth. Either you’re out of orbit or in orbit.
Rosner: It is a neuron built to notice other things based on connections with other neurons. In a sleeping brain, to get really simple, you will get see many neurons going off because neurons are systematic and are built to notice patterns. If you don’t see patterns, and if no neurons firing, then no neurons firing in the normal systematic. way.
Jacobsen: We have the bottom layer of statistical summation. The statistical summation is binary and so not statistical like a light bulb getting enough juice to fire. Then the statistical networks with everything contextualized. If you’re awake, it is bound to the world and makes more sense. If you’re asleep and dreaming, the sense is uncoupled from regular awareness. Yet, you have regular connections. It explains why common structures come up, e.g., grandma, a puppy, etc. It is uncoupled, so free-play, but makes less sense because it is not contextualized.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/04/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Coronavirus, let’s talk, I hope COVID-20 or Covfefe-20 doesn’t come around.
Rick Rosner: This is already bad. The fear is that this is as bad as the Spanish Flu of 1918/1919. A vaccine may take a year or more to come to the market. The deal is, you want to keep this from exploding and infecting millions of people. You can’t stop it, because it has a long and often asymptomatic incubation period. During which, you are contagious up to two weeks. You can’t stop it. Because it will keep bubbling along undetected. Until, you have a vaccine or enough people have become infected or developed an immunity to it. So, it cannot be transmitted as easily. That’s the game. In Japan, they have already shut down all schools until April. They’re playing baseball games with nobody in the stadium. I feel like America should do this. However, we’re dumb cowboys. We will be pretty slow to do that kind of stuff. The Spanish Flu, so-called because the King of Spain got sick, not because it originated in Spain. Journalists were allowed to write a lot about the King of Spain being sick. They were not allowed to write about this potentially starting in America because we were at war.
Countries have been censoring stories. Of course, by censoring stories about how bad it was, they made it worse. The Spanish Flu killed tens of millions of people worldwide and infected hundreds of millions when we didn’t have a billion people on Earth. Carole has been stockpiling stuff. I have been washing my hands a lot. At the gym, I used to hate people who wiped down the machine after using a machine or after you used a machine. I thought the goop or wetness after using a machine as worse than the not wiping it down. Now, I am a big wiper downer. I think it is going to be bad, not as bad as 1918. Trump told him the regular flu kills 60,000 regular Americans every year. But so what, this is a whole new thing. It is an additional set of unnecessary deaths.
Jacobsen: People should know the number killed by the Spanish Flu was equivalent to the number killed in WWI.
Rosner: Yes. If it goes really crazy and infects 10% of the people on the planet, that’s 750,000,000 people. We might be closer to 8 billion now. 750,000,000 at a 2% mortality is 15,000,000 dead from this stuff. It is hard to tell with the mortality rate, though, because the baseline in time is so short. It is too new as a disease to get a good statistical handle on the mortality.
Jacobsen: Who is most likely to die?
Rosner: They say men more than women and people over 60.
Jacobsen: So, you’re okay, sort of. And I’m super okay, aside from being a guy.
Rosner: Yes. But it is hard to anticipate what will happen, like people with heart disease and diabetes, because it makes it hard to breathe. Messes with the lungs and then the immune system overreacts and does further damage to the lungs. If you have metabolic issues, heart stuff, and so on, people who are already pretty unhealthy are further at risk here. I read a long tweet thread. it was talking about how if this becomes crazy the country; this could mess with the elections. Trump could decide to postpone the elections.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/04/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, you’re pretty healthy, but have some unhealthy habits.
Rick Rosner: I’m pretty healthy. I would never eat fettuccine alfredo. Unless, you put it in front of me. I would never pick it off a menu. I would never order the Pizza Hut pizza that comes with mozzarella sticks built into the crust or something like that. It is really bad for you, I think. Once in a while is okay, if I eat something rich like that, my body rejects it violently.
Jacobsen: When did you start taking all these supplements?
Rosner: Right when my step-dad was dying, I read a book by Mr. Singularity, Ray Kurzweil. I had been taking a few vitamins. Then it was building up. I would go to the vitamin store and buy whatever was expired or half-price. In 2006, I got very systematic with it.
Jacobsen: Has it helped?
Rosner: I don’t know. I still got cancer.
Jacobsen: What does that say?
Rosner: I am not sure what it says. Maybe, I should have not taken the crazy shit and stuck to the basics. Only 1/3rd of kidney tumours do they catch the murder cases. You’re a smoker. You’re an alcoholic. You’re overweight. The other 70%, they don’t know what caused it. It could be bad luck. It could have been all the crazy shit I was taking. I don’t know.
Jacobsen: What now? What are you going to do moving forward?
Rosner: I’ve been pretty lazy about putting together my vitamin kits. Every 4 months, I would put together 4 months of daily pills. Lately, I’ve been too lazy to do that shit. It takes many hours. Now, I put them on the counter and then do it day by day. I am not taking as many as I was. Eventually, I will get it together to put together some new stock of vitamins minus some that I think are useless or fucked me up, or might fuck me up in the future.
Jacobsen: What do you think are the most questionable ones?
Rosner: Methylene Blue that supposedly break down tau proteins, which cause Alzheimer’s in the brain. It is a very chemically chemical. It doesn’t look benign. It is like a violent blue. It is a super blue. It’s got methyl right in its name. Maybe, I am definitely not taking any more of that stuff.
Jacobsen: Do you think that stuff is still coming along with better longevity and so on?
Rosner: Yes, but only missing it because the storm of bullshit is overwhelming the good stuff every day, technology continues to advance. It is not like bits of technology fall off into a dark age. Technology advances, politics is hard to tell. It is always too soon to see if something is a trend. We know politics, at least with regards to the latest horrible politics. We don’t know if Trumpism is a thing that will persist for decades. We do know that the dumbification and loonification and believing-lies-ification of the Republican Party have been going on and increasing since the 1970s. Reagan was one of the first big manifestations of the new Republican Party against the government and willing to do any unethical thing to get its way. That has been going on long enough to acknowledge that it is a trend. But the most terrible manifestations, now, haven’t been going on long enough to see if evil guys like McConnell and Trump will hold onto reins of power or not. Or if we can knock them down, then we can clean things up. Republicans are demographically challenged. They re loathsome. So, people leave them. They are older. So, people age out. The country is browning, so the country becomes less and less white. People have been predicting the end of Republican dominance for decades simply based off demographics.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/04/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: People who think with either the formal arguments of religion or by revelation, or by personal experience, or by arguing by some kind of moral source, or making formal arguments, whatever it might be.
Rick Rosner: Basically, you’re talking about philosophers who philosophies about the divine.
Jacobsen: And those people are formally called theologians. So, those people, they are automatically superphysicians or metaphysicians, whatever you call them. They are thinking about things extramaterially. They are a whole other class of people. They are usually arguing from religious texts or around them to justify them. So, all the cruelty and evil in the world. Why is there this? That becomes the Problem of Evil. There’s a lot of arguments. I won’t go into them. If you look at the trajectory since the Enlightenment, since the humanist revolution, since the empirical revolution and more the information-tech revolutions, we have seen a growth in the number of religious people sheerly by the fact that people who are more religious tend to have larger families and 2/3rds of those people stay in them. That’s one thing going on there. Another thing is a decline in the number of people who study the theological world in academia and the theological world outside of it; we’ve seen a decline in religion’s formal thinking.
Rosner: Because science won.
Jacobsen: Science won, by and large. So, when you look at people who are Christian, Jewish, Muslim, or spiritual in some vague sense with arguments tacked on, they are in a corner. They are in philosophy schools and theological seminaries. Theological seminaries, they have been around forever; that’s where they’re going to be now. The Jesuits are struggling for numbers, for one. For two, if you’re stuck in the philosophy schools, that means most of the other schools of thought, where a very large number of people are attracted to intellectual activity, very smart people; that tend not to have ticks or bugs mentally because there is a formal channelling of them, and filtration processes. What am I saying? I would make an argument or an assertion based on observation over time, recent history, that theology is, basically, going to head into something like anthropology or archaeology as something that primitive human beings once did and then slowly declined over time as we sort of got a handle on more of how the real world works. Is that fair?
Rosner: Okay, well, thinking about stuff, we’ve talked about how science has discovered out more stuff. The less room there is for forms of mysticism and God. If we figure out how consciousness works in a material way, there is no more room for consciousness as this extramaterial fluid. That’s pretty much already gone. Most people don’t believe in or don’t – in your terms – think in terms of extramaterial fluid that influence consciousness.
Jacobsen: I would add a point there. People who have an empirical background, a scientific or naturalistic background in education, formally or informally. They will go with the preponderance of evidence pointing to the fact that organized matter functioning in a particular way that we call a living organism produces thought. It’s not some other stuff. There is no magic. It is unknown, but it is not magic.
Rosner: So, there will be fewer people doing good theological work. There is a lot of yahoo theology, like in America in particular. People do all sorts off thinking to justify religion. But when religion gets hokey, then the thinking to justify it is kind of garbage. There have been, during the Middle Ages, the best thinkers were thinking about religion because it was a legitimate form or the highest or the most well-developed form of belief.
Jacobsen: Aristotle gets full credit for that right into the neo-Scholastics, but those took a pounding over the last centuries.
Rosner: Someone trying to justify developing arguments as to why God doesn’t tolerate same-sex relationships. Those arguments are going to be crap. A related thing, the Republican Party in the U.S. has been cheapened brutally over the past 30 years. Social media, the whole internet era has, maybe, fucked up thought in general. It is not that people would sit around in the 1970s and think deeply, but, certainly, people, now, are super distracted. I don’t know if easy access to any information that you want has led to, at least, some people thinking more powerfully. I would assume that – or, I would even assume, I know – people are thinking more powerfully. But in terms of the level of thinking, I don’t know. I’ve talked myself into a rut.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] Then I’ll take the bat. I would have more to say than most other days. Religion still has a utility for ordinary believers. It still has an apparent utility to some theologians, but the second category is a diminishing number. So, it becomes a more rarefied field. Of people who I trust in those areas, there is, apparently, a development of liberal theology of very abstract arguments for God. But those are so far removed from anything remotely close to what people are thinking for centuries and centuries when they interpret their holy texts and their culture around them, in terms of what their ultimate destiny is going to be in the end. In that context, the making of an argument for God is the universe or God created the universe or is some thing & he doesn’t write books. It is to basically say that if still believing in an afterlife of a heaven and hell, etc.; all of those previous generations, billions and billions of people, are going to burn in hell because of having the wrong beliefs. To take one example, that’s in Western religious examples. You don’t find that in Daoism, Buddhism, and Confucianism. They appear to produce more peaceful societies. The reforms we see as in your own tradition with Israel Jacobson in 1810 in Germany. That’s a period of change for equality for boys and girls, for single mothers, for women, in a tradition that didn’t particularly like having equality for them. I think that is a healthy change.
Rosner: So, you can still have decent, legitimate thought among religious people. People can still think about ethics in both religious and non-religious contexts. But in thinking about religion itself, that’s just taken a bunch of hits.
Jacobsen: In and of itself, yes, it has maintained itself through a couple of things. The most religious countries tend to be poor. The most religious who are the least educated and the poorest tend to have more kids and the kids tend not to leave. It is hard to leave it later. I think Hypatia was right. It was very difficult to get out, dig yourself out of the hole if the child is taught that at a very young age. Now, they’re an adult. To question things, they have so many associations – mom and dad, culture, their sense of identity. It is part of their culture. That’s much harder than changing a premise on a formal argument and then changing your mind on that. It’s like Galileo and the hierarchs of the Catholic Church who didn’t want to look through the telescope. My own opinion, as a subjective assessment, is the changes to the liberal theology, if we are to have theology, are positive. However, the alternatives we see in ethical societies, Unitarian Universalists, Reform Judaism, Humanism. These are strongly positive, in my opinion, compared to a lot of others because they appear to provide more wellbeing and longevity, and intellectual richness, to more categories of people. Although, they are newer and haven’t had the time to proliferate as much. Some of the good core values are the ones that you find in religious traditions as well.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/03/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Rosner: So, we were talking and wondering if there is an upper limit to IQ and, more importantly, if there is an upper limit to intelligence.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Yes. Is it a functional question?
Rosner: All of these issues come up. In the Golden Age of science fiction, in the 40s and the 50s, that’s a misnomer now. Obviously, we live in science fiction now. Obviously, this is, by a more reasonable definition, the Golden Age of science fiction.
But in the Golden Age of old school science fiction, there were stories written with people in the 50s not skeptical of IQ yet, You had novels like Brainwave, where everybody on Earth suddenly has their IQ multiplied by 5.
There is some other story, where this baby accidentally comes into contact with a ray gun from the future and has his IQ cubed. So, it was an easy shorthand for people becoming fantastically intelligent. The idea of IQ as it was used without skepticism in the 50s kind of made people think without thinking much.
That you could just turn IQ up like the volume knob in Spinal Tap. You could just keep going. If you look around online, then you could find all sorts of questionable claims being made for maximum possible intelligence.
An intelligence that would span the entire universe or seeing claims that Jesus was the smartest man who ever lived with an IQ of 300… or more.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: I would argue against unlimited intelligence. In that, the possibility of there being unlimited intelligence because everything that could be analyzed through intelligence or cognition has its own limits to complexity.
That some systems are just not that complicated themselves like arithmetic. If you had unlimited intelligence, then you could go from arithmetic to every other area of math and then build the entire edifice of math in a short amount of time if you had an IQ of 1,200 or something.
But in practical terms, you don’t go from buying three apples at the grocery store to uncovering the entire structure of mathematics or going from figuring out what some creepy guy says when he tells a woman that she has “nice gams” in 1952.
It doesn’t take that much intelligence to figure out what the meaning and then the subtext. Most things aren’t that complicated. We’re about to enter an era of big data and A.I. analytics. A.I. is going to find patterns and principles that are way beyond unaugmented humans’ abilities to principles and patterns.
In that way, we will have an explosion in intelligence. Is that without limit? Is it really meaningful, as you were asking at the beginning of the discussion, because it is contextual? We will have super powerful analytics in a world that’s propelled by those analytics.
That, itself, the analytics, will find natural complexity beyond anything that we have ever seen before. It will also be contending with its own complexity. Yet, the whole world of computation and analytics will become – not alienated – far from humanity, at least at the start, that you can’t apply human concepts to it.
But at some point, things will become so far… I’ve talked myself into a bunch of corners. The only tool that we have for assigning a number to human intelligence is IQ. It is really sucky. In the future, if you consider computers, we don’t consider computers smart. We consider them powerful.
We have all these numerical indices for comparing power and speed, and counting power and speed, of computers. In the future, IQ will go away. As we understand thought better and how it applies to computation, we will come up with a bunch of increasingly reasonable or increasingly descriptive and accurate numerical indices for the power of cognition.
IQ will be made obsolete. Seeing those future indices, future entities will score higher and higher on these indices. So, in that way, there may be no upper limit to intelligence. Although, at the very craziest levels, there will be practical, not limits but, hurdles to overcome.
We have talked about the Dyson Sphere, which is when an entity becomes so powerful and energy-hungry. It constructs a sphere around the star to capture its energy. The sphere will be a giant cognitive entity or set of entities.
It won’t be a computer because computers aren’t as powerful as cognitive entities, which will take technology and use this in more powerful ways than computers do. It is like a computer, like a giant computer, if you believe something like that will happen with something like a Dyson Sphere constructed.
A Dyson Sphere may not be the best structure to build. In that, it would be tough to manage a sphere with the radius of Earth. That a super-powerful civilization takes all the planets, not the radius of Earth, but the radius of the distance of the Earth to the Sun to the Earth. A powerful civilization takes all the planets and asteroids that it is not using and then deconstructs them and then reconstructs them into this giant sphere.
It may not be the structure that ends up being built. Some huge solar system-sized structures may be built for the future expansion of civilizations’ computational abilities or civilizations may try to move around or into the black-ish hole at the center of a galaxy.
In that, the scale of space may be smaller there. You may be able to do more calculations faster. A governor on calculations becomes the speed of light or the speed of electricity within a computer. That’s a speed limit.
Unless, you can mess with the scale of space. The technology that you will need to do something like that will effectively, at various times in our future, put limits on how much computational power you can have.
It is similar to the limits we’re running into now, as Moore’s Law comes to an end. In that, Moore’s Law is that certain forms of computational power and capacity double every 18 months to 2 years. It has been coming to an end for the past few years because the way that you can miniaturize circuits are getting down to near atomic levels. Physical impossibilities are kicking in.
You can’t just keep making stuff smaller and smaller in the same circuitry schemes. You need to invent more sophisticated strategies to increase computational power.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/03/15
*Sessions conducted earlier.*
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is it comparable to here?
Rick Rosner: Everyone will realize how bad this thing is. Shortly after this interview comes out, people will have a better idea of how bad it’s going to be. Unless, the world gets extremely lucky. It is going to be bad.
The Swine Flu of 2009 infected between 10% and 20% of the entire population of the world. But it wasn’t very lethal. The U.S., about 59 million people were infected and only 12,000 died, according to the CDC, but the coronavirus looks like it has a death rate of upwards of 2% around the world. The more people get infected; there’s no stopping it.
It is in 87 countries now. It is in 18 U.S. states. Nobody has a natural immunity to it. It is going to rip through the population. Unless, the entire world becomes extremely careful. I don’t know how you make the entire world extremely careful.
It could infect 2.5 billion to 5 billion people. If it infects 1 billion people with a death rate of 2.5%, that’s 25 million dead people around the world. That’s in the range of how many people died from the Spanish Flu in 1918/1919.
Jacobsen: This is where you’re thinking about WWI. This is the Spanish Flu corollary.
Rosner: It was hard to say because death was on such a wholesale, massive scale. I have seen statistics claiming Hitler was responsible for 30 million deaths. Yes, it is, anyway, in the range of the death of a world war.
It was when the world had only 2 billion people. This may kill a smaller portion of the population. But it will still kill, if the mortality statistics hold up, or has the potential to kill tens of millions of people.
Since there is no community immunity, nobody is naturally immune to it. There is nothing to stop it from going through the population. Unless, there is a vaccine. A vaccine is 6 months and probably closer to a year away.
The most we can do is try to protect ourselves and slow it down by practicing the big rules of pandemic hygiene: wash your hands, keep a social distance. I was reading somebody’s tweet chain, tweet thread, in how it had all sorts of side effects.
It may mark the end of handshakes as the standard greeting. You should not be shaking hands. If you get rid of handshakes for a year or two, what is to make them come back? We have reduced physical contact with our electronic contact with people.
It will increase telecommunication. Somebody on Twitter, as I said, noted that it may mark the end of frequent flyer programs. It may change flying, the airline industry, irrevocably. Airlines will have to be bailed out by their governments of the countries where they are headquartered.
It is just going to change daily life. It will take roughly 3 to 6 months to get undeniably bad. It may stay undeniably bad for another 8 months after that. All the schools in Japan, as we’ve talked about, are closed. Seattle closed down a bunch of its schools.
All around the world hundreds of thousands of schools may get shut down. Millions of businesses may temporarily either shut down or have most of their employees work from home. Or six months into it, people may decide that it is mostly old people dying from it.
That it is not worth it to keep civilization shut down just to save old people. So, people may decide to freakin’ re-open stuff and deal with getting sick because, for 80% of the people who get it, the symptoms are mild, like having a cold or a cough.
Jacobsen: It is probably disproportionately prime-age health men and women.
Rosner: Yes, it is. It may change. We’re at 100,000 cases and 3,400 deaths. That’s a lot of people. It is a small enough sample that things may change as the number of people infected climbs above a million and ten million.
Jacobsen: It came from a snake.
Rosner: That’s what I’ve heard.
Jacobsen: We’re back to the Garden of Eden, eh.
Rosner: I’m hoping it doesn’t get worse. What is going on in America, America has only tested about 1,400 people compared to South Korea, which is a much smaller country that’s tested about 110,000 people. People speculate that it is a combination of ineptitude on the part of our government and intentional shittiness to try to keep the numbers down, so Trump doesn’t look bad.
Because if you don’t test people, then you don’t find cases and the numbers don’t look so bad. American is currently in 9th place among nations. It will not stay in 9th place. It will be a top 5 country within the next couple of months.
Jacobsen: It is also in reverse order of its science education rankings.
Rosner: Yes, you could say that. As you know, we have a born again guy who doesn’t believe much in science or evolution. Trump went on Hannity and said a bunch of bullshit, said it is no worse than flu and acted like it’s no big deal with people going to work.
It looks like, basically, tacitly endorsing people going to work sick. He says that he has a hunch that the mortality rate is actually under 1%.
Jacobsen: “A hunch” [Laughing]. Let’s take the viewpoint of Mike Pence, he has denied the foundations of biological and medical sciences.
Rosner: He can do this when it is not in front of him. But when he is tasked with fighting something that has the potential to kill a lot of people, if 50,000,000 Americans get it, and if this has a 2% mortality rate, it could kill 1,000,000 Americans. If he is tasked with preventing the deaths of 1,000,000 Americans, then his beliefs will play much less of a role.
In Indiana, he didn’t believe in needle exchange programs. He had a moral judgment about this, I guess, and it leads to a disease outbreak.
Jacobsen: If he doesn’t believe in these foundations of science, and if he is a highly religious evangelical who believes in an intervening god, the Christian God, as selectively literally read in the Bible, then I would probably point to whoever is reading this as him seeing this as a punishment from God.
Rosner: He is a bureaucrat. I don’t think he will let his beliefs get in the way of letting people who know better than him tell him what to do. He went to 3m today. 3M makes the masks. We will need a lot of masks if this becomes an epidemic in the U.S. There’s a picture of him shaking hands with the CEO of 3M, which is retarded.
They’re shaking hands! There’s a person from the CDC making a statement from the White House or something. She says not to touch your face with your hands. As she gives the speech, she licks her hand.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: Those are cosmetic things. But as we talked about, there are bigger ineptitudes. Trump fired the pandemic response team, preparation team, from the CDC, just cut them loose. All this stuff is going to make a difference in the rate at which Americans become infected.
Jacobsen: Will this idiocy and ignorance cost lives because of the way American governance works?
Rosner: Yes, it will. The game they’re playing, say this was a video game. The idea is to have the lowest body count from this thing. The deal would be to make sure that measures are in place to help and encourage people to not pass this onto other people, which means knowing who has it and everyone is really afraid of passing it on.
If not for their own selves, then for the people that they love. If you keep the transmission rate low or low-ish, or if you get through the next 8 months while they rush a vaccine into production (if only 15,000,000 Americans can be infected in the next 8u months compared to 30,000,000 or 40,000,000), then you’ve reduced the mortality rate by 50%.
That’s if you take measures that most Americans are not used to taking now.
[End of recorded material]
[Beginning of recorded material]
Rosner: Overnight, in the last 12 hours, since we last talked, the White House, Kellyanne Conway, is saying coronavirus is contained and then acted surprised when people said that it is not contained. Coronavirus is not contained. The numbers are getting worse at an accelerating pace.
It has gotten a little bit crazier. As I said last night, it is not really containable. The only thing that can save us from many millions of people getting it is if somehow rising temperatures in the Spring and Summer work against it.
Otherwise, we’re in for tens of millions of people coming down with it.
[End of recorded material]
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For coronavirus, if you are 70+, you are the death rate. 18-to-39-year-olds sit around 0.2%.
Rick Rosner: Most of the people killed will be 70+. There’s a small chance the death rate will go down. If you look at places that have done a lot of testing, like South Korea, then they have a death rate of about 0.7% compared to the U.S. rate with only testing about 2,000 people and finding 545 cases with 22 deaths, which is a death rate of 4%. It is because we haven’t fucking tested.
For every American tested, South Korea has tested 360 people. We’re testing at a rate of less than 1/3rd of 1% of what South Korea is doing per capita. If this behaves, and there’s no sign that it won’t behave like a flu pandemic, the last flu pandemic was in 200910 with H1N1 Swine Flu.
By the end, that infected 59,000,000 Americans. Let’s say the death rate goes down to 1% when we actually test people, 1% of 59,000,000 is 590,000 people. This thing, even if it doesn’t infect that many or simply 20,000,000 people in America, is going to kill 200,000 people or more.
How long it takes to do that will determine how miserable the country is, every year, we lose 60,000 people to the flu in this country. But it doesn’t overwhelm. This stuff mostly takes people with pre-existing conditions. It doesn’t make the hospitals overflow.
If there’s a lull, or if there is a decline in deaths over the Summer months, but not a certainty that it will, then 200,000 people will make people freak out. But it wouldn’t feel like an all-out apocalypse. It would be loved in the family who would be taken by it.
It wouldn’t necessarily lead to an interruption in civilization. The stock market, the Dow Jones is supposed to open up 5% down. All the major average according to the futures will take a 5% hit, which will make it the biggest point drop in history for the Dow if it does that.
It is not just coronavirus. Saudi Arabia has decided to sell a bunch of oil for well under the going rate. I am not sure why. We can’t catch the contagion curves. Last time we talked about coronavirus, in the last few days, the number of infected per day has doubled from 2,000 new cases per day to 4,000.
If that keeps going up to 6,000 and 8,000 a day, then it will go pandemic. It is 109 countries and territories. 33 out of 50 states have confirmed cases. In the words of a CDC official who was interviewed on the radio earlier today, we’ve gone from trying to confine or contain this into mitigation.
We just try to reduce the rate at which this spreads through public awareness.
[End of recorded material]
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is new with coronavirus?
Rick Rosner: People who know what they are talking about, talk about the flattening of the disease curve. Until a vaccine comes out, it means the disease will spread. Assuming the same amount of people will get it across the next year, regardless of what you do (e.g., everyone getting it all at once or spreading out the contagion more), the reason that is preferred is to spread out the contagion because hospitals can manage this more.
If not, hospitals overflow and they can’t manage coronavirus or what other shit people go to the hospitals for. You see this in Italy. Doctors have to pick and choose who to treat. So, that’s the primary reason to practice sanitary precautions and stuff.
It is to keep the rate of people getting infected in order for hospitals to deal with it. You may not significantly reduce the overall number of people who get infected. Anyway, you understand. There’s some demographic evidence or epidemiological evidence from China.
Although, China’s numbers are always a little bit suspect. I don’t know. I haven’t heard much about China’s numbers being bad in the last few days. Anyway, China and South Korea, if you really get in there and make a concerted effort to hold down new infections, South Korea and China by testing people.
China by locking down a whole province or big area. It looks like the number of new cases for them is dropping. Korea has had four consecutive days of dropping. They’ve gone from 500 cases a day to 250 cases a day. Obviously, there’s some statistical wobble that is possible.
It is also possible different stages of contagion can take time to be detectable. But it is a reason for hope. Even if you have as many cases as China or South Korea, you can still practice whatever you need to do to knock it down and keep the new cases from exploding exponentially.
However, in the U.S., the government is not being helpful. We have only tested 5,000 people. Even though, Pence and Trump seem to be lying and saying that there are a million tests available. They said 75,000 tests sent out.
If they were, then I don’t know what happened because only 5,000 have been tested. They said 1,000,000 tests by this week and 2,000,000 by later this week. I have seen no evidence of this. If you can’t find out who has it, then you can’t fight it.
But we are a big spread out country. People with it have popped up in 36 states and the District of Columbia. I don’t know if we are practicing much of the things that South Korea and China have been doing to really hold down further infection.
I am still thinking that we are going to get exponential growth in the U.S. There are 1,000 confirmed cases now. Because we have only tested 5,000 people, it is likely that there are 8,000 or 10,000 cases out there with each of those people potentially infecting 2 to 5 or more people.
The update is some countries are doing better than others at updating, apparently. The time frame, it is still early days. We’re not sure how successful anybody was until it is 6 months or a year later.
[End of recorded material]
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How does this compare to H1N1 or others?
Rick Rosner: If your model is the H1N1, that thing infected a billion people around the world plus or minus 300,000,000/400,000,000. In the U.S., they estimate that it infected 59,000,000, which is a little less than 20% of the population. Since this thing is more deadly than H1N1, there is more concern about it.
Maybe, people will work a little harder to tamp this down. So, this doesn’t infect 1,000,000 people worldwide. Maybe, it will only infect a million people worldwide. Let’s say that they get really good at detecting cases in countries that they aren’t good at it. South Korea is testing far more than in other countries.
They found a bunch of cases that were pretty asymptomatic. They found so many cases that it drove the rate down to 0.7%. Compared to others, you have to be really fucking sick to get tested, like here. Let’s say that there are 100,000,000 cases when this is over with community immunity and there is a vaccine, a year or a year and a half from now, there’s a possibility that the death rate may only be 1%. That would only be 1,500,000 people.
But that rests on really the whole planet engaging prophylactic measures, sanitary measures, until they can hold the rate down to the point of what the Swine Flu did and the death rate is a half or a third of what it looks like right now.
If those two things hold, or if we get really lucky and the warmer weather knocks the virus down, or if all that stuff happens, then you only lose 1,500,000 people, mostly old people. I saw statistics today. Again, it is early days. So, these statistics will not stay or hold, probably.
The death rate for people 80 and above is more than 100 times the death rate of people in their 20s. It is going to be mostly old people. I’ve heard the argument that these people are on their way out anyway. That is bullshit.
I have run the actuarial numbers. People in their 80s have a life expectancy of 7 years. By writing off those people by saying, “It is going to happen, get used to it.” You are costing people the last 10% of their lives because you cannot be bothered to help contain this shit.
Another reason for holding down the infection rate is just to avoid the massive societal disruption that we’re only in the beginning stages of. The stock market is down 15%. We went 11 years without a recession, which is either the longest or the second-longest in history/modern history.
So, stock values were a little bit fluffy anyhow. I don’t see how we avoid a recession now. If the virus gets out of hand and hospitals are overflowing and many more countries are locked down, then that guarantees a recession.
I don’t see how we avoid that. But it would be possible to mitigate it by everybody exercising some discipline. Unlike, our fucking president who is holding a rally in the next few days. Biden and Bernie both cancelled rallies.
That they were holding to get ready for the Ohio primary. They listened to sound medical advice and realized that we were endangering people and maybe even themselves, as they are old and in the risk group.
They cancelled the rallies. Not Trump, he is going full-out with his rallies against all medical advice. A good 30% of the country is either only a little worried or not worried at all about the virus. They either think it is mild or that it is democratic hype designed to make Trump look bad.
So, with a third of the country, if those people put their behaviour where their attitudes are and do not practice sanitary measures, then it’ll be even harder to contain it. So, it is not unreasonable to think that we will have 1,000,000 cases by late May in the U.S.
Given that we do not detect it until it is serious, if we have a million confirmed cases, then you are looking at 20,000 dead. Republican pundits, or just Republican assholes, like to say, “Flu kills 60,000 or 37,000 people per year in the U.S. So, it is just like another flu.”
That’s asshole-ish because the 20,000 could just be the first wave. Also, you’re adding another 20,000 deaths of loved ones. Rudy Giuliani tweeted something like this. And he’s an old demented asshole who may have been an asshole all along and people didn’t notice it. Because he had been governor during 9/11.
But just because the death rates from a new disease are roughly commensurate with the death rates from other things doesn’t mean that it isn’t a tragic thing that you’ve added 20,000 deaths to your year of people dying.
Jacobsen: That was depressing.
[End of recorded material]
[Beginning of recorded material]
Rick Rosner: I’ve been following this site. Ten days ago, it was 2,000 new cases worldwide a day. A week ago, it was 3,000 new cases. Three days ago, it was 4,000. Yesterday, it was 7,000. If you look at the curve, then it looks pretty exponential.
Although, shit can only be exponential for so long. At the beginning of something like this with a huge population to feed into it. That exponential can keep going for a while. I am guessing that we could see 2,000,000 cases worldwide by June.
That’s being a little conservative. If you wanted to go pure exponential, then you could be over 100,000,000 by June. I am thinking that some of the mitigation might be effective in some countries. In some countries, you might be able to contain it.
It is in over 100 countries and territories now. probably, 20 of those countries and territories have 1 confirmed case. If those countries have an effective government and enough infrastructure to really do testing and keep this down, some countries may be in the containment phase.
I think that there are enough shitty countries in the world that if it gets loose in a failed state. It will spread across the whole region. I hear Africa has a lot of countries with zero testings. So, we do not know what is going on there.
So, if you have enough countries where it gets out of hand, is the U.S. the third most populous nation in the world? You’ve got India. You’ve got China. Brazil is up there.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Yes, it is the third-largest.
Rosner: I think the number of people tested has reached 8,300. we’ve confirmed 1,300 cases. There are probably, at least, 5,000 undetected cases because we have not done enough testing. So, those people or many of those people are bumbling along going about their business.
They will soon turn 5,000 undetected cases to 10,000 and beyond. The U.S. may become a huge generator of it and can not contain it.
Jacobsen: I would argue given the inability to contain this in the U.S. that eventually, speaking in the rapid and short-term here, that the U.S. will become a pandemic-disease vector.
Rosner: Yes, we are going to fuck you up because there is a pretty porous border. Unless, you tighten it up. Canada doesn’t think it has to do it yet. Mexico may do this soon. Who knows what will happen on the border there, in six months, this way to conservative of an estimate for how long things will be not normal.
A lot can happen in the U.S. with 40,000,000 people having it. We will not ever have 40,000,000 people having this at once because people will get over it. I haven’t done the math as to how many cases we will have at any time. Certainly, it will be enough to mess up you guys.
You guys will have to take it a lot more. You are taking it seriously, but not paranoid enough. You are not on defensive footing enough yet I don’t think Canada has realized the U.S. is about to be overwhelmed by it.
Italy, the hospitals have been overwhelmed. Here, we aren’t testing enough. There is a lot of room for exponential growth. What happens with exponential growth, the growth expands to exhaust the sources of growth, the uninfected people.
There is mitigation where you can try to hold it down. The ultimate limit, if you fail at that, is the number of people available to be infected. The U.S. with 300,000,000+ people, it has a lot of doubling to go now.
China seems to have a handle on it. The world population is about 7,800,000,000. I can’t imagine that there are more than 2,000,000,000 in countries and territories that will be able to hold this off. Let’s say China really does close everything down or setup testing at the border, so every single person coming in is tested in such a way that there are early tests that can help you catch it if you have it at all.
Let’s say China contains it, that’s 1,500,000,000 people contained. India won’t. U.S. won’t. Now, you’re already down to countries under 200,000,000. Maybe, if you find enough of those countries, you can get the total of those countries holding this off to a couple of billion.
This still leaves more than 5,000,000,000 people living in countries where it will probably hit the entire population. It doesn’t mean everyone will get infected. But you’ll see between 10% and 40% of countries being infected.
Conservatively, you’ll see 20% of 5,000,000,000 getting it.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/01/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s talk about a material world and information processing, or that a material world taken as an information processor can get pretty big in all sorts of models.
Rosner: The principle of there being no limit to the size of things. Physics, information theory, and quantum mechanics are built around finitude, a lack of infinities. Once you run into anything that requires an infinite amount of something, you have a problem.
There are implied infinities, like with 2. It is 2.0000… out to infinity. But 2 is an abstract concept. You encounter two of the things in the world. They’re pretty much 2. You’ve got 2 apples. You’ve pretty much got 2 apples. The infinite precision of the number 2 doesn’t enter in, in practical terms.
To have a universe with an infinite number of particles, that doesn’t work. Anything short of infinite should work. We are bound by our universe having 10^85th particles, protons and stuff. If it has 10^85th, then it is reasonable to assume, at least, for the sake of thinking about stuff that any size is possible.
Jacobsen: Can we make an argument, future A.I. walking around or floating around in virtual space will have thought that will be so complicated and precise compared to us; what they think about, it will seem like infinity to us.
Rosner: There is the famous Arthur C. Clarke quote that any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic. There’s the stuff that seems infinitesimally precise, like the wavelength of a baseball, the Planck wavelength of a baseball.
The deal is the Planck wavelength of something in Quantum Mechanics is inversely related to the mass of the object. So, you take something macro like a baseball. Its wavelength is super infinitesimal. You can talk about stuff so precisely that it might as well be infinitely precise.
In practical terms, any theory that has infinitudes in it is probably not right. Unless, the infinities are just these abstract things involved in the math of it. Anyways, we are forced towards the idea of any size of the universe is possible by the idea in IC that our universe is an information map of an information processing entity in yet another universe, and one that is likely way, way, bigger than ours.
Then you can kind of extrapolate from that. That universe implies a yet bigger universe. All the way out. That you probably don’t need that kind of thinking to still postulate that any sized universe is possible. Assuming that, you have to have a physics that allows for that.
That any kind of physics that says, “Once you get past a certain size of the universe, it is going to be inherently unstable and then collapse in itself to a smaller form.” Or some limit on duration. Universes can be of any size, not only in space or amount of matter but also in how old they are.
Based on Big Bang Theory or the variations on it, from what we know, I don’t think it puts limits on the sizes of universe, at least the masses of universes. When you take traditional Big Bang theory, they expand, use all their stellar fuel, succumb to entropy, and, eventually, develop into a lukewarm soup of decaying protons that is maximal entropy and has nothing going on in it.
It has nothing going on and continues for trillions of years or I don’t know what. I don’t think that’s an accurate future for the universe. But I do think that you can have an active universe. A universe that has a lot of the physics that we do with stars and galaxies of just about any size.
But the bigger the universe, under IC, the larger its apparent age. I guess in an old ass or super old ass universe with a lot of matter in it. I’d guess. Galaxies would have more time to crash into each other. There’d be many more galaxies.
Galaxies will crash into each other and form these globular structures, spherical galaxies. If you take two spherical galaxies and crash them into each other, then they combine. You get a spherical structure. I think it takes a few million years to calm down to a spiral galaxy again.
That spiral galaxies are settled galaxies. I assume in an old ass universe. You just have way bigger galaxies, way bigger blackish holes at the center, way more galaxies. I would assume galaxies would still be a unit of organization of matter.
We semi-know that there are larger organizations of matter, even in our universe, e.g., filaments, strings of galaxies, and matter, that stretch out across hundreds of millions, potentially billions, of lightyears.
I guess, in vastly bigger and older universes, galaxies are kind of self-contained. They are organized by their own gravitational fields to be limited in space. We have these larger structures that are not little blips in the overall map of the universe.
They are strung out across vast spaces. I don’t know, in a much bigger and older universe, if there would be structures that would be bigger than galaxies but would be settled down into galaxies of galaxies. That would be orbiting agglomerations of a pretty good number of galaxies.
There would be these mega-galaxies or galaxies^2. I don’t know if there would be a bunch of these spread out like a bunch of dots across the universe.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/03/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, any unified theory of consciousness will come from two ways and will be sandwiched horizontally.
Rosner: Do you mean a theory of consciousness that doesn’t suck?
Jacobsen: Yes, one that sucks less: empirical, and concrete, and naturalistic, and technical at the end of the day, but is stacked up like a deck of cards over time.
Rosner: Something that stands up to scrutiny.
Jacobsen: It would be something standing up to the stringent standards of modern psychological science.
Rosner: It is something like a theory of physics that hopes to derive all the forces as manifestations of a single set of principles.
Jacobsen: Empirical and sufficiently filled out to cover the relevant bases. I’m thinking of two paths. One, we are finding this stuff out accidentally with A.I. that works out things similar to the human brain. It does things the same or similarly to the A.I. algorithm/the human brain.
That is direct discovery through replication in a different substrate. Two, we have thousands of papers on how the brain sucks, a knowledge base. Visual hallucinations, inability to see certain things, portrayals of dots and lines that mess with our visual system, etc.
Rosner: Not that the brain sucks, it does not do everything that we would want the brain to do.
Jacobsen: I would say, “Yes, and no.” That way, but also sucks in other ways. This suckiness can give us an idea as to what theories of consciousness would produce that level and kind of suckiness. So, the details of suckiness that we have could infer the general idea of what the brain is and does rather than just a dozen or so schools of psychological thought.
Something covering the relevant fields and then making predictions based on it. The direct replication is more solid. It is harder to argue against that. But the failures, you can say, “Certain systems will produce certain types of failures.”
It will have caveats of being part of a system evolved in a substrate and the limitations themselves are reflective of evolution for something good enough. These are an extension of “good enough” into real data.
Then you stack those up horizontally, direct and inferred, towards one another. At some point, you can kind of get a pretty clear picture to say, “This is what was in the picture the whole time.” You have enough wattage in the light to give us a good enough picture of what is going on in the room, the little man in the room.
Rosner: We were talking, basically, about the sources of what the brain sucks at: the current hot theory is that the brain’s primary job is to be a good predictor, setter-upper, tries to anticipate whatever is going to happen and tries to maximize the positive outcomes and anything else is just a happy byproduct of that, including consciousness.
If having consciousness reduced an organism’s chances of survival consistently, then that organism wouldn’t have consciousness.
Jacobsen: I would add one caveat. Consciousness is new evolutionarily to levels seen now. With deep time of evolution at billions of years, then it may be a lethal mutation. If simple consciousnesses assumed earlier, then maybe not.
Rosner: If you take consciousness as rich information sharing among the brain’s processing systems, then it is hard to argue that it is mutation and isn’t part of the life of any organism with a brain beyond some minimum size.
There is that argument about sexual reproduction. It was some flukey thing that turned out to be so advantageous to the organism’s engaged in it. That it has basically taken over reproduction among all animals that are beyond just very, very simple.
With a few exceptions, the exceptions also being variations on sexual reproduction. It is hard to argue that consciousness is some kind of glitch because it is so pervasive and has been around so long; it makes so much sense that it is not a glitch.
Jacobsen: There are other ideas we’ve covered over the years. There are ideas of a magical property to consciousness. I don’t buy that. Certainly, you don’t buy that. What can we expect on such a prediction, that it is a technical property and a naturalistic thing.
That given it is technical. It can be reverse-engineered and produced in another substrate.
Rosner: What can we expect with the increasing ability to replicate conscious-like thinking?
Jacobsen: That too. But also, what can we expect as a consequence of this thinking? What things are present that we should sort of expect over time? We will have artificial consciousness to different degrees. Fine.
Rosner: You’re saying artificial consciousness. But you’re asking about how this will play out in terms of people’s lives in the future.
Jacobsen: Is it really artificial if it is doing the same stuff?
Rosner: People will always want to distinguish. In my lifetime, it has gone from impossible to make diamonds to now, probably, making diamonds in just about any size of jewelry now.
Jacobsen: Artificially?
Rosner: Yes! It is from incredible pressure. I don’t know what else. The last time I looked into it was probably a decade ago. They could make quarter carrot diamonds at the time. Now, they could probably make carrot diamonds, which can be pretty good quality.
The natural diamond industry now, there is a De Beers three blocks down the road with an ad. A wife being like a shitty wife, e.g., burning food and not giving a shit, because the husband gave her a lab-grown diamond. The natural diamond industry is saying only to buy a natural diamond, which is ridiculous.
For a long time, they have been able to grow really nice, chemically indistinguishable rubies, emeralds, sapphires. There’s always an emphasis on being able to tell what is a synthetic. The natural stuff is much pricier. Even though, visually, you put them in a ring.
They are the same. They look equally beautiful. I am sure there will be, for all sorts of reason – even when synthetic consciousness in terms of performance is indistinguishable from natural consciousness, a push from all sorts of various places to consider artificial thinking in consciousness inferior, at the very least, to natural consciousness.
When it comes to diamonds, people don’t have religious objections to synthetic diamonds. But when it comes to synthetic consciousness, we’ve talked about abortion. Abortion is much less complicated to think about than artificial consciousness.
You can frame the issues around abortion very clearly. That won’t be so for a long time with consciousness. A lot of the people around issues like abortion and climate change. There are people who try to obfuscate.
People hired by oil companies have spent decades trying to confuse the issue. Anyway, for diamonds, there is a ceiling. Artificial diamond products could be better if they made artificial stuff like rope, like an elevator to space.
An industrial-grade diamond has so specks of non-diamond carbon in it. That you can’t use it for jewelry. [End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/02/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: On the one hand, there is the notion of eggs being expensive and sperm being cheap…
Rosner: …which is the idea of men being more expendable than women. You have lower impulse control associated with guys. My girlfriend in college was always going through some files at the college library.
The idea was that the idea of men in this country is true around the world or consistent. Wherever there are guys, there is less impulse control. The action orientation is connected to masculinity in our culture. Guys are expected to do something or want to do something, even if it is wrong.
Guys might crack because of expectations that guys should be successful, creating more pressure on guys. A lot of this stuff is subject to change, as society has been examining ideas of masculinity and femininity.
You could argue guys might be more comfortable as slackers or society may be comfortable with it than in the 1950s. As a general idea, the expectations and the stereotypes about guys and masculinity put pressure on guys, which generates a range of guy behaviours both good and bad.
Versus stereotypical female behaviours that are laying back and having things happen like Emily Dickinson with being okay with having a quiet life, it is like you said, ‘A guy can knock up a gazillion women. A woman is more precious biologically because a woman has the babymaking technology. It is a huge biological commitment.’
A guy just has to jizz. He can make several women pregnant with one batch. But there isn’t someone walking around with a test tube and a turkey baster. Is there another reason for guys losing their shit more than women if that is indeed so?
Jacobsen: Probably two or three things, one, more testosterone than estrogen. Two, the genetics that is preprogramming a set of an interrelated network of reactions along with the testosterone. It has to do with genetics encoding certain types of reactions in proportion to the amount of testosterone and estrogen ratio that men are more likely to have, which, in itself, is being preprogrammed in terms of how much is being produced.
Rosner: There’s also the idea that women have a larger corpus callosum, which is a fibre bundle that connects the two hemispheres. One can make an argument from this that women think more holistically – though, it is the wrong word – or globally, and may be less likely to go off half-cocked or less likely to take action without considering the consequences.
But that sounds like something I learned in a class in the 80s; that’s probably been or potentially been debunked. I do know the corpus callosum is thicker. I don’t know if it has consequences for masculinity and femininity or not.
I don’t know if we have covered all the reasons for men losing their shit more than women.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/02/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is a thought?
Rosner: I think the most straightforward definition or idea of a thought is that when you are thinking. You are aware of a bunch of things simultaneously. Some of these things count as what we understand as thoughts. A thought is just your set of things in mind in a moment.
When my wife takes my mother-in-law our for a meal, my mother-in-law has a habit, that my wife hates, of pointing out fat people. She points out people, “Boy, those people are really heavy.” My wife says, “Yes, you don’t need to point it out. Just shut up about that.”
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: But seeing somebody heavy and realizing that they are heavy counts as a thought, it is realizing something about something in your current awareness. It doesn’t have to be in your current awareness. Somebody could write something down.
A thought can be considered in the form of an equation in linking two things or forming two things, or putting them in a category. You’re generally linking two or more things. Even that is subject to not being exactly accurate, you can have a thought about one thing, which isn’t really about one thing.
You can see your friend walking down the street. You can think, “There’s my friend.” You are linking, “My friend,” “here”, “right now.”
Jacobsen: You are walking around. You see someone heavy. You are walking around. You see someone’s face. It identifies in another part of your brain. It is your friend’s face, not just a face. Then the fireworks set off. It is a distributed-sequential thing.
Rosner: As a process thing, sensory input, in your brain, can include external sense, input from different parts of your brain, putting words to things. You see your friend. You think, “Jeff!” You just linked. The link as formed in your brain as this person you’re seeing, and who this person is, and their name. You can recognize without the name.
Basically, thoughts are forming associations between different aspects or things in your current mental arena. I don’t know if that is going to be the most durable idea of what a thought is. I think linkages might be kind of essential to the idea of thoughts.
It is a thought to see your wife. She walks into the room. Your wife is in the room. It is seeing and recognizing her. She is on the couch. She is reading. Those are all thoughts. They are all kind of one thought.
They are all observing and lining using stored knowledge. You recognize that it is your wife. You recognize that she is reading. Another way of looking at thoughts is in conjunction with the current hot theory that brains – their job, maybe their only job according to some people – are meant to prepare you for what comes next moment-to-moment.
They to set you up as best as possible for each subsequent moment, which relies on recognizing what is going on around you, as each moment unfolds. You can be completely unconscious and then by reflex be told what to do by your brain.
There is some recognition going on, even without conscious recognition. Is all this close to a thought?
Jacobsen: I’m not buying it, yet.
Rosner: Okay, what needs to be further refined? Let’s look at it this way without bringing consciousness into it at all. Some aspects of the environment, both external and internal, trigger things, realizing what they are, naming them, acting on them, but sensory input triggers an action, whether physical action or it brings up other things into awareness.
That triggering and that forming of association counts as thinking. Then you can draw the line, like walking into a read and then watching your wife reading. Is it one or three thoughts? It seems like a bullshitty distinction.
You are consciously recognizing your wife and the stuff associated with her. It doesn’t matter whether you call it one thought or several linked thoughts, or whatever. But thinking, in general, is forming associations, inputs triggering outputs within your brain.
What we think of as thoughts are things that we don’t necessarily express in words when we are thinking them, but that can be expressed in words. You could say something. Say you see your wife walking through the room for a half of a second, you see her reading on the couch reading for half of a second. You can think, “My wife is reading.”
Your awareness of that doesn’t have to trigger the words in your head. It can still be a thought. But if you are asked to notice what you are thinking, you can describe what you are thinking via short sentences.
“I see my wife,” “she is reading,” and “she is on the couch.” If those are things that happened in your consciousness, then they are thoughts, which are part of one thought. I don’t know if drawing distinctions is super helpful because there’s a super larger thought that you are in your house. It is a certain time of day.
Of course, your wife is around. She is at home at this time of the day. It is part of this more global awareness if you wanted to completely describe everything that you were aware of, or thinking. It may 2,000 sentences to completely catalogue one moment of awareness.
But thoughts are just generally like what is in your conscious arena at any given moment. We would have to talk about any unconscious things that you are reacting unconsciously to. Maybe, there is some rough cutoff.
You put your hand on a hot stove. You pull your hand back, even before you are aware of putting your hand on a hot stove. Maybe, the awareness from the nerves of your hand to the nerves of your spine will be a thought, “Ow, that’s freakin’ hot.”
But these may or may not count as thoughts.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/01/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: According to Encylopedia Britannica, an idea is an active, determining principle of a thing. Another definition including a formulated thought, which is close to thinking. Whatever is known to supposed about something, in terms of prior knowledge and predictive-hypothetical knowledge.
Rosner: That’s still what we were talking about [Ed. off-tape.]. It is the linking of one thing with another thing. “That person has pointy ears,” “This coffee tastes like vinegar,” my wife cleaned out the coffee machine with vinegar and didn’t tell me.
I kept making all this terrible coffee. I didn’t know why. Coffee is this thing. Coffee with vinegar is another thing. It is a realization. I would say that linking is an unavoidable part of an idea or a thought. Maybe, that’s like seeing a Jeff on the street. There’s Jeff.
It is not much of a linking, but it is still a link. Jeff in my awareness right now. You are linking categories and categorizations and labelling items. Everything is hooking things up to other stuff. That’s Jeff. That’s Jeff right now.
That’s Jeff right here. It is just linking stuff. We have talked about the brain being an association engine.
Jacobsen: Yes, in an idea extended to the universe being an associative engine.
Rosner: Maybe, it is sub-associations. The things your brain needs to do for you to be prepared. Still, there’s some implicit linking there, where “car coming at me, right now, here.” There’s still some contextualizing and some linking.
You got the realization: car. Then you have associated, linked realizations as to why that’s important. I don’t think you can characterize thoughts or ideas without the idea of association.
Jacobsen: Another definition is around the chief meaning.
Rosner: When you have a sentence, obviously, the idea is about what is in the sentence, even if it is trivial.
Jacobsen: By the 17th century, it became thought, plan, or intention. The word intention has the meaning of being used for something.
Rosner: You can have ideas that are super trivial. I don’t know that you need to differentiate between thoughts and ideas. They can be miniscule. I’m looking at this cabinet. It has four knobs. It is an idea, a thought, “It’s got four knobs.”
You can link nebulous things that you have definitions of with other things that you have definitions of. You are able to link the things, even if nebulous, with other things that you have linkage about, including knobs and cabinet.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/02/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Okay, so, what is percent fidelity in this regard for the future of brain replication?
Rosner: The ultimate objective for extended human life is replicable consciousness. It renders everything else moot. The various strategies for living long and making your own body not age. Freezing your body, until they can come and fix whatever is wrong with it, all this stuff becomes much less of a desperate gambit or mott. You don’t need it if you can move your consciousness around.
Your memories, way of thinking. Your brain, basically, or a duplicate of your brain. A brain that is sufficiently duplicated that it has as much fidelity as your own biological brain does from day to day and month to month. I think that when this technology becomes available.
People will sell it on the basis of what percent it duplicates your thinking and experience with minimal discontinuity. The earliest products probably won’t even use this term because the numbers will be so terrible. The earliest products might not even reach 10% fidelity.
We already have something that has some non-zero fidelity, a technology, or a bunch of related technologies. Those are hanging out and talking with people. If you live with someone for 50 years, once you die, your way of thinking, memories, and attitudes are, to some extent, carried on by your close survivors.
In fact, Reformed Judaism have this as the only afterlife. We live on in the memories of others. It is a really terrible afterlife.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: It is not zero, the fidelity. It is way less than 1%. You’re, as a dead person, not getting any conscious experience. Your thoughts and attitudes are carried on while not getting the benefits of being alive anymore.
You are getting very minimal benefits from those who knew you have a picture of your mental landscape. It is a shitty picture. It is not your consciousness. However, people are already doing stuff with direct brain communications.
They are developing certain technologies for thinking certain thoughts and a reader will react. You can think stuff and manipulate stuff with your thoughts. It is very imprecise and shitty. Eventually, you will have technology that will allow increasingly direct brain-to-brain communication.
It will super shitty at first. One measure of how shitty is how ridiculous it is to talk about it.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: If two people decided to have direct brain-to-brain communication without needing speech or other forms of communicating and could, basically, think together, maybe not as a single entity but, as a linked pair of entities, and if you did this long enough with somebody else with sufficient technology, to some extent, some of your thinking would live on. Some of your consciousness would live on, after the person dies.
The percent fidelity would go from 0.0001% to, with this technology, 10% or 12%. Something that is much better than the near-zero that we have right now. Eventually, as we decipher consciousness and bran processes, the fidelity will go to 40% and, eventually, into the 80s.
As we understand how our brains will work better, there will be two indices to consider: the natural fidelity of our brains over time to ourselves, which isn’t perfect. I don’t even know how to calculate how much less than perfect it is because we lose most of what we experience.
We don’t remember most things in our lives. It is unrecallable. An unremarkable lunch from 2006 will not be something to remember. An afternoon spent clipping your toenails for ten minutes. Most daily stuff is not recallable.
Is that a huge ding against our fidelity score? We don’t experience it as a ding. We’re at home in our brains. We’re at home with the incompleteness of or deficiencies of our brains and our thinking. It doesn’t bug us that we are losing so much.
Jacobsen: Is that a bug or a feature?
Rosner: It is both. There are people with eidetic memories who can remember everything.
Jacobsen: Curse more than blessing, or blessing more than curse?
Rosner: I think it is just a thing that you have, which is kind of cool. Marilu Henner, the actress on Taxi a million years ago, claims to have an eidetic memory. I think the claim holds up. Because when she is quizzed on stuff, she is good at remembering things. She is good as an actress and adult in the world, and still able to live a normal life as a person. It hasn’t made her crazy.
So, people will like to make the claim that it’s good that we don’t remember everything. But I don’t know. I don’t think that that claim holds up. At the very least, we want to be better at remembering than we are.
We will be, as technology improves. As we deal with improved technology, we will have a lot of dumb, stupidly complete, remembering, that will be, “Meh.” It will need some more-than-fine-tuning. It may not be ideal an ideal adjunct to our brains.
We’ll have to learn to live in conjunction with brain add-ons and brain replication. It is not like things will not get figured out. Things won’t ever be settled because technology will keep coming along. We will keep discovering memory schemes.
When it becomes possible to remember with what fidelity that you want, whatever we become, they will determine what are the optimal levels and strategies of memory, for memory, given the software and the hardware that we will be working with.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/01/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: A big thing we’ve talked about are infinities and the ways the universe can be finite. Let’s narrow it down, then, human life, why is immortality unreasonable if not impossible?
Rosner: Humans, or whatever you want to call the future us, are on the cusp vastly expanded lifespans. Nobody wants to die. It takes a special set of circumstance to die, but most people don’t want to die.
But living forever, in the largest terms, is impossible because the odds of living without end are like zero, and they used to say nature abhors a vacuum. But nature really abhors infinities. The idea that it’s at all reasonable to hang out without end in perpetuity is highly unlikely.
But short of that, one is: say, we maintain the way we think now. Our basic human abilities and ways of thinking. It is not possible to live for tens of thousands of years. It seems unlikely to be able to live for tens of thousands of years and to remember much of any of it.
There’s probably some limit to the amount of experience that you can have given the limits of the human brain. I think Heinlein wrote about this in the 50s and the 60s. Is it really an infinite lifespan if you are only remembering a couple hundred thousands of it at a time?
Jacobsen: It would be staggering.
Rosner: It would be great, but it wouldn’t be infinite. Imagine slapping on more and more memory, where you can slap on 8,000, 9,000, 10,000 years more of life. It would be pretty great, but still falls short of infinity. It also seems pointlessly hedonistic to live for 10,000 years without growing in memory and wisdom, and in ability to understand and do stuff in the world.
We wouldn’t want to stay basically human for more than a couple thousand years. It would be pointlessly decadent. So, the capacity problem and the related growth problems mean that you would want to transcend your basic humanity and grow into something else.
But the problem with that, over periods of many tens of thousands of years, you’d want to continue to grow and not just decadently experience stuff without being able to retain and process your added experience.
To live forever and what it would mean, it means that we would have to give up our current aspects and lives that make us human. It seems unachievable. Even though, vast lifespans may soon be possible. Immortality in human terms might just be paradoxical.
That you can’t live forever or even for many thousands of years without getting some of the things that we would want with vastly expanded lifespans. You can either stay human and stay limited and not have added years count for anything and become a deeper, more insightful, and more experienced person, or you can give up what it feels like to be human.
One more thing, some of these objections might be quibbles and could be worked out over hundreds and thousands of years
Go ahead.
Jacobsen: We have three possible futures from Feynman. We may have three possible futures n the ways that things can go: annihilation and evolution continues onward. It is post-human without humans involved in the post- in the sense of trans-human.
Rosner: 300 years from now, there will be humans with long lives who choose to experience the world in ways that are pretty close to the way that we experience the world. Then there will be humans or post-humans who choose to keep expand their capacities along with their expanded lives.
Then there will be humans who choose to do what humans have always done, which is get old and then die. Then there are beings who will take advantage the future mutability of consciousness and will bud in and out of things, will merge with people and unmerge.
They will move beyond unitary individual consciousness. Consciousness will still feel the same. It will still feel like a hyper-real moment-to-moment experiencing of the world around you, and your thoughts about it. Although, it will feel the same. It will be much more mutable. Future beings will dick around with it, in terms of creating big old consciousness, merging with consciousness, pairing them down.
There will be a devaluation of individual consciousness. It will be cheap. You will be able to buy consciousness from manufacturing places for cheap, which will lead to abuses. Consciousness will be engineered to be targeted towards specific goals.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/01/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is – and I am kind of embarrassed as I don’t think I have ever asked this to you directly – the heart of intelligence, ignoring tests and such?
Rosner: The first answer is, “How do you even know there is a heart of intelligence?” There is something in the realm of IQ testing and intelligence testing. There is a concept called g, which stands for “general intelligence.” You could and people do debate whether g even exists.
We infer general intelligence from people’s performances on specific tasks. There’s no such thing as general intelligence tasks. Everything is a specific thing: the eloquence of speech, skill at math, social skills, all the little tasks measured by or tested by an IQ test like how fast you can circle all the stars on a sheet of paper where 1/5th of the symbols are stars.
What is missing in this picture taking blocks and making shapes out of them? Taking all those tasks, we are supposed to get an idea of someone’s general intelligence. You could argue there is no such thing as general intelligence because our brains are adapted for doing the things that we need to do in our specific environments in this specific world.
That’s a pretty extreme argument to make because of 2+2=4, regardless of which galaxy you live in. There should be some really basic forms of thought. You should be able to figure out some kind of criteria for general intelligence.
Jacobsen: Ron Hoeflin has a theory on that. The Categories of Thought, his encyclopedia of philosophy.
Rosner: Ron has spent more than 40 years cataloguing philosophies. I didn’t know it was a catalogue of ways of thought. That’s pretty interesting as it’s thousands of pages long.
To get at what intelligence might be, one of the primary tasks of thought is to form associations, to define things in our experience by what characteristics they have, which is a form of linking. That we know a dog is a dog because we’ve defined in our heads what characteristics are associated with dogs, say versus cats.
Size, fur, shape of ears, I like to say the brain is an association engine.
Jacobsen: What do you mean by that?
Rosner: Intelligence, you could argue, is involved in the accuracy and profundity of the associations formed. Are you able to get to the heart of things or analyze what is going on and get to the/find the essentials?
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/01/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Have institutions moved beyond human competence?
Rosner: In the specific instance that we’re in right now, Russia — a shitty country — has exploited people’s susceptibility to social media messaging to move people politically and make people distrust the news, institutions, and the government.
This is in concert with political parties within various nations and people who like to stir things up, paranoids and lunatics. Right now, in America, it feels like institutions have been highly compromised. It probably feels like that in the U.K., France, and other countries where White Nationalism has been on the rise, abetted by social media, making people crazy.
People wonder whether this is a new normal, whether it can be healed.
Jacobsen: I would argue the fact things are more compromised now: things are more compromisable now. That is, from my point of view, indicative of things getting more out of human control.
Rosner: Is this something that can fix itself if we’re lucky? Or does it mean that we’re going to need to build new institutions? I believe that there are a whole set of problems. A whole set of problems facing humans on this planet, which will be solved by combining humans with A.I. over the next couple of centuries.
Jacobsen: To clarify, as I am hearing that, I am interpreting that as actual biological and synthetic integration rather than the time delays seen now.
Rosner: Right, the integrated, augmented humans that are to come, or the conscious beings who are able to live in a variety of vessels, including entirely in some kind of cyberspace. 200 years from now, there will be a bunch of ways for conscious beings to live. A lot of these won’t be as hard on the environment.
It will less of a carbon footprint. Although, while a lot of today’s problems will be solved by beings to come, the change in society will create a whole bunch of new problems. But the capture of institutions by assholes and idiots, and grifters, we still have to address this in the short term.
Even though, humans won’t be replaced entirely. The unaugmented human population will continue to be in the many billions for the next 400 or 500 years while the augmented human population and the population of conscious beings that aren’t human will grow into the many billions and tens of billions in the same time period.
We’re talking centuries. We still have to wonder what will happen in the next 40 or 50 years or the next 5 to 10 years. In America, we have an election that people who don’t like Trump having captured all three branches of government.
For people not in America, the American government is designed to be divided between three branches: the Executive (the President and the people around him), the Legislative (the House, Senate, and Congress), and the Judicial (the Supreme Court and the lesser courts).
Trump through corruption and anti-democratic practices has captured all three branches. People who don’t like this hope that the election that is happening in less than a year will drive him out of office and help, or give, Democrats control of Congress.
So, we’d be able to make moves to clean this stuff up. But when you look at previous examples of presidents misbehaving in office, they and their people once out of office tend not to be prosecuted. It is in the interest of healing.
Lip service is made to the healing of national wounds by not being vindictive. But in the case of Nixon, while president, there are a bunch of things that you cannot be charged with, criminal things. After out of office, you can be charged with things that you did while president, criminally.
While this happened, President Ford pardoned Nixon, a big swath of the nation hated that. That happened 46 years ago. How that played out has largely been forgotten, Clinton was disbarred, had to give up his law license for lying to the F.B.I. about getting blowjobs.
But that wasn’t a big deal for the Clintons who made tens of millions of bucks writing books and giving speeches. Also, that somebody should be held criminally liable for blowjobs is questionable anyway. Reagan and his people were not held to much account for Iran Contra, which was this complicated scheme to sell weapons to Iran and use the money to finance the Contras.
These were a scary right-wing paramilitary group in El Salvador. Few were prosecuted for that. It may be that there will be enough of a national outcry. A bunch of people have gone to jail who worked around Trump.
Nowhere near as many as went to jail after Watergate, which was 4 dozen or so. I think 6 or 8 of Trump’s people have gone to jail so far. Anyway, is this a blip of human incompetence? Or is this a thing that we have to deal with from here on out until human society reaches the point where shitty government doesn’t matter, as societal structures form in a Cory Doctorow way?
What do you think?
Jacobsen: I think a lot of stuff that you’re talking about is pointing to a trendline of the old institutions staying and being corruptible in newer ways. That’s due to newer tech. That’s probably what you find, where you have these long-term political institutions as the baseline, which are more or less fixed.
The ways that technology evolves really, really fast around it, changes the kind of corruption that you see. One potential example might be very extreme forms of manipulating voting booths in the future with the types of processes that go into counting digital votes.
Falsifying that, hiding record, deleting any records of it being done, but, finally, the count not being the true winner — who got the most votes — but another ‘winner.’
Rosner: Yes.
Jacobsen: So, here you have the same democratic institutions, same American constitution and political setup, you have people voting as per regular democratic processes. Although, there might be different types of barriers, don’t need to go too deeply into those. But all that tech leaves it vulnerable in newer ways, sort of stuff. I think you could see this all over the world.
Rosner: How’s Canada doing?
Jacobsen: Cold.
Rosner: You guys haven’t been attacked. Is it because you have fewer than 40,000,000 citizens and aren’t a big enough target?
Jacobsen: Well, our economy is bigger than Russias.
Rosner: Everything in Russia sucks, except for their ability to fuck up other countries.
Jacobsen: That’s part of the reason that they’re poor. That’s why China will last and Russia won’t last. Putin can’t keep this game up forever. I think the way that a poor country, like Russia, can mess up other countries says a lot about the power of technology and the increasing power of technology.
Rosner: Are technology and social media permanently in a position make a huge percentage of the population crazy?
Jacobsen: I think yes and no. I think authoritarian structures have their same structures. I think democratic structures have their same structure. I think the world is still trending towards democracy. We have more democracies than any other time in the history of the world. That’s a really important point.
Then you’ll see cases. There’s El-Sisi in Egypt getting rid of term limits until 2030. Benjamin Netanyahu is in office probably longer than any democratic leader, which is akin to the length of power of many dictators. Not to call him that, to make a time length comparison. Putin is functionally finding ways around that. Xi Jinping got rid of term limits, and on and on.
Those are trending towards authoritarianism with the ability amplified to control the population. I think there is enough of a contingent in the democratic parts of the world, where you are seeing the trendline of more freedom of expression to call bullshit, bullshit, to call a spade, a spade.
That leads to things that were called democratic being more true to the name. Maybe, what we’ll find is a polar setup, on the one antipode, you’ll have more and more freedom. On the other end, you’ll have less and less freedom.
On one side, you’ll see decentralization, not anarchy, with more direct democracy without the need for public representatives, so not anarchosyndicalist.
Rosner: Do you think society will rearrange itself to circumvent the corrupting of older institutions?
Jacobsen: Yes, then there will be ways those can be taken advantage of too. With direct democracy, the coalitions for funding particular projects, “We want a pipeline here,” “We want a solar panel installation or field here,” and so on. People want it, vote on it.
The funding then goes proportionately to it. Say everyone has a UBI of $10,000 a year, people say, “Do you want to give $1,000 or $5 of your UBI towards this project in Long Beach, California?” People go, “Okay, yeah.”
The funding goes to the project. It gets built and based on the majority of votes, or the amount of votes. Those that didn’t vote for it. They don’t pay for it. Their money is funnelled to other projects or their private interests. This gives a baseline.
This is a direct democracy without formal representation seen now. But this could be exploited, as these are very, very temporary coalitions. Temporary coalitions are fleeting.
Rosner: There’s going to be more volatility. Things can go from good to bad faster. There’s a higher probability of institutions being corrupted than there used to be.
Jacobsen: I would call it the Bitcoin-ing of democracy. Things are volatile, as you said. But there’s a capacity of digitization there, infused right into democracy. We are seeing the start of that. I don’t think we’re even close to seeing what that can do.
With the digitization, it is more vulnerable because it is more networked, but faster too. It will be another stage up in terms of speeding up regular human processes. We have spoken word. We have hearing. those are fast, but not moving at the speed of light.
With Alexander Graham Bell, you cut the distance to speak to someone while able to speak farther to someone instead of horseback, chariot, or yelling. These verbal or auditory outputs-inputs are limited.
Rosner: The big time thing was, as you said, the telephone or the telegraph. Anything that reduced everything to the speed of electricity. Now, you get the ability to immediately transmit high-bandwidth information, video basically.
Jacobsen: I would add another thing to this. If you tap all these different ways of speeding things up, including Alexander Graham Bell’s telephone, the printing of books, the internet and digitization of print, audiovisual media for everyone. I think another aspect of that is a lowering of the transmission of things with the centralization of this.
We’re seeing this in our phones.
Rosner: You mean being able to do things out of our phone.
Jacobsen: Yes, one of our efficacies as a species in spite of crummy single aspects, e.g., no sharp claws. We have centralized functions in one unit. We are a 3.5-billion-year-old iPhone, so to speak. Things are centralized from the single-celled to multiple celled organisms performing plural functions through automated development of an immune system, and, more importantly, the developing of centralized processing units to guide all of the organisms to-ings and fro-ings.
I think you could argue the same of the phone in the way it has taken human inventions and then putting them in one place. It is not only spoken word to auditory intake. It is all of the other channels. Let’s say 10 times in some, 20 times in others. You combine those. It becomes efficient input-output and in terms of noise.
Rosner: There’s also getting the exact information that you want.
Jacobsen: Fidelity, yes! There are probably the three things: speed, centralization of channels, and the fidelity of things.
Rosner: What about clarity? People can’t get an understanding of what is going on that is accurate and trustworthy.
Jacobsen: Maybe, that would be the combination of centralization and fidelity. Ease of comprehension, if you don’t know, someone can explain it to you. If you can’t do the math, Mathematica can do it for you.
Rosner: I heard the noise on our phones described as censorship by confusion. You don’t stop the information from going out. You just swamp the information with a bunch of bullshit, so you can’t tell the information from bullshit.
Jacobsen: That would be one of the unforeseens. This centralization permits more intakes in one place, the central place. It is like how a neuron has all these different dendrites to intake — 1,000 to 10,000 intakes.
Rosner: But the brain cleans itself out by letting the bad dendrites shrivel.
Jacobsen: That’s your Norton Antivirus.
Rosner: We don’t have it, yet.
Jacobsen: Maybe, that is the unforeseen thing that developers have to robustly get done. Or if it can’t get done technologically or assisted that way, it has to be done through another channel: a culture that imbibes a certain sensibility in people of critical thinking.
Rosner: There are too many people trying to exploit. There’s too much money and power to be had to by bullshitting people right now. Various factions are going to fight being held to being truthful.
Jacobsen: That’s true.
Rosner: So, are you optimistic about the next 10 years and humans’ ability to organize themselves in such a way that they can fight the corruption of existing institutions?
Jacobsen: I would say one thing. If you aren’t optimistic, then you aren’t getting things done. I am not a prognosticator, divine, or some expert in all these fields. But it seems there is a lot of ways for things to become better, as we’re talking about centralization and reductions in time, the clarity of the message, and the prevention of adding noise to all those extra points of contact as we are finding in misinformation campaigns. So, yes and no [Laughing].
Rosner: Let’s end this with a numbers game, 0 to 10 game, the corruption of the institutions in the U.S. with zero corruption being 10 and complete descent into Nazi Germany being a 0. The U.S. used to be at an 8 and dropped to a 6 with the potential to be a 5 or a 4 depending on how the next year plays out. That’s my estimation.
Where would you put Canada?
Jacobsen: The only highly corrupt area is in Ontario with the Ford family. There’s a little in Quebec and a little in the prime ministership. I think Canada has a much lower chance of becoming anti-democratic and not being oriented around anti-science, misinformation, gullibility, superstition, than America. However, caveat being: America was already twice as much there if not more.
It is off the charts compared to other nations.
Rosner: Is it that there is such a large population that is exploitable in that way that makes it fertile ground?
Jacobsen: I don’t think necessarily. But it is a factor. In the United States, it could be more vulnerable with its size. It is the second biggest democracy in the world outside of India. Although, people have question marks about India. It is the freest in terms of ideas, in terms of speech.
No country is completely free. Canada has hate speech laws, in some ways for good reasons. America is so free in terms of ideas. You see people expressing those behaviours so freely, and often in coalitions. You can see the mentally ill acting out.
There’s a common meme coming out of real mental illness in Florida with “Florida Man…” Here are serious cases of seriously ill, often, men entering the news cycle.
Rosner: Do you have better structures in place in Canada to deal with the mentally ill?
Jacobsen: We have a robust medical system, but we do not have a pharmacare system due to an accident of history.
Rosner: Do you have more laws to institutionalize people?
Jacobsen: That’s a good question. I know there is an orientation to more punitive laws and systems. However, there is a movement working against the punitive forms of treatments, including, say, drug issues. I think this relates to issues of regular mental illness, including depression, bipolar, schizophrenia, and so on.
Rosner: In Canada, does anybody with a drug problem get adequate rehab or get into a rehab program?
Jacobsen: Not anybody, but there are dissenting people, brave, morally upright, and poor, in fact, people who will make up makeshift tents and tell the city or municipal government, “We’re not moving.” Some of this reflects formal policy in the Four Pillars initiative of Vancouver.
There are a few names. If you look at these news articles, their names come up over, and over, and over again. Mostly women, a few are extremely involved. There is Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy, CSSDP. It has a group of smart, leftwing students.
They work on campus initiatives. In Canada, we have the language change from saying “drug abuser” and “drug abuse” to “drug misuse” and “drug use.” Someone who has a problem. You’d say, “It is drug misuse.” You don’t label them as criminals automatically. You say, “They are sick.” It says, “A drug or substance misuser who is sick.” It is more accurate and compassionate and humanistic.
The other perspective would be a drug abuse who is a criminal. We need to imprison them to make an example to themselves and others. That’s the United States example. That’s where you get even famous examples of people getting very hefty sentences for simple possession of marijuana.
You don’t get that as much in Canada. You do get drug problems. You do get drug trafficking. You do get them mixed up with sex trafficking, which is, mainly, the dehumanization of girls and women mostly with sexual abuse, rape, even forced pregnancy by, most often, men. You see these initiatives and issues tied up.
It ties to women’s rights. If we look at the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW), if you look at a map of who has signed it, who has ratified it, and who hasn’t done either, you get these colourings for them.
There’s one major outlier in North America, in North America and Europe combined, probably. It is the United States, only signed rather than ratified.
Rosner: The Equal Rights Amendment is back in play after 40, 50 years.
Jacobsen: Yes, the United States is a big country and a free country, and a democratic country. The biggest or the second biggest democracy, I think, statistically, that is where you will find more data points for a bigger curve and a flatter curve, so more extremes on either side of things.
Places like New York and Los Angeles. Also, on the other end, places like Texas and South Carolina. That’s different in a small country like Canada, which is already progressive in its orientation.
In the United States, you will find places that look like the third world. Several ten million Americans who are functionally illiterate. Then you will find others like Yale, Harvard, MIT, UCLA, UCBerkeley, and UCIrvine that are the most intelligent or motivated and intelligent with the funding and stability of mind to be amongst the best minds in the world.
My optimism is confirmed by history and also by pragmatism. In that, if you are pessimistic, you don’t shit done; if you are optimistic, you, at least, have a fighting chance for things to get done.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2020/01/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What about hidden linkages here or the clarity of the information?
Rosner: Einstein famously hated the idea and said, “God does not play dice with the universe.” That’s a paraphrase. He said it in German. It bugged people that things should not be determinate. You can’t predict what is going to happen, even if you know everything about the universe or some part of the universe.
People looked around to see if there was a way around it. It was proven, “No, there is not a way around it based on Bell’s Theorem or Bell’s Inequality.” It means that you cannot have hidden linkages in the universe that provide the information.
However, you have black and black-ish holes, which are shielded informationally from the rest of the universe. Those things, I suspect, can be linked in a non-straightforward way. Because they are not part, to some extent, of the overall information or the accessible information that is being processed in the universe.
They generate information and suck up information. But what’s is going on in them is shielded, which means that there can be more complicated linkages. That’s a possibility. Maybe, you can do business in the universe without.
If you are looking at the universe as an information processor similar to our brains as information processors, certainly, there’s a lot of information being processed not available to conscious consideration. There’s a lot of information that comes to us pre-processed, like visual information.
We can become savvier about the processes that go into making a polished vision of the world. If you take LSD, which I don’t recommend, you can see a breakdown in those processes. When you get information that has been shittily processed or incompletely processed, you lose the smooth presentation of the world that we are used to.
Normally, you don’t see 99% of the processes that go into presenting the visual picture of the world. You don’t see the processes. For the most part, those that go into choosing the words you’re going to say from moment-to-moment.
You can pick words for a piece of writing. But all of the words in my head, I have ideas; the words to express those ideas are largely auto-filled almost. The feeling is the feeling of auto-fill. Here’s what I want to say, here are the words, these are the presentations of the ideas in the auto-filled words.
It makes sense to assume that there would be processing in the universe if the universe is an information processing entity like our own brains. It would make sense that there would be processing going on behind our brains.
It would make sense that there would be processing behind the scenes and the processing would be fed into the universe via the places in the universe that are conduits for information that isn’t open to the conscious arena or until it enters the conscious arena.
The places to do that are the massive black holes at the center of each galaxy and, maybe, some of the black and near-black objects throughout galaxies, like neutron stars, collapsed stars that have turned into black holes.
Although, I would suspect. If you were looking for a good place to process information, a billion sun mass black hole at the center of a galaxy is a better place, a better suspect, for an information processing factory than a neutron star, which, though it is collapsed, probably has much less room for hidden masses.
I would guess the objects outside the central black hole may act as associative hooks. This is what I was thinking last night at 2 in the morning. Like everything I think, it could be garbage. A star is going to go through its life cycle, or one life cycle, within the life cycle of the active universe or one cycle of 20 to 30 billion years.
A star will burn out if 15 to 20 billion years and then become a black hole or a neutron star and then becoming dormant with al the stuff in it locked in place. Maybe, this locked star or these locked stars. Say a galaxy lights up, again and again, maybe, a hook to relight up the galaxy may be these locked stars. These stars that once burned bright and now sit there almost invisible.
Maybe, these are time capsules to previous iterations of the active universe. So, maybe, a galaxy that has gone through a bunch of cycles would have a bunch of collapsed stars from different cycles. Maybe, you can light up different versions of galaxies based on which dormant parts of the galaxy get re-lit via being associated with earlier iterations of the galaxy.
Say the universe has gone through 10 cycles, a cycle is a deceptive term because we don’t think the universe blows up and then shrinks down. We think parts of the universe blow up, move to the center, and shrink down, and then are replaced with other parts of the universe blowing up, so the universe isn’t expanding and contracting or roughly stating the same size and processing the same amount of information – plus or minus.
It is not a full expanse or a full collapse. It is a rolling boil. If 10 cycles, which sounds like a spinning class, maybe, the combinations of galaxies that light up for each cycle are based on which combinations of galaxies are lit up in previous iterations, and are being lit up by association.
It is similar to the way a neuron can play a roll in the expression of more than one thought based on the combination of neurons that light up. Maybe, it is a combination of galaxies that light up with there being more information available via the combinations than if each galaxy represented a single thing, e.g., a 22-degree angle, “This is the galaxy that lights up if you have a line with a 22-degree angle in front of you.”
Maybe, the galaxy does more than one thing given what other 10^n or 100 billion other galaxies light up. Certainly, something facilitating this are dormant galaxies hit by floods of neutrinos. If this doesn’t entirely work within normal space, if that doesn’t give enough control over what galaxies light up, then you can sneakily postulate more complicated connections among the structures of the universe as long as those connections are held within black-ish gravitationally collapsed structures.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/12/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How are large-scale structures in the universe providing an image of the informational content and structure of the universe?
Rosner: To take a wider view, whatever model of whatever is going on in the universe informationally has to have enough information in it to be reasonable, for instance, it makes sense that there are roughly 10^11th galaxies in the universe.
They are not exactly evenly spaced, but they’re distributed throughout the universe in such a way that the universe is roughly not misshapen. The universe is curved spacetime. You can consider, for the purposes of relativistic math, the curvature of space as an additional dimension.
So that, the universe is the surface of a 4-dimensional sphere without being weirdly convoluted. So, given the shape of space is roughly, according to General Relativity, in part determined by the matter within it, the galaxies are regularly enough distributed that space is fairly smoothly shaped.
Given that, it makes sense to think of galaxies as, potentially, units of some type of information or units of some type of information processing within the overall information processor that is the universe. They’re huge structures.
There are a lot of them, 10^11th. That’s just the ones that are, according to IC, active versus ones that might be hidden at the outskirts of the universe and not shining at this point, not full of stars that are actively undergoing fusion and emitting light.
So, one place that there might be information is which galaxies are on. Let’s assume that in the universe, one galaxy in 2,000 active. Then there’s information in the choice of galaxies that are lit up, which then the information simply in the choice of galaxies – the number of potential combinations of 1/2,000th of 2,000*10^11th galaxies being selected is 2,000^10^11th/10^11th!.
In terms of the number of zeroes in the number, you can ignore the 10^11th factorial. It doesn’t make much of a dent in that humongous number, which, for the sake of quick math, make it 1 in 1,000 galaxies turned on.
That would 10^3rd to the 10^11th power, which would be a 1 followed by 3*10^11th zeroes. It would be divided by the factorial, which is negligible because you’ve got 300 billion zeroes after the 1 in your number. That’s the information content just in the choice of galaxies that are turned on.
That number, of course, would be less because galaxies would be correlated. If galaxy a is turned on, then it’s highly likely that galaxy b 100 lightyears away is also turned on. They’re local or connected via being a short distance from one another.
But it makes sense that there is information in the choice of galaxies that are turned on. I have gone back and forth about whether under IC the universe is super old with galaxies going through their natural lifespans of 20 or 30 billion years and then falling back away, so that you’ve got a rotating roster of galaxies.
More recently, it was like, “Wait, there are things going on, like apps within information processing that might require some galaxies to be perpetually on.” Now, I’ve gone back to the former view of a sort of rotating roster.
Given that the information capacity of just the choice of which galaxies to turn on is titanic, the information is in the combination rather than in the individual galaxies. Even though, the galaxies function as non-individual entities.
The mechanism for turning on the galaxies, as we were talking about last night, is probably a flood of neutrinos generated by the active center of the galaxy. So, there’s a thing called Bell’s Theorem in Quantum Mechanics about not having a hidden variable.
Some of this comes from Einstein and other people in the early days of Quantum Mechanics and being annoyed that some things in Quantum Mechanics being purely indeterminate. When a quantum wave function says, “What happens next can’t be decided and is instead a probability function.”
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/12/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How can predictive power increase freedom, potentially?
Rosner: I wonder about increased freedom, if any, if our actions are based on more and more predictive information. There are plenty of time travel books, movies, and T.V. shows, where people are can travel into the past to try and fix things that they want to change. That did not go the way that they wanted. So, the question is, “Does it change the experience of time to be able to run multiple parallel simulations of the next few moments and even further into the future than the next few moments and then choose among those moments?” We already do that.
It doesn’t feel like we are choosing among future moments. It feels like we are moment-to-moment taking the best actions based on what we think will happen. We don’t really think of ourselves, generally, as predicting what will happen moment-to-moment, but we are doing it.
We stop at a stoplight that is red because we predict that there is traffic. Or, also, because we see cars are coming, we predict that if we step into traffic that the cars will keep coming and hit us. We are predicting and making the best possible choices based on those predictions.
But we don’t see those as predictions. We see ourselves as reacting to circumstances. In only some of our choices do we see ourselves as predicting and acting according to our best predictions, if you come up to a girl, a woman, I’m from the 70s and the 80s, and the 90s, where you went up to women in bars and said stuff to get the woman to like you.
In doing that, you are trying to figure out what the best thing to say would be. My default was to ask the woman to dance because I did not know how to talk to women. After 3 songs, it would get sweaty and weird.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: All I had to do was say, “Enough of that dancing shit, let’s get you a drink.” I was bad at it. I was a little clueless. But my best-predicted action was to ask a girl to dance. That seemed, at least, to get me to the next moment of dancing based on the prediction that, sometimes, the girl would say, “Yes.”
But it doesn’t seem like a prediction when you take a step predicting the floor will still be the floor and gravity will still be like gravity in the next few subsequent moments. So, I am saying that there is a possibility that future powerful entities with more global information and a much more powerful ability to predict will experience the world.
There’s a famous book or series of books from the 70s called Dune. It is getting made into a T.V. series again. It was made into a movie nobody liked, maybe a T.V. series a while ago. In the book, that one character can see the future exactly as it will play out. He is blind. He can see the future so well that he just knows where to go and what to do because he can so exactly predict the future.
I am saying that time won’t be experienced as moment-to-moment. But we don’t experience time as moment-to-moment now. We accumulate a history. But our perception of each moment, our awareness of each moment, is smeared out across moments and out consciousness and sub-conscious smooths everything out.
So, it feels as if we are experiencing time in a moment-to-moment fashion. Even though, the information that we get about the world does not perfectly fill out each moment at that moment and our processing of each moment does not happen at each moment.
We accumulate knowledge about changes in the world across a span of, a short span of, time, but still a span of time. We don’t experience a bunch of instantaneous moments. We experience, vaguely, a bunch of smeared out moments.
Again, it raises the question as to what a vastly more powerful moment to moment massive amount of predictive information would look like or would feel like within a vastly knowledgeable and powerful consciousness.
The default point of view would be that we would still experience things linearly. In that, we would take action. That action would be locked into the moment. We would take another set of actions that would be locked into subsequent moments. We would still experience things linearly even as we were working through a much wider range of possible futures.
Because generally, we don’t see the possible futures in any kind of fully fleshed out way. When I went up to a girl in a bar and asked her to dance, I didn’t picture ten different versions of the next few days based on how the girl might react. She says, “Yes.”
We get along. We have a one-night stand. We still like each other in the morning. Or if she says, “Fuck off,” then I get embarrassed and leave the bar or go to another bar, or go home. You don’t picture fully-fleshed out futures.
You experience the possible reactions the woman could have. I don’t know whether the more powerful consciousnesses of the future will perceive more fleshed out possible futures. That’s probably a dumb supposition in a lot of ways. But I am not even sure of the ways.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/12/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Jacobsen: In terms of hidden infinities, could the dimensionality vary based on the amount of precision of each moment?
Rick Rosner: Nope, probably because the amount of freedom that increasing amounts of missing information can give you.
Jacobsen: What is the upper limit to that?
Rosner: The way information works in a self-consistent system. I would guess, it has to be locally 3-dimensional. Unless, you’ve engineered a special space that doesn’t work according to the rules of information, like a simulated world, where you want your characters to live. You could build a 4-dimensional video game.
It would be hard to picture on the screen. You could have the characters battling each other in a 4-dimensional space. But the space has been specifically constructed from the game and is not governed by the rules of information.
Jacobsen: How do the rules of information in that space, where a) a universe for the mechanical philosophy as dead and b) there are non-local effects?
Rosner: It is a fake world. That world isn’t built from the information. That world is a simulated world built within a video game. You can give it whatever physics you want. You can even have some approximation of whatever you picture as multiply dimensional time.
But as you work through the game, you can build worlds, where time works weirdly. But it is all simulated. In the natural world, I think things are generally 3-dimensional. We have 3 spatial dimensions and 1-time dimension.
Discussing variations in dimension is getting caught up in mathematical extrapolation and doesn’t have anything to do with the deeper questions about operating in the world, which has the rules that we are operating in.
Let’s talk about how this effects the experience of time to have increasing abilities to predict the future, and whether that influences the linear experience of time. To do something with time, where time works normally, you need a succession of moments.
Anything that is not a succession of moments is a different game and is not exactly a time-based game. Maybe, I’m wrong, but I think the more interesting thing is what the world looks like if you can extrapolate possible futures with greater and greater power.
We can predict a great deal about the world that we’re in now. But there are plenty of things that we can’t predict, like the behaviour of the people we encounter or dealing with traffic. We can predict the physics of everything.
We can’t predict individual events governed by other people’s actions. We get better and better at predicting weather. I don’t have any good answers for this. But I wonder how the experience of time will be changed when we have greater and greater knowledge, which equals greater and greater predictive knowledge.
Where under linear time, we have no choice but to move along with the flow of time, from moment to moment. Each choice that we make is locked in to the next or subsequent moment. Everything we do is locked in time. We deal with the consequences of the actions of each previous moment.[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/12/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What if there is more than 1-dimensionality of time?
Rosner: Asking what time would look like if it were more than 1-dimension mistakes the character of time, I think time is 1-dimensional. But more than that, time is a succession of points and cannot be anything but that.
To suggest a time that’s more than 1 dimensional, it can’t be. Time has to work the way time works. However, there are multiple potential futures and similarly multiple potential pasts. We know. Eveything we know is based on the past. All knowledge comes from history. The stuff that’s come before.
All that information constrains the possible futures. But since we do not have complete information about the past, there are a bunch of possible pasts, too. So, the diagram of what we know has this big wad of knowledge representing the past with the most known about the immediate and then getting more and more vague as you get further into the past, and somewhat similarly for the future.
We know most about what is going to happen in the current moment and less so as you move into the future. But the cones of spreading possibilities in the past and in the future, I don’t think they have a dimension. It is possible.
Basically, a dimension is how much spread you get at each successive distance from your point of origin. For instance, along a 1-dimensional line, there’s no spread. At each spread along the line, it is a point. If things are spreading along a cone, along a 2-dimensional surface, then the size of the cone or the radius of each cone at each cone or distance is increasing linearly by x.
For a 3-dimensional spread, it spreads by x^2. Maybe, there is some math to be done with the increasing spread like at T2 and T1. I don’t know the math of this and if it is cleanly dimensional
Jacobsen: If something was probabilistically not quite real, it would be a 1.2-dimension of time?
Rosner: No, it is to some extent exponential. Because the possibilities multiply exponentially. At T1, you have, in a very small system, 100 different open questions that can be resolved or each resolved in several ways. At T2, the open questions have compounded. The number of possibilities haven’t increased arithmetically, but more exponentially. If they are increasing exponentially, then that’s not describable dimensionally.
Because if it is x to the n and n is the number of moments in the future, then that’s exponential rather than arithmetic. So, you don’t have a steady increase by x^3, x squared, or x^7. On the other hand, maybe, it is not perfectly exponential because of the future events, the specific events that answer the 100 open questions; those may constrain the open questions at T2. It is 100 open questions at any subsequent moment.
Anyway, I don’t know how to characterize the rate of increase of possibilities moment-to-moment starting at T0 as the present moment and moving forward exponentially. I doubt the spread or increase in possibilities is describable x^n with n as some specific number that doesn’t vary across future moments.
There is a lot of convenient math for combining the 1-dimensionality of time with the 3-dimensionality of space, and any further tweaking of dimensionality due to the curvature of space due to General Relativity.
Jacobsen: If those are emergent phenomena and create the world, are they separate before they come into being?
Rosner: No, they are all part of the same deal. I don’t think you should be tempted into thinking time can vary 1-dimensionally. That you can have time that functions as anything but 1-dimensionally.
Jacobsen: What about space?
Rosner: According to the rules of information, you probably need space that is 3-dimensional. I doubt you can vary the dimensionality of space. You could probably do it in your imagination to simplify your image of things.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/11/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: One tentative conclusion for hard or soft sciences is a naturalistic worldview. The world as a natural rather than a supernatural place.
Rosner: Yes, though, you could make the argument that we come to the natural view via science invalidating a lot of supernatural things. My kid, as you know, has been working on a paper about frogs as embroidered objects in the 17th century.
She ran into an issue in discussing why people would be at home wearing embroidered frogs when frogs during that time were associated with witchery. The deal is that frogs were thought to be useful, naturally, in a naturalistic sense.
But they had spooky uses under witchery. There were natural uses. People who weren’t, who used frogs for good purposes – and witchy and possibly evil purposes. Given the level of scientific knowledge in the 17th-century, it is very hard for a modern analyst of frog uses to distinguish between witchy uses and natural uses.
She mentioned one use. You take a frog and burn it, and mix it with some honey and stuff. Then you feed it to a cat, and then kill the cat. At some point, whatever you have done with the frog mixture will make foxes come out.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: She mentioned that as a non-witchy use of frogs. She mentioned this as a non-witchy use of frogs in a non-witchy way. To us, it sounds like a use of frogs in a witchy way, pure witchery. It is because people didn’t know shit back then. They couldn’t tell the difference between the natural and the supernatural based on the stuff they did.
They had no good idea of whether the stuff would work or not. They weren’t or things were not tested scientifically and recipes were passed on. It is only via 3 or 4 centuries of using the scientific method, where we have a pretty good idea of what is supernatural, what’s likely bullshit, and what’s natural.
To the point, we have some laws that we understand pretty well.
Jacobsen: Based on the stuff discussed in the Born to do Math series, when we think of chakras, ghosts, and efficacy of prayer, in the way fundamentally, espoused…
Rosner: Let’s take a detour since you mentioned the efficacy of prayer. Until recently, I have been willing to let religious people have their religious beliefs. I have even, from time to time, had some semi-religious beliefs myself.
But now, given the state of religion in America, I and I think lots of people find ourselves oppressed by crazy levels of hypocrisy. I find myself less willing to let certain religious hypocrisies stand. For instance, the idea that what we need to do after a gun massacre is praying.
You got to say, “Fuck you,” to that because making that the main thing that you can do. You can’t pass laws, can’t do studies. That’s just bullshit and lining up to do the NRA’s bullshit for them. American politics is being scuttled by a religious demographic that support Trump.
Even though, he is not just non-religious, but a really huge breaker of most of the 10 Commandments. He is a terrible con man and bullshit artists. He is terrible for the country and supported by a majority of Evangelical Christians.
Jacobsen: May I interject?
Rosner: Yes.
Jacobsen: If we take the main thrust of the question while sustained in the detour, do the negative, the social, impacts and ease of the political manipulation of a sector of the United States, in some ways, relate closely to a lack of acknowledgement of there being this separation what we consider science and non-science now?
Rosner: I would argue a lack of acknowledgement. Most people who are engaged, mostly evangelicals, in this religious hypocrisy have an inkling of doubt that what they are doing is legitimate. The people who support Trump because he supports their values. Even though, he doesn’t follow any of those values.
Others who support Trump and Israel because, maybe, he is hastening the End Times, the apocalyptic war between good and evil, which will wipe out most of humanity on the planet with only the good people going on to salvation.
I have a feeling that most of those peoples. If you really put it to them, they would admit some doubt with this really bullshitty system that they are supporting. There’s a new report. It came out on Jerry Falwell, Jr. He runs Liberty University, I think.
It is called a real estate scam in the article. He is not godly at all. He brags about the size of his dick and sends salacious pictures of his wife to people. He might have a weird, creepy relationship with his exercise trainer.
He is an all-around terrible guy and a one in a long line of scamming preachers, televangelists.
Jacobsen: This comes out of a very strong movement of the WWII Healing Revival Movement.
Rosner: Yes. In the 60s, there was another revival as hippies rejected the materialism of their parents. A lot of them tried to embrace religion. Some Christianity, some eastern religion, religion used to reinforce decent behaviour. I can get behind that.
But that’s not the way it is being used in America right now. So, anyway, back to demarcation, I think after 400 years of science. We’re pretty clear as to what science is and isn’t. Although, there are a not-insignificant number of people who are in the business of obscuring the border between science and not science to scam money out of people.
People who sell health and beauty products want their shit to sound scientific. There’s a product that I’ve heard a lot of ads for, ‘Man Pills.’ They supposedly raise your testosterone, over the counter ‘Man Pills. You put in a mail-order, then they keep arriving each month. They say that they have been clinically tested in the ads.
They do not say any results: “Clinically tested,” and then no results. Probably, because the results were shit, they sell boner pills over the counter too. A lot of bodegas have these tiger pill packs, which are supposed to increase your virility. These are ridiculous because a) they don’t work and b) there are pills that work that can do the things that these B.S. pills claim to do.
Science is science. We know what it is for the most part. People who are trying to smudge the borders are, usually, trying to take your money.
Jacobsen: So, could we say that we live in an amazing place but not a magical one?
Rosner: Yes! But there are people working in fringey areas because science doesn’t cover everything. Even the stuff covered by science is subject to being hugely revised with new discoveries, as with our discussions before, our main theory of the universe is not even a century old. This very complete cosmology before us is subject to vast and radical revision as we discover more about the universe.
Jacobsen: You and I differ in some ways, in terms of what is presented in a digital physics view of the world. You look at the universe as very probably as having a mind or the characteristics of a mind based on large-scale information processing. I agree with a fundamentally information-based view of the world. I need more premises to have that supported.
It is a basic agreement. The question is to what degree is that conclusion supported in terms of some of the derivatives.
Rosner: You could look at what we with our minds and their characteristics. We have minds in order to predict the future and prepare for it, which is a popular view of minds and brains right now. In that, every action that we take is in anticipation and prediction of the future.
It feels like we’re dealing with present realities. But really, we’re dealing with a prediction of what the world is, even if it is a world of a micro-second from now. We’ve built a vision or version of the world in our minds. That allows us to, we hope, live safely and productively in the world.
Every action that we take is, if you want to get really technical according to this theory, based on a prediction. This couch is solid, gravity works. It will work a second from now, 10 seconds from now, next week. Everything that we do is, as we move into the future and thus our brains help us move into the future, building a model of the future world for us.
Even if it is a fraction of a second from becoming now, as a world, that’s one thing. Our brains help us survive in the world. That they are predictive. That they simulate a world. We could probably come up with about 20 different things that our minds and brains do.
You could probably go down the list and, for each of those 20 things, discuss whether a self-consistent or a vast self-consistent information-processing system or set of subsystems would necessarily have to fulfill each of these 20 characteristics of our minds.
For example, each of our minds is assigned to a single organism, helping one organism doing its shit. That’s not a requirement for other minds like a mega-mind, some universe-sized mind. It could be the information-processing, predictive, conscious arm of a group of organisms. Our mind is located on our bodies. Our brain is located in our bodies. There is this locality characteristic.
That doesn’t have to be so. The information processing can be done remotely for something operating a gazillion miles away. It becomes impractical. If you are talking about huge distances where the speed of light becomes a problem, it doesn’t become a problem if you have this little robotic soldier or bomb defuser, or a little spider assassin that needs to crawl inside somebody’s ear, but is too small to have a sophisticated brain.
This could be directed from a sophisticated brain 2 miles away. The locality isn’t necessarily a thing. You can go down a list of things and pick whether this would be a characteristic of an information processing system. Then everything is up for question if the universe or whether other things are information system, and whether the information pertains to something outside of our universe.
The way our mind pertains to a world. If we think the mind is a world with its own existence, the mind is doing its work is predicting things in a world beyond it or mathematically distinct/separate from the information that it contains. That’s open to question.
Whether you need hardware to support the software, whether the universe is a thing made of information the way our minds are made of the information and needs a hardware structure, an actual existing structure to support the information that it contains. We have assumed because it makes sense to be made of information; that there needs to be an armature to support the information as a framework.
That physically supports the information that cannot exist on its own because our minds cannot exist on their own. They need brains to be the physical structures where the interactions of the neurons and dendrites, and everything, encode the information. That’s open to questions. Everything is open to being questioned.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/11/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The Demarcation Problem, there are a lot of criteria.
Rosner: There’s the Marky Markation Problem.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] what’s the Marky Markation Problem?
Rosner: It is when you are in Times Square in your underpants in the ’90s on a huge billboard.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] Singing about what? Or rapping about what?
Rosner: Or maybe, it is when you are in your teens and beat up a guy and cause him to lose an eye.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] what is science to you?
Rosner: Finding regularities in the environment, by “regularities,” I mean repeatable phenomena. Often, there are theories. You try to explain the repeatable phenomena. That’s pretty much it. As generalists, humans evolved to exploit all sorts of regularities in our world, as opposed to other animals who occupy more specific niches based on a more limited repertoire of behaviour, like anteaters.
It’s right in the name. They eat ants. There are some other things that go along with it. There’s falsifiability. If you have a theory, it has to explain some results that would invalidate the theory if they turned out otherwise.
Jacobsen: It has to make predictions too.
Rosner: Yes, that’s a little tricky. Often, theories follow discoveries. So, theories involve extrapolations. You can have a theory explain a repeatable phenomenon. But it is worthless and also not testable if it is so specific to the on experimental set-up; it is not generalized.
This ball will fall to the ground. Every time you drop the ball. It will fall to the ground. It doesn’t tell you anything or why. It just applies to the one ball. You can, at least, generalize to any ball falling to the ground. It still doesn’t help you.
It is not general enough or predictive enough. You mentioned pseudoscience and soft science. When people think of the sciences, they generally think of the hard sciences: biology, chemistry, physics.
Jacobsen: What are the hard sciences? What are the soft sciences?
Rosner: The hard sciences try to build things up from the least complicated elements of what is being looked at, trying to get at the least complicated elements, formulate theories of those elements, and they’re fairly universal. The elements that are measurable with great precision.
Then the soft sciences are things like political science, psychology, sociology, anthropology. Things that deal with smushy, often human, behaviour. You can come up with rules for soft sciences that are nearly as universal as the rules of the hard sciences, at least statistically.
But they are based on smushier and complex biological systems, humans. That rule would be true well over 99% of the time, which makes it a pretty decent rule in terms of its ability to predict behaviour. However, you’re still dealing with soft sciences.
You don’t get mathematically, numerically exact results. Everybody understands this distinction. If they don’t, then they should pay more attention.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/11/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What would be something that would be nice to have as an evolved mental function that is not evolved into us?
Rosner: You can look at the stuff that we have evolved for ourselves via apps. An infallible sense of direction would be good. I am always arguing everyone should be forced to take statistics. So, maybe, a more developed understanding of and ability to apply risks.
An ability to find more subtle patterns in big data. This is coming. We won’t need this in our brains because we will get it in our apps. You can always say various apps built into your head would be helpful.
Jacobsen: What about perceptual functions?
Rosner: People can always use more power to get social clues and interpersonal clues. Some people are really good at reading other people. That’s a good skill to have. It’s a good skill. It means that some people will have more partners than other people.
I call it anti-Asperger’s. Some schmoozy people, especially where I live in L.A., are at home with asking for more from people and then getting it, because they are able to judge what people are willing to give.
Although, I may be overestimating people’s social skills. When I first had this thought, it was before MeToo. What looked liked increased social skill, ten years ago, to me, I’ve hit on a lot fewer women than people I know.
Some of this I attribute to shyness or fear. Some of this I attributed to being less charming. Now, in the light of MeToo, maybe, I was wrong about that because, maybe, the people who I admired or envied for getting with a bunch of women.
Maybe, they were bigger assholes. Maybe, they were not getting away with anything and the women were thinking the guys were assholes. Maybe, they weren’t getting away with as much as I’d thought. But it would be nice – all that aside – to be able to perceive more of what people are thinking.
Jacobsen: H.L. Mencken described many men as having elephantine emotions [Laughing].
Rosner: Do you mean huge and plodding?
Jacobsen: Huge, plodding, blatant, cloddy, just uncouth generally.
Rosner: Yes, I’ve heard this described in Women’s Studies as men having less impulse control.
Jacobsen: What does this mean in a mental context? Why is this happening way more? Are we talking about more sociological reasons or more innate reasons leading to those sociological/sociocultural consequences?
Rosner: Emotions, in the context we’re talking about, are judged by action. If someone is like Emily Dickinson shut up in her house, we don’t know what emotions she’s having compared to somebody who is getting in bar fights, or road rage incidents.
So, we can make an argument that guys are more action-oriented. You can trace this to the frontal lobe dementia. You lose your Superego and act on pure ID to put it in obsolete terms. Guys have a lower threshold to act on what they’re feeling.
Jacobsen: Men do develop slower. We know that.
Rosner: You can argue men are generally crappier. Men have less quality to control in a lot of areas.
Jacobsen: You mean this not as a moral judgment, but as a biological descriptor.
Rosner: Men are, you can argue, more disposable. My wife hikes with a bunch of people her age and little older. Like half of their husbands are fucking dead!
Jacobsen: What from, for them?
Rosner: One had a sclerosing disease. He was in a parking garage and had just walked out from pitching a T.V. show and dropped dead that was hardening parts of his body. I take super good control of my body. I just had cancer.
It is a small sample size. When you talk about sex or gender differences, you always run the risk of over-generalizing or making conclusions that are too big on a small sample size, or culturally limited sample sizes. I don’t know in general.
Would there be a geometry of lower impulse control? Yes, you could do it, even without a geometry of consciousness of that.
Jacobsen: It would be less integrated geometry. It would be shorter pathways and less integrated.
Rosner: Yes, some people like to argue a thicker corpus callosum in women leads to a more integrated consciousness and a more even-keeled personality. But that’s probably over-concluding.
Jacobsen: Will this imply with greater self-control and greater awareness of a situation that women would be better able to conceal emotions better in terms of propriety and social dynamics?
Rosner: In our world, it is harder to determine. Women are smaller and weaker than men. A smaller and weaker person will be more prudent. If the average woman was 6’1″ and weighed 185lbs, would women be as asshole-ish as men? There’s too much going on there.
There’s too much cultural loading to reach any super-definitive conclusions. There’s, at least, one member or former member of the U.S. Women’s National Soccer Team who has been dinged more than once for spousal abuse.
She’s a big, strong, angry, at times, person. So, is that a brain thing or a hierarchy thing? Too many variables.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/11/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Does this make certain thoughts impossible and other thoughts extremely difficult for us?
Rosner: Yes! Unless, you practice recalling dreams and actively recall your dream as you wake up, really rehearse it in your head. It is almost impossible or very rare that you spontaneously remember a dream because the weird combination of arbitrary crap in your dream is like a very tough to break code.
You are very unlikely, at random, to simultaneously think about enough of the random assortment of stuff in your dream that your dream will resurface.
Jacobsen: Are there certain things whether awake or dreaming that are impossible for the human mind to comprehend?
Rosner: Yes, if there is too much going on, and if you haven’t really turned into what you’re seeing or hearing, or if most of the content has not been rehearsed and been reinforced by being part of consciousness, then it makes it harder to have enough associations with that thing to recall it.
Jacobsen: We’ve talked about the mathematics of consciousness before. One of the things that follows from that is that even the things seeming fundamental or mysterious, like consciousness, in experience, as in qualia. If we can get mathematics of consciousness, then there should be a derivative from that.
One of those should be the qualities that should be describable by math or apprehendable immediately in the math.
Rosner: I think that a lot of people have a practical understanding of what consciousness is, already. This generation has this more than any other generation. We understand. I read some article discussing various niceties of consciousness, e.g., whether consciousness is an illusion.
We’ve talked about this. It sort of is, but it doesn’t matter because it works as if it is not an illusion. Anyway, there were all these different things. This article talked about that stuff with Tegmark and all the modern guys with models of consciousness and some of the guys with models from 20 or 30 years ago.
Everyone pretty much agrees what consciousness is. It is the sharing of information among a bunch of subsystems, such that you get a very vivid, fleshed out, real-seeming version or model of the world.
Jacobsen: One characteristic not pointed out about consciousness is in the weaving together of thoughts and experiences is the all-at-onceness of it. It feels as if it is happening all at once. But we’re getting feedthrough of all these different subsystems at different timescales. Somehow, there is the illusion behind the illusion of consciousness. That it is this simultaneous thing. It’s not.
Rosner: I think what you’re talking about are smoothing functions. I don’t know if there is a formal name for them. But they are like another app to ensure that you’re not confused by the nuts and bolts of assembling moment-to-moment awareness.
Jacobsen: You know people who have podcasts. They speak into a microphone and have software that smooths out the voice and the background. That seems like the characterization of the “smoothing functions.” In one view, they are an illusion behind the illusion. In another sense, they make the real feel that much more real.
Rosner: If you take LSD, which I don’t recommend doing, and if you take anything, then you can take mushrooms because LSD lasts for like 20hours. It becomes a pain in the ass after the first 2 hours.
Jacobsen: Did you see the video of the three Mormon guys who took LSD?
Rosner: No, I hope they poke each other’s eyes out like the horror films of the 60s would threaten happening to you if you took it. Or did they just get really loose and giggle?
Jacobsen: They get loose and giggle in front of a camera. It’s the first substance any had taken.
Rosner: Oh wow, that’s a big first step. Anyway, take mushrooms, not LSD. If you do take LSD, then it fucks up a lot of stuff, like visual smoothing functions. People’s faces look like intermediate steps in building CG faces.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: You get polygonal faces. You don’t get the final work product or a good final work product. You see what, to some extent, the raw crap – not raw perception – or an incompletely formed perception looks like, e.g., polygonal and lizardy. Not the rounded rosy, for white people…
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: [Laughing] you get fucked up shit. You time fucked up, because all the time smoothing functions. One function of consciousness is so that we’re not constantly freaking out about glitches in perceptions.
Jacobsen: Those freaking outs are still part of the overall safety functions.
Rosner: They are. When you look at a doorway, and for like half a second, and are like, “What was that?” Then you get more information and it’s like, “Oh, false alarm.” If you didn’t see people lurking in doorways when they are there as soon as possible. Then you are in danger. Your brain will sometimes see lurkers where there aren’t because it is safer to be that way.
If we were seeing like a hundred lurkers in a room a hundred times a minute because our smoother-outers are not working right. We’d be constantly freaking out. It wouldn’t be a good use of resources. We’d be constantly shitting our pants because phantoms are thrown up so much.
I suspect this happens to some people. I think schizophrenia is a breakdown to some degree of smoothing functions. So, people are jumping to all sorts of conclusions about what is happening in the outside world.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/11/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We were speaking about some of the aspects of IC with the long-distance particles, photons, functioning as information carriers as they travel through the curvature of space over billions of years and lose energy to the curvature of space. It’s a mechanism of the universe defining itself, in a manner of speaking. Let’s keep this going.
Rosner: When we last talked about this, IC, Informational Cosmology, we decided that information had to be less localized, less linked to specific structures like galaxies in the universe than we’d thought before. Although, black holes still have to be specialist structures, particularly the black holes at galactic centres because they are getting more information from within themselves than the rest of the outside universe.
We decided that there’s a lot of information in the loss of energy from long-distance particles losing energy to the curvature of space. That lost energy provides a gravitational force. The universe rearranges itself and space exists due to the cumulative, or space and the distribution of matter in space, energy loss of long-distance particles due to the curvature of space.
So, there’s some information on that. Although, it is tacit information because it is information that isn’t conveyed by detecting particles across distances. It is tacit information via not detecting particles. It is letting those particles keeping going and losing energy with the distances that they travel, slowly reshaping space.
So, how much information in terms of how the universe perceives what is going on with itself from moment to moment, how much information it gets from that kind of information versus the information that it gets from particles being detected, I don’t know.
I would guess that the universe’s moment-to-moment picture of itself is due to particles being detected. The framework information, the gravitationally conveyed information, I don’t know. Maybe, they both contribute to the universe’s picture of itself.
But I don’t know what the breakdown is or the qualia of it is. Here’s what I do know, the universe is an association engine. If it is a hologram, and I don’t like the term because I am fuzzy on what I mean by “hologram,” but if the universe is something that perceives itself as a whole, then it means that we as thinking beings with our own mental universes can pick out specific aspects, specific things that we’re thinking about, from moment-to-moment.
When we’re driving, we’re thinking about our car, other cars, billboards, street signs, and other stuff like whether we will get laid that night, what we will do at work, etc. All of these are specific ingredients in what we are thinking at any given moment.
At the same time, there’s an overall information sphere that encompasses all of that. We’re association engines because when enough aspects of what we’re thinking about at the moment are associated with something else that we have thought about at some time; information from the past becomes part of what we’re thinking about currently.
That stuff can be words. If we see a picture of a kangaroo on a billboard, we will think the word, “Kangaroo,” because there is enough information from our current thoughts to bring the word, “Kangaroo,” from our thought history. Also, if we saw a billboard with 6 + 6, we would think 12 because we have developed thought structures that are recallable thought structures that are part of math that will give us 6+6.
We have memories that are recallable. Memories feel different from mathematical principles. 7*14 being 98. That feels like a different kind of thought than remembering your 3rd-grade classroom. But they probably have in common that they are pulled up in their various qualities by association.
We’ve built structures that will allow us to pull by association, maybe strings of associations, e.g., 163*162. You’d have to build a bunch of structures. You’d have to go 160*160, 256, so 25,600. Then you’d have to remember that, hold that in your awareness and then add in the products to get it up to 162*163. But all that is probably via association.
You build structures. Then you associate or continue to recall them via associations. Memories come up or feel as if entire different worlds because everything is associated with everything else in the memory. The way the windows in my 3rd-grade classroom had semi-circles at the top, how a lot of Sun came through the windows, how there was a row of books lined-up under the windows, as I became more nearsighted during the year then I lost the ability to read the titles across the room.
All that stuff is brought up via association. That feels like a type of holography. Although, not necessarily lightwave holography, which is a very specific mathematical thing. But the deal is, the general rule is, when you think of enough stuff associated with things that you have thought about in the past, those things come up, depending on how amenable those things are to being recalled, how many hooks there are to get at them.
We’ve discussed this as being a geometric property. That some things are harder to get at than others because they’re less hooked in or are in harder to access parts of space.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/10/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What does this have to do with reincarnation?
Rosner: It has nothing to do with reincarnation. People want to feel as though they have an essence. People want to feel like there is a personality or a psyche. Some underlying framework with which they approach the world that is not dependent on just being a collection of specific memories and bits of knowledge.
It is a set of underlying attitudes. To really blunt that, we all know people are, at base, happy people and other people who are, at base, sad people. People who have a tendency to be more perverse than other people, to view things through humour than other people, to view the world as more dog-eat-dog as other people.
It is a potential mistake to think that somebody’s underlying attitudes are some kind of essence.
Jacobsen: So, all conscious experience and all consciousness do bind to something natural, something material.
Rosner: You mean the material.
Jacobsen: I take the material as a limiting form of the natural.
Rosner: I would go further: consciousness is the result of the material. It is what happens in our brains and the rest of our nervous systems with mostly our brains and a fraction outside. To be simple, consciousness is what happens in our brains.
Jacobsen: It is kind of like occasionally getting a stomach ache in your enteric nervous system.
Rosner: But for shorthand, the focus is on the brain. I am thinking that it is a way to think about it. How does the shape of an information space effect the experience of consciousness?
Jacobsen: You know when you take a mathematical formula with enough variables. But it is different variables represented in different ways. The different things that you’re describing – the landscape, the math of consciousness, the material aspect of the brain, and the information space. To me, I take these as different orientations on the same fundamental ideas.
Rosner: Yes, but at some time, you need to come up with predictions and workable empirical models. Let’s go to something with less nebulousness. We can call this a new session. But let’s talk about neutrinos.
Matter is, as you know, super transparent to neutrinos. It takes a fantastic amount of matter to have any kind of probability of stopping a neutrino, of detecting a neutrino. The neutrino detection experiments in the world, what it takes to detect them; you set up a huge tank.
Some huge block of matter, e.g., a tank of mater, but it has to be gigantic, like a million gallons, with detectors all around the tank. The deal is, quadrillions of neutrinos are passing through the tank every second. You’re only detecting a few neutrinos every second, only a tiny fraction, because neutrinos aren’t stopped by matter, except to only a very tiny extent. The deal is that neutrinos and photons are the only two long-distance particles, which includes anti-neutrinos.
But the difference between neutrinos and photons is that photons are just energy. They have a wavelength, but are only the energy that they consist of. Once a photon is largely exhausted by travelling across the universe and losing energy to the curvature/gravitation of the universe, there’s nothing left. There’s no geegaws; there’s no doodads associated with the photon. Photons are just energy stuff.
But with neutrinos, neutrinos will also lose kinetic energy as they travel across the width of the universe. No matter how much energy a neutrino loses; there’s still the doodad, which is the key – picture a physical key that can unlock a neutron.
If the neutrino is intercepted, or if a neutron is hit and detects the neutrino, if the circumstances are right, then the key in the neutrino will unlock the neutron and turn this into an electron plus a proton plus energy. A neutron can decay into a neutron and a proton plus energy.
But it also decays, spontaneously decays, into an anti-neutrino, which, I guess, can run into a neutrino and then they cancel each other out. The deal is, there is this little scorekeeping key. No matter how much energy a neutrino loses travelling across space.
It is still the key to unlocking a neutron and turning it into a proton plus an electron. So, it seems like neutrinos are the key to the associational mechanism of the universe as an information processing system. Neutrinos travel across the open universe, which we’ve called the active center.
They are mostly not going to be stopped. Most photons travel across the active center of the universe and don’t get stopped. Stars only cover one-trillionth of the night sky. So, most photons go on and on and on. Most photons travel across enough of the universe that they lose much of their energy to the curvature of space.
Most photons that escape from their immediate neighbourhood. Most that make it to the surface of a star only have a one-trillionth chance of hitting the surface of another star, which is similar to the odds of them hitting the surface of a planet. They’re just not gonna and then deplete most of their energy.
The deal with neutrinos is that they are even less likely to hit anything once they make it to the surface of a star. Inside of a star, there are a gazillion collisions every second. I’ve seen calculations as to how many photon collisions it takes for energy to get from the centre of a star to the surface of a star. It has a bunch fo zeroes in it. It is huge.
Once on the surface, nothing is stopping you. It is the same with neutrinos, or more true for neutrinos. They get free of the star where they were released. They just keep going. Until, they hit what we’ve discussed as the outskirts near T=0, where everything is collapsed.
It makes sense that the active center of the universe is stuff not needing to be opened up because it is already open. It is already under conscious consideration. So, it makes sense neutrinos don’t interact with that stuff, which isn’t created or released.
It makes sense that they open up the closed stuff based on the shape of space and the gravitational lensing based on the gravitational associations among the matter in the universe. When most people, or when I think of, all this stuff in the universe. I tend to think of every galaxy sitting in its own gravitational wells rather than walls, filaments, and large-scale gravitational structures that span 20% of the observable universe.
But we should think in terms of filaments because those large-scale gravitational structures determine or help direct the associational process by flooding some parts of the closed outskirts with neutrinos that will blow those things open. We have talked about that, but not in those terms.
It makes sense that neutrinos are the associational engines. They all splatter against the back wall of the universe. The really tight, dense, closed-up neighbourhood of the universe close to T=0 that has the requisite density and probably the requisite energy available for these depleted neutrinos, depleted of kinetic energy.
I do not know enough about neutrino action to know what part a neutrino’s kinetic energy role plays in whether a neutrino is captured or not. Nobody’s done any research into kinetically depleted neutrinos anyway. It is hard to capture a neutrino. I don’t know if anybody has ever researched.
Neutrinos waste so little. If they have any kinetic energy at all, then it means that they are only travelling at 99.99999% the speed of light. I don’t even know how you would even study kinetically depleted neutrinos. I would guess that all the neutrinos created by fusion in that active centre. Almost all of them splash against or crash against the dense, closed-up, inactive or dormant T=0 area of the universe.
They’ll flood certain parts of that around that. A lot of energy available around T=0 because, even if the universe did not big bang, the universe still has the geometry of the Big Bang. Assuming that you could get there, it would be very dense and very hot. You got stuff frozen in time and super hot if you can open it up.
If you can open it up, then it is the same as starting time again. All these neutrinos splash into it. A closed part of the universe opens up and becomes part of the active centre with the energy that’s needed to open it up being available because the universe close to T=0 is dense and super hot.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/10/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The clumpings in different areas. Those amount to really dense interaction areas. There is something relevant and important about the associations there.
Rick Rosner: Yes, but we haven’t made much headway, once you’ve seen an equation written so many times, once you hear or see it, you immediately pick up the symbols automatically. You’ve heard it or remember it, auditorially. One way that you don’t experience it is doing the math, in a sense.
When putting things together, you see as one object that which is multiple objects. You just do the math. There may be another way in which it has been rehearsed in your head so many times. Even without going to the associational trouble of seeing it, or hearing it, in memory or sub-vocally.
When you say stuff within your head, you don’t even really need to think of the final answer. Do you need to think of it? Is it that ingrained? I am beginning to think something is so deeply ingrained in your brain so many times that I am beginning to think that that is part of the landscape, the mental landscape, and so the spatial landscape too.
The information there feels more profound. It will be deceptive phrasing. It feels less specific and deeper. It is like an underlying worldview or set of worldviews expressed. That would constitute something more of a structural thing.
Some deeply rooted framework upon which more specific sensory information are at rest. We have specific memories. Then we have this underlying set of feelings about the world. One suspect or several suspects in discovering those inchoate feelings or attitudes about the world, about stuff in general.
One is that they are like every other specific piece of information because they are based on less information. There’s no difference. That all information is the same, except for the degree to which you have the information.
The picture that you have no idea about will be vaguer than the one that you do have information about. Another way to look at it is that, maybe, another, deeper – I don’t want to say, “Metaphysics,” because it is a deceptive phrasing – underlying vague attitudes that might be a form of deeply held, deeply researched information that is rooted in the gravitational history. This kind of tacit information.
It is this tacit information that is this substratum – or the underlying structure or landscape – upon which the associational structure is built. Almost like a golf course or a pinball field, where – not exactly a pinball field or machine… I don’t know.
It is not the best analogy because you have flat play areas and ramps. I am thinking of an undulating landscape. When you try to remember something, it is like rolling a ball across the landscape. Whatever declivity the ball falls into, that is the triggered memory.
Imagine a rolling landscape with ball holes.
Jacobsen: A really, really complicated billiard balls table.
Rosner: More like a golf course because when you roll a golf ball around it, and when the ball rolls into a divot, then that calls up a memory. The landscape is what helps determine where the ball goes, the hills and valleys.
That landscape is the shape of space. The landscape contains information. The expressed associations as in the ball goes in the divot. That triggers a file to be recalled and presented to awareness. You don’t directly perceive the landscape, but the landscape helps determine what you do perceive.
This may be indirectly perceived because, when you’re rolling a billion balls a day across the landscape, your picture of reality is shaped by the landscape.
Jacobsen: How do all these billions of individual interactions on this landscape, on this virtual golf course, called the universe, come together in terms of non-physical connections between the parts while all part of this weave connected in some manner?
Rosner: Yes, the universe perceives itself via exchanging particles. In other words, the tightness, the thereness, of particles in the universe; I believe there is an argument to be made under the rules of Quantum Mechanics with the lack of fuzziness of everything in the universe due to the universe continually perceiving itself.
It is this particle exchange that determines the universe. It is the Tarantino gunfight. All the particles moving and interacting helps to pin the particles down fairly tightly in space, and in time; it is the universe detecting itself.
Jacobsen: This is in an intimate way with close interactions and far distant interactions.
Rosner: And due to the history of the interactions, that formed the basis for this landscape. The whole idea of fields is to avoid some of the problems of action at a distance. You get a field via the interaction of particles that hit you, directly. You being a particle.
So, something happening 10 lightyears away. It doesn’t influence you until particles from that deal take 10 years or more to travel across to you, and then influence you, directly. There’s no action-a-distance, I think, in an old sense that what happens there, now, is perceived or felt here-now.
Instead, the idea of fields, I think, is that you perceive what happens elsewhere once particles from elsewhere or the net product of particles, for instance – as I believe gravitation is the product of other forces (e.g., electromagnetic force expressed via photons with unbalanced net forces among swarms of photons manifesting gravitational force), but, still, you don’t feel the force until particles have had enough time to travel from there to here.
That’s a more complicated way of saying, “There’s no instantaneous action-at-a-distance.” Everything is mediated by stuff travelling across space. I would guess that the shape of the landscape is or potentially has, or can be, part of the conscious experience. Even though, we may not perceive it directly.
I would also argue: if so, it can be mistaken for a soul. Although, it’s not. I think when people talk about the soul.
Jacobsen: You mean most people here.
Rosner: I mean people who have been exposed to a fair amount of science and are talking about the soul more philosophically than the idea of the soul as defined by a particular religion.
Jacobsen: I interpret that as liberal theology and natural philosophy.
Rosner: People have a sense. You see this in movies. I do not know if people believe in it or want to believe in it. There’s something about reincarnation. There was a movie from 40 or 45 years ago called Heaven Can Wait. You see this in movies.
There’s a bunch of movies like this, like 20 or more, where somebody dies and goes to heave. But they are put through some heavenly bureaucracy.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: They are sent back out as a baby. For that to work, there has to be some essence of the person that is the same that comes back in the movie.
Jacobsen: Is there any part of that that makes any sense, practically, to you?
Rosner: Not exactly, no, it doesn’t make any sense practically. If you obliterate all the information in somebody’s head, if all the information is disallowed, then there’s nothing to be transferred to the baby. But people do have a sense that there is some essence that transfers some specific memories.
I don’t think people have any time to even entertain this kind of nonsense anymore. But I am wondering if the tacit information that is the rolling landscape is perceived within consciousness indirectly and vaguely, as a set of underlying knowledge.
The more I talk about it; the more it sounds like garbage. There is information is in the shape of space and in the distribution of matter. I am wondering how, assuming that IC is right and that our moment-to-moment consciousness can be visualized or manifested in a physical universe and the universe looks like the universe that we live in, we perceive the shape of our information space. Is it rolling hills? If we perceive it, do we perceive it vaguely but deeply?
Something that is less based on specifics. I don’t know. I entertain the possibility, not that it is a soul, but that the information perceived that way has this vagueness that can be mistaken for that bullshitty soul that is the crux of cheesy reincarnation movies.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/10/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The universe at face value. Go!
Rick Rosner: So, I am working on this novel. One of the characters in the novel is working in the same direction that we’re working. I thought about it a little. The last time we talked; we talked about the universe being an associative engine
It is just to say that your mind or brain is an associative engine.
Jacobsen: It is the old phrase everything is connected but some things are more connected than others.
Rosner: Yes! Your brain exists to form connections and then to the best of its ability pull up relevant connections given your present mental circumstances. That is, that which is in your current conscious arena and unconscious arena. Your brain will pull up what it thinks what you think is relevant from its store of associations.
Jacobsen: The puller-upper is par of you, too.
Rosner: Everything is you, right. You could argue, maybe less so your unconscious. What you experience as “you” is your conscious, to some extent your subconscious.
Jacobsen: I would mean in terms of the complete makeup of the person as the psyche.
Rosner: You are everything that comes out of your brain. If limited to what you’re conscious of, there are many things that happen outside of your awareness. But that’s a distinction that we can talk about at some point.
Anyway, your brain works to give you the information that you think that you need. It works by association.
Jacobsen: Is there a better term than association?
Rosner: I don’t know. How else could it work?
Jacobsen: Relationally?
Rosner: Relationally, connectedness. But I mean in terms of a sophisticated information processing entity to work.
Jacobsen: Probabilistic network.
Rosner: Is the only alternative to either give you no information or just random information? It is almost tautological to say that your brain works via association, or either tautological or elementary.
Jacobsen: It makes sense too. Anything associational can be built via networks or can build a network.
Rosner: That’s obvious. The game is to figure out how it does that, what the rules are. In thinking about that, we’ve decided that there’s a lot of shared information in, if you consider the universe as an information processor, or being distributed to the universe via the energy lost due to long-distance particles due to the curvature of space, which that energy goes into space itself and makes things more precisely defined in space and, also, determines where things are in space or where they move because that lost energy is manifested in the form of gravitation.
In the lazy way that I half think about things, that’s the way I decided information is shared on a universe-wide basis. It ignores the obvious other way that information is shared. Here’s where taking the universe at face value kicks in; when photons are received, are detected, are seen, that’s another huge way that information is shared.
That is, photons from hundreds of millions and billions of years away; we are perceiving the universe. It makes sense that the universe also perceives itself that way via photons and, also, tacitly via the loss of energy in space via the travelling of long-distance photons.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/10/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What about personality and intelligence flaws in Newton?
Rick Rosner: Newton, according to most sources, was a prick – vindictive, arrogant, and kind of a shit. He lived for a long time. So, he could get revenge on people. He had a long time to work out his grudges.
Did this mess with his physics? I don’t think so. He did a lot of shit. He didn’t revolutionize math alone via Calculus and physics via Universal Gravitation. He ran the Royal Mint. He spent decades to research the Bible looking for hidden messages.
Jacobsen: Did he find anything?
Rosner: I don’t know.
Jacobsen: Do you think it’s even possible or just a fruitless endeavour?
Rosner: No, it is a fruitless endeavour, because guys wrote the Bible. You could argue that they were inspired by the Word of God, but they did not include secret codes. It was translated from Aramaic or whatever to English and from Latin to English.
So, no, there’s no pulling legit signals out of the frickin’ Bible.
Jacobsen: So, it is a dumb endeavour.
Rosner: Well, so is most stuff, apparently, Newton didn’t want or have sex with anybody. Maybe, that freed up time to do shit. He was kind of iconoclastic in terms of behaviour. He got up when he wanted to, laid in bed and thought when he wanted to. He was the Lucasian Professor of Mathematics at Cambridge University.
He had that position. In that position, he had servants who would bring him hot milk, whatever he wanted. I don’t know what his responsibilities were, but he, probably, did mostly whatever he wanted – maybe delivering one lecture a year.
There’s no way he would have put up with teaching classes, which may have freed him up to get shit done.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/09/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the general problems in science fiction?
Rick Rosner: Sometimes, or even often, science fiction is built around addressing a specific aspect of the future world. For instance, I just finished The Murder Bot Diaries, which I just finished and highly recommend set about 300 years from now.
It is an AI plus some human brain matter security robot of the future. He is called “Murder Bot.” He calls himself the Murder Bot. I came in on the 3rd and 4th ones. I don’t know the beginning. But he is really good at killing other robots.
He does security. That’s what he does. Actually, it does a semi-decent job of depicting a lot of the aspects of the future. It is really good. I like it. They work this into the culture with Murder Bot taking a lot of time in storage.
A lot of time is spent in transit between space stations or planets. I don’t know if he ever goes down to a planet. Basically, he watches T.V. and movies. So, at least, those are part of the future world. But we never see what like is like on planets.
Basically, he spends a lot of time in space offices and space hotels built around as hubs to space stations. He spends a lot of time on rocket ships and a lot of one novel on a terraforming craft floating above the surface of a planet.
But the world isn’t fully fleshed out because the books concentrate on the adventures of this security robot and the people that he protects. Now, probably, the author has a much more fleshed out view of the world based on all the thinking she had to do to write these four novels.
At the same time, her thinking is not presented beyond the books. If you could sit her down and ask her, “What is like on Earth like? How many planets been colonized? How does your FTL drive work? What were the aliens who brought FTL drive who discovered it? How did we stumble upon the aliens work?”
She would be able to answer a lot of questions about how the world would be. Her thinking does not need to be as laid out and non-contradictory as if she were writing. Maybe, in her other books, things take place on the planets Murder Bot is in; and she has a fleshed out picture of what it is going to be like.
But! That’s not necessarily clear from the Murder Bot series. That’s, often, the case with stuff like Star Trek. Star Trek very seldom goes to Earth. In the first series of Star Trek, the one with Spock and Kirk. If they went to Earth, it was in a different period or going back in time to the Nazi period.
I am not sure. In that, I think there were 88 episodes of the original Star Trek. I am not sure that they ever touched down on planet Earth in whatever fucking year it is supposed to be. So, everything happened on the freaking Starship Enterprise or on some alien planet.
So, they didn’t have to flesh out what life was like on Earth. Or where it was fleshed out, obviously, people are still walking around in human bodies almost entirely augmented. You don’t get augmented human bodies until the Borg enter in one of the series.
By the way, there’s a whole sex scandal that led to Obama becoming Senator from Illinois that involves a borg, Seven of Nine, the actress Jei Ryan. Her husband was a perve and wanted her to do shit. People should look her up and her sex scandal.
She did not do anything pervy, but she was married to a perv. It is interesting how a Star Trek actress’s fucked up marriage led to Obama becoming president. There are all these issues with depicting the future.
Unlike the far future, the near future, if you want to do a good job of it, you need to flesh out the world. I am only starting to try doing it with predicting our devices in a not lazy and extrapolating way. That they will be bigger or smaller. Or that you’ll wear them on your wrist.
Shit that is easy to predict or boring to predict. I did come up with an idea that will happen with our devices that will be fun. Actually, there is some accuracy to it. But I won’t tell it here.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/09/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How will these cultural ephemera issues feed into the future?
Rick Rosner: Now, I may just blatantly have people from now just make up shit that they are doing in the future, which I don’t think is weak to libel or slander. I think libel is printed to things in the future because, obviously, you’re not trying to claim that they are doing that shit because it is the future.
It is hard to come up with near future devices that don’t sound bullshitty. But you have to bite the bullet and do it. Uber is a non-sense word. Google is largely a non-sense word. The words that have come into being for devices are all these made-up words.
If you are having to bring new devices into your world, you’re either going to have to make them later versions of existing devices or give them new names. It will be unsatisfying. Because, obviously, you are not going to get it right and people will see what you’re doing.
“Oh, you’re taking semi-non-sense words and having them do something with what is its function, like Lift. You are getting a lift. Or Uber, they are Uber cars. They are everywhere, super cars. The words have a little bit to do with the function.”
So, you just got to do the same thing in making up new products that the actual makers of new products have to do. It is not going to be entirely convincing. You are going to have to hope that what you’re saying about the culture and the events are compelling enough and/or funny enough to overcome the problem of readers saying, “I see what you’re doing.”
There’s an issue of extrapolation by going too far or not far enough, or in fashion. When I was a teen, when I really young, there were two books by a guy named John Brunner, which were near future histories set in the U.S.
We mentioned them before: The Sheep Look Up and Stand on Zanzibar. They were science fiction when science fiction was very niche. They probably didn’t sell that much, as this was before science fiction books became bestsellers.
It was left to science fiction readers rather than everybody. Dune is science fiction. The Lord of the Rings is not but is lumped in with science fiction (as it is fantasy). Brunner’s books probably did not. But they tried to address what the U.S. would look like over the next 10 or 20 years starting in roughly 1968.
I don’t remember many details. But I remember that the one detail that jumps out at me is that, in the future women wore skirts that were so short where you could just barely see their underwear all the time, basically. It was a kind of extrapolation from the miniskirts of 1968.
His additional detail was that the underwear had fake pubes in day glow colors attached to the front of the underwear. It took the extrapolation and added a little bit of a curve to the raw extrapolation, a little bit of a creative filler or doodad.
I like that. Also, when I read it, I was probably 14 or 12. I was super horny.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: Anyway, that’s what you got to do. But there’s a truism about science fiction. That everything depicted in science fiction will eventually happen, but it will take longer. This guy writing in 1967/68 has people’s underwear being on view in the late 70s.
That did become a thing. He was right. But it didn’t become a thing until the 21st century, where, now, performers, like Ariana Grande or whoever, just go out on stage in a lyotard. It was correct. But it just took 30 or 35 years instead of 10 years.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/09/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You are writing a book now. Why? What makes this different than in the past?
Rick Rosner: The deal is, if I do not write something or a paid guild writing job in the next year, I am going to lose health insurance and will have to retire and then go on retirement guild health insurance. I don’t want to do that.
Because you take a financial hit in retiring so early. Besides, I am not fucking retired because I am still doing stuff. I have something decent, which should sell. I haven’t had my hopes dashed yet. The novel begins a year or two from now and then covers the next 15 or so years.
There is a reason for 15 years. I will not disclose this here. I won’t really disclose many of the specifics about the novel because that would wreck the fun of it. I don’t want to give everything away. I will talk about the issues involved with writing about the immediate future.
One thing is probably now more than ever before. It matters who wins the next presidential election because the character of the country will be extremely dependent on whether we have got that motherfucker in office for the next four years or if we have a democrat.
Also, whether the democrats take back the Senate too, because, at this point, the Republicans are the worst major U.S. political party since, at least, the Gilded Age. They are super corrupt. It is a fantastic period.
By fantastic, I do not mean great. I mean almost unimaginable previously to all this shit happening in a period in American history. It is crazy how shitty things are. The time period I am covering in my novel, what happens or what I can talk about, and what I have to dance around, a lot of it depends on the election of 2020.
That’s one thing that has to be addressed or danced around. Probably, the biggest movie that looks at the near future, the period that I am talking about, of the past 2 to 4 years is Her with Scarlett Johannson and Joaquin Phoenix.
It is very careful to keep its scope limited. Ex Machina is another movie probably set in the near future. It is even more limited taking place in a house with an opening scene in an office. It could be 2 or 3 or more years from now.
But there are no clues because it is just in a house. But Her goes out and is filmed in Singapore, which has futuristic architecture. Everyone wears futuristic clothing, high-waisted pants. But not everything is overall too different.
I haven’t taken a census of the relative number of books from different periods to the near, medium, to the far future. But I think writing about the future depends on the nature of the book. A book set 5 years from now about 3 sisters and their relationship.
You can make it seem like it is set in the future by making it seem like the sisters have a few devices, and taking forms of transportation that are now available. If you keep the focus on how people are affected by modern technology, any author is going to have to dance around the not being able to get the specifics of the future right.
We know the stars of 2032. You can do jokey references to Madonna trying to be sexy 8 years from now, when she is 68. It is a tough thing because the specifics are important in the near future. They come out of the present in which we live.
If you write about 800 years from now, you can put Ryan Gosling in it. You could say this with helps of advanced medical technology. But most aspects of 2350 will not have much of a relationship to the cultural ephemera of now.
Although, it is a mistake that sloppy science fiction writers make, trying to build bridges between now and 800 years from now by having characters interested in shit from now. One character will say, “Have you ever seen Pulp Fiction?” It is like, “Fuck no!” Nobody cares about that stuff.
It is like asking about The Life and Opinions of Tristram Shandy, Gentleman. It is fucking forever ago and apparently a good novel. So, the farther future has fewer issues of cultural ephemera. One is cultural ephemera as an issue and then carrying it into the future.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/09/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why “Born to do Math,” though?
Rick Rosner: I like thinking about the universe, but not as much as I like thinking about the universe. I just don’t do it enough. And I do a lot of non-sense. The tattoo is trying to shame me into doing what I should be doing.
Jacobsen: You were eating jello in high school.
Rosner: Not high school, I was aged 20 years and 11 months. I had an insight into the nature of the universe. Yes.
Jacobsen: What was the feeling?
Rosner: This makes so much sense. This has to be right.
Jacobsen: What sense?
Rosner: That the universe is made out of information. And that if you drew a map of the information in an individual consciousness, it would probably look like and behave like the universe. That information exists within an information space.
That space has rules that are probably the rules of the universe. It clumps up via gravitation. It is shared via long-distance particles, like photons and neutrinos. The more information that you have, then the more precisely defined the information is within its information space.
Just all that.
Jacobsen: Why pursue obsessive IQ testing and memorization of the World Almanac in place of doing the math?
Rosner: Because I am a lazy fucker and made choices that kept me from becoming an academic in the areas of physics, which I probably should have done. The prospect of that just bummed me out. The work that it would take.
The laid that I would not be getting. I looked at the grad. students. All grad. students in physics at my university had their pictures up in a display case. None of those fuckers had hair. I thought, “Do I just want to think so hard that I could the hair off my head?” I was worried.
I probably shouldn’t have been so worried about getting a partner, a girlfriend, or a wife. I was very concerned about that. I couldn’t see how to do that while doing physics, except not in a way that I would get laid a lot.
Which I didn’t, except in modern terms, I had sex with 16 or 17 women. If I were in my 20s now, that wouldn’t be a horrible number because people are having less sex and are less concerned about racking up numbers.
It was a mediocre number for the 80s. I don’t know.
I like my wife. I like my marriage I have with her. Would I have been able to find somebody else who I would be able to be with? It is a crap shoot. My wife and I have been in couple’s counselling for more than a quarter century, not every week, just once a month.
It is not a yelling match every time. There is mostly no yelling. It is a way to do a little bit of work. It is to show that you’re committed to the relationship. I could’ve ended up with somebody else who was just as lovely as my wife.
But maybe, we couldn’t have stayed married. I think half of all marriages end in divorce.
Jacobsen: What are the benefits of marriage over singlehood to you?
Rosner: Having a friend around all the time, having somebody to keep things on track, somebody who allows me to be distracted and who takes care of a lot of stuff. I can take care of some of the stuff, having someone who does nice shit for me and who I can do nice shit for.
Having somebody with whom I have a long shared history, so, we’re not always explaining ourselves to the other person. I have been with Carole since April 5th, 1986. That is more than 33 years. It is nice not to start over.
It is nice economically, as we have talked about before. Society is set up to help couples get ahead more than singles and non-traditionals. When my wife and I got married, we had zero assets. Then we started accumulating fucking assets in the course of things.
It is built into society. We are lucky that my wife at first had decent jobs. Then later, I got good jobs. It is one of the preferred modes of existence in society. So, being in that mode, it lubricates life.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/08/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why does everyone have a tattoo now?
Rick Rosner: People could only see mine when I posed for art classes. In the 30 years since I have gotten my tattoo, which is faded and blurry like an old sailor’s tattoo, people have nice, elaborate tattoos or not-so nice elaborate tattoos.
I have OCD about fitness. I am kind of a prick about it. I am a little bit judgy, even though I shouldn’t be I used to say, before I trained myself not to think shit like this so much, “If you are going to decorate your body, do some work to make your body worth decorating.”
It is a shitty thing to say. I trained myself to never say it, except now, and think this much less. We live in an era when people are chunky because food is cheap and delicious. Not because people are weak. Everyone is weak.
I am weak in a huge number of areas. People only have a limited amount of resistance to deliciousness. I probably shouldn’t eat Popeye’s fried chicken, but I found out that I like it. I think it is better than others, especially the tenders or the boneless wings.
Because they aren’t really that greasy. The chicken legs and thighs are greasy. But the wings and the tenders, I take three cholesterol blockers too. I have little resistance to Popeye’s chicken. Anyways, we should talk about why people get tattoos.
Jacobsen: Why did they get tattoos? Who do they get tattoos?
Rosner: You are making a correct point that people get tattoos for a different set of reasons now. Tattoos used to be – 40 years ago – a sign of badassedness, and not playing by the rules of society, and setting apart and not being able to take certain jobs because they wouldn’t allow a tattooed person get hired.
If you went to get hired at a bank and had a tattoo on your wrist, they would say, “No, you can’t be a teller or anything else here creepy tattoo weirdo.” Even in the military, you can’t have a tattoo past a certain line in your body.
If you are in a uniform that has short sleeves, I am not sure if you can have a tattoo past a certain line on your body. If you have a uniform with short sleeves, I am not sure you’re allowed to have tattoos poking out from under there.
If you join the military after getting tattooed up, I am not sure if they will turn you down. I think there is a social media or a sharing aspect to them. The same way people announce themselves on social media, what they like, who they are.
You can share what you’re into via your body. Also, there’s a chance that people want to mark or have a reminder of what they like. Maybe, they want to use their body to mark the passage of time by getting something that’s irreversible or only reversible with great effort and expense.
If you’re getting tattoos to mark the passage of time, don’t do it, because your will do it for you – for free. After having tattoos for 30 or 40 years, it will just make you sadder. Or you won’t care that they now look like shit.[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/08/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The Born to do Math tattoo. what is it?
Rick Rosner: I only have one tattoo. I got it in late 1988. It says, “Born to do Math.” It’s on my right ankle. It is remind me that I should be doing math because I do a lot of bullshit that isn’t math, and math and physics are really the stuff that I should be doing.
Because I am good in that area, but am really lazy. I also, at the same time, got a couple of dots of eye liner at the corner of eyes to distract from that fact that my hair was going away. But those tattoo dots have long since gone away.
But I still have an old blurry “Born to do Math” on my ankle. The best thing that ever happened with it. That is, the only story that I really have about it. I was modelling for an art class. A guy asks if I am gay. I say, “No. How come?”
He says, “Because you have the tattoo ‘Born to do Matt’ on your ankle.”
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: That’s just an interesting to have if I indeed had that tattoo. That I have decided that my one purpose in life is to fuck this one specific guy.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] this is an encapsulation of your entire life.
Rosner: [Laughing] yeah, I guess so [Laughing].
Jacobsen: [Laughing] this is everything. This is everything rolled into one. Everything else is a variation on this theme.
Rosner: Yeah, I suppose so.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/08/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We talked yesterday about Will. We came up with two extra points of contact, at least one main one, which was Confirmatory Will. It was pinning things down.
Rick Rosner: It is using will as a conscious decision. The point we left off on was, ‘Why is consciousness expressed to us in the form of a narrative? What is efficient informationally about us feeling as if we’re part of a story?”
It is not unreasonable to consider humans generalists and adapted to finding regularities in the environment as opposed to more specifically adapted creatures who have less general intelligence to the extent that general intelligence may exist.
I would suggest that narrative framing is an efficient way of structuring experience. That part of general intelligence is identifying situations involving cause and effect, finding the reasons for things, and tracing out the causes and the effects.
That making it part of a story is a compact way of structuring that knowledge.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/08/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How was Newton limited by his period, his time?
Rick Rosner: One was observational limitations. Newton as in the 17th century. We didn’t know there were other galaxies until the 1910s or 1920s. It was 250 years away until we knew about other galaxies.
Thing two, he was building an entire cosmology in the absence of any other reasonable cosmology, any other mathematics based cosmology. You had the Copernican system and Kepler’s laws. They were not a cosmology.
They were some rules for planets. Newton came up with Universal Gravitation, which includes his assumption that in an infinite universe; all of the stars spanning across infinity would keep each other from collapsing into a point because the local stars would pull on each other and the other stars would be keeping you stable.
But if you the universe can contract even if the universe is infinite, you can imagine an infinity shrinking. I guess that argument there. Given all Newton had to do, he didn’t have time for that shit. He didn’t have time to consider the greater implications of his cosmology.
To simplify stuff to the point where he was comfortable with it, he assumed a fixed space against which his physics played out. I read that he considered the idea of space and the entire world as determined by the matter within it.
It just wasn’t a fixed space that did shit within but that matter had something to do with the structure of space. I guess that’s possible. If he had considered it, I think he backed away from it because it was too much (!) for him to deal with at the time.
Because there was no precedent for what he was doing. He made simplifying assumptions. It was a lack of information and history of building cosmologies that worked against him. If you gave me time, I could come up with 2 or 3 other limitations.
He didn’t know about atoms. Would have knowing about atoms have helped him? He did work in optics. Atomic knowledge would have helped him there. Light rays are emitted when an electron drops an energy level orbiting around an atom, which means he could have been helped by knowing quantum physics.
All that stuff was more than 200 years in the future. So there you go. Newton.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/07/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the limit to the possible sizes of the universe or other informational objects within the conceptual and physics traditional of digital physics in which all that exists reflects the objects, quantities, and dynamics of information?
Rick Rosner: The idea that there is no limit to the size of things, including the sizes of universes. We live in a finite universe. A large thing compared to things that we familiar with that aren’t the entire universe. The universe has 10^85th particles. Stars have 10^57th particles are something like that.
The universe is one million billion billionth the number of particles of the entire universe. So, it is kind of small. The Earth has like 10^50th particles or something. The human body has Avogadro’s number, so like 10^23rd particles or something.
So, we are a lot smaller. Even though, the universe seems fantastically big. It is. Under IC and the possible turtle stack of universes containing other universes, it seems like there is an idea that a universe can be any finite size, which a) seems obvious.
We live in a big universe. The rules of physics do not seem to preclude a smaller universe or a ibigger universe. Although, we do not know the rules of physics that preclude the size of a universe. There’s nothing saying a universe could not be a billion ties bigger.
That’s thing a), the universe can be bigger. Thing b) is the universe is the universe is rather self-balanced in terms of its gravitational energy. Although, there’s now the expanding universe, which has fucked with an open and a closed universe. It seems very closely balanced to having the amount of matter within it.
I guess, that includes dark matter and some other shit. It is precisely or exactly balanced being an open and a closed universe. That is, a universe that will keep on expanding forever, but just has enough energy it needs to do that.
If it even had a billionth less expansive energy, it would, at some point, run out expansive energy and then start collapsing into itself. IC doesn’t entirely believe that that’s by accident. It is more that it is a property of information.
However, the universe does seem to be precise in its dynamics. So, you could argue that, at some limit, larger than our universe it becomes impossible to have a universe or a stable universe that can expand uniformly, at least apparently uniformly, in a Big Bang way and have a bunch of local collapses and fold into itself like a big piece of paper.
Because it has a bunch of anomalies in the states or densities of matter. Assumption A is that you can any size universe. Question B, “Really? You can have a universe that is an octillion times bigger and still get the matter arranged in such a way that it doesn’t become unstable and just quickly unfold into itself.”
Part A is you can have any size universe with Part B as a retort of “really?” Anything short of infinity. We postulate that not only is any size universe possible. But if you’re cataloguing possible universes, the frequency with which different sized universes show up – I don’t know what “show up” means because we only live in one universe and only one universe showed up.
But if you are counting universes somehow, you can still get any sized universe because there may be a principle that says any sized universe can exist. But if the likelihood of that universe drops to zero, then it can’t exist. The principle that any sized universe can exist includes that there is a non-zero probability of any sized universe existing.
This leads to another weird infinity. If any sized universe out to infinity has a non-zero chance of existing, then that implies that there is an infinity of possible universes. Is that determining infinity? Or is it an infinity that seems okay? I have no idea. I don’t even know, as I said, what that means in terms of counting or making a zoo of universes. That’s pretty much the end of that whole deal.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/07/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Another possibility if you’re thinking of really, really big construction projects. You’d probably be thinking of massive manipulation of gravitation to move stuff around.
Rick Rosner: I think there are some hard and fast rules to physical dynamics. The speed of light might be one thing, or the travel faster than the speed of light.
Jacobsen: I would think of contracting space to move faster than the speed of light for transportation through space.
Rosner: They talk about warp drives. That would require the large scale manipulation of matter. I think there are many properties of the universe that are really hard to get around, so that you don’t get miracles with faster than light travel being a miracle, kind of.
If civilization is able to last long enough to travel across a galaxy, it might have the power to manipulate or move large objects, but in a way that would take advantage of natural phenomena because purely being able to engineer whatever you want will run you into limits on what you want to do.
If you want to construct a quasar, for instance, a civilization may be able to do that, but it might take, at the fastest, 30 to 40 million years. So, a civilization might want to take advantage of things that are either already quasars or are close to being quasars.
If you wanted to hose down some part of the universe, or if you wanted to propel some things somewhere, you might want to use structures that already exist. Things can’t suck over all areas of its surface. You want to get something that has things that can escape, like with the jets that might be able to rotate over a period of millions of years.
The jets point in the direction that you find helpful. That, to us, not knowing shit about any of this, just wildly speculating, the direction of quasars don’t indicate anything to us, let alone anything about intentionality. However, if you did a large-scale sky survey and found weird regularities in the direction of massive quasars that are spraying stuff, then, at the very least, you can speculate about causes.
Again, the end.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/07/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We have been talking a lot about new forms of order on and off tape.
Rick Rosner: I addressed the fact that there are different forms of order that look vastly different, like the order of biological life versus the order in the universe. Where every point in the universe has an average redshift versus the rest of the universe, or versus other points in the universe, every point in the universe has an average redshift of the objects near that point.
The objects surrounding a point within 20, 30, 100, a million, light years of a point in the universe when observed from any other point in the universe have an average redshift from whatever point they’re being observed from.
That redshift is going to depend on what point that redshift is being observed from. But the objects, the large objects that are being observed tend to have velocities that are not too far off from the average apparent velocity of that region of the universe.
In other words, everything in the universe appears to be expanding with an expansion or an apparent expansion vector that isn’t too far off the expected expansion vector for that point in the universe. That is, there is a form in the universe.
The universe has largely sorted itself out. Where you can imagine a more compact universe in which stuff is flying every which way, but if you allow enough time to pass, and if you allow the expansion of the objects and their velocities will tend to organize the recessional vectors of every large object, so, you have fewer and fewer collisions over time.
Then everything will have a central explosion like a firework and everything will move in roughly straight lines from the central point. Within the initial bag of explosives, there could have been chaos within the initial deal, where things are burning and flying around with stuff crashing into other stuff.
It is only when you have the collision, the number of collision per unit time declining and then everything appears to be flying out in an orderly fashion. The collisions more early than late, that is a form of order. It is much different than the form of order that you would find in a possum.
They are both forms of order in the universe. I would suggest that all those forms of order fit under or can be fit under an umbrella of increasing order. There are stories to be told that we have not found out yet. We do not have any inkling about how these forms of order on large scales of space and time – how they interact with each other.
But we can look for evidence of local order, of the order that evolves, on planets, say. Maybe, it goes off a planet and starts re-engineering the nearby areas in the solar system or forming non-evolved order.
When evolved life starts making artificial intelligence, artificial intelligence is constructed order. You get another form of order. I believe all these forms of order are potentially important to the story of the overall universe.
We just don’t have an inkling of how far that stuff goes. But we can look for evidence or can, at least, imagine looking for evidence. It shouldn’t be that hard. According to IC, the universe is older than it appears to be.
So, it is easy to make a list of where to look and what to look for, for large objects that might be bigger than the apparent age of the universe. We still need to do that. It is also possible – and some science fiction writers have occasionally written about this on the most superficial level – to imagine a civilization trying to construct a galactic empire.
Star Trek has it. Star Wars has it. I didn’t watch enough Battlestar Galactica. You could imagine human-type galactic empires constructed with the help of a faster than light travel being possible. But it is also possible beyond the really simplistic idea of that kind of empire.
It is the idea that sufficiently advanced civilizations, for their own purposes and perhaps for greater purposes – even without faster than light drive, might take it upon themselves to travel across a galaxy and to develop powerful technologies to stella-form to mess with stars, to galacti-form or mess with galaxies, to cosmo-form or mess with the structure and stuff of the universe in order to raise the probability of its survival on some vastly huge time scale.
For instance, at various times, we have talked about parts of the universe like galaxies and galactic clusters fusing material and running out of material and then burning out, and then falling out of the active center of the universe to be reactivated later.
But let’s say there is some civilization that does not want to do that any longer, and wants to manipulate matter to reduce the possibility of a collapse, if a) IC or something like IC is more accurate than a Big Bang or a solely Big Bang type universe, and if we start to understand what galactic engineering might look like, we might look for indications of it or proof of it.
For example, is the universe more smoothly distributed in its apparent recessional velocities than the apparent history of the universe would indicate? Has there been intentional smoothing? I would assume that observers of the future will look for stuff like that.
That’s pretty much the end.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/07/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Are there any intellectual predecessors who we should be giving more credit?
Rick Rosner: There are all the IC people. It from Bit like Wheeler and Ed Fredkin and a bunch of people whose names I do not know because I have not read up on it much lately or at all. All the universe as giant computer people.
These are part of this. The universe as information people are part of this. Then information theory people that include Norbert Weiner and Claude Shannon who are part of this. You cannot have a theory of the universe as information if you do not have a theory of information as a thing.
It helps if you have a mathematical model of it, which is what Wheeler and Shannon gave us. They had predecessors. But I don’t know who they are. Also, certain science fiction writers who are part of this. I would think that Larry Niven at some point.
There have been a series of books that include civilizations hiding out in black holes trying to get past some choke point in the universe, like the collapse of the universe, by hiding out in a black hole. Ideas like that. That civilizations can interact with the universe on a large scale is a predecessor to some of that stuff that we’re thinking.
Anyone who has tried to deal with infinite recursion in trying to think about the universe, which is the old joke of “turtles all the way down.” That we have cited a gazillion times. That doesn’t even cover it all. The theorists of consciousness – both right and wrong, including the more modern ones like Max Tegmark and anybody who thinks they have a theory.
People like Minsky. Anyone who thinks they have an information-based view of consciousness. Including those who think that consciousness and examine how consciousness works, the brain researchers who found that a lot of conscious decisions happen after the unconscious decision that initiated the action that was apparently decided consciously.
So yes, all of those people and more.
Jacobsen: Who has a different approach similar to IC approach that would still be a possibility, a standard materialistic framework?
Rosner: I think all the It from Bit people are all a little bit off. I think information resides in the system of particles that we have – protons, neutrons, quarks, photons, neutrinos. But those things don’t easily equate to bits, to the computer equivalents.
They can’t really be called equivalents because they don’t really equate. The particle system that occupies the natural world, comprises the natural world, is able to contain information, but, perhaps, not in the neatest bit-wise, byte-wise, way that computers contain information.
Lately, with Lance, my brand has been being underinformed. Because Lance will attack me ’cause he knows a lot of stuff. But what he knows are these bullshit conservative arguments, I will not be equipped to respond to fight them and call them bullshit, except to call them bullshit – other than that they come from the conservative side and support bullshit points.
They are probably cherrypicked and have been spun to ignore a lot of the points that are being made, but because I am underinformed. I do not know what the legitimate counterpoints are. I will say that my brand is being underinformed.
Jacobsen: When does physics become chemistry?
Rosner: When you have enough constituents, when it becomes easier to talk about what is going on in chemical terms rather than in the bare bones physics terms, it is the same for when physics becomes biology.
There are a lot of biological processes that you can talk about without going all the way down to the quantum principles. You can talk about stuff that a 3rd grader might know. That hemoglobin in the blood captures oxygen molecules and carries the oxygen to the body to use in burning fuel.
I just said that without mentioning any quantum mechanical principles. But I know that the hemoglobin molecules do some weird quantum mechanical stuff as they snap open and shut. When they’re shut, they accept no oxygen molecules.
But an open and expanded hemoglobin molecule has four oxygen atoms that it has captured, the guy who owned the only gym that I ever belonged to; he was a researcher in hemoglobin. He was trying to capture hemoglobin molecules at the time of capturing the four oxygen atoms.
That was in the 70s, maybe even the 60s. They could never find an intermediate hemoglobin molecule. It was either collapsed with no oxygen atoms or expanded with four oxygen atoms. There was probably some quantum stuff going on there that they did not have the technology to get it at that time, in the 60s and 70s.
I do not know the state of it now. I am sure there is a lot of quantum stuff going on with oxygen capture with hemoglobin. There are many things that you can say without going into the quantum mechanics of atom capture.
Similarly, all of these other disciplines become these disciplines when it is easier to think about and talk about them without going to the base level quantum mechanical phenomena.
Jacobsen: What does this modern understanding of the world – in quantum terms, in information terms – do to all these traditional religious views? This materialistic view of the world now.
Rosner: We talked about this before. You talked about the God of the Gaps. The more the materialistic view of the world accounts for things, then the fewer things have room for mysticism and religion, except as moral systems and as overarching metaphysical systems.
Let’s talk more about some of the aspects of the growth of order.
Jacobsen: Sure, we can even pivot. If we look at some of the standard answers in some of these older philosophies, they try to account for things in vague, mystical, and non-technical ways. How does an IC approach to order differ from them? What is an example of it?
Rosner: An IC approach to order draws huge connections between order and information. The more order, the more information, the more matter, time, and space, it is all part of the same package. As we were discussing in the last session, it, maybe, allows for the growth of local order – planet-based, evolution-based – as part of the overall increase in the order of the entire universe, especially when local order expands to mess with the macro affairs of the universe.
That all processes, which increases order, increase the precision and fidelity with which the information is modelling something or computing something. It makes the universe more fine-grained and more accurate in doing whatever tasks it’s doing.
The contributions of local order, planet-based, are small until the civilizations that thus arise start messing with the macro features of the universe, which means that it might be a falsifiable thing or an idea, a principle. I don’t know because IC isn’t far enough along. It might be that IC implies the long-term survival of civilizations and the increasing reach of civilizations across solar systems and then parts of galaxies, and then entire galaxies, and not exactly empires.
Because empires along the lines of Star Wars do not feel computational. Maybe, we are being fooled by the computational trend that civilization has taken in the Computer Age. But that seems like a permanent trend.
You would kind of think that the large-scale movements and expansions through galaxies would be in pursuit of computational goals. For instance, if the scale of space is shrunken and usable without obliteration in the blackish hole that is in the center of a galaxy, then you, maybe, want to get to the center of the galaxy and understand the physics of it.
Because if the speed of light stays roughly the same and the scale of the universe is shrunken in a huge blackish hole, or if the speed of light outside of the blackish hole is the same but the scale of space is shrunken, then this means that you can get more matter in a smaller space, more precise matter, and you can do computation faster because, eventually, in non-shrunken space computers run into limitations because of the delays in signals travelling through the computer.
For example, if you build a Dyson Sphere that is one big computer at the radius surrounding the Sun, that means that it is 500 or so seconds – that radius is 500 or so light seconds. That is, to send the signal from the surface of the Earth to the Sun takes about 8 minutes, in a Dyson Sphere that is a computer that has a radius of 8 light minutes is going to have significant computational delays among the various nodes of that huge ass computer; but if you can find an area of space where the speed of light or the speed of signals are the same and the scale of space is shrunk 100-fold, then you can reduce computational delays by 99%, which an advanced civilization might be interested in.
An advanced civilization might be interested in facilitating the survival of the structures of the universe, so that it doesn’t get crushed in some kind of collapse as galaxies run out of fusible matter and begin to collapse. A falsifiable claim or a falsifiable test might be to look for it, instead of terraformed, stellar-formed, or galacti-formed bodies in ours and other galaxies, which would be something at the center of the galaxy.
We wouldn’t know what we were looking for. But would we be able to see the signs of engineering? Is the flatness of the universe – the closeness of the universe forming, though I do not know how this has been adapted with recent models of cosmic expansion – associated with this? I grew up with the knowledge of the universe balanced between being completely open and completely closed.
It had this precision of not being to open or closed to continue expanding forever or to collapse in on itself. Could this flatness be a consequence of the information or simply the behaviour of an expanding structure? Because expanding space tends to kind of smear anomalies versus the average recessional or apparent recessional velocity of every point in the universe, the anomalies of local bodies tend to fade away as those bodies use their excess bodies to travel over large amounts of time to travel to where their recessional velocity matches the apparent velocity of that part of the universe.
It is like a firework. An explosion goes off, say a firework goes off at five different points and five different explosions in the shell that goes into the air, and immediately after five things explode, you have things hitting each other.
But as the explosion goes on, the points at which things hit each other are at a smaller radius than the stuff flying outward. You end up with something that looks fairly regular and spherical as everything flies outward.
The difference in the original locations – the five bags of explosives – become less and less consequential as the radius of expansion get bigger and bigger proportionately to the original explosion of the explosive shell. So, the big banginess of the universe could be a natural consequence of expansive dynamics.
Or it could be a consequence of the consistency of information, or it could be something that could be aided in some areas by galacti-forming, which is a dumb term that I made up. There should be a better word with better Latin. But civilizations nudging large objects, e.g., black holes, stars, clusters, using the technology that might be at hand for a civilization that has been around for 200,000,000 years to smooth out the universe, where you don’t get collapses.
I don’t know what galacti-forming might look like. It might look fairly natural. When you’re dealing with super large objects, it is the problem of “how do you deal with an asteroid that may crash into the Earth?” The kinetic energy of an asteroid is such that you can’t just bat it away even by shooting a bunch of nuclear weapons at it. You have to find it when it is far enough away that your nuclear weapons, rockets, or whatever, can nudge it slightly, so the slight nudge is sufficient to have it miss Earth.
Because you don’t have enough energy to fight the asteroid when it is ten minutes from crashing into Earth. Similarly, you can’t just push black holes around. But a quasar is a type of black hole, I think, where the radiation escapes the poles. You might be able to nudge the black hole around so the jets of radiation or the streaming matter coming out of the poles of a quasar point in a direction you like. So, it hoses down something else that you would like to mess with.
But that kind of messing with megastructures. I don’t know how we would look for that. I don’t even know if it would be reasonable to look for it. But it is a possibility in a science fictioney way.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/06/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, we are talking about order, persistence, etc., etc.
Rick Rosner: The most fashionable model of brain and model, as far as I understand – which doesn’t mean that it is wrong and so it is probably mostly right, is that the sensation, computation, consciousness, qualia, and so on, comes from the – the idea is that the – function is to model the external world predictively that lets the organism anticipate what happens next and then assume the best stance relative to what happens next.
Jacobsen: Also, I want to make an unequivocal statement from you. I will put it in the form of a rhetorical question to just clear the water or air if anybody is ever reading this: does the mind not exist independent of the brain and its operations?
Rosner: Yes. 100 years ago, 80 years ago, 2,000 years ago, if you asked people who thought about it all, you would get answers that indicated that the mind is not something necessarily magical or spiritual, but somehow made of different stuff and not generated by material, the physics, and the biology of the brain and the body in general.
Jacobsen: The structure and dynamics of the brain do not exist independent of the mind and vice versa.
Rosner: 300 to 200 year ago, you would get the idea that the brain is a receiver or intermediary between the magical mind stuff and the material world. That the mind was not a product of material processes. It worked within stuff separate from the material world.
Whereas in the last 50 years, it has become increasingly accepted that the mind is a product of the physical and biological processes. Although, there might have been a few who speculated that this is the case. They were by far the minority until some time into the 20th century.
You talked about the God of the Gaps. Science keeps squeezing out where magical stuff can happen. Science operates on most of the board. There are fewer and fewer places for the mystical mind stuff to exist.
Jacobsen: Yes, I agree.
Rosner: People think that the brain works to get you ready to address the world by modelling the world, by making you half aware of what might happen next. In some instances, you’re getting ready for what is going to happen next.
You see a car coming towards you. It is two feet away, or a fist is coming at your face. You jumped off a six-foot wall. What is going to happen, the fist, the ground, the car, are going to be making contact. This is the main focus now.
It is an inevitable event. But in general, what you’re anticipating is a bunch of different possibilities along with different time scales, what you’re going to have for lunch, what happens if you go in for a kiss, you need to make another rent payment.
It depends on what your focus is. You’ve got a kind of a rough awareness of a bunch of possibilities in different spheres of your life. Your brain tries to take the best stances towards all those events, which depends on the quality of your senses, the quality of your thinking.
That is dependent on, among other things, the size off your brain, the sophistication of the connections of the various components of your brain, your brains ability to hold onto memories and analyze new sensations, the quality of your sensory apparatus, which mostly depends on the quality of your equipment and the sophistication and durability of your processing equipment.
You’ve got sensory equipment. You’ve got processing equipment. The various measures that you can apply to this stuff will determine the quality of the model of the world. Ours is better than a grasshopper. A grasshopper has a real half-assed picture of the world.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: It is ditto for a worm. There’s no way an amoeba is conscious. Unless, you’re willing to extend consciousness down with some index. If our measure was 1, the amoeba’s would be 14 digits to the right of the decimal point to the point where that doesn’t even count as conscious.
The quality of modelling the world is proportionate to the quality and quantity of the equipment. Then if we’re looking at the universe as an information map, as a physical embodiment of the information within a vast awareness, a vast information process system, then there are measures of the material world that have something to do with the quality of that information system and whatever it is modelling, assuming that it is doing the same job that we think our minds and brains are doing. Right?
Jacobsen: Yes.
Rosner: Some of the numbers might be indicative of the scale and quality of that model are that there are 10^80th or 10^85th particles in the universe. That there are 10^11th galaxies each containing 10^11th stars with each star containing roughly something 10^60th protons or neutrons, or whatever.
The scale of a proton, it has a wavelength of – I haven’t looked it up in a long time – one ten billionths of a centimetre is its deBroglie wavelength. It is very not fuzzy. The extent to which a proton is fuzzy is space or is indeterminate is teeny, teeny. It is to one ten billionths of a millimetre, say.
All the various matter is space is precisely located. You’ve got all kinds of matter. It is precisely arranged. It is clumped in a bunch of clumps – 10^22nd clumps, 10^22nd stars in the visible universe. Clumping is a measure of the kind of development of the universe.
The universe is one mushy thing is not very differentiated. A universe that is clumped into 10^22nd clumps with each clump as a star is highly differentiated. You could argue that the differentiation or the clumped upness of the matter is a measure of the degree of fidelity of the universe and the information that it contains.
So, you can also argue that in a lot of universes that order is increasing. There are processes that we have talked about that contribute to the overall increase of order or the overall increase of information within the universe.
That is the long-range sharing of information, the sharing of information across billions of light years. Because most photons, once they escape their immediate environment or once it gets out of the Sun – I do not know how long an event of nuclear fusion takes to get from the center of the Sun to the outside of the Sun. But it has to ping pong a lot. (I haven’t looked it up in a long time. So, I don’t know how long.)
It is going to keep going for many billions of lightyears because there is less stuff for it to run into than for it not to run into. When you look at the night sky, it is dark. I think that is Olbers’ Paradox, which was figured out by Edgar Allen Poe.
The question, “Why if the universe if filled with stars when you look at the sky at night is it dark?” Because if there is an infinity of stars, then, at night, when you look at the night sky it should be as bright as the surface of the Sun.
Poe solved the riddle by saying, ‘It just means that there are a finite amount of stars and the universe has only been around for a finite amount of time.” By the same idea, a photon will not run into stuff. If it does run into something, it is going to be way the frick far away, because the universe is mostly empty or mostly a near vacuum.
It is comprised of stuff or space that is going to allow the photon to keep going. Assuming, and we have talked about how it is not unreasonable to think, that the universe we see needs an armature external to the universe, to keep track of the information in the universe, to store it, in the way that our minds need a brain to be the physical hardware that holds or exists in the state that reflects the information in the mind.
Assuming that the armature of the hardware is competent and is not degrading, then the processes in the universe, the large scale sharing of information should increase the amount of information in the universe and make the universe even more intricate over time.
Photons going on and on and then losing their energy to the curvature of space, which is the same as losing information is the same tacitly shared information with the wider universe. That is a fairly simplistic process.
A photon gets emitted and just goes. That is not that many steps. It is a simple process. Then you have order generating processes on places like the Earth where things become more orderly and then more complicated.
They evolve and we evolved, and life on the surface of the planet evolves across hundreds of millions and billions of years in a local fashion. A planet that was just not ordered cools down becomes an order generating system.
Then the question becomes, “What does this local increase in order have to do?” But another question before that, “What does an increase in order within an information processing system look like?”I would say that it looks like what has been going on with our televisions.
You just have a decrease in the graininess, an increase in precision, and an increase in the fidelity with which something is modelled. Right? You go from a picture that consists of a hundred pixels to something that consists of a hundred million pixels.
The model of the world becomes more detailed and accurate in the way the mind or the information processing system is not even necessarily aware of. When I was a teenager, I did a lot of a stupid shit. My model of the world was sufficiently underdeveloped that any time that I came up with a plan, then it was likely to not work in the way that I intended.
Now, I am 40 years old. My plans are less ambitious. I have a higher success ratio with the things that I intend to do. I would guess that my model of the world after 40 years of gaining experience is more accurate and more detailed.
But on a moment to moment basis, I have not noticed an increase in accuracy of my model of the world. I have not a degradation of my sensory apparatus. My eyes are blurrier. My experience does not feel more accurate, detailed, and precise than when I was a dumb teenager.
But my experience of the world and my model of the world probably has become much more accurate and detailed and informed by past experience. So, we can guess that there is a fair chance that the entity that is embodied in the information in the universe may not even be aware of a gradual increase in the information that it contains.
To get back to local manifestations or increases in order where life evolves, perhaps even beyond planets if the life on planets starts building and extending civilization into the solar system and perhaps beyond, the question, “Does this local stuff have much to do with the increase or the overall increase in information in the universe?’
My guess, “Yes, but not much, until, the local increases in order become less local.” Life on a planet is piddling compared to the overall scale of the universe. Perhaps, only appreciably impacts the overall order of the universe when it goes big, which it has time to do.
Let’s say life when it reaches a certain level of sophistication is likely to persist or it is going to develop ways to not be wiped out. I am reading a book called Falter by Bill McKibben, who is a writer on ecology.
He says humanity is about to destroy the world so badly that the human enterprise is doomed. I don’t buy that. I think technology will save humans from themselves. I would also say that humans and the related descendants 500 years from now will be much more likely to survive for a very long time than we are.
An increase in sophistication once you get over some humps means that that civilization might go for thousands and even billions of years. It gives those civilizations time, perhaps, to involve themselves with the large scale affairs of the universe.
At which point, those local increases in order will be much less local and much more contributory to the overall increase in order within the universe, much more fine-grained in helping the universe in its reactions to information and to sensory input – and to the equivalent of thought.
All without the proposed awareness that is embodied by the information that we think the universe is made of. All without that awareness being very aware. There is not a strong coupling between the events, that matter based events, in the universe that we see on the local level.
The trivia of what the matter is up to and what the overall universe is aware of.[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/06/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If you consider more, you have a richer decision tree. Each node will have more detail on the decision tree, in terms of the more thought out things, more thought out decisions. What about those ones that are more well-formed?
Rick Rosner: We were talking about this before we started taping. You were talking about the “I meant to do that reaction.” It is kind of part of the confirmatory will, I guess. You forget all of the other things that you may have done and then agree with what you did, and then forge that you were of more than one mind.
That goes along with the “I knew that was going to happen” reaction. Where, sometimes, I will be doing something. I will drop a cup. I will do some sort of bobble. I am pouring something, then something goes wrong.
I think, “You a-hole. You asshole. You knew that was going to happen.” So, you are of more than one mind when you’re picturing what is going to happen. When you’re anticipating what happens, you forget; you only remember the half-formed thought, “This was going to happen.”
You forget a number of different semi-pictured possibilities and only remember the one that happened. Part of your brain may realize what happened and is telling the rest of your brain what happened before you get more sensory information.
Another part of your brain may tell another part before your senses say it. That’s a goofy kind of explanation. You’re picturing what might happen and what happened before you’re fully aware of what happened.
That could lead to the reaction, “You knew that would have happened. Why the hell did you let that happen?” It is two things. Your brain anticipating what will happen. Your brain perceiving what happened at different rates.
One job of consciousness or the main job of consciousness is to consider holistically – that is, using all easily available means of thought to consider – problems that cannot be considered unconsciously. The stuff that gets tossed into the conscious arena to be made aware of.
And once it is in the conscious arena, you have all these analytic tools including words, dynamical analysis, what’s likely going to happen, and all sorts of dynamics including interpersonal dynamics and physical dynamics. “What is going to happen if I lose my shit and punch this person?”
Depending on the person, you may anticipate that they fall over or that they don’t fall over. That they sue you. That they hit you back. That they call the cops. This is all based on physics, on perspective. If you throw a punch at somebody 40 feet away, nothing will happen because your fist won’t reach.
So, you use all your analytical subsystems to analyze the current situation and your actions in that current situation when those actions in your current situation require higher level analysis. We can do another session as to why consciousness takes the form of a narrative in our minds.
Jacobsen: We are our stories.
Rosner: But what is helpful to us in feeling like we’re living a story that can be pictured as a movie or a novel, or a linear recounting of thoughts and actions and incidents? Why do we have to weave everything into a story? What is helpful about that?
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/06/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: That’s true. In this model, they aren’t too dissimilar either. One has more time to come to more options to select among those choices as opposed to one.
Rick Rosner: According to modern experiments, modern decisions kind take place after a lot of stuff has happened, especially with regards to split-second decisions. The way to understand this is a really popular model of what your brain is for right now.
It is to help you prepare for what is next, to help you anticipate, to help you act based on what your brain predicts will be occurring based on its model of the world, which is developed through thought and perception.
I believe a lot of brain people would agree with the fashionable idea. That, whether you’re aware of it or not, consciously aware of it or not, your brain has a set of possibilities in mind for what might happen in the immediate future and in the less immediate future.
The best way or one good way to see this is to see or imagine what you’re doing when you’re driving. You have a bunch of ideas in mind. The light is going to turn yellow. Some dickhead is going to cut in on you…
Jacobsen: …[Laughing]…
Rosner: …somebody is going to brake unexpectedly. A ball is going to roll out. A kid is going to run in front of you. A tire is going to blow out. There are a bunch of possibilities that you are more or less conscious of.
Your brain is constantly teeing up a bunch of possibilities for you to be ready for. In addition, it is also teeing up responses to those possibilities. When something happens in an instant, you react pre-consciously. Your brain takes the best spontaneous action before you even have time to be consciously aware of the action.
You have what, I guess, I call Confirmatory Will. That, as enough time passes for you to be aware of everything, it appears that you are confirming your action. Somebody cuts in on you. You suddenly decide to either swerve out of your lane or slam on your brakes, or yell, or something.
It appears to you afterwards that you decided to do that in response to a rapidly unfolding situation. You feel as if it was part of your conscious awareness, or maybe you don’t. Maybe, you feel as if it was part of your conscious awareness.
Maybe, you feel as if it was automatic. But it gets incorporated into your consciousness before you had time to think about it, and make a conscious decision.
Jacobsen: This is like hindsight confirmation.
Rosner: Yes, you did something. You confirm what you did. Most of the time you don’t even realize at what level of consciousness that it occurred. It allows for the possibility of Contradictory Will. Where your immediate spur of the moment reaction is to do one thing, in the split second to make the decision, you modify the action.
When people used to do something stupid in traffic, I used to yell a certain word that I no longer use.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] what is it?
Rosner: If somebody cut in on me, and if I would yell, “You fucking… [no longer used word]”, I am able to stop myself. It is a tendency to stop the spur of the moment action over the years.
Jacobsen: Maybe, it is like the long consideration of willing something. Those ones you can be more rounded about in terms of who that person really is. These split-second changes; you’re bending a will a slight bit to another direction rather than a complete 180.
Rosner: Yes, everything is felt that you decided to do as a default state. You touch a hot stove and dive back. Nobody says that they decided to do that. Or you wake up to find somebody standing next to the bed.
You do a startle reaction. You jump. Nobody says, “I decided to jump.” Beyond things like that, the flow of consciousness is such that you’re deciding everything that you decide to do.
Jacobsen: There is an evolutionary reasoning for it, probably. In the sense that, you don’t want to be consciously thinking about everything. If you’re a pianist or a violinist, you want things automated, so you can more emotively express yourself in the moment, in performance.
Rosner: Yes, we signed off on a lot of stuff. We signed off on walking, on breathing, on the hand gestures that we might make when we’re talking and not thinking about what our hands might be doing. We decided through long experience that we don’t need to think about those things.
Those don’t enter the realm of conscious decision-making. If a mean girlfriend says, “You look like a dork,” or, “Your posture is terrible.” You may think about how you move through the world.
Jacobsen: On the one hand, it is informed will, approved will, and confirmatory will, then contradictory will.
Rosner: Your unconscious staging of actions wanting to push you in one direction, then you actively kind of move into another. Although, you could argue the conscious interference with the staging is your brain setting yourself up for the future.
So, that there is no difference between the conscious interference and the staging. It is all part of the same dialogue. Your split second reaction is contradicted by you being conscious about it. You are not confirming the staging. You are deciding to do something else.
Jacobsen: There is also the thinking about something at the start and then making a choice along those lines.
Rosner: A lot of my reactions take a long time to play out. I have a do the wrong thing and a do the right thing. I walk by a panhandler. I think, “No, I don’t want to give money to people.” I’m like, “Really? Am I that kind of dick? You haven’t given to someone in a long time.”
By that time, I am 4 or 5 steps past the person. Then I go and give in to the decision and give them a buck. That whole process takes several seconds. It is a long term playing out of staging. What do you do when you see a homeless person asking for money?
My default is generally not to give. Then there is the contradictory will that places this in a context of being kind of a dick if you never give. How long has it been since you have given? Then asks you, “Are you reflexively more inclined to give to others?” This whole thing plays out over several seconds.
I will make a more conscious decision over several seconds to walk on or to give them a buck. That whole thing is a longer and more involved kind of process. It is the same process as the dialogue between staged reactions – reactions that you’re ready to have in a tenth of a second – and more considered reactions.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/06/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Yes, so, we’ve been talking off-tape about will and willpower.
Rick Rosner: We don’t have to go to straight to IC with this stuff because this is a lot of stuff just being worked on in neuroscience or the hottest term for doing a direct physical observation of the brain and conscious processes.
IC intersects with the stuff. But generally when we talk about this stuff, there is agreement. For our purposes, and I think the brain people would agree to the extent that they agree at all, “will” can be used to refer to consciously mandated decisions.
That is, that you think about something consciously. You decide on a course of action.
Jacobsen: Is this the only formulation of it? Is there another logical progression to call something still will? You think about something. You decide.
Rosner: We can talk about will before information theory. Information theory didn’t start until 1948.
Jacobsen: That’s a good point. There was no formal definition of information in a mathematical framework before.
Rosner: No, then Clause Shannon developed the theory at Bell Labs.
Jacobsen: Also, Norbert Weiner helped with the probability theory development. I have a copy of the work by Shannon.
Rosner: Before that, 18th and 19th century, it was kind of the feeling, I believe, based on not much knowledge of a soul or a spirit juice existent in some semi-independent realm that decided things, “I am going to do this.” The “this” was an expression of self.
The self was somewhat connected to soul. It was connected to the mind, which was this thing that was not necessarily part of the material world. It was operating on the material world and you, as a material being.
It was the puppeteer operating your part of the material world from a different realm or using different stuff. Over the next couple of hundred years, as science and math became more able to explain how the material world can operate itself, how the brain can make the mind, and how everything can work entirely materially without having to resort to some other realm or some magic, it isn’t to say that there isn’t another framework, as IC postulates that there is an optimal mathematical representation of mind that can be graphed or mapped in its own dimension.
That map or dimension can be tied to the brain. But in terms of describing consciousness and the rules of consciousness, you’re, at least, picturing another dimension. It doesn’t mean necessarily another dimension. It means a dimension in which your mind works. I haven’t been made to make this distinction before. It is not some extra juice.
It is a consequence of information in a massive self-consistent information processing system.
Jacobsen: That brings two things to mind. On the one hand, you have thought about something, say two options come forward. Of those two options, someone selects one and wills towards it, to actualize it in the world.
The other isn’t really picking any choice. There isn’t anything conscious. They are simply acting on it. It is a one-channel path of acting in the world.
Rosner: According to modern brain science, those things aren’t that dissimilar.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What about the overall argument?
Rick Rosner: My argument would be that it is untenable with the overall universe and its information processing with its holding every individual atom in its awareness. So, the matter in the universe at our scale – a planetary scale or planetary affairs, what goes on, on a planet. That stuff is allowed to go on below the overall awareness of the information processing that is the universe.
The universe still needs this stuff going on, this micro stuff. It still needs stars at 10^60th atoms. But the universe is not concerned or able to keep track of what is going on from a moment to moment basis among the 10^58 to the 10^60 atoms in a star
Because among those 10^50th atoms – they’re really atoms as everything is ionized, so nuclei and free electrons, each atom – let’s call them atoms for now – might interact a billion times in a second. It doesn’t matter if a million or a trillion times in a second.
It is still 10^58 times 10^9 interactions per atom per second gives you 10^67 interactions in a star per second, and the computational entity that is the wider universe, even though it has a huge information capacity, is not aware of its computations.
Every one of the 10^67 interactions going on in every 10^22 stars in the universe per second. That raises a second question, “What then does count as a computation in the universe or a consequential computation in the universe, or a consequential thought or conclusion?”
Jacobsen: A computation not separated from the wider universe.
Rosner: Regardless of whether the universe is conscious, a computational entity should be able to draw something like conclusions. That when we put data into a computer, we expect data to come out. We expect the computer to compute and to deliver the product of those computations, whether it is numbers on a spreadsheet or frames of a videogame.
Those frames are the results of computations. That’s what computers are for, to do computations. ON a larger scale, in an analogous way, you would expect the universe to be processing data and producing results.
Regardless of whether the results are end products or through products, but, what are they in the wider universe? For one thing, the universe is computing itself. The quantum interactions that take place at the huge rate that we’re talking about.
We’re talking 10^67 interactions time 10^22 stars is close to 10^89 quantum interactions per second in the entire universe. But those are micro computations or interactions. You would expect that the universe is operating on a more macro level.
What are those more macro computations or forms do those macro computations take? Or is the universe just the sum of its micro computations? Which I have a hard time believing, because if the universe were really just its micro computations and quantum interactions, why would it need these vast macro structures – 10^11 galaxies each containing 10^11 stars with the galaxies, clusters, and the solar systems? These macro structures that reflect the overall structure.
You cannot have a universe that is self-defining to this extent without those macro structures or the universe having differentiated itself into 10^22 stars. There is a question as to the significance of micro phenomena and macro phenomena and what they mean informationally to the overall universe.
The end.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: This notion of non-base quantifiable phenomena in our consciousness, not just 1s and 0s, are registered in the universe in another way. That’s an open question.
Rick Rosner: Kind of, we know that every little quantum event is registered by the universe. If you make sure that some events are not known and never known to the wider, universe, then they never register with the wider universe.
The events, though, and quantum events are such that they are shared with the rest of the universe. The question is if the quantum events have meaning to the overall information processing of the universe. I would argue that that would be a really tough row to hole… row to hoe [Laughing].
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: That’s expecting way too much out of the computational universe. Instead, it might be better modelled to say that micro-events happen and the universe is built from microevents, but the overall state that the universe knows and computes is based on more macro phenomena.
Jacobsen: There is a sense of things being built from blocks. You give the Minecraft example in other interviews. If we take the micro world being built from little blocks, itty-bitty blocks, into a larger scale universe, then it becomes a sense of not just bottom-up construction, but top-down influence with the larger scale influence of all those little bits wrangling things together, like gravitational effects, where you have this agglomeration into things like galaxies.
Rosner: Yes.
Jacobsen: So, there could be another conversation around the feedback loops that the universe has with itself once it gets to sufficient levels of size for other forces in the universe to begin to wrangle things together.
Rosner: The universe functions in a Minecraft or a Lego block way, what is registers is the macro form of the clay, as it is being sculpted, but doesn’t have a prescription that requires a strict recipe or set of instructions for putting together a sculpture in the same way that you might have if you were putting together a Lego sculpture of the Millennium Falcon.
If you buy the Millennium Falcon Lego kit, there is only one way to build it, according to their instructions. There may be workarounds. But you buy the kit and follow the instructions step-by-step. The two competent model builders who aren’t being creative will end up with identical Millennium Falcons.
So, I am thinking doesn’t scrutinize micro-events with that degree of awareness, as to whether each Millennium Falcon is perfect. The more the universe has a somebody looking at a clay sculpture level of awareness. When you look at a clay sculpture, it seems as if infinitely malleable.
But you see that it is the difference between analog and digital. It feels as if you can move clay into an infinity of positions, and you’re not aware of the individual components of the clay, you’re only aware of this gray stuff that appears to be homogenous and infinitely deformable as opposed to a digital construction medium.
In it, you’re aware of all the blocks and how the blocks fit together. You’re not aware of all the individual components of clay. It is this homogenous and amorphous stuff. You’re aware of its larger sculptural forms.
If somebody has made it into the sculpture of a head, and if you’re aware of the hair if the hair is really nice – and the years, but, you’re not aware at what is going on at 10^22 orders of magnitude smaller than the overall sculpture – the individual atoms.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The whole argument is “why is there something rather than nothing?” But the real argument is “why wouldn’t there be something?” [Laughing]
Rick Rosner: But then we go back to another form of that question, can the universe exist without a support structure? The simplest analogy that comes immediately to mind is the score of a basketball game as seen on a scoreboard.
The rules of basketball are consistent. So, you see or you can follow the basketball game by following the scoreboard. It makes sense. It is not as exciting as actually watching the game. I am thinking of the old scoreboard that doesn’t show video. It just has numbers and lights.
Jacobsen: Red bulbs.
Rosner: Right. That’s a perfectly consistent system within the rules of basketball. But you can’t have that system. Either the series of scores on a scoreboard throughout a game or the scoreboard, it implies a scoreboard is there to keep score and that there is a game that the scoreboard reflects.
You can’t really have the scores in just a free floating way. Unless, there is some kind of structure to provide the scores. It is a terrible analogy. Because you have both the support structures that include the game being played and the scoreboard that shows you the score of the game at various moments.
Also, your consciousness that registers what is going on. But still, the idea that there would be this free floating and consistent series of scores rolling without forms of external support or external correlates that those scores reflect doesn’t make sense.
So, if the matter in our universe is some sort of thing of the universe keeping score, then that implies there are some structures that pertain to and are relevant to the score. The universe, itself, at any given moment is a score.
Does there have to be a scoreboard to show the score to physically support it? Does there have to be a reality that is reflected in the score? A game that is being played. Both of which refer to this world that is external to the universe.
But the universe is a model of or an information processing model in the same way our mind is a model of the world around us.
Jacobsen: Take some of the aforementioned terms, the idea of 3D spatial relations, the idea of colour, the idea of fairness, with in-built systems.
Rosner: Yes. Anyhow, that is a larger question than we’re discussing now.
Jacobsen: It is important, though.
Rosner: Yes, it is one of the central questions. But right now, we want to find out if micro events, e.g., whether or not I have toe fungus, and I do…
Jacobsen: Thanks.
Rosner: Mmhmm.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: …have some informational meaning to the overall computational structure that is the universe. It is a computational structure. Even if, it is supported externally. To put it in scoreboard terms, do my fungus toenails register on the scoreboard that is the universe?
Jacobsen: You don’t mean the casual way people are imagining this. I don’t mean the gross way they’re imagining this. I mean registering via photons hitting an apparatus and being registered on an information processor, even pain registering generally.
Rosner: The state of my toenails is definitely registered by the wider universe. There is a model of my foot right here in the room we’re sitting. But that model is 8 years old. It is the actual size of my foot. It might be slightly bigger, as it is made out of silicon. I forget if it ends up bigger or slightly smaller.
Jacobsen: Why is your second toe so big?
Rosner: That’s just the way my toes came out. That’s the reason that model exists because my foot is grotesque.
Jacobsen: It looks like your second toe and your big toe went “hey, let’s trade places for this life.”
Rosner: [Laughing] It is horrifying.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: That’s why somebody decided to make a model of it and turn it into an ashtray and hand it over to my boss.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: My boss had had enough of it after 8 years, 10 years and said, “Do you want your foot back?” I am like, “Hell, yeah.” To some extent, the state of my toe is reflective in the outside world. But is it reflected in the ongoing game that is the universe’s computations?
That is, the scoreboard of a basketball game, an old school scoreboard, does not tell you whether one player shoved another player, one player for one reason gets a boner in stressful situations like basketball games, where he is not only trying to play basketball but also hoping that people don’t see that he gets a boner.
The scoreboard only represents the most general information about the game, like the score and the number of fouls. It doesn’t reflect the minutiae. That there is a girl in the audience that has a crush on the center. Or the school colours that are there.
The question is if the minutiae of our lives have informational meaning to the universe itself.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/05/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With respect to the question from a few moments ago, the questions would be human beings and relatively similar sized organisms that have kind of broad based broad band sharing of information to make a mind and then applying this to the large scale structure of the universe to imply an armature.
For myself, I would have more question marks about what are the pinnings down about making that extension from this implies consciousness for human beings, say, to this implies consciousness to the universe, say.
For myself, I am agreeing on the general claims. I am agreeing on large scale information processing. The universe appears to be doing a lot of information exchange. There are various ways of modelling this. But then, the making the extension to the armature.
I am not saying it is an illogical leap. What I am saying the number of hidden premises or puzzle pieces face down are many.
Rick Rosner: Okay, the main question as to whether there is an armature or a structure that is necessary to support the information that the universe is made of. That boils down to the question, “Does pure information exist without external support?”
It is not something that people have done a lot of thinking about because it is not an immediately apparent thing. It is not a question that arises easily outside or beyond the idea of informational cosmology and other theories of the universe being information.
Even within quantum physics, which treats the universe as information, or little parts of it as information.
Jacobsen: As an aside, it is the most tested theory with empirical evidence in the history of science.
Rosner: Quantum mechanics, that makes sense. It is easy to do quantum experiments or look at stuff already done, and see that it agrees with what quantum mechanics would predict about it. You can take old experiments and old phenomena.
Not everything has to be a new experiment, you can take old things that you know and then say, “How does this agree or not agree with quantum mechanics?” I would say that given the small or modest scale of quantum mechanics.
There is probably a lot of confirming experiments and data, and phenomena, compared to relativity. In that, to do experiments with relativity, you need something moving close to the speed of light. Some stuff does, but most stuff doesn’t.
So, you need to look at cosmic ray evidence like muons, which move 99% of the speed of light, as they are shot out of the Sun rather than out of a cyclotron and aren’t moving very fast. It would make sense that there would be a lot of evidence for quantum mechanics.
Jacobsen: Within that long history of digital physics, it is not the mainstream, but, certainly, it is not fringe.
Rosner: The universe as information?
Jacobsen: The universe as information.
Rosner: But I would say that within the realm of all physics and quantum mechanics, and the universe is information; the question of whether the universe is enough to support itself is not a question that has arisen.
Because, why wouldn’t the universe be enough to support itself? For instance, in quantum mechanics, there is a fuzziness, which arises due to the universe having a finite amount of information to define itself and its constituent parts.
The universe is inherently incomplete and fuzzy. But there is an argument or a deep assumption based on that fuzziness that – wow – the universe cannot be precisely defined, but given the constituents of the universe; the universe defines itself to the extent that it can, which is to a very fine degree.
It down to one part in, maybe, 10^-34th or near that. People like to argue that without a creator. How can the universe exist because you start with nothing? Yet, we have everything. I disagree with the idea that we have nothing. That nothing is the default state of existence.
Jacobsen: That goes against 2,000 years of philosophical history.
Rosner: Yes.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Okay, we were talking about forms of order.
Rick Rosner: We talk about various aspects of the universe as a computer.
Jacobsen: Informational cosmology.
Rosner: We move on in our discussions without locking things down in precise mathematics. Right now, we have been talking about if micro events – particularly the events that happen on our planet – are registered by the computational entity that is the entire universe.
It almost seems too literal to think that every little thing that happens to us is an informational event in the computational awareness of the overall entity that is the universe. You can argue about whether the universe is conscious or not.
You can argue about whether consciousness is an emergent – which we believe – property and a technical property of sufficiently large broadband information processing. Whether or not if the universe is conscious, it is reasonable to think the universe is some kind of information processor and the information that we live in and are made of is, at base, information.
Information whose existence is made possible by an external framework. That is, matter in an external universe, the information that the universe consists of is a model of that external world, regardless of whether the universe itself is conscious.
For the sake of the discussion, let’s say, the universe is an information processor.
Jacobsen: From my knowledge of you, you lean towards tentatively conscious…
Rosner: …Not just tentatively, strongly, I strongly believe, once you get up to a certain level. Max Tegmark posits a measure of mind. It has something to do with bandwidth. I haven’t read his stuff in a while.
If you can somehow make a cross-section of the computations taking place in a human mind at any given moment, that informational cross-section – that is, the number of computations going on and the braidedness/number of places the information is coming from – becomes a metric of the computational magnitude and complexity.
While not agreeing with his methodology entirely, I don’t remember what it was. I think that consciousness is generally an emergent property when you have sufficient computational magnitude and complexity.
That is, the computers that we use and are familiar with in our phones and laptops. They may process a lot of information, but the information is mostly processed linearly. It is just a straight flow-through of information.
It is different than the way information flows through our brains. In our brains and minds, there is a central arena. That is a bunch of linked subsystems that are all, at least, roughly aware of the overall state of what is being considered, which is our moment to moment awareness.
What is generally being considered is the reality that we are in and that we are modelling moment to moment along with our self-talk, the words that we use in our heads, and the other tools that we use in our head to help conceptualize what we’re experiencing, it is our model of the external world and our commentary on that model through various apps.
The verbal app, whether or not we are talking out loud, we are talking to ourselves, “That motherfucker,” or, “What is that dude doing?”, or, “That is a shapely ankle,” if we’re in 1802 and see a women lift her skirt and see her ankle.
There is a commentary. There is a sense of beauty app or an aesthetic app. An app for a sense of fairness and then you decide if it is fair in general, “Is that guy a dick?” If a guy is acting in a way that is impinging on other people, that guy is a dick or an asshole.
It differs if he is acting like a dick or an asshole to you personally, e.g., acting like an asshole in traffic. There is the feeling being tired, of being wrapped in cotton or as if drunk when tired. There is the perspective app.
It is so much a part of our reality that we just experience three dimensionality most of the time as just the way that the world is. Even though, the three-dimensionality is part of our brain constructing the world for us, so that we can understand it.
All of these apps working simultaneously and working with each other moment to moment about this set of sensory input – this flow of sensory input – is unlike how our computers, our mechanical computers, work, which do not have this broad sharing of information among subroutines.
That is changing as various things like Google Translate and machine learning algorithms – I’m sure – is not conscious, but a baby step closer to consciousness than straightforward non-machine learning computing because you have all sorts of feedback and feedarounds.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I was listening to a lecture. The comedic punchline by Krauss was “suppose a cow is a sphere.” Similarly, if we assume are looking at a quantum mechanical universe, at an information-based universe, an homage would be “suppose the universe is a computer.”
I am echoing Seth Lloyd. We’ve have done conversations on this. We can build classical computers in the universe. We can build quantum computers in the universe. The question is, “The universe is a computer. But what kind of computer?”
Rick Rosner: So, the problem with this kind of thinking is everybody gets this feeling. People who think about how the universe works or people who have some knowledge of physics, and quantum mechanics, get the idea that information is very entangled in what the universe is.
When people try to popularize it, the universe for lay people; you get these analogies. The universe is a computer. The universe is a hologram. But that’s usually where it stops, or “the universe is made of information.”
But then everybody hits a stopping point, eventually, we believe that there will be a theory that makes explicit all these hand-wavey metaphors. But that theory doesn’t exist yet. It badly needs to exist. Quantum mechanics is a theory of how limited information, non-infinite information, propagates through a system with weirdly initially paradoxical appearances.
When quantum mechanics was invented 100 years ago, the effects of some of the consequences or some of the experimental results, and the theoretical results, freaked out the scientists of the time who had grown up under determinism and thinking of the universe in terms of infinite precision.
Because one of the big questions for the 200 years before quantum mechanics was invented, “Is the universe entirely deterministic?” Is it a clockwork universe? That is, if you knew one moment of the universe, could you predict every subsequent moment based on extrapolating the paths of every object within the universe?
Given that the universe is infinitely precise, you should be able to do that. It should be a clockwork universe. It is that there is no new information. Information wasn’t really a concept before the 20th century.
But nothing new comes out of the universe. One moment plays into the next moment inevitably with no choice. There is only one next moment and a whole string of these forever. People ask, “Is that the deal with the universe? How could it not be?”
You had some scientists or the scientists who grew up in science had this background. As they explored the non-deterministic effects of quantum mechanics, it was confounding. Einstein was famously frustrated by the idea of chance in the universe.
That new information could sneak into the universe via arbitrary quantum events happening. That an atom decays now instead of 2 seconds from now. That there is no determining factor except for randomness.
He hated that. At least, he hated certain aspects of that. The scientists of the 30s kept looking for hidden causes for what has now been accepted as perfectly mathematically indeterminate events. Claude Shannon in 1948 came up with Information Theory.
He is the one who codified what a lot of people were thinking. He took hold and mathematicized information, but information as a precise idea is only 70 years old. We have yet to figure out how that information is part of the universe.
There is a basic argument of what else could the universe be made of besides pure information because the information is what’s left when you strip everything else away. Information is the choice between states or at least it is expressed that way in information theory.
When you strip the universe down to its basic components, you can argue – though I can’t because I didn’t sleep that well and so my sleeping is not that precise even when I do get enough sleep – the extra stuff that the universe is made of besides information is nothing.
It is a basic existence. Although, you could argue because, in IC, we speculate or postulate that there has to be a support structure external to the universe and in an entirely different space that contains the information that the universe is made out of.
You could argue that the universe is pure information. The support structure, the brain say, that holds the thoughts that are the universe. That thing is a material structure. That thing, while you can do the infinite regress, or that information is something in another universe separate from our own.
You can argue that the hardware is, in essence, in itself pure information if you strip it down enough. The universe is hardware. You can argue that that armature universe, or hardware and supporting universe, can game the system.
It can simulate a universe of pure information that is being made up Matrix-style. To have a good Matrix universe or a good simulated universe, the universe in the Matrix movies is a shitty simulated universe because people are constantly being able to Red Pill that universe and to see the world behind the world.
It is glitchy. It is permeable. You can tear it apart. You can easily find out that it is base reality. All of the heroes of the Matrix movie tear apart that simulated universe. A decent simulated universe will not give itself away.
It can’t, to operate as a universe. You can’t be violating the rules of physics willy-nilly. You would have to be able to sneak in to game the universe externally. But you can do it at the quantum level without giving anything away and without violating the rules of quantum mechanics.
The things that are indeterminate within a pure information universe can be determined from outside that universe as long as the determining follows Bell’s Principle, I think. That it is not a systematic thing or maintains certain rules of randomness.
Here is where I get really ignorant, Bell’s Inequality proves that you cannot have hidden correlations among the quantumly indeterminate events in the universe. In other words, you can’t have findable hidden clockwork.
But you can have, I believe, non-findable hidden clockwork. If the new information entering the universe via indeterminate events becoming determined over the passage of time – that is, you don’t know when the nucleus is going to decay and the time passes and, at some point, it decays, an indeterminate event becomes determined over time.
So, you don’t know the final score of the game until the game is played. Information is introduced into the universe as indeterminate and becomes determined as part of the history of the universe. Bell’s Inequality says that you cannot find correlations among these randomly determined quantum events.
That there is no hidden clockwork to be found. However, if the universe is made of information, and if that information reflects a sensing, a simulating, a processing, of information about a world external to our universe by some vast information processing entity – that is, the universe as a giant computer or a giant mind – thinking about something else or receiving information from the hardware world that supports it and thinking about the hardware world/processing information about the hardware world, information will largely conform to Bell’s Inequality.
The information coming from a huge external world will appear to be pretty perfectly uncorrelated. We within the world are not going to be able to see the hidden clockwork, seeing the hidden clockwork would violate the rules of quantum mechanics.
There is still room for simulation. The mind or the computer that is the universe can be fed simulated information. That simulated information can be seen as perfectly real as long as it is high-quality simulated information.
I would postulate that the universe is being gamed in a couple of ways. One of them is the quantum events that seem random to us are, actually, the registering of new information entering the information processor from the hardware world.
The world that contains the hardware that the information processor is thinking about. That’s game one. That the universe is actually getting systematized information that we cannot perceive as systematized because we are not in the hardware world.
The information that is so unpredictable because it reflects a real-world elsewhere that it conforms to the random rules of quantum mechanics. No hidden variables, so, there is an entire hidden universe of sufficient complexity that we cannot find from our universe.
We can only treat it as at the quantum mechanical level as a bunch of perfectly randomized potential future events. So, that’s game one. The whole other world gaming a whole bunch of quantum events in our world because those quantum events reflect the actual gathering of information from that external world, which is itself a completely ordered universe itself.
Game two is that since we’re just brains that are at the mercy of our perceptions. We are being told via our perceptions that we are the naturally evolved beings in a naturally originating universe. But we could – it’s possible – be matricized. Everything could be simulated, partially that or only that.
Game one is a mind or an information processing entity receiving naturally occurring information. Game two is “yeah, it doesn’t have to be entirely naturally occurring. If it is good enough, we can’t tell the difference.”
In any case, quantum mechanics is gamed because what we see as random quantum events are perhaps perceived by the information processing entity that is the universe whose information we’re built from as the information is manifested as spacetime and matter; our quantum events are reflections, are perceptions, of events happening in an entire other universe.
Is that enough of that?
The deal is that all this goofy hand-waving can be put and will be put on a more solid mathematical basis – and everyone else’s handwaving, including Krauss’s, and Wheeler’s It From Bit, Ed Fredkin, and everyone saying the universe is a giant information – once we figure out how to do it.
It is a thing that I solidly believe is a thing and is decodable. We can’t decode the individual meaning of every frickin’ atom in the universe. Every atom in the universe might not have individual meaning. The universe may be sufficiently holographic that not every single particle and every single quantum event signifies something, but what they signify in the aggregate.
It is something that we should talk about more. If the universe signifies in the aggregate rather than “this galaxy here is a map of the concept of orangeness” and “this galaxy over here is a map of linear motion” and “this galaxy handles the concept of perspective within this giant information processing entity,” or if not every part of the universe is precisely signified here or there but in the aggregate holographically, then that probably gives the universe more leeway to have us in it.
If not every quantum event individually signifies, then this might give the universe sufficient looseness for us to come into existence, and the equivalence between the universe and an information processing entity at the same time that it is matter; that equivalence may be sufficiently loose to allow more stuff to happen the point of that stuff being us.
The end.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Rick Rosner: On the other hand, if you’re making a sculpture of a horse out of clay – and for the moment ignoring the horse is made out of molecules and atoms that follow the rules of physics, in a macro sense, you do not see the molecules and atoms.
You see a homogenous material. That isn’t limited to analog ways. There used to be a lot of talk about analog and digital stuff. Minecraft and Lego would be digital. They are grainy. They are made out of a bunch of roughly identical blocks that fit together in systematized ways.
That would be digital and precisely defined as opposed to analog, which is the clay. You can mush it around it any way that you want. I would suggest that there is a possibility that in terms of whether stuff that happens that we register in the material universe is registered as information in the information universe.
I would argue that no so much. There may be some flexibility. You can sculpt a horse out of clay. You can do it in a gazillion different ways versus more limited ways you can do it with a horse made out of Minecraft blocks, especially if you’re limited in scale.
You can make a horse that is horselike out of Minecraft as you can out of clay if you’re allowed to make a trillion Minecraft blocks and can make a huge ass horse, but assuming that Minecraft blocks are half of an inch across and your horse is 8 inches.
Your horse is going to look blocky and pixelated, grainy, as opposed to your clay horse. There will be the ways that you can make a horse, including box cover, are very limited compared to the flexibility that you have to make your horse out of clay and to keep tweaking the horse for whatever effects you want, or because you are lousy at working with clay.
It is not unreasonable to think that there might be flexibility in the information content of the universe. A looser linkage between the information in the universe and the manifestation of information as matter that we experience.
That the informational universe or the information processing universe does not care that our horse sculpture looks like or that there is a planet making horse sculptures. That information might be more holographically distributed, so that individual events in our world. Somebody makes a horse. Somebody eats pizza. Somebody trips down a flight of stairs.
That those are not significant in the information universe. Although, I don’t know because this is the initial stage of thinking about that. There is a caveat. A picture of a black hole versus a photo composite of telescopes that gather information from a galaxy 55 million light years away, where the center of the galaxy apparently has a huge central black hole with 5 billion solar masses.
We got a donut looking picture of that central black hole. I would assume that there is a looser connection between events as we experience them and events as the information processor that is the universe experiences them.
That some things are big enough that they do have, at least, some semi-informational meanings. A central black hole, a supermassive black hole, at the center of a galaxy that has the mass of a billion suns.
I would assume that the occurrences centered around that black holes have definite informational meaning to the universe’s information processor. That the flow of matter into and out of a massive central black hole probably reflects a huge flow of information into and out of the universe’s information processor.
I assume that the universe is a pipeline of information into the universe. The same way the cosmic background radiation is the horizon at apparent T=0. If you’re going to slide new matter into the universe, you can do it by bringing it into T=0 at the apparent edge of the universe close to the time or the apparent time that time began.
I assume that those things, the flow of matter into and out of black holes, massive ones and galaxies, proto-galaxies, sliding into view at what looks to us like close to T=0. Because as time goes on, we see more and more of the universe originating from around T=0.
Then if we watch long enough for billions of years, we would see the stuff from around T=0. we would see more proto-galaxies sliding and maturing. Anyway, all that stuff has us perceiving it as physical phenomena.
I would assume that those things are at a sufficiently huge scale that they have something to do with how the universe is perceiving the information that it is processing. I guess that is sufficient, for now.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/04/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s touch base on the flexibility of information, the flexibility of an information processor view.
Rick Rosner: What we have been talking about since we have been talking about 4 years ago – ? – is the idea that the universe is made of information, you cannot really have a universe of information without it being an information processor with a lot of shared characteristics with the information processors that are our minds.
You can make a decent argument that the universe is a vast mind-like information processor. But, of course, we don’t experience it that way since we experience the information as spacetime and matter. That means the universe is doing double duty.
It is something looking like contained information in an information processor. That’s one hand. Another that it is spacetime and matter from which we have originated. It has galaxies, stars, and the apparent history of 15 billion years.
But we think it is a lot longer than that. Anyway, the universe is doing double duty. Which the naive assumption that we made is that every event that happens in the universe, e.g., an atom emitting a photon or another atom absorbing a photon, or hydrogen fusing into helium in the interior of a star.
All of that stuff – planets forming. All of that stuff has a specific meaning in the information world as if the events happening to matter are registering on a magic 8 ball. Every event that happens is the answer to a question in the information universe.
That seems like a huge task informationally. That everything that happens, all of the quintillions of micro-events in the universe correspond to information events – I would assume somewhat often macro-information-events in the information universe.
Lately, I have been thinking that, maybe, that doesn’t have to be so. This is my first stab at an analogy. So, it is not very good. In a Minecraft universe, everything has to fit together very specifically. If you’re going to make a sculpture of a horse in a Minecraft universe, you have to fit blocks together very specifically.
Unless, you get sloppy. But you’re not allowed to get sloppy. The rules of Minecraft, as Lego sculpture has become more complex, people have learned workarounds to achieve more effects with legos, sticking things together in ways that aren’t really according to the Lego rules of interlocking blocks – ways to cheat at legos.
I do not know if you can do that with Minecraft. I do not play Minecraft. Anyway, you get the point. Things have to stick together in very systematized ways.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Okay, let’s continue on the ideas of information discussed…
Rick Rosner: Basically, we have been talking off-tape roughly about the hardware that supports the information that the universe consists of, and if we can derive any subtle conclusions about the hardware or the world behind the world.
My claim is that you can make up stories or science fictioney stories about the world behind the world and the objectives of the beings, or the entities, either whose brains contain the information that the universe consists of or who build something, the hardware, that provides the support structure that contains the information that the universe consists of.
But in terms of deriving any conclusions that subtle about the ways in which those beings are like, we are really limited. You asked, “Can we, at least, disallow magic in the world?” I said, “No.” A powerful entity with a lot of computing power could build a toy world in which the rules of physics could be violated.
Jacobsen: Do we live in such a world?
Rosner: It is doubtful. There are some arguments to be made that a world that proceeds according to the rules of physics, a rule set in motion and then proceeds according to the rules of physics, is more efficient in terms of computing power compared to a world constantly fiddled with to allow magic.
I would argue that worlds that follow the rules of physics are more probable than toy worlds. Although, that’s a hard argument to make. We seem to live in a world that follows the rules of physics. It seems intuitive that such a world would be more probable than a toy world, which is equivalent to a Matrix-type world.
A world that is created. A world of limited scale that appears to be of a larger scale designed to contain conscious entities that are being fooled about the scope of the world. The people in the Matrix think that they are living in the full natural world.
Until, they take the red pill. Then they realize that they are living in the Matrix world. It seems intuitive that the natural world is less unlikely than some toy world. On the other hand, we are on the verge, technologically, of building all sorts of toy worlds that contain or have the capacity to contain conscious beings.
So, that argument will be hard to defend. It is not unreasonable to think that a video game or some video games 25 years from now will allow you to play, operate, guide, or have as part of your world, creatures that are conscious within their simulated worlds.
If you wanted to drop in Al Capone or Abe Lincoln, or Jane Austen into your simulated world, you would be able to drop in a conscious being that has been built in based on the best guess of what Al Capone, Abe Lincoln, or Jane Austen would be.
This being would wake up in this world and believe the world is some version of the world. You could brief the conscious being and say, “This is a simulated world. You’re a simulated being. This is an afterlife of sorts,” or, “This is not an afterlife. This is a world you have been technologically resurrected into.”
You would have beings living in toy worlds. Given the way technology is going, it is not unreasonable to think that there will be tens of millions of toy worlds in operation at any given time. Maybe, we will develop ethics as to what is or is not fair to do to beings that are artificially conscious.
Maybe, it will be free for all. These simulated beings will come into existence and then be slaughtered over and over again. Everybody will think that it is alright because once their consciousness ends in the game, then it is no harm and no foul because no memory or trace persists of the suffering, because the entire simulated being along with its memory and experiences is erased.
Or maybe, there will be more durable simulated beings that can live from iteration to iteration, where this will put limits on how much suffering you can put a durable simulated being through. But you can certainly design worlds.
If you can simulate consciousness, there are degrees. One is fake, like Cortana and Alexa. Their creators aspire to have you think of them as almost conscious beings. You can have more and more sophisticated versions of that without them being conscious.
You can have simulated beings who have actual consciousness. You put them in video games. Those video games may be more interesting. It may be that the hottest video games of 2044 may allow you to pilot conscious simulated beings in a simulated world.
You may even have a conscious buddy, like a Cortana who is with you half of the time and is conscious to some extent. Where, she functions as a real-life imaginary friend. Toy worlds and conscious simulated beings are coming.
They are coming within this century. You can’t have worlds that allow magic, but simulated ones can. There are arguments as to why magic worlds are less probable than worlds without magic, where the most persuasive arguments lie in the realm of not having a really big ass world.
It is more likely to have a really big ass world that follows the rules of physics. The argument is that it is likely that a big ass world is not an engineered world. It is kind of naturally evolved. This isn’t even a discipline that exists yet.
The logic and epistemology of real versus simulated worlds. It seems intuitive. A big ass world or a world that we live in and apparently contains 10^85th or so particles is likely to be a non-engineered world. Because, for it to be an engineered world, it requires a world that contains it that would be much bigger than the world that contains the natural version of our world.
I don’t know if that is our argument. Also, there are arguments to be made that if you are going to violate the laws of physics. It will require keeping track of the moment to moment affairs of the universe to maintain consistency, which is part of the package of the natural worlds of physics if you don’t mess with the rules of physics.
You get the consistency kind of built-in. It doesn’t require the massive moment to moment bookkeeping to maintain consistency if you are going to start allowing magical glitches in the world. There’s a whole field of metaphysics and perhaps physics that could address the demands of a naturally progressing world versus a world that gets messed with – for the sake of magic or superheroes or narrative and excitement.
Jacobsen: How does this relate to two things? One is the structures relating to possible or potential functions. Another about the knowledge of possible functions of something given its structure. It is not precise, but it provides a context for heuristics of understanding.
Rosner: Your question makes me think of another question, which is, “How can we live in a world that is so tolerant of imprecision?” We consist of a bunch of tiny, tiny things: atoms and the particles that comprise atoms.
Those things exist on a scale of something like 1 ten billionths of a millimetre, really small. Those things are precisely located in space. The fuzziness doesn’t kick in until you get to those tiny scales. The millionth of a micron scales. So if things are only fuzzy at a millionth of a micron, how can we do anything in the world where when you hit an elevator button, you’re allowed a margin of error of like a half of an inch or more?
When you take a step, it doesn’t matter where your foot lands within several inches. If you tried to step four feet in front of you, you would end up doing the splits. If you are just walking through the house or through the street, you have a margin of error as to foot placement that is a bunch of inches in either direction.
Part of the reason is that we’re macro. We are these big and meaty constructions of a lot of cells. We are big and the macroness – I haven’t thought this all through – of everything allows for macro margins of error, which is weird because we’re built of the tiniest and most pin-pointy things in the universe.
To go to structure and function, it is kind of the same deal. If you look at it as whether or not you believe in God, look at what God has given us, it is the ability to exist in the world and to fill various drives and desires, because we are the current endpoint of evolutionary history that has covered several hundred million years.
It is coming with a technology that is encompassing several thousand years. We look at these as the natural progression of things. But for the sake of talking about it, you can say, “Thank you, God, for all this,” but also, “Fuck you, God…”
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: “…for the limitations of those things. If we’re lucky, we will have 30 or 40 years of decay in mental and physical abilities on the way to death.” Those things come from our place in a world that has been evolving 4.5 billion years since the Earth formed.
So, because we’re macro and because we’re sloppy and the products of persistent processes, we are able to operate in the world. We perform various functions. We develop tools to perform various functions.
You have been making arguments about trying to get at the world behind the world based on how our world functions; how a world of information that isn’t our information but does follow the rules of physics and the operation of a large-scale world, the things this tells us is not much beyond the obvious.
That there is hardware. We can make various stories as to what the hardware might be. We can discuss the range of various hardwares based on our experience with hardware and mental ware or wetware in our world.
We know our brains can contain information. Our brains have a certain structure. We know computers contain information. We can imagine other structures that might contain information. We can even imagine structures that are so simple that they should not be able to contain information at all, like a Turing Tape.
Turing proved that a simple tape reader – a paper strip with holes punched in it – and a scanner that reads the holes punched in it. Given a paper strip long enough and rules simple enough, you could simulate a world of unlimited complexity.
Even though, you just have this strip of paper. It is possible to imagine all sorts of information containing structures. It is hard. I have not thought about it a whole lot in terms of what is the information containing structure that contains the universe.
But it seems pretty obvious that that structure would be vast in the amount of information that it contains the then the amount or length of time it has to exist for our world to persist across billions of years, and probably much more than billions of years.
It is along the metaphysics of all that and the epistemology of all is not worked out. It may be part of the future of thought. I think it will be.
That’s that.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How do events in what appears to be a universe relate to information and structure?
Rick Rosner: When we started out, we were assuming a certain precise definitiveness and correspondence between events in our world and the information structure from which our world is made.
To recap: we suspect the universe is made of information, but not our information. Information in a vast information processing structure, which is reflected in thought. That basically we exist in a material map of the information within some self-consistent information processing entity.
Basically, our notions about this were that everything reflects meaning, informational meaning, present in the armature. Every galaxy represents things like the color orange. It can reflect the color of the cone and the orange fruit and so on. Those relationships represent informational relationships.
Maybe, there is some relationship in the information processing entity that represents some color or idea like bouncing. Some things are bouncier than others. Maybe, the concept of bounciness has a literal meaning. It is a limited attempt at understanding. Lately, I have been leaning more towards a holographic image of the world.
Perhaps, the information in an information processing structure is distributed less locally and across space. That the way information is understood is distributive. That when a photon travels billions of light years and loses information to the curvature of space; that can be seen as the sharing of information across space.
The tacit understanding of an event via the loss of energy to the curvature of space, as if the photon carries out the news, ‘This thing happened at this point in space and time. Any problem with that?”
This photon can keep going without causing another event in the universe. That is tacit acceptance and tacit understanding of the event.
The universe behaves as if it understood the event. It didn’t, paradoxically, cause some other event. That means the universe is now behaving as if it’s part of that structure.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: It can be more general for evolved systems, too. If you have reasonably or sufficiently accurate images or conceptualizations of the world, you can survive better.
Rick Rosner: That’s it. You get paid for success. For evolved beings, that success is continuing to live, getting laid, getting food, getting money, which is the means to all this other stuff. You get paid for understanding.
You are rewarded for understanding. You are more likely to earn more through this information warehouse that we consider consciousness. Then you would get paid via novel information hitting subsystems that are linked to each other.
Consciousness is a more efficient deliverer of the goods of existence. The main good is that you don’t get killed and other things related to success.
Jacobsen: It relates to the more general idea of existence as a good or consistency as a good. In other words, the principles of persistent structures in the universe. Things that exist longer continue to exist. It builds up that fundamental structure, tautological structure.
Rosner: Sure. Consistency in the outside world will kill you less than an inconsistent world. Consistency is good in the outside world. Understanding of the consistencies of the outside world is a second level, a second, good; a necessity for survival good.
But consciousness is expensive. It is not perfect at filtering out trivia. Where every higher level creature we know can be bored, so, one of the prices that you pay for being conscious is being aware of things that, if consciousness weren’t so global, you could turn over to your unconscious systems.
Consciousness is imperfectly efficient at filtering out stuff that could be ignored.
Jacobsen: There’s also the idea of independently evolved structures in organisms so that they can better adapt to the environment. That reflects the general world. Another one is having those likely independently evolved structures such as ants, and bees, and us, in terms of building our own habitat out of the world.
I think there can be a distinction made there too, in terms of activities of different things.
Rosner: Yes. You could almost characterize the global gene pool. All the genes of all the creatures throughout history. That’s almost like a Google Translate. Obviously, there’s not a consciousness running the interactions among the various genes of all the organisms.
But there is a library of genes. We only use like 1% of our genes. The rest of them are kind of not used; they’re options or trash genes. They are the accumulated history of each organism that has generated a bunch of fellow travelers and rider-alonger genes. That don’t usually get used.
Jacobsen: This reminds me of the principles of survival that are widespread. The individual organisms have fewer options than DNA. DNA has lots of options.
Rosner: Yes, the world DNA sphere can act like a giant app. It has no consciousness. But it has a high level of complexity, not a high level – I would say – of efficiency on the scale of individual organisms.
But it can pop up new stuff.
Jacobsen: To clarify, you don’t mean – when you say the world sphere of DNA, there could be misperceptions.
Rosner: Every frickin’ cell in every fucking organism has this library of DNA. This Swiss army knife of stuff that that DNA can do if the parts of the DNA are expressed. But only a small percentage in the DNA of each cell is expressed.
Jacobsen: You mean a concrete sense of the world sphere of DNA. Nothing magical.
Rosner: Nothing handwaving Gaia or gaias. This overall thing. It was big in the 70s, at least in hippy towns, where the Earth is an overall organism. None of that horse shit.
Jacobsen: We’re dismissing James Lovelock here.
Rosner: Yes. It is saying there is a crazy Swiss army knife or library here. If you went into a cell and made it express various strings of DNA, you would get all sorts of crazy stuff. It can get expressed in all sorts of ways.
Epigenetics is one. It is a bit Lamarckian. Some switches can be switched on that weren’t normally expressed. You can have mutations that are random. You can have mutations that aren’t quite random.
Mutations are random, except when they’re epigenetic. I have already confused myself. Epigenetics isn’t a mutation. It is turning on a gene that hasn’t normally been turned on.
Jacobsen: Most normal DNA mutations are random. Most are harmful. Some are helpful. With epigenetic changes, they can more likely helpful, potentially, since they are working with what has been kept.
Rosner: There is creating pressure or biasing breeding toward the characteristics that you want, which can be unintentional with normal Darwinian processes running that deal. The organisms with the best characteristics make more organisms.
You can do that. You can do that with plants that aren’t conscious at all, or bugs that are barely conscious. Then you have these various mechanisms for expressing the various aspects of the DNA in cells.
The basic ones are that the DNA in the cells is expressed according to the normal life cycle of an organism. But now, we’re entering the era of humans messing around with CRISPR and turning on new genes, and ones that haven’t been normally turned on.
It is this world app of genetics that encompasses evolution and genetic engineering, and the world sphere of every cell having a bunch of DNA in it. It is not conscious. It was not designed to be an app. But it really functions to be this not conscious highly complex and not designed app that covers the globe and covers a million, billion, maybe trillion different species.
Jacobsen: We have talked about a quantum mechanical world giving rise to a classical world. That classical world can, at times, have what we call biology. That comes through a principle of evolution.
We have systems that can register something about the environment. Some not only register but can form maps of the world.
Rosner: Let’s talk about going from quantum to macro. One of the reasons that we live in the macro world is because we live in a Mine Craft world. Where for us to be capable of all the things that we’re capable of doing, we need to be built of all these atoms and molecules.
It is boggling to me. I have been working on a micro mosaic. It is the face of a girl from the 1870s. The mosaic is only 20 millimeters across. The girl’s face is only 7 millimeters across. It is comprised of probably 1,200 little tiles that are probably a half millimeter by a quarter millimeter invisible surface.
They are mostly like a millimeter deep. I have been dealing with these tiles. I have filled in the biggest ones. I was working with a piece today that was probably a quarter millimeter by maybe a third of a millimeter by a 1/7th of a millimeter, which is 184/th of a cubic millimeter.
It is only 12 cubic microns. Yet, this teeny teeny pain in the ass glass still has like 10^15th atoms in it, which is fucking crazy. It is the smallest fucking thing. You can barely fucking see it. Yet, it has a million billion atoms in it.
One reason we’re so big; we’re comprised of so many atoms. We are comprised of particles that basically doing nothing. Big because macro is consistent and quantum isn’t consistent. Macro is consistent because you have enough things put together that are fuzzy and then become not fuzzy because of their size.
There is something you learn in first-year high school physics is that the de Broglie wavelength of an object is inversely proportional to its mass. An electron has a long wavelength. They always use a baseball that has a tiny wavelength. An electron is hard to pin down.
It is fuzzy. Baseball is easy. It is big. It contains 10^25th atoms or something. I don’t know. Anyway, we live in a macro world because a macro world is consistent by virtue of various laws of large numbers. That’s all I got. Unless you got another question.
Jacobsen: This is helping. This is helpful. It leads to the next questions. We have general frameworks from bottom to top, in terms of how far we’ve brought it. We factorize things to this level. What would be the next level? That is not an easy question.
Rosner: The sad thing is that the stuff that we’re talking about; there are probably people in the field – AI and machine learning for example – who use different terminology and may not understand things better than we do.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: One of my favorite Florida Man stories – the world’s worst superhero. Man murders an imaginary friend and turns himself in [Laughing]. That one really tickled me.
Rick Rosner: Most Florida Man stories, your immediate handle on most of them is that people are dumb, especially in Florida.
Jacobsen: 2/3ds of their mentally ill go untreated. It is a funny representation but also a serious issue.
Rosner: You start with the idea that people are frickin’ idiots. Then you have to dig down for as many stories of the guy. You go online and see if you can find stories that are more in-depth. Eventually, you either find more details you start fleshing it out yourself.
That is a lonely guy. He’s got an imaginary friend. He’s got anger issues, perhaps. You can make all these guesses as to what is going in the guy’s black box of a brain. It is going to be the same thing with humans, augmented humans, and machine learning. It will be different black boxes talking to one another.
Jacobsen: It will be two types of black boxes. Evolved things, they are bound to simply a dynamic life. They have development, decrepitude, and death. The artificially constructed ones, they may be dynamic. They could in their software. But, in general, they are static in their registration, in their information processing.
Rosner: We will begin to see a whole zoo of what you are calling “static” and “dynamic.” It will be a while before Google Translate begins to manifest explicitly conscious behavior. But it is not impossible to imagine.
Where you could imagine a busybody Google Translate, you are trying to translate from English to Russian. The system uses its accumulated experience of the world. Although, it may not be conscious.
It begins to accumulate an unconscious knowledge of what people want when they’re searching or typing, “Yea, you may not want that word, schmucko.” It may complete thoughts, “You may not have thought of Schadenfreude. Have you heard of Schadenfreude, bro?”
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Rosner: We certainly know it is possible machine learning things to manifest as rudimentary busybodiness. That can be somewhat mistaken for conscious understanding. But at some point, when the machine understanding and the super-duper-busybodiness gets super-duper-powerful, you might be able to reasonably supposed that it is a non-zero level of conscious living in the system.
It would help to develop a mathematics of consciousness, whether we do it or someone else does it. It would be good to have a mathematics of consciousness. It would be good to get a picture, a rough picture, of the level of understanding within machine systems.
Whether that level of understanding is functionally conscious or not, once you get to consciousness, it is the establishment of a central information processing arena for new information that is sufficiently new, sufficiently complicated; that it can’t be dealt unconsciously.
It is informationally efficient to throw it into the central conscious arena. At some point, a system that is on a computational budget. As it becomes more and more complicated, it is reasonable that there would be an emergent economy that says, “This new information is most likely to be productively processed if our system had a central arena where that information is presented to all the subsystems in our overall system for some kind of global analysis.”
It is a kind of information processing efficiency. Many actors are involved in it. You earn points, existence points in an evolved creature by figuring out what is going on. You are paid for understanding. We get paid for understanding the world for continued existence and some other stuff.
If you understand the stock market, you get paid stuff. If you get good at social life, you get social points.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Some concepts or ideas seem basic here. I do not mean simple, but base. The idea of information as a result of the relation between things.
But also, the basic notion of two points for that interaction to happen and for the exchange of information. But as you’re noting months ago, even those two points, say, they’re also emergent.
Rick Rosner: Everything is emergent. You need the hardware to register phenomena. I am not well-versed in neural nets. But I can gloss over it. You need things that are capable of keeping score.
Systems capable to register a wide variety of signals about the outside world. There should be consistencies in the outside world – the world outside of the neural net. You have the sensory apparatus.
Then you have whatever is impinging on the sensory apparatus, whether something outside the net and inside your head, sensory input from outside, and so on. It can be inside or outside your head.
Something is capable of keeping score and becoming aware of things that are consistent among the set of all things that impinge on the system or that part of the system.
Jacobsen: Could this be seen as something like unlinked that are emergent and linked things that are emergent? Things emerge out of the bubbly soup. Those that are linked up. Others simply are taken into the registration of the linked systems.
Rosner: Some of it depends on the apparatus. The apparatus is only capable of registering consistency within its purview.
Jacobsen: What does purview mean in this context? It is that which is possible to be registered in the universe.
Rosner: A purview is a limited number of type of things that can trigger its sensors. It has a limited analytic capacity. Depending on how it is set up, it has a limit to the complexity that it can register as consistent.
That is, a grasshopper has a less sophisticated understanding of the world than a human because the human has more analytic capacity and more sensory capacity. The grasshopper will not be able to register as many consistencies as a human.
Jacobsen: In a sense, does this imply two other concepts? The scope and type of registration. The other is the depth and speed of processing of that scope and type of registration. What can add to it? How can we wrangle this into an IC framework or system for understanding the world? Because this is good.
Rosner: In a general sense, you can argue that a system’s capacity is proportional to the size and power and speed of its hardware. To add to that, it is also proportional to the system’s experience. That as the system adapts itself experientially to the world that it is in.
It will become more powerful at understanding, digesting, and analyzing that world.
Jacobsen: We have these systems that are emergent. The basic framework of the system that is bubbly emergent out of some fuzz.
Rosner: Yes.
Jacobsen: Then we have systems only arising from one of two ways. One is evolved. The other is artificially constructed.
Rosner: Sure.
Jacobsen: Within those two, we have registration with scope and type. Then we have depth and speed and processing.
Rosner: You can divide it into natural and unnatural, and evolved and – call it – forced. Where somebody has already done the analyzing, in our case, when you’re building a video game, at some level, the analysis is being done by evolved creatures who input their accumulated experience and understanding into the system.
Jacobsen: You mean the case with Deep Blue in Chess and AlphaGo with Go.
Rosner: Yes, the understanding and interpretation are now being turned over to machine analytics. You might be able to turn over the behavior of a head of hair.
Jacobsen: Is this part of the decoupling of possible human science to simply aided human science and then catapulting beyond anything normal and natural human science?
Rosner: Yes. Except, there will always be bridges.
Jacobsen: Fair enough.
Rosner: A sufficiently powerful AI. An AI with enough computing capacity behind it – this is probably a general principle – will begin to behave in ways opaque to its constructors. Google Translate has its own metalanguage inside it, known only to the AI itself.
There are examples of Go and Chess. As the AI becomes more powerful, it makes moves that are good but inexplicable to humans. This is no different, really, than human beings inexplicable to other humans.
We are trying to understand one another, whether a true crime novel or a TV show. We are looking at other people and trying to know why they behave the way they behave. If you’re in a relationship or a working relationship, you are looking at a black box.
You are trying to figure out why people are being such fuckheads.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What does self-consistency mean in the context of information processing in consciousness, in an IC context?
Rick Rosner: First off, nothing means anything except in relation to other things. There’s no meaning outside of context. There is not information that’s not contained in a system.
That is, when you look at words, there is no word that means anything independent of some language. Words are defined by all the other words in the language. It is a network of words and meanings.
That serves to define everything. What self-consistency means, at least in my mind, is that things that should stay the same regardless of what angle their viewed from, distance their viewed from, or time their viewed at, should be the same; in simple terms, an apple should remain an apple whether you’re looking at it from the north or from the east, or from an inch away or a foot away, or on a Monday or a Thursday.
But over time, given the nature of the apple, the apple will not stay the same over time. But it will still stay the same way apples do over time. Given the environment, it can change. If in a freezer, an apple could stay an apple for years.
But an apple on a table will get nasty after a few days. Self-consistency means that things behave reliably. That things don’t happen for no reason. Although, randomness can be a reason. All the way down to the quantum level.
But macro events should not happen for no reason. Macro events should behave in a consistent way. They shouldn’t change for no reason. They shouldn’t change without context. But at some point, there is a way in which you cannot see it anymore.
An apple is not an apple if the only information that you’re seeing is from 12 miles in space looking down on the Earth. There is uncertainty that creeps in. But that is built into what you understand in the system.
You understand that when you get far away from something then you will not be able to tell what it is. Self-consistency feels like a conservation law. That gravitation is a universal force. Gravitation behaves – we think – regardless of where you are in the universe.
And there are things conserved. Electric charge is conserved. Mass-energy is conserved. These are all parts or among the self-consistencies that allow the universe to work and to not be chaotic.
Jacobsen: If these self-consistencies permit things to work, how can a complex information processor permit emergent forms of information or emergent forms of information processing?
How do those relate back to the forms of self-consistency seen in the relations of things at the lowest magnitude in the universe in terms of emergent forms of order, of information?
Rosner: It can probably be seen in forms of machine learning and AI. In that, repeated instances experienced by a neural net establish consistencies in that net. If something keeps happening, if some signal is repeatedly tripped, and if the net is registering that, if it is set up to have neural net-like feedback, then it may have something Bayesian.
The nets’ estimate that this consistency increases its certainty. That becomes a piece of information within the net. You have a big enough net or big enough interaction between sets of nets.
As long as the net is exposed to consistent phenomena, the net registers those phenomena as being consistent with increasing levels of probability. If the linked nets have sufficient information capacity and bandwidth and interaction amongst each other, then you have something resembling consciousness.
Things with such intricacy and fidelity that those things feel registered within the system.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s return to the original line of thinking of human beings as mathematical structures, we have a certain type of math in its own dynamics that is different than simply the physical mechanics of the snow falling, rain falling, ripples across the water. How does a mathematical structure differ in us compared to these others?
Rick Rosner: Everything has to be able to exist, to exist. Everything has to have rules of self-consistency, which means that you’ve got basic structures and patterns that emerge all over the place. They are easy. They are basic. They have easy self-consistency.
If you look at philosophizing, everything boils down to the simple principles. Biology is boiled down to physics, and so can chemistry. It doesn’t mean that there is no function fo chemistry or biology. Sometimes, it is more convenient to discuss them us as large and complicated entities.
When you talk evolutionary biology, zoology, the units in zoology are animals. You have to way out of your way to talk about animals as being built up from fundamental and subatomic particles. Philosophy, the hard sciences, the soft sciences, there is a utility in taking the right context to talk about those objects and subjects that fit into the umbrella of scale.
You can boil aesthetics down to basic principles, which we have talked about. The search for the preservation of order. It might be better to talk about aesthetics on its own terms. You may know that beauty may be built from evolutionary principles.
We think something is beautiful because of biases that have been evolved into us. We don’t need that kind of scaffolding or foundation or disclaimer for a possible discussion of aesthetics. You can discuss beautiful forms as themselves, as increasing beauty going all the way back primates on the Savannah.
It is similar to all the other areas of philosophy, or simply most of them. There may be some that are sufficiently specialized to not be. Similarly, there will be emerging areas of philosophy with the most pertinent one coming up being the ethics of dealing with powerful information processing entities that are not entirely human, or merged humans. It is humans merging with technology.
At the most pragmatic level, sometime in the next 100 years; someone will move into a non-human body, into a body that is not even human. Someone may go to court. Even though, they do not live in a human body; they still have the rights that they had when they were in a human body.
Another person will go to court to claim that AI should be able to marry a person or permit the AI to inherit stuff. That the AI person should have rights. That is a whole new area of ethics and philosophy.
That is a looking upward development of ethics with humans and the things that will eventually supersede humans. But then there is the question about the things superseding humans. There will need to be a philosophy for them on how to treat us, who will be those things inferiors.
You need the philosophy for humans to do things and for the things that we create, which will, eventually, be in charge. One is decency in both directions. Not even just decency, but it is also defining what entities own.
It is clear what an individual consciousness is now. But that will be the case 150 years from now, when consciousnesses can be merged, budded off, and there will be all sorts of different and fleeting existences of information processing entities.
It will be complicated to assign rights to those things. Having to develop philosophies with new types of consciousnesses, there will be the economics of it, of trying to figure out the economics in which information is increasingly the most valuable thing; information plus the knowledge that makes that information durable.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/02/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What do you think of those three Feynman futures? What do you think is the most likely one?
Rick Rosner: I think the most likely is that we get a more and more complete understanding of the universe. But there is never a complete understanding. There are always questions. Some are challenging. Some will remain the same. Some questions will remain resistant for a long time.
Some will be solved. New big questions will emerge. Some of the big new questions of 200 years from now may be so far along philosophically, making so many philosophical paths; that if you tried to explain them to people today – even a philosophy or a scientist today. They would say, “Why is that an issue? It is so beyond the beyond the beyond that it doesn’t seem like a concern.”
We will continue to find metaphysical questions beyond those. That may or may not impact people’s existences on a daily basis. But they are still foundational. They are still questions about how things can be. They may still have implications, in the way of getting down to quantum mechanics will lead to quantum computing and will lead to powerful information processing entities 80 to 100 years from now.
We will push further and further along the paths of the questions of existence and along the paths of understanding things in a big data way. We will have an increasing understanding but we will be facing increasingly vague and basic questions.
I think, of the three possibilities or three possible scientific futures, that would have been the future that would have made Feynman the happiest, or the happiest when we bring him back.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/22
[Beginning of recorded material]
Rick Rosner: …Your choices are fairly simple. It is either open or closed. That is still only one molecule out of basically trillions in your body. It is the combination of trillions working together based on systems that have evolved over 4 billion years; that makes thems sense complicated and mathematical.
But when you get down to it, it is still mathy. When we get into the era of big data, humans can only understand things up to a certain amount of information. But as we build bigger and bigger information understanding structures, they will understand things that we can only understand in an indirect way.
We only understand things in an approximate way. Bigger information processing entities will be able to understand things better. I read the book 21 Lessons for the 21st Century. One of the chapters is that humans don’t understand anything.
I guess they did an experiment asking people if they understand how zippers work. Most said, “Yes!” But then they tried to explain, most failed. I think data entities of the future will understand things that we understand only half-assedly in much greater depth.
They will have a much greater understanding and appreciation of the mathiness of the messiness of the human body, where we can only understand it in little bits.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/15
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Nature can be described via mathematics. In this sense, as humans are inescapably a part of nature, humans can be described via mathematics, in principle. That is to say, human beings, in some sense, are mathematical structures in the sense of nature existing as a mathematical structure and human beings existing as a part of nature. This seems like an unavoidable modern conclusion of philosophy and science: human beings are mathematical structures.
Rick Rosner: You have mentioned this before. Biology boils down to physics. Physics boils down to quantum physics. Quantum physics is highly mathematical. When you boil it down, it is the physics of information; the physic and math of information. Information is the most featureless thing that you can have.
The most basic information you can have is a choice between two things. But you can probably go below that too, where you have a fuzzy choice between two fuzzy things without a clear choice between two things. But it almost boils down to nothing.
You can build back up from there into humans and the world around humans. The reason that humans do not seem mathematical is that we are so macro. In economics, there is microeconomics dealing with little things like one person buying this stick of gum or this candy bar.
Macroeconomics is the largescale behavior of economic systems. Quantum mechanics is micro with all the weirdness of the quantum world at the micro world. But the macro world makes sense to us because we are macro beings living in the macro world.
I have been messing with micromosaics, recently. Carole likes micromosaics. I guess I do too. They are like these thin pieces of glass, like a millimeter across. Some are less than a cubic millimeter. I think that these things are so small and should not contain so many atoms.
But if you do the math, a cubic centimeter – what’s a mole? 6*10^23, so a cubic centimeter contains 10^23 atoms roughly. A cubic millimeter still contains close to 10^17th atoms. So, even this thing that is as small as you want to deal with in regular macro life, it still contains a billion, billion atoms.
We are super macro. It also that we are organic, i.e., soft, squishy, and wet and mucousy. None of that has the clean sharp purity of math. When you think of math, you think of things that are super symmetrical and pretty well behaved. Things that are limited, perhaps, in extent.
When you think of parabolas, every parabola looks like every other frickin’ parabola. Every circle looks like every other circle. Every ellipse looks like every other with some tilting. You have these simple structures. There is nothing, at least on the surface, on 3. The threeness of something seems simple.
A die, the kind that you throw, is only having 6 different outcomes; unless, it gets wedged against a wall with no face on top. But if you’re throwing craps and one die, there are only 6 possible outcomes. But humans with our huge number of components and 4-billion-year evolutionary history that makes us complicated; there’s not a lot of simplicity in our form, or in our behavior.
It is basically because of our bigness and the number of components. Our duration, our evolutionary history, our extent in time. Everything is macro and macro is messy. You can boil it all down to math. Every single interaction in the human body can be characterized by quantum mechanics.
At the smallest level, you can find these interactions that boil down to simple possibilities. Is this blood cell going to capture oxygen molecules or not? Hemoglobin can exist in two states, generally. Either folded up having absorbed oxygen atoms and expanded, where the hemoglobin has four holes for oxygen molecules.
You put it in an oxygen-rich environment. Under the laws of quantum physics, it will pop open and grab four oxygen atoms. The first gym I ever belonged to; it was owned by a guy who started as a graduate student at the University of Colorado to see if you could actually see the moment when a hemoglobin molecule goes from having grabbed no molecules to having gone open and grabbed four oxygen molecules.
It was something that happened, at least with the technology then, or seemed to happen instantaneously. When the hemoglobin went from empty to full of oxygen, there was never a point when you saw it has two oxygen atoms.
I do not know if that is still the case. Even though, the hemoglobin molecule consists of, maybe, 50 atoms to make this mechanism. But it still governed by laws of quantum physics and can exist in basically only one or two states.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/08
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, you have the larger structure that is an as if. But you have a certain set of preconditions to get to it.
Rick Rosner: If you want to disregard consciousness with regard to mind, mind, or at least an organism with a mind, is an organism that can a bunch of different possible states and actions and possible states of awareness, depending on what is going on in its environment.
That an organism with a mind can put itself into a whole bunch of different states as part of a survival optimization. Maybe, that is more mechanistic and a more understandable way of approaching organisms.
That something in the mind, as opposed to a tree, has an option of taking action to preserve itself, to not be obliterated. A tree has a bunch of mechanisms to increase the probability of its survival. The probability that it can reproduce.
But it is severely limited in how can react to moment to moment changes in its environment. A tree cannot get out of the way of a truck. A tree is not aware of a truck. But it does have protective mechanisms.
A tree can be big and thick and cannot be knocked over by the truck, because its base trunk is two feet across. But most of the tree’s mechanisms aren’t moment to moment, and moment to moment reactions to the environment are sufficiently helpful; that you have an entire branch of the kingdoms. The plants are one; the animals are another.
The animals, for the most part, can have a moment to moment understanding of their representations of their environment, and can react. Although, that is not 100% true. It is not true entirely. I am not sure if an amoeba is any more sophisticated in its moment to moment defenses than a tree.
However, an amoeba is a tiny little thing. It is no more likely to react on a momentary basis than an amoeba. When you think of animals, you think of things that can react to situations on a moment to moment basis.
Basically, the moment to moment reactions are such that the organism assumes a state or takes on a state that changes from moment to moment to optimize its survival to the best of the ability of its evolved systems.
In some cases, that involves reflecting the world, developing an information processing model of the world that is sufficiently sophisticated that it embodies consciousness. Not only that a conscious being has subconscious systems to handle things that can be handled in contingent situations, which can be handled without much more than algorithmic processing.
For example, the traversing of terrain by walking is via the mechanisms of taking a step and are not very conscious. It can be handled with or by algorithms that generally do not throw the central problems of walking into the conscious arena.
But in a general sense, the order seen in animals is the ability to change state from moment to moment based on the information that the entity gets from its world.
That’s it.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Born To Do Math
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/01
[Beginning of recorded material]
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I am getting the sense of the why questions being how questions. Why do we have minds? Because of evolution. How that? If chemistry, then biology, then minds, eventually. So, what you’re tapping into is, really, the bridge between those how questions and how they extend more into a why?
Rick Rosner: I kind of think everything boils down to consciousness and information spaces, and also the larger physical processes of the universe. They are “as if” questions. The information of the universe at large and the information of mental worlds.
Both the large information processing structures and the small ones do a lot of stuff that behaves as if they know stuff. The “as if” is enough to embody actual knowing. If you set it up right, it’s information processing capacity is far mre than straight up serial processing with integrated circuits clacking along.
It is a setup – the quantum computers – in as if systems. You set up indeterminate states that behave as if in multiple states for a computational purpose. If everything is in an as if state, then everything is in 3-bit quantum computer that runs as if in 8 different states, and then is consistent across all 8 states.
Something like that; I don’t know. It seems as if there is a tacitness, an as ifness. The efficiency of as if information, as if knowledge, and as if knowledge-sharing probably exists in the universe at large and in individual minds at the small.
Becuase it is persistently efficient.
[End of recorded material]
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/28
It is International Safe Abortion Day. Some thoughts come to mind for me. Many (maybe most, even possibly all public) pro-life positions equate to anti-human right positions. If you’ll indulge, I can support the argument:
Human Rights Watch states:
Women’s ability to access safe and legal abortions is restricted in law or in practice in most countries in the world…Abortion is a highly emotional subject and one that excites deeply held opinions. However, equitable access to safe abortion services is first and foremost a human right. Where abortion is safe and legal, no one is forced to have one. Where abortion is illegal and unsafe, women are forced to carry unwanted pregnancies to term or suffer serious health consequences and even death.
…international human rights legal instruments and authoritative interpretations of those instruments compel the conclusion that women have a right to decide independently in all matters related to reproduction, including the issue of abortion. [Emphasis added.] (Human Rights Watch, n.d.)
As “first and foremost a human right,” the arguments for the pro-choice perspective amount to the pro-human right view because the right to choose, or not, is the point, which implies safe and equitable access to the abortion services or part of reproductive health services.
In areas of the world, countries or sections of countries, where the reproductive health service is limited, the ability of women to make the choice is limited, which is the right, and so becomes a violation of the right.
That’s what a free choice is: the ability to select between at least two options. If no options, then no choice, so denial of the right is implied.
Many pro-life positions want to limit the access of this reproductive health service, which goes against the equitable and safe access to the service and so violates the choice and, thus, the right: hence, the pro-life position becomes anti-human right; and the pro-choice position becomes pro-human right.
Multiple United Nations experts¹ came together,* deliberated on abortion, and “called on States across the world to repeal laws that criminalize and unduly restrict abortion and policies based on outdated stereotypes, to release all women in prison on abortion charges and to counter all stigma against abortion” (OHCHR, 2017).
I am pro-human right here. Even in Calgary, Alberta, there are clinics simply calling for the end to harassment (Cameron, 2017). That is, the social bullying for restriction of abortion is an issue in Canada, too. Worse yet, throughout the globe, half of the abortions performed in the world are in unsafe conditions (Thomson Reuters, 2017).
In these reflections and in sympathy with many, many Canadians with pro-life, or even simply conflicted-agnostic positions, I must stand with the pro-human right positions. If someone doesn’t want them, the only fair one for all is to be able to choose or not, not to force the ability to not choose, to not have the right, on all implied by the pro-life/anti-human right positions through restriction of services in any way.
Endnotes
¹ International Safe Abortion Day – Thursday 28 September 2017 (2017) states:
Kamala Chandrakirana, Chair-Rapporteur of the Working Group on the issue of discrimination against women in law and in practice; Dubravka Simonovic, Special Rapporteur on violence against women, its causes and consequences; Dainius Pûras, Special Rapporteur on the right of everyone to the enjoyment of the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health. Ms. Agnes Callamard, Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions.
OHCHR. (2017, September 27). International Safe Abortion Day – Thursday 28 September 2017. Retrieved from http://www.ohchr.org/EN/NewsEvents/Pages/DisplayNews.aspx?NewsID=22167&LangID=E.
References
Cameron, E. (2017, September 27). Calgary abortion clinic wants provincial protection from harassment. Retrieved from http://www.metronews.ca/news/calgary/2017/09/27/calgary-abortion-clinic-wants-provincial-protection-from-harassment.html?referrer=https%3A%2F%2Ft.co%2F7S0OSo3t7S%3Famp%3D1.
Human Rights Watch. (n.d.). Abortion. Retrieved from https://www.hrw.org/legacy/women/abortion.html.
OHCHR. (2017, September 27). International Safe Abortion Day – Thursday 28 September 2017. Retrieved from http://www.ohchr.org/EN/NewsEvents/Pages/DisplayNews.aspx?NewsID=22167&LangID=E.
Thomson Reuters. (2017, September 27). Nearly half of abortions worldwide are unsafe, study says. Retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/news/health/unsafe-abortion-around-the-world-1.4310002.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/28
The Alberta school educational system will be providing protections for the traditionally vulnerable sexual minority, gay, students with new legislation aimed at Gay-Straight Alliances (GSAs).
The GSAs have been integral for the protection of these students who are either gay and in-the-closet, or not and simply want a place to mingle without discrimination, or who are not and who remain allies to the sexual minority community.
In any of these students who would see themselves as such, GSAs can be and are for many important places for community, similar to sports teams and chess clubs are for others.
Imagine if you had something that you were being discriminated against on and then this became a basis for wanting a social group for a small community to, at times, protect yourselves in some way, the GSAs perform this function and to be forced to be outed as gay or an ally would go against one, not the only but one, of the purposes of the alliances public educational facilities.
There have been calls in Alberta to make outing gay students a norm as if it has to be done, but it doesn’t have to be nor, personally, should it be. The Herald News talked about the recent events with Eggen and Kenney:
Alberta’s education minister says he will be introduce legislation to make it illegal to out students who join gay-straight alliances.
On Twitter, David Eggen says the government believes all students deserve to feel safe and welcome at all schools.
He says no student who belongs to a gay-straight alliance — intended to foster understanding and give LGBTQ students a haven from bullying — should be outed.
His comments come as the issue creates a rift among leadership candidates for the new United Conservative Party.
Former federal cabinet minister and leadership candidate Jason Kenney has said schools should tell parents in some circumstances when their child joins an alliance. (The Canadian Press, 2017)
This is the rift topic: GSAs. I feel a little surprised, but not too much, to be typing that first portion of this sentence and to read that in the Herald News, but there you go. The Edmonton Journal commented on the situation, too (French, 2017a).
Eggen’s proposal is a new bill with requirements for all Alberta schools receiving public money to “establish an anti-bullying code of conduct that prohibits discrimination based on gender identity, gender expression, sexual orientation and other grounds in the Alberta Human Rights Act.”
One issue is the “legal loophole” that would permit private schools exemption from the bill (French, 2017b). Nonetheless, if approved, the bill would protect LGBTQ+ students and allow them to create GSAs. Not bad, what can we do? Show solidarity through protections, wouldn’t want the same if heterosexuality, in a hypothetical universe, was the minority and often bullied? I stand with Norway’s statement in December of 2006, the UNHCR’s statement in 2011, and the Government of Canada’s position in the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms in section 15, and on and on (Strommen, 2006; UNHCR, 2011; Government of Canada, 1982).
References
French, J. (2017b, March 23). Education Minister David Eggen issues order for Christian schools to accommodate LGBTQ students. Retrieved from http://edmontonjournal.com/news/local-news/education-minister-issues-order-for-christian-schools-to-accommodate-lqbtq-students.
French, J. (2017a, September 28). Education minister vows to tighten privacy rules around gay-straight alliances in schools. Retrieved from http://edmontonjournal.com/news/politics/education-minister-vows-to-tighten-privacy-rules-around-gay-straight-alliances-in-schools.
Government of Canada. (1982). Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms. Retrieved from http://laws-lois.justice.gc.ca/eng/Const/page-15.html.
Strommen, H.E.W.C. (2006, December 1). 2006 Joint Statement: 3rd Session of the Human Rights Council Joint Statement. Retrieved from http://arc-international.net/global-advocacy/sogi-statements/2006-joint-statement/.
The Canadian Press. (2017, September 28). Alberta to bring in legislation to protect students who join gay-straight clubs. Retrieved from http://thechronicleherald.ca/canada/1507250-alberta-to-bring-in-legislation-to-protect-students-who-join-gay-straight-clubs.
UNHCR. (2011, November 17). Discriminatory laws and practices and acts of violence against individuals based on their sexual orientation and gender identity. Retrieved from http://www.ohchr.org/Documents/Issues/Discrimination/A.HRC.19.41_English.pdf.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/25
Caleb W. Lack, Ph.D. is a licensed clinical psychologist, an Associate Professor of Psychology at the University of Central Oklahoma, and the Director of the Secular Therapist Project. Dr. Lack is the author or editor of six books (most recently Critical Thinking, Science, & Pseudoscience: Why We Can’t Trust Our Brains with Jacques Rousseau) and more than 45 scientific publications on obsessive-compulsive disorder, Tourette’s Syndrome and tics, technology’s use in therapy, and more. He writes the popular Great Plains Skeptic column on skepticink.com and regularly presents nationally and internationally for professionals and the public. Learn more about him here.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With Alcoholics Anonymous, I notice one thing in particular, which is an amorphous or vague definition of “God.” Is there a functional utility to it? Does it have a purpose?
Dr. Caleb Lack: If you go back to the 1930s, there was basically a cult called The Oxford Group, which is what splintered off into Alcoholics Anonymous. They were very specific about their God, which was a Christian God. Fast forward some 25 and more years later, they started to have this vagueness about what their “higher power” could be, saying things like “Your higher power can be a rock or yourself.”
Read more…Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/25
Calistus Igwilo is the President of the Atheist Society of Nigeria, who was kind enough to give an extensive, exclusive interview with me. Here we talk about religious faith, atheism, and religion in Nigeria.
—
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Was there a family grounding in religious faith?
Calistus Igwilo: I was baptized a Catholic, couple of months after my birth, and was raised a Catholic until about age 13 when I joined my mum to attend a prayer ministry (Where they purport to see the vision and predict the future). And I eventually became a “visioner” at about age 15. Then about age 20, I became a “born again” Christian and was supposed to live above sin, to be holy even as Christ was holy, so I sincerely and honestly struggled to live above sin, I didn’t watch television at the time because I could see a sensual advert that will make me lust in my heart thereby committing sin. Prior to being born again, I masturbated a lot, but as a born again I tried very hard to resist masturbation and struggled for about 1 year until I lost it. So it dawned on me that I was a “sinner” and numerous attempt to repent proved abortive as those desires were real, therefore, I stopped going to church in other not to be a hypocrite. And when I accepted life the way it really was, I started to have doubts about religion but I was alone on that thought, there was no like minded person to share my doubts with.
Later, when I became independent and started living by myself, I asked myself some crucial questions: “all the things I know so far, who thought me?” My answer was mainly my parents, then I asked, “Who thought my parents” the answer was my grandparents. Then I asked the crucial question “What do these grand and great grandparents know? Are my not supposed to know more than them, since they did not have the level of education I have?” And that was how my journey into skepticism started, I resolved to reevaluate everything that I have been thought by my parents and choose for myself only things that made sense and conform to the knowledge I had gained thus far. I began to think for myself, I became responsible for my life and my actions, then I realized that the whole religious stuff lacks logical merit.
About that period, I met my first business partner Leoard F. Runyon Jr. who we formed a computer company together. He lived life the way life was without any recourse to a supernatural being or superstitions. We never discussed religion or talked about atheism, I do not know about atheism at the time, but for the first time in my life, I associated with people that live their lives very plainly without invoking God or religion for any task, they depend on their brain to make decisions. At that point, religion became irrelevant in my life and any thought of returning to it someday vanished. After few more years, I started looking for Nigerians like me, I couldn’t see any around me, so I took to the internet to search for Nigerian Atheists. Leo Igwe’s name was the prominent name that pops up each time I searched so I did him an email which he replied and informed me about an upcoming humanist convention in 2011 at Abuja. I attended that conference and met for the first time, Nigerian atheists, and that was the beginning of my association with atheists.
Jacobsen: Who were some influences in losing it or simply becoming an atheist?
Igwilo: The first influence was my personal experience. I have always tried to be sincere and honest to myself, so when I started struggling to keep up with religious teachings, I knew somehow that they weren’t tenable, then I became a “backslider” and because I don’t want to deceive myself claiming to be what is not tenable, I gave up on religion. The next influence was Leonard F. Runyon, my business partner, in whom I saw for the first time in my life how someone can live one’s life without the need for a God. Then when I a degree course in Biotechnology, everything fell into place, I had a rational explanation for the emergence of life and I applied that knowledge to every other supernatural belief. Life ceased to be mysterious to me and I never looked back since then. There was nothing to look back for anyway because I have traveled the road of religion and have studied the bible from page to page from cover to cover so there was nothing curious left there to go back to.
Jacobsen: What is the prevalence religion in Nigeria? What are the types that you’d typically find there?
Igwilo: The prevalent religions in Nigeria are Islam and Christianity, the traditional religion is steadily going extinct. Majority of northern Nigeria are Muslims while the majority of Eastern Nigeria are Christians, the western Nigeria are split between Muslims and Christians. So each region is dominated by their own common religion (Christian or Muslim) and they tolerate each other to a good extent except for some small part of northern Nigeria where sectarian crises arise once in a while.
Jacobsen: Why did you found the Atheist Society of Nigeria?
Igwilo: While I was doing my masters degree at the University of Nottingham, UK, I joined the University of Nottingham Atheists Secularists and Humanist (UNASH) association, it was my first experience of belonging to an atheist group, I also joined the Nottingham Secular Society an umbrella body for atheists and humanists living in Nottingham. I was elected to serve on the executive committee and was closely mentored by Dennis, the then President of Nottingham Secular Society and I gained some experience in running a secular society. So when I returned to Nigeria in 2013, I started Port Harcourt Secular Society with Timothy Hatcher under the suggestion of Becca Schwartz. The main reason was to create a community for Atheist, Humanist, Secularists and Freethinkers. By then there was a vibrant Nigerian Atheist group and Nigerian Humanist group on Facebook which serves as home for all atheists, humanists, and freethinkers. The need to organize so that we can engage with government, institutions, and societies led to us applying to be registered with Corporate Affairs Commission (CAC), but our application suffered numerous setbacks, when we got some kind of nod to go ahead, we didn’t have the fund to see the process through as Port Harcourt Secular Society had very few members then. So we organized at the national level to register Humanist Society of Nigeria but it suffered a huge setback from the CAC, they always come up with a reason to have us start the application all over again, it’s been up to 2 years now and Nigerian Humanist Association hasn’t been incorporated. While at it, some group of Atheists who belong to a Facebook group called Proudly Atheist made a move, and quietly got initial approval after their lawyer threatened to sue CAC, so we rallied around the process and finally got it registered. This has given us the backing of the law, to engage our community.
Jacobsen: How momentous is the occasion of ASN registration?
Igwilo: Well, the day the news broke that we have been incorporated, it was in the evening, I was just speechless, I couldn’t describe what I felt, and it was the same for other 9 members of the board of trustees. But very quickly, it dawned on me that we have achieved something very great something capable of making a positive lasting change to Nigeria and I could see the enormous task ahead of us. I still don’t have words to describe the feeling that night, but that sense of accomplishment drove us to this present day.
Jacobsen: Also, it was registered as an official organization, which is a first for an organization of its kind. How else is this a momentous occasion for the atheist community in Nigeria?
Igwilo: First it has given the Atheists, Secularists, Humanists and Freethinkers a sense of community backed by the law, where they can actualize their common goals, it has given them a voice which hitherto was non-existent, many never believed that this day will come. ASN wants to engage with the Nigerian community to raise awareness on why public policies, scientific inquiries and education policies should not be based on religious beliefs but rather on sound reason, rationality and evidence. This will help liberate people from superstitions and myths and promote science and technology, it will also make Nigeria a saner, safer, more sustainable place for reason and freethought.
Jacobsen: What are some initiatives underway to normalize atheism, reduce superstition, and secularize public life in Nigeria more?
Igwilo: We have started campaigning against qualified professionals that use their authority to promote superstitious practices among vulnerable Nigerians which could lead to loss of lives. A case study is our petition against the Medical and Dental Council of Nigeria about some medical doctors and healthcare professionals that refer patients to “faith healing homes” and some that support phantom miraculous healing testimonies in their places of worship giving credence to superstitious beliefs.
We also want to promote religious tolerance in Nigeria because Nigeria is grossly divided along religious lines which breeds suspicion and mistrust among the divide. Our solution is to educate the youths on various religions in Nigeria, this can be achieved by campaigning for the merging of all religious studies under a single subject of learning in secondary schools. We are making the case that Traditional Religious Knowledge, Islamic Religious Knowledge, Christian Religious Knowledge be taught as a single comparative subject of study, it will enable the students to critique religions and have an academic knowledge of various religions and help them develop critical thinking and reasoning. When they become adults, they will vote in people with rational and critical thinking into governance who will in turn make public policies that are not based on religious beliefs but on sound reason, rationality and evidence. It will be a very long drawn out campaign, we will lay the foundation now and sustain it.
Nigerian national assembly has passed some laws that breed hate and victimization against some minority citizens, we intend to mount campaign in due cause to call for repeal of those obnoxious laws that infringes on citizens fundamental human rights.
Jacobsen: How can people get involved or donate to the Atheist Society of Nigeria?
Igwilo: People can get involved with us by registering as members of Atheist Society of Nigeria though our membership registration portal on our website at www.atheist.org.ng.
We are a not-for-profit organisation and depend on donations and goodwill to carry out our programs and local development projects. We are open to donations and volunteering of time and skills to help implement our projects. For monetary donations, we have a bank account where we can receive donations, it can also be done online using credit or debit card. We also have a portal for volunteers registration on our website.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Calistus.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/25
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For those that don’t know, what is the situation with the conversion therapy ban ongoing at the moment?
Pirate Jen Takahashi (petition): We are continuing to collect signatures on letters. We are continuing to reach out to PRIDE organizations and churches in the province. The letters are a sign of support, of solidarity with the ban and the PRIDE community. We are showing the government there is this support and that we want to see this ban happen. You can go on the website and add your own thoughts, stories, or suggestions to the letter. It auto-sends to multiple ministers, MLAs, and the Premier.
Recently, Minister Hoffman made some statements to the effect that she doesn’t see conversion therapy as a problem in the province. We beg to differ. She said to contact her office directly about conversion therapy. It is offensive and tone deaf. It destroys families and lives in communities regarding work and education.
Jacobsen: How does one respond to an individual who considers conversion therapy effective, when there’s no evidence for it?
Takahashi: There’s no way to respond to someone who believes raping and torturing someone will change their biology and genetics. There is no amount of science and evidence out there that will prove to these people that they are wrong. We have report and study, report and study, that conversion therapy doesn’t work. These people can’t believe otherwise. That you can rape the gay out of somebody.
Jacobsen What faith organizations are the main endorsers and practitioners?
Takahashi: Typically, Reform and Evangelicals are the ones who do this. The Mormon church gave this up a while ago. It is Evangelical and Dutch Reform, especially here in Southern Alberta. They will be the ones in compounds with the most virulent forms of it.
Jacobsen: What have been the most tragic stories to come out?
Takahashi: One was a gentleman who was queer-identifying and actually handcuffed down and forced to watch pornography while being electrocuted. The theory was he would then associate gay sex with violence. Those negative neural pathways being built was the idea. It is that pseudoscience. There is also a particularly upsetting woman, a queer-identifying woman, who was raped. She had decided, queer or not, to save herself for marriage. The church told her it doesn’t count as sex because Jesus wanted this to happen to cure her. So, she was raped and received no support or therapy to deal with the trauma of rape.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/25
Conservative Party leader, Andrew Scheer, has made recent comments on harm reduction in practice (Conservative Party of Canada, 2017; CBC News, 2017). He is touring B.C. to boost the profile with voters (Ibid.).
Scheer said, “I don’t believe that should be the focus…There’s nothing there that breaks that cycle of addiction. I think that’s what more and more Canadians want to see.” He spoke out against safe injection sites as well:
“I really do think we need to move beyond this kind of supervised injection, where government makes it quote unquote safer to inject illicit drugs, and to focus more on recovery and helping those who are addicted to get off drugs.” (Ibid.)
No evidence or authority was referenced in the assertion; as well, he considers the awareness of young people particularly important as an emphasis.
When queried about the “onerous” factors to be taken into account as set out by the previous Conservative Party of Canada government, Scheer said the emphasis should not be on the repetition of the cycle of addiction.
Of any new party candidate leader, Scheer has had the smallest bump in the last 14 years out of any of them (Grenier, 2017). Even with the attempts for politicization of harm reduction in the attempts to garner voters in B.C., the B.C. health authorities have already spoken through the evidence, as per the most important question: what does the evidence say?
“Harm Reduction: A British Columbia Community Guide” (2005) from the B.C. Ministry of Health stated, firmly:
Harm reduction benefits the community through substantial reductions in open drug use, discarded drug paraphernalia, drug-related crime, and associated health, enforcement and criminal justice costs. It lessens the negative impact of an open drug scene on local business and improves the climate for tourism and economic development.
Scheer is bringing a musket to a battle lost for his party in another generation. He’s engaged in historical re-enactment.
References
B.C. Ministry of Health. (2005). Harm Reduction: A British Columbia Community Guide. Retrieved from http://www.health.gov.bc.ca/library/publications/year/2005/hrcommunityguide.pdf.
CBC News. (2017, August 29). Q&A: Conservative Leader Andrew Scheer says harm reduction doesn’t break addiction cycle. Retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/british-columbia/q-a-conservative-leader-andrew-scheer-says-harm-reduction-doesn-t-break-addiction-cycle-1.4267020.
Conservative Party of Canada. (2017). Andrew Scheer. Retrieved from https://www.conservative.ca/andrew-scheer/.
Grenier, E. (2017, August 30). ANALYSIS Andrew Scheer’s Conservative leadership bump the smallest any new party leader has had in 14 years. Retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/grenier-scheer-honeymoon-1.4265903.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/25
The Canadian public, though, by and large, religious in proclivities, remains skeptical as to the functional utility of religion throughout the nation. According to Crux Now in “Canadians think religion does more harm than good, latest poll says,” 51% of Canadians, even with the majority of the population as religious, viewed religion as a net negative on society (Din, 2017; Pew Research Center, 2013).
One possible interpretation seems to be the steady growth of a sentiment, or taste, for secularism: place of worship and government separation.
Tied to the growth in this taste comes the decrease in fervor, such as the removal of the last residential schools in 1996 (and so a lessening in the numerous crimes against the Indigenous population) and the reduction in self-reported church attendance, this points to the rise in the “Nones” or those without formal religious affiliation (Miller & Marshall, 2016; Lindsay, 2008).
Whether in the world, America, or Canada, the rate of growth for the non-religious is stark and the total numbers are over 1 billion in the world, the number is set to increase, too (Bullard, 2016; Lipka, 2015; Fiedler, 2016).
The world, as well as Canada, has a larger secular and “Nones” base, where even the religious across the country hold views in support of the notion, or at times explicitly empirically supported claim, that religion does more harm than good in society on net, which includes Canada. It’s the ‘Opinion of the People.’
References
Bullard, G. (2016, April 22). The World’s Newest Major Religion: No Religion. Retrieved from http://news.nationalgeographic.com/2016/04/160422-atheism-agnostic-secular-nones-rising-religion/.
Din, J.K. (2017, July 1). Canadians think religion does more harm than good, latest poll says. Retrieved from https://cruxnow.com/global-church/2017/07/01/canadians-think-religion-harm-good-latest-poll-says/.
Fiedler, M. (2016, October 3). The rise of the ‘nones’ or ‘nons’. Retrieved from https://www.ncronline.org/blogs/ncr-today/rise-nones-or-nons.
Lindsay, C. (2008, November 21). Canadians attend weekly religious services less than 20 years ago. Retrieved from http://www.statcan.gc.ca/pub/89-630-x/2008001/article/10650-eng.htm.
Lipka, M. (2015, May 13). A closer look at America’s rapidly growing religious ‘nones’. Retrieved from http://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2015/05/13/a-closer-look-at-americas-rapidly-growing-religious-nones/.
Miller, J.R. & Marshall, T. (2016, September 29). Residential Schools. Retrieved from http://www.thecanadianencyclopedia.ca/en/article/residential-schools/.
Pew Research Center. (2013, June 27). Canada’s Changing Religious Landscape. Retrieved from http://www.pewforum.org/2013/06/27/canadas-changing-religious-landscape/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/25
I was reading an article in the Law Cruces Sun-News on secular humanism and naturalism, which made me begin to think some more about the philosophy in a similar way.
Paul Kurtz was a hero to many. Hempstead opened the article with a quote by him. In echoing the thoughts of Hempstead, the philosophy of naturalism is one focused on the natural world and natural means to discover that world. It is a philosophy that entails a lack of supernaturalism about descriptions of the world. In other words, they look to the material world and physical explanations for it.
Often, the secular humanist community will support this kind of philosophy. In terms of the epistemological stance, its position is focused on empirical, evidence-based reasoning. For some, they can see the world is meaningless without divine existence, guidance, even intervention. The secular humanist community does not see this at all, generally.
The meaning you get is the meaning you make. There’s no intrinsic meaning to the world, which means that any meaning can only be derived from the world. Any thinking thing can get meaning in the world, but the meaning is not an intrinsic property of the universe. That is an enlightening and freeing perspective on the cosmos.
It follows that responsibilities to ourselves and others come from ourselves and others, and not from some outside supernaturalistic super entities.
The justice that we will get in addition to the fairness that we will experience comes from ourselves and others, not from some divine intervenor.
That makes things like constitutions of secular countries and the United Nations Charter, and similar documents, important for guidance based on global consensus around the right and the wrong things, or the correct and incorrect behaviors in any given instance.
This implies human rights, women’s rights, children’s rights, sexual minority rights, labor rights, and so on, and their implementation by ourselves and others. However, to secular humanists, we view the world as not ideal, which means that idealized notions will be tempered by reality.
Prayer and fasting won’t solve our problems. Ideas of saints and sinners will not. Authority figures in dresses will not. Also, being born of a virgin will not, the world exists by natural means and can be understood by natural methods. That natural understanding of the material world or the physical world will be the best guide for our actions, right or wrong, by and for ourselves and others. That is part of a secular humanist outlook.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/24
“While I am sure that there are many people working in scientific fields who would claim to be religious, it always seems to me that there really is a basic conflict here, rather than a “misunderstanding” (“Would you Adam and Eve it? Why creation story is at heart of major misunderstanding”, News).
How can any ultimately “supernatural” explanation (whatever that means) for a phenomenon ever be a “scientific” answer? At what point can any dedicated scientist investigating a difficult problem decide that there is no scientific answer to it and that it can be explained only as an act of God? How would such results be presented for scientific peer review and in what terms would they be couched?
Exactly what “specific steps in the universe’s history must be the direct result of divine intervention” (quote: Rowan Williams – my emphasis)? Isn’t this supernatural view just a resort to mystery? And isn’t it the job of science to defy, examine and explain mystery?”
“The demand of independent religion status for Lingayatism gathered new momentum on Sunday with another massive community rally in Kalaburagi.
It was the fourth rally in the last two months after Bidar, Belagavi and Latur (Maharashtra).
Lakhs of community members arrived from different parts of Hyderabad Karnataka region as well as Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh and Telangana marched from Gunj through Supermarket and Jagat Circle to Nutan Vidyalay Grounds where a public meeting was conducted.”
“IF you don’t like being told what to do, how to think, or how you should vote, Australia is a pretty excruciating place to be right now.
This postal ballot process is being rendered unbearable by the two warring camps in the battle over same-sex marriage.
Let’s deal with the churches first, for whom the SSM debate is their equivalent of what the 2007 WorkChoices battle was for the labour movement.
Australia’s spiritual life is at a crossroads. The most recent Census showed the fastest-growing category of religion over the past 50 years has been “No religion”, up from just 0.8 per cent in the 1960s to a whopping 30 per cent last year.”
“The Reverend Sister said this on her arrival at Murtala Muhammed International Airport after a ten-day exchange program in Lebanon where she had the privilege to tour the country and learn about its culture and traditions.
Sister Aboekwe suggested the teaching of Islamic religion in Christian schools and vice versa, arguing that such will engender better understanding between Muslims and Christians alike. She said both Christians and Muslims worship the same god, and therefore the constant religious conflicts and misunderstandings are needless.
“After seeing what happened in Lebanon, I came to conclude that religion needs to be downplayed in Nigeria,” she said. “When we come out to discuss the unity of this nation, let us put religion aside, because it will not unite us. We will never be united when we talk of religion. Instead let us all believe that we are all children of God, created by one God.”
Source: http://saharareporters.com/2017/09/24/reverend-sister-says-religion-will-not-unite-nigerians.
“In the words of the late rock musician, David Bowie: “This is not America.”
On August 12. white supremacists, Ku Klux Klan members, and neo-Nazis marched in Charlottesville, Virginia.
They said they were there to protest the removal of a statue of Robert E. Lee.
But, they were really there to march against blacks and Jews. Three people were killed: Heather Heuer, the victim of a car driven into the crowd; and two policemen who were killed in a helicopter crash – as well as a black man who was seriously beaten.
The thugs were dressed in army fatigues. They carried semi-automatic weapons. They yelled: “There’s the synagogue!” Nazi websites had called for the burning of the building. The worshippers were so terrified, that the synagogue leaders removed the Torah scrolls, and told the congregants to leave by the back door.”
Source: http://religionnews.com/2017/09/24/charlottesville-jews-rosh-ha-shanah/.
“Paul Nelson reviews the recent book The Big Picture, by physicist Sean Carroll, in Dr. Nelson’s characteristically charming and insightful way. Nelson writes in the Christian Research Journal. You’ll need to subscribe (and you should) to read the whole thing.
This we did not know: Dr. Carroll’s “poetic naturalism” is avowedly a religious stance, albeit an atheistic one.”
Source: https://evolutionnews.org/2017/09/poetic-naturalism-as-a-religion/.
“A man, on a visit visa, has been charged in the Court of First Instance with blasphemy and trying to commit suicide while in police custody.
According to public prosecution records, the 28-year-old Jordanian man was brought to the police station at around 9.30pm on July 3. He smelled like he had been drinking alcohol and was behaving aggressively, the records show.
He was then placed in detention pending the legal procedures. Then it was reported he took a blade out of his wallet and self-inflicted cuts all over his body in a bid to end his life. A medical team was called to the scene but he refused to cooperate. He would not let the paramedics take him to hospital but rather treated them aggressively.
After he was calmed down and given first aid for his injuries he became wild again and would not want to be taken to hospital. He allegedly insulted religion.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/24
“Schools should teach pupils about all faiths and allow them to form their “own conclusions about life’s big questions”, Britain’s leading secular body has said. The comments by Humanists UK — which are backed by the Church of England’s chief education officer — came ahead the publication of an interim report into overhauling the teaching of religious education, or RE. Andrew Copson, chief executive of Humanist UK, said: “Education about religious and humanist beliefs is vitally important for any child growing up in Britain today.”
Source: https://inews.co.uk/essentials/news/uk/re-schools-let-kids-draw-conclusions-say-humanists-uk/.
“More than a quarter of secondary schools in the UK are not teaching their pupils any religious education (RE), a new report by the National Association of Teachers of RE (NATRE) and Religious Education Council for England and Wales has revealed. Humanists UK, which is a founding member of the RE Council and campaigns in favour of inclusive education about religious and humanist beliefs, has stated that the report makes a strong case for fundamental reform of the subject.
The report, which details the results of a survey of 790 schools, found that no RE is being provided in 28% of secondary schools. The situation is much worse in academies and free schools, where RE is not taught at Key Stage 3 in 34% of schools, or at 44% of schools at Key Stage 4.”
“JACKSON, Mississippi, September 22, 2017 (LifeSiteNews) — A group of polygamists and a “machinist” who claims to want to marry his computer are challenging homosexual “marriage” in Mississippi.
Chris Sevier and others filed a federal lawsuit reasoning that same-sex “marriage” is part of the religion of secular humanism, and since it is of a religious nature, the state has no right to recognize it over other faith-based “marriages” such as polygamy, zoophilia, and machinism.
The belief that two men or two women can have a marriage is a religious leap of faith, the plaintiffs argue. Therefore, government sanctioning it goes against the Constitution’s Establishment clause.”
“Comedian-turned-hero Sunil has been making continuous efforts to secure a hit to his name after tasting a marathon of duds. He has joined hands with acclaimed filmmaker Kranthi Madhav for Ungarala Rambabu. Having seen his recent outings, one has to walk into a theatre with thoughts wondering how unique does the story seem. A film which was supposed to be rib-tickler ends up as an obsequious fare. Sunil is Ungarala Rambabu, a staunch believer in astrology and is so smug in his superstitious notion that he attributes all his success to a fake godman Badam Baba.
He sports unusual outfits with weird colours every day to work. Director Kranthi Madhav tried to show how Rambabu’s character is coping with the financial loss and how his beliefs get him back on track provided he marries a girl born in an unusual (chikubuku) star. What we get for the rest of the film is an emotional Rambabu’s struggle to win his love.”
“In his first address to the United Nations General Assembly, Uzbek President Shavkat Mirziyoev has pledged to focus his government on bringing greater prosperity and human rights to his nation and the Central Asian region.
The Uzbek leader said on September 19 that his goal of improving the living conditions of citizens was what led him this month to allow the free float of the Uzbek currency while also reducing business taxes, expanding loans to businesses, and establishing free economic zones.
“We proceed from one simple truth: the richer the people are, the stronger shall be the state,” Mirziyoev said, according to an English-language translation of his remarks provided on the UN website.”
“Just 5% of Christians say that they became Christians after reaching the age at which they left school, a new poll commissioned by the Church of England has revealed. The poll, carried out by ComRes, also reveals that just 6% of British adults consider themselves to be practicing Christians.
Humanists UK has stated that the findings raise questions not only about the motivation behind the church’s involvement in schools, but also the appropriateness of a school admissions system that requires people to attend church just to gain access to their local state school.
Of the 8,150 adults in Great Britain who responded to the ComRes poll, 64% stated that they became Christian between the ages of 0–4, 13% from 5–10 years old, 8% 11–18, and just 5% thereafter (9% of respondents didn’t know). The figures for Anglicans specifically were similar, though just 3% of Catholics stated that they became Christian after reaching 18 years of age.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/09/24
“The secret to enjoying a good whiskey? A dash of water.
Whiskey drinkers have been doing this for centuries to heighten certain flavors and reduce burn.
Science has two competing theories for why this works. One explanation suggests water traps bad flavors. Whiskey contains a compound called “fatty acid esters”. These compounds interact with water in an interesting way. One end repels water molecules and the other end attracts it.”
Source: http://www.businessinsider.com/why-add-water-to-whiskey-2017-9.
“atthew Walker has learned to dread the question “What do you do?” At parties, it signals the end of his evening; thereafter, his new acquaintance will inevitably cling to him like ivy. On an aeroplane, it usually means that while everyone else watches movies or reads a thriller, he will find himself running an hours-long salon for the benefit of passengers and crew alike. “I’ve begun to lie,” he says. “Seriously. I just tell people I’m a dolphin trainer. It’s better for everyone.”
Walker is a sleep scientist. To be specific, he is the director of the Center for Human Sleep Science at the University of California, Berkeley, a research institute whose goal — possibly unachievable — is to understand everything about sleep’s impact on us, from birth to death, in sickness and health. No wonder, then, that people long for his counsel. As the line between work and leisure grows ever more blurred, rare is the person who doesn’t worry about their sleep. But even as we contemplate the shadows beneath our eyes, most of us don’t know the half of it — and perhaps this is the real reason he has stopped telling strangers how he makes his living. When Walker talks about sleep he can’t, in all conscience, limit himself to whispering comforting nothings about camomile tea and warm baths. It’s his conviction that we are in the midst of a “catastrophic sleep-loss epidemic”, the consequences of which are far graver than any of us could imagine. This situation, he believes, is only likely to change if government gets involved.”
“DUNE is one of the better particle physics acronyms. The Deep Underground Neutrino Experiment involves a large, sensitive detector which will indeed be deep underground — in the Sanford Lab at the Homestake goldmine in South Dakota — and will study neutrinos produced from a high-intensity beam of protons at Fermilab in Illinois. UK scientists from several universities are already deeply involved in the experiment, and Cambridge’s Prof. Mark Thomson is one of the two spokespeople who lead the experiment internationally.
The science of neutrinos is fascinating, with wide implications for our understanding of the universe and how it operates. Neutrinos are produced copiously in the Sun, and are the second most abundant particle in the universe. In the original conception of the “Standard Model” of particle physics, they were taken to be massless. The discovery that they actually have a — very tiny but non-zero — mass remains the only major modification forced upon the Standard Model since it was established. Fittingly, the first measurement leading to that discovery took place in the Homestake mine, which will now be reoccupied by one of the DUNE detectors. A goldmine in more than one sense.”
“Last week, Disney Parks Blog held a Galactic Meet-Up for their fans, who were treated to a meeting-of-the-minds between NASA representatives, Imagineers and superhero storytellers. It was a unique panel discussion that explored how the science of space exploration influences storytelling. Turns out that if you love Disney, you may be a budding scientist.
On the panel was retired U.S. Navy pilot and NASA astronaut Capt. Mike Foreman, NASA Astrophysicist Dr. Kimberly Ennico Smith, Marvel Entertainment’s Vice President of Development, TV and New Media, Stephen Wacker, and Walt Disney Imagineers John Mauro and Amy Jupiter. The panel spoke about their various fields and how the intersection of science and storytelling comes together to celebrate both technology and entertainment.
“As a physicist we solve problems,” said Dr. Kimberly Ennico Smith. Having worked at NASA for 17 years she related, “If you’re curious — if you ask questions — you are a scientist. Science is going to make the world a better place, and our future even brighter. In this age of technology, with technology within the Disney Parks, animation, and movies, it gets you to think beyond reality. You can use that thinking to solve problems in science and engineering.”
Source: http://nerdist.com/science-space-exploration-influences-disney-storytelling/.
“KOZHIKODE: Creative thoughts are a must for the growth of science and scientific education, scientist C.N.R. Rao has said.
He was interacting with select students from the State as part of a three-day conference on ‘Emerging frontiers in chemical sciences’ at Farook College here on Sunday.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/09
The Independentreported on some of the outspoken feminism and empowerment of girls and women of Annie Lennox, former member of Eurythmics. She acknowledged the truism is the vast majority of older women simply becoming forgotten, but affirmed that this does not necessarily have to be the case. That older women do not simply have to become “invisible.”
This seems like the right orientation tome. She has continued to support important initiatives including Amnesty International and Greenpeace. Lennox is serious about feminisms and about the inculcation of the values and the term, likely, into the public sphere more and more.
Annie Lennox has spoken about the importance of empowering girls and women through feminism, expressing her belief that women her age should not have to feel as though they’ve become “invisible”.
The reportage stated, “‘My current focus is to bring the term ‘Global Feminism’ into the zeitgeist,’ Lennox tells Good Housekeeping. ‘I’m so happy we can use the ‘F’ word now and talk comfortably about being feminists!’”
For a long time, the term was something uncomfortable and not seen as worth mentioning. But, at the present moment, we are seeing a resurgence of consideration for the rights and responsibilities of women. Bearing in mind, the equality of women simply was not on the agenda for centuries and this continues to be fought against — in a red and tooth and claw manner.
As she — Lennox — has noted, it is criticizing men. It is critiquing negative behaviors that are damaging to men, women, and society that are being criticized. However, this is misrepresented as criticizing all masculinities, all men, and simply being a purported witch hunt. Not the case in most or all cases, insofar as I can tell, once one looks by the media extravaganza and hyperbole.
Now 64-years-old, Lennox is work to establish a renewed culture of interest in and public acceptance of older women, to fight against the stigma and the disappearing from public consciousness of women.
Lennox said, “At the end of the day, Global Feminism is about the fundamental human rights of girls and women — why should we continue to tolerate disrespect, abuse and disempowerment?”
“Dressing up for this photoshoot was really fun and trying on all these clothes for the pictures was enjoyable,” Lennox continued, “I want people to realise that women of my age don’t have to become invisible.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/07
To start some movement, whether of a religious or secular, political or social, nature, there should be a clarification of terms and appropriate utilization of the terminology.
If we look into the general work of the free speech advocates who label others with the epithet social justice warriors, the appropriate terminology for them, thus, becomes free speech warriors.
For the free speech warriors, in Canadian society, there seems to be a consistent confusion of terminology and rights. There is a discussion around the right to free speech in Canadian environments, as if this is the proper terminology, right, and replicates or maps identically onto the Canadian landscape.
With even a single Google search or a trip to the local library, the most base research can represent the incorrect stipulations amongst the free speech warriors.
As the Charter of Rights and Freedoms in Canada states, “The Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms guarantees the rights and freedoms set out in it subject only to such reasonable limits prescribed by law as can be demonstrably justified in a free and democratic society.”
This doesn’t require research. It simply needs reading. That’s it. This appears to not have been done, at all, amongst an entire modern ideological movement.
When we look further into the Charter, we can see the respect for the rights and freedoms in Canadian society for the acknowledgment, respect, and maintenance of the free and democratic society of modern Canada.
This leads to some further analysis, though. If the phrase is “free speech” or “freedom of speech” amongst the free speech warriors, the, obvious, contextualization is where does this terminology come from, as noted the terms come from the United States of America and then get exported to the cold place in the North.
Reading the First Amendment to the U.S Constitution, it, in full, states:
Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.
The abridgement of “freedom of speech” is prohibited here. In other words, the right is not to freedom of expression but, in actual fact, the freedom of speech or “free speech.” Thus, the only true free speech warriors are from America in this interpretation.
But also, we can read further in the Canadian Charter. It, clearly, states in Article 2:
2. Everyone has the following fundamental freedoms:
(a) freedom of conscience and religion;
(b) freedom of thought, belief, opinion and expression, including freedom of the press and other media of communication;
(c)freedom of peaceful assembly; and
(d) freedom of association.
Here we come to the crux and comparison of the issue, it is not complicated, easily read, and simply overlooked. David Millard Haskell gets the terminology correct. That’s praiseworthy.
However, others simply fail to notice this. The free speech warriors miss the stipulation — because they didn’t read the Charter and may have simply wanted to be a part of an ideological movement — about freedom of expression.
This is unassailable in the terminology. In America, the right is specific to freedom of speech. In Canada, the right is to freedom of expression. The question to the free speech warriors is if they want to have a coherent movement and activism in order to protect the correct rights within the appropriate bounded geography within which the rights and responsibilities are bound as well.
If not, it will continue, as it has for years, to remain incoherent, overgeneralization, and wrongly using rights in different contexts in which they do not apply.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/08
There is a need to support the compassionate ending of life. For some, there simply is nothing but pain until they die. Setup in an ethical society would permit the compassionate ending of life.
It would be something in which the individual living through this would make a cognizant choice or could pass the choice to another individual in order to live a healthier life.
The 2019 Annual Fundis important in the ability to pursue this, as Compassion & Choice is one such organization working to help with this level of autonomy at the end of life.
If you have some funds to donate to this enterprise, it would be greatly appreciated, as this would benefit the general welfare of multiple people who may not have the option otherwise — as we move into the future.
In the end, it is about values. Does one value the autonomy of the individual at the end of life, or not? If so, then this may not be a simple issue, but does become a compassionate and individual choice issue.
Moving into 2018, we can see the end of life freedom advancing, slowly. One important advancement was Our Care, Our Choice Act in Hawai’i. If finances are donated to the fund, then the goals for 2019 can be important for guiding the years forward.
Compassion & Choices wants to advance a 10-year goal of the procurement of medical aid in dying for, at least, half of the country. They also want to protect the current gains and increases that have been won so far.
They shift in the conversation is important too. We can find the ways in which Barbara Coombs Lee’s work has been important for the provision of personal stories and advice around and on the issue of end-of-life care and medical assistance in dying.
All of this is important in a multipronged approach to the advancement of end-of-life care. Please donate if you can.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/03/06
Humanists UK has been pushing for what they have been terming a compassionate assisted dying law, in which there is a law set forth in support of a “compassionate, humane, assisted dying law.”
This movement comes with a wide variety of terms. One of the important aspects of all of this is the public support for it. The Royal College of Physicians is opposed to a humane right to die law.
However, if we look into the public support, it is overwhelming at 80%. 4 out of 5 citizens support the law for this most important of choices about the end of the journey — likely — for human life.
The recent survey can be important for the advancement of medical assistance in dying, in a prominent nation. Humanists UK formed the Assisted Dying Coalition.
With the cooperation and coordination with other organizations, this can be an important move for the empowerment of those who truly want to plan and make the choice for their final days.
UK citizens may be forced to travel to another country for an assisted death. If most of the nation wants it, and if this can be passed to democratically support what the nations wants, then this can be an important democratic advancement and, in fact, a compassionate one too.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/07
Andrew Sullivan, prominent and long-time essayist, declared every person has a religion. By implication, this would include atheists, as most see themselves, likely, as a-religious within the referent frame of a-theism. This seems more wrong than right, and also appears to miss the basic nature of religion: handed down answers, or, rather, assertions bequeathed with dogma; where with a-religiosity, values become discovered, obviously confined within the cognitive-emotional bounds of living as a human being. Thus, the first-answer as to why everyone leans towards common values and the Golden Rule, within constraints.
He has written and published hundreds of articles in a variety of publications. In the view of Sullivan, the modern atheists take on the garb of a quasi-religion through their “attenuated form of religion,” as this is a “practice not a theory” view of religion (Sullivan, 2018).
He views the denial of God as absolute as others’ faith in God, but, in fact, he contradicts himself with the denial of God as views while the religions of those who believe in God amount to actions. This retains the similar tactical flavor of prominent evangelists of everything becoming referred back, in some manner or other, to Christianity or God.
He points to the values individuals live by in the world, including daily rituals, meditation, and prayer. He even points to secular people with Buddhist practices as part of their view of the world. Atheism does not imply Buddhism or Buddhist practices; it implies a non-belief in God. That’s it.
Sullivan stated, “In his highly entertaining book, The Seven Types of Atheism, released in October in the U.S., philosopher John Gray puts it this way: ‘Religion is an attempt to find meaning in events, not a theory that tries to explain the universe’” (Sullivan, 2018).
Religion becomes Confirmation Bias writ worldview. Sullivan argues for this as part of a self-knowledge of every individual member of the human species of their own individual demise, of absolute finality.
Thus, the reconciliation with the world comes in the form of the assertion of “meaning in events” and not as an attempt to “explain the universe” (Sullivan, 2018). He, quoting Gray, in essence argues for a why rather than a functional-how of the universe, of which religion provides the explanatory filler and, presumably, the evolved necessity of a search for meaning gives the cognitive filter.
He asserts, “This is why science cannot replace it. Science does not tell you how to live, or what life is about; it can provide hypotheses and tentative explanations, but no ultimate meaning” (Sullivan, 2018). Take the temporality of the claims of science, this, to him, likely implies lack of ultimate meaning in time; take the spatial limits of the human body, this implicates a void in ultimate meaning in space; examine the limitations in mentation of all human beings, this derives eventual emptiness to meaning from the self and imaginary inventiveness of human beings.
The gap between the infinite, absolute, or ultimate meaning and any finite temporal or spatial meaning leads to a conclusion that religion gives ultimate meaning. However, when we look closer on the assertion of science not being capable of replacing religion, we can see the finite explanations of religion, in its practices – as Sullivan argues religion is actions.
Meaning does not exist as a constituent element of the universe, but, rather, in the relation of consciousnesses to the universe. Meaning remains derived rather than fundamental in this sense and, ultimately, constructed and finite, as this comes from the fundamental substructure of a mind’s transactional relationship with the cosmos (and other minds).
But even in the theories propounded by some sects of religions as natural world truths, they contradict the knowledge of the natural world provided via science, which remains the largest reliable set of epistemologies to derive better functional explanations of the cosmos. In this, religion becomes non-ultimate too; indeed, its assertions of the ultimate in meaning amount to assertions, of which non-religious people make commitments.
But back to the how of the universe, science works on the level of engineering to a significant extent, to the hows of the universe, but not on the whys. Art, literature, music, and religion comprise – not always practice – but sets of expression of the internal landscape of consciousness and perception in such a way as to have others see the world and feel about the world as the artist or writer sees and feels reality. None of this seems ultimate, including religion and its by-products.
The claims to the ultimate often are wrong as well. An ultimate meaning to the universe with the resurrection of the dead following the forgiveness of sins starting with the Fall in the Garden of Eden and the virgin birth of the Son of God, and then the death, burial, and resurrection of Christ as the Saviour of Humankind.
To this assertion of ultimate meaning in avoidance of an extrapolated heat death of the universe in an immensely deep time into the future, or the ultimate meaning in the transcendence of death via atonement of Original Sin to this, we can ask a question, “What direct empirical evidence for the Garden of Eden?” (Sullivan, 2018) Answer: none. Whence Original Sin?
Outside of literary import, akin to Shakespeare or European folktales and legends, e.g., King Arthur and Merlin and so on, the purported ultimate meaning provided within the, for example, Roman Catholic Christian Church tradition of Sullivan becomes non-evidenced and, thus, probabilistic, at best, and, by implication, non-ultimate, i.e., no ultimate meaning in it.
The sensibility of the transcendent and ultimate in meaning becomes a placeholder for chauvinism in specific religions and particular theological assertions within the faith: “Our faith, our religion, harbors ultimate meaning in theology, in practices, in scriptures, and in community living, unlike the non-religious or, even especially, the irreligious” (Sullivan, 2018).
It simply amounts to arrogance and chauvinism cloaked in another guise of the religious, in this case, Sullivan. Temporal and spatial, and cognitive, limits bound the nature of the discussions, discourses, and dialogues possible for human beings, and then claims to ultimate and transcendent simply tend to mean parochial religious assertions and limits of understanding, and reaffirmations of traditional religious practice.
Characteristic of the fearmongering of equality for others while still the dominant faith demographic by a long shot in much of the West, especially where Sullivan is housed in America. A slight loss in prominence breeds a reactionary tone in addition to the regular unfolding of epithets.
Sullivan states, “Seduced by scientism, distracted by materialism, insulated, like no humans before us, from the vicissitudes of sickness and the ubiquity of early death, the post-Christian West believes instead in something we have called progress — a gradual ascent of mankind toward reason, peace, and prosperity — as a substitute in many ways for our previous monotheism” (Sullivan, 2018).
Secularism becomes post-Christian, which implies theocratic-leaning as more Christian or the reduction in the reliance on faith-based initiatives for health and secular means by which to achieve better material and wellness conditions becomes post-Christian, even with most of the nation adherent to a Christian narrative, as in America.
Even besides these concerns, Catholics may want to work less on demonizing others as a distraction of the horrific sexual scandals and abuses of nuns, of children, and others, and more on the asking of forgiveness of their victims, the national potentials they’ve destroyed through denial of contraceptives and family planning, the women who they have denied livelihoods in their opposition to safe, legal, and equitable abortion – as the Guttmacher Institute shows legalization lowers the rates of abortions (true pro-life, thus, should become pro-choice), imposition of theocratic rule in constitutions, and illegitimate abuse of religious privilege in societies to maintain political power, und so weiter(Guttmacher Institute, 2018).
Non-religion becomes “scientism” and “materialism.” On “scientism,” this term is a covert epithet of the non-religious and started with Friedrich von Hayek in 1943. Materialism relates to the outcomes of public relations and the industry devoted to the fabrication of wants, where I agree with him.
The campaigns to get kids to nag parents for unnecessary junk or to get pregnant women to smoke are evils, and a result of deliberate materialistic advertising and marketing campaigns to delude the public – and vulnerable sectors to boot.
As Sullivan correctly notes, “We have leveraged science for our own health and comfort” (Sullivan, 2018). Indeed, one big impediment to the reproductive health rights and technology of women has been the Roman Catholic Christian Church. Rather than focus on his own backyard, Sullivan, instead, aims at prominent writers and then criticizes abstracts including “reason.”
As has been said by others, perhaps, we need pessimism of the intellect and optimism of the will, but we should remain wary or chary of the obvious moral goods being ignored in the real manifestations of their consequences in the directly implicated deaths and injuries of millions of women through simple rejection of contraceptives, abortifacients, family planning and associated educational provisions, safe and legal abortion, sexual education including consent, and so on.
Sullivan argues humans are religious creatures. This seems, in part, true, but, probably, more reliant on superstition and ignorance and myths as we remain an evolved and cognitively flawed species. He also argues humans seek meaning as part of our nature. This, once more, seems to identify a bug in what we may view as a benefit or a plus.
It depends on the orientation of the meaning sought by the individual or the group. As well, he draws attention to some non-religious individuals with too much emphasis on reason. This begs the question as to what reliance on emotionalism can derive for the truths about the world outside of the social relations.
In fact, this Vulcanization of the opposition – the non-religious – seems like another stereotype and asserted with thin evidence, except within the general derogatory statements about and odd opposition to the fundamental premises of rationalism with “reason.”
But this leads back into the notion of religion as actions or practice, mainly; however, Gray and Sullivan seem flat wrong here. Religion, in most contexts, amounts to beliefs plus suggested practices, where core a priori beliefs necessitate the faith and suggested practices can be adhered to varying degrees of seriousness: Jesus rose from the dead (core belief) and can perform miracles with enough serious and sincere prayer (suggested practice). Muhammed is the last Prophet of the one true God, Allah, (core belief) and the Hajj is an incredibly important Pillar of Islam to partake in the life of a sincere Muslim believer (suggested practice).
Someone without these, in either case, simply lacks traditional religion. Otherwise, what defines the boundaries of religions, exactly? If nothing, then religion simply becomes moot as a concept. But we tend to realize the distinctions and, intrinsically, understand religion as real phenomena and the contents of it, and practices from it. The common phrase or description of these actions is the moving of the goal posts.
One can see this angle from prominent pastors and theologians in North America who see the negative implications of the term “religion” and then work to distance their particular denomination from it: “That’s not Christianity. That’s religion.”
Giving the game away, of course, religion is seen as bad by the public more and more, based on well-documented evidence in history and evidence right into the present, and then garners a bad public persona. Christianity then, must, get separated from it. Same for other traditional religions.
Another methodology is simply to denude the term “religion” of context by moving the goal posts to such an extent as to leave anything with long-term adherence as a religion: materialistic pursuits, practicing meditation in a secular context even, or utilization of the tools of science and medicine for the improvement of human wellbeing defined in modern and secular terms.
Selectively quoting some prominent non-believers in history, Sullivan tries to mount the argument with appeals of various forms, including emotional. Without formal religious institutions or, in some modern lines of thought, old Disney films and European folk tales to give structure, order, and meaning, what will become of the world and the nature of being? Are these attacks on traditionalism? Are these assaults on the fundamental substructure of the world, of being itself?
The same as has happened in proportion to the reduction of religious fundamentalism, more freedom of thought and story-making, and meaning-making, and focus on secular notions of well-being: societies become better. Some may point to the United States of America as a high standard of living nation while also retaining high religiosity; we can simply extend the examination internal to the nation.
As it turns out, the most religious states in America have the worst health and wellness outcomes, in general, compared to the more secular ones. Thus, the benefits come with the secular offerings and technological advancements as applied to the standard secular concerns for human wellbeing, e.g., vaccinations, healthcare, better food, easier lives, cleaner working conditions, maternal and infant care, reproductive health technologies, and so on.
This comes, in fact, from a rejection of the non-answers or excuses for the problems of the real world before us, often provided in the form of religious orthodoxy. The argument cropping or popping up more and more is the notion of atheists or non-religious people generally practicing a Christian metaphysics in spite of their protestations to the contrary.
That is to say, from these chauvinists’ views, to behave in a decent and honorable manner, you must be acting in a way reflecting Christianity; therefore, you owe a debt of gratitude to Christianity for behaving well and, in fact, only behave well since you act in a purportedly Christian way.
This is simply a way of saying even ‘atheists’ aren’t atheists because they are Christians or ‘atheists’ who are truly Christians acting out a Christian metaphysics who claim that they aren’t Christian. Assumption: if you act in a good way, then you are Christian; if you act bad, then you are a non-believer. Even if you are a purported or self-proclaimed non-believer, you act as a non-believer with a Christian metaphysics. The chauvinism is “anything Christian good” – presumably, even that chauvinism, though “pride goeth before destruction, and an haughty spirit before a fall” – and “anything bad is not Christian” (The Bible: King James Version, 2018).
No one should play by the rules set out here because a) they’re false as our values predate the mythology of Christianity and b) it’s a simple dishonest Sophist tactic. Ethics is apart from religion. It can be incorporated into the moral systems, myths as guides, and stipulations of the faith, but hundreds of millions of people act well without religion and build better, more functional, and healthier societies with less religion as a heuristic – based on decades of evidence, thus not a hunch but not an axiom either.
There’s a joke among some Westerners with Indian heritage that their parents claim everything came from India. You point to some discovery in scientific or technological marvel, then the punchline is the parent claiming that this came from India.
One can also hear the notion, by analogy, that – quite astonishingly with a straight face said – separation of church and state came from Christianity, as a ‘miracle,’ seen in the statement, purportedly, by Jesus, “Render to Caesar the things that are Caesar’s; and to God the things that are God’s,” which is from Matthew 22:21 (2018).
This one takes tremendous amounts of gumption and myopia on the part of the speaker, ignorance – if believed – on the part of the listener, and complicity in the gumption, myopia, and ignorance if journalists or others repeating it, at least uncritically.
Following the foundation of Christianity, we find one of the largest theocracies ever founded in the history of the world with the conversion of Emperor Constantine to Christianity. The same idea can be seen in the analogy. The claim would be this is not true Christianity or real Christianity; that is to say in the former context, everyone behaving good acts in a Christian metaphysics.
Anyone not acting in such a way isn’t a Christian and, therefore, we come to the fallacy known as No True Scotsman. The sloppiness of the arguments is tiresome and the presentation of individuals making these arguments as our public intellectuals and best minds is both a travesty and a shame.
But even taking the issue of homosexuality, one which remains controversial for the hierarchs of the Roman Catholic Christian Church. Not in my words, the church’s own doctrine and positions, richly endowed statements on it, too.
As stated by the Vatican, the proper beliefs are “Sacred Scripture” placing homosexuality and homosexual acts as “acts of grave depravity,” “intrinsically disordered” or “objectively disordered,” “contrary to natural law,” “do not proceed from a genuine affective and sexual complementarity,” where “homosexual persons are called to chastity” and “under no circumstances can they be approved” (The Vatican, n.d.).
Thus, the hard beliefs behind the firmly suggested practices are chaste sexual lives of homosexuals: men and women. Presumably, anyone engaging in this, within the tradition of Sullivan, become non-Christian; hence, sexually active homosexual (Roman Catholic) Christians becomes an impossibility, especially troublesome as the Good, to some, marks a Christian metaphysics – noted earlier.
Then Sullivan with the banal notions of religion as necessary for human beings states, “Liberalism is a set of procedures, with an empty center, not a manifestation of truth, let alone a reconciliation to mortality. But, critically, it has long been complemented and supported in America by a religion distinctly separate from politics, a tamed Christianity that rests, in Jesus’ formulation, on a distinction between God and Caesar. And this separation is vital for liberalism, because if your ultimate meaning is derived from religion, you have less need of deriving it from politics or ideology or trusting entirely in a single, secular leader. It’s only when your meaning has been secured that you can allow politics to be merely procedural” (Sullivan, 2018).
One need merely look, briefly, at the crypto-theocrats within the midst of the United States creating havoc and suffering in the lives of millions of women through blockades to fundamental human rights, as per a statement by Human Rights Watch, of equitable and safe access to abortion. Women get them anyway. However, in the rather desperate and clandestine process, women die and acquire varieties of injuries from unsafe abortions due to restrictions on the “equitable and safe access to abortion.”
To Sullivan’s (2018) question in his soliloquy, “So what happens when this religious rampart of the entire system is removed?” He asserts illiberal politics. In fact, the affirmation of fundamentalist Christianity has been an impediment to the liberal politics for a long time, straight into the current moment.
Christianity as illiberal in this interpretation, not in some abstracted and idealized notion but in the illiberal implementation of adherents since its foundation, whether now or with the majority of the German populace as Christian decades ago. That’s not “anchored in and tamed by Christianity”; that’s fanned flames of illiberalism by Christianity, from its origins (Sullivan, 2018).
Secular and humanistic frameworks have been the taming force on Christianity. The impotence of Christians’ love, rather than the simple love, has been a force by which the liberalism has flourished; whereas, when they could, Christians were burning people at the stake or imposing their religion as the state religion, including many who wish to impose Christianity as the state religion in the US and elsewhere – to save souls.
Christianity and Christian mythology formed an early cult in recorded history. Now, the more direct attacks on its supremacy are met with some spurious, but not all, arguments posited by Sullivan and others.
Some decent observations by Sullivan come from the idea of “tribalized… religion explicitly built by Jesus as anti-tribal. They have turned to idols — including their blasphemous belief in America as God’s chosen country” (Sullivan, 2018).
He seems correct here. Sullivan takes the stance of reduction in Christianity leading to the Trump Administration and others, or Christian truths. Then he uses this to equate or place on the same platform social justice activists, say a Martin Luther King, Jr., with President Trump.
Plentiful important moral work has been done by individual Christians and mass mobilizations by Christian ethical visionaries, but also in a secular social justice framework as well. The issue here is an ascendance not of social justice but, rather, of the obvious, of which the analogs are not many: Christian theocratic hopes tied to negative nationalism or populism. To link this to social justice activists, it amounts to poor journalism as a false equivalency characteristic of simply not seeing past the prejudices of the time.
One prior example of a Christian theocracy was mentioned, Constantinian Christianity is seen in the Roman Empire with the conversion of Emperor Constantine. Another can be seen in fundamentalist Evangelical Christians within the US.
The Bible is steeped in supernaturalism and with political acts and even concluding on a political execution. It is an ancient cult built over centuries. As a political tract and supernatural mythological, and quasi-historical, text, the orientation of Christianity has been political with the “kingdom of God” not necessarily as an other-worldly spatial location, but as a physical location and “kingdom” of the time as some kingdoms were around at the time, including the Roman.
Christianity never truly saw a split between politics and religion in this sense. Hence, the theocratic impulses seen throughout Christian history is the rule and not the exception.
He, once more, asserts, “It is Christianity that came to champion the individual conscience against the collective, which paved the way for individual rights. It is in Christianity that the seeds of Western religious toleration were first sown. Christianity is the only monotheism that seeks no sway over Caesar, that is content with the ultimate truth over the immediate satisfaction of power. It was Christianity that gave us successive social movements, which enabled more people to be included in the liberal project, thus renewing it” (Sullivan, 2018).
The liberal movements, such as the Enlightenment, were a reaction to the superstition and bigotry of Christianity. The liberalism is anti-Christian in this sense. Now, to the modern fundamental claim of the individual or the purported ‘divine’ individual, or the individual conscience, as bound to the Christian faith, this assertion tends to come from individuals spewing epithets and complaining about identity politics and virtue signaling.
But if we take a moment to reflect, we can note some of the original identity politics in religious identification and virtue signaling prayers and other religious practices. This seems ironic. The Christian identity is one of a group, of a collective in the Body of Christ.
The idea of the social and moral worth of the individual started, in part, with democratic norms and institutions, but, as one can glean from the ideals imagined in Kallipolis by Plato or in the opinions of women by Aristotle, only for a select group of people – most often men.
Plato would be considered progressive for the time; Aristotle would be seen in some of the worst sexist terms today. In Christianity, the focus isn’t on the individual as an idea, but on an individual, Christ, and the collective as an idea, the Body of Christ.
Then the response pivot to this may be a divine spark or soul in each person. But this also predates Christianity, including Egyptians and the Chinese with the conceptualization of a dual-soul and in Aristotle, once more, with a tripartite soul. Epicureans saw the soul as tied to the material body. Platonists saw the soul as an immaterial substance. Duly note, each predating or co-existing with Christianity and having a notion of ensoulment of each individual human being.
The fundamental distinction is in the selection of values and ideas: to the non-religious, they’re chosen; to the religious believer, they’re pre-selected by authority and then given in advance. Sullivan et al simply miss this, often to the detriment of modernity based on their primitivity.
References
Guttmacher Institute. (2018, March). Induced Abortion Worldwide. Retrieved from https://www.guttmacher.org/fact-sheet/induced-abortion-worldwide.
Sullivan, A. (2018, December 7). America’s New Religions. Retrieved from nymag.com/intelligencer/2018/12/andrew-sullivan-americas-new-religions.html.
The Bible: King James Version. (2018). Matthew: 22:21. Retrieved from https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Matthew+22%3A21&version=KJV.
The Bible: King James Version. (2018). Proverbs: 16:18. Retrieved from https://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Proverbs+16%3A18&version=KJV.
The Vatican. (n.d.). Catechism of the Catholic Church: Part Three, Life in Christ. Retrieved from www.vatican.va/archive/ccc_css/archive/catechism/p3s2c2a6.htm.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/03
Scott Jacobsen: Let’s move into your new research, as those who have followed the previous sessions know, you have an expertise in the philosophy of economics. Dr. Stephen Law recommended you. How else can social sciences differentiate from and inform society in contrast to the natural sciences?
Dr. Alexander Douglas: I class psychology as a natural science rather than a social science. I think psychological research can serve many important social functions – for example educating us out of moral prejudices, but this is not what you’re asking about.
Social sciences can be what Joan Robinson called “an organ of self-consciousness” because they can expose the origins of our social institutions. This can lead us to see them in a different light. And then, sometimes, they exercise less control over us.
For example, René Girard, whom I admire very much, went as far as he possibly could in identifying scapegoating as the hidden mechanism that underlies many of our institutions and social practices. He found that art, theatre, worship, criminal trials, marriage – there are many more examples – have their origin in scapegoating rituals. This is in stark contrast to the more rationalistic functional explanations given by other social scientists.
While I have no expertise to pronounce on whether or not he was right, I admire his work because it inspires us to take a second look at our institutions, to see that they really are what we think they are. It was crucial for Girard that once we recognise a practice as a scapegoating practice, we can no longer commit to it. Scapegoating only works when those participating in it think they’re doing something else, i.e., prosecuting a deserving criminal.
This is, perhaps, an example of what Joan Robinson was talking about. When we become self-conscious in our institutions, they stop working on us. In political economy, when we start to see that what we have been institutionalised to think of as a market composed of individual exchanges might be in fact something quite different, we begin to wriggle loose from an ideology that controls much of our social life. Likewise with many other social practices and institutionalised forms of life.
In future work, I plan to look at early modern theories of society, particularly those of Spinoza, Hobbes, and some of their contemporaries.
Spinoza was the most philosophically radical thinker of the Early Modern period, at least in Western Europe. He challenged the theological prejudices of his day while retaining the grand and sweeping cast of mind of a religious thinker.
Jacobsen: You have a deep interest and have published research on Spinoza. Who was Spinoza? Does his work inform your own on the philosophy of economics?
Douglas: Spinoza was the most philosophically radical thinker of the Early Modern period, at least in Western Europe. He challenged the theological prejudices of his day while retaining the grand and sweeping cast of mind of a religious thinker. He believed in the power of pure reason with a conviction seldom found elsewhere in Europe, outside of the period of ‘Idealist’ philosophy.
His work informs my views on everything, including on the philosophy of economics. One thing I’ve been interested in lately is the treatment of time inconsistency in economic models. A time-inconsistent policy is, roughly, one that determines what it is best to do nowversus what it is best to do in the future. The inconsistency arises from what was previously ‘the future’ eventually becoming ‘now’, in which case the same policy delivers a different result inconsistent with the first. Spinoza was one of the first philosophers, to my knowledge, to consider time-inconsistency. The last few propositions of Part Four of his masterpiece, Ethics Demonstrated in Geometrical Order, discuss how a crucial component of rationality is the avoidance of time-inconsistency.
Spinoza also deals with the social aspects of human desire, in a way that I find more insightful than the standard liberal tradition. Spinoza notices how insecure we often are in our desires: we’re really very unsure about what we want. One effect of this is that we both model our desires on those we seem to observe in others and aim at being emulated in our desires. Having others around us wanting certain things confirms our belief that we really want those things. This plays havoc with the transactions that economists treat as basic and standard. Exchange, for example, is profoundly complicated by the tendency of desires to converge on certain goods rather than being spread stably across diverse goods.
This is, I believe, part of the explanation of why one of Spinoza’s chief influences, Hobbes did not believe that any stable allocation of goods could temper the tendency to rivalrous violence in the ‘state of nature’. This insight puzzled his contemporaries, but Spinoza’s psychological account fills in some crucial details. Here I take inspiration from the work of Paul Dumouchel and Jean-Pierre Dupuy, who have looked from this angle at Hobbes, Adam Smith, and other supposed founding figures in the liberal tradition.
Jacobsen: Spinoza had an interest in Ibn Khaldoun, who was the father of trickle-down economics. Why did Spinoza have this interest? What is behind the philosophy of trickle-down economics in past and the present?
Douglas: I don’t know of any evidence that Spinoza read Ibn Khaldoun. I’m not sure Khaldoun was very well known in Western Europe until after Spinoza’s time. But Spinoza was more connected, via the Hebrew tradition, to the medieval Arabic literature than many of his contemporaries.
I don’t really know much about the history of trickle-down economics. Arthur Laffer wrote an article on his famous ‘curve’, showing some historical precedents for the central idea. The Laffer Curve is, roughly, the idea that increasing tax rates up to some point increases overall revenue to the Exchequer, but increasing it past that point decreases overall revenue due to a detrimental effect on national income. It’s often cited as a prime example of an economic idea with very little practical importance, due to the strength of its assumptions and its abstraction from complicating issues.
Spinoza has very little to say about taxation as such. In the Political Treatise (ch.6, §12) he argues that during peacetime there should be no taxation, though all land and housing should be publicly owned and then leased from the government. In this sense, he can be interpreted as an early proponent of the Land Value Tax famously promoted by Henry George in the nineteenth century. But trickle-down economics doesn’t seem to me to appear anywhere in his writings.
The Laffer Curve is, roughly, the idea that increasing tax rates up to some point increases overall revenue to the Exchequer, but increasing it past that point decreases overall revenue due to a detrimental effect on national income.
Jacobsen: Were there any social and cultural values – including freedom of speech – that Spinoza supported in order for the economic flourishing of society?
Douglas: It’s almost the other way around for Spinoza. He argues that commercial relations foster peaceful cooperation among people so that they can bind together under a common law and sovereign power. For him, the best guarantee of free speech is a powerful sovereign authority, subject to the democratic control of the citizens, which acts to protect freedom of speech from the soft power of religious and private institutions. So long as the citizens know what is good for them, they will insist upon the sovereign power acting in this way.
Commercial relations support the stability of the state, and thus the authority of the sovereign power, which is the protector of freedom of speech and other rights of citizens. Commerce is important because it keeps the citizens interested in each other’s welfare; “everyone defends the cause of another just so far as he believes that in this way he makes his own situation more stable” (Political Treatise, ch.7, §8). And there’s a positive feedback loop since, as Spinoza argues in the Theologico-Political Treatise, support for free speech and other civic rights ends up strengthening the sovereign authority and the rule of law.
On the other hand, Spinoza is well aware that economic institutions can often work to divide people rather than bringing them together. In the Political Treatise he has a few suggestions for ensuring that the institutions work in the right way; also in the Theologico-Political Treatise he speaks favourably of the Biblical debt jubilee. But, as I’ve argued in a recent paper (“Spinoza, money, and desire”), there is always a risk, on Spinoza’s theory, that our economic institutions will foster socially destructive passions rather than working in more pro-social ways.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/02
Dr. Alexander Douglas specialises in the history of philosophy and the philosophy of economics. He is a faculty member at the University of St. Andrews in the School of Philosophical, Anthropological and Film Studies. In this series, we will discuss the philosophy of economics.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How is philosophising about economics useful in the development of insights into economics itself?
Dr. Alexander Douglas: Many economists doubt that it is. They can argue that they get along just fine without reading any philosophy of economics. And I suppose they do, given their goals. Companies and governments keep on hiring them to give advice and make forecasts. Philosophers can criticise their models for being not scientific enough, or ignore what is of real human value. Anyone can criticise their forecasting record based on whatever external standard they deem appropriate. But the economists can always reply: ‘If we’re so wrong, why are we always consulted?’ I think philosophers of economics ought to think about that question. But doing so would mean moving in the direction of social critique and away from contributing to economics as such.
Joan Robinson claims, in Freedom and Necessity, that the task of the social sciences is very different to that of the natural sciences. It is, she says, to provide society with an organ of self-consciousness. I think contemporary economics fails at this task. Economists build models in which the system works a certain way; they plug in values and predict outcomes, and policymakers and others base their decisions on these predictions. What is left out is the amount of social control required to keep the systems working in this theoretically tractable way. Economists rarely discuss this, as far as I know. Nor do they acknowledge the extent to which their models are self-fulfilling prophecies: the systems they describe work the way that they do because decision-makers unconsciously internalise the models that describe them working in that way. A real organ of social self-consciousness would make us aware of all this. If economists don’t provide one, maybe philosophers will have to.“Contemporary economics fails at this task.. of providing society with an organ of self-consciousness.”
Jacobsen: How will the economics of the future change – as the implicit philosophy and descriptions around it change into the future?
Douglas: I’m not sure what the engine of change would be. While economics is heavily criticised in certain portions of the media, economists are still, as I said, routinely hired to produce the analyses which government agencies and businesses use to determine their strategies. The analyses are based on models, the basic types of which were developed in the 1970s. Economists criticise some of the types and promote others. But, from the outside, I don’t see a huge amount of theoretical innovation; within the economic profession, improvement is just about making the right upgrades to the classic machines.
To me, this theoretical conservatism goes with political conservatism. We theorise how we govern, and vice-versa. Economic modelling is all about predicting and controlling human actions with increasing precision – winning that little bit more margin by tracking us with better algorithms. Politics works to render us algorithmically tractable. The goals work in a positive feedback loop. The more our political institutions can trap our behaviour into predictable patterns, the better the economic models can track us; the better the models track us, the better the institutions can control us. If we refuse to be described in this way, we can refuse to be governed in this way, but we can’t successfully refuse the one and not the other.
Jacobsen: Do you think the era of individual economic philosophy is almost dead, where a pluralistic approach becomes ideal because of the complexity of an international economy such as our own?
Douglas: Pluralism sounds nice. But the problem is that different approaches are non-diversa sed opposita. They are at odds with each other more than they complement each other.
Take the most fundamental question: how the entire economy, in the most general sense, works. One answer appeals to the idea of a ‘dynamic’ general equilibrium. Households maximise their utility over an entire lifetime, looking over the menu of goods that exist now and will be produced in the future. Firms decide which goods to produce by optimising a profit function, which is partly determined by the household utility functions. The government tries to minimise losses from inflation and unemployment, and this policy can, as Michael Woodford demonstrated, be derived from household utility functions. Samuel Bowles called this picture ‘utopian capitalism’. I think most economists see the real economy as an approximation, though perhaps a distant one, to this utopian picture (some might call it dystopian).
Here is an entirely different picture, which I tried to sketch in my book. Institutions determine the prices, production, and allocation of goods, in a way that is almost entirely independent of household utility. Companies get big enough to hold spare capacity and run operations too complicated for their shareholders to understand. They don’t need to worry about profit maximisation. Smaller firms, rather than competing with the market leaders, simply copy their apparently successful strategies. The government, meanwhile, chooses its policy targets by thinking about what will win votes, not what will maximise household utility. And production decisions are primarily determined by central bank policy.
Here is a concrete example of the latter. If you’re a bank in the UK, and you issue a mortgage, you can swap the mortgage with the Bank of England for pure cash (or a reserve balance): mortgages are on the Eligible Collateral List. Their placement there was a political choice. If, on the other hand, you issue a loan to an entrepreneur, you can’t swap the loan for cash (unless you find someone to buy it), and you’re stuck with the loss in case of default. Unsurprisingly, the financial sector is much more interested in lending to house-buyers and aspiring ‘property asset managers’ than to entrepreneurs in other sectors. And so we get a British economy obsessed with trading in property and doing very little else. Households readily internalise this obsession, but I doubt that it came from them originally. I think this is a pretty clear case of the economy being directed from the top, by political decisions that have nothing to do with maximising household utility.
The first picture is of a traditional free-market economy; the second is of a command economy. I suspect we live in a command economy. For all the rhetoric about free enterprise, the defeat of the Soviet Union by the Western powers was the victory of one sort of command economy over another – one controlled through the monetary system rather than through the industrial system. But whether or not you agree with me depends on which approach to economics you take. I don’t think we can avoid this argument by taking some ecumenical approach.
Jacobsen: Does modern economics imply a certain amount of faith in particular axioms? If so, what is the faith? What axioms?
Douglas: Yes, at the broadest level most economic theory (including Marxist theory, I should say), implies faith in the existence of a market system, in which capitalists pursue profit by producing at the lowest possible cost the goods that people want. I’ve never seen much evidence that our system works like that. Certainly its behaviour resembles that model to some degree of approximation, but then it resembles anything to some degree of approximation.
Above I tried to sketch out another model – not a mathematical model, but a verbal one – that I think our system resembles a greater degree of approximation. The production and allocation of goods are decided by the executive decisions of committees whose members got there by a combination of inherited privilege and blind chance.
Economists can reply that a verbal ‘model’ of this sort is unscientific: it is a satirical caricature with no mathematical precision. But then caricatures and models are the same in one way: they flatten reality by emphasising certain features and ignoring many others. Mathematical models can deliver precise predictions, but caricatures can predict outcomes in a different way – more generic, but perhaps more nuanced in a deeper sense. Which is preferable depends on what our ultimate purposes are: what we want our economic theory for. I return to Robinson: if we are after an organ of social self-consciousness, caricature might be preferable to mathematics. But if we want to sustain the status quo at the lowest possible cost, economists are probably getting it about right.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2019/01/01
Dr. Alexander Douglas specialises in the history of philosophy and the philosophy of economics. He is a faculty member at the University of St. Andrews in the School of Philosophical, Anthropological and Film Studies. In this series, we will discuss the philosophy of economics.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Dr. Douglas, as previously discussed, a gap in knowledge, theory, and predictable consequences have developed in economics. When did this occur?
Dr. Alexander Douglas: Economics didn’t always seek status as a precise empirical science. Adam Smith famously declared disinterest in what he called “political arithmetic”. He might have been thinking of William Petty’s Political Arithmetick (1690), which attempted to advise the king on the specific economic effects of various policies. Smith, at least as I read him, was more interested in the moral psychology of economic activity, such as the sorts of motivations that drive people into economic interaction and the psychological effects of being engaged in it. I think he was closer to a novelist than a scientist. He sought to dramatize capitalism and present the sorts of character that inhabit it. There is a world of difference between this, and the ambition to use economic theory to forecast the specific effects of various policies or institutional changes.
The mania for the latter sort of calculated forecasting took off with the innovations in national accounting statistics that began with the development of the National Bureau of Economic Research in the United States, and in other similar departments around the globe, in the middle of the twentieth century. Now economic aggregates are treated as the report card for the standing government. The government takes credit when the numbers look good. The opposition blames the government when the numbers look bad. Both agree to propound the illusion that the government somehow controls these numbers.
Jacobsen: What might be the upper limit in predicting human choices?
Douglas: I don’t know. Neuroscience might one day discover some algorithm that predicts precise behavioural outputs from easily-sorted classes of inputs. We’d then have a precise method for predicting behavioural responses of human agents to environmental changes. But, again, even if this were possible, who knows whether it would be of any predictive use. Huge differences in behavioural outcomes might be made by differences too small for the instruments to measure.
At any rate, I don’t see why we should be trying to predict human behaviour – or what I’d rather call human action. The eighteenth-century materialist Baron D’Holbach dreamed of a day when the government could “hold the magnet” to move its citizens around like iron filings, after having developed a complete science of psychological “magnetism”. He was, in other words, an early advocate of governance by manipulation of incentives – perhaps an ancestor of today’s proponents of “nudge” theory. I find this idea disturbing. I believe that the unpredictability of human action is a precious thing that should be preserved, and instead of trying to render human action predictable and thus controllable, I’d rather we strove to develop an ethics and a politics that fully embraces uncertainty. Maybe if we stopped trying to control each other so much, we’d find that the world is becoming less dangerous rather than more.
What really worries me is that in developing a theory that treats people as cipher-like “pleasure machines” – to use Geoffrey Hodgson’s term – and in designing our institutions on the basis of that theory, we will end up reducing people to what the theory treats them as being. Economists often say that their theory is value-neutral, that they aren’t telling us how people should be, but merely telling us how people are. They treat opposition to their project as a superstitious reaction against scientific enquiry. But they don’t consider that the prevailing theory of human nature can end up transforming human nature. For example, if you regard humans as little more than consumers, you might cover the landscape with advertising, seeking to tap into this lucrative monomania. Then when the advertising becomes so abundant that people have nothing else to look at, they really do become the monomaniacal consumers they were assumed to be. This is, I think, what Ruskin was getting at in the first part of Unto This Last. A key job for philosophers is to fight this tendency that degrades the human spirit in practice by underestimating it in theory.
Jacobsen: Could the rules for economic behaviour – exchange of products and services – become looser with weakened social ties, and thus loosen the Wittgensteinian view on “rules”?
Douglas: In the ‘Wittgensteinian’ view that I proposed (which may not really have much to do with Wittgenstein), rules are instantiated at the level of communities, not individuals. Certainly we could explain the exchange of products and services by identifying the various social rules that drive these exchanges, beginning our analysis at the level of the community rather than the individual. But in doing so we would be giving up a crucial principle of mainstream economics, namely methodological individualism: the principle that the unit of explanation for economic behaviour are individuals. Individuals, in mainstream economic theory, are supposed to have preference-orderings, which are rules governing their behaviour (“swap one apple for two or more oranges, but not less”).
The ‘Wittgensteinian’ argument I hinted at has the conclusion that preferences can’t pertain to individuals on their own. A rule requires a crowd in order to be concretely instantiated. A rule that isn’t properly binding has no concrete reality; it exists as a mere abstraction. But a rule that I impose on myself isn’t properly binding. I always have absolute power to exempt myself from the rule. The same holds for a small group, who can always conspire to excuse themselves. But a crowd develops an inner tendency towards conformism, exercising peer-pressure and the “tyranny of public opinion” to keep its members in the fold. If (concretely existing) rules are peculiar to crowds, then so are preferences. Individuals explore and experiment; it is the crowd that gives rise to the rigid preferences from which economists begin their analyses.
Jacobsen: How do economic choices (tendencies) change over the course of an individual’s life?
Douglas: Well, it is only in the middle of our lives that we can expect much from the Invisible Hand – and that’s only for those who are able and legally permitted to sell their labour. During childhood and old age, we can only count on what others are obliged to give us. I believe that our societies pitifully under-provides for the non-working population. Young children are packed into classrooms in ugly buildings, often taught by inadequately-trained assistants. The elderly languish in miserable and understaffed care facilities, or are left alone at home. Provision for the disabled is always strongly urged as it is inadequately funded. For centuries the domestic labour of women, unrecognised as a commodity by the market, was at best remunerated with a bare subsistence living; and to some extent this remains true. Meanwhile, income-earners get to enjoy the highest material standard of living in history: things that used to be luxury commodities – holidays abroad, designer clothing, exotic cuisine –are now mass-produced for widespread enjoyment by the waged.
John Kenneth Galbraith once depicted an American family meditating on “the curious unevenness of its blessings” – an engorgement of private consumer goods alongside threadbare public services. Today this unevenness translates into a massive inequality between income-earners, who can access the consumer goods with which the market is gavaged, and non-income-earners, who are stuck with the vanishing trickle of public services.
There is no reason to expect anything different according to standard economic theory. Why would a market society produce anything for those who have no commodities to offer in exchange, or are not permitted to exchange what they have to offer, or offer a sort of value that is not recognised as a legitimate commodity by the market? Critics of capitalism often focus on the exploitation of the worker, but, as Joan Robinson said, it is often worse under capitalism to not have your labour exploited – at least not in the labour market.
Jacobsen: Thank you once again Dr. Douglas.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/31
Dr. Alexander Douglas specialises in the history of philosophy and the philosophy of economics. He is a faculty member at the University of St. Andrews in the School of Philosophical, Anthropological and Film Studies. In this series, we will discuss the the philosophy of economics.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Is there a lack of consistency in the terminologies used by economists?
Dr. Alexander Douglas: There’s a question about whether economists use terms consistently. But there’s another pressing issue, which is the gap between the language academic economists use and the language of public discourse.
I wonder if the retreat of economics into higher- and higher-level mathematics has done damage to democracy. Although there was a near-consensus among macro-economists in Britain that first austerity and then Brexit were bad policies, the government received popular support for both. The problem was that the macro-economists could say what they believed, but they couldn’t really explain why they believed it. The official argument rested on some of the most complex mathematics in the world, and there was no convincing ‘entry-level’ version.
Effectively, macro-economists have to ask the public to trust their expertise, even though we can’t see into their black boxes. It was easy for the media to portray the economic experts as elites with hidden agendas and vested interests. Normally the way to fend off that sort of ad hominem argument is to say, “Never mind me or my motives, just look at my argument”. But you can’t do that when the simplest compelling version of your argument consists of hundreds of differential equations.
I think this is a major problem. There is no bridge between the concepts of academic economics and the concepts we use to think about our day-to-day lives. Politics happens in the domain of the everyday concepts.
Jacobsen: What do you think of neuroeconomics?
Douglas: Neuroeconomics is very interesting and something I know little about. Philosophically, it raises more ‘conceptual bridge’ puzzles, this time between the scientific study of brain-events causing behaviour and the ordinary explanations we give for human actions. Some philosophers call this “folk psychology”. There are a range of opinions on this. The most extreme , “eliminative materialism”, suggests that our ordinary explanations, e.g. “Jane crossed the road because she prefers to walk in the sun”, are simply wrong and will one day be entirely replaced by explanations at the physiological/neurological level: Jane’s body moved in such-and-such a way because such-and-such events occurred in her brain. Standard choice theory in economics is, in my view, a regimented version of “folk psychology”. So one interesting question is whether the end game for neuro – economics is to entirely replace standard economics or whether it can somehow be fitted into the existing paradigm.
Jacobsen: What is the healthy perspective – the accurate view – on human economic decisions? What drives us?
Douglas: I’m not convinced that the individual economic agent is the right starting point. You can start instead at the sub-personal level, as the eliminative materialists propose. You can also start with institutions, which have their own ways of behaving that sometimes seem independent of the agents composing them. J.K. Galbraith’s entertaining book, The New Industrial State, is full of plausible-sounding claims about how committees, boards, and so on have their own strange ways of making decisions, which differ from the ways that individual people make decisions. His book on the 1929 stock market crash contains equally plausible descriptions of crowd behaviour, which can be very unlike the behaviour of individuals on their own.
Academic economists are beginning to study institutions in more formal and rigorous ways. The ‘New Institutionalists’ build models to explain why (rational) individuals might submit to the authority of an institution in order to avoid the transaction costs that accompany free exchange in the market. Economists like Herbert Gintis use models from evolutionary biology and game theory to model social norms and other emergent properties of social systems (properties that can’t be explained in terms of facts about the individual agents).
I’m sometimes tempted towards a much more radical view. There is philosophical literature that emerged from the work of the later Wittgenstein, concerning the nature of rule-following behaviour. One central claim is that rules can’t exist for an individual on her own; they can only exist for a whole community. Another is that the relation between a rule and the behaviour it governs can’t be captured by any causal relation – it is not the case, for instance, that knowledge of a rule causes behaviour in accordance with that rule. Rather, the relation is more akin to a logical connection: the rule and the behaviour stand in a similar relation to that of the premise and conclusion in an argument. I believe that preferences are effectively rules: a preference for A over B is a rule: choose A over B. This theory of preferences-as-rules, combined with the Wittgensteinian ideas about rules, suggests to me that both methodological individualism and the search for causalexplanations of choice-guided behaviour might be mistakes. If so, much of modern economics would rest upon a mistake.
Jacobsen: Can you imagine a future with ubiquitous artificial intelligence where mathematical models and algorithms could accurately predict all human behaviour?
Douglas: To the extent that the physical world is determinate then there should in principle be a system of equations that could accurately predict all human behaviour. Of course, the physical world might not be determinate. And even if it is, the finding of the relevant equations might be beyond not only our cognitive capacities but those of any cognitive system capable of existing.
Moreover, there is no reason to expect that any workable model will look anything like the choice theory used by economists. The perfect explanation of human behaviour might make no reference to choices at all; again, it might just track the motion of particles around the human brain and body, or it might track patterns at the institutional level. We don’t know what sorts of causes the perfect model would quantify over. Thus you don’t have to believe that there’s a perfect mathematical model of individual choice, even if you think there’s guaranteed to be a perfect causal model that explains and predicts all observable human behaviour.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/30
Dr. Alexander Douglas specialises in the history of philosophy and the philosophy of economics. He is a faculty member at the University of St. Andrews in the School of Philosophical, Anthropological and Film Studies. In this series, we will discuss the the philosophy of economics.
Scott Jacobsen: With the words such as “capital,” “debt,” “money,” and “wealth,” what creates moderate levels of confusion over use in public discussion?
Dr. Alexander Douglas: Take “debt,” for instance, the subject of my last book. We apply one word to a wide diversity of cases: my debt to a friend, a household’s debt to a bank, a government’s debt to its bondholders. These cases have important differences, which are ignored if we assume the word to be perfectly univocal. I won’t say more about this example here, since I’ve written about it elsewhere.
Another example is “money.” We know that cash is money, but are bank deposits “money”? Some say yes, some say no, leading to unhelpful debates about whether or not banks can “create money” by making new loans. Many people don’t count UK Treasury Bills and Gilts as “money,” but traders do: they call them “securities accounts” and treat them just like term deposits at a bank. The ambiguity in the concept leads to confusion. But worse, if we restrict it to mean a certain class of financial assets, it loses almost all its explanatory power. In elementary textbooks, you find something called the Quantity Theory of Money, which tells you (among other things) that changes in the total amount of money, other things being equal, change prices. But the theory breaks down if you restrict the definition of “money” to a certain class of assets while people make payments by creating and circulating different sorts of assets. Thus, the term “money” is either imprecise or of no real explanatory value.
How about “capital?” An economics textbook might tell you that it refers to the various physical equipment that can be combined with labour to produce output. But can we quantify it? In what units? Weight, for instance, isn’t the relevant measure, since a lighter tool can be more productive than a heavier one – some sharp chainsaws weigh less than some blunt axes. We can measure capital by its monetary value, but then we can’t distinguish between, e.g., the loss or physical destruction of £100,000 worth of capital and a drop of £100,000 in the market value of existing capital. Meanwhile, Marx defined capital as power – the power of the capitalist to command labour and resources. Is Marx presenting a revision to the meaning of the term “capital,” or is he advancing a theory about what we all agree to call “capital?”
As for “wealth,” well – just what is it, and how should we measure it? Ruskin said there is no wealth but life. Was he obviously wrong?
Jacobsen: What have economists really tested against the data? What are some more established findings?
Douglas: There are lots of important recent developments in empirical economics. In the 80’s and 90’s, Alexander Rosenberg pushed a fairly critical line against economics. Drawing on some research by Wassily Leontief, he argued that economists had made almost no reliable precise predictions. Prediction is the gold standard of explanation in science: if you can’t predict it, how do you know you’ve properly explained it?
But recently, economists have developed new techniques for gathering data and testing theories – they no longer depend only on time-series data, which is notoriously inconclusive. They now design controlled laboratory experiments, which can be as simple as giving people choices with different parameters and seeing how they react – the growing field of behavioural economics uses techniques like this. They are also starting to employ the research of sociologists and others to study how different sorts of institutional contexts affect human behaviour. They have developed new ways of measuring crucial macroeconomic variables like rates of inflation and growth.
But there is still much room for criticism. Many core theories are still almost impossible to test. For example, if you try to measure the ‘price-elasticity of demand’ by seeing how the quantities purchased of some commodity change when prices change, you need to assume that the preferences of the relevant consumers are stable over time. You also need to abstract away from interactions between the market for that commodity with all the other markets in which the consumers participate.
Although I’m not an expert, I think that many macroeconomic models use variables whose values can’t be tested – the rate of technological change, the degree of institutional trust: since these floating variables can absorb any error margin between the predictions of the theory and what shows up in the data, they put an opaque screen between the theory and the data. Since these are the sorts of models that get used to guide economic policy, this should be of concern to society in general, not just to economists.
Jacobsen: You mentioned many names. From Jevons, Keynes, Smith, and Aristotle to Hausman, Rosenberg, Cartwright, Laws, Sen, Robinson, and Hicks. Logic, to an extent, forms the foundation for the ideas and thought processes. Here’s a general question, what is the logic below economics? The logic that gives rise to terms, which, as noted earlier, are used, even abused.
I ask because philosophies have logic. Thus, the philosophy of economics, seems to, at root, look at the logic of economics.
Douglas: One way to think of the theory of choice that underlies standard economics is as a sort of normative theory: it studies the choices that people should make, given their preferences, just as logic studies the sorts of inferences that people should make, given certain premises. The fact that people often make irrational choices or bad inferences is simply not relevant to the aims of the discipline in either case.
I think there is still some confusion in economics around this: there is a lot of slippage between a purely logical theory of choice, given some formal definition of rationality, and a predictively powerful theory capable of explaining what actually happens in the world. Sometimes the slippage is covered up by an appeal to ‘the long run:’ people might make irrational decisions in some cases, but if they repeat the choice-problem many times they will wise up and converge towards the formally rational outcome. I don’t buy it.
Jacobsen: Two questions for you: “Are economists justified in using abstract mathematical models?” and “Is Rational Choice Theory, which forms the basis of much economics, empirically unfalsifiable?”
Douglas: On mathematical models, it’s hard to say, since there are so many different sorts of mathematical models. Tony Lawson, whom I mentioned before, has come out very strongly against the use of mathematical models in economics. He thinks it just gets the ‘ontology’ wrong: neither individual people nor economic systems as a whole are elementary particles operating according to fixed laws. I think there is a lot in his argument.
One issue I have with mathematical models in economics is that they sometimes assume an optimum exists, with no solid mathematical argument for this. To give a simple example: suppose I set you the problem of choosing the greatest real number that is less than 5. There is no optimum solution – for any answer you give, there are an infinite number of better answers. If, on the other hand, I set you the problem of choosing the greatest real number that is less than or equal to 5, then there is an optimum answer: 5. Economic models sometimes assume that the optimisation problems they describe are like the second example without proving that they aren’t in fact like the first example.
On the other hand, the difficulty with non-mathematical theories is in testing them. I like to think of this in terms of René Girard, an anthropologist whose writing I admire. He has a single theory for explaining all human mythology and institutions, based on the centrality of what he calls the ‘scapegoating mechanism.’ He finds hints of this mechanism in the Upanishads, the plays of Shakespeare, and the phenomenon of global terrorism. I find his work profound and illuminating, but would I bet my life on its truth? No, because there’s no way to measure just how accurate, and therefore, just how predictively robust the theory is. It’s easy to find hints of the scapegoating mechanism in any story, but there’s no way to quantify just how much any story really conforms to the model.
With Rational Choice Theory, I can be briefer. Yes, in its standard form, it is empirically unfalsifiable. The problem is simple: the theory claims that people make the choices that maximise their preferences subject to constraints. But all we observe are the choices people make. If we take “preferences” simply to mean people’s patterns of choice – this is recommended in Paul Samuelson’s famous economics textbook – then the RCT is trivial: it just tells us that people choose what they choose. It can’t be refuted by any observation of choice behaviour. But if preferences are something other than patterns of choice, we can’t observe them directly, and again the theory can’t be falsified (nor verified) empirically.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/25
Dr. Alexander Douglas specialises in the history of philosophy and the philosophy of economics. He is a faculty member at the University of St. Andrews in the School of Philosophical, Anthropological and Film Studies. In this series, we will discuss the the philosophy of economics.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In correspondence with Dr. Stephen Law, completion of an interview, and then completion of the first Q&A on Philosophy with him, I reached out to him for a recommendation. He recommended you. Your specialty is the philosophy of economics, as noted in correspondence. This might seem confusing, as if an expertise in economics, as I thought – wrongly. So what is the philosophy of economics?
Dr. Alexander Douglas: I don’t have expertise in building economic models, collecting economic data, or any of the things economists specialise in doing. I’m not a good person to ask about the economic effects of Brexit, or of raising the minimum wage, or of changing the tax code, or anything like that.
I’m interested in tracing out the meanings of economic concepts. Words like “money,” “capital,” “debt,” “wealth,” and so on are used to great effect in public discourse. But when we look closely, they are often used in equivocal, confused, and contradictory ways.
I also look at the logical coherence of economic models. Economists often claim to have tested their theories against the data, thus discouraging criticism from non-economists who don’t know the data as well. But the job of the philosopher is always to ask: what have you tested against the data? Some theories suffer from logical inconsistencies that make it unclear regarding what it even means to say that they have been empirically tested. If I propose that all tall men are short, it’s hardly reassuring to know that I have tested my theory against the data. How would that work?
SJ: How did this interest in the philosophy of economics originate for you?
AD: I’ve always been interested in economics, but I began writing on it around 2011. I was becoming increasingly annoyed at the way, as I saw it, politicians and the media were using the concept of debt in an unreflective and illogical way to manipulate the public. I wrote my book, The Philosophy of Debt, in an attempt to clarify the concept and reduce its undeserved rhetorical power.
My main specialisation is in the history of philosophy, recently with an emphasis on the history of logic. But in a way, the history of economics is part of the history of logic. Many of the founders of modern economics were logicians – Stanley Jevons, for example, and John Maynard Keynes in a way. Even Adam Smith began as a professor of logic. To a certain extent, economics can be seen as a branch of logic: the logic of human decision-making, or what Aristotle might have called, the art of practical syllogism.
SJ: Who seem like some of the foundational names in the field?
AD: Daniel Hausman should probably get credit for founding the modern university sub-discipline known as “philosophy of economics.” Alexander Rosenberg was another pioneer, though he switched to philosophy of biology, as he tells it, upon discovering that economists have no interest in what philosophers have to say! Nancy Cartwright has done important work on the methodology and ontology of economics, as has the economist, Tony Lawson. Amartya Sen is both an economist and a philosopher and often brings the two disciplines together into a unity.
For the sort of philosophy of economics that interests me, the work of Joan Robinson is very important. Robinson published a book in 1962, Economic Philosophy, that still has relevance in the probing questions it asks about the conceptual foundations of the discipline. Other departures into philosophy by economists – John Hicks’s, Causality in Economics, for example – seem comparatively shallow to me.
SJ: What core concepts and sub-fields define the philosophy of economics?
AD: The dominant strand of philosophy of economics examines the methodologies employed by economists to see how they can be justified as ‘good’ science. For example: are economists justified in using abstract mathematical models, often based on unrealistic assumptions about human capacities, to explain observable economic phenomena? If models are successful at making predictions, does it matter if they contain unrealistic assumptions? Is Rational Choice Theory, which forms the basis of much economics, empirically unfalsifiable? Is it therefore unscientific? Etc.
Another strand looks at the ethical aspects of economics. Political economy and welfare economics involve ethical questions. Some philosophers of economics look at the moral foundations of welfare economics (is preference-maximisation a good measure of welfare?), explore what political philosophy has to say about economic policy (is economic efficiency relevant to justice?), and related enquiries.
A final strand – the one that most interests me – questions the logical coherence of economic theories. For instance, economic models often define a timeless equilibrium, in which the values of many interdependent variables are solved simultaneously, even while the models are meant to represent causal sequences; in which, what happens at an earlier time determines what happens at a later time. This can lead to terrific logical conundrums. Older models face a different logical problem: they describe sequential exchanges of one homogenous good, measurable in a standard unit, while proposing to represent exchanges of incommensurable goods that can’t be counted by a single standard unit. The way in which economists use seemingly innocent terms like “preference,” “expectation,” “capital,” “labour,” etc. often open out to these deep conceptual puzzles.
A final strand – the one that most interests me – questions the logical coherence of economic theories. For instance, economic models often define a timeless equilibrium, in which the values of many interdependent variables are solved simultaneously, even while the models are meant to represent causal sequences; in which, what happens at an earlier time determines what happens at a later time. This can lead to terrific logical conundrums. Older models face a different logical problem: they describe sequential exchanges of one homogenous good, measurable in a standard unit, while proposing to represent exchanges of incommensurable goods that can’t be counted by a single standard unit. The way in which economists use seemingly innocent terms like “preference,” “expectation,” “capital,” “labour,” etc. often open out to these deep conceptual puzzles.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/25
The Roman Catholic Christian Church Pope Francis – the guy who thinks he is the only Pope should look into the Discordians, adjacent to the Church of the SubGenius and its SubGenii – remarked on the problems with drug abuse or, less moralistically, substance misuse in the context of Duterte (Romero, 2018).
But this requires some context on Christian conceptualizations of suffering through time right into the present, which will, in due course, include commentary on Christian ideas of suffering, substance misuse, drugs, and the brain, and harm reduction in the Philippines and global context.
The image of pain, suffering, and misery sits at the Cross of the Roman Catholic Christians and other Christians, with the assumption of the redemptive work in a sacrifice of God made flesh, where the Salvifici Doloris states the meaning of suffering “illuminated by the Word of God” and reflected in the words of “Saint Paul” (John Paul II, 1984).
In this Christian context, of the largest sect and others, the meaning of suffering and pain, the purported mystery of suffering evokes “compassion,” “respect,” and intimidation and retains its plumbed linkages to a “need of the heart” and the “deep imperative of faith” (Ibid.).
Within this framework of the world, the alleviation of suffering is seen as only through Christ at the Cross and through no other, as this, simply put, is an emotional need and an imperative of religious faith and, therefore, an inexplicable and mandatory part of faith in Christ for a true Christianity.
Christianity, and its representatives in the largest sect and its highest offices to the supposed Vicar of Christ on Earth become guardians of this suffering, because without such sacrament of suffering and pain the redemptive power of Christ in a fallen world, so-called, would remain unneeded; the Roman Catholic Christian Church would become outmoded and irrelevant to the concerns of a mature and critical-minded, empirically informed, and logically coherent person of the future.
Intimations of this can be seen within the advanced industrial economies of the world which, historically speaking, were predominantly Christian and serious in their faith but, over time, they began to lose hold and slipped in their adherence to the faith, in degree and raw numbers. Throughout the 20th century, we witnessed a historic rise of the non-religious, of the individuals without the need or even basic want for a traditional religious life.
In this, we also, at least in North America, developed the post-WWII Healing Revival Movement with a wide range of people preaching the Gospel with renewed vigor and proclamations of the end times and purification of the world for the benefit of the Good and Christian – synonyms within the framework propounded for centuries, hence the sociocultural assumption of nonbelievers as amoral if not, worse, inherently immoral – including Rev. Billy Graham, Oral Roberts – who some during the higher heights of faith in Sigmund Freud labeled “Anal Roberts,” William Marion Branham, Jack Coe, Jack Moore, A. A. Allen, T. L. Osborn, Gordon Lindsay, F. F. Bosworth, Ern Baxter, Paul Cain, Kenneth Hagin, and O.L. Jaggers (The Editors of Encyclopaedia Britannica, 2018).
All lunatics, charlatans, or ignoramuses in their own rights. The fourth option, of course, is knowledgeable; however, these individuals did not know much about the world but had, as per the statement by Hawking, neither ignorance nor knowledge but the illusion of knowledge, which, in the end, analysis, is far viler and the enemy of real knowledge about the reality abounding around us. To quote the late cosmologist once more, religion is based on authority. Science is based on evidence. Approximately, one can apply the same categorization sweep in the analysis of prominent creationists in history including Ken Ham, Kent Hovind, Immanuel Velikovsky, Duane Gish, and others. A lesson in life, learn to detect pseudoscience and nonsense and then move on, which saves time.
Famously, even the within-the-faith beloved supposed Saint Mother Theresa of Calcutta, also known as Agnes Gonxha Bojaxhiu, the writings of the late purported saint remain littered with commentary on suffering and the importance of pain and suffering, as this retains a sense of the redemption of Christ.
Bojaxhiu states, “Suffering, if it is accepted together, borne together, is joy. Remember that the Passion of Christ ends always in the joy of the Resurrection of Christ, so when you feel in your own heart the suffering of Christ, remember the Resurrection has to come—–the joy of Easter has to dawn. Never let anything so fill you with sorrow as to make you forget the joy of the Risen Christ” (Lau, n.d.).
Suffering shall be accepted as a joy; a joy as the “Risen Christ” (Ibid.). The nature of the framework represents an assumption of a resurrection from the dead, i.e., the death, burial, and three days later resurrection of Christ in so-called defiance of death.
The only crux, so to speak, of the issue of suffering from Christian theology, remains with the supposed resurrection and in the power of the sacrifice of a God-man, of God made flesh, on a Cross, through a form of Roman capital punishment.
Without veracity to these claims of a resurrection and to its panacea power for the supernatural moral blights of sin for all time – past, present, and future, the notion of Christian alleviation of suffering, or need for recognition of suffering as joy in realization of its reflection in Jesus’s or Yeshua Ben Yosef’s murder, becomes nothing.
It’s true, then, the Roman Catholic Christians did it: ex nihilo. They created something from nothing, more suffering than necessary through its enshrinement and as guardianship for access to the joy of Christ’s self-sacrifice at the Cross. Unnecessary suffering within a secular referent frame becomes immoral because of the tacit premise of a supernatural moral realm; whereas, to the Roman Catholic Christian Church, the secularly seen unnecessary suffering becomes necessary suffering via reflective qualities with the penultimate sacrifice of Christ for the so-called sins of humankind. That is to say, the well-being moral matrix of humanism stands opposed to the meta-physicalistic ethic of Christianity; although, if one takes the words of the Utilitarian ethicist and political philosopher John Stuart Mill seriously in Utilitarianism, the foundation of the ethics of wellbeing writ broad and deep with a eudaemonistic view of human life and their relations with one another becomes the moral nature of the Nazarene:
I must again repeat, what the assailants of utilitarianism seldom have the justice to acknowledge, that the happiness which forms the utilitarian standard of what is right in conduct, is not the agent’s own happiness, but that of all concerned. As between his own happiness and that of others, utilitarianism requires him to be as strictly impartial as a disinterested and benevolent spectator. In the golden rule of Jesus of Nazareth, we read the complete spirit of the ethics of utility. To do as you would be done by, and to love your neighbour as yourself, constitute the ideal perfection of utilitarian morality. As the means of making the nearest approach to this ideal, utility would enjoin, first, that laws and social arrangements should place the happiness, or (as speaking practically it may be called) the interest, of every individual, as nearly as possible in harmony with the interest of the whole; and secondly, that education and opinion, which have so vast a power over human character, should so use that power as to establish in the mind of every individual an indissoluble association between his own happiness and the good of the whole; especially between his own happiness and the practice of such modes of conduct, negative and positive, as regard for the universal happiness prescribes; so that not only he may be unable to conceive the possibility of happiness to himself, consistently with conduct opposed to the general good, but also that a direct impulse to promote the general good may be in every individual one of the habitual motives of action, and the sentiments connected therewith may fill a large and prominent place in every human being’s sentient existence.(Mill, 1863)
This could lead into commentary on the ongoing and overwhelming sexual abuse of children and nuns entering into the news cycle at a rapid pace; however, this will not be the focus of this article (Dancel, 2018; Gomes, 2018; Pierce, 2018; Regencia, 2018; Macdonald, 2018; Long, 2018). Mill took a naturalistic frame of the Nazarene reflective of the morals of Utilitarianism, where the Roman Catholic Christian Church holds fast to the notion of supernatural lessons and an ethical gradient within this meta-material world of grace to sin.
Of the many foci within the categorization of pain, misery, and suffering of the Roman Catholic Christian Church, we can, also, come to the realization of the ongoing and international problem with the pain and death created through the substance misuse crisis around the world (WHO, 2018a; WHO, 2018b).
If we look at the deaths associated with the drug epidemic around the world, we can find approximately 70,000 to 100,000 people dying from opioid-related overdoses, alone, per annum, and as many as 99,000 to 253,000 deaths from to illicit drug use, circa 2010 (UNODC/WHO, 2013).
The main deaths from these substances are men (NIH, 2018a; NIH, 2018b). These statistics from the National Institutes of Health in the United States replicate to other parts of the world. This does not seem like a spiritual problem, as in some spiritual-moral realm corrupted and influencing the men to become addicted in the short- and long-term. One which damages families and communities, and leaving men to die alone.
The basics of addiction, rather than a spiritual-moral framework in years past filled with theological arguments and references to revelation, comes from a functional comprehension of the architecture of the mind, of the brain as an organic sense input receiver and information processor, as we are evolved organisms with imperfectly coordinated but good enough consciousnesses; where these systems can be hijacked by the substances, the neural networks can be, without context, activated based on the ability of the addictive substances to cross the blood-brain barrier and remain active and suitable for locking into neurotransmitter sites at gap junctions. It is well-known as the “biology of addiction” (NIH News in Health, 2015). One common and among the most lethal substances, and which is legal in several nations around the world, remain alcohol, which makes for a good example.
Dr. George Koob, the Director of the NIH’s National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, stated, “A common misperception is that addiction is a choice or moral problem, and all you have to do is stop. But nothing could be further from the truth… The brain actually changes with addiction, and it takes a good deal of work to get it back to its normal state. The more drugs or alcohol you’ve taken, the more disruptive it is to the brain” (Ibid.).
The Director of the NIH’s National Institute on Drug Abuse, Dr. Nora Volkow, notes the decreased activity in the frontal cortex in individuals who harbor addictive tendencies or outright addictions, whether to alcohol or other substances; they take the substance in spite of the costs of losing “custody of their children” or real threats of a potential rightful entrance into a penitentiary (Ibid.).
These experts in the functional neurological and behavioral aspects of addiction do not mention the spiritual world or spiritual problems, or alternate and inexplicable dimensions apart from the ordinary, but these medical professionals and research directors at the highest level in the world direct attention to organized matter, a brain, and its malfunctions, e.g., the poor functional capacity of the frontal lobes and, in particular, the frontal cortex of the unfortunates suffering with or through addiction.
As Professor Adele Diamond of The University of British Columbia explains with regards to the Dorsolateral Prefrontal Cortex, the poor functioning of the DPfC, in particular, or the PfC, in general, can impair function in most important areas of personal and professional life, and associated with many mental disorders, including attention and conduct disorders, depression and obsessive-compulsive disorders, even schizophrenia, and can impact physical health with poor health habits in either exercise or diet, reading and writing achievement, dependability, violent and emotional outburst events and degrees of said moments, retaining of a job let alone a career, levels of productivity, and success and harmony in work or marital life, and so on (Diamond, 2012).
A material, physical, or natural structure with impairments expresses widespread life problems, i.e., not a spiritual-moral issue by necessity and, by the principle of parsimony or Occam’s Razor, far more probable as a neurological impairment issue. This leads to some implications in the legal and social, and law enforcement, aspects of substance misuse epidemics. There has been a wide range of calls for the decriminalization of drugs to deal with this international problem, as would be a humanistic orientation based on evidence of the reduction in harms to the general public at all levels. That is to say, compassion- and science-based solution to this international problem. [Ed. I have written on this before and reference common knowledge within the international community on this subject matter, as well as prior references from other articles.]
The calls have been from the UN General Assembly Session on the Approach to the World Drug Problem (UNGASS) in its 2016 unanimous conclusion, the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime, through drug policy and the Sustainable Development Goals, and others (UNODC, 2018; Yakupitiyage, 2017; UNODC, 2015; Sustainable Development Goals, n.d.).
The United Nations and the World Health Organization issued a joint statement calling for decriminalization of all drugs in 2017 (WHO, 2017). The Former Portuguese Prime Minister and Secretary-General of the United Nations António Guterres called for the decriminalization of all drugs while the Prime Minister of Portugal; same while the Secretary-General of the United Nations and the prior Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon did the same (Secretariat to the Governing Bodies UNODC, 2018).
Some nations made continuous calls for decriminalization. They enacted the changes, including the Czech Republic, the Netherlands, Spain, Switzerland, and Portugal, and other countries (Travis, 2014; Vastag, 2009). The questions about this issue of drugs or substances with deadly or addictive potentials around the world remains the ways in which the substances are dealt with via the criminal justice system, the system of jurisprudence, and the assumptions floating within the public consciousness influencing the conscience of the general populace of a nation, including the Philippines.
If we look at the situation with the nation for me, Canadian society, in other words, we can note the ways in which the punitive approach to substance misuse has been an utter failure, even worse in the nation south of our border, i.e., the United States of America.
The punishment of the misusers, in fact, based on the firm and robust evidence showing the increase of the use, the severity of the outcomes, and how this punishment methodology simply leaves more people without support and possibly addicted/deceased, and the prison population filled more than before within the nation-state, based on the implementation of policies set forth with a punitive approach.
Most often, the poor and minorities within a state are the majority of the victims here; thus, if poor, male, and a minority within a nation, then the greater the likelihood of falling victim to injury, addiction, or death via illicit substance intake, whether orally, anally, or injections (Fellner, 2009; NIH, 2018a; NIH, 2018b). In general, this is counter-complemented by an evidence-based methodology towards the issues of substance misuse: harm reduction, which amounts to both a philosophy and a methodology (Harm Reduction International, 2018).
Much akin to the humanistic approach, as noted, harm reduction provides a basis for the implementation in societies around the world with a reason, science, and compassion foundation in the management of substance misuse as a human issue and a social health problem primarily, and secondarily as an issue of law enforcement. For example, if decriminalized, the black market in this sector becomes nullified.
The alternative to mostly punishment is harm reduction (Harm Reduction International, 2018). One major aspect of compassion would be the implementation of decriminalization, as per the national and international calls, and compassion oriented policies, programmes, and initiatives in order to alleviate the suffering of those at the bottom of society.
These methodologies can be as simple as needle exchange programs or safe injections sites. Others, if the population of young postsecondary students, can be an emphasis on naloxone kits on campus, which blocks the opioid receptors of the body and stalls overdoses for time to return the young person to the hospital. These remain solutions bound to a realistic view of a free country, likely, harboring illicit substances or licit substances that will be misused, and then the role of the government should be to protect and help the public in the most evidence-based way possible, which means the harm reduction approaches, while also respecting the bodily autonomy and choices of the Filipino/Filipina.
More than 1,000 Canadian citizens died in the province of British Columbia alone, which prompted an emergency task force to examine the issue and the evidence. This led to the proposals for more extensive harm reduction approaches, not less, where this mirrors the situation with Portugal under Guterres.
Humanistic approaches do not imply for all time or inherent completeness of philosophical foundation, in a symmetry with the logical findings of Kurt Godel about the incompleteness of any standard mathematical system proclaiming consistency or the inconsistency of any mathematical system proclaiming completeness, because the fundamental basis in science – process, discoveries, and substantiated empirical theories – amounts to a philosophy of discovery about the natural world and, therefore, an ethic, by implication incorporating it, becomes one of a wondrous continual searching, probing, retaining, integrating, and refining of inherent compassionate sentiments of the human heart reflected in the Golden Rule to the advanced scientific and technological landscape of the world today.
This brings us back into the subject matter of suffering and the context of Christianity, the Pope, Duterte, and harm reduction. As the Roman Catholic Christian Church from the previous Pope to a saint noted on the Christian conceptualization of suffering, as they live in a worldview of the teleological bound within this notion of God as a Logos or the source of absolute truth without room for deviancy – the Logos way or the highway (to hell, even paved with good intentions, presumably), the suffering in the world must have some God-given purpose.
Suffering comes from a fallen world but is extant due to some ultimate teleological purpose with God’s divine plan, even while the standard position of the Roman Catholic Christian Church is acceptance of Theistic Evolution with, in many eyes, humanity as the crowning achievement of creation. From an evolutionary viewpoint without teleology, a naturalistic worldview, the pain, suffering, and misery remain products of evolution carved via natural selective processes from natural disasters to reciprocal altruism to mate selection to kin selection to punctuated equilibrium and so on, without teleology. Kropotkin noted the factor of mutual aid in evolution at any rate.
The pain and suffering are seen as necessary and, potentially, needing encouragement or even praise as reflective of the joy identified with the notion of a crucified Christ, i.e., the ultimate in suffering and sacrifice then victory over the death of the mortal coil.
However, lacking the evidence or firm evidentiary basis for the claims in the narratives of a Christ who died and rose from the dead a la Lazarus, or the biological evidence to show natural means by which death has ever been forestalled indefinitely and even reversed then or now, the teleological view of suffering becomes less cosmic, more parochial, and akin to the Evolution by Natural Selection posited by Darwin in 1859 (On the Origin of Species) without a teleological lens on the development, adaptation, and speciation of species.
Suffering becomes another unavoidable aspect of the evolved organisms of Earth useful for long-term species survival while also, given the aforementioned sentiments and inquiring ethical discovery linked to science, becoming something human beings can alleviate, not only in themselves but in others as per the Golden Rule.
Some individuals seem to have less of this. Duterte, in particular, admitted to extrajudicial killings, stated, “What is my sin? Did I steal even one peso? Did I prosecute somebody who I ordered jailed? My sin is extrajudicial killings” (Human Rights Watch, 2018a).
In the anti-drug fervor of the nation, of the Philippines, more than 12,000 people have been killed, including men, women, and children (Ibid.), based on conservative estimates from “the nongovernmental groups Philippine Alliance of Human Rights Advocates and the International Drug Policy Consortium, as well as media outlets including the Sydney Morning Herald” (Ibid.).
There has been, also, the efforts to push an independent investigation via the UN into the killings associated with this so-called War on Drugs, which amounts to the punitive or punished oriented approach, in contradistinction to the harm reduction approach, mentioned before (Human Rights Watch, 2018b). This harsh tone and tough talk are not new from Duterte.
In a May 2015 election campaign rally, he, in a strong suggestion of a punitive approach to drugs, exclaimed, “If I became president, you [alleged criminals] should hide. I would kill all of you who make the lives of Filipinos miserable. I will definitely kill you. I do not want to commit this crime. But if by chance per chance God will place me there, stay on guard because that 1,000 [killed in Davao City] will become 100,000” (Rappler.com, 2015).
Golez quoted the Roman Catholic Christian Pope spokesperson, Salvador Panelo, stating, “This is precisely the rationale behind the President’s war on illegal drugs in the Philippines: to save the young and future generations of Filipinos from the drug scourge… Laudable developments have been achieved by the current administration in this regard, notwithstanding the noise coming from the loud minority composed of his detractors and critics here and abroad” (Golez, 2018; Romero, 2018).
In short, Duterte and the Pope speak in different tones but support the same social and law enforcement right-wing ideological perspective, which, in accordance with all evidence available to us, will not only maintain the terrible conditions but make them worse or exacerbate them for individuals and society.
As per the calls for decriminalization and the empirical robust support for harm reduction methodologies, the Pope and Duterte should take a complete about-face in their commitment, as they currently rely on an anti-science conservative agenda that harms the public and has resulted in, potentially 12,000 or more killings when a perfectly functional and evidence-based approach sits before them with support from the international community from the United Nations to the World Health Organization.
The implications of more suffering and then working to stamp this out does not sit apart from the work of mostly male world leaders working to maintain a tough-guy image and in the Christian conceptualization of human suffering as a derivation of a good reflective of the redemptive self-sacrifice of Christ at the Cross; but for God’s sake, the evidence and the naturalistic ethics bound to the sciences of the mind better suit the modern world and will, in fact, do what the purported holy figure and strongman want in their triumphal declarations: reduce the drug abuse or substance misuse problem – so, stop being the guardians of unnecessary suffering and death, and misery, and pain.
Then, maybe, we can thank heaven, literally or metaphorically.
References
Dancel, R. (2018, December 5). American priest arrested in the Philippines for alleged sexual abuse of up to 50 boys. Retrieved from https://www.straitstimes.com/asia/se-asia/american-priest-arrested-in-the-philippines-for-alleged-sexual-abuse-of-up-to-50-boys.
Diamond, A. (2012, September 27). Executive Functions. Retrieved from http://www.devcogneuro.com/Publications/ExecutiveFunctions2013.pdf.
Fellner, J. (2009, June 19). Race, Drugs, and Law Enforcement in the United States. Retrieved from https://www.hrw.org/news/2009/06/19/race-drugs-and-law-enforcement-united-states.
Golez, P. (2018, December 2). Pope’s drug remarks ‘relevant, timely’ in Philippines drug war: Palace. Retrieved from https://politics.com.ph/popes-drug-remarks-relevant-timely-in-philippines-drug-war-palace/.
Gomes, R. (2018, September 3). Philippine bishops vow to prevent clerical sexual and other abuse and cover-ups. Retrieved from https://www.vaticannews.va/en/church/news/2018-09/philippines-bishops-clerical-abuse-valles-cbcp.html.
Harm Reduction International. (2018). What is Harm Reduction?. Retrieved from https://www.hri.global/what-is-harm-reduction.
Human Rights Watch. (2018a, September 28). Philippines’ Duterte Confesses to ‘Drug War’ Slaughter. Retrieved from https://www.hrw.org/news/2018/09/28/philippines-duterte-confesses-drug-war-slaughter.
Human Rights Watch. (2018b, February 1). Philippines: Endorse UN Inquiry into ‘Drug War’ Killings. Retrieved from https://www.hrw.org/news/2018/02/01/philippines-endorse-un-inquiry-drug-war-killings.
John Paul II. (1984). Apostolic Letter Salvific Doloris of the Supreme Pontiff John Paull II to the Bishops, to the Priests, to the Religious Families and to the Faithful of the Catholic Church on the Christian Meaning of Suffering. Retrieved from w2.vatican.va/content/john-paul-ii/en/apost_letters/1984/documents/hf_jp-ii_apl_11021984_salvifici-doloris.html.
Lau, J. (n.d.). Mother Teresa on Suffering and Death. Retrieved from www.jameslau88.com/mother_teresa_on_suffering_and_death.html.
Long, H. (2018, December 6). 13 Catholic clergy connected to central AL accused of sexual assault of children. Retrieved from https://www.wsfa.com/2018/12/06/catholic-clergy-connected-central-al-accused-sexual-assault-children/.
Macdonald, N. (2018, August 26). By secular standards, the Catholic Church is a corrupt organization: Neil Macdonald. Retrieved from https://www.cbc.ca/news/opinion/grand-jury-report-1.4798291.
Mill, J.S. (1863). Utilitarianism. Retrieved from https://www.utilitarianism.com/mill2.htm.
NIH. (2018a, July). Sex and Gender Differences in Substance Use. Retrieved from https://www.drugabuse.gov/publications/research-reports/substance-use-in-women/sex-gender-differences-in-substance-use.
NIH. (2018b, August). Sex and Gender Differences in Substance Use. Retrieved from https://www.drugabuse.gov/publications/drugfacts/substance-use-in-women.
NIH News in Health. (2015, October). Biology of Addiction: Drugs and Alcohol Can Hijack Your Brain. Retrieved from https://newsinhealth.nih.gov/2015/10/biology-addiction.
Pierce, C.P. (2018, December 20). The Catholic Church Is a Worldwide Conspiracy to Obstruct Justice. Retrieved from https://www.esquire.com/news-politics/politics/a25643425/catholic-church-sex-abuse-scandals-michigan-oregon-alaska/.
Rappler.com. (2015, May 25). Duterte: ‘Am I the death squad? True’. Retrieved from https://www.rappler.com/nation/politics/elections/2016/94302-rodrigo-duterte-davao-death-squad.
Regencia, T. (2018, December 5). Philippines’ Duterte: ‘Kill those useless bishops’. Retrieved from https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2018/12/philippines-duterte-kill-useless-catholic-bishops-181205132220894.html.
Romero, A. (2018, December 2). Palace welcomes Pope Francis’ statement on need to combat drug problem. Retrieved from https://www.philstar.com/headlines/2018/12/02/1873580/palace-welcomes-pope-francis-statement-need-combat-drug-problem.
Secretariat to the Governing Bodies UNODC. (2018). 61st session of CND, video message by Mr. António Guterres, Secretary-General of the United Nations. Retrieved from https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=6&v=kF-6t0FdYG0.
Sustainable Development Goals. (n.d.). 3 Good Health and Well-Being. Retrieved from https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/health/.
The Editors of Encyclopaedia Britannica. (2018, September 1). Mother Theresa. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/biography/Mother-Teresa.
The Editors of Encyclopaedia Britannica. (2016, July 14). Revivalism. Retrieved from https://www.britannica.com/topic/revivalism-Christianity.
Travis, A. (2014, October 30). Eleven countries studied, one inescapable conclusion — the drug laws don’t work. Retrieved from https://www.theguardian.com/society/2014/oct/30/drug-laws-international-study-tough-policy-use-problem.
UNODC. (2015, November). Drug Policy and the Sustainable Development Goals. Retrieved from https://www.unodc.org/documents/ungass2016/Contributions/Civil/Health_Poverty_Action/HPA_SDGs_drugs_policy_briefing_WEB.pdf.
UNODC. (2018, June 26). World Drug Report 2018: opioid crisis, prescription drug abuse expands; cocaine and opium hit record highs. Retrieved from https://www.unodc.org/unodc/en/frontpage/2018/June/world-drug-report-2018_-opioid-crisis–prescription-drug-abuse-expands-cocaine-and-opium-hit-record-highs.html.
UNODC/WHO. (2013). Opioid overdose: preventing and reducing opioid overdose mortality. Retrieved from http://www.who.int/substance_abuse/publications/opioid_overdose.pdf?ua=1.
Vastag, B. (2009, April 7). 5 Years After: Portugal’s Drug Decriminalization Policy Shows Positive Results. Retrieved from https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/portugal-drug-decriminalization/.
WHO. (2018b). Management of substance abuse: Facts and figures. Retrieved from http://www.who.int/substance_abuse/information-sheet/en/.
WHO. (2018a). Management of substance abuse: information sheet on opioid overdose. Retrieved from http://www.who.int/substance_abuse/information-sheet/en/.
Yakupitiyage, T. (2017, June 22). “Big Reflection” Needed on Opioid Crisis. Retrieved from http://www.ipsnews.net/2017/06/big-reflection-needed-opioid-crisis/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): News Intervention
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/12/25
Rev. Gretta Vosper of West Hill United Church in Scarborough, Ontario, went through an approximately 3-year ordeal – almost 4 in fact – in the uncertainty of station in the Christian denomination The United Church of Canada, arguably the most progressive sect in the nation and much of the world (not my opinion alone).
Take, for example, the fact of the matter as the first church to permit the ordination of women, circa 1936 with Lydia Guchy (University of Toronto, 2017; BC Conference of the United Church of Canada, 2018).
Also, we can take Vosper stating that The United Church of Canada is the “most progressive denomination in the world, as far as I’m concerned” in a podcast with Ryan Bell (Garrison, 2016).
In a conclusion-of-the-ordeal article, following the first article a couple years prior, Garrison (2018) notes, “Vosper hopes to create resources for the development of secular communities that have these multilayered social connections within them.”
A community was the point the entire time. Vosper remains a person oriented around the construction of community. She has also been labeled a “brave woman,” and rightly so (Thomas, 2018). The reason, as noted by Thomas, “… her situation grabbed headlines when she wrote a letter to the church’s spiritual leader after the January 2015 terrorist massacre at the Charlie Hebdo newspaper office in Paris. Her point: Belief in God can motivate bad things” (Ibid.).
More pointedly, Vosper denounced the belief in a supernatural “being whose purposes can be divined and which, once interpreted and without mercy, must be brought about within the human community in the name of that being” (Longhurst, 2018).
This was, in part, a basis for Vosper, personally, to be unable and unwilling to reaffirm the original vows during ordination in The United Church of Canada. There was supposed to be a hearing for Vosper, and then delays in the hearing occurred for some time – until recently.
As reported by Longhurst, “…before that hearing took place, the Toronto Conference and Vosper reached a settlement on Nov. 7 to let her keep her job” (2018). However, the church released another statement in reaffirmation of some beliefs following the announcement of the reaching of a settlement (The United Church of Canada, 2018a).
“In a brief joint statement, the Toronto Conference, Vosper and West Hill Church said the parties had ‘settled all outstanding issues between them,’” as reported by Longhurst (Longhurst, 2018; The United Church of Canada, 2018b).
The articles, since the November 7 press statement, continue to come out, even more than one month later (Stonestreet, J. & Morris, 2018; Bean, 2018). According to Vosper’s lawyer, Juliana Falconer, there was a rational calculation on the costs and benefits of a continuation of the disagreement, for all parties (Ibid.).
Douglas Todd, a long-time religion and belief commentator, lamented the lack of open reasoning for the decision by The United Church of Canada (Todd, 2018).
Todd argues The United Church of Canada is the main source of “worm theology,” which amounts to engagement in identity politics and followers who “perceive themselves as fundamentally flawed, guilty and unworthy” (Ibid.).
While also considering the prior statement of The United Church of Canada, we can see the earlier tone, as declared:
The Committee read the submissions and listened very carefully to determine whether Ms. Vosper’s beliefs are in essential agreement with the statement of doctrine of the United Church. This is a crucial question asked of all potential ordinands to determine whether they are suitable for ministry within The United Church of Canada.
We have concluded that if Gretta Vosper were before us today, seeking to be ordained, the Toronto Conference Interview Committee would not recommend her. In our opinion, she is not suitable to continue in ordained ministry because she does not believe in God, Jesus Christ or the Holy Spirit. Ms. Vosper does not recognize the primacy of scripture, she will not conduct the sacraments, and she is no longer in essential agreement with the statement of doctrine of The United Church of Canada. (Henderson, 2016)
But with some cultural knowledge or research into the belief of clergy in congregations around North America, there is a long history of doubting leaders alongside the larger disbelieving laity, who may simply suspect but not explicitly know about one another.
One such project was set forth by Tufts University Professor Daniel C. Dennett and Independent Qualitative Research Consultant Linda LaScola, called The Clergy Project (The Clergy Project, 2018). (If you look close at the banner collage image at the top of the main webpage of the website, you can see Vosper’s photo.)
Vosper simply becomes another in a long line of brave individuals, as noted by Thomas (2018), working to expand the landscape of Christian and other spirituality in the early 21st century. A woman freethought pioneer within the tradition of The United Church of Canada.
The conclusion of the ordeal for Vosper has left some letters to the editor with laments, including the following from Steve Thorkildsen, “What will be next? School principals who don’t believe in the value of educating children? Doctors who don’t believe the natural progression of diseases should be interrupted? Engineers who spurn precision and believe that approximations are close enough? Our new Age of Reason doesn’t seem so reasonable to me” (Hamilton Spectator, 2018).
But even within The United Church of Canada, the head of the denomination is happy to keep Vosper (Stonestreet & Morris, 2018). Discomfort from some on the outside and resolute comfort, even happiness, on the inside.
One commentary, by Antonio Gualteri (2018), openly opined, “Now I wonder if the terms of the settlement between the two parties were based more on labour law than theology, though we may never know given the condition of confidentiality.”
In a nuanced view, he considers the critical issue not the atheism of Vosper but the approach to the Bible. While, at the same time, Vosper has spoken to these subtler concerns in prior writing, as cited in the article by Gualteri (2018).
That is to say, she (Vosper) states, directly, the problematic contents of the texts comprising the Bible with the “obscure,” “irrelevant,” and “dangerously prone to misguiding” contents of it (Gualteri, 2018; Vosper, 2016).
Perhaps, in other words, the issue remains not Vosper’s approach to the Bible, but, rather, with the applicability of the purported holy text to much of modern secular life and spirituality in standard interpretations, in contradistinction to the noteworthy but, likely, wrongly – inversely so – placed concerns of Gualteri (2018).
Vosper, in response to a question about “atheist minister” being, supposedly, an oxymoron, stated, “Not if you understand the history of biblical and theological study. For well over 100 years, we’ve questioned the authority of the Bible and recognized it was written by humans. When you do that, everything is up for grabs, including the idea of a supernatural God.”
She seems correct, in part, but this tradition of questioning of the Bible by prominent and intelligent women exists much farther into the historical record, including back to some of the earliest women geniuses in the Western philosophical tradition (Adler, 2018).
I speak, of course, of one of the few great women polymaths permitted to flourish, for a time, in the ancient world: Hypatia of Alexandria. She had a number of distinct statements about fables, myths, miracles, superstitions, and religions:
Fables should be taught as fables, myths as myths, and miracles as poetic fancies. To teach superstitions as truths is a most terrible thing. The child mind accepts and believes them, and only through great pain and perhaps tragedy can he be in after years relieved of them. In fact, men will fight for a superstition quite as quickly as for a living truth — often more so, since a superstition is so intangible you cannot get at it to refute it, but truth is a point of view, and so is changeable.
All formal dogmatic religions are fallacious and must never be accepted by self-respecting persons as final.
Taking the historical account and comparing to the current, we can see, at a minimum perhaps, an amicable solution, as per the joint statement, to the updated (a-)theological stances of Vosper within the “most progressive denomination in the world” and another woman, Hypatia, outside of the church in the ancient world, i.e., cut to pieces and mutilated to death by a Christian mob.
Both “brave” but, certainly, different contexts. In a sense, for the church and the Western critical tradition, and the popular reactionaries to freethinking women, this is, certainly, progress, of a kind, once more – and within a suitable Western tradition and Christian denomination.
References
Adler, M. (2018, November 23). Atheist minister Gretta Vosper is free to continue her West Hill work. Retrieved from https://www.toronto.com/news-story/9042831-atheist-minister-gretta-vosper-is-free-to-continue-her-west-hill-work/.
BC Conference of the United Church of Canada. (2018). Rev. Lydia Emelie Gruchy. Retrieved from https://bc.united-church.ca/rev-lydia-emelie-gruchy/.
Bean, A. (2018, December 12). Lost in the debate over Trump’s silence during the Apostles’ Creed: a bigger issue for progressive Christians. Retrieved from https://baptistnews.com/article/lost-in-the-debate-over-trumps-silence-during-the-apostles-creed-a-bigger-issue-for-progressive-christians/#.XBokr2hKiM8.
Garrison, B. (2016, October 4). Atheist Pastor Deemed Unsuitable for Ministry. Retrieved from https://thehumanist.com/news/religion/atheist-pastor-deemed-unsuitable-ministry.
Garrison, B. (2018, December 3). Case Against Atheist Pastor Dismissed. Retrieved from https://thehumanist.com/news/religion/case-against-atheist-pastor-dismissed.
Gualteri, A. (2018, November). Gretta Vosper’s atheism isn’t the problem. Retrieved from https://www.ucobserver.org/columns/2018/11/gretta_vosper_united_church/.
Hamilton Spectator. (2018, November 22). Nov. 23: Pardon the turkeys, jail the kids, gender identity isn’t a theory and other letters to the editor. Retrieved from https://www.thespec.com/opinion-story/9046012-nov-23-pardon-the-turkeys-jail-the-kids-gender-identity-isn-t-a-theory-and-other-letters-to-the-editor/.
Henderson, S. (2016, September 22). A Message from the Sub-Executive of Toronto Conference Regarding the Review of the Rev. Gretta Vosper. Retrieved from https://torontoconference.ca/2016/09/message-sub-executive-toronto-conference-regarding-review-rev-gretta-vosper/.
Longhurst, J. (2018, December 1). Opinion split after atheist minister keeps job. Retrieved from https://www.winnipegfreepress.com/arts-and-life/life/faith/opinion-split-after-atheist-minister-keeps-job-501694981.html.
Stonestreet, J. & Morris, G.S. (2018, December 18). When “Christianity” Is Pointless: Why Real Faith Makes Demands. Retrieved from https://www.christianheadlines.com/columnists/breakpoint/when-christianity-is-pointless-why-real-faith-makes-demands.html.
The Clergy Project. (2018). The Clergy Project. Retrieved from http://clergyproject.org/.
The United Church of Canada. (2018b, November 7). Statement on the Rev. Gretta Vosper. Retrieved from https://www.united-church.ca/news/statement-rev-gretta-vosper.
The United Church of Canada. (2018a, November 7). The United Church of Canada Responds to the Joint Statement on the Rev. Vosper. Retrieved from https://www.united-church.ca/news/united-church-canada-responds-joint-statement-rev-vosper.
Thomas, W. (2018, November 30). How to tell if your minister is also an atheist. Retrieved from https://www.niagarathisweek.com/opinion-story/9060407-how-to-tell-if-your-minister-is-also-an-atheist/.
Todd, D. (2018, November 17). Douglas Todd: Atheist Rev. Gretta Vosper’s case reveals a church’s ‘worm theology’. Retrieved from https://vancouversun.com/opinion/columnists/douglas-todd-atheist-rev-gretta-vospers-case-reveals-a-churchs-worm-theology.
University of Toronto. (2017, February 2). Changing roles of women in the Canadian churches. Retrieved from individual.utoronto.ca/hayes/xty_canada/xn_women.html.
Vosper, G. (2016, June 30). My Answers to the Questions of Ordination. Retrieved from https://www.grettavosper.ca/answers-questions-ordination/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/24
Dr. Azra Raza is a Professor at Columbia University. Here we talk about current position, growing up, acquisition of education, original dream, and more, part 3.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What do you consider the controversial topics in your field? How do you examine the controversial topics? What do some in opposition to you argue? How do you respond?
Dr. Azra Raza: In the current atmosphere of cancer research, researchers study the evolution of a cancer cell rather than its etiology. In at least a subset of patients, I have hypothesized for about two decades that MDS may begin as a viral disease. I committed a form of professional suicide by presenting very early work related to this hypothesis at an MDS Foundation meeting held 19 years ago in Prague. They have not invited me back to that meeting in the last two decades. I learnt a tremendous amount from this experience. For one thing, I became more self-critical and stringent in examining our own data. For another, I started collaboration with the top virologists in the country (Drs. Robert Gallo, Don Ganem, and Joe DeRisi). Finally, it made me more committed to finding the proof for my hypothesis. In that, instead of throwing up my arms in frustration, by persisting in our search for a virus, we are taking full advantage of next generation sequencing to identify non-human elements in the human genome and re-construct viruses from these pieces. The technology has reached a point where we are poised to unravel possible new retroviral sequences from the RNA Sequence data we have generated. This will still be only half the battle. The important study will be to prove the etiologic relationship of the pathogen to the MDS under study. This is where all the controversy creeps in again because the pathogens are often known organisms and no one is ready to believe they are the agency for causing the malignancy. Remember that to prove that helicobacter pylori was the cause of gastric ulcers, Barry Marshall had to swallow the pathogen and nurse ulcers in his own stomach before anyone would believe him! (Eventually, he got the Nobel Prize). Now we know that this bacterium is the cause of many stomach cancers. So, in my opinion, the etiologic studies remain extremely controversial and many a career has been sacrificed on the altar of virologic basis of malignancy. I nearly lost my career, but have been able to survive – thankfully. I continue my studies in the area, always trying for that moment:
“Chance will strike a prepared mind”
Jacobsen: What advice do you have for young MDs?
Raza: A life without work is a life without worth, and this work should be done for the good of mankind as well as for one’s own good. Last year, I was fortunate to win the Hope Award for Cancer Research and in my acceptance speech; I gave advice to my 18 year old daughter which I wish to quote for the young MDs:
“At the risk of being a spendthrift of my own celebrity, I want to address my teenage daughter who is a sophomore at Columbia University and like her parents, plans on a career in science and medicine. You might be wondering why I have to use the 3 minutes allotted to me to do so in this room…well, as Nora Ephron once said, “When your children are teenagers, it’s important to have a dog so that someone in the house is happy to see you.” Actually, it is for two reasons…first because she is a captive audience and second because of the presence of all of you in this room and what this moment means and how indelibly what I say today may be etched on her brain. Sheherzad, as a result of several decades of experience and observation, I have narrowed down the formula for personal success to three cardinal rules: find your passion, find a mentor and then give it everything you’ve got. However, there is a different kind of success, one which many in this room epitomize. As living beings, we know that death will come inevitably, but thankfully, we do not know the hour of our death. What goes through the hearts and minds of souls who have received a diagnosis of cancer and hear the footsteps of death approaching closer every day? Theirs are the heroic stories of hardiness, ingenuity and resourcefulness. Some of us have the privilege of witnessing on a daily basis, the remarkable dignity with which they face their ongoing ordeals. You have decided to join the ranks of these privileged caregivers. As a little girl from age 3 to 8 years, you have already witnessed your father go through a losing battle with cancer. When faced with such human suffering, your qualifications, your CV or your degrees do not help. What helps is your heart, your sensitivity to feel the pain of others. On this special day, realize that you are fortunate to be in a room full of such compassionate and deeply committed individuals, realize that you will not need magic or miracles to help your patients but you will need serious scientific research and deep sensitivity to their anguish and suffering. Today, I use the honour bestowed upon me through this award to urge you to pledge that even as you will strive for excellence and follow the three rules to guarantee success in your personal life, you will never forget the dues you owe to the patients you will be caring for very soon.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/24
Dr. Azra Raza is a Professor at Columbia University. Here we talk about current position, growing up, acquisition of education, original dream, and more, part 2.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your most recent research?
Dr. Azra Raza: I remain completely focused on understanding the Etiology and Biology of MDS and now use the latest genomic technology to interrogate the pathology of these diseases. With the enabling technology, this whole field has become extremely productive and exciting. We are using exome sequencing, RNA Sequence and global methylation studies to carefully study large numbers of patients to identify new drug targets in MDS cells, and hopefully develop novel non-toxic therapies for these malignant diseases of the elderly.
Jacobsen: If you had unlimited funding and unrestricted freedom, what research would you conduct?
Raza: My commitment is to therapy driven research. How can basic molecular research improve the outcome for my patients? I feel strongly that many effective drugs already exist to treat common cancers, but we do not know how to use them intelligently. Instead of tailoring therapy for individual patients, we blindly treat many with the same drug with the result that 20-30% patients respond. Usually, we do not know the responders.
The goal would be to match the right drug to the right patient. A goal for which we need detailed cellular signalling and molecular information. Basic concept: it seems that while multiple signalling pathways that start proliferation in normal cells, cancer cells become addicted to a particular pathway. These pathways of addiction differ between patients. It is critical to identify which pathway a particular patient’s cells are addicted to and then devise ways of interrupting it. If I had unrestricted funding, I would start a dedicated program to perform detailed genomic and methylation studies described above on every patient at diagnosis. Hopefully, this would eventually help identify the vital signalling pathways in individual patients. With this information available, the elegant concept of Synthetic Lethality can be applied where drugs or natural compounds are identified that can interrupt the particular pathway to which the cell is addicted and cause it to stop proliferating. So my dream research revolves around individualized targeted translational research. I would like to give one example here. In a recent patient, we identified a mutation that leads to over activity of the b-catenin pathway of proliferation. I was planning to treat the patient with a monoclonal antibody against TGFb, which is in trial at the MDS Center. However, it turns out that one of the checks on the b-catenin pathway is TGFb. In other words, if I had not performed whole exome sequencing on the genome, I would have treated the patient with an agent that would likely have worsened the disease by allowing the b-catenin to run amok with no checks at all. This information alone, which is the direct result of using genomics is probably life saving for the patient. In addition, we found that one possible way of interrupting the b-catenin may come from using small molecules that interrupt this pathway. Several of them being in trials in humans already, and also that Vitamin A (all trans-retinoic acid or ATRA) could do the same. In short, we saved the patient from getting a potentially harmful agent. Additionally, we may have found a perfect treatment for individualized therapy, which is a vitamin! This is my dream research if I have all the resources at my disposal.
As a second dream project requiring unlimited resources, I want to describe the Virome or viral make up of every MDS patient. The goal is to identify all endogenous and exogenous viruses that have become part of each patient’s genome and see whether any of these could have the label of causative. After all, cats regularly get MDS. In their case, the disease is because of the Feline Leukemia Virus. Practically every cat is infected with this virus, but only a handful get MDS. There must be
other co-factors involved in MDS causation. Defining the Virome would help all of this research.
Jacobsen: What is your philosophical foundation? How did it change over time?
Raza: Humanism dictates the foundation of my philosophy. However, the practice and ultimate goals have undergone subtle changes over time. In my formative years, I felt more interest in dedicating myself to grander themes. For example, believing that the thinking and work of a few can change the lives of millions (penicillin is a prime example), I became consumed with a desire to find the cause and cure of cancer. Whether I would ultimately achieve it or not, at least I was ready to dedicate my life to the pursuit of this goal. With age, and one hopes, some level of maturity, the issues for me have transformed to more immediate and individual goals. Human conduct is connected by a series of incidents where one act is the result of another. This necessitated a philosophy that requires a dynamic accounting of one’s knowledge, desires, and deeds, and then to harness these in the service of humanity with humility and forbearance. In other words, instead of the grand designs of curing cancer for many, each individual patient has acquired a special place in my life and caring for their every physical, emotional, and psychosocial need has become far more important. This by no means indicates that my obsession to find the cure for cancer has lessened, but it means my focus shifted from many to one, from cancer patients to Mrs. X, Y, or Z. It is similar to Salman Rushdie saying in Midnight’s Children: “To understand one human, one has to swallow the world.” For me, the road to understanding and treating the disease is through grasping individual variations at the clinical level and caring for each patient as a special case. Of all the philosophical ideologies, humanism remains mine, but with an altered vision over time about how best to conduct myself in a manner that would be faithful to its basic principles.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/23
Dr. Azra Raza is a Professor at Columbia University. Here we talk about current position, growing up, acquisition of education, original dream, and more, part 1.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your current position?
Dr. Azra Raza: My position is Professor of Medicine and Director of Myelodysplastic Syndrome (MDS) Center at Columbia University.
Jacobsen: What positions have you held in your academic career?
Raza: I earned the appointment of Full Professor at Rush University in Chicago (Age 39). Subsequently, the University of Chicago appointed me the Charles Arthur Weaver Professor of Cancer Research. The Department of Medicine created a Division of Myeloid Diseases, where I was first Director. I moved in 2004 to the University of Massachusetts as Director of Hematology and Oncology. They gave me the Gladys Smith Martin Chair in Oncology. I have been in New York since 2007. Presently, I direct the MDS Center at Columbia University.
Jacobsen: Where did you grow up? How do you think this influenced your career direction?
Raza: I grew up in Pakistan. This greatly influenced my career and life. Post-graduate work in Science was non-existent. I entered medical school as a tangential way of becoming involved in Molecular Biology. However, once I began seeing patients, I knew that I would never give that up. This led me to the idea of doing translational research. When I felt ready to graduate medical school, it had become abundantly clear to me, even after those three years of clinical work, that if I stayed back in Pakistan, I would not be practicing translational research, but would have no choice other than to become an activist. The conditions under which an impoverished population faces disease are such that one has few other options. I felt that way. Here, I came to understand my primary duty – sincerity to my passion: Science. In a way, I took to heart the advice of Polonius to Laertes:
“This above all: to thine own self be true,
And it must follow, as the night the day,
Thou canst not then be false to any man.
(Shakespeare, HAMLET, Act I, Scene III).
Jacobsen: Where did you acquire your education?
Raza: Pakistan.
Jacobsen: What was your original dream?
Raza: I became obsessed with ants at a very young age, maybe 4 years old. I used to lie for hours and watch them zip in and out of their little holes in long hot summer afternoons in Karachi and imagine their lives. I constructed imaginary homes for them and social lives complete with romance and all. As I grew and read about biology, I obsessed over Darwin and Freud. In fact, I obtained the first position in my pre-medical examination by scoring high during the viva part of the test, when I engaged the external examiners in a heated debate over Darwinian versus Lamarckian theories of evolution and showing why I was a die hard Darwinian at the ripe old age of 16. If I had grown up in the West, I feel confident I would be a scientist, and not a physician, but I had no way of following my dreams there. Medical School was the only option to study Biology. So I went to Medical School.
Jacobsen: What have been your major areas of research?
Raza: I have focused extremely on studying the biology and pathology of myeloid malignancies since the start of my career, even before I started my Residency. This happened because I had come to the US soon after graduation from Medical School and had six months before the start of my Fellowship. I started working at Roswell Park Cancer Institute (RCPI) in Buffalo New York, where I started working with Acute Myeloid Leukemia patients. On completion of my Residency, I returned to RPCI for my Fellowship and stayed on as a faculty member for another 6 years. During this period, I had an experience with a patient who had acute myeloid leukemia (AML) which had evolved from a prior MDS or a pre-leukemia. This made me interested in MDS. As a Fellow and young Faculty member, I defined the Cell Cycle Kinetics of Myeloid Leukemia cells in vivoin both MDS and AML by developing a novel technique of studying cellular proliferation directly in patients. These studies led to a startling revelation that the low blood counts in MDS patients were not because of bone marrow failure. Rather paradoxically, the marrow was in a hyper-proliferative state. This led to the logical examination of rate of cell death and we were able to resolve the paradox by showing that the majority of hematopoietic cells in the marrow were undergoing a suicidal self-destruction by apoptosis. Further, this cell death appeared mediated by pro-inflammatory cytokines, especially tumor necrosis factor (TNF). Next, we treated MDS patients with the anti-TNF drug thalidomide, which produced complete responses in 20% patients. Thus, over a course of 10 years, we were able to develop biologic insights into the disease that translated into a novel treatment strategy.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/23
Dr. Cory Pedersen works at Kwantlen Polytechnic University in the Psychology Department at the time. Here we talked about psychology in her office, part 3.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When you entered academia, you likely had a certain philosophical framework for understanding the world. How have your philosophical views changed over time to the present?
Dr. Cory Pedersen: Well, there is no single salient point, right. I mean, as a professor, the only thing I want my students to take away from my class is – if you forget everything about theories, facts, and numbers – the most important thing that every student should take away is how to think critically – how to be a critical consumer of information.
That is the most relevant thing in psychology. The knowledge we have about the brain, its desire to explain cause and to do that via making connections that are probably superfluous, they are not real – and I want students to be critical consumers of information because psychological information is everywhere. It is in the news, on the radio, on the television. If you cannot be a critical consumer of information, you are in trouble. Not everyone has a critical thinking style, which is why I consider it extremely important for people to be critical consumers.
Jacobsen: What advice would you give to undergraduate psychology students aiming for a work, career, and general interest in psychology?
Pedersen: Good grades are important, but they will only get you so far. If you want a career in psychology, you need more than an undergraduate degree. That is my advice. Grades will help you get into graduate school, absolutely. But, back to my regression models, there are many predictors of success in graduate school. Grades are only one path – grades will put you into the competitive pool of graduate school. Yet, you will have more chances of getting into graduate school with strong letters of reference.
Grades will provide your letter writer with something solid to comment on about you. However, that is where it stops. My advice for people in psychology is A) apply to graduate school and B) get in good with faculty. Join a committee. Join their lab. Participate in research. Do something in some way to make yourself known to them because that is the only way they will be able to write you a letter of reference that says something besides, “This is a good student in class and they have a good grade point average.” That is all that most professors could say with only grades to recommend you. Letters of reference go a long, long way.
Jacobsen: Who have been the biggest influences on you? What books or articles characterize their viewpoint well?
Pedersen: God, I do not even know. This is a tough one. I do not even know, honestly. I would put my supervisor Dr. Kim Schonert-Reichl right up there. She is exceptionally well-published and a fabulous speaker. And she knows how to conduct research. She really taught me how to be a researcher and a critical thinker. I remember once that she told me about a study she was designing. She had developed a program evaluation for a well-known socioemotional development program called “Roots of Empathy”. The initial results were promising. Data suggested that kids exposed to the program had less classroom problem behavior, participated less in bullying, and displayed greater social competence and prosocial behavior. I remember Kim saying to me one day, “Look, the data indicates that bullying is decreasing and social competence is increasing.
This is fabulous, but so flawed.” I wasn’t sure what she meant. She said, “Well, the bullying behaviors are decreasing and the social competencies are increasing, but compared to what? How do we know whether the behavior of all kids becomes better as the year progresses?” Now, it seems obvious. There was no control group! No baseline! Kim incorporated a control group into her subsequent evaluations of the program. It seems so obvious, but you have to be a sharp researcher to be able to recognize that flaw.
That is critical thinking. That is just one of the many intelligent things that Kim has said since I have known her. She is just a solid researcher and really knows her stuff. She is well published and just recently made full professor. I feel like she has influenced many of my ways of doing and thinking about things. Even outside of being her student, when I first designed the human sexuality course – and I had not been her student for years, though we speak regularly – I told her about it and she suggested that I include some statement in my course outline about the topics discussed in the course bringing up difficult issues for some people. She is always thinking ahead. She said, “You may want to tell people that if they have difficulty with the material than they should be referred to see someone.”
She is very thoughtful. She is always trying to help me be more thoughtful that way too. Some of the fundamentals of conducting research with kids she has introduced to me. Some basic stuff – this is how to treat your participants. This is how you ensure your participants are going to be willing to participate in your study. That the participants understand anonymity and confidentiality, and that they understand their contribution and why it is important. That is what I do with all of my studies now. That is how I relay the importance of my studies to all of my participants.
I think she has been profoundly impactful on the way I conduct research, as well as how I run my class. She always made her classes relevant; she always brought the material around, emphasized how should we be studying this particular topic. Why we should be studying this particular topic. She took it away from the theoretical and brought it down into the relevant, the practical applications. And thanks to her, I have always tried to be that way too. That is my style with my own students. Even the way I write articles have been influenced by her writing style, the way that I mark papers, the way I make suggestions in comments These are just some examples of someone who has been immensely influential.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/22
Dr. Cory Pedersen works at Kwantlen Polytechnic University in the Psychology Department at the time. Here we talked about psychology in her office, part 2.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With your expertise, what do you consider the most controversial findings in psychology? What do you consider some of the implications of these findings?
Dr. Cory Pedersen: Well, I cannot speak to the whole field, of course. However, if I were to speak generally I would look back at my introductory psychology classes and cover a broad range of topics. Generally, I would say, probably, in issues to this day of consciousness. How to know what consciousness is? How to measure it? These are still problematic for psychologists and philosophers. I would say, in my particular field, some of the big issues are things like causes of sexual orientation, and at a deeper level whether we should be even asking such questions. Such questions are biased, as we do not ask about the causes of heterosexual orientation. Being straight is presumed status quo. I would say, in my field, this area counts as one of the biggest of controversy.
There is also controversy around certain sexual disorders. In particular, hyper-sexuality and gender identity disorder as disorder. Both of these are in considerable debate as to whether they should be included or not in the DSM. I do not believe that either of those should be included, personally, from the research that I have read. I think they simply represent variations in human sexuality, which is exceptionally varied. I have difficulty reconciling many sexual disorders in the DSM, because they suggest there is a normative amount of desire; that there is a normative amount and that anything more or less than that is pathological. I consider human behavior much too varied, especially human sexual behaviour, to say, “Oh, this is the appropriate amount of sex, and any more than this, or less than this, is pathological.” I have some difficulty with that.
In the developmental field, again there is controversy relating to the DSM, particularly, what constitutes developmental psychopathology? What is considered appropriate behavior for children? Determining whether a children’s behavior is pathological hinges on the adult’s perception of the behavior, and so it is the parents or teachers that go to a psychologist or physician and say, “My child is ill.” The child rarely goes into the doctor and says, “I think there’s something wrong with me.” You don’t see that, right? There are disorders in the DSM for children that are debatable. Take for example, a new one that was under consideration, I think it was to be called temper-tantrum reaction disorder or something like that, being proposed for the DSM-5. It is based on parent’s reports of children having unreasonable and excessive temper tantrums; in other words, more than the norm! I am not suggesting that there are no mental illnesses among kids. I simply mean that the DSM has expanded to the point where much “normative” behaviour is designated pathological if the parameters are not exactly right. I think those are the biggest debates in the field of psychology that are of most interest to me.
Jacobsen: If you restructure, or at least reframe, the study of sexuality, how would you do it?
Pedersen: Well, that is a tough question. I think this links somewhat to my earlier comments about pathology. I am teaching human sexuality now. The last several chapters are about things wrong in sexuality. Commercial sex, prostitution, exotic dance are wrong. Selling sex is wrong. Then, there are the sections of sexual dysfunction, like hyper-sexuality and hypo-sexuality, and how these are ‘disorder’. And then next week it is paraphilia; exhibitionism, fetishism, BDSM, etc. And it is all so structured like, “Wow, look how wacky everyone is…” Even the chapter on gender identity that I did last week was all about why would people want to transition from male to female? What is with these people? Look how these people are different? The science is set around pointing out what is presumed to be “normal”. Some textbooks are grey because they call these topics ‘sexual variations,’ but the implication is the same; that there is something somewhat wrong about it all. I do not like that. I do not teach my class that way. I am very liberal in my class encourage tolerance of these differences. There is nothing wrong with these differences. So, I would re-structure our science in how we pathologize everything, make everything seem like it is abnormal. I do not like that. While I appreciate that there IS pathology, I often believe much of the stress and stigma associated with pathology comes from the fact that we pathologize!
Jacobsen: If you had unlimited funding, what would you research?
Pedersen: Unlimited funding? If I had unlimited funding, I would get two different pieces of equipment. One, I would get a penile plethysmograph, which measures tumescence of the genital organs for males. Two, I would get a vaginal photoplethysmograph, which is a measure of vasocongestion. They are both measures of physiological arousal. In sexuality research, the field is burdened by the social-desirability bias. People are going to say what they believe other people want to hear. Take for example the standard question, this is just an example, but take the standard question, “How many sexual partners have you had?” Men tend to overestimate their number of sexual partners and women tend to underestimate their number of sexual partners. The truth is somewhere in between. It is hard to measure things like sexual arousal based on self-report. And that is all the kind of data that I have been primarily working with; questionnaires, self-reports, survey data. If I had unlimited funding, I would buy those pieces of equipment and hidden camera equipment to conduct observational research in labs.
If I had unlimited funds, I would also want an fMRI machine. It would be amazing to see what happens in the brain during orgasm. Is it diffuse or localized? I would put technology on my side if I had unlimited funding. Although I have asked the university for a vaginal photoplethysmograph and a penile plethysmograph, there is so far no such luck in getting this equipment.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/22
Dr. Cory Pedersen works at Kwantlen Polytechnic University in the Psychology Department at the time. Here we talked about psychology in her office, part 1.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Where did you acquire your education?
Dr. Cory Pedersen: At the undergraduate level, at the University of Calgary. At the graduate level, at the University of British Columbia, from where I earned a Masters and Ph.D. degree in Developmental Psychology.
Jacobsen: What originally interested you in psychology? In particular, what interested you about human sexuality?
Pedersen: Well, I acquired my degree from the department of educational psychology and special education. I applied there because I particularly wanted to work with one of the faculty, Dr. Kim Schonert-Reichl. She was doing research in socio-emotional learning and competence, and how it relates to things like psychopathology and peer relationships. That’s what I was initially interested in. In particular, I wanted to study those variables as they related to mental illness and various childhood mental disorders, and I especially wanted to work with Kim. However, well into my academic career, after many years teaching adolescent development, it came to my attention that textbook coverage of sexual development was lacking in many respects, and outright wrong (I hypothesized), in others. So I developed my first lab at Kwantlen (tentatively called a “Development Lab”) and conducted two large scale studies on sexual development among adolescents. From there, I developed an entire human sexuality course and changed the focus of my research to human sexuality.
Jacobsen: What topics have you researched in your career?
Pedersen: As a graduate student, I was in two different research labs at UBC. One was the Socioemotional Development Lab run by Kim. We investigated things like moral reasoning, moral development, peer relationships, bullying, conduct disorder, empathy, and pro-social moral reasoning.. My masters work came out of that lab. The other lab I worked in was the Self-Regulated Learning Lab, which involved work on the self-regulated learning components of learning disabilities among children and adults. Kids and adults with learning disabilities tend to lack self-regulated learning. They tend to be unaware of their own learning difficulties. We developed some self-regulated learning strategies to help them monitor their own cognition, and their own learning styles. I was in that lab, and we did a number of studies in the local schools.
For my Doctoral Dissertation, I looked at children’s conceptions of mental illness, ‘how do children come to understand mental illness in their peers?’ They do see it – unfortunately. How do they understand its cause, its prognosis, its severity? How do they perceive these individuals in terms of friendship quality? Whether they would be good friends or bad friends, whether they would like them or not. And since leaving graduate school, and coming to Kwantlen, I have done several studies; most recently on human sexuality among adolescents and emerging adults. Things like the developmental progression of sexual events in life of adolescents and emerging adults. What do they do in their developmental progression? In other words, what they do first, what do they do next, and so on, and whether these series of events predict their level of promiscuity and level of unusual sexual activities. I also did another study on the predictors – I do a lot of regression research – of infidelity as measured by the big five personality variables.
Jacobsen: What areas are you currently researching?
Pedersen: I have a couple of things on the go. Right now in my human sexuality lab we are looking at changes to current trends in exotic dance. We have two directions in which we are going. If you look at the popular media, you have lately seen a lot of exotic dance put out there as normative behavior. A person can take pole dancing classes. A person can learn how to lap dance, provide a lap dance. Popular culture is trending towards putting lap dancing and pole dancing out as a good means for aerobic exercise. Some researchers have coined the term `stripper chic`, which is the new culture of empowerment for exotic dancers. Given that, we hypothesize that there has been a shift. Traditionally, exotic dance has been stigmatized in the literature. Much literature has come out of the field of sociology, which results in a tendency towards female liberalism. Female exotic dancers have been viewed largely as victims. But we have a different take on that. While admittedly many exotic dancers have been victimized, we are putting forth the argument that exotic dancing can actually be sexually liberating. That exotic dancers are earning legitimate capital gain. They are providing a legitimate service, and with the general trend toward what is called `stripper chic, it may be changing not just societal views, but the views among exotic dancers too. The view of their own stigma; that their personal identity is viewed more positively. Also, we are going to look at predictors (regression is my thing!) of things like psychopathology, self-esteem, and standard measures of restrictive or permissive sexuality. We hypothesize that there will be no difference between the average population – Kwantlen students – and exotic dancers.
The other study that we are looking at is the enmeshment of gender identity with sexual orientation. There is considerable anecdote, even research, that people confuse sexual orientation with gender identity. For instance, there is a perception that if someone is gay, this person must not be gender normed; the perception that gay men are feminine and that lesbian women are masculine. We plan to tease this enmeshment apart by having participants evaluate the degree to which they think a gay person would be suitable for a job description that is exceptionally masculine or feminine. Of course, we think gay men will be viewed as less competent and that lesbian women will be viewed as more competent in a traditionally masculine job and visa versa.
Jacobsen: What epistemologies, methodologies, and tools do you use for your research?
Pedersen: Almost all of my research is cross-sectional. I have not conducted any longitudinal designs, as many trained in developmental psychology do. Most of my research is quasi-experimental in nature that does not involve any manipulation of variables for the most part, but only to examine variables as they exist in cross-sections of the population. Two exceptions to this general trend; the study recently done in my lab on the confounding of gender and sexual orientation, and work with my honours student on sexual paraphilia. These were both experimental designs.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/22
Danielle Blau’s Rhyme and Reason: Poetry, Philosophy, and the Art of Living the Big Questions is forthcoming from W.W. Norton. Her collection mere eye was selected for a Poetry Society of America Chapbook Award and published in 2013 with an introduction by poet D.A. Powell, and her poems won first place in the 2015 multi-genre Narrative 30 Below Contest. Poetry, short stories, articles, and interviews by Blau can be found in such publications as The Atlantic online, The Baffler, Black Clock, The Harvard Review, The Literary Review, Narrative Magazine, The New Yorker’s book blog, The Paris Review, Ploughshares, Plume Poetry, The Saint Ann’s Review, The Wolf, the Argos Books poetry anthology Why I Am Not a Painter, and Plume Anthology of Poetry. A graduate of Brown University with an honors degree in philosophy, and of NYU with an MFA in poetry, she curates and hosts the monthly Gavagai Music + Reading Series, and teaches at Hunter College. Here are her views and story, part 2. Part 1 here.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If you reflect on the process, how have you developed a method for writing poetry? Did you learn from someone else, develop your own and then refine it, some admixture of the two, or something else?
Blau: I’ve always written and loved to write, but for a while I didn’t actually know what it was I was writing. And at a certain point, I began to worry. Because even though, as a reader, I still wanted to lose myself in the sumptuous folds of a highly plotted novel, my tastes as a writer seemed to be growing increasingly eccentric. So I noticed I had ever less patience for getting down to the crucial business of plotting, say—but ever more patience for mulling over the benefits of ending a particular sentence on a trochee versus a spondee, say, or for deciding whether the made-up brand of HIV self-testing kit bought by a particular character should be named HemoGenuine Diagnostics or Ora•cular.
And this—my compulsion to be sidetracked, as it seemed then—was kind of worrisome, until I found myself reading more and more books of poetry, in my spare time, at some point during college. Which is how it suddenly dawned on me: Hey, they haven’t been hobbled and misshapen pieces of fiction, what I’ve been writing all my life; they’ve been poems!
Once I knew I was writing poetry, I didn’t have to beat myself up over what had seemed like my excessive preoccupation with detail; I was free to throw myself into the sideshow—because it wasn’t a sideshow, I now understood, but the heart of the matter. That’s one of the things I so love about poems: how shiftily and how deviously they can arrive at the heart of things.
Jacobsen: Often, poetry speaks to the heart, and to the heart of things. What have been some common themes in your poetry?
Blau: Aloneness is a big one for me, and the fear of being blotted out—the Lone Human Voice vs. the Vast Obliterating Void. And then (this has always been a theme, but it seems to have become ever more present in my writing these past odd eight or so months): how this particular fear of ours, this deep human fear of going cosmically unheard—of not mattering—seems to lie at the heart of what is most ungenerous and most evil in us, too. So much of our small-mindedness and xenophobia and racism seems rooted in this fear, and in the bizarrely misguided notion that mattering is a sort of zero-sum game.
Jacobsen: Is there a poet who makes you weep? Who?
Blau: Oh, so many poets make me weep— I guess I must be a weeper. But most recently I think it was John Clare: “And e’en the dearest—that I loved the best— / Are strange—nay, rather stranger than the rest.”
It doesn’t help matters that when he wrote these lines, Clare was in the Northampton General Lunatic Asylum, and that this is where he ended up living out the last twenty years of his already-tragic-enough existence, in total isolation from his family and friends—but, then again, it does help matters, in a way. Or rather, it makes matters (and the nature of my weeping) more complex.
Because there is also something astonishingly hopeful (maybe almost joy-inducing?) about the fact that this man who was born to illiterate farm laborers in turn-of-the-eighteenth-century England, who spent the good part of his life ploughing and threshing, and the rest of it in a mental hospital—that this man and I can be so close. Because that is definitely how it feels when I read him; when I read his poem “I Am!” it seems clear beyond reasonable doubt: not only do I have intimate knowledge of Clare, but Clare has intimate knowledge of me.
It’s one of those things that poems sometimes manage to do, somehow—to shatter our metaphysical solitude (or very nearly) in a way that precious else can. The poet Stevie Smith has this quote I love: “The human creature is alone in his carapace. Poetry is a strong way out. The passage out that she blasts is often in splinters, covered with blood; but she can come out softly.”
Jacobsen: What was the benefit of the philosophy undergraduate degree for your own personal philosophy, ethical stance, and worldview?
Blau: My undergrad training in and continued preoccupation with philosophy has definitely upped my generalized astonishment levels throughout these however many years; it has made me more generally astonished and more uncertain (that much is certain).
And I think maybe it has made me generally sadder, too, to be honest—but sadder in a good way, in a way that also makes me kinder and more generous, more loving, I think. Because it’s never far from my mind: how at odds the individual human perspective is with the (distant and indifferent) View from Nowhere: how little we all are: how all alone: how much we all just want to matter.
So it’s made my view of human life more ultimately tragic (or, in my lightest of moods, more ultimately absurd), I guess. But that has only made me feel more bone-deeply how much we are all of us in this thing together: Here we all are, a vast collection of tiny this’s, each of us wishing the world would make us feel as infinite and infinitely necessary as we feel to ourselves. So why not just allow each other that, if and when at all possible? It seems, given the circumstances, the least we can do.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/22
Danielle Blau’s Rhyme and Reason: Poetry, Philosophy, and the Art of Living the Big Questions is forthcoming from W.W. Norton. Her collection mere eye was selected for a Poetry Society of America Chapbook Award and published in 2013 with an introduction by poet D.A. Powell, and her poems won first place in the 2015 multi-genre Narrative 30 Below Contest. Poetry, short stories, articles, and interviews by Blau can be found in such publications as The Atlantic online, The Baffler, Black Clock, The Harvard Review, The Literary Review, Narrative Magazine, The New Yorker’s book blog, The Paris Review, Ploughshares, Plume Poetry, The Saint Ann’s Review, The Wolf, the Argos Books poetry anthology Why I Am Not a Painter, and Plume Anthology of Poetry. A graduate of Brown University with an honors degree in philosophy, and of NYU with an MFA in poetry, she curates and hosts the monthly Gavagai Music + Reading Series, and teaches at Hunter College. Here are her views and story, part 1.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You graduated from Brown University with an honors degree in philosophy. Also, you earned an MFA in poetry from New York University. Obviously, a deep background in philosophical and poetic thought. Both, often, abstract or, if not, parsing the aspects of the world into distinct (and abstract) bits. Was there an early indication of gifts and talents in philosophy, poetry, or analytic and metaphor thought? Any anecdotes from within the family?
Danielle Blau: Well, I was a weird kid, for sure—that much I know. And my family likes to tell this story about how as a toddler (maybe two years old or something) I used to do this thing whenever they had the gall to address me by my given name: I’d fly into a rage and inform them, “I’m not Danielle, I’m this!” I was very insistent on this point, apparently. Which meant that for a little while there I was basically refusing to acknowledge anybody’s direct address; which, of course, made it even harder (I think it was already not easy) to get me to come out from where I was moonily standing under the kitchen table, and to put on my shoes and my other pant leg or whatever—to just comply in any way with the relevant unfolding business of daily life. I’m not sure how long the “I’m not Danielle, I’m this” era lasted exactly, but it was a definite stage in my early-childhood development.
Were these bizarre tantrums indicative of emerging gifts and talents in philosophy or abstract thought? Who knows. They seem indicative of emerging neurosis, to me, certainly. My family got a huge kick out of them, though, and my mother, in particular, puts a very generous spin (as mother’s will) on the nature of my perplexed little brain during this period. My mother is a philosophy professor, by the way, so this interpretation might say more about her than it does about me (or toddler-me): but as she saw it, here was the stage in my development when I ceased to view myself as the necessary, infinite, eternal Subject (which that all-meaningful name I’d been associated with since time immemorial—Danielle—had I guess come, in my mind, to represent); here was when it struck me that I was in fact just one more thing, one more object—one more this in a vast world of this’s. I’m not Danielle, I’m this.
Jacobsen: Was the family and educational environment supportive of these gifts and talents? Or was this something requiring a struggle to maintain and develop to the full?
Blau: I think they were a little nonplussed actually—most especially my father, who is a theoretical physicist/ abstract mathematician himself—when I didn’t go the way of abstract math, because through most of my childhood-through-adolescence that looked like the direction I’d almost certainly be heading. In my college years that shifted over (slightly), to analytic philosophy, which was also totally fine in their book—but when I announced at the end of college that I’d not be going on to get my PhD in philosophy, and would instead pursue this poetry thing, that was a bit of a shock to the family system (to my dad particularly), and to my professors, and also somewhat to myself.
The thing is, though, I’d always felt pulled in two opposite directions—between the world of abstract universals, which Bertrand Russell describes (in The Problems of Philosophy) as “unchangeable, rigid, exact, delightful to the mathematician, the logician, the builder of metaphysical systems, and all who love perfection more than life,” on the one hand, and the world of concrete particulars, which “is fleeting, vague, without sharp boundaries, without any clear plan or arrangement, but [which] contains all thoughts and feelings, all the data of sense, and all physical objects, everything that can do either good or harm, everything that makes any difference to the value of life,” on the other.
Both worlds have equal footing in reality, it seems to me (along with Russell), but there’s also something incompatible about them. It’s a little like those famous optical illusions: the duck is just as much a part of the picture as the rabbit, but you can’t hold the two visions in your mind at one and the same time; as soon as you see the duck, the rabbit vanishes (and vice versa). “According to our temperaments, we shall prefer the contemplation of the one or of the other,” Russell says. “The one we do not prefer will probably seem to us a pale shadow of the one we prefer, and hardly worthy to be regarded as in any sense real.”
But I’ve always loved contemplating—and living in—the one world just as much as the (somewhat incompatible and yet still equally real) other. And I think I can do that, in poetry. I can see the duck and the rabbit at once.
And then I’ve also found—though the two disciplines are of course extraordinarily different—that, for me, there’s a weird similarity between the process of writing poems and the process of doing philosophy: The one process often feels like hunting down the single right rhythm or image to get at a certain vague turning in my gut, while the other feels like excavating the single hard core of an argument in a certain bog of intellectual queasiness. And these two feelings of mine (which, despite my odd choice of analogies just now, are not at all gastrointestinal) do have a fair bit in common, it turns out.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/19
Aislinn Hunter worked at Kwantlen Polytechnic University in the Creative Writing Department at the time, not sure where now or if the same, but this was interesting as I do not do a lot of creative writing. Here is part 2.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Most recently, you have worked on your PhD at the University of Edinburgh. What is the basis of it?
Hunter: I’m looking at resonance and beloved objects in Victorian culture, and asking why certain objects appear again and again in Victorian writers’ museum collections. It’s ‘thing theory’ so to speak (I’m asserting that certain ‘things’ are more fit for the task of acting as remembrancers than others) with a narrative through-line in that I am also looking at how, in life-writing and literature, we tend to describe the way an object presences the absent beloved for us. It’s quite a fascinating topic and intersects with some of the themes in my new novel.
Jacobsen: Since you began in writing, what do you consider the controversial books or poems? Why do you consider them controversial?
Hunter: I had to think a lot about this question because I don’t think I’m considered controversial at all (in relation to my work in the Canadian literary landscape). I am quite an earnest writer, a meliorist, and that effects, I suppose, how much I’m willing to discombobulate or challenge the reader. That said I think that there’s a slightly controversial position hovering thematically under a lot of my work (academic and literary) – ideas around how we humans presume too much agency for ourselves when things and events are actively shaping us all the time. I’m also interested in extended mind theory and in how we cognize the world through limiting ontologies (i.e. the depth ontology in Western culture where we forefront the concept of the ‘inner being’). The most deliberately provocative work I’ve done has been in the essay form. I wrote a piece on why writers shouldn’t do reviews for The Quill and Quire (an unpopular position) and a piece on the impossibility of competition amongst poets for Arc Magazine.
Jacobsen: How do you describe your philosophical understanding of the art of Creative Writing?
Hunter: I once said to a second-year creative writing class at The University of Victoria that “to be a writer one needs to procure wisdom, knowledge or wonder.” I said it wanting to be challenged but no one so much as raised an eyebrow or a hand.
Jacobsen: How has it changed?
Hunter: Well, given that I sort of believed what I said to that class a decade ago (though I remain open to revision) I’d have to say that my understanding of what is required of a writer or ‘writing’ hasn’t changed: I believe you need something of use to say, or an ability to create a sense of wonder in another, and craft in order to do so in a way that locates and dislocates the reader simultaneously, adds to what they had when they entered into the conversation with your work. But the literary landscape has changed significantly in the last few years, in part because what’s valued drives the market. Information is highly valued now (the kind of ‘information’ that’s arguably different from wisdom or knowledge) as is escapism, and so there’s a commerce in that; digestibility matters too, and that means that what gets written and what sells, what is ‘successful’ changes. I still tend to differentiate between classes of literature which is probably an old-fashioned thing to do in the age of the blog-turned-film-turned-novel.
Jacobsen: What advice do you have for undergraduate and graduate students in Creative Writing?
Hunter: Fail, fail better. Take risks. Remember that rejection makes you stronger.
Jacobsen: Whom do you consider your biggest influences? Could you recommend any seminal or important books/poems by them?
Hunter: I think the first time I felt as a reader that I was in the hands of a master writer was reading the Irish writer Dermot Healy. He’s widely considered a writer’s writer because you can marvel at his craft even as you’re set adrift in his narrative or poetic worlds. I especially love A Goat’s Song which is a novel and What The Hammer (poems) but all of his work has taught me something, and he innovates every time when a lot of writers would be content to repeat their successes. Anne Carson, Jan Zwicky and Carolyn Forché (all poets) make me think ‘why bother’ – they’ve already said so much so perfectly – but they also inspire me to keep at it. Alice Munro inspires me on numerous levels. It’s not that I want to write like her but I am in awe of her craft and her tenacity. She makes me aspire to be a better writer, to try to be great at it.
Jacobsen: What poem has most influenced you?
Hunter: TS Eliot’s Four Quartets. I don’t actually have an academic’s handling of it, but it sends me off in a new direction with every reading and I think his thinking about time in it is perfectly complex: ‘Time present and time past / Are both perhaps present in time future, / And time future contained in time past…’. It’s directly influenced a lot of my work.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/21
Aislinn Hunter worked at Kwantlen Polytechnic University in the Creative Writing Department at the time, not sure where now or if the same, but this was interesting as I do not do a lot of creative writing. Here is part 1.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What positions have you held? What position do you currently hold?
Aislinn Hunter: I am currently a faculty member in the Creative Writing department at Kwantlen Polytechnic University, but I tend to teach part-time (in one semester) so that I can write more than four months a year. This has allowed me to take on writer-in-residence positions at other universities (Memorial University in St. John’s Newfoundland, Lancaster University in England, and Macquarie University in Australia) and to do freelance or contract work that interests me. It’s also afforded me time to undertake a PhD. Before coming to Kwantlen I taught creative writing as a sessional instructor at The University of Victoria and before that I worked on a contract-basis as a broadcaster and producer at CBC Radio and as a researcher at the National Film Board of Canada.
Jacobsen: In brief, how was your youth? How did you come to this point in your academics?
Hunter: My family was above middle-class economically but I didn’t grow up in what I’d now call a ‘culturally rich’ environment. (My friend’s parents owned an art gallery and they used to wake their kids up by blaring classical music – I remember feeling completely envious of their arty world.) My mom, who was a nurse, took a few university classes in psychology and sociology when I was growing up and her excitement and what she brought home from those classes helped cultivate my enthusiasm for learning. When I was old enough to express my leanings she enrolled me in dance classes and supported my interest in theatre. I was an inconsistent high school student (A’s in the arts, D’s in maths and sciences) but an amazing day-dreamer. At sixteen I dropped out of high school (where I was miserable) and at seventeen I moved on my own to Dublin, Ireland and got a job in a pub. A few crucial years followed: in them I had the freedom to discover what excited me – for example, I remember being obsessed with the material residue of the past which seemed to be everywhere in Ireland. At twenty-one I was accepted at the University of Victoria as a ‘mature’ student and I fell in love with art history and creative writing. In second year I unexpectedly received a small bursary, the Patti Barker Award for Writing, and it was a life-changing moment – I’d never been recognized for excellence before. I think that award gave me a new way to identify who I was and what I could do. An MFA in Creative Writing followed and then three book publications and then an MSc in Writing and Cultural Politics, and now I’m almost through my PhD in English Literature at Edinburgh. I’ve received a lot of encouragement in the form of academic awards along the way and I’ve worked hard. Still I think any success I’ve had has a lot to do with that old adage: do what you love and the rest will follow.
Jacobsen: How did you gain interest in Creative Writing? Where did you acquire your education?
Hunter: I was involved in theatre until I was 18 or so and had always been a bit of a scribbler, but I didn’t formally arrive at writing until I took an introductory creative writing class at The University of Victoria when I was twenty-one. That year Patrick Lane walked into the classroom, opened a book, read a poem by Gwendolyn MacEwan and made me, in one fell swoop, want to be a poet; made me want to know something the way a poet knows it, and to be able to say that back to others in the same way that MacEwan did. Patrick was around fifty then and a Governor General Award-winning poet with, I believe, a high school education. Still, in one year he taught me more than any other writer or professor about writing and about what it might mean to be a writer in the world. My soon-to-be-husband was like that too: a kind of Renaissance man with no formal post-secondary education, but incredibly, incredibly intelligent. He taught me, mostly by example, how to be a critical thinker. Any success I’ve had in my formal education (an MFA at The University of British Columbia and an MSc at The University of Edinburgh) owes something to these two men and the wonderful mentors inside and outside academia who have followed them.
Jacobsen: You have written five books. What form has your creative expression taken over time?
Hunter: I work in a variety of genres so generally the topic or the material dictates the form – something will generally ‘feel’ like content for a poem or for an essay or fodder for something more involved like a novel. I am obsessed by the past (as both a construct and as a site of historical events) and by how we engage with it (and it with us) and so that is always at the centre of my creative, and I suppose, my academic work.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/21
Dr. Carla MacLean is a faculty member at Kwantlen Polytechnic University. We discuss academics, education, research, unrestricted freedom, biggest influences, psychology, and other topics.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What positions have you held in Academe? What position do you currently hold?
Dr. Carla MacLean: I am currently a faculty member at Kwantlen Polytechnic Universtiy (KPU). My past positions include typical graduate student work like research and teaching assistantships and also lecturer positions at both the University of Victoria and Simon Fraser University. My position immediately prior to starting at KPU was as a Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada post-doctoral research fellow at Simon Fraser University.
Jacobsen: How did you come to this point in your academics?
MacLean: I arrived at this point in my career by serendipity. It would have been convenient if I always knew what I wanted to do and I simply executed my plan – that is not how my career evolved. Rather, I followed my interests, kept an open mind, and talked with people (all sorts). That process gave me a realistic understanding of what different career paths looked like and it also opened doors for me. My good luck led me to my career as a psychology faculty member.
Jacobsen: How did you gain interest in psychology? Where did you acquire your education?
MacLean: I asked a lot of “whys’ and “hows” growing up and being an inherently social person it was very natural for me to apply that curiosity to people. Although I pursued a number of interests in my undergraduate schooling, at a certain point psychology felt more right than the other subjects I was studying. Once I selected psychology I never looked back.
My university education began at the University of Victoria, then to Saint Mary’s University in Halifax to acquire a MSc. in Industrial/Organizational psychology, and then back to the University of Victoria for my Ph.D. in experimental psychology. My education was not as continuous as my brief description above would suggest. I took opportunities during these years to work, travel and ultimately cultivate experiences and a sense of self outside of the institutions I was studying in.
Jacobsen: What kinds of research have you conducted up to the present? If you currently conduct research, what form does it take?
MacLean: I enjoy research. My past and present research merges the areas of forensic and occupational health psychology. Although my interests are diverse, the core of my research pursuits is the understanding of how: (i) people assess one another and (ii) we might reduce bias and/or maintain accuracy in people’s assessments of situations, information, and individuals. I typically pursue these core interests in the applied areas of eyewitness memory and investigator decision making to an adverse event (industrial incident or forensic).
Historically my research on investigator decision making has explored ways to minimize confirmation bias in industrial investigation. People who investigate industrial events are typically foremen, supervisors or health and safety professionals of the organization in which the accident occurred. The contextual knowledge that comes with familiarity with the work environment can result in biased decision making as investigators may seek information that supports their preconceived notions. The eyewitness to an industrial or criminal event is equally as important a member of the investigative dyad as the investigator. Hundreds of studies tell us that eyewitness memory is fragile, malleable, and susceptible to forgetting, even in optimal conditions. I study factors that may lead to inaccurate witness recall post-event and/or factors that can help maintain the quality and quantity of a witness’s information. In collaboration with others, I have researched: the effects of witness fatigue and misinformation, access to memory of a central instance of a repeated event, post-event information on investigator and witness identification evaluations, and psychologically-based incident report forms.
Jacobsen: Since you began studying psychology, what do you consider the controversial topics? How do you examine the controversial topics?
MacLean: There are many areas of controversy in psychology but the areas that directly relate to my research are: how we as researchers try to ensure we are drawing reliable and valid findings from our studies, the role of personal responsibility (i.e., human error) in event causation, and the influence of post-event suggestions on memory (my co-contributor to this In-sight issue, Dr. Elizabeth Loftus, is likely a better candidate to tackle the implications of this last topic).
To address the first issue in the above list, because I am aware of the possibility of spurious results I take small steps to try to minimize error in my reporting of results, e.g., replicate when I can, use large sample sizes when possible, show restraint when talking about the implications of my findings. The other controversial area that I mention above is the role of personal responsibility in event causation. People’s views regarding human error can fall on a continuum from “the event was caused by a rogue employee who made an inappropriate decision” all the way to “there is no such thing as human error, all inappropriate worker action is a result of latent failures within the system.” A great deal of time has been spent discussing the most productive viewpoint to enhance safety. This controversy touches my research because the view of human behaviour taken by the investigating officer/organization may have implications regarding how information is sought and interpreted during an investigation, as well as, what the organization will do with the investigative findings.
Last, one area that I do not study but I follow closely is deception detection. This is a fascinating area that has evolved rapidly over the last few years. Researchers are pursuing different features of deception such as emotion and cognitive load to try and generate effective tools to enhance detection e.g., asking for the narrative in reverse order, asking about unanticipated features of the event, the strategic use of evidence or the emotion based microexpression research. This is a fun area of study that is always interesting to read about.
Jacobsen: If you had unlimited funding and unrestricted freedom, what would you enjoy researching?
MacLean: Well if there was really no constraints (and we could ensure no consequences for the people participating) I would move my research into a more externally valid framework. That is, I would expose people to high stakes situations and manipulate their physiological and psychological state to see how these factors affect their recall and decision making. It is hard to find research done in high resolution environments but a fairly recent collaboration of note is Loftus’s and Morgan III who used military recruits in survival school as their participants.
Jacobsen: For students looking for fame, fortune, and/or utility (personal and/or social), what advice do you have for undergraduate and graduate students in Psychology?
MacLean: I am hesitant to answer this question as I have neither fame nor fortune and my utility is likely up for debate (just kidding). My personal experience has taught me a few general principles that worked well for me: first, do your homework so you have a good understanding of the scope of what it is you are considering, second, talk with people and find out the pros and cons of any given situation/position, third, be open to feedback – it is rarely intended to insult rather it is usually offered as a means to help you grow, and last, get hands on experience when you can. If you have a career in mind, talk to people who hire for that job and find out exactly what they require as this will enable you to target your education and experiences more effectively.
Jacobsen: Whom do you consider your biggest influences? Could you recommend any seminal or important books/articles by them?
MacLean: The people who influenced me the most were the people I worked directly with during my graduate training, Dr.’s Elizabeth Brimacombe, Stephen Lindsay, Don Read, and Veronica Stinson. Each one of these academics modeled a unique approach to study, research, and networking and from each relationship I took valuable lessons. On a purely scholarly note I would say that the most influential author for me over the years has been Daniel Kahneman. His work encouraged me to think in depth about how we synthesize information and this ultimately helped me script my dissertation research. I hear Kahneman’s recent book, “Thinking Fast and Slow,” is very enjoyable and accessible reading (which I look forward to getting to when my busy first year of teaching is behind me!). The other authors I watch with interest tend to be more applied researchers, to name just a few, Elizabeth Loftus, Saul Kassin, Christian Meissner, Dan Ariely, Itiel Dror, Garry Wells, and Aldert Vrij.
Jacobsen: You may consider many areas of Psychology important for academics and non-academics. Even so, whether one or many points, what do you consider the most important point(s) of Psychology as a discipline?
MacLean: Humans are a marvel – we habituate but then adapt with lightning speed. We are frugal with our allocation of resources yet act with close to optimal performance with little (or no) executive effort. In psychology we recognize that the complex nature of people cannot be studied using only one perspective, we use a biopsychosocial approach and this is our strength. This multifaceted approach not only broadens our understanding of human behaviour from within psychology but facilitates collaboration with researchers from other disciplines (e.g., medicine, cultural anthropology). Being open to fresh perspectives and approaches may ultimately provide us with new and exciting understandings into human behaviour.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/21
Professor Elizabeth Loftus discusses education, growing up, Do Justice and Let the Sky Fall, graduate school training, experimental and mathematical psychology, and a host of other topics. Here is part 3.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have earned numerous awards, but the AAAS award for Scientific Freedom and Responsibility seems most relevant to me. In your acceptance speech you state, “We live in perilous times for science…and in order for scientists to preserve their freedoms they have a responsibility…to bring our science to the public arena and to speak out as forcefully as we can against even the most cherished beliefs that reflect unsubstantiated myths.” I quote this in an interview with Dr. Daniel Bernstein and ask, “How important do you see criticizing ‘unsubstantiated myths’ in ‘perilous times’ for Science?” He says, “I think that this is excellent advice. Science has a responsibility to “give back” to the communities and cultures that invest in it. Scientists can and should correct myths whenever the opportunity arises.” Can you expand on this idea of scientific responsibility to society?
Professor Elizabeth Loftus: You know, I think he put it beautifully. Not everyone has to do everything, I think collectively we can all contribute to giving back to the society that supported the scientific work. Some people are going to be good at getting the experiments done and published in journals, and they’re uncomfortable speaking to the press or speaking in the context of legal cases. Other people are comfortable doing that. Some people are not comfortable writing for lay audiences. They only want to write for concise scientific journals. Collectively, I think there is something of a responsibility in an ideal world for people to want to give back.
Jacobsen: Whom do you consider your biggest influences? Could you recommend any seminal or important books/articles by them?
Loftus: Back in Graduate School, I had a professor that I did some research with on semantic memory that really taught me how to be an experimental psychologist. To be able to design a study with him, conduct and gather the data, analyze the data, and write up a publication. That was a great benefit for me. That collaboration was with a social psychologist named Jonathan Freedman. That was an important influence in terms of turning me into an independent experimental psychologist. I would say, in terms of people that I have never met whose work has probably set the stage for the tradition in which I work, Bartlett from England who was famous for his work on reconstructive memory. I see my work in the tradition of reconstructive memory. He was an important forefather.
If people want to read about memory distortion, I think they may want to read something more recent. I have a book by Brainerd and Reyna. It is rather advanced, but it is called The Science of False Memory. It is sort of everything you would ever want to know about false memories up to 2005 or whenever that book was published. For your readers, if they wanted something easy and fun for reading, I would recommend The Memory Doctor in Slate.com written by Will Saletan. That will give you a small slice of memory research. If you want more, you could probably read The Science of False Memory.
Jacobsen: What do you consider the most important point(s) of Psychology as a discipline? In particular, what do you consider the most important point about cognitive psychology?
Loftus: I do not think I want to go there. (Laughs) There are just too many. I have just been focused on the study of memory. I think the study memory distortion is an important area because of its practical and theoretical implications. I think some recent work in a completely different area has to do with learning and memory, in a classroom or an educational setting. The work that shows that if you test people, they learn better than if you just ask them to study again. All these findings on testing effects are interesting and we will see more work in that area.
This of course has many people interested in memory and neuroscience, and brain imaging. It is not something I do, unless I am collaborating with someone who does, but we will see where that will lead. It is certainly the subject of a lot of current research.
Jacobsen: Three years ago, I informally asked Dr. Anthony Greenwald, “Where do you see Psychology going?” He said the frontier lies in cognitive psychology and neuroscience. However, a first generation of researchers, like the first round of soldiers marching out of the trenches, will fall – making all the necessary mistakes. After that point, the next generation of researchers will have learned from those mistakes to make deep progress. In the same stream of thought three years later, “Where do you see Psychology going?”
Loftus: That is interesting because he has been quite successful with the implicit association test and all kinds of ramifications in uses of it, but he does not seem to be going in a neuroscience direction. However, he is a smart guy, whose speculation I would invest in.
People are enamored with this neuroimaging stuff. I do see a lot more research. I was about to say progress, but I do not know yet. The neuroscience of cognitive psychology, there has been a lot of discussion in our interdisciplinary teams, people seem to be enamored with the idea that if you bring together people from all different types of perspectives and fields, then you can come together to tackle problems. Will we see more of that – more funding of those type of enterprises? More research, more publications, involving these large interdisciplinary teams. It is a speculation, but it is an educated one given how enamored people seem to be of this notion.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/20
Professor Elizabeth Loftus discusses education, growing up, Do Justice and Let the Sky Fall, graduate school training, experimental and mathematical psychology, and a host of other topics. Here is part 2.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Subsequently, you took the role of expert witness in a number of important, controversial, and intriguing court cases. What are some of the court cases? Can you describe some of the more memorable moments with individuals involved in them?
Professor Elizabeth Loftus: Many of these cases involve people no one has ever heard of, of course, I have worked, and consulted, on some famous cases involving people like Michael Jackson, Martha Stewart, and Scooter Libby – a politician in the United States. I think some of the more memorable ones are people looked at accused of crimes convicted based on somebody’s memory when these people are either definitely innocent or probably innocent.
I think a memorable one was a man named Steve Titus, who was charged with rape based on the testimony of an eyewitness who somehow in the course of being interviewed went from not being particularly certain to being completely certain it was Steve. Steve Titus was convicted. Ultimately, he was able to get a journalist to show that another man committed these crimes. So Titus was freed, but he was very, very bitter. He had lost his job. He lost his fiancé. He lost his reputation. He lost his savings. He filed a lawsuit against the police and just as that case was about to go to trial, he woke up one morning and doubled over in pain and died of a stress related heart attack at 35. That is one of the saddest cases I have ever encountered.
If you want to write about one up in Canada, you might write about the teacher Michael Kliman, who, based on claims of repressed memory, had to go through three trials up in Vancouver before he was freed. I would bet my house the man is innocent.
Jacobsen: What is your most recent research?
Loftus: I started a line of work with Dan Bernstein and a couple of Graduate Students. We were looking at the repercussions of having a false memory. If I plant a false memory in your mind, does it have consequences? Does it affect your later thoughts, or intentions, or behaviours?
We started by trying to convince people they had gotten sick as children by eating certain foods. We succeeded in persuading people that they got sick eating hard-boiled eggs and dill pickles, and we did it with a fattening food, namely strawberry ice cream. Then, we showed that it could effect, not only what people thought they wanted to eat when they went to a party, but what they actually ate when you put food in front of them. Bernstein has gone on with some other collaborators to do further experiments on how it effects eating behavior. Most recently we have published a paper with collaborators showing these kind of suggestive manipulations work not just with food, but also can work with alcohol. We can plant false memories that you got sick drinking vodka and you don’t want to drink vodka as much.
That’s one line of continuing work.
For instance, in Asparagus: A Love Story, we described a study that showed that you could plant not only a getting sick memory that people then want to avoid. You could also plant a warm, fuzzy memory for a healthy food, and then people want to eat it more.
Jacobsen: If you had unlimited funding and unrestricted freedom, what research would you conduct?
Loftus: I am not sure if I want to conduct it, but with unlimited funding and no worry about ethics, ha! You could maybe do the kind of experiment to explore whether massive repression really occurs or it doesn’t. Where you could be able to expose people to prolonged brutalization, and really get a chance to study them thoroughly, but ethical concerns would prohibit that kind of study.
Jacobsen: Currently, you are on the executive council for the Committee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal – or CSI for short. What role do you play on the executive council? What is the core message of CSI?
Loftus: I am a fellow of the CSI. Periodically, I give talks at various conferences that the organization holds or I might write something for the Skeptical Inquirer. But I am so busy with so many organizations that I don’t play a large role in the executive council. I mean, other people may have been providing more input to what to bring to the conferences or activities that the organization might engage in, but I am on so many committees and boards that I am spread a little too thin to spend too much time at one.
It’s an organization of people that are pro-science, against pseudo-science and flimflam. Trying to expose efforts to manipulate people into believing or thinking things that might be dangerous, harmful, or untrue.
Jacobsen: Since you began studying psychology, what do you consider the controversial topics in Psychology? How do you examine the controversial topics in Psychology?
Loftus: That is a big question, and I do not get into all of them. I’ve got my own little area in memory and memory distortion. I know a lot about the science of memory and lay beliefs about memory. I sort of tend to focus my efforts there. There are many controversial areas that one could look at, but you are going to have to find a different expert to talk about some of the other ones. A related one to the one I care about is using facilitated communication with autistic kids. There is controversy about vaccinations. I don’t think it is particularly controversial. There is controversy about the human contribution to climate change. I don’t think there is much of a controversy. You can find a few people out of the mainstream.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/20
Professor Elizabeth Loftus discusses education, growing up, Do Justice and Let the Sky Fall, graduate school training, experimental and mathematical psychology, and a host of other topics. Here is part 1.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your current position at the University of California, Irvine?
Professor Elizabeth Loftus: My title is Distinguished Professor. My main appointments are in a couple departments. One is Psychology and Social Behaviour. Another is Criminology, Law, and Society. Then, I am also Professor of Law.
Jacobsen: Where did you grow up? What was youth like for you? What effect do you feel this had on your career path?
Loftus: I grew up in Los Angeles, not very far from UCLA.
I would say it was peppered with tragedies. My mother drowned when I was 14 and my brothers were 12 and 9. A few years later, our house burned down, and we had to live somewhere else while it was being rebuilt. Through all of this, I managed to keep studying and got into college.
Well, I feel a little like it contributed to my workaholic ways. You know, just keep working, working, working, and feeling a sense of accomplishment. Then, distract yourself from painful thoughts. Since I do not do psychotherapy that is just an armchair self-analysis.
Jacobsen: Where did you acquire your education?
Loftus: I went to college at UCLA. UCLA was close by to where I lived. UCLA was probably not the greatest idea since I lived about a half-mile away, and I ended up living at home. I graduated from UCLA and then ended up going to Stanford for Graduate School. I got my PhD in Psychology from Stanford.
Jacobsen: What was your original dream?
Loftus: At some point because I had a double major in mathematics and psychology, I thought I might teach mathematics. Something like high school or junior high, but that is not what I ended up doing. I don’t know if I had a dream. I just kept on with school, until I had a PhD and became an assistant professor.
Jacobsen: How did you gain an interest in Mathematical Psychology? In Chapter 3 of Do Justice and Let the Sky Fall, Dr. Geoffrey Loftus recounts your hemming skirts and keeping familial correspondence up to date during your Graduate School training at Stanford. When did you realize Experimental Psychology was the new dream for you?
Loftus: I did that because I was bored with mathematical psychology. I later happily discovered memory, ha! It’s what ultimately I would get a little more passionate about. I ended up going to Graduate School in mathematical psychology because I thought that combining my two majors in what would be a perfect field. I was not in the end taken by it. I did other things while listening to, in one ear, the talks, or presentations that were being made.
Jacobsen: You have published 22 books and over 500 articles. You continue to publish new research on an ongoing basis. What have been your major areas of research?
Loftus: Well, most generally it is human memory. More specifically, I studied eyewitness testimony for a long time. I studied people’s memory for crime and accidents, and other complex events that tend to be legally relevant. Even within that area, I studied how memories can change as a result of new information that we are exposed to. I did hundreds of experiments studying everything you would want to know about memory distortion in that kind of context. In the 1990s, when I started to get interested in what would be called ‘The Memory Wars,’ the debate about psychotherapy and whether some subset of psychotherapists were using highly suggestive procedures that were getting patients to create entirely false memories. I, with my collaborators and students, established a paradigm for studying the development of what we would later call, in a paper with Bernstein, Rich False Memories. Not just changing a detail here and there in memory, but actually applying people with suggestions so that they would develop these complete false memories.
Jacobsen: Your research did not have immediate acceptance among professionals. In fact, it attracted much anger, which spilt over to you. In particular, what research set the controversy? What became the controversy? How did this come to a resolution?
Loftus: I would take us back to around 1990, when I was confronted with an opportunity to consult on my very first repressed memory case. A case where someone was claiming repressed memory. It was a murder case where a man named George Franklin was being prosecuted for murdering a little girl twenty years earlier. The only evidence against him was the claim of his adult daughter that she had witnessed the murder when she was 8 years old and had repressed the memory for 20 years, and now the memory was back. It was in the context of that case that I began to scour the literature of what was the evidence for this kind of repression. She was claiming that she had repressed her memory of the murder. That she had repressed her memory for years of sexual abuse that the father had supposedly perpetrated on her. I could really find no credible scientific support for the idea that memory works this way. That you could take years of brutalization, banish it into the unconscious, and be completely unaware of it by some process that is beyond ordinary forgetting – and that you could remember these experiences completely accurately later on. And so I began to ask, “Well, if these memories aren’t real, (If there is no credible support for the idea that memory works this way) where could these memories have come from?” I began to dig through literature, and examples, ultimately court cases, and would discover that some of these memories were being created by highly suggestive psychotherapy procedures. When I began to speak out about this issue, then people began to get mad, and for those who got mad, this was something for whom repression was one of their treasured beliefs. The repressed memory therapists and the patients they influenced.
Early in my interest in memory distortion, I was thinking about legal cases. In fact, my earliest experiments were designed to map onto what happens when a witness sees an accident or a crime, and then is later exposed to some newer information about that experience, e.g. talks to other witnesses, is questioned in a leading or suggestive fashion, or sees media coverage about an event, my research modeled after that real-world situation.
Some things have happened in the law. In the eyewitness cases, because of many, many psychologists’ work, some jurisdictions have revised the way they handle eyewitness evidence in a case. Some courts have suggested that, and recognized the scientific work by devising new legal standards for handling eyewitness evidence. That’s been a change, and a fairly recent change. And then in the repressed memory cases, I think some jurisdictions have recognized now that this whole claim of massive repression is highly controversial at best. Some courts have ruled that it is too controversial for the cases to go forward. You know, one day we may prove that repression exists. It has not been proven. It is my opinion that we should not be throwing people in prison based on an unproven theory.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/20
Louise Meilleur is a friend and colleague, who works with me in the Lifespan Cognition Lab. Here we talk about undergraduate education, work prior to psychology, work with Dr. Bernstein, and controversial research topics.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you gain interest in psychology? To date, where have you acquired education?
Louise Meilleur: I was first interested in Psychology in high school, but I knew that I wasn’t interested in counselling as a profession and, like many, I didn’t really realize that Psychology involved much more than counselling. In 2004, I looked for a career change. I decided to attend an information session on the Bachelor of Applied Arts in Psychology and the whole world of applied and experimental psychology was opened up to me. I could see how I could pursue Psychology, but also leverage my experience working with technology. Before that, I felt held back by the idea of “starting from scratch”, but when I realized that I could build off of my past experiences, rather than leave them behind altogether, returning to school to pursue a BA didn’t seem quite so over whelming.
I received my Associate of Arts and my Bachelor of Applied Arts (Hons) from Kwantlen Polytechnic University. I am currently working towards a PhD at Ohio State University. I will receive my MA in Psychology in December 2012. I’m also working on a Master’s of Public Health in Health Behavior and Health Promotion which I’ll receive in May of 2013. If things continue as planned, I should be finished my PhD in May of 2015.
While I was still working I also completed a couple of programs that helped to further my telecommunications career. I received a certificate in Telecommunications Management from Vancouver Community College and a Data Network Administration certificate from Langara College.
Jacobsen: What did you pursue prior to your interest in Psychology?
Meilleur: I spent 12 years working in telecommunications. I started in a Call Center, providing bilingual (French/English) customer service for long distance customers. From there, I started night school to move ahead and ended in management positions at companies like Bell Canada, Telus, and Best Buy Canada.
Jacobsen: What kind of research did you pursue as an undergraduate student?
Meilleur: I worked in Dr. Bernstein’s Lab for two and a half years studying various aspects of social cognition. The B.A.A. at Kwantlen allows you to experience a lot of hands-on research. I was able to pursue projects in many different domains, which helped to refine my interest and led to my honours project – studying the effects of perceptual fluency on risk perceptions. More broadly, I became interested in how our judgments and decisions, and subsequently our behavior, are influenced not just by pertinent information, but erroneous sources that “rationally” should not affect our behavior.
Jacobsen: What have you specialized in at Ohio State University? What do you currently research as a graduate student?
Meilleur: Officially, my specialty is Quantitative Psychology but my focus is in Judgment and Decision Making, which is grouped together with Quantitative Psychology at Ohio State University. What that means is that my required coursework is mostly in stats, while I pursue my own interests/research. I’m in the CAIDe (Cognitive and Affective Influences on Decision making) working with Ellen Peters. My main interest is in Medical Decision Making and I have been studying how we can manipulate attention to improve health decisions. One of the ways to measure attention is through eye movements. Therefore, much of my data is collected using eye tracking equipment.
Jacobsen: Since you began studying psychology, what controversial topics seem pertinent to you? How do you examine the controversial topic?
Meilleur: To be honest, I am not terribly concerned with controversial topics. I am much more interested in the application of psychology to improve people’s lives. For example, how can we change the way that information is presented so that it actually changes behavior? In my area of research, the biggest controversy that I perceive is the ability to use what we learn to impact people’s behavior, specifically their health related behaviors. The question is, “where do you draw the line between libertarianism (free choice) and paternalism (influencing people to do what you think is best)?” We want to construct an environment that leads to people making the best choice, but who decides what is the best option? As a scientist, my interest is predominantly in how I can affect behavior, but I also need to consider the ethics of using my knowledge in a way that might impede free choice, as well as consider any unintended consequences of any intervention I might construct.
Jacobsen: How would you describe your philosophical framework for understanding psychology?
Meilleur: In general, I am a pragmatist. I am open to using any reliable methodology that allows me to answer the questions I want to ask. I ask questions with a pragmatic nature. In that, they have a clear application with the intention to improve or “fix” a real life problem.
Jacobsen: If you had sufficient funding for any topic of research, what would you like to research?
Meilleur: I am in the enviable position to have the necessary resources available to conduct the research most interesting to me at this time. Later on in my career, I hope to apply my training in psychology and public health to conduct research in order to develop public policies and programs that can successfully improve people’s health. We focus so much of our attention on disease, but the major causes of death and disease are due to health related behaviors (e.g., tobacco use, over eating). I would like to continue to research ways to help people improve their negative and positive health behaviors.
Jacobsen: What advice do you have for undergraduate students intending to pursue graduate-level studies and research?
Meilleur: The most important thing is start early. Get involved in as much research as possible, go to as many conferences, and if possible present. Start studying for the GRE early; it took me at least 100 hours of preparation. There are dozens of reference books that will tell you what you need to do to get into grad school. Read them because they are mostly correct. The thing that cannot be stressed enough is the importance of selecting an advisor. This is true in undergrad for your honours thesis, but it is critical for graduate school. In a sense, I was lucky when applying to graduate schools; I did not have a clear understanding which schools were good, bad, or average – particularly the American schools. Specifically, I focused on finding people I was interested in working with rather than schools I wanted to go to. I contacted all of the people I wanted to work with via email, phone, and in person where possible. When it comes to the selection process, as much as they are interviewing you, you need to interview them to make sure you can work with them for the next five plus years. Regardless of how great a program, student, or advisor is, if the fit is not right, everyone loses. Even at Ohio State, where the competition to get in is fierce and the faculty are amazing, I have peers who are stagnating, partially due to mismatch with their advisor and, as a result, a number of them have left the program. I am lucky in that my advisor and I have very similar interests and we work well together. It has made all the difference in my research productivity.
One final note, if you do choose to go to grad school you need to prepare yourself for a big change in perspective. Overnight you go from being one of the top students to being decidedly average, and if you don’t feel stupid on a regular basis, you’re probably doing something wrong and aren’t being challenged sufficiently. It gets better, but there will always be someone who is smarter, progressing faster and publishing more than you. You’ll need to make sure you don’t compare yourself to others and focus on challenging yourself based on your own goals (and those of your advisor).
Jacobsen: What individuals have influenced your thinking the most?
Meilleur: Except for the obvious choices of my advisors, I think I am too green to name someone who has influenced my thinking most with respect to psychology. I will have to get back to you on that. I will say that I have been enormously influenced by various mentors and teachers throughout my life. When I think of the trajectory my life has taken, and try to pinpoint a single thing that has enabled me to pursue my goals, what is most salient to me is the impact that my second grade learning assistance teacher had while helping me to improve my reading skills. I
was told, in no uncertain terms, that I was not allowed to use the phrase “I can’t” ever again, followed by frequent reinforcement over the span of a year. Looking back through the lens of my psychology training, I am certain that banning “I can’t” at such an early age had a much greater effect than simply changing my vocabulary. Asking the question “how do I,” rather than immediately saying “I can’t,” led to small successes that grew over time and helped me to develop a strong sense of personal agency, that has impacted every aspect of my life including how I approach my education and research.
Jacobsen: If you have any books to recommend for people, what would you recommend as seminal/influential/required reading?
Meilleur: For a general overview of judgment and decision-making, the Blackwell handbook is quite good. It is a collection of chapters written by leading experts in various topics within judgment and decision-making.
The Blackwell Handbook of Judgment and Decision Making. Eds Derek Koehler & Nigel Harvey, 2007
Heuristics and Biases is another collection of papers by various researchers, but it focuses on intuitive judgments, which is to particular interest to me.
Heuristics and Biases, The Psychology of Intuitive Judgment. Eds Gilovich, Griffin & Kahneman, 2002
A couple of more commercial books that deal with intuitive decision making that I really enjoyed:
Blink: The Power of Thinking without Thinking. Malcolm Gladwell 2007
Nudge: Improving Decisions about Health, Wealth and Happiness. Thayler & Sunstein 2009
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/20
Dr. Kevin Hamilton works at Kwantlen Polytechnic University. Here we talk about research and education.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What positions have you held with Kwantlen? What work have you performed here?
Dr. Kevin Hamilton: I have been a faculty member with Kwantlen’s department of Psychology for approximately 15 years, teaching and conducting applied research in an area known as Human Factor’s Psychology. During that time I have been involved in a number of department and institutional initiatives.
A little over 10 years ago I headed a committee responsible for developing the first applied academic degree, namely the Bachelor of Applied Arts in Psychology (BAA). This degree focused on workplace psychology, community service, research methods, and data analysis. The BAA was designed to provide employability skills including those necessary for further graduate training. Later I headed a committee that initiated Kwantlen’s Office of Research and Scholarship and our current Institutional Research Ethics Board (IRB). From 2008 to 2011, I served as Department Chair for Psychology, during which time our first formal program review and strategic plan were completed. Currently I serve on Kwantlen’s IRB and on the Senate Task Force for Academic Rank and Advancement.
Jacobsen: How did you gain interest in Psychology? Where have you acquired your education?
Hamilton: I became seriously interested in Psychology while completing a Masters Degree in Environmental Studies at York University in Toronto. Prior to studying at York I completed an Honours BA at the university of Prince Edward Island with a double major in Philosophy and English. In secondary school I was enrolled in a pre-engineering program.
At York, I studied with Dr. Daniel Cappon, a physician who investigated human behaviour and health in the context of the built environment, architectural design and building interiors. While completing this degree, I was a teaching assistant for a professor in the Psychology department, who conducted Human Factors research, and was later introduced to Dr. Barry Fowler a Psychologist who worked in this same area with the School of Exercise and Sports Science. Dr. Fowler specialized in extreme environments and human performance. My doctoral work with him examined cognitive impairment associated with deep sea diving – inert nitrogen narcosis. My comprehensive area focused on biological rhythms and shiftwork. As part of my doctoral studies, I was employed as a research assistant and helped manage some of Dr. Fowler’s research contracts with Defence Canada.
Following my Ph.D., I was awarded a Post Doctoral Research Fellowship, funded by the Natural Sciences and Engineering Council (NSERC). In this capacity, I became further involved with Defence Canada for 2 years studying spatial disorientation effects associated with pilots training on flight simulators.
Jacobsen: Where have you gone to work prior to joining Kwantlen?
Hamilton: In 1989, following my Post Doc, I began work as a Defence Scientist at the Defence and Civil Institute of Environmental Medicine (DCIEM) in Toronto. DCIEM is a Human Factors Lab and in this position I was engaged in a number of projects concerned with the performance of military personnel in a variety of extreme and unusual operational environments. Here, I developed considerable expertise in Environmental and Human Factors Psychology.
After approximately 7 years I left Defence Canada and moved to Vancouver to take a job with Hughes Aircraft as a Human Engineer, helping to redesign Canada’s air traffic control systems. The project was called the Canadian Automated Air Traffic Control System (CATS) and focused largely on workstation and computer interface design and large scale evaluations. As CATS neared completion, I was hired by BC Research Inc. (BCRI) as a Senior Ergonomist. At BCRI I was involved with several Coast Guard and US Army projects, again focused on performance in extreme operational settings. In 1997, I moved to Kwantlen to help teach in what was to become a new Applied Psychology Program.
Jacobsen: What kinds of research have you conducted up to the present? If you currently conduct research, what form does it take?
Hamilton: In addition to the work I’ve already described, I have had a number of Honours students at Kwantlen and have supervised their theses in areas including Post Traumatic Stress in firefighters; computer interface evaluation with online learning; GPS integration in aircraft cockpits, and, most recently, hazard recognition training with coastal tree fallers – the most at risk profession in North America for accidents and fatalities. Currently I am helping WorkSafeBC looking at the use of 3D degraded imagery in hazard recognition training.
Jacobsen: Since you began studying psychology, what controversial issues seem pertinent to you?
Hamilton: Working in applied research, I have seen several instances of people’s and organization’s agendas getting intertwined with how information is collected and reported. I learned that ‘politics and science’ can frequently become intertwined. As a researcher, I firmly believe that we need to be very cautious of such influences and that we should strive to be as objective as possible, regardless of research outcomes. In my view, the best approach is to let the science speak for itself.
Jacobsen: How would you describe your philosophical framework for understanding psychology? Have your philosophical frameworks changed over time to the present?
Hamilton: I suppose I would say that I try my best to strive for a philosophical perspective that is broad, all inclusive, and as objective ‘as possible’. Human Factors research utilizes a systems approach in trying to understand the complex relationships between human beings, their behaviour, the tools they use and the environmental contexts in which they work and live. These relationships are the result of a multitude of variables interacting. Identifying relevant variables, their relative contributions to system output, and how they coexist dynamically, I believe is the key to really beginning to understand how things work. However, developing this kind of perspective is ongoing and rooted in accepting that we must continuously change how we look at things. Science in itself is but one system of comprehension, founded on assumptions which have their own logic and reality. I am intrigued when modern physicists argue that what we used to consider inarguable realities, such as time and causation, may in fact be mere mental constructs – lenses through which we view the world and ourselves in it. That James Lovelock, the reputed NASA scientist, in his mid-nineties decided we need to re-think everything and consider earth is one living organism is indicative of the value of fostering ever changing and broader perspectives. The universe and understanding what’s in it and how it works may be out of reach for mere human cognitive capacity. But the privilege of being able to contemplate such matters is a gift beyond compare. Perhaps the Taoists had it right when they said that as soon as you begin to use language to differentiate thought, real comprehension becomes impossible. In answering your last question – “have your philosophical frameworks changed over time” – absolutely – and I am excited by the prospect that they will continue to do so!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/19
Dr. Daniel M. Bernstein works as the Tier 2 Canada Research Chair in Lifespan Cognition for the Psychology department of Kwantlen Polytechnic University. He is the principal investigator for the Lifespan Cognition Lab. Dr. Bernstein earned his Bachelor of Arts at the University of California, Berkeley, Master’s at Brock University, Ph.D. at Simon Fraser University, and did postdoctoral work at the University of Washington. His research interests lie in “belief and memory; developmental metacognition; hindsight bias; mild head injury; sleep and dreams.” Dr. Daniel Bernstein is the primary investigator in the Tier 2 Canada Research Chair Lifespan Cognition Lab. Here we talk about a variety of educational, research, and psychology oriented topics. He’s been a boss, mentor, and eventually a good friend. Here is part 2.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If you had sufficient funding for any topic, what would you research?
Dr. Daniel M. Bernstein: Exactly what I am studying now: Hindsight Bias, Theory of Mind, and False Memories.
Jacobsen: Many assume scientists and social scientists to have ‘Eureka’ moments, where they discover some fundamental process about nature in an instant. Yet, the truth of research comes from the rarely heard story of the scientist or social scientist assiduously working for years in the laboratory, and finding clues to fundamental processes in nature. How do you conduct research? What do you consider your methodology for coming to new ideas, developing research hypotheses based off them, and designing experiments and required materials for said ideas?
Bernstein: I do not know. I do not think that I am very organized about it. I pursue questions that are interesting to me. Sometimes I wonder if I am interested in too many questions. Something will occur to me and I think it is a good question. I talk to colleagues, and they sometimes agree that it is a good question. Sometimes, they disagree and tell me that it is not a good question. If I think that a question is worth pursuing with an experiment or set of experiments, then I will set out to design the simplest experiment(s) to answer that question. Very few questions can be answered with a single experiment. I start with an experiment that can answer part of the question. As I delve more deeply into the question, I realize that I am signing onto years of experiments to answer the question more fully. I speak here only for myself. Many questions I choose to ask will not have ready answers, and I know that they will take years to answer. I probably choose hard questions intentionally. Who wants to answer easy questions? I find that boring. In fact, in research, I do not think I have answered fully any question I have asked. However, I am not alone. I do not think Psychology fully answers the questions it asks. Psychology is too variable. It is too multifaceted, and it is too fraught with interactions. We try to simplify things as much as possible so that we can do our experiments and talk about the nature of behavior as if we understand it. Moreover, the busiest we ever seem to get in an experiment is a 3-way interaction. Really, folks? We are studying human nature and behavior after all. Thus, it is unlikely that we will derive a satisfactory explanation from a 2-way interaction or a 3-way interaction. Our answers will probably require a 100-way interaction. We are years away from answering even the most fundamental questions regarding human behavior precisely because those answers require extremely complex interactions. Perhaps we ask hard questions in Psychology because we do not want to answer those questions quickly. We want a good set of questions that we can pursue long into the future.
Jacobsen: For students looking for fame, fortune, and/or utility (personal and/or social), what advice do you have for undergraduate and graduate students in Psychology?
Bernstein: As much as possible and widely. Do not be afraid to ask difficult questions. Do not be discouraged by people’s attempts to tell you that you are wrong. In the end, it is not so much about who is right or wrong, but about sticking to your guns and pursuing your questions, being open to criticism and feedback, valuing criticism and feedback, incorporating it into your pursuit, and adjusting your pursuit accordingly. That said, I remember reading an article some years ago in the APA Monitor, the magazine of the American Psychological Association. The person who wrote it was a long-time cognitive psychologist. He had supervised some of the most influential cognitive psychologists working today. His advice was that it is just as important to have a good question that you can pursue for a long time, but that it is also important to be able to give up if the question is intractable. If you are pursuing a question that does not seem to be yielding at all, then it is time adjust your question, potentially ditch it and find a new question that does yield.
Jacobsen: Whom do you consider your biggest intellectual influences? Could you recommend any seminal or important books by them?
Bernstein: Thomas Kuhn, The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. I took a course as an undergraduate with George Lakoff, who is a modern Whorfian and a linguist. Lakoff believes that our language and metaphor dictate the way we think rather than vice versa. This idea turns cognition on its head. It is not so much the way we think that dictates the way we speak, but the way we speak that dictates the way we think. The course was on metaphor, and the course was pivotal in shaping my interests. This course taught me to ask big questions, and to embrace controversy. In this class, we read “Metaphors We Live By”, Lakoff and Mark Johnson. Great book. Also as an undergraduate, I read Freud’s Interpretations of Dreams in my second year, when I took a directed study with my undergraduate supervisor Arnie Leiman. More than Freud, Arnie Leiman sparked my intellectual curiosity. Lehman was incredibly well read and once told me that, “When you cease to be well-informed, you become an asshole.” He was describing academia and beyond. If you want to be a responsible academic or world citizen, you should be well informed. This reminds me of Bob Dylan’s great line in a Hard Rain’s Gonna Fall, “I’ll know my song well before I start singing.” Other intellectual influences? During my Ph.D., I worked with two really smart people: Vito Modigliani and Bruce Whittlesea. During my post-doctoral work, I had the great fortune of working with Elizabeth Loftus, whose “Eyewitness Testimony” profoundly shaped the way we interview witnesses and view their testimony in legal cases. In addition, during my post-doc, I worked with Geoff Loftus and Andy Meltzoff who have both had huge impacts on psychology and my intellectual development. Other great academic works: Vygotsky’s Language and Thought and Mind in Society. Works of Fiction: Brothers Karamazov by Fyodor Dostoevsky. I once read or heard, but have not verified that Freud called Dostoevsky the greatest Psychologist. I think writers of fiction have a finger on the pulse of human nature and human behavior, and psychologists often overlook this fact.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/19
Dr. Daniel M. Bernstein works as the Tier 2 Canada Research Chair in Lifespan Cognition for the Psychology department of Kwantlen Polytechnic University. He is the principal investigator for the Lifespan Cognition Lab. Dr. Bernstein earned his Bachelor of Arts at the University of California, Berkeley, Master’s at Brock University, PhD at Simon Fraser University, and did Post-Doctoral work at the University of Washington. His research interests lie in “belief and memory; developmental metacognition; hindsight bias; mild head injury; sleep and dreams.” Dr. Daniel Bernstein is the primary investigator in the Tier 2 Canada Research Chair Lifespan Cognition Lab. Here we talk about a variety of educational, research, and psychology oriented topics. He’s been a boss, mentor, and eventually a good friend. Here is part 1.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What positions have you held at Kwantlen? What work have you performed here?
Dr. Daniel M. Bernstein: I have been an instructor of Psychology since 2005, when I began working at Kwantlen. In addition, I have sat on various departmental and university-wide committees while at Kwantlen.
Jacobsen: Where have you worked prior to Kwantlen?
Bernstein: After I graduated from Simon Fraser University with my Ph.D., I was a Postdoc from 2001 to 2004 at the University of Washington. I started working at Kwantlen in 2005, and for the first year at Kwantlen, I was a visiting assistant professor at the University of Washington,
Jacobsen: How did you gain interest in Psychology? Where did you acquire your education?
Bernstein: I was always interested in Psychology. I was the go-to person when I was young for friends’ troubles. I was always the mediator for relationships going askew because I never managed to have lasting romantic relationships of my own. When I was young, I took a real interest in the Clinical aspects of Psychology, the areas that tend to be of most interest to people. Later, I started taking an interest in the non-Clinical aspects of Psychology.
My undergraduate degree was from the University of California Berkeley. Following this, I did a Master’s degree at Brock University in Ontario. Then, I did my PhD at Simon Fraser University, and finished a Postdoc at the University of Washington. That is all of my Post-Secondary education.
Jacobsen: What kinds of research have you conducted up to the present? If you currently conduct research, what form does it take?
Bernstein: That would take a long time to answer. I will give you very broad-brush strokes. I started doing work in sleep and dreams as an undergraduate student. I continued that work as a Masters student. I did my undergraduate and master’s work on sleep and dreams. While a Masters Student, I became interested in the cognitive effects of mild traumatic head injury. I continued that work when I started my Ph.D., but that was not the subject matter of my PhD. My Ph.D. work was on memory. More specifically, I studied how people make mistakes when thinking about the past. During my post-doc, I studied cognitive biases – or how people err in their cognition. I continue to pursue this work now.
Jacobsen: Other institutions in Canada host more research-activities. Where would you like to see research move forward in Kwantlen?
Bernstein: I would like to see Kwantlen embrace a research culture without being bogged down with the treadmill mentality of chasing publications for tenure, and that is a fine balance to strike because it is hard to get people interested in research if that is not part of their job. I would like to see Kwantlen develop more of a research culture by offering and attending research talks and colloquia. Exposure to research will stimulate discussion about research. Currently, most conversations at Kwantlen center on teaching. This makes sense, after all, because Kwantlen is primarily a teaching institution.
Jacobsen: Since you began studying Psychology, what controversial topics seem pertinent to you? How do you examine the controversial topics?
Bernstein: I think the first controversial topic that I really sank my teeth into was mild traumatic brain injury, which came from my own experience of skiing into a tree while a senior in High School. I had other head knocks growing up playing sports. I was just very interested in how these experiences affect someone’s cognition over the long term. The prevailing wisdom in 1993 was that people recover almost entirely from these head knocks within a short period, typically within 3 months. I did not believe that. I also did not believe that researchers were using the right tasks to elicit long-term cognitive deficits associated with mild head injury. Therefore, I took a controversial stance and argued, along with others, that these injuries possibly never resolved completely. I thought that if you smack your head hard enough that you have to stop what you are doing because you are dizzy, disoriented, or unconscious, you will have subtle residual deficits for the rest of your life. It does not mean everybody will have these deficits after a mild head injury. Instead, it means that when compared to individuals who have not bonked their heads, those who have sustained mild head injuries, will perform worse on highly demanding cognitive tasks years after the injuries. I think the tide is changing, and more people are open to this possibility.
When I was an undergraduate student, I studied dreams too, which was controversial by its very nature. While working on my post-doc much later, I got interested in False Memory. A highly controversial topic. I worked on this topic with Elizabeth Loftus, who served as a kind of lightning rod in this controversy. Beth showed me how to navigate controversy. In addition, while doing my Postdoc, I got interested in doing Hindsight Bias and Theory of Mind. Theory of Mind is the understanding that other minds are different from one’s. The prevailing wisdom in the developmental psychological field is that by the age of four and a half or five, children develop a theory of mind. It is as if a ‘light bulb’ goes on inside the child’s head. You not only understand that other minds are different from your own but that other people can hold mistaken beliefs about the world. Once you have this mature theory of mind, it is not something that extinguishes. But the acquisition of theory of mind is regarded by many as all or none – you have it or you do not. Very few things in psychology or in the world at large are all or none. With the exception of neurons, which either fire or do not fire, I can’t think of other examples of all-or-none constructs. I remember that in graduate school I was taking a seminar course on neuroscience. One of my colleagues in the program was doing his presentation on gender differences in the brain. He had racked his own brain for hours in preparation for his presentation and he had come into the presentation without any sleep. He came to class dishevelled the morning of his presentation. He said something to the following effect: “It occurred to me a few hours ago. The problem with this field is that gender is not discrete. It is continuous. It is not a categorical variable. Moreover, the reason that this field is so fucked up is that people refuse to appreciate the nuances of continuity. Instead, they want to slot you into this gender or that gender. Then, they look for differences in the brain. Well guess what folks, these differences are very difficult to detect on a consistent basis.” This was a deep insight. As I said, with respect to Theory of Mind, most people believe that it is categorical, you have it or you don’t. I am trying to show that it is not categorical. This is a controversial topic in a controversial field.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/18
Patricia Coburn is a friend and colleague, who works with me in the Lifespan Cognition Lab. Here we talk about undergraduate education, work prior to psychology, work with Dr. Bernstein, and controversial research topics, part 1.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Where did you acquire your undergraduate education? Where do you conduct your graduate studies?
Patricia Coburn: I graduated with a BA Honours in Psychology from Kwantlen Polytechnic University. I recently began my Masters in the Forensic Psychology Program.
Jacobsen: Where did you work prior to researching in Psychology?
Coburn: I had various jobs. I was a farmer, a sign-maker: my most recent job was at a Casino.
Jacobsen: You worked in a cognition lab with Dr. Daniel Bernstein. How did you become part of his lab?
Coburn: There were two reasons. Mainly, I was interested in going to graduate school, but I felt unsure of how to get there. As well, I received good advice from the current Chair of Psychology at Kwantlen, Dr. Wayne Podrouzek. He suggested if I wanted to go to graduate school, I should acquire some research experience. I had taken memory with Danny and really learned a lot while enjoying the experience. I thought he was a friendly and approachable person.
Jacobsen: How would you describe your experience working in a Psychology Lab? What positive and negative parts come with managing a lab?
Coburn: I would describe the experience almost entirely positive: necessary to go to graduate school, and probably a big component of my education. I have recently realized that a lot of my education that is relevant did not come from the classroom alone, even though I really enjoyed my classes, learned a lot, and appreciated the instructors. However, there comes a point where you are so proficient at learning material in a textbook that you need a new experience, such as a lab setting with all concomitant experience. It brought me out of my comfort zone. It gave me all of the skills that I needed for graduate school. I can only recommend it for anyone wanting to go to graduate school specifically in Psychology. Additionally, I think it prepares people for graduate school in general because of the workload. Managing a lab of 12 people really took a large amount of time: scheduling the studies, trying to get rooms for the studies, keeping track of everyone for their studies, overseeing data entry, ethics applications, and contacts with people in the research office. Even though, it was challenging and time-consuming at times, it probably, in terms of graduate school, was the most valuable experience I had at the undergraduate level.
Jacobsen: What kinds of research have you conducted up to the present? For your graduate studies, what research do you conduct?
Coburn: Up until I graduated from Kwantlen, my research mainly focused on perspective taking, different cognitive biases, theory of mind, theory of mind deficits, individual differences in perspective taking, and a lifespan approach to theory of mind. As well, I did a bunch of hindsight bias research with Danny and worked on one of his false memory studies. I acquired a fairly well rounded experience, in terms of research, but most of it looked at perspective taking. My research now looks at perceptions of child witness credibility. In particular, I look at how adolescents are perceived in legal settings. I try to incorporate what I learned at the undergraduate level. I look at the way certain biases and stereotypes influence decisions, when people are dealing with children and adolescents. Although, my undergraduate research has influenced or transferred to some degree I have taken a slightly different path.
Jacobsen: With your expertise, what topic(s) seem most controversial to you? How do you examine these topic(s)?
Coburn: Maybe not controversial, but in my area because Judges do not like to talk about the way their decisions are determined and jurors are prohibited from talking about the deliberation process, my research is limited. It could be considered controversial because it is different from the American system. Jurors are allowed to discuss the process, making the system more transparent in a sense. Although, I understand the reasons for why jurors are prohibited from discussing the deliberation process in Canada, it makes my research difficult. I end up having to do many mock juror designs, which could be criticized. Many people might question the ecological validity of that type of research. However, I use university participants, as many of us do. I try to argue that certain cognitive processes are inherent to all human beings. So, we can look at university participants and how they make a decision in a certain area, or if presented with a certain scenario. Some of that will transfer to a juror or even a judge. I believe that judges are better trained than the average person is, but some of these biases will be inherent to the fact that they are human.
Jacobsen: How would you describe the evolution of your philosophical framework?
Coburn: My philosophical framework, I would say that my philosophical framework has evolved even since I entered graduate school. I am still a strong believer in things that can be measured empirically. I subscribe to the empirical model, especially that model of acquiring knowledge. Taking Law courses and looking at the operation of the legal system, I have begun to understand certain questions cannot be understood in the lab. I am beginning to gain a broad perspective on how to best answer questions in different areas. I have acquired a better appreciation for other approaches to knowledge. I have gained some practical experience in court and feel there are some questions we simply do not have the answers for, and we cannot necessarily find them using measurement and experimental design. From this, I have gained an appreciation for people that simply spend a great deal of time thinking and debating the hard questions.
There are certain things where we never know what ground truth is. However, even though I have an appreciation for debate or discourse that attempts to get at questions that do not, or appear to not, have an answer, it does not mean we cannot move closer to the truth through replication and good methodology. We can move towards the direction where we become more confident with those results. Of course, we have to be open to the fact that we could have been wrong. Having good methodology and replicating studies will increase our confidence in those questions that seem difficult to answer. Sometimes it is really more of a philosophical question such as “What is a natural human right? What are human rights?” these sorts of question can only be debated and not measured, as far as I am concerned. However, so many questions can be measured. It is about getting the right study, asking the right questions, gathering the information and bit by bit we get closer to learning the answers.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/18
Joey C. is a colleague, who works with me in the Lifespan Cognition Lab. Here we talk about psychology, selection of degree, the Lifespan Cognition Lab, his main research question, and tips for becoming involved in psychology.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you come into an interest in psychology?
Joey C.: For myself, I was always interested in pursuing something that would have to do to help people. My family and I thought something in the medical field (i.e. a physician) would most likely be the best road to go down in the future, and as I was leaving high school and pursuing a university career, I decided that learning about human processes and behaviour would be the first stepping stone in my journey.
Jacobsen: What is your degree? Why select it? Why choose the Lifespan Cognition Lab?
Joey C.: I am in the Arts program with a major in psychology and a minor in counseling. As aforementioned, I was always interested in helping people and no matter how many research studies I read about different areas of psychology, my first question is “Why?”. I chose the Lifespan Cognition Lab as cognitive psychology is a field that I have been interested in for a few years, and I feel that I can contribute on a multitude of levels for the lab, and at the same time, learn new things every single day.
Jacobsen: What is your main research question?
Joey C.: I haven’t done any independent research for the lab yet, as I have started out recently in the Lifespan Cognition Lab. My dream and end goal would be to pursue clinical psychology in the criminal justice system. For that, I recently have written a paper on the logic and rationale behind classification and diagnosis of psychopathy in children and adolescents. In addition to the Cognition Lab, I am a part of the KPU IMAGe lab, in which I was interested in learning how social perceptions of advertisements can be changed and influenced. At some point, I would like to do research for head injuries. I am a soccer player (goalkeeper) and in my career, I have gotten a concussion before and noticed that I was having a hard time grasping topics and things normal people would have no problem doing in a shorter time. Though this was several years ago and I made a full recovery, I would like to see how a person who recently faced brain injury vs. a person who has not would perform an identical task.
Jacobsen: What are some good tips for those with an interest in psychology for becoming involved in a psychology lab? What should they not be afraid of? What should they be prepared for?
Joey C.: I would say to just start out with an open mind. I was extremely into social psychology when I started out at Kwantlen and it changed to clinical and now is a happy balance between clinical and cognitive. Since you get to do the experiments up close and hands on, you learn new things and might be attracted to different areas of psychology you might not have even known about. Additionally, asking questions is important because there are times where you might not know the answer. I have learned that sometimes, it’s totally OKAY to say that you don’t know an answer or something. The next step is to learn and work hard to remember and use that knowledge where it’s applicable. Psychology is all about hard work. It’s not easy to do research or become a lab assistant/researcher but you have to work hard for it and earn everything you get. Sometimes you won’t get the result you want or were expecting and that’s okay too. Nobody truly knows what they’re looking for in psychology, but that’s the fun part; finding out new things and expanding out own minds on different topics.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/17
Eric Mah is a friend and colleague, who works with me in the Lifespan Cognition Lab. Here we talk about psychology, selection of degree, the Lifespan Cognition Lab, his main research question, and tips for becoming involved in psychology.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you come into an interest in psychology?
Eric Mah: Like many (most) undergraduates starting an Arts degree, I signed up for a number of intro psychology courses in my first year at KPU. I was immediately drawn to several aspects of the field—the complexity and mystery of the human mind, the direct relevance of findings to myself and others, and the sheer variety of interesting research areas. As I took more courses, I also came to appreciate the rigor and applicability of psychological research methods and the ingenious and elegant research designs scholars have used to answer profound questions about the mind. Currently, I see psychology as one of the fields with the most remaining unsolved puzzles and mysteries—and I can’t resist a good mystery!
Jacobsen: What is your degree? Why select it? Why choose the Lifespan Cognition Lab?
Mah: I graduated with a BA Major in Psychology (Honours) and a BA Minor in Philosophy. Though my primary interest is in psychology, philosophy has also fascinated me. Similar to psychology, my interest in philosophy grew out of a curiosity about the many great mysteries that philosophers have tackled: What is the nature of reality? What is knowledge, and how much can we really know? What makes a person who they are? What makes something right (or wrong)? On a more practical level, I believe that the tools provided by philosophical education—critical thinking and healthy skepticism, ability to evaluate arguments, and openness to new ideas, among others—are extremely valuable in psychological research (and most other fields)! While the mysteries philosophy presents are fascinating, I believe that many of them are in principle unsolvable, and most of them have limited relevance to everyday life. I believe psychological research has more answerable questions and more practical relevance, but one of my research interests is in the psychological questions one can ask about philosophical questions (e.g., how do people think about morality, free will, arguments, epistemology, etc.)
I chose the Lifespan Cognition Lab primarily because I wanted more experience in the field of cognitive psychology. Prior to my involvement with Dr. Bernstein’s lab, my work, including my Honours thesis, had been in social and positive psychology. Cognition is a broad and fascinating area of psychology and I wanted to expand my knowledge and expertise to this field. Cognitive research has revealed a number of seemingly paradoxical and mysterious psychological phenomena that beg explanation (e.g., irrational biases, unexplained phenomena like the revelation effect, etc.). In particular, research on common biases and fallacies aligns with my broad research question.
Jacobsen: What is your main research question?
Mah: My main research question, broadly, is this: Are humans more rational or irrational? While we like to call ourselves the “rational animal”, research suggests that we can be systematically wrong in our thinking—we rely on time-saving but oft-faulty heuristics, fall victim to unconscious bias, and regularly commit fallacies.
Within this broad research question about rationality, there are several more specific questions I would am interested in trying my hand at: What are the ways in which our thinking can be flawed?; What are the contexts in which bias arises; Can we guard against systematic errors in thinking, and if so, how?; Are biases truly “irrational”—or are some of them actually adaptive?; What constitutes “rational” thinking (e.g., purely logical/philosophical standards or something else)? Due to the broad nature of these questions, I could see myself in cognitive, social or forensic psychology.
Jacobsen: What are some good tips for those with an interest in psychology for becoming involved in a psychology lab? What should they not be afraid of? What should they be prepared for?
Mah: Research work is incredibly interesting and rewarding, and working in a lab offers a lot of opportunities you might not find elsewhere (e.g., funding, resources, guidance from senior researchers, opportunity to attend conferences, connections w/potential supervisors). Practical lab research experience is invaluable if you’re planning on eventually attending grad school or doing any post-undergraduate psychology work. Overall, I would definitely recommend joining a psychology lab to any student serious about psychology, regardless of whether they have research or clinical inclinations.
In terms of advice, I would recommend starting early. I see a lot of students that join up in their late 3rd or 4th years of their degree, and they don’t have a lot of time to get research experience (and the all-important lines for their CV). I had the good fortune to be approached by a faculty member and senior researcher (who would later become my Honours supervisor) in my 1st year at KPU, and a number of the students in our lab came to us in their 1st/2nd years. By getting an early start (i.e., a late 1st year or early 2nd year in a 4-year program), you have more time to gain research experience, dabble in a number of different projects and research areas, and find out if research is for you.
On a related note, don’t be afraid to approach faculty researchers, even if you’re just starting along the psychological path. As a lab manager, I’m always impressed to see a 1st or 2nd-year student with an interest in psychological research and the initiative to seek out lab opportunities. Even if you feel you lack experience and knowledge, the lab is a collaborative learning environment. Faculty researchers and more experienced research assistants are happy to guide you and help you learn the skills necessary for research. I see a lot of students who are intimidated by faculty and end up being too afraid to approach them about research opportunities. My advice here: Don’t be afraid! Many faculty members are more than willing to talk research and offer advice (and research opportunities) to students.
As for preparation, it does help to have a basic foundation of research experience. This experience generally comes from 1st or 2nd-year research methods and stats courses, and I would recommend that interested students take these before pursuing more involved research in a lab. Early research methods courses also provide a great opportunity to find out if you enjoy research and whether you’re a good fit for it. Beyond that, those interested in lab research should be prepared to work hard. Lab work most typically involves running subjects but also involves study design, data entry, data preparation (e.g., posters, manuscripts), and presentations (e.g., to fellow lab members, conference audiences).
In sum: take a couple research courses, start looking early, and don’t be intimidated or afraid—just be prepared to work hard!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/17
Nicole Pernat is a friend and colleague, who worked with me in the Lifespan Cognition Lab. Here we talk about her research and interest in psychology, part 3. (Part 1 here and Part 2 here)
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What advice do you have for undergraduate students in psychology intending to pursue graduate-level study?
Nicole Pernat: Take time to figure out what you really want to do. Talk to many people in different disciplines, professors and students included; when you are prospecting potential supervisors, ask their students what their relationship with the prof is like, because your supervisor is someone you are going to be in close contact with for 2-7 years. Apply for a Tri-Council Scholarship. The process is a… challenge, but it’s rad if you get it. (Food!)
Ask yourself if you willing to spend another 2-9 years getting a degree, that might not get you the job you want? Also, if you don’t like travelling, academia probably isn’t the place for you; if you pursue academic work, you’ll go wherever the schools are and wherever the job is. Psychology and philosophy are overflowing with masters and doctorates, and there are very few jobs out there. For example, if you get a PhD from one of the top 50 philosophy programs, you might have a 25% chance of actually getting a career as a philosopher. And don’t expect the career to happen right away. Many have to wait a number of years before they get an untenured job as a sessional, with no health benefits and unstable work. It’s a damn tough market. That said; if your dream is to be a psychologist or philosopher, do not give up on it quite yet. Even though it’s tough to get into, there is still a job market. I hear it is slightly better for psychology.
Of course, you should read Scott Jacobsen’s blog.
Jacobsen: Who influenced your intellectual development the most? Have they written any noteworthy books/articles that characterize their views well?
Pernat: At the risk of sounding cliché, my professors at Kwantlen played important roles. Certain profs stand out clearly; in Intro Psychology I brought up some sketchy “evidence” from a book for some weird claim about consciousness; Jocelyn Lymburner asked to see the book’s references. That has stuck in my mind for eight years now. Wayne Podrouzek also punched some of the dumb out of me. He pushed me to really think about morality, consciousness, pseudo science, and personal issues. I used to think I had substantially different sensations and perceptions than others–Rick LeGrand challenged my interpretation, suggesting that perhaps I pay attention to those things more, and that because I share the human physiology, it’s likely that others (can) have similar experiences. Danny Bernstein drilled better writing skills into me (any errors I’ve made here are thanks to my neglecting his advice). I’m convinced that the 15 rounds of editing on one manuscript gave me my wicked score on the GRE’s analytic writing section. Overall, the most valuable thing that I got out of my degree was a radical shift in how I look at the world. I used to have unsubstantiated “New-Age” beliefs (ghosts, psychic powers, etc.). Now I have the training to scrutinize such claims and realize that either there is no evidence, or “evidence” from studies that usually had shitty methodology. It took most of my degree (and the professors) to get there, and the rest to hone my skills.
Outside of Kwantlen, I’ve been particular touched by the “4 horsemen,” Dan Dennett, Richard Dawkins, Sam Harris, and Christopher Hitchens. These four to me are paragons of critical thinking applied to religious dogma (find them on YouTube to see what I mean. I recommend Harris’ (audio) books “End of Faith” and “Letter to a Christian Nation.” Harris’ succinct, eloquent style is ear-candy; I recommend Harris’ (audio) books “End of Faith” and “Letter to a Christian Nation” His book, presumptuously entitled “Consciousness Explained,” is an eye-opening read for anyone interested in blind sight, split-brain phenomenon, illusions of time, 1st person science of consciousness, and I host of other related issues.
On the topic of colour vision and its pervasive use in philosophical thought-experiments, Kathleen Akins has moved me. She and Dr. Martin Hahn (SFU) are currently coming out with a tome on colour vision. Colour is not the basic property philosophers and others often think it is; chromatic information (hue / wavelength, brightness, and saturation) are each processed for multiple different functions, such as motion detection, object identification, and distinguishing surface properties from atmospheric ones (e.g., looking at obnoxious blue pants in a yellow-lit store looks different than under sunlight, but we compare the pants to colours of other objects to figure out what the colour of the pants actually are).
On a totally different vein, my interest in physics have led me to David Bohm’s “The Implicate Order,” where he discusses a notion based on quantum mechanics that events, not objects, are basic units of reality. In the first third of the book, he even suggests a verb-based language to reflect this—a rather philosophical endeavour for a physicist! He later argues that the universe is something like a hologram, with information about the whole existing in every part.
Of course, no dilettante of physics would be complete without Stephen Hawking, the god of black holes. His book “A Brief History of Time” is a pleasant-to-read, comprehensive overview of physics, starting with some of its philosophical roots (Aristotle), and discussing the evolution of physics, including, of course, our theoretical knowledge of black holes. I fell in love with those mysterious things in grade four, and owe much of the satisfaction—and sparking—of my curiosity to Hawking. Could black holes really lead to other universes? Is that where half of my socks have gone?
Coming back to Earth, dish-washing has become a mental adventure; the dishes feel solid, but are actually mostly empty space interlaced with collapsing probabilities—or something to that effect. (Thank you string theorist Brian Greene, for your description of quantum mechanics). When you are exposed to these ideas, you look at your environment and think, Holy shit, this is awesome. And then you wonder how a physical thing like your brain could produce all these fantastic experiences. And then you pursue something like neurophilosophy.
How has physics for lay people influenced my intellectual development? (1) By giving me mental stimulation, satisfying and provoking my curiosity in the nature of reality, and (2) by showing me that this is the value of science brought to the public. I think that science has a duty to share its findings with the public, and these authors have demonstrably (and admirably) fulfilled that duty. I think the same is true of all academic disciplines; access to what the Ivory Tower is finding can enhance the life quality of the (interested) public. At least, it did for me. And considering the public funds our work, it’s important to give information back to them. In this way, every academic author of books (that I have read) for the common person has affected me.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/09
Nicole Pernat is a friend and colleague, who worked with me in the Lifespan Cognition Lab. Here we talk about her research and interest in psychology, part 2. (Part 1 here)
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why did you choose it for graduate studies?
Nicole Pernat: Because it is sexy. I wanted to get at the root of consciousness—specifically the neural correlates– and felt as though cognitive and perceptual psychology mostly tap around the periphery. I wanted to get at the heart, and figured that it would be either cognitive neuroscience or philosophy that would get me there.
Anyhow, I emailed Dr. Christoff Koch (Biology department, but famous for his work on the neural correlates of consciousness with Dr. Francis Crick) for advice on what was required to get into CalTech program. He was very amiable and responded soon after, advising a strong background in math, physics, chemistry, and/or bio. At least a minor in one of them would be preferable. Bummer. I was at the time, willing to go back and get the requisite background, but my lack of quantitative aptitude would continue to be a hindrance (I did well in psychological stats, but struggled horribly with calculus). I didn’t feel like I would thrive in the hard sciences environment. That’s certainly not to say that philosophers don’t make good quantitative people! Often it’s quite the opposite—for example, many physics undergrads with a thirst for the nature of reality (metaphysics) end up in philosophy. This comes from a professor of mine, Dr. Holly Anderson, who has a BA in physics.
Aside from the quant conundrum, I still loved philosophy. A previous PHIL professor, Dr. Colin Ruloff, finally helped convince me that philosophy was a sweet route. He had been telling me for years that I should go into philosophy, but I kept saying, “No, I like philosophy, but I want to do Psychology. I want the empirical side of things.” Well, in neurophilosophy, you get both. Colin pointed out that Dennett and Churchland (both prominent neurophilosophers) visit neuro labs and talk to the scientists. That sounded good to me. I mulled everything over and decided that I would go philosophy.
Jacobsen: What topic(s) seem unsettled and controversial in neurophilosophy? If any, how do you analyze the topic(s)?
Pernat: Take your pick. The nature of representations, unity of self, colour vision, inverted spectrum, sensory modalities, perception of time, emotions, social cognition… Neurophilosophy is still a toddler—a really smart toddler, mind you. It’s an open field out there. (Ha, stupid pun.)
Analyzing the topics is a challenge, at least for someone who’s not used to coming at a problem from two different disciplines. Take the following illustration: I am taking this fall (2012), appropriately called “Neurophilosophy.” For our projects, we pick a topic that traverses both philosophy of mind and neuroscience (surprise!). We look at the literature in both fields, and then synthesize them. So there are two components in neurophilosophy; analyzing the issue from both sides, and then synthesizing the sides. I do not know if it is all like this, but looking at some other pieces of neurophilosophy (e.g., the Churchlands, Akins), it seems to be a similar sort of process. I would recommend the piece, “What is it like to be boring and myopic?” where Kathleen describes in detail a bats echolocation system and surmises that through bat physiology and neuroscience we can indeed know what it’s like for a bat to be a bat (Akins, 1993).
Jacobsen: You probably had philosophical assumptions prior to entering university. How have your philosophical views changed over time to the present?
Pernat: I would say so. I now realize that philosophers can (and often do) object to assumptions that I’ve carried over from psychology. For example, I thought that it was a pretty easy answer as to whether there are moral truths; namely, “no, there aren’t any.” After all, moralityevolved. If it evolved, then it’s superfluous to posit moral truths that exist objectively and independently of moral/social creatures. Now I realize, after working on the third version of a final paper for a meta-ethics class, that this question is not so easy to answer. There are many smart people arguing for moral realism, and they can make quite convincing cases. I was questioning my view (as I should be). Now, my view on morality is basically the same as it was (I don’t think there are moral truths), but it took more reasoning than I expected. In sum, I am slowly learning that sometimes what seems most obvious actually takes a good solid argument to establish.
In addition, I thought that science could answer every question, though now I am not so sure. Science can’t tell us what we should do; it only describes how things are. Science doesn’t tell us exactly what an explanation is, or how much you must explain for an adequate explanation. For example, if a 4-year-old asks, “Why does that thing float?” Their parent could answer “because it’s a boat and boats float.” In other words, for a child, learning that something belongs to a category with a particular property is sufficient for an explanation. Obviously, the same is not true for a physicist. They probably want a detailed causal story. But are laws sufficient? They seem rather empty, merely describing rules. And what exactly is causation? Is it a mechanism with consistent, identifiable parts? Is it what you get when you intervening on variables to control them? Again, it comes down to defining what exactly an explanation is. That is where philosophy comes in.
Lastly, I used to assume that the scientific method was independent of philosophy, thank you very much. Now I’ve changed my mind. The “artful” component of experimental design seems to be a philosophical exercise, for example. It’s the juice that gets the scientific method up and running. Or consider that when we construct operational definitions, we’re stipulating them. We’re picking out things in the world and identifying them. For example, perhaps “happiness” is X amount of endorphins or being paid more than $60 K a year. Of course we draw on past empirical work to help us along, but how and why we choose particular operational definitions, I argue, are at least partly philosophical. Reason marries science and philosophy.
In short, my previous assumption that science was all and Everything Forever has been overturned. Philosophy, it seems, helps us address questions that science, strictly speaking, cannot—what we should do, what explanations are, or how to design an experiment.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/16
Nicole Pernat is a friend and colleague, who worked with me in the Lifespan Cognition Lab. Here we talk about her research and interest in psychology, part 1. (Part 2 here)
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Why did you start studying psychology? Where have you acquired your education?
Nicole Pernat: I took an intro course in the first year and loved it. I received my BA (Honours) Psychology from Kwantlen, with a minor in philosophy, and ended up getting a certificate in language studies (4 courses of German) after I graduated.
Jacobsen: You published a paper with Dr. Elizabeth Loftus & Dr. Daniel Bernstein in 2011 entitled The False Memory Diet: False Memories Alter Food Preferences. What did you find in this research?
Pernat: This particular publication gathered work that had already been done—largely by Danny (Bernstein et al., 2005), professor Loftus, Dr. Alan Scoboria (U. of Windsor), Geraerts (et al., 2008), and Laney (et al., 2008). The general theme was applying false memories to food experiences. Loftus’ famous work on false memories found that people’s memories for events, including videos, could be manipulated by the wording. For example, subjects watched a video of a car accident and were asked to rate how fast the car was going. When the questions used loaded words such as “smashed” rather than “hit,” subject gave higher speed ratings. Memories can clearly be altered.
Entire memories can even be fabricated. The thesis of the book chapter was that implanting entirely false memories could change people’s food preferences and eating behavior. Through various experiments, the aforementioned authors discovered that people can develop false memories about foods, such as getting sick from a particular food (e.g., egg salad sandwich), or liking the food as a child (e.g., asparagus). People are more likely to develop false memories for uncommonly eaten foods, such as ice-cream, and less likely to develop them for common foods, such as cookies. This makes evolutionary sense; humans are wildly omnivorous—we can eat almost anything, meaning we often encountered novel foods and needed to learn quickly if that food was poisonous. Thus, we can more easily develop an aversion to novel food. In contrast, it is difficult to convince us that familiar foods that we have eaten for years suddenly turned poisonous and made us sick.
There are some commonly eaten foods, however, which are amenable to false memories. These are foods that contain naturally more “disgusting” (easily spoiled, or smell rotten) components, such as yogurt (dairy spoils) and eggs (which naturally smell of sulfur). This also makes sense in evolutionary terms. Although, pickles are also among that list, which is a bit mystifying.
Most interestingly, and to the point, they found that with false memories came corresponding attitudinal and behavioral changes. In one study, half the subjects developed the belief that they loved asparagus when they first tried it. A week later, the experimenters emailed the subject asking them to come into the lab, and pick what foods they wanted to eat; they ranked a list of sandwiches and vegetables by what they preferred. Thirty-four percent of the subjects in the Love Asparagus group indicated that they wanted asparagus. This suggests that false food memories influence preferences and behavior. In another study, subjects were told that they got sick from egg salad as a child. Thirty-five percent falsely believed that this happened. Different types of sandwiches were offered at a later session, including egg salad. There was also a follow-up four months later, disguised as an unrelated taste-test. Participants were told that the food was going to be thrown out and that they could eat as much as they wanted. Those who erroneously believed they got sick from egg salad were less likely than others to eat egg sandwiches, both shortly after and four months after receiving false feedback. They also gave lower appearance and flavor ratings to the egg.
I was not involved in the original experiments. My part was on researching applications for other health issues and disease. This focused on the “false memory diet,” suggested and coined by Danny and Loftus. It’s highly controversial idea, suggesting the implantation of false memories in order to manipulate diet choices. Nevertheless, it could be useful for neophobia (fear of trying new foods, which often results in restricted vegetable and fruit intake) and obesity. Ideally, the false memory diet would help people eat more healthy foods and fewer unhealthy ones—including alcohol.
Unfortunately, an average of merely 23% of subjects developed false food memories. So even if a false memory diet were to catch on, it would have a small market. Moreover, it’s unclear exactly who would benefit in the first place. Then there are obvious ethical concerns. First, you’re implanting fabricated memories. Second, a false memory diet could exacerbate eating disorders. That said, just as how the same medication brand may be good for one but harmful to another, false memory diets could still be helpful for some people.
Relevant references:
Bernstein DM, Laney C, Morris EK, Loftus EF. Soc Cognition. 2005a;23:11–34.
Bernstein DM, Laney C, Morris EK, Loftus EF. P Natl Acad Sci USA. 2005b;102:13724–31.
Bernstein DM, Godfrey R, Loftus EF. In: Markman KD, Klein WMP, Suhr JA, editors. The handbook of imagination
and mental simulation. New York: Psychology Press; 2009. p. 89–112.
Geraerts E, Bernstein DM, Merckelbach H, Linders C, Raymaekers L, Loftus EF. Psychol Sci. 2008;19:749–753.
Laney C, Morris EK, Bernstein DM, Wakefeld BM, Loftus EF. Exp Psychol. 2008a;55:291–300.
Laney C, Kaasa S, Morris EK, Berkowitz SR, Bernstein DM, Loftus EF. Psychol Res. 2008b;72:362–75.
Laney C, Bowman-Fowler N, Nelson KJ, Bernstein DM, Loftus EF. Acta Psychol. 2008c;129:190–7.
Scoboria A, Mazzoni G, Kirsch I, Relyea M. Appl Cognit Psychol. 2004;18:791–807.
Scoboria A, Mazznoi G, Jarry J. Acta Psychol. 2008;128:304–9
Jacobsen: You entered an emerging field co-founded by Dr. Patricia Churchland called ‘Neurophilosophy’. Can you describe the field?
Pernat: Neurophilosophy is the study of consciousness in philosophy that draws heavily on (cognitive) neuroscience and related sciences. My supervisor, Dr. Kathleen Akins, gives an excellent detailed description on her website:
“‘Neurophilosophy’ is an interdisciplinary field at the intersection of philosophy and the neurosciences. In Neurophilosophy, we attempt to understand how various traditional, long-standing problems about the nature of the mind and the world can be resolved (or at least nudged towards resolution) by current findings within the neurosciences. In this group, we use current research within neurophysiology, neuropsychology, neuroethology and psychophysics in order to understand the nature of perception, cognition, consciousness, the emotions and mental representation in general.”
(Please excuse the lack of APA style citation for the sake of ease).
I understand that ideally, there would be a 2-way dialogue between the disciplines—neuroscience informs philosophy, and philosophy can help guide neuroscience through testable hypotheses. Though I do not know how often, philosophers actually affect contemporary psychological sciences.
Neurophilosophy can be confused with the philosophy of neuroscience, but they are distinct. The latter belongs to the philosophy of science and studies the foundations of neuroscience and its methods (see Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy [SEP]). SEP gives the following examples; philosophy of neuroscience might ask about different conceptions of representation and how they are employed in neuroscience. In contrast, Neurophilosophy might examine how neurological disorders affect our view of a unified self.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/16
Leo Igwe is the founder of the Nigerian Humanist Movement and former Western and Southern African representative of the International Humanist and Ethical Union. He holds a Ph.D. from the Bayreuth International School of African Studies at the University of Bayreuth in Germany, having earned a graduate degree in Philosophy from the University of Calabar in Nigeria. Here we talk about masculinity and femininity in Nigeria.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I wanted to conduct a conversation series on masculinity from a humanist perspective in Nigeria with you, Leo. Why you? You founded the Nigerian Humanist Movement. So, to begin, and with this relevant justification as to your qualifications (doctorate as well), what is traditional masculinity and, by implication, femininity in Nigeria?
Dr. Leo Igwe: There is always a risk of conflation in responding to a question such as this because any answer could easily be taken to be all embracing and applicable to all. Definitely, an understanding of traditional masculinity or femininity that applies to over 170 million people in Nigeria with various cultures and beliefs presents a challenge.
Having said that, given the nature of this conversation, I offer a personal opinion. In brief, traditional masculinity or femininity is simply that idea of manliness or womanliness that is handed down from the past. This idea of what it is to be a man or a woman draws its moral and binding force from the fact that it was handed down to a generation that assumes it is expected to observe it, comply with it and pass it on without revision or alteration.
Thus as a tradition, this quality of maleness or femaleness is deemed sacrosanct. It is designated as the norm for social ordering, nurturing and cultivation. It is important to note that the idea of manliness and womanliness which people regard as the norm because they are handed down from the past differ from community to community, and sometimes from family to family, in fact from individual to individual. It is difficult to pin it down.
Generally speaking, masculinity is traditionally identified with strength, power, toughness, and leadership hence the notion of male domination in gender discourses. The male is taken as the natural head and is expected to be strong and should be capable of absorbing pain without crying. The male is nurtured to be the defender, the one who protects the family and who tackles anything dangerous or threatening. Womanliness is associated with ‘weakness’ and vulnerability. Marriage, childcare, child bearing and domestic duties are also linked to womanhood.
Persons are brought up to fit into these roles and expectations. Unfortunately, the emphasis is often, on women and their designated subordinate and subjugated roles. It is often forgotten that male persons are brought up by their parents including their mothers and sisters, nieces and aunts to fit into certain designated roles.
They are pressured sometimes against their will to be manly. These designated manly and womanly roles are well spelled out and mainly applicable in rural areas and among uneducated folks, or in religiously conservative environments. In such situations and circumstances, ruralness, lack of education and faith constrain the ability of males and females to break away from the traditions.
Jacobsen: These designated roles likely, come from Abrahamic religious traditions, as expectations?
Igwe: I prefer to say that supernatural traditions, not only the Abrahamic codifications, are at the root of these designated qualities of maleness and femaleness. In fact, traditional masculinity and femininity are embedded in indigenous religions that predate Abrahamic religious traditions in Africa. What we have in contemporary Africa is a situation where the faiths of Christianity and Islam only reinforce pre-existing religious and traditional notions of masculinity and femininity.
Jacobsen: How does the humanist perspective, in your opinion, differ from these views? How is it similar, even the same, as these views?
Igwe: A humanist perspective is the same with the traditional viewpoint in the sense that they are all human creations and constructions. They are all attempts by humans to define, designate and assign roles and duties. Humanist and non-humanist ideas of manliness and womanliness are devices to make sense of human associations and interactions. But the humanist perspective is different because it is a product of critical evaluation, not of revelation or blind faith.
The humanist view of masculinity or femininity is non-dogmatic and can be questioned and challenged. The humanist idea of male or female is informed by reason, science, and human rights. It is non-conformist and non-orthodox. Like traditional masculinity and femininity, humanist masculinity takes cognizance of the outlined duties and responsibilities. However, the humanist idea of manliness and womanliness is not cast in stone. The qualities and functions are subject to revision and rejection in the light of knowledge and individual freedom.
Jacobsen: If you were to define a humanist masculinity, how would you define it?
Igwe: It is the idea of maleness that emphasizes the humanity of men and males, the fact that men are human like their female counterparts. That males have emotions, entertain fear and suffer pain like their female counterparts. Simply humanistic masculinity stands for maleness as humanness. It stresses male care, compassion, and cooperation while acknowledging domination and oppression as a human, not as an exclusively male property.
The whole idea of humanist masculinity is vital in clearing this mistaken impression that associates ‘masculinism’ or masculinity with the subordination of women. There are cases of male oppression of women but is that masculinism? No, not at all. That should not be designated as what it is to be manly. Being manly should be within the ambient of humanity not without. Women do oppress men too but is oppression of men feminism? No.
Subordination of men should not be identified as feminism. It is an aberration of feminism. Just as feminism does not imply the oppression of men, masculinity should not be equated with the oppression of females. Thus humanist masculinity is – and should be–about the expression of hu-maleness or hu-manliness and not the humiliation and subordination of females.
Jacobsen: What is a way to inculcate a healthier, humanistic, masculinity in young men in Nigeria?
Igwe: Of course, it is through education that the inculcation of humanist masculinity can be achieved. Unfortunately, this goal cannot be realized in the form of education we have in Nigeria at the moment. The educational process is manipulated to preserve certain religious and traditional values and interests. The educational system is used to reinforce notions of masculinity and femininity that are incompatible with humanist and human rights values. So the inculcation of humanistic masculinity can only happen if the educational system is overhauled to foster and reflect humanistic ideas and values.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/16
The International Humanist and Ethical Youth Organisation (IHEYO) stands in solidarity with the International Humanist and Ethical Union and the American Humanist Association against the white supremacists and Neo-Nazis in Charlottesville.
IHEYO also stands in solidarity with the Kuala Lumpur consulate for Atheist Republic.
In light of the calls for hunting down the atheists for being public and having a dinner in an Islamically-run society, and the Neo-Nazi and white supremacist gatherings in Charlottesville, the humanist and ethical culture movement does have implied positions.
On the hunting down of atheists, or nonbelievers, even “infidels” by some people’s lights, this goes against fundamental principles of freedom of belief and association, especially without fear to life and livelihood after a dinner photo.
On the Charlottesville gathering of Neo-Nazis and white supremacists, IHEYO stands against any ethnic chauvinism and supremacy, Nazi political positions, especially when brought together in movements hoping for a fantasy through ethnic nationalism.
These recent events reinstantiate the need for universalist values inherent in humanist to be further implemented in societies, especially those wracked by theological domination over state and law, and the death threats for those simply believing as they wish.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/15
Dr. Sven van de Wetering has just stepped down as head of psychology at the University of the Fraser Valley and is a now an associate professor in the same department. He is on the Advisory Board of In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. Dr. van de Wetering earned his BSc in Biology at The University of British Columbia, and Bachelors of Arts in Psychology at Concordia University, Master of Arts, and Ph.D. in Psychology from Simon Fraser University. His research interest lies in “conservation psychology, lay conceptions of evil, relationships between personality variables and political attitudes.” Here we discuss his background and views, part 3.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What do you consider the most salient point for people to understand about psychology in light of your background, research, and current perspective?
Dr. Sben van de Wetering: I’m not sure there is a salient core truth about psychology that I can impart. Psychology is a sprawling multi-tentacle monster with no obvious centre and very few widely shared premises. As I indicated above, I consider this a good thing, and maybe would even like to see it become more like this.
After saying that, I have to admit that pluralism makes me a little uncomfortable. I went into psychology thinking that there were a relatively small number of core truths about human nature. That those truths were discoverable, and that psychology either had found or would soon find the way to get at those truths. The truth about human nature would lead to a technology of human nature, which would make the solution of a large number of problems with psychological roots a much more straightforward matter than it currently is. I find it much harder to believe in this now, for two reasons. First, I seriously doubt that psychology is on track to discover many such truths. Second, to the extent that we do have a technology of human behavior, the people who use it are not concerned citizens trying to solve human problems, but rather rich people trying to get richer and powerful people trying to get more powerful. For example, advertisers use a technology of behaviour to induce people to buy goods they don’t need with money they don’t have, which is all right, I guess. However, in the process the advertisers incidentally persuade many people that buying things is the primary route to happiness. We have data suggesting that this is an astonishingly pernicious belief to hold.
Jacobsen: As you observe academics pursue their careers in search of fame, fortune, and/or utility (personal and/or societal), what course do you recommend for amateur academics? If you perceive pitfalls or benefits in particular reasons for and types of an academic career, can you bring some of these to the fore?
There are a bunch of different people who fall under the heading of amateur academics, and I think different things will bring them utility.
First, there are those who are in the academic world more or less by accident, perhaps even against their will. They`re living at home, and their parents will kick them out unless they either get a job or go to school. So they go to school. Or they`re on their own, but the economy`s bad, so they get student loans and study for a while.
I have a lot of sympathy for people in this situation. I have ‘been there, done that’. As an instructor, I often don`t like having people like this in my class, because their palpable boredom drags down the rest of the class, but I usually manage to avoid blaming them for it. I do have advice for such people: pretend you care. It`s not as good as really caring, of course, but it`s better than simmering in ennui and resentment for four years.
A second group, unfortunately much smaller, is motivated primarily by curiosity. These people don`t need advice. They`re in the right place, their appetite for new information will be satisfied as in almost no other environment, and all they have to do is follow their natural proclivities in order to succeed.
A third group, overlapping with the second, is the glory seekers. They hope to make a name for themselves by making some sort of big discovery, etc. My advice here is more complicated. First, if you`re part of this group, you`d better also be part of the second group, or you`re not going to make it. The process of discovery is so demanding of time and energy that if you don`t enjoy the actual process, you`re not going to get anywhere. Second, I`ve discovered that freedom is overrated.
Let me explain that remark. I`ve discovered that in graduate school, there are two sorts of academic supervisors. One type has a highly active research program on the go, with lots of graduate students and research assistants working on various components of that program. When the new graduate student comes, their range of freedom is severely limited: do they want to plug into this part of the program or that part? The second type of supervisor, for one reason or another, does not have a program of research which the student can plug into. They therefore give the student a great degree of freedom to do what they want. This has the advantage that the student can pursue their true interests, but also the disadvantage that the student gets relatively little guidance, and endlessly seems to be reinventing the wheel. This is a lot of fun for students in the second group, the highly curious, but a bit of a handicap for students in the third group, the glory-seekers, because productivity is likely to be low throughout graduate school and may remain low in their academic career.
Jacobsen: Who have been the biggest intellectual influences on you?
When looking back on who has exerted the biggest influence on my thinking, it`s remarkable how few are psychologists. My move into social psychology in the early 1990s was inspired by Shelley Taylor, but the longer I stay in the field, the less I actually draw on her ideas. The two books I have read in the last 10 years that have influenced me the most have been Jared Diamond`s Collapse and Robert Putnam`s Making Democracy Work. I`ve traditionally been a big fan of Wittgenstein, though that influence is also waning. Probably the single psychologist who has changed my thinking the most in the last little while is Philip Tetlock with his Expert Political Judgment, which really revitalized my uneasy endorsement of pluralism.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/15
Dr. Sven van de Wetering has just stepped down as head of psychology at the University of the Fraser Valley and is a now an associate professor in the same department. He is on the Advisory Board of In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. Dr. van de Wetering earned his BSc in Biology at The University of British Columbia, and Bachelors of Arts in Psychology at Concordia University, Master of Arts, and Ph.D. in Psychology from Simon Fraser University. His research interest lies in “conservation psychology, lay conceptions of evil, relationships between personality variables and political attitudes.” Here we discuss his background and views, part 2.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What do you consider the conventional epistemological framework in psychology?
Dr. Sven van de Wetering: This is of course hard to summarize in a few words, since we teach whole courses on epistemology to our undergraduates (though we call them “research methods” and “statistics”), and then make our graduate students study more epistemology. So it’s a complicated topic.
Despite this complexity, I may be able to point to a few basic assumptions. First, we tend to assume that there is no great mystery about what people do, only about why they do it. Hence, relatively little energy goes into purely descriptive work, whereas a tremendous amount goes into elucidating the causes of those simple, taken-for-granted behaviours. Thus, we may say that the goal of psychology is to attempt to explain human behaviour in terms of chains, or more likely webs, of cause and effect linkages.
A second mainstream assumption, one not shared by many environmental psychologists, is that these causes have the potential to be isolated from each other. That is, although all competent psychologists (and many incompetent ones as well) are aware that in many everyday situations a large number of causes may be operating at the same time, that it is nevertheless a viable analytical strategy to assume that this complex causal web can be usefully broken up into a number of simple, measurable causes, each of which can be experimented upon or otherwise examined individually.
A third mainstream assumption is that psychological propensities are relatively stable entities that do not change from time to time and place to place. You can see this if you look at the verb tenses in an APA-style article. The description of what was done in the experiment is written in the past tense, indicating (very properly) that the experiment was conducted in the past. The interpretation of the results, however, is written in the simple present indicating that the particular results obtained in the past was a particular manifestation of a broad, general, enduring core of human propensities. Please note that I endorsed the idea of an enduring human nature a few paragraphs back, so I don’t necessarily think this assumption is wrong (though I do think many psychologists’ lists of enduring human propensities are too long, and that a lot of psychological findings are the product of ephemeral culturally and historically situated propensities).
Jacobsen: If you could restructure the epistemological foundation of psychology, how would you do it? Furthermore, how would you reframe the approach to that foundation?
van de Wetering: I think the approach described above has some huge successes to its credit, so I certainly don’t want to see it scrapped or seriously revamped. What I would like to see is greater pluralism in epistemology, a recognition that we don’t really know what that psychological knowledge is, and that we should therefore be tolerant of a fairly wide range of epistemological approaches.
There’s a great section near the end of Kurt Danziger’s Constructing the Subject where Danziger points out that two basic classes of factors go into any psychological finding. One, of course, is the “real” world telling us how it works. The other is social factors (what some people might call artifacts) derived from the way the investigative situation has been set up and interpreted. Looking at any given psychological investigation or even any given psychological research program, it’s not clear how much, if any, of the core finding is “true” rather than a product of the investigative situation. However, if a bunch of people with very different epistemologies that have led them to set up very different investigative situations and interpret them using very different concepts and processes of reasoning nevertheless investigate the same approximate issue and come to the same basic conclusions, then it seems likely that the social factors largely cancel each other out and that that agreed-upon finding is derived from some fairly fundamental feature of the way the world works.
I always thought that this was a cool idea, but it only works if psychology comprises a wide variety of vibrant research programs based on a variety of very different epistemological foundations. A second prerequisite for this to work is that there have to be psychologists willing to look at work from all these different paradigms without to much prejudice to the effect that psychologists working in such-and-such a tradition are not “real” psychologists.
Jacobsen: If you had unlimited funding, what would you research?
van de Wetering: I’m not sure unlimited funding would change the general topics of my research all that much, but it would make the scope of the research projects much greater, and if the funding included course releases, I might also do more than one project a year.
My number one area of interest is summarized by the title of a paper I presented 11 years ago, “If everyone’s an environmentalist, why are SUVs selling so well?” There is a big disconnect between people’s stated concern for environmental issues and what they actually do, and I would love to explore that a little more. The question of discrepancies between attitudes and behaviours has been around since at least the 1930s and LaPiere, but in this applied context, there’s a lot more still to learn.
The other area I would love to research a little more is the study of trust, cynicism, and political participation. One of the most frightening trends I’ve seen lately is for young people to disengage from politics more or less completely, to the point where many people (not just the young) know nothing about what the politicians are up to in their name, and then either don’t vote or vote from a position of near total ignorance. The more widespread this becomes, the less politicians are held to account, with the result that the lying, corrupt scumbag politicians who turn people off politics in the first place find it easier to rise to the top without even having to pretend to be decent human beings. A better understanding of why this is happening would be a great thing.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/15
Claire Saenz is a SMART Recovery Facilitator for SMART Recovery. It is an addiction recovery service without a necessary reference to a higher power or incorporation of a faith, or some faith-based system into it – by necessity. Those can be used it, but they are not necessities. The system is about options. In this series, we look at her story, views, and expertise regarding addiction, having been an addict herself. This is session 2.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Now, you’re working for SMART Recovery and have been for a while. How long? Why there? What is in it for you (cui bono?)?
Claire Saenz: I started with SMART Recovery in 2007 as a participant, following my departure from AA. At the time, I was going through a deep reevaluation of my personal belief system. I call it my “recovering from recovery” period. My initial reaction upon learning about SMART and its philosophy was profound sorrow that I had not had access to that program when I initially made the decision to quit. I was horrified to realize that the counselor at the rehab I attended in 1998 had done me a vast disservice by insisting that my history of addiction meant that my thinking could not be trusted and that the only way to recover was through AA. It was due to that misdirection that I ended up spending years of my life in an ill-fitting program.
I continue to participate in SMART now, after ten years, for one simple reason: I do not want others to have the same experience I did. I want to see that people have knowledge of, and access to, SMART as well as other approaches to addiction recovery.
I suppose you could say that there is nothing to be gained for me personally in my continued work with SMART and the issue of choice in recovery since I’m comfortably abstinent now. To be honest, I have been tempted at times to say “I’ve got mine and I’ve done enough” and take up another meaningful cause. But then I meet yet another person who is caught in the net of endless 12 step, who weeps to meet a person who is contented and healthy outside of that world, and I realize afresh that this is my life’s work.
Jacobsen: How do you work with people? What is the process there?
Saenz: There are several aspects to my work. The first is advocacy: getting the word out that quality recovery treatment requires that people seeking recovery receive full information about their choices. I have done this in many contexts. In addition to writing articles about SMART Recovery and the constitutional issues surrounding mandated 12 step attendance, I have been interviewed for books and television and presented several continuing legal education programs regarding SMART and the general issue of choice in recovery.
The second aspect has been working with SMART at the board or committee level to help set policy and strategize for further growth.
The third aspect is working directly with people seeking recovery, which is the activity I enjoy the most. Even before I began facilitating a local meeting, I would often communicate directly with people seeking recovery who were going to SMART’s online meetings and felt they would benefit from personal contact with a SMARTie. I’ve also served as the point of introduction for newcomers who learned about SMART from AA members. Within AA, there is a growing group of members who are more than willing to send struggling newcomers to SMART. I love to see this increasing awareness that although we may have different philosophies, we share the same goal: helping people achieve abstinence.
Jacobsen: If you could take one principle from working with addicts in recovery and have that implemented at a federal level, what would it be?
Saenz: I would like to see a Supreme Court decision that mandated 12 step participation by the criminal justice system is a violation of the First Amendment and cannot take place in the United States. There are several federal circuit court cases that say this very clearly, as well as state supreme court cases, but I would like to see this principle come from the highest court in the land.
Jacobsen: Why do people become addicts? How do they? Does the 12-step program deliver on its purported ends?
Saenz: Well, if I could provide a simple answer to the “why?” question, we could all brush off our hands and go home! However, the question is controversial and the topic of much research. At the moment, the evidence seems to point to the conclusion that while the etiology varies, for most, it is a combination of genetics, environment, and psychological factors. As a complicating factor, at least half of those with addictions have a co-occurring mental illness, often a mood disorder. Treatment of dually diagnosed people has to be integrated—the two conditions must be treated together as they tend to be inextricably entwined.
As far as the “how” question, I think that’s fairly simple. People become addicted by engaging in the addictive behavior too much for too long. I know there are theorists who could complicate this, even going so far as to claim that people are “addicts” before they ever engage in addictive behavior, but this strikes me as an entirely illogical stance.
As far as whether 12 step delivers what it promises, the answer is it does—for some, but by no means all. It’s great choice for those it helps. For those people, it delivers what it promises. The problem is that it doesn’t work for a significant number of people. The exact success rate is a matter of extreme controversy and I’ve witnessed some fine people following the argument down a hopeless rabbit hole. However, it is unquestionably true that 12 step does not help, and may in fact harm, a number of people.
Jacobsen: Does faith more often or less often than not improve the recovering addict through their recovery to sobriety?
Saenz: Once again, it depends on the person. It amazes me that we all too often view people with addictions through a lens that presumes they are all the same, have the same experiences, and find the same approaches helpful. Faith helps some people. It does not help others. It did not help me.
Jacobsen: What are the personal dangers in helping addicts through recovery?
Saenz: If you’re talking about me personally, I can’t think of any dangers that aren’t already present in my day to day work as a lawyer. The fact is simply that some people are not safe, whether they suffer from addictions or not. I do the best I can to protect myself, I have security systems in place and generally try not to be entirely alone with people, but other than that I don’t worry about it. I am also not particularly concerned with whatever reputational danger might exist by being open about my history of addiction. I believe I am a success story and am proud to help the next person achieve their own version of success.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/15
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Was there a background in atheism, in the family? Within that family background, was there a surrounding culture that brought forth a critical mindset towards religion? If so, how? If not, why not?
Enrique Valdés Pliego: My father’s background has a religious mindset. So I lived with him my first 9 years. I was a believer then, but at the dissolution of my parents’ marriage, I lived with my mother´s family who is scientist and agnostics. At that point, I developed my critical thinking skills. They had a library, a big area to read. I had a lot of time to read. My mother’s family never took to me to participate in any religious activity, but we used to visit museums and watch movies, theatre and a lot of other activities.
Jacobsen: Through these threads of family and surrounding culture, what made for the pivotal moments in development as an atheist?
Pliego: There were a lot of pivotal moments, but some of them were like moments of revelation, when a bunch of religious ideas had not sensed, or when a religious community used to act violently against free people, I disagree with religious events where I obliged to shut up just because if I express my self it could be dangerous. but the most important pivotal moment was understanding some concepts like freedom, opinion, law, belief, respect, persuasion, and profit.
Jacobsen: Also, “a-” as a prefix in atheism means many things because it is both denial and affirmation. What is affirmed there to you? What is denied to you?
Pliego: In my mind, I think strongly it´s a free theme, so there´s affirmed that even God in existence, people like me will defend always our rights when some people use that freedom to believe or not believe and is denied to leave our freedom on abuse or swindler hands.
Jacobsen: How did you find the Atheist Republic? What do you do for them? What are your tasks and responsibilities?
Pliego: I found AR because people need to talk about common themes, protection, people with common issues. I do community links, produce messages, questions, replicate notices, and act as a community manager. We work with freedom. Our work is free. We just have a couple of easy rules. Respect is always a base. Our responsibility is to build a web of free people, to guarantee it, not to fight against religious people, but build bridges toward civilization.
Jacobsen: How does an Atheist Republic consulate work? What are its daily operations? How do you make sure the operations function smoothly?
Pliego: Each civilization, each community, city or town grow up independently, even AR. so each consulate has similar rules, is part of a mesh that works as a train, lot of people go in and go out, if they need something we could offer them, with out fees, just because we are real people who want to give to our time the other opportunity to future, options. each one it´s different, each person has rights.
Jacobsen: Why volunteer for them? What meaning comes from it?
Pliego: Why help people? why build better communities? why is the sense of build civilization a struggle? why make divisions? why disrespect other with same rights? why people arrive at the moon or finding lots of advances? A lot of meanings are inside people, each one of us, but even objective things, because its function, peaceful communities, educated communities are possible, even the opposite.
Jacobsen: How does the Atheist Republic, in your own experience and in conversing with others, give back to the atheist community and provide a platform for them – even to simply vent from social and political conventions that hold them either in contempt or in begrudging silence for fear of loss of life quality?
Pliego: When people grew up inside a religious world, with lots of fears, even a tiny, little, very small opportunity of freedom is a great experience, that’s why we want to provide a big community for religious refugees. We do not provide disrespect, we want to achieve the common place of meeting, brainstorming, options to kids, their parents, just people who need say any thing related to religiosity, what they feel, what they need, what they lived, what they could give to the community. everybody must live freely. everybody deserves it.
Jacobsen: What do you hope for the future of atheism? What are the movements next steps?
Pliego: Not hopes, it’s a reality, some places, some countries, towns, who known about rights, about liberty are convinced of taking care of it. the future is related to spread of liberty, with rights, not religious issues, an atheist is not a furious stubborn, is not a politician giving recommendations, is not a leader, is just common people who love freedom as anyone who had to prove it. the next step is the common objectives, freedom anywhere, and maintenance of it. even we have a local activities calendar and sometimes a common calendar at whole consulates. You could check with the consulates, some of them have a complete project while others are building
Jacobsen: Any feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Pliego: No one deserves disrespect, abuse, lack of freedom; everybody deserves human rights and a healthy world. obviously, we must take decisions, but this kind of decisions could have sense between human rights.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Enrique.
Pliego: Good night.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/14
André Coelho is a contributor to the Basic Income Earth Network. I asked about some perspectives on gender roles, as he is a friend and mentor. Here is the result.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I wanted to talk about masculinity in the 21st century. You have been a mentor for me through the Basic Income Earth Network (BIEN). What is BIEN, as an open plug? More to the interview, if you look at the gender roles where you live, what are they?
André Coelho: BIEN is a decentralized organization composed by people who promote, in their diversity, a core idea currently named basic income. BIEN holds a non-political defense and promotion of basic income, a progressive social policy which aims at de-linking income from employment, in a pursuit of freedom for all.
In Portugal, my place of birth and residence, there are still marked gender differences in society. Women access incomes, on average, lower than men. Women get sexually discriminated in day-to-day situations and are burdened, on average, with more workload than men, namely within the household. Domestic violence against women is still a reality in Portugal, in the dawn of the 21st century.
At work, there are also some gender roles that are still reinforced in Portuguese society. For example, it’s very hard to find a woman working in construction. Or in mechanical workshops. Or in computing (although here things are changing). On the other hand, in the caring world, one seldom finds men working. Nursing, cleaning, social assistance and kindergartens are examples where women clearly dominate.
Jacobsen: Are these gender roles more or less functional as we’re moving farther and farther into the 21st century?
Coelho: I understand that there are basic traits that incline men and women more to certain roles. Caring for children or elderly people come natural for women, given their motherhood instincts. This doesn’t mean men cannot fulfill these roles, but only that, at the time being, they do in fact come more naturally to women. Conversely, a woman can also learn and get trained to be a good construction worker, but their interest in such activities is usually low.
Fundamentally, however, I don’t feel men and women have specific or fixed roles to play in society. As we move further into the 21st century, as society gets transformed into something this species has never experienced before at a global scale, traditional gender roles get more and more irrelevant.
Jacobsen: As a leader in the basic income world, what are you taking into account when mentoring and writing, and leading?
Coelho: I don’t know how much of a leader I am, or if I can be called as such. However, I try to remain aware that nothing I may do, in the basic income world or within other spheres, is possible without the collaboration of other people. At Basic Income News (a part of BIEN’s activity), to give an example, we have a rotating team of more or less six people, who make it possible to publish every day, given our relatively high-quality standards. My role there is to make sure work flows in the smoothest way possible, and that everybody’s happy. That implies being thankful for all the help they provide, because nothing would be produced without these people’s goodwill, technical capacity and devoted efforts.
More specifically in mentoring and writing, my approach is usually to make people comfortable with our system at Basic Income News, explaining and supplying all the information they need to work properly and to their maximum satisfaction. I do not teach anyone to write, but instead show them where our quality standards are, and help them to bring their own writing style up to our standards, if necessary. For that we also have a team of volunteer reviewers, who are dedicated to reviewing text, style and content of every article that gets published through Basic Income News.
Jacobsen: Mentorship is important for older males to do for younger males. How do you go about it, e.g. in the BIEN world or elsewhere?
Coelho: I don’t see mentorship as a gender relationship (older males onto younger males). I have mentored males and females alike at Basic Income News, and of different ages. But as I see it, mentorship is mainly about making the other person feel he/she is at home, and that is achieved not only with information and technical aspects, but also with gratitude and flexibility. And being available when the need arises, so that the person gets integrated in the best possible way. Acknowledging mistakes is also part of a mentor’s job, because the more you recognize your humanity the more you reduce distance between people, and that is crucial for close and durable work relationships.
Jacobsen: What do you see as a healthier version of masculine identity, e.g. self-image and action?
Coelho: I feel that men in general are still somewhat mistaken into thinking they are in control. Or that they should be in control. That can make men possessive, over confident or afraid (to lose control). All those feelings are bad. A healthier version of man would be, first and foremost to let go control. That doesn’t mean living in chaos. It means letting go of dominating attitudes, micromanagement and strengthened rigidity. To turn pyramid hierarchies into lateral collaborative organizations. To stop looking at oneself as a stone wall, that supposedly can take any weight and any blow, to a more human-like self-image, where mistakes and compassion are possible.
Ironically, a more flexible and humble self makes it possible to grow into a strong, resilient person. On the contrary, an apparently all-mighty solid and rigid self turns men into fragile beings that fall apart once they crack – and they all eventually do. In civil engineering, as a kind of parallel, we know that very rigid materials are usually associated with fragile behaviour: they suddenly snap after an initial crack. Good construction materials are those rigid enough to withstand design loads, but flexible enough to accommodate displacements and not snap under high stresses. The same in people, and particularly men. In a nutshell: less rigidity, more flexibility. Long term resistance comes from resilience, and resilience comes from knowing who you are, away from artificial notions of control.
Jacobsen: Also, you’re an independent scholar. What topics are of interest to you? How does this build into your ability to function better in the professional world, e.g. mentoring, writing, and leading?
Coelho: At present my life doesn’t allow me to do research, keep up my professional engineering activity plus volunteering for BIEN or Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth. That is, in the absence of a basic income. I would like to reduce my engineering hours and dedicate more time to research, music and volunteering. In research, particularly, I would like to continue my studies into construction and demolition waste management, as this is one often disregarded aspect of waste management, and one critical if we intend to go sustainable on this planet. Quality, meaningful research – in our monetized, all-business world, much research has lost its meaning and is of little use to society – is an important way not only to expand our knowledge, but also to inform policy into building a better society.
Sex also interests me. Like this it sounds too bold, but it truly interests me in an analytical sense, as it informs so much about who we are, men and women, conjugating almost every human trait. There are so many unconscious behaviours related to sex, the “animal” part of it and its interaction with our “cultural” side. We are the product of our evolutionary path, as much as we are the result of our own culture. We are at the edge of a great human transformation, one that will dictate if we go extinct, or if we will survive and live happily on this planet. And that is also related to how we understand, deal and accept our sexuality. The human being definitely interests me.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, André.
Coelho: I thank you for your interest in what I had to say, by answering your questions. Cheers.c
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Numbering: Issue 29.D, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (24)
Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada
Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal
Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com
Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2022
Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022
Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing
Frequency: Three Times Per Year
Words: 5,115
ISSN 2369-6885
Abstract
Chris Cole is a longstanding member of the Mega Society. Richard May is a longstanding member of the Mega Society and Co-Editor of Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society. Rick Rosner is a longstanding member of the Mega Society and a former editor of Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society. They discuss: major warning signs of something awry; the minor, or subtle, warning signs; 4 standard deviations above the norm; the successes and failures of the Mega Test, the Ultra Test, the Power Test, and the Titan Test; 4 and 5 sigma above the norm; the principal design of the Adaptive Test; other extraordinary high-I.Q. societies; associative horizon; the Mega Test; the claims about the Mega Test; legitimate testing; extrapolations well beyond the norms of the mainstream tests; the motivation behind making claims well beyond the norms of the most used mainstream I.Q. tests; the more egregious I.Q. claims in 20th century; and the big lessons in debunking phony I.Q. claims.
Keywords: Adaptive Test, Aleph Society, Chris Cole, debunking, I.Q., intelligence, Keith Raniere, Marilyn vos Savant, Mega Society, Mega Test, Power Test, Richard Feynman, Richard May, Rick Rosner, standard deviation, The Plurality IQ Society, Titan Test, Ultra Test.
Debunking I.Q. Claims Discussion with Chris Cole, Richard May, and Rick Rosner: Member, Mega Society; Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society”; Member, Mega Society (2)
*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*
*Rosner section transcribed from audio.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have all been around the block. Your membership in the Mega Society has spanned decades. So, you’ve seen controversies, failed high-I.Q. societies, and proclamations to this-or-that I.Q., even individuals who spun off into fraudulent activities, messianic posing, and criminal behaviour. As a note on collectives of high-I.Q. people, when it comes to claimed high-I.Q. societies, what are the major warning signs of something awry, not quite right, with it?
Richard May[1]*: The major warning signs of statistical and psychometric incompetence, fraud, or madness are usually quite subtle. Please see below.
Rick Rosner[2]*: You got to start with the disclaimer that most people in high-IQ societies are well-behaved relatively normal people who like taking tests and solving puzzles, and there are only a few lunatics. And because the ones I belong to don’t get together very often, you don’t have a chance to see any warning signs developing.
Although, in the case of one guy from many years ago, you could see a guy who was kind of being physically dominant and, I guess, mentally dominant getting increasingly frustrated that people didn’t understand him or believe his theories. So, it was just an increasing belligerence or pre-belligerence.
I guess, a skosh of megalomania.
Chris Cole[3],[4]*: The major warning signs are the ones you list: fraudulent activity, messianic posing, and criminal behavior.
Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, what are the minor, or subtle, warning signs?
May: I get slightly suspicious if someone comes up with the most brilliant Theory of Everything ever, explained in a newly invented language of neologisms, which only the inventor of the theory himself can understand, especially if the theory makes no falsifiable predictions and none of those few who claim to understand the theory can explain it in their own words. I’m also slightly suspicious of, e.g., taxi cab drivers or barbers, who have conclusively proved Einstein’s theory of special and general relativity wrong.
If someone claims to be the most intelligent person in the history our solar system or to be the actual God of the Bible, then this level of measured intelligence may be beyond the current development of psychometric science, even with the Flynn effect. I’m probably too skeptical sometimes.
Also, branding of one’s associates by high-IQ types is often unnecessary in my view.
Rosner: Again, I don’t hang. I have no basis or nothing to talk about regarding this. It is not like I was living with a high-IQ person who slowly went crazy, besides myself. Really, in the last few years, I’ve gotten less crazy, more lazy. Lazy has replaced crazy.
Cole: The minor warning signs are incredible IQ claims. As a rule of thumb anything above five sigma is not credible as is anything that has not been normed using regular statistical methods.
Jacobsen: Why is 4 standard deviations above the norm (e.g., mean 100, S.D. 15, I.Q. 160) such a difficult barrier to break in finding highly intelligent individuals?
May: Almost no one in the alleged “real world” is interested in measuring intelligence beyond the 4 sigma level. Where would you find a large sample of individuals beyond the top 1-per-30,000 level of intelligence to study? This level of intelligence is not a target level for standard IQ tests developed by psychologists. Why should it be? Which professions require IQs beyond the 4 sigma level? Even Nobels in physics probably depend more upon a mathematical ability sub-factor of general intelligence than upon super-high IQ per se. Two physics Nobel laureates didn’t qualify for inclusion in Lewis Terman’s study of the intellectually gifted, because their IQs were not sufficiently high! In addition Nature may sometimes not be ‘politically correct’. What if cognitive differences were discovered among various human sub-groups? For example, what if a growing number of trans-species individuals, who identify as advanced AI units, were found to be better at arithmetic addition?
Rosner: Several reasons, one, there aren’t that many people. 4-sigma level is one person in 30,000. Although, in real terms, it’s less rare than that because the average IQ of people on the street is like 105 or 110. The people with IQs of 35 are institutionalized. You don’t see them around. It’s rare. That’s one problem.
Problem two, it is hard to test. All the good high-end tests take dozens of hours to do well on. Thing two-and-a-half, many people who might score well on them might be successful and may not want to waste their time putting in 40 or 50 hours in something that doesn’t compensate them.
They could be trading stocks or coding or doing business deals or getting laid. None of which taking an IQ test helps.
Cole: High range tests require high range questions which are hard to create. Plus there is not much of a market.
Jacobsen: What have been the successes and failures of the Mega Test, the Ultra Test, the Power Test, and the Titan Test in identifying highly intelligent persons – despite being compromised?
May: There is evidence that uncompromised tests work better.
Rosner: Maybe, some smart people still trickle in. The Mega Test has been compromised since, probably, the late ‘90s or the internet made it possible to contaminate the questions by throwing around answers in chat rooms.
The Mega Test was the most successful in finding high-IQ people because the most people took it when it was published in Omni magazine. 4,000 people took it. It’s more than any other test ever.
Which means, though, more people have taken the Hoeflin tests than tests by any other author, though probably a strong second and possibly somebody who has overtaken Hoeflin because he has written dozens of tests is Paul Cooijmans, who has been writing tests for decades and has cranked out quite a few.
Some of his tests have certainly been taken by more than 100 people. In the aggregate, thousands of people must have taken Cooijmans tests. With the success of the Hoeflin tests, they have found, depending on the cutoff, hundreds of high-IQ people.
Some of those people got together and some people were mentored by other high-IQ people, and had their lives improved, including myself. So, the success of the Hoeflin tests is the large numbers of people who have taken them.
For years, I, and sometimes with partners or being asked to consult, pitched TV involving high-IQ-type competitions. The same kind of shit as Project Runway or American Idol. A talent search, but instead of for fashion designing or culinary skill or singing skill, it was for raw intelligence.
This is an idea that comes to people not infrequently, but just has never been turned into a show. But if you had a show that did that, that would be the most successful project ever to find high-IQ people because millions of people would see the show and tens of thousands of people, if there were high-IQ tests associated with the show, would try those tests.
But that project has never happened, which I think is stupid because reality shows are about following assholes around with cameras and there are plenty of high-IQ assholes. Not as a percentage of high-IQ people who are, as I said, mostly decent, normal-ish people.
But if out of 100 people who have managed to score 160 on an IQ test, there are probably a half-dozen who you could productively, entertainingly follow around with cameras.
Cole: First of all Ron Hoeflin is a talented question framer. Next he spent a lot of effort validating his questions. Finally he normed them several different ways.
Jacobsen: In principle, what is realistically needed to test between – let’s say – 4 and 5 sigma above the norm, reliably and validly?
May: Perhaps advanced AI can be used to develop significantly improved high-range intelligence tests. Other neurobiological methods of assessment of the general factor of intelligence, ‘g’, may eventually make IQ tests obsolete. For example, measures of biological traits such as pitch discrimination ability (of sound frequencies), among other such physical measures, have been found to have surprisingly high correlations with general intelligence. This may be the way of cognitive ability assessment in the future.
Rosner: You need experienced test-builders. You need a decent amount of people to norm the problems on, to make sure the problems can actually measure high-IQs. You need their other scores to see what scores getting those problems right correspond to.
As I said, you need some kind of widespread exposure. You have to let hundreds of thousands of people know that the test exists. Ideally, that it’s something fun and/or cool to do.
Another condition is that it would be really, really helpful if the test took less than 20 hours to take. It would be helpful if someonecould spend 20 hours or 10 hours on the test and score near the ceiling, which is not a common thing among these tests.
Cole: To avoid spoilage you need question schemas, not single questions. Then you need a way to automatically collect many samples. Presumably this would be on the Internet. A group of Mega members is working on this. Contact me if you’d like to help [Ed. chris@questrel.com.].
Jacobsen: What is the principal design of the Adaptive Test, inasmuch can be stated at this time? (Is this series the first announcement of the test, by the way?)
Cole: Cf www.mental-testing.com. There are some articles in Noesis. Let me check with the team.
Jacobsen: What other extraordinary high-I.Q. societies have been observed by you – the highest, most inclusive, most exclusive, the most multi-planetary, least reliant on D.N.A. prejudice, most non-carbon-based, und so weiter?
May: The Plurality IQ Society
Top 0.0000000000000000000000000 … % of Multiverse
Previously the highest-IQ group founded was the Aleph Society, which sought to have at most fewer than one member per Multiverse potentially qualifiable. However, the Aleph is found to be insufficiently selective in its admissions criteria for several reasons. First, it only considered 3 dimensions of space and 1 dimension of time per universe. We feel that it is necessary to include all theoretically possible multiple dimensions of spaces and of times per universe of the Multiverse. (For multiple-time dimensions see, e.g.: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multiple_time_dimensions , https://arxiv.org/abs/0812.389 ,
https://bigthink.com/surprising-science/there-are-in-fact-2-dimensions-of-time-one-theoretical-ph ysicist-states/ )
Secondly, the Aleph only sought the highest IQ ‘individual’, including AIs, in the Multiverse ‘now’, i.e., at only one point in ‘time’ relative to one (1) observer, the Wormhole Officer (formerly called the Membership Officer). To remedy this we ‘now’ recognize that to whatever extent possible technologically, the Wormhole Officer must be a time traveler.
Thirdly, it is not sufficient that our psychometric instruments selecting at the Aleph level be culture free. Our IQ tests must also be genome free, i.e., free of any genetic influences upon performance. Speciesism is even more common than racism and gender-bias. We seek genetic justice in our member selection testing criteria. For example, in the past and even today, species with brains are unfairly advantaged over species without brains, including, of course, AIs. Why should an Isaac Newton have an IQ advantage over a slug, simply because a Newton has a brain? This obvious bias must be eliminated.
NB: All of the non-members of the Plurality IQ Society are Full Non-members and Official Non-members.
Jacobsen: What is the system of thought or the psychometric philosophy behind associative horizon?
Rosner: In my mind, when you get hit with a hard problem, one that might take more than ten hours to figure out. Part of it is how many different angles can you come up with on the problem. How many parts of life can you apply? How many possible analogies can you apply? How many keys are on your key ring to approach the problem?
When he talks about associative horizon, it is how many associations can you possibly come up with, with the symbols or whatever, that constitute the problem. To some extent, taking one of these high-range tests is profiling the author, trying to figure out, maybe, them, Hoeflin problems have a Hoeflin flavour to them, let you know if you are on the right track. Other test makers have flavours similar to them too.
It may be similar to their culture, say. The person building the problem found something in their world and boiled it down to an analogy. There is a popularish puzzle that is 7 d in a w.” You have to figure out what the “d” and the “w” are. It’s ‘days in a week.’ The problems can get tough. Another easy one. “5,280 f in an m,” ‘feet in a mile.’
So, “106 billion p who e l.” The “e” “l” is tough. You have to figure out. It is ‘people who ever lived.’ So, for a lot of IQ problems, they have at least some aspect of that. Decoding, figuring out what the symbols represent. Then it is an exercise in figuring out what could the “p” and the ‘p in e l’ stand for.
“6*10^23 As in an M.” My numbers might not be right. But ‘atoms in a mole,’ it is a test of cultural literacy. Often, there is further manipulation done to the symbols, so you have to work through two or three transformation or link two or three transformations to figure out the problem. It is how much cultural literacy do you have or do you give yourself, and then the flexibility for combining these things.
It is how much different stuff can you bring to bear on a fairly obscure or convoluted problem.
Jacobsen: How did you first come to find the Mega Test?
May: Actually I don’t remember. It was about 40 years ago. I probably met Ron Hoeflin through my membership in the Triple Nine Society. This was probably my initial connection to the Mega Test.
Rosner: Some guys in my dorm told me about the Mega. I must’ve already been IQ braggy. Yuck.
Cole: Saw it in Omni Magazine.
Jacobsen: What were the claims about the Mega Test – and your score(s) in each section on it – by Ronald Hoeflin, the media, and others?
May: Ron Hoeflin told me that I was the 2nd person to obtain a perfect score on the 24 verbal analogies, I believe. I think Marilyn Vos Savant was the first. I certainly didn’t tell many people, beyond my girl friend. I remember showing a copy of the Mega Test to one young woman, thinking she might be interested. She just laughed and laughed. Neil Blincom of Mr. Pecker’s original, illustrious National Enquirer tried to interview me once when I was Membership Officer of the Triple Nine Society. I pondered this offer deeply for a fraction of a second. I remembered Chris. (never forget the decimal point) Harding’s interview, “World’s Highest IQ Genius is an Unemployed Janitor” and decided not to be interviewed. I avoided the media.
Rosner: So, the claims were the Mega was the world’s hardest IQ test. By hardest, having the highest ceiling, the score a perfect score would get you, for instance. I think after the sixth norming, after Ron looked at 4,000 test submissions that came through Omni. I think the ceiling became 190 S.D. 16 or a little over 5.6 sigma. The first time I took it, I got a 44, which was 23 verbal problems right and 1 wrong and 21 math right and 3 wrong. I took it a second time and got a 47, which was 1 math wrong, I think. It doesn’t matter whether math or verbal; I got 1 wrong the second time.
What does that translate into for me, after the fourth or fifth norming, my 44 wasn’t high enough to get me into Mega. Marilyn herself turned me down for admission. My score might have corresponded to 172. Then after the sixth norming, after all these scores came in, I think a 44 got you a 180. I think the Mega cutoff is a 176. There you go. The 1-in-a-million level. Next question.
Cole: Omni called it the “world’s hardest IQ test.” Interpretation of scores can be found in Hoeflin’s normings.
Jacobsen: How does the internet complicate legitimate testing in the high-range?
May: The internet facilitates cheating on tests and meeting other cheaters to work with.
Rosner: The Mega came out in ’85. The Titan, the sequel to the Mega, came out in ’90. Most people got on the internet in the mid-to-late-‘90s. For those tests, it complicated and contaminated them because people went on message boards and threw answers around. Some of which were correct. That was problem one. Problem two was once Google came along; you could put in the words to the analogy and the fourth word would pop up. The analogies were half of the Titan and the Mega.
The 24 verbal problems were all analogies of the type “find the fourth word.” Most of those could be instantly solved using a decent search engine. Tests are different. The Cooijmans tests, which I consider the most challenging of the internet era tests can’t simply be solved by plugging things into a search engine. You still have to figure a lot of shit out. The most general issue with these tests and the internet is just sharing answers. Beyond that, it is a pain in the ass to make sure that the problems on the test can’t be solved through easy searches.
Chris (Cole) and his group of people, who are working on this test that are resistant to having answers shared, are working on tests that give each test-taker the same general problem, but the specifics of the problem are fresh. So, somebody else’s answer on this problem is not going to help you because, even though the problem should score the same – getting it right should reflect the same IQ level, you can’t just post what you got on answer 12. They’ve been working on that for well over a decade.
It’s coming along. Anyway, next question.
Cole: The Mega and Titan tests have been spoiled on the Web. The Power and Ultra tests are at risk.
Jacobsen: Some, in fact more than a few, claim extrapolations well beyond the norms of the mainstream tests, e.g., the WAIS and the SB, which cap out at or around 4-sigma. Assuming legitimacy of the claims, then, the individuals would be highly intelligent, but the claims can range between a little over 4-sigma to 6-sigma. How is this extrapolation generally seen within the high-I.Q. communities at the higher ranges?
May: I don’t know how other others generally perceive unsound or bogus extrapolations of IQ scores.
Rosner: I think the skepticism of super-high scores is generally more for specific claims than for the entire idea of being able to have an IQ that high. I think most people in the high-IQ community believe it is possible to have an IQ close to 200. But I think most people also have a reasonable idea of the rarity of scores like that. Adult IQs, the deviation scores, are based on a bell curve, where between 0 and 1 standard deviation, you have 34% of the population in a bell-shaped distribution for something like height. Between 1 and 2 SDs, you’ve got 14% of the population. Between 2 and 3, you’ve got about 1.5% of the population. Between 3 and 4, you’ve got roughly one-half percent of the population.
Let’s see, about 4 SDs, that’s only one person in 30,000 should score above 4 SDs. One person in 3,000,000 above 5 SDs. What is it? 1 person in 750,000,000 above 6 SD or so; somewhere, I’ve fucked it up, according to the standard bell curve. People also like to say that at the very far ends; there are more outliers than on the normal bell curve. That there are more high-IQs than would be given if it were a perfectly bell-shaped distribution.
But even so, you shouldn’t see more than a half-dozen or ten or twelve or whatever, people, with scores above 6 SDs. So, Paul Cooijmans has the Giga Society, which has 7 or 8 members. It is for people with IQs that are supposed to be one in a billion. So, there are 8 billion people on Earth, 8 members of the Giga Society, so that makes a certain sense, but not really. That’s as if everybody who could score at that level has taken one of his tests. That’s just obviously not true. So, way too many people scoring at the one in a billion level. It’s not like the Giga Society has 300 members.
Cooijmans is pretty rigorous in his norming and testing. So, if you have taken a Cooijmans test and scored at or close to the Giga Society, legitimately, Cooijmans has written in the past about people’s attempts to cheat on his tests, but I don’t think there has been a successful attempt in decades. So, people are pretty accepting that if you get a Giga level score on his tests; that you’re legitimately pretty smart. The claims of super high-IQs, there are legit claims based on performing well on ultra-high IQ tests or kicking ass as a kid on a test like the Stanford-Binet or the Wechsler. Someone can say, “As a kid, I scored a 200,” or something.
That’s another thing I won’t go into. People who claim high-IQ scores and are lying are generally not sophisticatedly lying. They’re saying something that cannot hold up at all. I don’t know if there are many or any sophisticated lies about having a super-high-IQ. So, then there are people outside the high-IQ community who are skeptical about the whole thing, but no one is really worried a lot about it, because: who gives a shit?
Also, if you want to say something, or know something that I’m not aware of, that contradicts what I’m saying, go ahead.
Cole: Hoeflin’s norms all involve some extrapolation. I find it reasonable up to the mega level (about 4.75 standard deviations).
Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, what seems like the motivation behind making claims well beyond the norms of the most used mainstream I.Q. tests?
May: It’s a shame Einstein did physics. He could have been on Facebook (now called Meta, I guess).
Rosner: Going off my own experience, I kind of felt like a loser based on when I was about 20. I’d fucked up a lot of opportunities for myself. Then somebody told me about the previous world’s hardest IQ test, which was a Kevin Langdon test. It ran in Omni or Games Magazine. I took it and scored 170. I went, ‘Wow, that’s a good score.’ When Mega came along, I took that. I liked that validation that it gave me. Even though, it is a ridiculous thing. I kind of feel like it might be analogous to a guy who can bench press 500 lbs.
It’s kind of a goofy thing. You wouldn’t tell that guy it is goofy to his face, but the Sven Magnason. He is 6’4” and weighs 310 lbs. and eats 200 grams of protein a day to get that or support that huge bench press and has hypertension and his joints will be fucked in 10 years. It’s a kind of a goofy thing. It is amazing the guy can bench 500 lbs. It is this ridiculous thing. It is a very obscure sport. Sven Magnason is not playing in the NFL for 1.8 million USD a year. He probably works in a warehouse and does strength training on the side.
It doesn’t translate into the kind of fame or success that you might want. So, it is a niche kind of sport.
Cole: Vanity is one motivation.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more egregious I.Q. claims in 20th century by groups and by individuals? This is a free forum.
May: In the 20th century — maybe being the smartest man in America was a fairly egregious claim. Top 1 per billion high-IQ societies may qualify if such came into existence in the 20th century.
Rosner: I don’t know. Anybody can go on the internet and type whatever they want. One of the craziest claims I saw I mentioned before. Somebody had a site or has a site claiming Jesus had an IQ of 300. The idea that somebody with the deep wisdom of Jesus meant Jesus had a huge IQ. His estimate based on nothing: If smartest people have an IQ of 200, then Jesus must have an IQ of 300. William Sidis, people claim 259 based on extreme achievements as a young person, at least it is based on his history and is a fairly earnest attempt to estimate a very smart young man’s IQ.
It is kind of egregious and not based on him being tested. Oh! Some of the most egregious are in the last 15 years; some insane moms, one mom out of Colorado, maybe 18 years ago, got a hold of the answer key to an earlier edition of the Stanford-Binet. Stanford-Binet gets revised every 15 or 20 years. I don’t know. You can still find psychologists who will give an earlier version. In the stacks of libraries. Probably, the Norlin Library at the University of Colorado, she found an earlier editions, found an answer key. Then taught her kid all the answers, so, that kid scored, at age 3 or 4, like a 10-year-old, which, the way they calculate childhood IQs, gave him an IQ well over 300. She tried to get herself and her kid famous off this.
It, eventually, fell apart because the kid did not have a 300 IQ. So, that is pretty egregious. But! Doable if you’re not an idiot about it, I believe. But anybody who would do it would be a kind of idiot. First of all, I don’t know. How much would a 4-year-old be into it? But if you took a 6-year-old and got a 6-year-old into it, “We’re going to ride this pony into a T.V. show, your acting career.” It has never happened, but it is not impossible. Because Alicia Witt was a child actor, an actor now. Great actor and great kid actor, one of the things that makes for a great kid actor is a 4-year-old who can read.
Because if you can give a 4-year-old – Alicia Witt could read at 3 – a script and the kid can read the script and memorize the script rather than having to be told shit line by line, and if the kid is smart enough to do that, then the kid is smart enough to take direction. Alicia Witt was at least a kid actor because she was super fucking smart. So, I’m thinking if you had a motivated 6-year-old and a creepy parent. I even started working on a screenplay on this or thought about it 30 years ago as a good plot. Like a lot of shit I do, I didn’t do anything with it, except the mom did it and a shitty job in real life.
The right combination of psychopathic parent and bright, motivated kid. That team could believably sustain the bullshit that that kid has an IQ of 300+ for quite a while. Although, nobody has done that. Yes, that would be egregious.
Cole: Before they were banned by Wikipedia, there were many articles by groups making incredible IQ claims.
Jacobsen: What seem like the big lessons in debunking phony I.Q. claims from the 20th century?
May: “The first principle is that you must not fool yourself and you are the easiest person to fool.” — Richard P. Feynman
Rosner: [Laughing] A lot of stuff underlying a lot about high-IQ is “Why?” Why claim to have a high-IQ? Why work your ass off to get a super high score on these tests? Why sweat debunking it? In retrospect, you can see why you might want to hold people who might claim super-high-IQs up to scrutiny, at least given Raniere. The NXVIM sex cult, swindler of the Bronfman’s who is in prison for life now. One of the pillars of his duping people was using a high score on the Mega Test to claim to be one of the smartest people on Earth, though he didn’t really push it.
Because once he gathered enough acolytes, I don’t know enough about him to know how often he dragged out his IQ. But it seems that once he was surrounded by dozens of followers; that he didn’t need to do that. He could rely on his charisma and manipulation skills, and also being at the top of a pyramid of people with good manipulation skills. He was smart enough to recruit charismatic actors, TV stars. A couple actors from Smallville. People with actual show biz careers. One of his selling points and one of the selling points of Scientology can help you succeed professionally in shit where what it takes to succeed, like acting, can seem nebulous.
So, he didn’t need to haul out his IQ a lot because he was surrounded by TV stars who were helping him recruit other people into his cult. He, certainly, deserved a lot of scrutiny, perhaps a lot sooner than he got the scrutiny. There’s another guy who is pretty culty who has a bunch of acolytes who espoused a bunch of scary shit. So, that’s one reason to scrutinize claims of super-high-IQ because people can be up to no good, but those people are fairly rare. Of the 60, 80, 100, people who have qualified for the Mega Society over the past 40 years, 95 or more percent of them are completely normal, undangerous people.
The biggest danger might be that they might be really funny, like Richard May, is a completely decent guy who happens to be extra smart and extra funny. Super-high-IQ people mostly aren’t to be feared. What were we talking about? I always talk myself way away from the question. [Ed. Question repeated.] That, I guess, let the babies have their bottles for the most part, let high-IQ people be high-IQ people, it doesn’t hurt anyone, except for a few cases. Those involved in IQ fraud, the fraud is pretty transparent.
Most of the high-IQ lying is some desperate asshole who is 25 and going to undergraduate parties at his school. That guy finds a freshman girl and says, “Oh, people don’t understand me. I have a 205 IQ. I graduated high school at age 5.” It’s that abject bullshit. There are more sophisticated attempts, but not that much more. Because the payoffs are pretty low. Even lower than getting a hand job from a freshman girl, the end.
Cole: “It’s hard to be right.” — Richard Feynman
Footnotes
[1] Richard May (“May-Tzu”/“MayTzu”/“Mayzi”) is a Member of the Mega Society based on a qualifying score on the Mega Test (before 1995) prior to the compromise of the Mega Test and Co-Editor of Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society. In self-description, May states: “Not even forgotten in the cosmic microwave background (CMB), I’m an Amish yuppie, born near the rarified regions of Laputa, then and often, above suburban Boston. I’ve done occasional consulting and frequent Sisyphean shlepping. Kafka and Munch have been my therapists and allies. Occasionally I’ve strived to descend from the mists to attain the mythic orientation known as having one’s feet upon the Earth. An ailurophile and a cerebrotonic ectomorph, I write for beings which do not, and never will, exist — writings for no one. I’ve been awarded an M.A. degree, mirabile dictu, in the humanities/philosophy, and U.S. patent for a board game of possible interest to extraterrestrials. I’m a member of the Mega Society, the Omega Society and formerly of Mensa. I’m the founder of the Exa Society, the transfinite Aleph-3 Society and of the renowned Laputans Manqué. I’m a biographee in Who’s Who in the Brane World. My interests include the realization of the idea of humans as incomplete beings with the capacity to complete their own evolution by effecting a change in their being and consciousness. In a moment of presence to myself in inner silence, when I see Richard May’s non-being, ‘I’ am. You can meet me if you go to an empty room.” Some other resources include Stains Upon the Silence: something for no one, McGinnis Genealogy of Crown Point, New York: Hiram Porter McGinnis, Swines List, Solipsist Soliloquies, Board Game, Lulu blog, Memoir of a Non-Irish Non-Jew, and May-Tzu’s posterous.
[2] According to some semi-reputable sources gathered in a listing here, Rick G. Rosner may have among America’s, North America’s, and the world’s highest measured IQs at or above 190 (S.D. 15)/196 (S.D. 16) based on several high range test performances created by Christopher Harding, Jason Betts, Paul Cooijmans, and Ronald Hoeflin. He earned 12 years of college credit in less than a year and graduated with the equivalent of 8 majors. He has received 8 Writers Guild Awards and Emmy nominations, and was titled 2013 North American Genius of the Year by The World Genius Directory with the main “Genius” listing here.
He has written for Remote Control, Crank Yankers, The Man Show, The Emmys, The Grammys, and Jimmy Kimmel Live!. He worked as a bouncer, a nude art model, a roller-skating waiter, and a stripper. In a television commercial, Domino’s Pizza named him the “World’s Smartest Man.” The commercial was taken off the air after Subway sandwiches issued a cease-and-desist. He was named “Best Bouncer” in the Denver Area, Colorado, by Westwood Magazine.
Rosner spent much of the late Disco Era as an undercover high school student. In addition, he spent 25 years as a bar bouncer and American fake ID-catcher, and 25+ years as a stripper, and nearly 30 years as a writer for more than 2,500 hours of network television. Errol Morris featured Rosner in the interview series entitled First Person, where some of this history was covered by Morris. He came in second, or lost, on Jeopardy!, sued Who Wants to Be a Millionaire? over a flawed question and lost the lawsuit. He won one game and lost one game on Are You Smarter Than a Drunk Person? (He was drunk). Finally, he spent 37+ years working on a time-invariant variation of the Big Bang Theory.
Currently, Rosner sits tweeting in a bathrobe (winter) or a towel (summer). He lives in Los Angeles, California with his wife, dog, and goldfish. He and his wife have a daughter. You can send him money or questions at LanceVersusRick@Gmail.Com, or a direct message via Twitter, or find him on LinkedIn, or see him on YouTube.
[3] Chris Cole is a longstanding member of the Mega Society.
[4] Individual Publication Date: April 1, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/debunking-2; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.
*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.
Citations
American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Debunking I.Q. Claims Discussion with Chris Cole, Richard May, and Rick Rosner: Member, Mega Society; Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society”; Member, Mega Society (2)[Online]. April 2022; 29(D). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/debunking-2.
American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, April 1). Debunking I.Q. Claims Discussion with Chris Cole, Richard May, and Rick Rosner: Member, Mega Society; Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society”; Member, Mega Society (2). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/debunking-2.
Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Debunking I.Q. Claims Discussion with Chris Cole, Richard May, and Rick Rosner: Member, Mega Society; Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society”; Member, Mega Society (2). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.D, April. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/debunking-2>.
Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Debunking I.Q. Claims Discussion with Chris Cole, Richard May, and Rick Rosner: Member, Mega Society; Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society”; Member, Mega Society (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.D. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/debunking-2.
Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Debunking I.Q. Claims Discussion with Chris Cole, Richard May, and Rick Rosner: Member, Mega Society; Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society”; Member, Mega Society (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.D (April 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/debunking-2.
Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Debunking I.Q. Claims Discussion with Chris Cole, Richard May, and Rick Rosner: Member, Mega Society; Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society”; Member, Mega Society (2)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 29.D. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/debunking-2>.
Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Debunking I.Q. Claims Discussion with Chris Cole, Richard May, and Rick Rosner: Member, Mega Society; Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society”; Member, Mega Society (2)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 29.D., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/debunking-2.
Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Debunking I.Q. Claims Discussion with Chris Cole, Richard May, and Rick Rosner: Member, Mega Society; Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society”; Member, Mega Society (2).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 29.D (2022): April. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/debunking-2>.
Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Debunking I.Q. Claims Discussion with Chris Cole, Richard May, and Rick Rosner: Member, Mega Society; Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society”; Member, Mega Society (2)[Internet]. (2022, April 29(D). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/debunking-2.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/14
Dr. Sven van de Wetering has just stepped down as head of psychology at the University of the Fraser Valley and is a now an associate professor in the same department. He is on the Advisory Board of In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. Dr. van de Wetering earned his BSc in Biology at The University of British Columbia, and Bachelors of Arts in Psychology at Concordia University, Master of Arts, and Ph.D. in Psychology from Simon Fraser University. His research interest lies in “conservation psychology, lay conceptions of evil, relationships between personality variables and political attitudes.” Here we discuss his background and views, part 1.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Where did you acquire your education?
I did my education all over. I went to grade school at various schools in Powell River, Greater Vancouver, and Calgary, including three alternative schools: the Oxford House of Knowledge (an extremely unpretentious place that happened to be on Oxford Street), the Ideal School (which didn’t quite live up to its name but was a big step up from conventional schools), and, in Calgary, the Alternative High School.
I received a B.Sc. in biology at UBC in 1983. Then, after some years of drift, I went back to school in 1988 and studied psychology at Concordia University in Montreal (though I spent a visiting year at Albert Ludwigs Universität in Freiburg, Germany), got my B.A. in psychology in 1992, then spent the next ten years doing my graduate work at SFU.
Jacobsen: Why did you pursue that field of study? How did psychology interest to you?
I originally intended to be a clinician. I was working in a home for the mentally handicapped in 1988, and was quite burned out, but thought the work was important and wanted to pursue it at a higher level. I thought clinical psychology was the field for me. Of course, that didn’t quite work out.
Jacobsen: What topics have you researched in your career?
I have researched only a restricted range of topics in my empirical research career. As an undergraduate, I was looking at belief in the paranormal. As a masters student I tried to develop a relatively nonreactive measure of prejudice, then as a doctoral student, I stayed in the area of prejudice, but tried to study whether people use gossip as a technique to incite prejudice in others. Once I started teaching full time, I could only do one project a year, but have looked at things like beliefs about the nature of evil, predictors of people’s car purchase decisions (this was in an environmental context), a couple of studies on system justification theory. My last several studies have had a very striking tendency to produce null results.
Jacobsen: What areas are you currently researching?
If I can ever get it up and running, I hope to conduct a study on the relationship between narcissism and political attitudes. It’ll be a correlational study, and I’ll probably toss in a whole bunch of variables in the hopes of finding something.
Jacobsen: How do you engage in research? What methodologies do you employ?
My methodology tends to be very straightforward, either simple correlational studies or experimental studies with just one or two variables manipulated. Most of the time this is done using simple paper-and-pencil measures, but sometimes I’ll do something a little fancier in an attempt to assess implicit cognition.
Jacobsen: Within the field of psychology, what do you consider the most controversial topics? How do you examine the debates pertaining to these topics?
If one takes “controversial” to mean that everyone has a very strong opinion about the issue, and the opinions aren’t all the same, I would have to say that number one is still the status of psychoanalysis. A determined minority of psychologists still considers Freud half a step below God, a majority seem to think of him as some deluded anti-empirical megalomaniac with delusions of grandeur and no data, and not many psychologists sit on the fence about this. I may be one of them, though. The number of issues on which Freud may have been right is slowly growing in my mind, and I’m not quite as ready to dismiss him as I once was. To be honest, I barely examine this issue at all, though. Just in a few isolated moments, I think “Hey! Freud may be right about that!”
Another debate of the same ilk concerns the status of evolutionary thinking in psychology. Relatively few academic psychologists actually deny that human evolution has occurred. The issue is more whether the fact of our having evolved actually furnishes significant insights into current human psychology. This is a thorny issue that I do have to deal with on a fairly regular basis, and I must confess that my strategy here is to read the arguments on both sides, and then come to an informed decision based largely on intuition.
The most troubling argument I have heard goes something like this: “Evolutionary psychology promotes patriarchy.” I don’t think it does; at least, there are a number of feminist evolutionary psychologists out there, one of whom I know personally. Furthermore, having taught evolutionary psychology, I’ve gotten the impression that there is almost no other point of view so very good at making a lot of typical male dominance behaviors look completely ridiculous. Nevertheless, I must admit that, when I go to evolutionary psychology conferences, I do get the impression that the typical evolutionary psychologist is somewhat to the political right of the typical non-evolutionary psychologist.
What disturbs me about the argument though, is the idea that an idea should be suppressed if it has negative consequences, even if it happens to be true. I feel ambivalent about this idea but tend to think that suppressing potentially true ideas is, if not always wrong, at least almost always wrong. The quest for truth is what got me into academic life in the first place, and I find the idea that we should hide the truth distasteful and potentially destructive.
A third controversy that doesn’t so much play out within psychology but instead between psychologists and other fields in the humanities and social sciences is whether there is such a thing as human nature at all. Most psychologists who are not behaviorists will answer this in the affirmative, but some learning theorists and many anthropologists and sociologists will contend that human behavior is almost infinitely plastic and that those who seek to find an enduring core to human nature will find nothing but sand. Given the large number of cross-cultural universals we have found that also seem to be thoroughly anchored in individual human development, I find the idea of an infinitely plastic human nature odd and contrary to all evidence I am aware of. This is not a dispute I spend a lot of time on; I’ve never yet heard a decent argument from the infinite plasticity camp, and so I consider it a big waste of time.
Please note that I am not contending that there is no plasticity; clearly, there is. Learning takes place, cultures differ, and the brain rewires itself under certain circumstances. My objection is only to the idea that these processes are so all-encompassing that there is no longer an unchanging core that is resistant to these processes.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/14
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Where did you acquire your education? How did you become interested in Psychology?
Betty Rideout: My first two years were completed at Kwantlen, back when Kwantlen first separated from Douglas college and was a series of trailers on 140th street. I was a mature student (relatively speaking) and wanted a way out of the boring job I was in. From Kwantlen, I went onto UBC to complete my BA in Psychology (was tied for the governor’s general award at Kwantlen, GPA) but lost the award to another student because a few of my courses I had completed were taken at Cap College.
At UBC I went on to complete an MA in Counselling Psychology, and I recently completed a Ph.D. through an interdisciplinary faculty in education, the Centre for Cross Faculty Inquiry, which was a more sensible choice for me than a Ph.D. in Counselling Psychology since my research interests had long since strayed from psychotherapy. My advisor thought was the same advisor for my Ph.D. as was for my MA, from Counselling Psychology.
Jacobsen: What topics have you researched in your career?
Rideout: My Master’s degree looked at the influence of divorce on adolescents – this was in the 1980’s and there actually wasn’t a lot of research at the time on that topic.
Jacobsen: You recently earned your Ph.D. What did you research? How do the results extend into larger society?
Rideout: My research looked at how young adults who describe themselves as spiritual but not religious, assess and critically reflect upon their spiritual beliefs. The research questions were twofold: what were young adults’ beliefs, and secondly, how did they critically reflect upon them. The second research question utilized King and Kitchener’s reflective judgment model to interpret and assess participants’ beliefs.
How do the results extend into the larger society? We found that participants scored at about the norm for their age and education level, but having said that, were alarmed at how participants’ beliefs seemed tentative and were not grounded into their personal philosophies.
Hanan Alexander (2002) points out that “today’s spiritual seekers experience their moral intuitions as fragmented and ungrounded” (p. x) and comments that part of a spiritual exploration is asking big questions, the meaning of life questions, the type of questions that typically include pondering the nature of goodness.
These sorts of questions, and the answers we decide for ourselves seem particularly relevant for young adults since one’s idea of the nature of goodness can guide both their career and relationship choices.
It’s possible then that the kind of spiritual seeking that appears to be so common these days, without some type of intellectual support, inquiry, etc. may be one piece that contributes to the higher rate of depression and anxiety that we see in young adults today.
There’s no doubt that institutional religion is no longer a source of undisputed guidance and meaning, more and more people tend to pick and choose their favourite religious pieces, but how effectively can we integrate those pieces into a larger personal philosophy that coheres, has integrity and can provide an authentic source of guidance for ourselves?
Jacobsen: Other than the social domain, where would you like to take your research?
Rideout: Well, I suppose the main thrust of my research is that I hope individuals will entertain the idea that one’s epistemological stance bears examination, and that the ideas and personal philosophies we hold outside of the academic world warrant just as much critical examination of the topics we prepare for in an examination.
Maybe even more, because, if spiritual beliefs tend to include a notion of what is best, then this is a foundational belief that can only benefit from close scrutiny in order to make that belief a lived experience.
Jacobsen: What do you consider the most controversial research in psychology? How do you examine this research?
Rideout: In Psychology, hmm – I think actually I’d point to work in Philosophy and its influence on Psychology as a more significant source of controversy, particularly the work of post-modern theorists such as Foucault and Derrida.
They’re changing the nature of language and core social concepts – and that’s powerfully influential. Foucault argued that the Social Sciences were the most influential academic area because it is the Social Sciences that produce and institute our cultural ideals, for better or for worse.
Jacobsen: How have your philosophical views changed over time – in and out of psychology?
Rideout: I’ve changed from a simple naïve realist to someone who is much more open to ontological possibilities I would never have considered in my thirties. I remain convinced that the method of science is the most powerful epistemological tool available to us but wonder whether this method may evolve as well, and sometimes ponder whether there are possible realities that the human mind simply has yet to evolve the capacity to comprehend.
I’m also interested in Jonathan Haidt’s (2012) research – who points out that Psychology has solidly been influenced by a rationalist perspective from the time of Plato on – there is a direct line of influence to Piaget and Kohlberg. He argues that so much of human processing is non-rational – and we rationalists overlook this at our peril. My research falls squarely into a rationalist perspective; King and Kitchener were influenced by William Perry, who was influenced by Kohlberg, who was influenced by Piaget. There are researchers who propose a personal epistemology that is more embodied, intuitive, and perhaps I’ve overlooked the importance of this given my rationalist bias.
Jacobsen: What advice would you give to undergraduate and graduate students aiming for a career in psychology?
Rideout: Consider what your specific goal is, and if it includes working as a psychotherapist, make sure that you have had lots of opportunities to work in that kind of capacity before you commit. Not everyone is ideally suited to working with other people’s painful experiences, and psychological change is a slow process, successes are measured out in teaspoons.
Jacobsen: What books, article, and/or people have most influenced your intellectual development?
Rideout: I quite admire Jonathan Haidt – his book The Righteous Mind (2012) is a timely read given the polarization politically that is so dominant these days.
I admire Charles Taylor’s scholarship and ability to integrate diverse perspectives: A Secular Age (2007) and Sources of the Self (1989).
Foucault’s Madness and Civilization
Richard Rorty and Gianni Vattimo: The Future of Religion, argue a kind of post-modern update of religion, their ideas were brand new for me.
I still like Freud’s Civilization and Its Discontents
Jacobsen: What do you consider the take-home message of your research?
Rideout: Know thyself? Perhaps not in the true Platonic tradition, but at least Jungian, and while we are blessed to live in multicultural times where the internet exposes us to lots of different perspectives, whatever ideals we choose we need to make our own, and that’s best achieved through the hard work of critical inquiry as well ensuring that our beliefs also become our lived experience.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/14
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: I wanted to interview you because you’re a colleague. I haven’t set aside enough time to interact with you, so here’s my lucky break! Also, you mentioned having a different view, potentially, than the general “ethos” of The Good Men Project. How might your views differ, socially and politically?
Helen Pluckrose: Hi! Nice to chat with you. I am not sure of the extent to which my views differ from the general ethos of The Good Men Project but have caught pieces every now and then which seem to share talking points I have concerns about within intersectional feminism.
For example, a look at trending articles right now reveals ‘Explaining White Privilege to a Broke White Person’ and ‘Confessions of a Privileged White Male and Former Conservative.’
I am skeptical of approaches to social justice which focus on systems of privilege favoring dominant groups rather than prejudice and discrimination affecting minorities. This is often regarded as a kind of ‘original sin’ based on identity and used to perpetuate the root problem of prejudice and discrimination: judging people by their gender, race or sexuality rather than their values and behavior.
It shifts the focus to the groups least affected by prejudice and regards their greater access to rights and opportunities as an unjust privilege rather than focusing on groups which are disadvantaged and regarding this as a denial of basic equality needing to be fixed. As a universal liberal and humanist, I see more worth in focusing attention and compassion on those who are disadvantaged than shame and censure on those who are not.
I also find the systems of privilege approach to be reductionist and require many generalisations and forcing people into categories. Although the concept of intersectionality intended to overcome such reductionism and show that oppression can be complex and multi-faceted, in practice it often doesn’t because it neglects class unless accompanied by another form of marginalised identity and assumes that men are consistently privileged over women in a way that can only be supported by reading society through an ideological lens and applying much confirmation bias.
I support efforts to address areas in which men are disadvantaged – the right to genital integrity, unequal custody norms, unequal sentencing, neglect of provision for male victims of violence and a failure to address gender gaps in education, homelessness and suicide – but find that the men’s rights’ activism can also be highly biased and ideological.
I favor an approach to thinking about ethics in the realm of gender which is strongly humanist and liberal, and which values men and women as humans, as equals and as men and women facing different challenges due to biological and cultural differences.
Jacobsen: What are some important messages that those in The Good Men Project may not necessarily take into full account when considering their own political and social views, as someone with a degree of objectivity looking from the outside in? I am fascinated to know because I wouldn’t necessarily know as I am in the ‘water’ so to speak.
Pluckrose: I wouldn’t like to generalize as you have so many writers and they surely have a range of views. I recognize that The Good Men Project is neither men’s rights’ activism nor feminism but an exploration by men of the experience of being a man and trying to be a good one in the 21st-century society. I think free-ranging discussion of how to be a good man is a great idea in the same way as discussion of how to be a good woman would be because, although it is most important to be a good person, men and women are not identical physically, cognitively or psychologically and they do not face identical challenges in society.
I would simply hope that the overall ethos would be positive about the inherent worth of men, their contributions to society and the nature of masculinity.
I may be biased by my close connection with feminism but my experience of liberals addressing the topic of masculinity or manhood in an ethical sense is that too many see it as a problem to be fixed or restrained or detoxified.
They also tend to look at it in a way which centers men’s relationships with women rather than men’s own needs and experiences due to a feeling that these have been centered for too long which I’m not sure is true. Of course, this need not be the case at all.
Explorations of what it is to be a good man can be done unapologetically in a positive and practical way which does not devolve into the pathologisation of masculinity. It need not neglect to appreciate the positive qualities more typical of the male psychology nor prize them above those more typical of the female.
Also among the currently trending articles of The Good Men Project are ‘Why Does Stress Cause More Depression in Men Than in Women?’ and ‘Nobody Gets to Tell My Sons What It Means to Be a Man’ which I found to be both male-centred and positive.
Jacobsen: What are your favorite topics to write on? Can you link to some examples?
Pluckrose: Academically, I write mostly about late medieval and early modern religious writing by and for women. I am interested in the way that women negotiated authority and autonomy for themselves using religion within patriarchal societies which denied them both.
My popular writing on contemporary issues have included advocacy of secularism and skepticism, critiques of postmodernism and intersectional feminism, dissections of common flaws of critical thinking and analyses of how to fix the problems within the political left and thus strengthen it. The common thread linking these is my interest in ideology and the ways that people think and have thought, particularly on the subjects of religion and gender.
Jacobsen: We both contribute to Conatus News. What seems like its core message to you? Why did you start writing for them? How did you find them?
Pluckrose: I like Conatus News because of its positioning within the political sphere. With its core definition of ‘progressive’ and its commitment to secularism and human rights and its opposition to regressive, identitarian, postmodern politics, it is open to contributions from everyone from liberal centrists, liberal lefties, libertarian lefties, radical lefties, socialists, radical feminists and centre-rightists with liberal aims. This gives it both coherence and diversity within a leftist, progressive ethos quite different to the culturally-relative postmodern left. As a liberal centre-leftie, non-feminist supporter of gender equality who favours a mixed economy, I have strong differences with the radical writers, both feminist and economic but we tolerate these differences well and still find common cause where we can.
Outside of Conatus News, my readers are often centrists and much of my writing focuses on the problems within the left that I want to fix, so it is valuable to have a platform which appeals mostly to leftists. I found Conatus when Terry Murray, the feminist writer contacted me to invite me to the ‘Defending Progressivism’ conference, for which I am very grateful.
Jacobsen: Any feelings or thoughts in conclusion based on the conversation today?
Pluckrose: No, I don’t think so. I will certainly pay more attention to the output of The Good Men Project, though.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Helen.
Pluckrose: Thank you, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/13
The Single Mother’s Alliance of British Columbia (SMA) has taken their fight for women’s rights to the United Nations. Viveca Ellis, a single mother from Vancouver, British Columbia, said, “We can’t sell ourselves short: we can’t settle for anything less than the realization of our full human rights, as women and people.” An important call for one marginalized population, single mothers. They have the tremendous responsibility of the upbringing of the next generation of children.
Ellis, also a mother of a 7-year-old boy, founded the Single Mother’s Alliance of British Columbia. The SMA devotes grassroots, non-profit efforts and resources to community building, leadership, and advocacy for single mothers in British Columbia. In short, it is a women’s collective for the needs of single mothers in British Columbia.
Of the single mothers in BC, one out of two raises the single parent family in poverty. Women as single mothers in poverty translate into children in poverty. Children in poverty mean lowered life expectations, outcomes, and prospects. In general, the issues faced by single mothers are noted in a December 2008, paper entitled Precarious and Vulnerable: Lone Mothers on Income Assistance. It describes the insecurity and vulnerability of single mothers.
On the one hand, as a society, we have concerns about single parent households having one source of income. Two incomes tend to make financial life easier. As well, there is only one person for child care and house chores. On the other hand, we have concerns about the lower pay single mothers receive. As well, the fact that many of them require income assistance. Together, this creates problems for the livelihoods and well-being of mothers and their children. The single mothers’ situations come with the additional problem of a difficult ex-partner, possibly with substance abuse or domestic abuse issues in the past. Devastation can ensue.
SMA works to alleviate some of these difficulties through ground-up group planning and implementation. To guide them, the SMA developed and works from the Three Point Mandate:
To build community among the family class of single mothers…
To provide educational opportunities and tools for single mothers to a) gain empowerment, and b) develop leadership skills which strengthens both our individual and collective capacity to participate in public policy-making that impacts our lives, and those of their children…
To advocate for the rights of single mothers and their children to live lives free of poverty and discrimination.
Indeed, to me these seem like noble aims and initiatives for women raising children in difficult circumstances (similar arguments apply to the minority single parent sub-population known as single fathers). However, they might need assistance to achieve these goals. That is, the strength of grassroots and nonprofit organizations can weaken without national or international legitimation, recognition, and support.
Recently, there were months of testimonies at the United Nations on the struggles of single mothers. The issues raised at the United Nations related to the Convention on the Elimination of all Forms of Discrimination Against Women (CEDAW), which is intended to reaffirm fundamental human rights and the equality of rights between women and men.
The BC CEDAW Group submitted to the Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination Against Women with the combined 8th and 9th periodic reports from Canada in the 65th session of the committee. The BC CEDAW Group included other organizations such as the Coalition of Child Care Advocates of BC, Hospital Employees’ Union, Justice for Girls, Poverty and Human Rights Centre, Vancouver Committee for Domestic Workers and Caregivers Rights, Vancouver Rape Relief and Women’s Shelter, West Coast LEAF-Women’s Legal Education and Action Fund, Single Mothers’ Alliance of BC, and Vancouver Women’s Health Collective.
They recognized in the periodic review the failure of BC to comply with CEDAW, the “42,236 single mothers on welfare in a prosperous province” (August, 2016), the almost decade long stall in welfare rate raises (since 2007), the fact that over 90% of single parents are single mothers (July, 2016), and more than half of poverty-stricken children are raised by single parents (in BC). They also recognized that single mothers in BC with kids below the age of 18 have the highest food insecurity rate (34.3%) and there are intersectional disadvantages for Indigenous and immigrant single mothers, and there is a “crisis due to lack of affordable childcare, access to justice, inadequate responses to violence against women, and lack of access to education for those accessing welfare.”
Through the Canadian periodic review, the BC CEDAW Group recommended the following (among many others):
BC to raise welfare rates and restore access to education for all accessing welfare.
Enact a comprehensive poverty reduction plan within a gender based analysis with special temporary measures and targets to eliminate women’s poverty in BC
British Columbia adopts and implements the $10 a Day Child Care Plan over ten years.
Province to introduce proactive pay equity legislation requiring both public and private sector employers to ensure women equal pay for work of equal value.
BC to reinstate the BC Human Rights Commission; provide adequate funding for poverty and family law legal aid and raise financial thresholds for qualification.
BC to develop an effective provincial anti-violence plan to address economic and social policy failures that make women unable to escape violence.
With the tremendous difficulties faced by single mothers, there are hardships and heartbreak felt with the living observation of one’s own child disadvantaged by disproportionate poor life circumstances. At a minimum, the province and nation can commit to the acknowledgment, in policy and practice, of the troubles faced by the single mother subpopulation in British Columbia. They can do this through the support of the international obligations that this nation, and therefore province, remain obligated to; I suspect Ellis and others would agree.
* All views expressed in this blog post belong to the author and doesn’t necessarily reflect the views of CYH.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/13
In this post, youth blogger Scott interviews Afifa Hashimi, Check Your Head’s current blog coordinator. Afifa has been volunteering with CYH since 2015.
How did you get involved in youth activism?
My interest in social justice grew in my last few years of high school when I started paying more attention to politics and reading about injustice and oppression worldwide.
I was a part of a local Boys & Girls Club Youth Council, where I worked on an inclusion project, but I didn’t really engage in activism until I came to university.
That’s when I got involved in the Simon Fraser Public Research Interest Group (SFPIRG). It’s an awesome student-funded and directed non-profit organization at SFU, which focuses on social and environmental justice. My experience as part of the SFPIRG Street Team was really amazing. It motivated me to get involved in more initiatives.
How did you find us at Check Your Head (CYH)?
In the summer of 2015, I was searching for more social justice volunteer opportunities and I came across a page on the CYH website encouraging youth to apply to become workshop facilitators.
I was really excited to discover a local organization with values that mirror my own and I thought it would be a perfect opportunity to combine my passion for anti-oppression work and my interest in working with young people.
What tasks and responsibilities come along with your position at CYH?
As blog coordinator, I’m responsible for enlisting youth to be volunteer writers for CYH’s blog. I also offer support to the bloggers through the various stages of the writing and editing process, and I post their submissions.
What is the content and purpose of the written work through CYH – by others and yourself?
I think that the blog offers youth an opportunity to showcase their perspectives on important issues. It gives them a chance to research and write about causes they’re passion about. The content encourages critical thinking and inspires engagement with the issues discussed.
It’s a great space for youth to read the work of other young people and expand their knowledge of the various topics that the blog posts cover.
It has been a valuable experience for me, personally. I’ve learned a lot.
What is your post-secondary education in?
I’m currently in the last semester of my Honours Political Science BA with an English minor, and I plan to start law school this fall. My academic focus areas include international politics, oppression and resistance, and feminist political thought.
For my honours research project, I’m studying the effects of women’s participation in civil society on women’s rights across countries.
Did your post-secondary education assist in writing your own work and editing others’ work for the blog?
Yes, my English minor has improved my writing and editing skills. My interest areas in political science have also been relevant to my work at CYH. My education continues to add to my base of knowledge of important issues. It encourages me to analyze oppressive power structures, which helps me to think critically and creatively about anti-oppression work.
Along with my community involvement, my classes encourage me to keep up to date on political news and events related to things like social, environmental, and economic justice. This makes me better equipped to suggest timely topics and offer relevant resources to bloggers.
What are some impacts you have seen in BC from the work of CYH – at all levels?
One thing I can speak to is the impact of the youth workshops. The workshops create a space for young people to explore topics that they may not have had a chance to directly engage with in school or in other settings.
Some participants share comments on their own experiences. They make links between those experiences and broader societal forces that shape those experiences, which we address in the workshops.
For some participants, this may be the first time that they are consciously making these links. It’s great to see youth thinking critically. I felt that I could see the positive impact of the workshops when they’d say things like, “Wow, I never thought about it like that before!”
Also, the projects like CYH’s Democracy Check campaign have also had a significant impact. Although I was not involved in that campaign, I was involved in other non-partisan youth initiatives during the last federal election and I kept up with this campaign’s significant work. I think it definitely contributed to an increase in youth interest and involvement during the election.
Where do you hope CYH goes into the future?
I think the organization has a really important role to play in the education and engagement of youth. I hope CYH keeps facilitating workshops for youth and introduces new workshops to cover even more topics, maybe even expanding workshops or adapting them for even younger youth.
I’d also love to see CYH expand and take on more projects such as the current Inclusion and Anti-Racism project. One of my best friends, Rowena, is involved in that project, and from what I’ve heard it sounds awesome.https://in-sightjournal.com/in-sight-people/, http://checkyourhead.org/people/inclusionproject/, https://storify.com/check_your_head/democracy-check, http://www.sfpirg.ca/
Thank you for your time, Afifa.
* All views expressed in this interview belong to the interviewee and don’t necessarily reflect the views of CYH.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/13
Zachary R.W. Johnson and I are the principal officers of the BC Progressive Party. Here we write about activism.
All change comes from individual citizens through collective action. Whether an individual conscience is sparked by an event or personal experience, or groups of citizens have become or remain impacted by an event or experience, individuals and groups come together, organize, strategize, and protest for change in their own lives, lives of their neighbors, and their communities.
Political activism remains the same. The nuances are different. Though the tools and outcomes may differ, the emotional motivations are the same: the need to make positive change within the current political framework. For many others, of course, the point is to make a change outside of the present political structures of power because of the felt disenchantment with the political system. Different methodologies, frameworks/structures, and general considerations are dependent on the individual and the collective. Occasionally, as in the Arab Spring, governments can be overthrown, which can, unfortunately, be bloody.
In certain nations such as North American and Western European countries, characterized by advanced technological infrastructure and well-functioning economies and a high standard of living, with the fundamental needs of the majority of the citizenry met – needs such as food, water, shelter, civic life, civil society, amicable social relations, international respect, and a constitution, especially in contrast to international standards – the political activism takes different masks.
In particular, Canada seems like one of the more economically developed nations to us. It seems to have the aforementioned foundations. What does political activism look like in this province, in British Columbia?
Political activism in general and in an economically developed country, more often than not, remains the same as that in less wealthy democracies with the ability to vote. No individual’s vote counts more than another in a functional democracy.
Beyond that, the next stage of political activism includes the electronic or physical forms of education. Political activists can become active in respectable online forums, or other public forums designed for the furtherance of debate, dialogue, and discourse such as town halls. These each have pluses and minuses with the latter’s advantage in in-person meetings and planning and the former in rapidity of communication between members. Through education of others and oneself through respectful dialogue, and even heated debate, individuals can become active in collectives devoted to particular causes of personal importance.
The most active members in political activist movements will write, teach, lecture, march, boycott, and protest with blockades (sometimes with their bodies). Political activism has numerous facets.
There are many difficulties to overcome when it comes to being politically active within one’s community. Perhaps, one of the larger hurdles for an inspired individual is deciding on one of the many channels available to them. Whether it be through more formal means like aiding local politicians such as your local Member of Parliament (where the foundations for political activism already exist), or somewhat informal means like starting a local club, event or group based on one’s own values. If someone seeks to be politically active through present structures like the office of a local politician, the biggest challenge is finding ways to utilize your skills to the various causes that one as an individual supports.
If an individual or a small group is taking on the challenge of being politically active for a valued cause, the most difficult barrier to overcome is proving the worthiness of the cause to others. If other people are uninterested or disengaged, then such a cause will remain stagnant.
Some specific forms of political activism experienced by Zach have been the formation of a provincial political party, ProBC, devoted to progressive values. It comes with difficulties in terms of translating values into practice.
In particular, the organization of individual members and the coordination of meetings that everyone can agree upon can be difficult because many people living in B.C. have busy lives and may not have the ability to find the time for political activism through working with a provincial political party.
Even taking into account the challenges that those involved in elections, Town Halls, online fora, group and organization formation, and protests and demonstrations encounter, the many benefits that come from political activism can make it worthwhile.
The stresses that political engagement puts on the infrastructure and organization of society, including provincial culture, can effectuate that desired change to make for a province, and even Canadian society, desirable to sectors of citizens.
Most activism involves piecemeal reform and change because most adaptations to the changes in communities require minimal effort or simple recourse to legal and social structures in place. To observe real world changes over time remains a true privilege. One can influence the future landscape of life for oneself, one’s community, and the upcoming cohorts.
Indeed, political activism remains purpose for and devoted to positive impacts in communities. The greatest benefit is implied with all working together for communal change, in harmony.
By Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Zachary R.W. Johnson
* All views expressed in this blog post belong to the authors and don’t necessarily reflect the views of CYH.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/12
Sharnelle Jenkins-Thompson, whose passion for social justice began at the age of ten, is a board member at Check Your Head. She holds a bachelor’s degree in Social Work from the University of British Columbia.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you become involved in youth activism in general?
Sharnelle Jenkins-Thompson: I became involved in activism from a fairly young age, for my 11th birthday my mum gave me a book that chronicled actions of activists and it had lots of stories on the “Battle of Seattle.” So I think you can kind of get the sense my mum was instilling a strong sense of scrappiness that shaped my experiences growing up. We were very poor but from a young age I started to see that my family hadn’t failed or done something wrong but we were fighting something unfair. So I took on a lot of causes and issues in my preteen and teen years and strongly identified with any anti-authoritarian figures that so many teens like (so a lot of really bad punk music, as well as some real great punk music). I also really feel my connection to my ancestors; both my Mum’s immigrant and my Dad’s indigenous relations have helped guide me to where I am today.
What is the importance of youth activism to individuals in a community?
There are still many meetings I attend where I am easily the youngest person in the room on issues that drastically impact youth and young families, like anti-poverty work, early childhood work (which is so foundational if we are wanting to move towards a harm reduction society), policy issues, etc. For me, it highlights ways that social justice movements are so fractured and inaccessible to folks often most impacted by these issues. Having any sort of activism that is not intergenerational raises issues of sustainability, inclusion, power imbalances, etc. We need youth in decision-making roles and youth using their skills, knowledge, relationships and creating space for youth to be innovative, critical and take risks in different movements.
You are one of the board co-chairs for Check Your Head. What tasks and responsibilities come with this position?
Being on the board is a lot about supporting the nuts and bolts of an organization, especially an organization the size of CYH (small and mighty). Specifically, as a co-chair it’s a lot about bringing all the pieces together in one place and ensuring we are all in sync, looking to the future, and able to make decisions. As well as those pieces like governance, following the law in regards to the Charity Act, and acting in “good faith”—i.e. the ship isn’t running into the ground and we didn’t feel the need to right it.
What is the content and purpose of Check Your Head?
Check Your Head is about bringing youth together to think critically about social and environmental justice issues facing society through a popular education lens. We try and tackle a variety of issues important to youth and support youth to become leaders in these areas and share their knowledge and skills with their peers.
What are the biggest emotional difficulties in activism?
Burn out is a real issue, especially for so many youth activists when our advocacy is tied up in our lived experiences that fall outside the mainstream narrative of experience. For myself as a mixed-race indigenous woman, some of the issues being discussed more openly in mainstream society like Missing and Murdered Indigenous Women (MMIW), family violence, mental health, food insecurity, housing, etc. are tied up in my personal experiences and relationships and I continue to navigate and reflect on them. Oftentimes, those with lived experiences are continually asked to be vulnerable and share our narratives and do the emotional labour to try and connect other folks to the issues, but within certain parameters dictated by the mainstream: you can’t be too emotional or you’re not objective on the issue and can’t see the big picture. Or, on the other side of that: too guarded and private and not performing the narrative people want from you. So, between constantly having to give your story or being chided for not doing so, it can really burn folks out. I think I have been lucky to the extent that for the most part, I like to do the background and support work so I haven’t experienced too much burnout and have firm personal boundaries about what I share while I do my own personal healing and growing.
Are there any unique problems associated with organizing for youth activism?
I think a lot of what I alluded to above, about: are those in power making sure their spaces are accessible to youth? And are they able to share real power with youth? For youth-only organizing I think there is group burnout issues, for where so many youth are in their lives we lack the same access to resources as previous generations. So many youth are in precarious work, saddled with debt, etc., that it’s really hard to carry your issue forward. That being said, there are so many incredible youth organizers that are tackling these issues and finding innovative ways to tackle them.
By Scott Douglas Jacobsen
* All views expressed in this interview belong to the interviewee and don’t necessarily reflect the views of CYH.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/12
Protests provide a forum for citizens from all walks of life and backgrounds to unite under a common banner for movements and causes which are important to them. This can be for their livelihoods, the environment, or their children and grandchildren. Sometimes, it can be all these things at once. There was rain and snow, but this did not prevent 150 people from marching through downtown Fort Langley to “Stand with Kwantlen” against the proposed Kinder Morgan (Trans Mountain) Pipeline Expansion.
On December 11, 2016, the Kwantlen Nation was joined by members of the surrounding community in a march of solidarity. “Stand with Kwantlen” featured speeches by Brandon Gabriel and Tumia Knott from the Kwantlen Nation, and Petrina Arnason from the Township of Langley Council. The event was a reaction to the federal government’s approval of the Kinder Morgan Pipeline expansion.
The speakers raised many points of opposition including threats to the local environment, climate change, costs to local municipalities, and, most adamantly, the right of the Kwantlen Nation for sovereignty over unceded territory. Gabriel explained that there was no consultation with First Nations when the original pipeline was built in 1953. At the time it was extremely difficult for First Nations to find legal representation. Now, things are different and across the continent First Nations are opposing these types of energy projects. “We didn’t give permission for the first pipeline that was laid, so why would we give permission for the second?” Gabriel stated. “What we are saying is ‘No, you do not have permission to do this.’”
Arnason explained, “We’re standing here together, adding our voices to the larger collective.” While Arnason was speaking on her own behalf, the Township has raised many concerns about the expansion and were active participants in the National Energy Board hearings. During the summer, Maegen Giltrow, a legal representative of the township, told the Ministerial Panel that “This [pipeline] cannot be approved.” Earlier that day, Tumia Knott, legal representative for the Kwantlen Nation, spoke at a session with the Ministerial panel expressing grave concerns about the impact of the expansion on the Kwantlen community (including impacts on the environment) and the lack of consultation.
This is second time the Kwantlen Nation has decided to march as a nation, both times inspired by the threat that Kinder Morgan poses to their community. On April 11, 2015 the Nation marched together for the first time since colonization from their reserve through Fort Langley. This act of solidarity is an increasing trend in Indigenous and community opposition to new proposed energy infrastructure that threatens the land and water. Sunday’s march had the same message. Justine Nelson, Chapter Coordinator of the PIPE UP Network and one of the main organizers for the march, explained, “This march was to show solidarity with the Kwantlen Nation and send a message to Trudeau that the community will be standing next to Kwantlen through this fight. Very simply, they will not be able to build this pipeline.”
The expansion would triple the amount of diluted bitumen travelling from Alberta to the Burnaby coast. The result would be an increase in the amount of tankers leaving our coast to 30 per month. Kinder Morgan, the Texas-based company that owns the existing pipeline and proposed expansion, was originally created under “Enron”, the company famous for the huge tax scandal in the United States. Richard Kinder and many of the other original staff of the company were transfers from Enron. Kinder had worked for Enron for 16 years, eventually becoming the president and vice operating officer.
Opponents of the expansion insist it does not make sense from an environmental or economic perspective. In fact, Kinder Morgan is not even a good corporate citizen. They do their best to pay as few taxes at possible, and have 69 (reported) spills on the existing line and a horrible record on their other lines. Across the country, people are stating they will prevent this expansion from being built in addition to other proposed tar sands pipelines. The “Treaty Alliance Against Tar Sands Expansion” has been signed by over 50 First Nations across the continent. Similarly, the Coast Protectors Pledge has been signed by over 19,000 individuals. It states: “We stand in solidarity with Indigenous lands, water and environment protectors across Turtle Island, from BC to Quebec, from Burnaby to Lelu Island, from Muskrat Falls to Standing Rock.” The “Stand with Kwantlen” rally was one of many actions uniting opposition across Canada and the United States. This was not the first, and will not be the last.
By Justine Nelson and Scott Douglas Jacobsen
* All views expressed don’t necessarily reflect the views of CYH.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/12
In this post, youth blogger Scott chats with David Kerruish. David was born in Australia but found home in Vancouver in 2011. He is a Strategic Management Consultant at Vancity, with degrees from the Queensland University of Technology. This year, David took part in the Welfare Food Challenge.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you get involved in the Welfare Food Challenge?
David Kerruish: I am involved with Raise the Rates through the community foundation. I heard about it the last couple of years. I thought, “My work is to find out what’s going on in the community.” I am deeply curious about it.
Knowing the purpose and meaning behind the campaign, I thought I should develop my own understanding by being a part of the campaign.
Jacobsen: What have you heard from others that have been a part of it?
Kerruish: It was quite an experience. Most people found it challenging. All the way from approaching shopping with $18 per week to the shopping itself. The ability to function when perpetually hungry and malnourished comes with a sobering realization.
This is the way thousands of people live every week. We can check out at any point in time or after a week.
We have these welfare rates. They haven’t gone up in 9 years. I have been in Canada for 6 years. In my entire time in Canada, there’s not been an increase in the rate. I find that a little bit sad.
Jacobsen: What was your own experience in being able to or trying to function in taking part in this, being hungry all of the time?
Kerruish: I am a management consultant. I do reading and writing a lot. I use my brain a lot. I found on day 4 that I was agitated, even within 48 hours. It was affecting daily function.
As I went further along, I could facilitate and be present in a conversation. However, I wasn’t able to concentrate, especially reading the material. I kept thinking about eating. It was a constant cycle of planning for eating. It was not a pleasant experience at all.
Jacobsen: What were some of the precautions others and you took before taking part in this?
Kerruish: I tend to be health conscious. It is making sure there’s a balance of having enough carbohydrates, proteins, mixes of vitamin and minerals as best I could. If I have some foods, it is making sure there’s the right balance.
There is no precaution, it is hard to prepare. I realize how privileged I am. It is not easy.
Jacobsen: What are some ways fellow citizens can help others through things such as food programs for nutritious meals to eat every day?
Kerruish: Food banks. I’m not sure if there is a mandate. I believe the opportunity is there for everyone to think about where they put their own money. Are we supporting out local community with our choices in where we shop, where we spend our money throughout the day?
I think that’s more challenging because we live in a culture of instant gratification and immediate result. It may not have the immediate impact, but there’s the opportunity for everyone.
Jacobsen: This is an annual event. How can people become involved?
Kerruish: There’s a lot of work you can do to support Raise the Rates by advocating for raising the minimum wage and the welfare rate. Getting involved in the campaign is one, I was conflicted in my participation, not only because I was the guy with a fast metabolism affected by it.
I engaged with somebody on Twitter, who is on welfare for 52 weeks of the year. She made a good point. Maybe, it shouldn’t be me or any of the other people that participated in the challenge. It should be people living in the state and without the opportunity to opt out.
That was my conflict. Supporting Raise the Rates is a great thing, I would encourage everyone to do that. If you think it is right for you, then advocate for the change, but also remain humble and realize thousands of people who have no choice but to complete the ‘Welfare Food Challenge’ every week.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, David.
By Scott Douglas Jacobsen
* All views expressed in this interview belong to the interviewee and don’t necessarily reflect the views of CYH.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/12
Justine Nelson is the chapter coordinator for the PIPE UP Network and an event leader at Evergreen BC. In this blog post, youth blogger Scott discusses activism and organizing with Justine.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was your activist moment of awakening?
Justine Nelson: I’m not sure if I had a specific moment of awakening; I have been this type of person for as long as I can remember. As a child, I was always taking on different causes and stuff.
I was doing my undergraduate work when I realized that I was ignoring the bigger picture. I had always been focused on saving an animal, or a specific human rights issue. I did not really look at the overarching threat to the world that is climate change, which impacts all of the things I care about. I started realizing this while writing a thesis for my honors program on how people get involved in the environmental movement. That was my moment of awakening.
Jacobsen: Were there any mentors that contributed to this?
Nelson: My grandfather was a mentor for me. He was always political and he pushed me to engage in things. My parents were mentors, too. They supported my causes wholeheartedly. I wrote my first petition in grade 7. They were always very supportive of everything I was doing.
They were mentors in that way and my grandfather was a mentor in showing me what it is to be politically active and engaged. Throughout the years I have had a number of people, especially educators, impact my perspective significantly, but none as much as my family.
Jacobsen: What were some of the more moving moments of political activism?
Nelson: When we were fighting the Memorandum of Understanding that KPU signed with Kinder Morgan, the entire campaign of having the students, faculty, community, and Kwantlen First Nation come together to make the university back out. We wouldn’t have succeeded without the Kwantlen First Nation taking a strong stance. I am not sure the campus has ever seen such a unified and successful campaign. It was moving for me, it was a good moment.
Jacobsen: You are at UBC earning an M.Ed. What is the degree, in terms of content and purpose?
Nelson: It is a project-based cohort based on an adaptive education model. We don’t sit in class and listen to lectures and we are not on campus. We work together to analyze problems and create are real-world projects. My group is looking at issues around food waste.
We are looking at opening a café/food waste market. Hopefully, it will be in Surrey. We will create an educational experience around it, including programming.
I am adding a written thesis to my program and it will likely focus on aspects of the project, but we’re still formulating the topic since it is the beginning of the program. I might look at the program or our project specifically. Perhaps by applying adaptive education models and social movement education theories to look at creating educational experiences to encourage people to participate in social change. Also, we are seeing how the community can be built around it.
Jacobsen: What political activities and organizing are you involved in at this time?
Nelson: I am the chapter coordinator for the PIPE UP Network, which does advocacy around the proposed Trans Mountain Pipeline expansion. It is my main focus and has been for some time. Climate change and transitioning into clean/alternative energy is also part of it.
Food waste is something I am also becoming involved in, although food issues have been an interest personally for a long time. In my personal life, I consider many of my choices around feminism, food, and social issues to be political, and I am often organizing around different issues.
Jacobsen: What have been the biggest impacts of collective activist efforts in the Lower Mainland that you’ve seen?
Nelson: The Kinder Morgan expansion has been a unifying point for local government, unions, activists, First Nations communities, and universities to come together.
I think the coming together of groups that have not worked together before, or for a long time, is amazing. They are coming together to oppose the same thing and work for a better future. Maybe they are coming from different points of view, but it has provided a space for everyone to work together even if people do not always see eye-to-eye. Unions or workers and activists do not necessarily see eye-to-eye, even though unions are full of activists in their own sense, but this issue seems to be unifying for many people.
Canada-wide, we had the recent announcement of the treaty alliance with the 50+ First Nations opposed to all expansions of the Tar Sands. That is a huge moment as well. It is inspired by the Dakota Access Pipeline opposition. As a Canada-wide thing, the treaty is big. Over the next couple of months with the Kinder Morgan expansion, we will see the impact that these alliances will have.
Jacobsen: Do you have any advice for students to become involved? https://nodaplsolidarity.org/, http://www.nationalobserver.com/2016/09/22/news/first-nations-across-north-america-sign-treaty-alliance-against-oilsands,
Nelson: For new students, you can do this through student activism, student unions, the public interest research groups at the school, and so on. There is so much going on at campuses. It shouldn’t be hard to find something. Community groups are great, but being on campus with other students is a good way to build your network and get involved at a level where students are in decision making positions.
I didn’t do a lot of it, personally, I volunteered outside of school. However, I know those that did gain a lot from it and a part of me wishes I had gotten more involved. If you are in a school with a public research interest group, they’re a really great place to start. It depends. You have to find your passions. If you don’t go into it with passion and a desire to make an impact then you won’t be as useful, so if you can’t find something that sparks a fire in you, create something.
By Scott Douglas Jacobsen
* All views expressed in this interview belong to the interviewee and don’t necessarily reflect the views of CYH.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/11
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you get involved in the Welfare Food Challenge?
Lindsay Bissett: I became involved in the challenge last year with some VanCity colleagues of mine. A dear friend of mine is a friend of Bif Naked, who has been advocating with the Welfare Food Challenge for several years. We were all inspired to give it a try.
We have a Diversity and Inclusion Alliance at VanCity and one of our focus areas is poverty reduction. We thought this Challenge aligned strongly; it opened our eyes to the realities of living in poverty.
Jacobsen: What have you heard from others that have been a part of it?
Bissett: A lot of similar experiences. It is, in general, terrible. The first year of the challenge, I was so organized. I prepped all of my meals. I shopped at two different stores. I really thought that I was prepared.
An advocate from Raise the Rates who currently lives on welfare and lives in an SRO said, “We have to choose between being healthy and being hungry.” When I talk to other folks, no matter the level of preparation, you have to make the choice.
Often, it feels better to have a full belly. This unacceptable “choice” has stayed with me throughout the challenge and my advocacy beyond it.
You are eating processed, cheap, and sometimes expired foods. This quickly leads to physical and mental deterioration. The fifth day, last year, was when I broke. My mental health suffered greatly. I cried eating Chef Boyardee from the Dollar Store, which is embarrassing to admit. The canned pasta disintegrated when cooked and was basically inedible. On the fifth day I was not only hungry and unhealthy but I was absolutely isolated and mentally broken.
In summary, many people have the same experiences. After a few days, your motivation and mood suffer. This is how some people live every day…for years.
Jacobsen: What was your own experience in being able to or trying to function in taking part in this, being hungry all of the time?
Bissett: It is brutal. It is hard because I entered the challenge wanting to advocate at the same time. This year, I quit early, the food portion. It is hard being hungry, even if you achieve a full stomach you are not satisfied. You do not have the right amount of nutrition.
It is hard to state intellectual and powerful things. You are not healthy at the time. For me, I am hard to be around. I am cranky, which is unusual for me. It is hard to be taken seriously. It is hard to have conversations while in a constant bad mood.
Jacobsen: What were some of the precautions others and you took before taking part in this?
Bissett: There’s a great support group, in and out of Vancity through Raise the Rates. It is a great organization. Many of us converse on Twitter and share through blogs. In terms of precautions, we support one another.
We make sure nobody feels bad and know they can stop the challenge. If you recognize the privilege, then that’s okay. We want to raise the rates. We want the government to realize the importance of this.
For example, for people with mental illnesses, it is incredibly hard. Even with a balanced diet, if they are battling a chemical imbalance in their brain it only makes things harder. We kept a close eye on ourselves as friends and partners in the challenge. There is enough stigma surrounding both mental illness and poverty, we had to assure no bias if someone had to step out of the food portion of the challenge early.
You have to be ready to not beat it, to suffer. It is going to be awful. You cannot plan yourself into success with such a small amount of money.
Jacobsen: What are some ways fellow citizens can give back through things such as food programs for nutritious meals to eat every day?
Bissett: That’s a really great question. I will give you a personal answer and I appreciate that many people may have a different opinion. For me, I struggle to support food banks. It is an immediate need now, I get it. However, it makes me sad and it isn’t a sustainable solution.
A program meant to run for one year has run for 20 years. The more we normalize food banks, the more we are saying it is okay that people on welfare have only $18 a week for food. We’re normalizing it. We’re telling the government that what they are doing is enough.
The government states this is enough. It is not. Food banks are doing work we need right now but I look forward to the day they are no longer needed in BC. I consider hot lunch programs in schools as something very important. There are many kids in school who are hungry, there is a lack of equality from the get-go. They need to be set up for success with proper food as a basic need and ingredient for success.
If someone asked me about becoming involved, I would tell them to become educated, send letters to people in government that matter, have brave conversations with friends, family, and coworkers to create more advocates. An election is coming. Our government needs to know that current state is unacceptable.
That will make a change. Advocacy is the way to do it.
Jacobsen: This is an annual event. How can people become involved?
Bissett: I sound like a broken record but people can get involved by advocating for change. I hope there is no event next year. I hope they raise the rates so we don’t have to do this again and people don’t have to live like this. Whenever people ask me, “What should I do to get prepared?” I give an unfortunate answer. You can’t win.
I say, “Be prepared to be hungry and angry.” I am usually an upbeat and positive person but there is no way to win. There is no success. You are going to be miserable. It incredibly eye-opening to try for one week to live on welfare rates when some people of all ages are living like that without a choice. In this affluent province, people in poverty are being kept there.
I hope that we do not do this again because we need to raise the rates. It sounds simple but as you can see through research it has been years since the welfare rates have been increased. To be prepared if there is a Welfare Food Challenge next year, you should find the closest Dollar Store and get ready to feel terrible.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Lindsay.
By Scott Douglas Jacobsen
* All views expressed in this interview belong to the interviewee and don’t necessarily reflect the views of CYH.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/11
Claire Saenz is a SMART Recovery Facilitator for SMART Recovery. It is an addiction recovery service without a necessary reference to a higher power or incorporation of a faith, or some faith-based system into it – by necessity. Those can be used it, but they are not necessities. The system is about options. In this series, we look at her story, views, and expertise regarding addiction, having been an addict herself. This is session 1.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When it comes to the experience of addiction, what were your addiction and particular substance of choice?
Claire Saenz: My substance of choice was alcohol, which was coupled with an eating disorder and an anxiety disorder.
Jacobsen: What were the thoughts that ran through your mind as you were working to combat the addiction, to stop using the substance(s)?
Saenz: I was highly motivated when I decided to stop drinking, so my primary thought, initially, was that I was going to quit or die trying. I felt determined, but also extremely vulnerable because giving up alcohol meant that in many essential ways, I was giving up my sole coping mechanism.
Jacobsen: How did SMART Recovery compare to other services?
Saenz: Other services I used in my recovery were AA, individual therapy, and pharmaceutical treatment of my anxiety. I found SMART similar to AA in that it is also a peer support group. I found the social support aspect of both programs helpful. SMART was drastically different from AA in almost all other respects, however, and much more like the individual therapy I received.
SMART’s philosophy is one of personal empowerment rather than reliance on a “higher power”. The use of stigmatizing labels such as “alcoholic” or “addict” is discouraged. Direct discussion (“cross-talk”) among group participants is encouraged. Sponsorship is not part of the program. Group facilitators are not professionals, but they are trained in the SMART tools and meeting facilitation skills, and they are expected to adhere to a code of ethics.
Finally, SMART recognizes that recovery, while a process, is not necessarily a permanent one. While participants are encouraged to attend meetings for a significant time period and to become facilitators to pay it forward, we do not view recovery as being a permanent state. Instead, we achieve a new normal.
Jacobsen: What were some of the more drastic stories that you have heard of in your time as an addict, as a recovering addict, and now as a SMART Recovery facilitator?
Saenz: For the reasons mentioned above, I don’t refer to myself as an addict or alcoholic, “recovering” or otherwise. If a label must be applied to my state, call me a person who has recovered from an addiction to alcohol.
As far as drastic stories, they fall into two categories: the carnage of addiction itself, and the carnage of one-size-fits-all addiction treatment where the “one size” is the twelve- step approach.
The carnage of addiction is simply limitless. I have lost dozens of friends and acquaintances to addiction-related causes, from organ failure to overdose, to suicide.
At one of my first AA meetings, I spent a few minutes talking to a nice young man who went home that night and hung himself. I know multiple people who have lost spouses and children to addiction. It is a dreadful condition that takes the lives of fine people, and the solutions we currently offer, as a society, are breathtakingly inadequate.
In terms of the consequences of one-size-fits-all treatment, it should come as no surprise that in a world of individuals, there will never be an approach to any physical or mental condition that will work the same way, or as well, for everyone. And yet for years, we have prescribed the exact same treatment to everyone with an addictive disorder.
Worse, what passes for treatment is often nothing more than expensive indoctrination into a free support group (12 step programs, themselves, are free)—and if the patient fails to improve, the prescription is…more 12 step. Of course, this isn’t working. The shocking thing is that we would ever expect it to work.
Jacobsen: How has religion infiltrated the recovery and addiction services world? Is this good or bad? How so?
Saenz: Twelve-step programs, which form the basis of most “traditional” treatment, are religious in nature. Adherents sometimes claim otherwise, but courts in the U.S. have nearly universally disagreed on that point.
As one jurist put it, “”The emphasis placed on God, spirituality, and faith in a ‘higher power’ by twelve-step programs such as A.A. or N.A. clearly supports a determination that the underlying basis of these programs is religious and that participation in such programs constitutes a religious exercise. It is an inescapable conclusion that coerced attendance at such programs, therefore, violates the Establishment Clause.” Warburton v. Underwood, 2 F.Supp.2d 306, 318 (W.D.N.Y.1998).
Because they are religious in nature, such programs may not be the best choice for, and certainly should not the only option given to, atheists or individuals with an internal locus of control.
Beyond that, the religious atmosphere of the programs can, and sometimes does breed an environment where seasoned members of the program become almost like “gurus”, given an almost clergy-like status and an inordinate amount of power over newer and more vulnerable members. Sometimes this power is used to exploit. The classic exploitation is sexual—“13th stepping” is a common euphemism used to describe the practice of veteran members manipulating newcomers into engaging in sexual relationships—but emotional and financial exploitation can happen as well.
But the most tragic consequence of the infiltration of religion into addiction treatment is not, in my view, the “religious” aspect per se but the fact that the focus on that approach excludes all others. The real tragedy is that people are dying because they are never even told of other approaches that might help them.
In my own experience, 19 years ago when I sought treatment for my addiction to alcohol, I was told that the only option for survival was to become an active AA member. Being the rule follower I am, I did exactly that. I spent the next nine years of my life going to AA meetings and attempting to fit my fundamentally humanist worldview within the confines of that program.
I eventually found this impossible and left the program. In the aftermath of that, I had to re-examine every thought and belief I had developed in the time I had been abstinent to determine whether those thoughts and beliefs were my own or had been implanted during my AA years. I found this an extraordinarily painful process, in many ways as painful as quitting in the first place.
When I found SMART Recovery and realized that it had been possible, all along, for me to have received social support in a manner that honored who I was a person, I cried. I thought not only of myself and all the pain I’d gone through because I wasn’t told of other options besides AA but of all the others who had experienced the same thing.
This would be equally true regardless of the specifics of the treatment being offered because there is no one approach that is right for everyone. The real tragedy is the pain that has been caused, and the lives that have been lost, because one approach has become too dominant.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/11
The Anthropocene, or the Capitalocene, is upon us, like a lumbering giant destroying Downtown Vancouver in its wake, especially for the collective global future to come very soon. British Columbia needs rapid action on transition to renewable energy source. Climate change is a global issue. By implication, it has national and provincial impacts, which means that British Columbia at large is impacted, too. British Columbians by being Canadians have responsibilities to the international community because Canada has responsibilities to the international community. Outside of the international responsibilities, there are individual choices as well. Lifestyle and policy voting are important. All factors and motions for sustainability matter.
We need to work to end carbon emissions as much as possible, as fast as possible, with transitions to renewable energies. We need to get away from fossil fuel sources in Canada, and British Columbia by implication. Individuals can vote for a carbon tax that can mean a national policy can reflect this. Governments function on the ‘will’ of the people. That means the consistent voting and activism. That’s how all change ever happens: through individuals getting together for collective efforts. There has been progress, but more needs to be done by us. One possible major solution is a provincial call for a price on carbon emissions, which can come in many forms.
There can be investments for massive public transportation that can reduce the amount of net carbon emissions by citizens within the province in addition to providing the needed infrastructure for the 21st-century. We can invest in a ‘Green Culture’ and a low-carbon infrastructure. There should be efficient vehicles with regulated standards. It can be expanded to other products consumers are buying.
Residents within British Columbia can travel in more efficient ways by using cars less. There are many options: taking more walks, riding a bike, taking the train, riding the bus, and so on. This may create problems for some high travel people. However, for others, and in fact probably most, it can be done. Through responsible, considerate, and conscientious decisions about transportation, we can reduce the net carbon emissions of all residents within the province.
Human activity is the main problem. The climate began to warm rapidly at the beginning of the Industrial Revolution. High hydrocarbon producing fuel sources are a problem. Energy sectors depend on them for sustained economic growth and activity. I say this in sympathy for the difficulties to make such transition, for the employees, the managers, the businesses, and the communities built largely around them. However, with the Anthropocene/Capitalocene epoch present before us, and with massive species extinctions happening, we do not have another choice about avoiding the outcomes of this problem.
We do have choices about the means through which to do it. We are lucky. There are many, many options on the table. Canadian industry creates 35% of Canada’s net greenhouse gases, which is quite a lot. Furthermore, small numbers of industries create most emissions. Things like oil and gas extractors are some of the largest contributors, which comes to about 38% of that 35% of industry.
The simplest solution to become involved: get educated. Education at the individual level with provincial assistance is one way to keep things moving forward. It will take all of us together, but depends on individual effort for oneself and in inspiring others. This can be done at the individual level by going to your local library or bookstore to find and read books that have relevant and reliable information about climate change and sustainability. Business people can incorporate the readings and knowledge into the business practices of whatever business you have. So this can be both short- and long-term with respect to implementation. There can also be intervention in the economy through tax.
A carbon tax is the typical term for it: pricing carbon emissions to incentivize governments, and provincial and local, to transition into the future energy sector. This can facilitate the incentives of movement towards a renewable economy and infrastructure across the province. These are some possible solutions. What will happen if we do not implement any possible solutions? There will be many negative effects, such as a negative effect on water sources. A world, or a province for that matter, scarce in fresh water can create tensions among communities and adversely affect health.
This is because water connects to both the food and the health of communities and individuals. It is the lifeblood of an ecosystem. For example, water quality, air quality, food quality, and so on, impact lung health, gut health, and so on. For those with children, this can affect their health as well. For those with community-oriented minds, this means one’s own health, as well as one’s neighbours, children, and grandchildren. In a broader sense of family, this affects the family of British Columbia. In that light, it both can’t and shouldn’t be ignored.
The individual and provincial responsibilities form an interconnected system of responsibilities from individual self-education and provincial educational programs and everything in between. To flatter ourselves, this includes youth-oriented organizations such as Check Your Head through writing about topics of importance to current, upcoming, and soon-to-exist generations. Education is an act, but it is not activism. Education with an impact can be the catalyst. That’s where things begin. Individuals are inspired to act, make further impacts, and make the necessary changes.
By Scott Douglas Jacobsen
* All views expressed in this interview belong to the interviewee and don’t necessarily reflect the views of CYH.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/11
As the Youth Blog Coordinator, Justin Rawlins has been an amazing part of our Check Your Head team over this past year. He was one of our 2015 Volunteers of the Year and we’re sad to say farewell to him this fall as he moves onto new projects.
In this blog post, youth blogger Scott Douglas Jacobsen chats with Justin about his involvement with Check Your Head.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you find us at Check Your Head (CYH)?
Justin Rawlins: A friend sent me the call out for CYH’s Democracy Check campaign, which focused on engaging young people in BC through digital media in the build up to the 42nd federal election. People can check out the Democracy Check archive to see some of the interesting and creative work that emerged from that campaign.
After the election, CYH was looking for a blog coordinator. I had such a positive experience with CYH during Democracy Check, so I volunteered for the position. And that was a year ago.
Jacobsen: What tasks and responsibilities come along with your position at CYH?
Rawlins: The blog coordinator is responsible for recruiting volunteer bloggers and then coordinating and editing submissions. Most submissions go through multiple rounds of revisions, not because they are poor or deficient in some way, but in order to encourage writers to grapple with their ideas a bit longer.
Jacobsen: What is the content and purpose of the written work through CYH – by others and yourself?
Rawlins: There are multiple purposes, but the one that I want to highlight is CYH’s blog as a platform for young people across BC to showcase some of their thoughts on the most pressing issues of our time. I was pleased with the quality and thoughtfulness of the submissions that I received on topics ranging from technological change to migrant justice to poverty to gentrification and beyond.
Jacobsen: Did your education assist in writing your own work and editing others’ work for the blog?
Rawlins: I was a teaching assistant during my graduate studies, which prepared me for email exchanges and written feedback. I also learned a lot from Tahia and Aleks (former CYH staff members) during the orientation for Democracy Check, especially on how to interact with volunteers, because both of them are excellent facilitators and educators.
Also, university exposed me to a lot of different thinkers whose work I find useful for making sense of the world. I was able to pass some of that along to the volunteer bloggers, such as directing people to Edward Said’s work on Orientalism and imperialism or Ananya Roy’s work on poverty.
Jacobsen: What is your post-secondary education in?
Rawlins: I completed a BA at SFU in political science and an MA in sociology. My MA thesis looked at the interconnectedness of urban and rural issues in Ankara, Turkey, with a focus on wheat cultivation and mass housing. More recently, I’m completing pre-requisite science courses, with the aim of gaining admittance to a physical therapy program.
Jacobsen: What are some impacts you have seen in BC from the work of CYH – at all levels?
Rawlins: So much of formal education, especially at the high school level, is sanitized and avoids uncomfortable topics or presents them in a neutral way that justifies or entrenches existing power dynamics. CYH does a good job of unsettling taken-for-granted assumptions and a good example of that is their recent Inclusion and Anti-Racism project.
Also, CYH works with other organizations engaged in important struggles, such as the BC Health Coalition. I mention the BC Health Coalition because they have been a key player in confronting Dr. Brian Day’s legal push for increased private health care, a push that would fundamentally undermine public health care in Canada. And CYH has an informative health care workshop that unpacks some of the issues surrounding health care in general and privatized health care in particular.
Jacobsen: Where do you hope CYH goes into the future?
Rawlins: This isn’t specific to CYH, but I would like to see the rules surrounding the political activities of charities in Canada revised, so that charities involved in advocacy work no longer need to fear costly CRA audits. The current restrictions are nebulous and stifle dissent.
I hope CYH continues to reach young people whose curiosities about the world are not necessarily being met through formal education. Young people are not apathetic–contrary to popular belief–but many do appear to possess a healthy suspicion about the old ways of doing things. CYH’s workshops and projects encourage young people to pursue their curiosities and imagine new ways of doing things. To paraphrase Paulo Freire: education changes people and people change the world. CYH will continue to educate and activate young people on social issues.
By Scott Douglas Jacobsen
* All views expressed in this interview belong to the interviewee and don’t necessarily reflect the views of CYH.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/10
The Atheist Republic (Twitter, Facebook, and website) is the largest public atheist Facebook page. The page has more than 1.7 million likes, which makes the Atheist Republic the most popular atheist community on any social network. The Atheist Republic has consulates throughout the globe in the major cities of the world. Its founder, Armin Navabi, is a friend and colleague. Here is the series of interviews with the consulates of the Atheist Republic: Atheist Republic Brisbane Consulate.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Was there a background in atheism, familially?
Geoff Speakman: My parents never spoke either for or against religion. I formed my own opinions about religion and the existence of gods.
Jacobsen: Within that family background, was there a surrounding culture that brought forth a critical mindset towards religion? If so, how? If not, why not?
Speakman: Not really. Mine was a normal childhood minus religion. We were migrants who came from England to Australia, which may have insulated me from cultural and family ties to religion.
Jacobsen: Through these threads of family and surrounding culture, what made for the pivotal moments in development as an atheist?
Speakman: There was no pivotal moment. I have always been free of religious indoctrination.
Jacobsen: Also, “a-” as a prefix in atheism means many things because it is both denial and affirmation. What is affirmed there to you? What is denied to you?
Speakman: I have chosen the description “atheist” to best describe my nonbelief in religious teaching. I am considering changing my description to “anti-theist” due to the bloodshed that religious division causes worldwide.
Jacobsen: How did you find the Atheist Republic? What do you do for them? What are your tasks and responsibilities?
Speakman: I came across the Atheist Republic on Facebook. I was asked by them to be an administrator of the Brisbane Consulate where I approve applications to join and keep a watch for hateful or bigoted posts.
Jacobsen: How does an Atheist Republic consulate work? What are its daily operations? How do you make sure the operations function smoothly?
Speakman: The Atheist Republic is simply a Facebook group of like-minded people worldwide.
Jacobsen: Why volunteer for them? What meaning comes from it?
Speakman: I volunteered because I believe that communication and the sharing of ideas are the way to overcome division, mistrust, and conflict. The internet provides such communication. The internet is a revolution that will unite the people of the world.
Jacobsen: How does the Atheist Republic, in your own experience and in conversing with others, give back to the atheist community and provide a platform for them – even to simply vent from social and political conventions that hold them either in contempt or in begrudging silence for fear of loss of life quality?
Speakman: The Atheist Republic provides a place where atheists can find each other, have a feeling of belonging and organize themselves.
Jacobsen: What do you hope for the future of atheism? What are the movements next steps?
Speakman: Ideally the internet will expose theists to ideas that will convert them into rational, peace loving citizens. I hope that United Atheist Republic Consulates can assist in bringing about peace in the world.
Jacobsen: Any feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Speakman: These are critical times for the future of our planet and for mankind. Tough decisions need to be made regarding stabilizing human population and preserving our environment. Theists must realize that the future of our planet is not in the hands of gods and that they must take responsibility for the making of their own future.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Geoff.
Speakman: You’re welcome.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/10
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Stephanie Lake, part 2.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Who are some researchers in the harm reduction movement who are reliable sources of information?
Lake: When I first became interested in drug policy and harm reduction, I was inspired by the team of investigators at the BC Centre for Excellence in HIV/AIDS who were heavily involved in the evaluation of Insite (Vancouver’s supervised injection site). This includes Dr. Thomas Kerr, Dr. Evan Wood, Dr. Mark Tyndall, Dr. Brandon Marshall, Dr. M-J Milloy, and Dr. Julio Montaner, and many others.
I have also spent a lot of time reading Dr. Don Des Jarlais’ research – he was one of the harm reduction pioneers in response to the HIV crisis in New York City in the 90’s. My Ph.D. supervisor, Dr. Jane Buxton, does some amazing work coordinating BC’s harm reduction programming as head of the harm reduction at the BC Centre for Disease Control.
Tim Rhodes has also done an amazing job conceptualizing a health framework (the Risk Environment) for drug-related health outcomes among people who use drugs. Instead of focusing on individual behaviors, this framework sees the drug-related harm as a result of interacting social, physical, policy, and economic states on macro- and micro-levels.
Jacobsen: What about organizations?
Lake: Vancouver has many user-led community organizations (e.g., Vancouver Area Network of Drug Users; Western Aboriginal Harm Reduction Society; BC Association for People on Methadone) who offer a great resource about on-the-ground experience with drug policy and harm reduction in Vancouver. In terms of larger national organizations, I often check out what’s going on with the Canadian Drug Policy Coalition, the Canadian Harm Reduction Network, and the Canadian HIV/AIDS Legal Network.
In terms of larger national organizations, I often check out what’s going on with the Canadian Drug Policy Coalition, the Canadian Harm Reduction Network, and the Canadian HIV/AIDS Legal Network.
Jacobsen: Since you’re newer, you have a fresh perspective on the operations of CSSDP. Any areas for improvement for CSSDP? Any areas where things are going well? Also, where do you hope the organization goes into the future for students?
Lake: I have only been involved with CSSDP for a few months, so it is a bit early to say for sure. I am hoping to see communication between what’s going on nationally and what’s going on with individual chapters. It would be great to be part of a movement with all other chapters across the country.
I am happy that the organization is supportive of engagement in both higher-level policy issues as well as individual-level interventions. For example, here in Vancouver, we are facing an immediate crisis of fentanyl-related overdoses. Although this crisis warrants many higher-level policy discussions about the harms of prohibition and the benefits of harm reduction, the most immediate steps we can take to respond to this crisis is through making sure that students and youth have access to naloxone and know how to use it. I’m glad that naloxone training is within the scope of activities mandated by the CSSDP.
Jacobsen: Any new thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Lake: I’m very happy that I took the chance to be involved with CSSDP, and I’m really excited to see where this work takes me. My own research focuses on the health implications of cannabis legalization for people who use drugs, particularly in the context of the current opioid crisis. It is a really exciting time to be involved in drug policy in Canada!
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Steph.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/10
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Stephanie Lake, part 1.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you get an interest in Canadian drug policy?
Stephanie Lake: I became interested in Canadian drug policy while I was studying health sciences at the University of Ottawa. I remember writing a paper on supervised injection sites for a sociology of health course, and throughout my literature review, I found myself getting increasingly frustrated at the state of our prohibitive and punitive drug policies which all seemed to be based on ideology rather than evidence. This frustration left me feeling determined to contribute to change in drug policy through health research and advocacy.
This frustration left me feeling determined to contribute to change in drug policy through health research and advocacy.
Jacobsen: What is your position in the chapter and responsibilities?
Lake: I am currently working with a small group of students to revive CSSDP’s Vancouver chapter. I fell into this role when I came across the CSSDP Vancouver Facebook group, and noticed a post from a former CSSDP board member asking if anyone wanted to try and get the chapter going again. I decided to give it a try, and I’m really happy that I did.
Right now, since we are a relatively small core group of students (3-4), we all share the responsibility of chairing meetings, organizing events, and growing the chapter. Our chapter is organizing its first event (naloxone training for students and youth in Vancouver). I have also recently joined the national board, where I will be focusing on student outreach and conference planning.
Jacobsen: What is your perspective on the more punitive approaches to drug policy and the harm reduction approaches?
Lake: I think most people know by now that the war on drugs is a failure. Punitive approaches to drug policy just don’t work, and they don’t protect the health and human rights of people who use drugs. Substance use has been around as long as humans have walked the earth, so it is unrealistic to think that we can just abolish such a deeply rooted human behaviour through punitive measures.
Instead, we should be supporting the health of people who use drugs through minimizing the potential harms associated with drug use. When we do this, we reduce stigma that is so often linked to drug use, connect people who use drugs to health and social resources, and ultimately protect the health of the entire population.
Substance use has been around as long as humans have walked the earth, so it is unrealistic to think that we can just abolish such a deeply rooted human behaviour through punitive measures. Instead, we should be supporting the health of people who use drugs through minimizing the potential harms associated with drug use.
When we do this, we reduce stigma that is so often linked to drug use, connect people who use drugs to health and social resources, and ultimately protect the health of the entire population.
Jacobsen: What are the consequences on individuals with drug misuse if the punitive issues are employed?
Lake: Since the war on drugs began in the 1970’s the number of individuals in the US who have been incarcerated for drug law violations has gone up more than 10-fold. In other parts of the world, including the Philippines and Vietnam, drug-related offences can even result in the death penalty. These harsh responses to drug use mean that people who use drugs are often pushed underground, where they become disconnected with potentially life-saving health and social supports.
Incarceration has been linked to HIV infection (people do use drugs in jails, but they don’t have access to clean needles/pipes because this would require admitting that drugs get into jails), poor HIV treatment access and sub-optimal treatment outcomes, inadequate access to evidence-based addiction treatment (e.g., opioid substitution treatment), etc. Also, once someone goes to jail for drugs, it becomes hard to break the cycle. Many individuals will struggle to find steady employment or decent housing, and risk returning to drug dealing or related illicit activities to support themselves or their families.
Jacobsen: How does this cascade into larger society?
Lake: It is incredibly expensive to incarcerate individuals for drug use, and at the rate we’re going, it also isn’t sustainable. I think the biggest way punitive approaches to drug use can cascade into larger society is through divesting funds from other approaches that could have a positive effect on society.
For example, roughly 73% of the previous Canadian federal government’s drug strategy expenditures were dedicated to enforcement, while research, prevention, treatment, and harm reduction were left to share the remaining 27% of funds. When we put so much time and energy into reactionary measures, we are unlikely to address the root causes of the “problem”.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/10
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Antonio Cillero.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you get interested in Canadian drug policy?
Antonio Cillero: I attended the conference at the University of Toronto in 2015. It seemed interesting. I wanted to see what they were doing.
Jacobsen: What chapter are you involved in now?
Cillero: The University of Toronto chapter now, I know the students. I graduated (from Queen;s University, not UofT), but work with them.
Jacobsen: What activities are you involved in the Toronto area for drug policy?
Cillero: Psychedelic storytelling, we have been planning things around it in addition to naloxone training.
Jacobsen: British Columbia, where I live, has a fentanyl crisis. Is it similar in Toronto?
Cillero: Yes, 3 injection sites will begin here. One in the Downtown area, one in Queen Street West and one in the Leslieville area. There is concern about overdosing here too.
Jacobsen: What would you consider the main principle or value of CSSDP?
Cillero: I think the main goal of our organization is to inform people about drugs but from an evidence-based perspective rather than the old Ronald Reagan view.
Jacobsen: That leads to harm reduction and punitive strategies. Punitive has been longer-term. Harm reduction is newer to the public. What is more effective?
Cillero: In my opinion, it is the harm reduction approach. I am for the principle of cognitive liberty. Any adult should be able to alter their own consciousness and manage their own health. Anybody should be free to do what they want with their mind and their body, and that includes using drugs. Drug abuse and addiction should be seen as a health care issues rather than a law enforcement issues.
Jacobsen: Where do you hope CSSDP goes into the future?
Cillero: Not many people know about CSSDP, we want people to know about what we do and get them involved. There is a general interest about drugs and I would like CSSDP to be part of that conversation and continue to grow.
Jacobsen: We have marijuana legalization to the public now. Are other substances more likely to be talked about now?
Cillero: I would like it. I do not think this will happen in the next 5 or 10 years though. We have discussions about it. Only after clinical research as with cannabis. We have MAPS sponsoring some really interesting studies about MDMA. We have studies being done on psilocybin at John Hopkins University. So it will happen eventually. However, there’s more stigma to those substances than marijuana.
People still believe those substances are harsher. It seems unlikely to me.
Jacobsen: If the discussion doesn’t happen, and if things are regulated, then the discussion will go underground and the sales will go underground.
Cillero: With things like psychedelics, we will not have fear about overdosing on psilocybin or LSD. Substances in the public, even in the cannabis community, have a stigma to them. People who use drugs need to be more empathetic towards each other. Right now, I don’t see it. The heroin is highly stigmatized now. People who use cannabis say, “Cannabis is not like heroin or cocaine.” There is a stigma.
Psychedelics might become legal for medicinal use, but not for recreational. There is stigma, fear, and misunderstanding about them.
Jacobsen: What about particular experiments, societal experiments where they legalized one, some, most, or all drugs, in those experiments in general, are the societies’ citizens better or worse off?
Cillero: I believe in Oregon there has been a reduction in crime rate, especially violent crimes, but correlation cannot be linked to causation for this. Once more people have access to cannabis, consumption will likely increase and there might be more cases of problems associated with the use of this substance. Legalization has positive and negative effects. But then those cases will be treated as clinical or health issues, not as criminal problems.
Long-term users would see a benefit of legalization. There might be negative consequences. I am not saying there would not be, but we need to be realistic, like alcohol. It is legal. People use alcohol in different ways. Some people have problems with their use. The government can help those with issues.
Jacobsen: Does that view tie back into your value of “cognitive liberty”?
Cillero: It does. It ties in with cognitive liberty. Adults should be allowed to use these substances if they wish to. If something goes wrong, they should be able to get help. We have health services. If someone is having problems, the health service should help them.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Antonio.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/09
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Avery Sapoznikow.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen:How did you get involved? How did you get an interest in Canadian drug policy?
Avery Sapoznikow: I am finishing an undergraduate degree in psychology with an honors thesis on cannabis and attention. I am doing research on drug use and counseling because I want to be a clinical psychologist. Also, I want to maintain an active research portfolio involving drugs and drug policy.
So, one good means of achieving this is to become involved with CSSDP. I began to look around last year. I found a chapter at UBC with Michelle (the founder of the chapter). We work in the same lab. It developed from there. There was the call for board applications at the end of the year. I took advantage of it.
Jacobsen: What is the lab with Michelle?
Sapoznikow: We’re both involved in the Therapeutic, Recreational, and Problematic Substance Use Lab with Dr. Walsh.
Jacobsen: With the UBCO chapter, how many members now?
Sapoznikow: We’re at about 25 now.
Jacobsen: What are some activities of the chapter?
Sapoznikow: We are running a co-op with the nurses around naloxone – they have been running workshops with our support. We have been running screenings of movies. Also, documentary screenings and having some guest speakers.
Jacobsen: What is your position in the chapter and responsibilities?
Sapoznikow: Locally, I am the Vice President. Nationally, I am a member of the board of directors.
Jacobsen: How do you draw people into the chapter?
Sapoznikow: We have been doing tabling events. A lot has been focused on changing policies via the use petitions. Otherwise, it has been through posters around campus. I will be doing more next semester as this semester has been quite busy.
Jacobsen: What is the general perspective, for people well-entrenched in the field, on the more punitive approaches to drug policy and the harm reduction approaches?
Sapoznikow: Currently, the punitive approaches have been shown to be the worst ways to deal with these problems. We need to shift away from punitive measures. It doesn’t help. That’s from a psychology perspective. Also, in terms of mandatory minimums, it doesn’t help. Punishing people for something they can’t help on their own does them a disservice and in the end could make things worse.
Jacobsen: What are the consequences on individuals with drug misuse from the punitive issues?
Sapoznikow: They exacerbate the recurring issues. For example, if someone has conduct disorders, which leads to their misuse of drugs, it will likely exacerbate their condition.
Jacobsen: How does this cascade into larger society?
Sapoznikow: Usually, these punitive measures are placed upon people from lower socio-economic status. So, it puts them deeper into this low-income lifestyle because of the barriers in place from having a criminal record. It makes things worse for everyone involved.
Jacobsen: Who are some researchers people in the harm reduction movement who are reliable sources of information?
Sapoznikow: Anyone who has legitimate research associated with an accredited university. Dr. Walsh is one of the leading people for cannabis. With it being legalized, he would be a massive resource for people to tap.
Jacobsen: What about organizations?
Sapoznikow: Drug Policy Alliance, NORML, and our US equivalent group SSDP (Students for Sensible Drug Policy)
Jacobsen: Since you’re newer, you have a fresh perspective on the operations of CSSDP, Any areas for improvement for CSSDP? Any areas where things are going well? Also, where do you hope the organization goes into the future for students?
Sapoznikow: Our strongest aspect, in my opinion, is the social media reach. We reach tons of people via the individual chapter pages as well as the national pages. Probably, the weakest area is conferences because there has not been one for a while, we need to get more people involved together with this to make the events possible.
If we can get conferences going, we could become a more unified organization. More cross-chapter work would be good. The chapters are a bit segregated. More of an effort from the board and the chapters for reaching out. I think the chapter should communicate.
Jacobsen: Some organizations have a network. Whether it’s a repository for a conversation like for a for articles or interview, all of the organizations in one place. It wouldn’t be tiered, but simply a nexus. Do you think that is a good idea for harm reduction in Canada?
Sapoznikow: Definitely, I think collaborative efforts are key for this. It affects so many sectors. A combined effort from people involved in economic policy, government, and prisons. We need everyone involved to find a happy medium. Right now, it is not working. It is only putting money into big business (prisons) pockets.
Jacobsen: Any new thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Sapoznikow: Drug policy is a topic of utmost important facing us today with marijuana being legalized. Drug policy will be a big thing in the next few years. With CSSDP being one of the biggest groups in Canada with a focus on drug policy, we should become more involved in this transition process. We should set an example for others groups.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Avery.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/09
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Professor Mark Haden, part 2.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Is there one country or area which is ideal and provides the evidence needed for change?
Haden: No – there are many separate reports, experiences, and research which indicate the need for significant change but there is no one country with is free from the domination of the American war on drugs.
Some of the evidence for change is the fact that the Netherlands youth use cannabis at approximately half the rate that the youth in the USA use in spite of the fact that the Dutch sell cannabis openly.
Another indicator for change is the fact that Portugal decriminalized personal possession of all drugs and this change reduced both health and social problems associated with drugs and drug use rates went down in their country.
Research on police crackdowns consistently reports that this intervention does not raise the price of drugs or reduce the availability of drugs. The Senate Committee report in Canada reviewed the international literature and concluded that there is no relationship between severity of legislation and drug use problems.
It is clear from the literature the enforcement interventions are ineffective and that a health approach does reduce harms to both individuals and all of the society.
Jacobsen: Will our society have to deal with out of control drug use?
Haden: No – market regulations are all about controlling who has access to what drugs, in what contexts. The current system paradoxically encourages out of control use, as the contexts of use are not supervised by those who are trained to reduce harmful behavior. In the new, post prohibition system, supervised consumption of the more harmful drugs would be the norm.
Jacobsen: What about our international agreements?
Haden: Canada has the opportunity to be a world leader in changing the outdated international agreements. Canadians need to host other like-minded countries to discuss and sign new agreements.
Jacobsen: We have problems with drugs like Valium and Oxycontin and they are legal and prescribed. What can we learn from this?
Haden: Dealers of illegal drugs are hidden and hard to negotiate with. Physicians who provide legal drugs, change prescribing practices in response to evidence and training. Who would you prefer to control drugs: trained doctors or criminals?
Jacobsen: If we shut down (or greatly reduced) the illegal market, would the criminals find other ways of doing the crime?
Haden: The federal auditor general said that drug money is the life blood of organized crime. Take away the fuel which drives organized crime and you take away the incentive that brings in new players and keeps existing criminals motivated.
Jacobsen: Would a regulated market “encourage” drug use?
Haden: It is inaccurate and simplistic to say we have just two options: either criminalizing drug users or encouraging drug use. Encouraging drug use would only happen if the free market was the dominant paradigm. Instead, public health and human rights should guide the process establishing a regulated market and encouraging drug use is not part of either of these models.
The goal of these two models is a reduction of harm to all of society and empowerment of the marginalized. We have other significant social problems like women who drink alcohol while pregnant, sexually active teenagers and youth who “huff” gasoline and we never consider criminalizing Page 5 of 9 these behaviors. The lack of criminalization is never seen as encouraging these undesirable behaviors. Public health is seen as being the appropriate approach for all of these problems and we should use this approach for dealing with drug use.
Public health is seen as being the appropriate approach for all of these problems and we should use this approach for dealing with drug use.
Jacobsen: What about drug use and pregnancy?
Haden: Illegal drug use is only one of many factors that influence maternal outcomes. It is well documented that when pregnant women are offered non-judgemental, comprehensive prenatal and infant follow-up, maternal outcomes improve. In fact, poverty is known to have a negative effect on pregnancy. Myths related to “crack babies” have been widely exaggerated. Abundant research has observed that the legal drug alcohol is clearly more dangerous to infants than illegal drugs.
Jacobsen: Are you proposing a “liberal” approach to our drugs laws?
Haden: No – this change is not about liberal or conservative beliefs as support for change come from all parts of the political spectrum. The opposing poles in this debate are evidence based policies vs ideologically based policies.
Jacobsen: Any recommended authors or organizations for those that might want to learn more and get involved in this?
Haden: I have been writing and publishing. My academic interest is to publish on the issue of a post-prohibition regulation and control of all currently illegal drugs. So, I publish on the issue of what it will look like, what should it look like, after prohibition ends for each of the individual drugs.
So, how we regulate smokable and injectable stimulants, such as crack cocaine, after prohibition ends will be completely different from how we regulate cannabis, which will be completely different than regulation of psychedelics, or opiates.
We as a society need to have an evidence-based, public health, regulations approach to all currently illegal drugs. It will be different, completely different. That’s the subject that we need to have the conversation around. What does regulation look like for cannabis?
That discussion is now happening in Canada. I think cannabis will be first. I think psychedelics will be second because they are not addictive. They aren’t harmful. They aren’t toxic to the body in any way.
All of the harms from psychedelics come from one thing, which is a lack of supervision, context, and control. We can regulate that quite easily. That was my recent publication. How do we legalize psychedelics? I am interested in the fentanyl crisis.
The reason everybody is dying because of fentanyl is that it is prohibited. We created this problem. We can solve this problem. Now, luckily, the federal government is saying, “Yes, it looks like physicians will have access to prescription heroin.”
Because heroin addicts like heroin, they don’t like fentanyl. So, if you provide heroin addicts with heroin, the fentanyl crisis will largely go away. It won’t completely go away, but it is certainly a huge step in the right direction.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Professor Haden.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/09
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Professor Mark Haden, part 1.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In brief, how did you get interested and involved in Canadian drug policy?
Professor Mark Haden: I worked in the addiction services for 28 years. I became acutely aware at the beginning of my career that we spend the vast majority of our money not dealing with addiction as a public health problem. We deal with it as a criminal justice problem.
All of the evidence says that doesn’t work. All of the evidence says the health approach to drugs does work. Seeing an approach not work and that is irrational because of the lack of evidence, it didn’t make any sense to me. I have this commitment to speaking the truth.
Jacobsen: If we take into account the two main approaches, one is punitive of punishment-oriented called the zero tolerance approach. The other is harm reduction. What is the preferable one to you, and why?
Haden: It is interesting. There’s no evidence to support a criminal justice response to drugs in our society. Let me clarify, I collect and organize the academic literature around drug policy issues. Since I teach at UBC, they asked me to debate a cop on the issue. They wanted me to debate cannabis legalization/criminalization. I wanted to debate all currently illegal drugs. I wanted everything on the plate. But they put us in the cannabis box.
I did my homework in advance. I found 64 peer-reviewed journal articles, which said, ‘An enforcement-based approach to drug policy and drug issues in society doesn’t work. It’s never worked anywhere on the planet. It doesn’t work in Canada. And it certainly doesn’t work in Vancouver.’
So, all of the research being done says this approach is very, very expensive and produces significant health and social problems for all of us. So, when I put down those 64 peer-reviewed journal articles in front of this cop, I said, “Can you name me one peer-reviewed journal article that says that this is the right way of approaching this problem?”
He said, “No, there isn’t any.” There isn’t any academic, peer-review, evidence-based literature that analyzes the approach. It is absolutely clear that health issues need to be dealt with health tools.
Dealing with health issues as criminal justice issues doesn’t make any sense, it costs us money. It doesn’t do us any good. We need to put our money into the programs that make an impact on the health of our society and the health of the individuals in our society.
We’re putting our money into something that makes our society less healthy.
Jacobsen: From your expert perspective, what do you consider the reason for the disjunction between the research evidence and the public perception?
Haden: The politicians, starting with Richard Nixon and Donald Trump now, have often got themselves elected by making you afraid of a bad guy. Donald Trump’s are ISIS and Mexicans. Richard Nixon’s were drug users.
Politicians often find bad guys. They say they will protect you from this evil, nasty, other ‘them’. We all feel fear. That is a human experience. Politicians use that to get votes. So, that’s a very old technique and being used by many. Stephen Harper used it.
He told us that he would protect us from the nasty drug dealers. So, it is being used from Richard Nixon to Stephen Harper. There is a huge agenda out there to make people afraid. The agenda has nothing to do with protecting people. it has to do with getting people elected.
That’s one reason. There are other reasons as well. The American prison industry is to some extent privatized. Private prisons need to be funded to get the money. How do you get money? You fill the beds. How do you fill the beds?
You need the drug war. The only way guarantee that your beds will be filled is to criminalize drugs. So, this private industry needs criminals in order to survive. As the criminals show up. The industry does well. The industry then has money.
They lobby. Lobby means they surround politicians with money. That becomes a huge process of corruption in our society. Those are two reasons. They are quite different. There’s also the factor of the complexity of the argument.
It’s very easy to throw out a fear-based soundbite. It is not a complex argument. If you say, “Be afraid of bad drug users. Aren’t they bad people? Don’t they need to be criminalized?” It is a very simple argument.
The arguments for a health approach are more complex and nuanced and thoughtful. So, in the media, when simple fear-based soundbites go up against more complex evidence-based health approaches, it is easier to express the fear-based soundbites.
Those are the three reasons for why we have a criminal justice approach to drugs in our society.
Jacobsen: Those most harmed from creation from “bad guys” by politicians tend to be the most vulnerable, downtrodden, and so on, in society, e.g. minorities and the young. What would you recommend in terms of a preventative measure at the national scale, and individuals (daily life)?
Haden: We need to end drug prohibition. Drug prohibition is the problem. That is the problem. We need to be afraid. Absolutely, we need to be afraid of drug prohibition. It hurts us as a society. It hurts us as communities. It hurts us as individuals.
It hurts us as families. It is a damaging force within society. We need to end it. Once we end it, we need to end it, not with a commercialized response, but with a public health response.
Jacobsen: What do you mean by a regulated market for illegal drugs?
Haden: A regulated market would actively control drugs based on the principles of public health and human rights. Prohibition paradoxically stimulates an illegal market that makes concentrated and sometimes toxic, drugs widely available. The goal is to greatly reduce or shut down the illegal market and regulate drugs in a way that reduces harm to individuals, families and our society as a whole. Seeing drug use as primarily a health and social issue rather than a criminal issue allows us to explore a wide range of tools to manage the problems associated with drugs in a more effective way.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/09
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Lauren Lehman.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you get involved and get an interest in Canadian drug policy?
Lauren Lehman: Last year, I took a course in health geography. I enjoyed it. It was interesting. I thought about doing a masters in it. In class, we talked about harm reduction. We talked about safe injection sites in Vancouver. They are working well.
It is a good idea to reduce health risks. It reduces HIV/AIDs prevalence in a neighborhood. It does not increase crime rates. There are misconceptions around it. When I heard about the organization, it seemed cool.
They were offering a volunteer position at the University of Ottawa. It seemed like a good way to gain experience through my studies.
Jacobsen: What tasks will you be taking on since you recently started?
Lehman: I will be meeting with Nick Cristiano. He will outline a research focused role. He asked for someone interested in communications, research, or event management. I had an interest in the research aspect. They were talking about drug awareness in education.
Jacobsen: With the upcoming research focus, there are two strategies, usually. One is punitive, or punishment, oriented, which is often called zero tolerance. On the other hand, there’s another, which has prevention and minimization of harm in it, called harm reduction.
What is the preferable strategy or model to you, and why?
Lehman: I advocate harm reduction. Honestly, it is the only real way. If you do punishment measure to try and reduce drug use or drug trafficking, it is a broken system. It is seen in the War on Drugs. It is not a good system at all.
It punishes people who are at the low end and in need of help and public health. Drug use is not a criminal issue. It is a public health issue. It does not address the underlying root causes and issues for these problems.
Harm reduction is the preferable approach. It is a preventative approach rather than reactionary.
Jacobsen: Many others have noted the nonpartisan nature of CSSDP, the harm reduction advocacy for drugs, drug use, and drug policy in Canada. As a new member, what attracted you to CSSDP when you first saw it?
Lehman: I thought the work was important. I am very passionate about harm reduction. It is the way to go for public health and addressing these issues. I was on board with the mandate. I found the research interesting.
Jacobsen: Looking at the organization and the general movement (around and in the culture), what do you hope this goes in the future?
Lehman: I would hope this expands more. I hadn’t heard about it until I went to the University of Ottawa. I hope people hear more about it. They have some amazing points. They don’t take a stance on whether drugs are good or bad.
It is not a judgmental organization. It is not like a lot of advocacy organizations, where there is a judgment base for them. People can get more on board with the non-judgemental stance, and the evidence-based focus and movement.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Lauren.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/08
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Evan Loster, part 5.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You described the context for the CSSDP. I want to shift the conversation to other organizations. What other organizations would you recommend individuals look into if they have further interest in getting involved, knowledge – in whatever capacity they can?
Evan Loster: In Canada, I would recommend the Canadian Drug Policy Coalition. They are the reason for the CSSDP and its progress. They are the ‘parent’. They have more power and experience through life and career work. There’s a starting point.
I am a huge fan of MAPS, the Multidisciplinary Association for Psychedelic Studies. Their work is amazing. If I could be involved with them, eventually, that would be part of my dream. The paradigm pushed by them with the therapeutic use of psychedelics is important.
There are misconceptions about them used in a recreational way, which is not reflective of the experiences. Some might assume hallucinations. Others see this as a transpersonal change. That’s one major organization, which I love. They formed Zendo Project.
They test harm reduction services for psychedelics. There’s the Open Societies Foundation. There’s the American version of us, Students for Sensible Drug Policy. There are others. There are online campaigns to tell stories and reduce stigma.
It’s a huge step in the elimination of the stigma. There are multiple organizations out there. They fight for change. It is a growing movement. As I become more involved in it, I did not realize the number of frameworks and support.
Even through social media, you can tweet, retweet, like, or follow someone, there’s something right away. It is like an organism grows. Its dendrites are growing and making new connections and becoming bigger, and bigger.
Once involved in networks and organizations, it leads to more networks and organizations. It grows. You choose the level of involvement as well.
Jacobsen: There have been attempts to unify the various organizations on a small scale. Medium-term to short-term partnerships for this. What is the importance of partnerships between organizations to make larger changes?
Loster: It is looking at the fact of a single human having a great belief. However, unless compiled with other minds, your belief will only be good to yourself. When you combine organizations, not only does it bridge the gaps in spite of differences, it gives a larger voice.
It gives a larger following. In this sense, rather than 100 minds together, you can have 10,000 minds and opinions. Many more ideas too. It is essential for the change. You need the multidimensional perspective.
It is important for the change for everyone. There will always be differences, especially if you do not include these people. You want to keep people included without marginalizing people. Like the United Nations event, an event with a single mandate unifies everyone.
When on that level, you’re thinking of the entire world. You meet individuals from Guatemala, Columbia, South Africa, the United States, and so on. You learn about damaging organizations like Smart Approaches to Marijuana.
They are a perfect example. They are smart approaches to marijuana, but they are a front for the standard policies – non-evidence-based and punitive policies. They demonize the substance, have irrational claims that the science disputes, and so on.
You can have complete ignorance, too. A country like Malaysia will have policies ‘based on human rights,’ but they support the death penalty. You’re not laughing at the country. It is humorous. How can they say that?
You can have someone from Montreal and Indonesia agree with you. When you come together, your culture does not matter. Your beliefs matter. There’s a human rights lawyer from Indonesia. It is another country with the death penalty for traffickers.
They’ve killed foreigners like Australians. He wanted to talk about drug policy. He was silenced by his own country. He had a position in the roundtable and talked to us. He might risk the entire culture that he’s from. He might not be able to return to the country dependent on the political ideology there.
He’s crying as he’s speaking to us. He’s had friends killed for drug related offenses. We see that first hand. Afterward, everyone observing from upstairs (those without seats) stood and clapped. We weren’t clapping as individual organizations.
We clapped as individual humans that realized the truth he was speaking as well as giving him an acknowledgment of his sacrifice. His pain and suffering. That we’re all there for him. We never met before. We aren’t from the same country or culture, not the same race or gender.
However, with the same belief, we support each other. When organizations come together, they have the same belief. You can see if organizations work together and through their mandate. It is the biggest thing. You have a collective power. The more people, the better the greater the voice.
Jacobsen: With respect to CSSDP, there are ways to get involved with it. What do CSSDP most need from volunteers? How can potential volunteers expedite that to help out?
Loster: CSSDP needs more ground members, more chapters. The board can use for help. However, it doesn’t matter the size of the board without the youth starting to form groups and make changes. If you have 100 board members dictating tasks, starting campaigns, and so on, without chapters, nothing is happening.
We can start a campaign and post on social media. We don’t get followers or chapters, or momentum in the movement with people. The biggest thing is chapters and youth becoming involved in CSSDP.
Youth advocating for sensible drug policy. That’s the biggest thing. It starts and creates a chapter. If you want to get involved with us, you can start a chapter. If there’s a chapter near you, you can start there. There’s nothing limiting the chapters from influencing their own development.
We don’t have huge resources to start a huge event. Imagine a chapter hosting an electronic music festival with the need for drug testing. We would support it. However, we don’t do it. The chapter does it.
There’s nothing limiting a chapter. They can grow and become their own entity. The big thing is chapters becoming bigger and independent for their own community. W can change things at the national level through advocacy.
The changes happen piecemeal with a conversation with friends, family, and fellow peers and altering the mental state of politicians. If every community begins to change, the national side will too.
Eventually, you will have the same situation with the states. You have states with a belief pattern, legalizing cannabis. As well, the federal disagreement. Of course, it will become ridiculous. Individual states will legalize and the federal will not. People won’t care.
It is self-empowerment for people. It boils down to people empowering themselves to the point of making a change in their own lives. It starts small and becomes large.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Evan.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/08
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Evan Loster, part 4.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: The examples of Bill Hicks and Terence McKenna sit alongside Timothy Leary and Baba Ram Dass, or Richard Albert. I like the analysis. It is not a conspiracy theory. It is an analysis of institutions. By “an analysis of institutions,” I mean a critical framework from which to examine society at large.
If you take the American examples that you gave, we have crack cocaine, sellers in the white population or the European Americans in terms of descendants, and the buyers in the black population or the African Americans.
You have the psychedelics with the Far Left, politically. These become the minority, marginalized, demonized groups. In Canada, we had cannabis with Mexicans. We had opium with the Chinese ‘scare’.
These become manifestations of xenophobia. In addition, certain cultural values can be expressed by output of the human organism. For example, we have the examples of tobacco, alcohol, and caffeine.
Each of these activates particular sets of networks in the brain, in the main part of the central nervous system. The values held by the society in terms of what is taken as what you called an “archetype” for the values that the society takes in.
Those values, in a concrete sense, are represented in each person’s neural architecture. When they take a substance, it will activate certain networks more often than not. If caffeine, it’s busy, busy, busy. If alcohol, it’s down, relax, forget.
In other cultures more the fringe, sub-cultures in the society, you can have psychedelics from the Far Left, which are exploratory drugs for the most part. They bring about experiences that are typically called mystical, transcendental, or religious.
We have stories of Mohammed flying to heaven on a winged horse. Ok, maybe, but that was probably a naturally born expression of a similar neural architecture being activated naturally rather than artificially. That’s what I’m taking from what you’re saying.
Evan Loster: Even to add on the caffeine, anxiety, nicotine basis, we’re a society that utilizes things like Xanax to counter those effects. You can go to your doctor tomorrow and say, “I have too much anxiety,” rather than realize that you take too may stimulants.
You can prescribe a pill to take more stimulants. You are more of a machine rather than a human. You lose the artistic element, which is self-expression. There’s a reason individuals are drawn to natural human expression.
People see someone dancing in the middle of the street and are drawn to it, “Why are they doing that?” You are all the same people. It is weird to see people have that natural expression in modern society.
That’s the difference between the counter-culture and archaic forms of society, and modern society. Substance use comes from the level of comfort individuals have with their neighbours. You might not say, “Hi,” to them.
That’s opposed to the more intimate societies. It is less than the substances, the psychedelics, but a reflection of the cultural values. We can create a psychedelic reality. It is constructed things in that form to create the behaviour.
Those people feel more interested in talking to a stranger about their day. Our society, people will honk, try to drive you off the road, and so on. Maybe, that’s a reflection of individuals being on stimulants rather than being mellow.
It is hard for youth. If you identify with the artistic side, you have everything against you. You have barriers, resistance, and problems to face. It is not impossible. However, it will be hell to get there.
You will have people say, “You’re crazy. Don’t you want to buy a house and have a family?” Your own family too. It is difficult. It is multi-dimensional. We need to get youth to behave independently.
Our youth are good at organizing. We need to organize into a central message and do something about it. The CSSDP is an important framework for it. If we continue to see the organizations, initiatives, and coalitions build and grow, then more momentum will happen for it.
It will continue to grow as long as people stand up. Another way to look at this society is to look at vaping. Analog cigarettes are being taken over by vaping. Millions of people vaporize, even though it’s not legalized.
In Winnipeg, 25 vape stores have opened in recent years.
(Laugh)
Out of nothing, you have an economy, jobs, and millions of people with a healthier manner to ingest nicotine. So, the government hasn’t done anything. It has tried to do it. You can’t vape in public spaces.
You need to make windows frosted. So, children can’t see inside. They haven’t stopped the phenomena. It is an essential point. You see this with dispensaries for marijuana, not closing and continuing to promote their ideology.
That is, they should have a non-discriminatory storefront for people over 19. People will not intervene. It is too much a headache. They will accept the social or cultural change. It is practical for them anymore.
Also, another thing is the number of people retiring in the next couple of years. The majority of the work force is on the verge of retirement. Even the provincial government has trouble finding replacement employees, you used to have 10-20 candidates per job in the government.
Now, you won’t can as many candidates. Many young people don’t want to work in the public sector. It is not a fun place to work. There are no incentives. Do you want to work for low pay with people having a completely different mentality?
With the division and segregation within the government, no organizations work together. They want to attach their name to it. You have the division that creates roadblocks and problems. Everyone needs to have their hands on it.
That’s another step too. For society, everything takes years. The dimension of time does not have to dictate the rate of change for an ideology. As long as you have an consensus of belief, it is a pinnacle moment of drug policy.
Everyone changes to a common belief about drug policy. Everything will change at that time. With the overdoses happening, it is becoming a larger epidemic with 30 overdoses in one weekend or one night.
Everyone uses the same adulterated supply. At that point, society will change. It is a common trend. We need to lose 2,000 or 5,000 lives before changing the policies to help people. As we both know, drug policy hurts the prosecuted and those overdosing.
Jacobsen: Also, it has political and economic ramifications. It affects parents and siblings. If you associate with someone using drugs, especially if the drug has legality behind it, it is an issue.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/08
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Evan Loster, part 3.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What events have success?
Evan Loster: In Europe, there are a lot of events. Zendo Project is a major one in the United States. They’ve been at Burning Man. There’s an organization called Dance Safe. That’s what I know. Other have contemplated it, but have stopped because of legal issues.
That’s the biggest issue. You have a festival run by boards. The problem is everyone on the board must agree. We need drug testing. Even in my own community, we have something called Folk Fest. I want to bring drug testing to it.
Even talking to the harm reduction community in Winnipeg, there’s this problem having accountability and responsibility in those events. They tried to bring Plan B. One, sexual assault is an ongoing and common issue at these events. Two, the need to have that protection for females is a good thing.
For example, an unsolicited sexual encounter and don’t want to have their baby. Plan B was over-the-counter. They didn’t want to take responsibility for giving that out to people. They will turn down the entire idea.
Since the festival turns down the idea, it doesn’t mean that won’t happen there. Same with the festival. They didn’t want naloxone at the festival without a trained professional. Naloxone is easy. You don’t need to be a trained professional to administer it.
It is as easy as taking saline mixtures up the nose. I hope, in spite of it, some will bring naloxone. It is not to promote drug use, but to help attendees to stay safe. Universities should have access to it.
It is a tough time. You are stressed and depressed in this major time of development. Many will experiment with substances. Opiates are a good substance to reduce pain. They calm you. They bring you down. The issue is this becoming a recurrent obsessive behavior.
Also, when you think a taken substance is one thing, and it’s not, it can be a big problem. Across the world, there are safe injection sites. Many countries have legalized heroine. Canada too now. Paraguay has decriminalized all drugs.
It is a perfect example. The statistics demonstrate drug related crime has gone down. Overdoses have gone down. HIV/AIDS rates have gone down. Drug use has gone slightly up. The statistics might be deceptive. Have rates gone up or have people admitted it – since the stigma is gone?
Maybe, people admit it. Maybe, people experiment without the dissolution of the stigma. If someone wants to try marijuana or a therapeutic amount of MDMA, that should not be stigmatized. It is awesome to explore yourself.
Jacobsen: There’s an inverted pyramid of drug abuse. An inverted pyramid of harm and legality, tobacco and alcohol are harmful to individuals, families, and societies. Cannabis is in the national discussion now.
It is illegal. Yet, it does not have major harms associated with it, especially compared to tobacco and alcohol. Tobacco and alcohol are legal and harmful. Marijuana or cannabis is virtually non-harmful and illegal. This is repeated across the spectrum.
What seems like the reason behind this?
Loster: I am unconventional. I use Terence McKenna and Bill Hicks for this perspective. Tobacco and alcohol promote productive workers. Same with caffeine. They are the most prized substances in society. You ingest nicotine and caffeine to make you productive. There’s no other reason for it.
It doesn’t bring you down at night. The whole basis is the promotion of cultural values of productivity. You drink alcohol to forget about the shitty work week. So, you have a coping mechanism.
When people stop using these substances, that’s when they stop being able to work at that level. You start depreciating yourself. Your true qualities are showing. Let’s use the opposite side of the spectrum, I like heroine as an example.
There are differences in the addictive qualities of heroin and tobacco. Heroin, you may want to stay home more than go to work. Same with psychedelics. They make you question the cultural patterns.
If everyone tried LSD or psilocybin, people wouldn’t contemplate work for tomorrow. They would look into other values, which the establishment doesn’t want now. I don’t believe in a massive conspiracy. Ideologies have created a giant illusion believed by us.
The ideologies began with a few people. It spread. If you look at a cult, a cult as it first comes out, it has a huge stigma. Everyone thinks it’s bad. If you attach the word to it, it is instantly demonized. Every major belief system started as a cult.
You had a small number of people believing something. It grew. Scientology is ridiculous now. In 1,000 years, if it’s still here, people will think it has some basis in reality because “Why has it been around for so long?”
It boils down to substances most promoted in society are promoting cultural values. Those most penalized are against those values. One of Nixon’s or Reagan’s political advisors targeted specific marginalized groups of people by penalizing the drugs used most by them.
The black community was crack and heroine. Even to today, Jay-Z put out a music video about the war on drugs. He talked about the media promoted crack as a black problem, even though more white people than black people used it.
Legally, blacks got worst charges and indictments for selling crack cocaine because the people using crack were in poverty and in minority neighborhoods based on the expense. Same with the Far Left movement. They penalized psychedelics because LSD and psilocybin created a counterculture movement.
It was associated with it. It mostly boils down to culture. There are classifications of legality and substances are not based on science, more on how we want people to act and behave. Even altered states of consciousness like schizophrenia is demonized in our society, if you’re a shaman, you are seen as a gift.
Our society doesn’t make schizophrenia mark the archetype of sanity. We demonize and attempt to medicate it.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/08
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Evan Loster, part 2.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You affirmed a preference for the harm reduction approach, which involves prevention, treatment, harm reduction, and enforcement – as the four major parts of it. If we take into account the more practical, general things of it, at least in Canada, what comes to mind for you with respect to harm reduction, practical examples?
Evan Loster: For me, there’s plenty. The three that come to mind are safe injection sites, naloxone training, and providing that overdose antidote to first responders and the users themselves. If you have a demographic of people who are high opiate users, who would have easily accessible naloxone, the idea is not to encourage use, but to, in essence, save lives.
We’re not suggesting by providing naloxone the encouragement of the use of heroine by them. We are accepting the fact and reducing the risk. We are providing a harm reducing service to eliminate that risk. Secondly, with supervised injection sites, the ideology behind that is not to encourage use, but safe use.
If there are testing services, it ensures no adulterations of the substances. If clean needles and access, then no transmissions of HIV, STDs, and diseases in genera. These services provide the support of the community.
You’re providing support as well. It revolves around reducing harm and providing support. So, you have more positive reinforcement of certain types of behavior to ensure reduction or elimination of mortality.
Every harm reduction principle is related to saving lives. Punishment is more related around, not necessarily saving a life, but reforming a life. An archetype of a productive member of society, according to them.
Harm reduction is more accepting of people and their issues, and working through those problems. One emergent phenomenon in Canada, even with the legal barriers, is drug testing at music festivals.
With new adulterants like fentanyl and other synthetic powerful opiates, those services at music festivals are essential because it brings awareness for people. For instance, Shambhala is a music festival. They did drug testing.
It was a success. There were no overdoses. They had naloxone on site. They didn’t need to use it. There is a drug testing culture. You are informing someone of the substance. Also, you’re informing the entire community the drugs and the effects of the drugs.
MDMA, for example, has a common logo on it. They would put that on a board saying, “Green bubble B pills, all tested high for PMA.” So if you’re walking by the drug testing tank, and if you have those pills, that information can prevent bad use.
You get an alert of a possible substance with an adulterant in it. Another aspect, the provision of the drug testing service. The legality is an issue. The testers can’t touch the substance. You have to follow a strict regimen.
The users need to understand. It is up to them. You can’t say to use or not to use a substance but must inform. It leaves the responsibility to the person, the choice to the person, which is a good thing. It promotes self-independence.
There is a legality issue. If you tell someone, “If you take this pill, it could cause cardiac arrest,” that’s more important than curtailing that because of legality. Until we get past the taboo with harm reduction services, it will become more open, more broad, and realistic.
Harm reduction is education, too, from a youth level. You should start as young as possible. Of course, age appropriate content. For instance, you do not show pictures of overdose people to children. That is a scare tactic. It is not informing.
There are individuals using heroine throughout life. They hold a job. They function throughout life. The services should provide education appropriate to age. People should know what people do rather than the stereotypes. I used a suppressed tablet, thinking this was pure MDMA. I didn’t understand the feeling.
(Laugh)
It was an abundance of energy and feeling in a different state, not being able to sleep. Most likely, those pills were not pure MDMA. At the time of ingesting the pill, I didn’t know it. I thought “A purple pill with a crown on top. Cool!”
So, you didn’t receive education in high that was saying, “These are pressed capsules. Did you know MDMA can’t be made into pressed capsules?” That information could have instilled the unconscious thought into me, “Oh, these are pressed. These aren’t pure MDMA.”
That beginning phase is important. People can make proper decisions. When we limiting people to not being able to make proper decisions, we get into trouble. You are taking away that self-empowerment from them.
You are saying, “You aren’t wise enough. You can’t decide this.” However, if you have the spectrum of information, people will use it. It is much better to have the optimism. People will use it.
If there are people ignorant of the knowledge gained, that is something needing independent change. It is more a reflection of the personality trait rather than our work. There’s the independent side of the person. There’s intervention from a community perspective.
It is important to have a harm reduction community, which is important for an individual’s self-development. We can promote the behavioral change.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/07
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Elazar Ehrentreu.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you get an interest in drug policy in Canada?
Evan Loster: My interest started in university. Ideologies about society changed with inspirations from first year philosophy, psychology, and sociology courses. I was having a conversation about marijuana legalization and psychedelic research. They brought up CSSDP and starting a chapter in Winnipeg. They suggested becoming involved in with the organization. I researched it.
I realized that there was a platform for students to become involved at a political level. My awareness changed from the experience. I did not become part of the board of directors in the first application.
One year later, Gonzo Nieto reached out to me. I applied and was voted on the board. Since then, my interest has been growing. My education and awareness has been growing, too. My awareness of the issues and the drug policies in place affecting human lives.
It is becoming apparent, which contributed to becoming involved politically, scientifically, and emotionally. From personal experience, I had siblings deal with drug addiction. I have volunteered in psychiatric wards too. These life experiences drove interest into consciousness, psychedelics, and drug policy.
Jacobsen: With respect to your current position, what tasks and responsibilities come along with it?
Loster: On the board, you commit as much as you can because it is a volunteer organization. We delegate tasks, organize campaigns, and help start and support chapters. Our chapters are the backbone of the organization, we represent the students in individual institutions across the country.
I chair the political advocacy and special projects committee. We write position statements on policies in place, bills being enacted, supporting initiatives voicing human rights issues around drug policy, and so on. It is what you can commit.
It can be writing blogs, helping with the website, or attending conferences or demonstrations to represent us and our chapters – show our presence.
Jacobsen: Two philosophies enter the discussion across the board. One is punitive or zero tolerance. The other is harm reduction or minimization. Which is preferable to you, and why?
Loster: I believe in harm reduction. It is a human right to experience altered states, whether it is substance induced, a religious experience, or otherwise for the shift in consciousness. It has been part of the human experience for thousands of years. We have a co-evolution with mind-altering substances.
For me, I do not think punishment will help people. It will further instill self-hatred. It will further instill the real causation of an addiction. It will promote criminal activity because you’re taking people dealing with an internal battle and throwing non-violent drug offenders into an institution with violent offenders.
It takes away any place to grow. You do not see another way. You come out with this negative view. Unless, of course, you have a rare life experience that changes you. It is subjective to the person. There are many reasons punishment will never work.
We need more empathy for how trauma affects. People are humans. It boils down to treating humans as humans. It does not have to be any more complicated.
Jacobsen: What do you consider the core principle of CSSDP?
Loster: It is hard to narrow it down to one thing. It is advocating for human rights and a harm reduction based sensible drug policy. CSSDP’s core principle is to help youth mobilize themselves and provide a platform for them to make a difference.
A lot of people don’t necessarily believe in their government, don’t know how to get involved, and may not got out of their comfort zone to find a way. If we can provide that platform, and bring awareness to it, it allows youth and students to have a voice in that political fashion.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/08/07
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Dr. Tara Marie Watson, part 2.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: One of the more important subjects of drug policy comes in the form of volunteering. This comes from three areas. One, that means from those out of high school and with more freedom in undergraduate studies.
Two, those starting the first major research projects, honours theses and Masters theses. Three, those becoming professionals through doctorate level and having expert-level opinions on the subject matter. Any advice for those three demographics?
Watson: That’s an interesting question. I wasn’t expecting one like it. Those with an interest in drug policy should seek out resources. There should be more resources on campuses across Canada. For example, groups like the Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy are really important. These groups need to get the word out through campus and social media outreach. It can help reach the students that have interest and don’t know where to look. At the high school and undergraduate levels, you don’t get much tailored, drug-policy education.
I find that people need to be self-interested. Those grassroots, community, and student-oriented groups are really important to get students engaged in Canadian drug policy reform. For those starting at the early levels of research, there needs to be programs on campus that engage students at all levels. That includes graduate students and faculty. There needs to be a place to learn more and get involved. Here at the University of Toronto, there’s a Collaborative Program in Addiction Studies. It offers multi-disciplinary courses on drug-related issues.
Drug policy is just one aspect of this program; it is a program for those who have general interests in drug-related issues at the University of Toronto. There should be efforts to broaden those types of academic programs and have the advocacy piece to coincide with it.
For those early-career professionals, it is important to stay engaged on social media and seek out different opportunities to become involved in drug policy issues. I do this. For example, I know about and have reached out to the Canadian Drug Policy Coalition and campaigns like Support, Don’t Punish. When I see such groups or campaigns, I sign up for newsletters and email lists. I visit the websites to acquire more information. I want to stay involved in the latest news regarding harm reduction in Canada, in particular. I think it’s a good thing to be a part of these groups.
Jacobsen: How can professional academics mentor younger generations?
Watson: It is wonderful for people to seek out such mentorship. There can be more done. Drug policy experts can come to events and speak to students and other people interested in these issues. Groups like the CSSDP do a great job reaching out to speak to experts. It’s like what you’re doing right now. Drug policy experts tend to congregate together and speak to one another. That is great. However, there needs to be more cross-dialogues with other stakeholders who are interested and want to get involved in drug policy.
That includes law enforcement agents and social workers and teachers. You sometimes don’t see these individuals come to certain drug policy events. So, thinking beyond mentorship, there needs to be more outreach to get experts in drug policy speaking to different groups. How do you best do this? That’s a pressing question.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Dr. Watson.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/08/07
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Dr. Tara Marie Watson, part 1.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How’d you get interested and involved in Canadian drug policy?
Dr. Tara Marie Watson: I have longstanding interests in drug policy in general. I started becoming interested as a graduate student at the Master’s level. I took graduate-level courses, which opened a new personal perspective on drug issues.
Previously, I adopted a psychological lens through which to view drug issues. I took courses that were more about the sociology of drug-related problems. These courses opened up new personal perspectives.
I learned about a number of converging factors, including socio-cultural elements, that form part of drug-related issues and policies. At that point, I became interested in learning more about drug policy – its design, politics, and ways it’s debated. I then did a Ph.D. in criminology.
I have also been involved in the coordination of public health research related to harm reduction. Canada has been a jurisdiction of interest, not only because of living here, but Canada has seen interesting ups-and-downs and stagnation with regards to drug policy.
Jacobsen: In general, there are two streams of thought. Philosophies as theories. Strategies as practice. There’s a punitive or punishment approach called zero tolerance. There’s another called harm reduction. Briefly, you noted expertise in harm reduction. What is the preferable strategy, and why?
Watson: As well, there is a wide spectrum. You have correctly identified two sort of opposite ends of the spectrum. One being punitive, and zero tolerance. The other being harm reduction. There’s a lot that can fall in between these two approaches, including policies and strategies also referred to as harm reduction.
These strategies vary as to the level of meeting people ‘where they’re at’ in terms of their drug use. Some strategies are coercive. Some are harm reduction-oriented. I want to make that clarification. I am on the harm-reduction end of the spectrum. Punitive, zero-tolerance, and law enforcement-oriented approaches to drug use have been abject failures.
Evidence from criminology and sociology associated with the war on drugs document the failures in Canada, the US, and other countries following prohibitionist logic over many decades. Punitive approaches towards drugs do not reduce levels of drug use. These approaches don’t deter people from trying or experimenting with different substances. They don’t reduce drug-related crime. In particular, they discriminate against segments of the population that are typically marginalized in some way.
For example, people experiencing poverty, homelessness, histories of trauma, and so on. These experiences are important factors in the lives of some people who use drugs. By arresting, charging, and throwing people in jail for crimes like drug possession, we have done nothing to reduce the stigma and discrimination in their lives. We’ve done little to mitigate the health-related problems associated with drug use. Prisons are, in particular, known to be challenging places to offer treatment for drug use.
Jacobsen: To make things explicit, you mentioned “segments of the population.” What are the segments of the population? What are the most damaging effects of bad drug policy?
Watson: People who have had experiences with significant amounts of discrimination and social marginalization in life often exhibit heavier, more sustained, and problematic forms of drug use. This includes people who are members of racial and ethnic minorities, sexual minorities, and those coming from families with ongoing and sustained problematic substance use, as well as histories of trauma.
These groups can be predisposed to more serious forms of drug use such as dependence and addiction. They find themselves more likely to be in conflict with the law compared to more “mainstream” people who may use drugs because of, for example, living on the street and having had many experiences of discrimination. They don’t have as many resources or means of protection when they obtain drugs. In terms of the damaging effects of overly punitive and zero-tolerance drug laws, there are multiple. These effects include ongoing stigmatization and marginalization of the aforementioned groups. Again, these groups tend to be disproportionately affected by drug laws. It is due in part to the discretion in place of drug enforcement by the police. We know of many issues around this in the criminal justice system.
One of the other effects, in the US especially, is the enforcement of drug laws having resulted in massive incarceration and a prison-industrial complex. There is much sociological research to support this, and some key documentaries explain this phenomenon, such as The House I Live In, too.
The health effects are very damaging. People on the street experiencing homelessness and poverty and involved in taking drugs have to conceal drug use from the authorities. This leads to myriad health-related harms. Everything from having to conceal themselves to take drugs in clandestine locations such as alleyways. They have to throw away drugs and drug-use equipment out of fear. They don’t want to get caught or have their equipment confiscated by police.
One remedy to some of these issues is harm reduction strategies and programs. They can be successful and are in place in Canada, to a degree.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): The Good Men Project
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/08/06
I interview friends, colleagues, and experts, on harm reduction and its implications in Canadian society, from the theory to the practice, to the practical. I am a Member-at-Large for Outreach for Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy and writer for Karmik, Fresh Start Recovery Centre, and the Marijuana Party of Canada. Here I interview Dessy Pavlova, part 1.
*Audio interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In brief, how did you get involved and get an interest in Canadian drug policy?
Dessy Pavlova: When I was in high school, I went to an alternative school. It was a school where people using drugs went to become educated. It was for people who could not function in a regular school environment, whether possession or skipping classes.
I was out of the hospital for a back operation. There were a few people with chronic disabilities or mental health issues. It was a cool school. We had time to socialize with other students there. We were free to stay all day. So, I would stay all day.
I met people with drug problems through TRIP Toronto. I did not get too involved with them because I was not going to events. There thing is outreach events. Through them, I found CSSDP.
I was about 18. When I graduated from the high school, I went to York University. I started the York chapter there. It was not successful, but it segued into being more involved over the years.
In 2015, I attended a CSSDP conference. I helped before the conference too. At the conference, we voted in a new board of directors. I am on the board of directors now. I have been active ever since.
Jacobsen: What tasks and responsibilities come along with this station or position?
Pavlova: I am the chair. I have been treasurer and vice chair. I am the outreach chair, too. With vice chair, I was the support the other members in the board, especially the chairs. Sub-committee chairs need help. I was there to make sure things are streamlined.
In case the chairs can not do something, I will take the leadership role. As outreach chair, I coordinate the website and events with both the board and chapters. Anytime there are events. We are putting new features such as the calendar on the website.
It is exciting because it will be a way to put chapters across Canada in one place. You can see the event, buy tickets to the event, and help bring everybody together. I see that as my main role, bringing everybody together and then streamlining communication and collaboration efforts.
Jacobsen: What do you consider the core principle of CSSDP?
Pavlova: If we were to reduce it to one, it would be harm reduction, but connected to sensible drug policy too. It is not about reducing harm alone. It is about putting out the education for people to make informed decisions.
I found that successful. Education goes farther than politicians and older adults give credit.
Jacobsen: Where do you hope CSSDP goes into the future?
Pavlova: I hope we become more recognized and involved with the government. We are a good means for them to reach youth.
“Just Say, ‘No!’” does not work. I am glad. They are working with us, e.g. workshops and roundtables. They will be more in touch youth and help solve some of these social problems.
Jacobsen: The two major philosophies to implement in society at large are the punitive or zero tolerance approaches and the harm reduction approaches. What is preferable to you, and why?
Pavlova: The harm reduction approach is more effective. You see this. In anything that we have been told not to do and punished for, e.g. if you look at safe sex, we are told to not have sex as teenagers. The truth: I do not know a single teenager who does not have sex.
Now, the ones practicing harm reduction would have safe sex. They become educated. It is the same situation. If you bar a child from doing something, they rebel.
Jacobsen: In addition, there are family and child protective services. There are means through which negative family impacts on a child and on youth can be dealt with apart from outright punishment approaches.
Pavlova: Punishment approaches in general cause more harm by separating a child from their parent than educating both parent and child on potential harms and how to reduce them. The separation of families is not the way to do it.
Cannabis is not considered the neighbourhood menace. People did not want to sign the names on the chapter list because they were scared since they smoked pot that cops would somehow get their hands on the list.
Now, we are coming to the point where we accept it is not that great of a harm and lesser than putting people in jail. I have seen parent with very sick children go to jail, who are currently in jail, because they provided medicine to their kids. Cannabis is only one. The conversation starts here.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/07
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your family and personal story – culture, education, and geography?
My German (Lutheran and Reformed) and Scots Irish (Presbyterian) ancestors immigrated to the American colonies in the mid-Eighteenth Century and settled in the North Carolina backcountry near what is now the city of Hickory (about 35 miles northwest of Charlotte). I live a short distance from land granted to my sixth paternal great grandfather by King George II in 1752. My ancestors fought the Cherokee and then their own neighbours and family (on both sides) during the American Revolution. They owned slaves and fought for the Lost Cause of the Confederacy. They almost certainly supported Jim Crow laws in the South, but much of this history has been forgotten (or suppressed) for generations now. I’m currently in the process of researching and writing about it, sometimes in the context of current events, in a new publication on Medium. You can read a sample here. Despite being raised and living in the Carolina “backcountry” my entire life, I managed to get a degree in Mathematics and recently retired from a successful 24 year career in software engineering and support at a Fortune 100 company. So I am a product of both a rural middle class upbringing and an excellent public education system, and I have been working on computer software with great teams in Shanghai and Hyderabad for the last decade while living amidst the corn fields and chicken farms of a small rural Southern community with a nearby progressive metropolis (Charlotte) and both an Apple (Maiden) and a Google (Lenoir) data center. Welcome to the New South and a global economy based on computer technology!
What informs your personal humanist beliefs, as a worldview and ethic, respectively?
Like everyone else, my worldview is informed primarily by my life experiences and my education. Even though I majored in mathematics, I also studied philosophy and world religions (including Christianity) in college. I even explored Buddhism and Taoism in my personal life after leaving Christianity, but all my experiences and education informed a worldview based on naturalism, empiricism, scepticism, and humanism. But Taoism, absurdism (Albert Camus in particular), and other perspectives – including Christianity – still continue to inform my life. For example, I continue to find wisdom in Thomas Merton’s writings on Chuang Tzu or his devout memory of Adolf Eichmann.
In terms of ethics (humanism), it’s really pretty simple for me. John Lennon said: “All you need is love.” But it’s a little more complicated than that. So I’ve always liked Bertrand Russell’s maxim that the “good life is one inspired by love and guided by knowledge.” These are core humanist values that I learned from my (not terribly devout Christian) parents, but they were also reinforced by working at a local hospital emergency room for almost a decade while going to college part-time. If you don’t think love without knowledge can be problematic, I encourage you to spend some time in an emergency room or medical clinic.
What makes humanism seem more right or true than other worldviews to you – arguments and evidence?
At its core, humanism simply emphasises the importance of human agency and embraces reason and evidence as well as empathy and compassion. These are values that are shared by many people of faith as well as secular people who might not call themselves humanists. So I think it’s more useful to focus on how these core humanist values are shared by people who choose to add a supernatural aspect to it and call it religion. We can argue about whether the latter is right or true, but the former should be a given for any reasonable dialogue about what is true. After all, you can’t credibly use reason to argue that reason shouldn’t be embraced.
What are effective ways to advocate for humanism?
Start or join a local humanist group. If you are from the US, join the secular coalition in your state and lobby your local legislators on secular and humanist issues. Also, run for local office. If in the UK, join the British Humanist Association and either join or create a humanist group in your area. Write a letter to the editor at your local paper. Join a local interfaith group and share your perspective with others in your local community. At the Hickory Humanist Alliance, we are engaged in community service and an active member of the local interfaith council as well as a Secular Coalition for North Carolina endorsing group. We pick up trash along one of the roads in Hickory as part of the state’s adopt-a-highway program, and we donate to local charities that support the homeless. And thanks to the tireless efforts of our group’s founder, Gene Elliott, we are once again sponsoring what is expected to be the largest secular conference ever held in the Carolinas – ReasonCon3, featuring Lawrence Krauss as the keynote speaker. So I think it’s also important to keep educating yourself about humanism (and scepticism) in order to be a more effective advocate. But in the end, do something.
What is the importance of humanism in America at the moment?
First, it’s certainly growing. Ten or twenty years ago there were no humanist groups in this state that I am aware of. Now, there are numerous active groups in my own local area and across the state. These local groups provide much needed community for humanists, but they also ensure that humanists are visible in their local communities. Humanist values are of critical importance to our survival and future progress, and we need more advocates and community engagement at the local level.
The importance of humanism in America has never been more apparent to me than it is now. In our post-truth political era filled with hatred and anger and deep political divisions, we would all be well served to remember that “the good life is one inspired by love and guided by knowledge.” Humanists have long been catalysts for change because, as Carl Sagan said, “there is no hint that help will come from elsewhere to save us from ourselves.” We recognise both our responsibility to work together with others and the need to take collective action. In my view, nothing could be more important at this moment in our nation’s history.
What is the importance of secularism in America at the moment?I’m the Legislative Chair for the Secular Coalition for North Carolina, and I think it’s critically important for local and state legislatures to hear from their secular constituents. While I support the work that the Secular Coalition for America, the American Humanist Association, the Center for Inquiry, and other groups are doing at the national and international level, we also need to get more engaged at the local level. For years now a radical right wing legislature in my own state has been busy fighting marriage equality, expanding school vouchers, attacking women’s reproductive rights, and infamously targeting transgender people with unenforceable bathroom restrictions. We must continue to defend secular values at both the local and national level in order to preserve the separation of church and state and true religious freedom for everyone in our country.
What social forces might regress the secular humanist movements in the US?
In my view, liberal and progressive social movements regress when they embrace authoritarianism (or celebrity), dogmatism, and tribalism. As with humanism, the core secular values of separation of church and state, religious freedom, and evidence-based public policy are shared by many people of faith. Secularists, as well as humanists, need allies in faith communities to help us defend these shared values.
What has been the greatest emotional struggle in life for you?
I’m sometimes accused of being emotionally detached (a coping mechanism I honed while working in the emergency room), but my greatest emotional struggle is probably more worthy of a private conservation with a therapist than airing out here in a public forum. Sorry.
Thank you for your time, William.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/07
*Deo has since been murdered.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In brief, what is your family story?I was born in a poor African family. I first saw my biological father when I was ten years old. I am the heir of my late father, Fulgensio Ssekitooleko. He was a very committed catholic, very social, and a committed humanitarian. I grew up with my mother Noelina Nalwada – which was typically a single-parent household (but at other times I had step-fathers).
I am the only child. My father’s children, apart from one, died after getting infected with HIV/AIDS in the 1980s and 1990s. My mother is an atheist, agnostic or skeptic. When I tried to enter a catholic seminary, she abused me and challenged me whether I had ever seen somebody who has ever seen God or returned from death.
However, one of my last stepfathers who was both a devout catholic and a believer in African traditional religion influenced me to be a very religious person (Catholic) in my early youth. My mother knew how to fight for my (and her) rights, so I never understood issues concerning human rights violations during my youth except when seeing teachers apply corporal punishment to my fellow students.
As I was growing up, I was not aware of the massive human rights abuse by the governments of the day, but, once in a while, I could hear whispers about somebody who has disappeared or killed by the government. Those were regimes of president Iddi Amin Dada, and the second regime of Apollo Milton Obote as he was fighting guerrillas lead by Yoweri Museveni – the current president of UgandaI am married to Elizabeth, and we have been together for 17 years. We have four children: Sylvia (16 years), Diana (12), Julius (11), and Nicholas (3).
Are there any others things about your personal story you would like to share?
I grew up striving to succeed in education so that I could escape poverty, ignorance, and unfairness in society. My mother’s relatives were always exploited by witchdoctors who claimed to have healing-powers and thus could cure diseases – including HIV/AIDS. My uncles and aunts gave away their land to witchdoctors in order to get cured from HIV/AIDS, but they later died leaving no property to their offsprings.
In the years to come, the Pentecostal movements emerged promising prosperity on earth, good health and many other opportunities. The two groups, i.e. the traditional religions and the Pentecostals, were undermining the struggle against HIV/AIDS, exploiting poor people. Yet, nobody could talk about them or challenge them.
This was a traumatising experience. I never knew whether this was a human rights issue or mere belief, or ignorance. As the 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights defends the right to belief, all governments have gone on to include that article in their constitutions.
This means that ignorant people can be exploited in the name of belief as it is their human right to be exploited as long as they believe. This has been one of my most traumatising struggles in life. I have lost so many relatives out of their ignorance of science concerning health issues. Yet, governments cannot do anything about this because the politicians are also superstitious and the laws protect the charlatans.
In Uganda, almost 80 per cent of FM radio stations spend most of their time promoting the work of faith healers and witchdoctors. Rationalists do not have resources to own a radio station or to buy time on radio and television.
In my struggle to promote rationalism, I founded the Uganda Humanist Association. I became the East African Representative of the International Humanist and Ethical Union (2007-2012). Now, I am the Ugandan Representative of the Center for Inquiry International.
As advocacy campaigns are difficult, we now engage with local communities to talk about science and superstition in health and community development. Our work is now to invite whoever happens to be involved to discuss these issues openly and inform communities of the dangers of superstition in health and community development.
As of now, I have personally suspended armchair conference-hall humanism. I am in the trenches of community practical humanism. Whatever little I do, I feel proud that at least I am part of the struggle to rationalise African communities.What are your religious/irreligious, ethical and political beliefs?
I grew up as a staunch Catholic, and then at university I became a radical secular humanist. Now, having interacted with various so-called humanists and observed their limitations (especially in building harmony, inclusive communities, practical approaches to society problems, and a general lack of openness) I have reviewed my humanism.
I am now a free thinking, liberal, practical humanist. I do not mind other people’s beliefs on the condition that they do not infringe on the rights, happiness, and welfare of other human beings. I can work with Catholics on a health project, but I tell them point blank that the use of condoms should not be undermined and that family planning is essential in our families.
I tell Pentecostals that by preaching miracles such as faith-healing they are committing homicide. However, I enjoy my intellectual philosophical humanism as we debate Darwinism, the Big Bang theory, the environment, and the future of humanity among others. Politically, I am a social welfare democrat. Democracy should not be only about elections, but on how society shares opportunities and resources and how it promotes harmony.
I do not support the winner takes it all type of democracy. I prefer proportional representation in government as a form of democracy, as is the case in many countries which suffered the madness of the second world war.
How did you become an activist and a sceptic?
When I enrolled in high school, I was still a very confused young man. I had experienced a lot in my childhood. My Biology teacher, the late Mathias Katende, made an explosion in my brain and changed my ideological worldview. He introduced evolutionary biology to us.
The more he taught, the more we became confused. All along, I had prepared myself to go to heaven and meet Mary, the mother of Jesus, and escape worldly problems. However, by the time I entered University to study Botany, Zoology, and Psychology, I had become completely healed from this ideological and philosophical trauma.
At University, we got more lessons on evolution, but the lecturers were not as committed to evolution as my high school teacher. In fact, most students never took evolution seriously. They just wrote their examinations and moved on with life.
At university, by luck, a friend gave me a book on discovering religions. I read about most religions, worldviews, and philosophies. I found Humanism to be more related to my new worldview. I wrote to the British Humanist Association and got a positive response from Matt Cherry who encouraged me to form a humanist organisation. That was the birth of the Uganda Humanist Association.
He connected me to the center for Inquiry International through Norm Allen who was the Director of African Americans for Humanism (AAH). The Free Inquiry Magazines that Norm sent us opened our eyes wider on how humanity sees itself. Later, we were to work with the International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU) on many secular projects.
Do you consider yourself a progressive?
I am very progressive. I have always been evolving in my ideological, philosophical, cultural, and political views. I used to be a staunch believer in American democracy, but now I am more rotated towards European Social Parliamentary Democracy. I used to hate China’s politics, but now I see it relevant in order to maintain orderliness and social welfare to a country (that has over one billion people) under one authority. I am a progressive because I am ever open to new challenges, new ideas, and new world views for the good of humanity and the environment at large.
Does progressivism logically imply other beliefs, or tend to or even not all?
I don’t look at progressivism as a confined ideology or philosophy. If so, then I need more education about it. In my view, progressivism should be open to all aspects of human life including but not limited to culture, beliefs, politics, philosophy, and views about the environment among others.
How did you come to adopt socially progressive worldview?
As I explained earlier, it is a combination of my childhood experience, my culture, my environment, and possibly my inherited biological genes. I am lucky to have been introduced to evolutionary theory by my high school biology teacher and through reading various related literature including Richard Dawkin’s The Blind Watchmaker. The works of Philosophers such as Thomas Paine’s The Age of Reason taught me critical reasoning skills. Studying the American revolution was equally important in my political thought development. I was humbled by the sacrifices of Nelson Mandela and his colleagues to liberate South Africa from apartheid. Julius Nyerere’s trials with community socialism in order to liberate Tanzanians from poverty and to unite them into one nation was a positive human commitment. I can not forget reading the life of Bill Clinton in his voluminous autobiography. It is a story of moving from no where to the top of the mountains of his country.
Thank you for your time, Deo Ssekitooleko
Contacts:
Email: deossekitooleko@rocketmail.com
The website is being worked on.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/05
Linda LaScola is a research consultant. She recently re-released her book (with Daniel Dennett) based on work in which she interviewed non-believing clergy, Caught in the Pulpit: Leaving Belief Behind, with updates and additions.
Linda co-founded the Clergy Project. The site features members of the clergy project. She also blogs on Patheos at Rational Doubt, a site that features several articles by non-believing clergy.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In brief, what is your familial background and personal story?
I think of my own story as being very boring, compared to the stories of the people I interviewed in the non-believing study I conducted with Dan Dennett. I was raised, the youngest of three children, as Roman Catholic in an Italian-American family in a small town in Western Pennsylvania.I had a happy and very stable childhood. Although we went to church every Sunday, we weren’t very religious. My mother refused to send us to Catholic schools. She didn’t go to church much herself, claiming “claustrophobia,” and my father guiltlessly skipped holy days.
I attended church less in college and just stopped going as an adult. Though I still believed in God, there was too much silliness in Catholicism for me to take the religion seriously. After about 20 years of marriage and without children, my husband, an agnostic, and I started attending an Episcopal Church, to fill his need for community.
We both enjoyed it – especially singing in the choir. There was no pressure to believe anything – the pastor himself was openly agnostic – and the music was beautiful. About ten years ago, I realised I didn’t know much about religion from an academic point of view, so I decided to fill that gap.
After about a year of reading and taking adult education classes at church, I realised there was nothing to believe and we left. My husband, who, like me, now identifies as an atheist, has since joined an Ethical Society and a Unitarian Church. I stay home and read the paper.
What was the original interest in clinical social work and psychotherapy for you?
I once had a job as an American Red Cross caseworker that I really liked, so when I was thinking about graduate school, I decided on Social Work. Also, I had taken what was meant to be a short-term job as a tour guide at the US Capitol.
After two years, the repetition started driving me crazy. In my boredom, I couldn’t help but notice how people reacted in groups and I wanted to understand more about that. Once in a graduate social work program, I realised I preferred psychology more than community organising or social services, so I focused on individual and group psychotherapy.
Most of my work as a social worker was in alcoholism counseling, which involved a lot of group work, and employee assistance programs – workplace counseling and referral for employees with personal or family issues that are interfering with their work performance.
What about in qualitative research and analysis for you?
Qualitative research, which is conducted in the form of focus groups and in-depth individual interviews, seemed like a natural outgrowth of my work as a group and individual psychotherapist. It offered more variety, flexibility, and higher pay. What’s not to like?
Would you consider yourself socially progressive? If so, why? If not, why not?
Yes – it’s just something that I eventually realised about myself as an adult. My family of origin did not guide me in any particular direction. I found myself supporting liberal rather than conservative causes. Of course, this would apply to most if not all of the people who choose to go into social work. We think of ourselves as being empathic and interested in improving society for people less fortunate than ourselves.
Social progressivism tends to involve women’s rights and secularism. If advancement of women’s rights and secularism seem like the right values and movements to you, what is their importance in the early 21st century in America to you?
I’ve seen huge advances in women’s rights in my lifetime and know that many more are needed, e.g., equal pay for equal work, protecting abortion rights, and continuing the fight for LGBTQ rights. As for secularism, of course, I support that as well, and also see it as something that is happening on its own. People are naturally leaving religion, in many cases thanks to the free-flow of information and emotional support they can receive anonymously on the Internet.
Secularism “happened” in Europe and is happening here in the US, albeit more slowly and with resistance from the strong Christian Evangelical movement. The clergy I interviewed are examples of people who left religion even though the initial decision had a negative impact on their careers and relationships.
Who is your favourite women’s rights activist dead or alive?
I don’t have a favourite, but I greatly admire two women from my time – Gloria Steinem and Betty Friedan, author of The Feminine Mystique.
The Clergy Project is the name of an organisation for non-believing clergy. It is different than the research conducted by Professor Daniel Dennett and you. In brief, what differentiates the organisation from the original research by you?
The Clergy Project (TCP) and the research with non-believing clergy I conducted with Dan Dennett are two completely separate entities. The research preceded TCP, which neither of us had even thought of as being an outgrowth of our research.
When the pilot study was completed in 2010 and getting some attention, we were approached by Richard Dawkins and Dan Barker who had been talking for a few years about doing “something” for non-believing clergy.
They had met at a conference where Dan Barker, co-president of the Freedom from Religion Foundation, gave a talk about having been an evangelical preacher before becoming an atheist. He knew other non-believing clergy existed, because former, now atheist, clergy had made a point of introducing themselves when he was giving talks. He had gathered their names along the way.
After the Dennett-LaScola pilot study was out, non-believing started contacting us, so a larger pool was forming. The Internet, which had not existed when Barker left religion, had since become a way for like-minded people to meet.
Putting together our list of non-believing clergy with Barker’s list, we started TCP with 52 members. Dan Barker and I called each of them on the phone to make sure they legitimate and then invited them to join the private online meeting place that we had prepared for them.
What was the original research question and methodology conducted by Professor Dennett and yourself?
Excerpted from the proposal for our original research: “It’s understandable that atheist clergy would exist, considering that academically-trained clergy routinely learn about the mythical foundation of the Bible as part of their seminary education.
What would allow clergy to present these myths as truth to their congregations and what causes some of them to reject this position? What other factors are involved when clergy “lose their faith?”
What price do they pay for this change of heart and what price does society pay? The effects of the cognitive dissonance needed to preach faith in concepts that clergy themselves no longer accept is unknown and requires study.”
What was the conclusion of the original research?
There was no formal conclusion because it was a pilot study to gauge the difficulty in finding non-believing clergy to interview and to try to figure out how best to engage them in conversation about their experiences as their beliefs changed. The larger study, chronicled in Caught in the Pulpit: Leaving Belief Behind, also does not have a conclusion, but rather describes the experiences of non-believing clergy.
In the Preachers who are not believers (2010) published in Evolutionary Psychology, you describe the spectrum of God’s definition, as follows:
…frank anthropomorphism at one extreme – a God existing in time and space with eyes and hands and love and anger – through deism, a somehow still personal God who cares but is nevertheless outside time and space and does not intervene, and the still more abstract Ground of all Being, from which (almost?) all anthropomorphic features have been removed, all the way to frank atheism…
Actually, Dan Dennett wrote that part! But I agree with it. This is his formulation of the various ways all kinds of people define God. It’s not a specific finding of our research with clergy.
Does the elasticity of the definition of God support the unanimity and cohesion amongst the preachers and the congregation in church life? That is, everyone believes everyone else believes the same thing without believing the same thing.
I won’t opine on what people (members of religious congregations) I’ve never talked to in depth are thinking about but not saying. I can guess that among religious fundamentalists there is an assumption that clergy and congregants hold the same beliefs – the ones written as the inerrant word of God in their Holy Book.
More progressive congregations focus more on community and in acting in ways that reflect the goodness of their religion. Speaking from my personal experiences in two progressive Episcopal churches, exactly what people believe is not so important.
Can the research findings expand to local temples, mosques, synagogues, and cathedrals as well? Other faith traditions and religions in general.
Again, I can’t say. In our larger study of 35, we did interview two rabbis, but we could not find any imams to participate. Anecdotally, in conversation with Jewish lay people, they don’t seem to think believing in “God” is important to being an observant Jew and were not surprised or concerned to learn that some Rabbis do not believe. Christians, in contrast, were often shocked and disturbed by the very concept of a preacher who did not believe.
The Clergy Project is intended to “provide support, community, and hope to current and former religious professionals who no longer hold supernatural beliefs.” What have been the notable impacts of The Clergy Project?
The Clergy Project started with 52 members in March 2011. There are now almost 800 members. They found the group online or hearing about it in the media. There has been no advertising and no attempt to recruit members.
Each prospective member is screened by a current member to assure that they meet the qualifications of being a current or former religious leader who no longer holds supernatural beliefs.
The main purpose of TCP is to provide a private forum for non-believing clergy to express themselves with other past and current clergy who also don’t believe. People who have been out of the clergy for a long time can be a big help to clergy who are still inside trying to figure how to get out or how to stay in (usually for financial reasons) and keep their sanity.
In the past, these people were quite isolated. People left the clergy individually, often without telling anyone why they were leaving. Dan Barker, now the co-president of The Freedom from Religion Foundation is an exception to this. Some clergy project members who are pastors of progressive churches (e.g., United Church of Christ, Episcopal, Methodist) are pretty happy in their jobs and some choose to stay until retirement.
Because I’m not a member of TCP, I’m not on the private forum myself – and the discussion there is closed to members only. Even founders, who are not clergy, cannot go to the forum. Three of the six founders are members (Dan Barker, Carter Warden, and “Chris”).
Chris and Carter were both active pastors when The Clergy Project was founded and both have now left the clergy. “Chris” chooses to continue to maintain his anonymity. The three non-member founders are myself, Dan Dennett and Richard Dawkins.
I have heard from members that the forum discussions often involve members who left the clergy years ago who are now helping new people navigate their feelings, their relationships, and their plans for the future.
Another popular feature of TCP is the outplacement program, provided by RiseSmart, which helps clergy write resumes and find secular jobs. Carter Warden, a founder, was the first member to use the service, which helped him find a good administrative position in a state university near his home.
You edit the blog called Rational Doubt. It is a place where the “public and non-believing and doubting clergy can interact.” What are some emotionally touching aspects common to many of the stories from those told in either Rational Doubt or The Clergy Project or via your clergy research?
People go into the clergy to “do good”, but because of their changing beliefs, they feel they have to leave a profession which they otherwise enjoy and are good at. They may love the music, the counseling, doing “good works” in the community, and comforting the ill or the grieving. These are activities that don’t require belief in a deity, but that belief is expected of clergy. They are so sad to have to leave the good parts of the job behind, that many try to believe, or to act as if they believe.
Many suffer greatly in the process of realising they don’t believe. Many try mightily to hold on to their beliefs, going through periods of doubt that don’t return to belief (as is supposed to happen). They may consult many people or books in the process. Changing from belief to non-belief is not something that they ever imagined would and when it starts to happen, it’s not something they actively want. In some cases, people accept it or even welcome it, but others really fight it.
There can be personal losses along the way, e.g., income (especially if needed for children’s education), spouse, family, friends.
They need to retool professionally. Though they had many transferable skills, e.g., organising, administration, public speaking, etc., they are often “pegged” as clergy, and so have difficulty convincing secular employers to hire them.
On the positive side, when I asked research participants what they felt they had gained and lost as a result of their beliefs changing, they all felt they had gained much more than they lost, often citing being at peace with themselves and seeing and appreciating the world as it really is. I remember seeing their faces light up when they told me what they had gained, despite losses they experienced in relationships and income. It was very gratifying to know that they felt they had come to the right conclusion and that their struggles ultimately had great value.
Any recommended thinkers or authors on the subject of non-believing clergy other than Professor Dennett and yourself?
Many members of The Clergy Project have written their own books – Jerry DeWitt, David Madison, Fernando Alcantar, Drew Bekius (coming in 2017), Dan Barker, Bart Ehrman, etc. Also, Catherine Dunphy wrote a book in 2015 about The Clergy Project, called From Apostle to Apostate.
Thank you for your time, Linda.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/28
What is your familial background and personal story?
I come from a traditional Kurdish family. My mother has no education, but she worked as a local midwife. My father was a radiographer, and is a Muslim Imam. My eldest brother studied fine art in the Institute of Fine Art in Mosul. He is a highly respected and influential member of the family. He inspired myself and many of my other siblings to get involved in the arts. At the time that I was growing up, the unstable situation in Northern Iraq (Kurdistan) was in full swing, living under an Iraqi dictator, with no respect for basic rights, and we were considered second class citizens. We were tortured, and lived under fear and terror. My childhood in this context has had a strong effect on who I am today.You were born in South Kurdistan, or Northern Iraq, in 1980. That year, the war began between Iran and Iraq. You saw humans act with savage brutality. How did this influence your perspective on life and people?
My perspective is a constant call for peace and rights. Art can hold a beautiful message, such as harmony, beauty and humanity. Art makes life better and beautiful, it facilitates living in peace, a colourful life. I am optimistic. My perspective is one of abject wonder regarding how people can destroy each other, themselves and nature. I believe we can all live in peace.
After The Kurdish Uprising, your family migrated. You were a student at the Erbil College of Fine Art from 1998-2002. Why did you choose this place of study? How did the training and credential help with personal and professional development?
As I mentioned, my oldest brother was a powerful influence on me. When I was young, I looked at him, the way he painted and made drawings. I starting drawing, and it has been a major part of my life since then. This passion for art substantiated itself in the academic study of art and the art movement. I wanted to become technically, practically and theoretically skilled. The choice of Erbil College of Fine Art was an accident at the time, my family ended up in Erbil and it was the only place to study fine art in the city. It was a good accident though, I learned an awful lot there, and met many close friends and interesting influences. My time at Erbil brought me through a personal and professional development in the sense that I moved from a young man passionate about art, to a man confident in his ability to run an art gallery, to write for and edit a fine art magazine, and to be successful in this field.
You fight for human rights through art. How, and why?
I grew up in a warzone, in a violent environment. Since my childhood, and until I left Kurdistan, I lived in fear, surrounded by fighting, and never in a stable situation. There were constant images of violence. Tools of war became a part of normal life. I always asked myself ‘why?’. ‘Why are people killing each other, torturing each other, hating each other?’ Whether for religious purposes, political purposes, etc., to me it is unacceptable to annihilate an individual or group of people no matter the reason. I particularly focussed on the Muslim religion, and I did not see any space for a human being to live as a free human in a Muslim world, free to think, to behave freely, free to live the way they want to live. One of my early exhibitions was called “fear”, and this was based on the fact that people are tortured for the sake of honour, religion, or different purposes – in particular, women.
Would you consider yourself socially progressive? If so, why? If not, why not?
Yes, I consider myself socially progressive. The nature of humanity is all about change, experimentation, improvement, growth and development. Therefore, day by day, humans are widely progressive in terms of technology, in terms of social life, scientifically, economically, etc.
Who is your favourite human rights activist, dead or alive?
Mahatma Gandhi and Nelson Mandela. To me Gandhi is the “god” of his philosophy of non-violence in activism. Mandela, as one of the pillars of the idea that humans can live together, peacefully.
You went to Ireland to continue artistic studies in 2007 at The Galway Mayo Institute of Technology from 2009 to 2014. How did further refine professional skills to create art that fights for human rights?
My studies in Galway had a huge impact on both my skill and art education. I experimented with different media in order to express my ideas, such as in the medium of print-making and video art. Through this institution I expressed all my feelings in the context of human rights, and how the art has an effect on the audience, and the strength and power of art in delivering a message through a particular technique. Ultimately this was a great experience, one that enhanced my skills dramatically.
You approached the Minister of Culture of the Kurdish government to create a new gallery in Erbil City called the “Palace Art Gallery.” It was built. What was that experience like running the operation for its first year?
At the time, I was running an art organisation, and working as a civil servant in the Kurdish Department of cinema, and working as an editor of the Modern Art Magazine, supported by the Ministry of culture. I approached the Minister of Culture regarding the Art Gallery. The Minister was instantly pleased with the proposal and agreed to build the Palace Gallery. That was first ever experience to work in a gallery as a curator and director. Our first exhibition lasted for four months after opening, and twenty artists from the area and nearby regions were involved. It was a great platform to combine the works of these talented individuals. Also, to encourage and provide the opportunity for more artists to become involved. The mission of the Palace Gallery was different to that of other galleries at the time, in the sense of the openness to variation and celebration of different vibes, to bring dynamism and movement in the field of fine art in Erbil city. Unfortunately, I was young at the time, and perhaps naïve. Older, more established individuals (with more pull with the Minister for culture than I had) that felt that I was too inexperienced, and an outsider, caused the funding for the gallery to be withdrawn, without which the new gallery could not survive.
How did this provide a platform for your work and fight for human rights?
The majority of the works displayed at the gallery were reflections of the reality of Kurdistan at the time and rejections of the war and violence. All of the messages were that of humanity, continuity of the human race, of a time when humans can live in peace together, of human rights and human dignity. Each artist had their own technique and their own perspective, using different materials. This combination between the artists made the exhibition more powerful, and more reaching to the audience to deliver these messages in favour of the protection of human rights.
Thank you for your time, Ali.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/25
Dana L. Morganroth is an advisory Board-Member and Vice President of CFI-Pittsburgh, and a Board-Member and Vice President Sunday Assembly Pittsburgh.
What began the interest in critical thinking, science, and scepticism for you?
During high school, I was an active member of a Christian youth group that spawned the Willow Creek Community (mega) Church outside of Chicago. Throughout my involvement, I could never successfully take the “leap of faith” that allowed others to drive doubts from their minds.
I dropped out of the group and upon entering college took some courses in comparative religion, which led to philosophy, and then what was termed logical thinking.
When did this become and social concern for you?
Quite quickly in terms of geological time – I waited no more than 30 years after college at the most. Immediately engrossed in my career after leaving school, I spent a great deal of time complaining about, but almost no time acting upon, social or religious injustice.
I often daydreamed about what I might do to combat the ills of religious dogma and lack of critical thinking in society but never found (took!) time to take action.
How did the interest and the concern feed into the becoming active? You like the quote by the Brazilian author Paul Coelho who said: “The world is changed by your example, not by your opinion.” In correspondence, you described this as a “full-stop!” moment for you. That is, a thought for reflection. What positives followed from this in life for you?
I’m not proud of the fact that for many, many years my ratio of complaining-to-doing-something about it – trying to make the world a better place – was very high. In fact, it probably was infinitely high, the denominator in my ratio being about zero.
That Coelho quote somehow just resonated with me. I suddenly wished I’d spent constructively the time I’d wasted just complaining. I remember sitting in my office chair completely immobile for what seemed like half an hour.
Thinking over my career in consulting and business management, wondering if any of the work I’d done was truly important. Reflecting on my belief that the majority of harm done to human happiness and progress was imposed by religious belief and inability to think critically. And since my wife and I chose not to have kids, wondering what might be considered my legacy after I’m gone someday.
I decided the time was “now or never.” Before I left my chair, I’d decided to sell the small company I operated, find one or more compatible organisations to partner with pro-bono, and leave behind the goal of making money in favour of making a difference.
How did you discover Center for Inquiry (CFI)?
Google told me. I researched the multitude of organisations out there in the critical thinking/secular/atheist/anti-pseudoscience/human rights/humanist space and was drawn to those with a broad mission.
CFI appealed due to both their mission and the fact that they were just merging with the Richard Dawkins Foundation and taking on new leadership in the person of Robyn Blumner. It seemed that after a suitable period the organisation would be poised for growth and new initiatives and I thought there might be a way for me to help. And there was a local branch with some great people: CFI-Pittsburgh.
Who were personal heroes in the midst of this discovery?
Of course, I was drawn to the “Four Horsemen of the New Atheism” – Dawkins, Hitchens, Dennett, and Harris, in terms of their intolerance for superstition, religion, and irrational thinking. But more personally with respect to my own journey, I was motivated and inspired by Meriwether Lewis who, upon being designated by Thomas Jefferson to lead America’s “Corps of Discovery” expedition in 1803, wrote:
I reflected that I had as yet done but little, very little indeed, to further the happiness of the human race, or to advance the information of the succeeding generation. I viewed with regret the many hours I have spent in indolence, and now sorely feel the want of that information which those hours would have given me had they been judiciously expended, but since they are past and cannot be recalled, I dash from me the gloomy thought and resolved in future, to redouble my exertions and at least endeavour to promote those two primary objects of human existence, by giving them the aid of that portion of talents which nature and fortune have bestowed on me; or in future, to live for mankind, as I have heretofore lived for myself.
All the more poignant for me because Lewis came to that realization in his 30’s (!) and not in his 50’s, as in my own case.
CFI-Pittsburgh does not have paid staff. Unlike most other CFI branches, it operates on volunteers. What is the mission and purpose of CFI-Pittsburgh?
Our mission is the same as that of CFI’s branches that have paid staff.
We promote the mission of the Center for Inquiry, Inc. on a local level – to foster a Secular Society based on Science, Reason, Freedom of Inquiry, and Humanist values. We create a local community of people who share these values and goals and come together regularly to learn, discuss and organise action in support of our values on a local level.
We seek out and combat local instances of social, political or other injustice; when our local resources are insufficient to get the job done, we enlist the help of our CFI, Inc. parent or similar organisations.
I’ve come to believe that over the years CFI’s branch organisation has possibly grown more organically than per any particular strategic plan. Speaking for our local members as individuals and NOT officially on behalf of CFI, we hope that current leadership will recognise the value that local branches can provide in terms of creating awareness of CFI as an organisation and fulfilling CFI’s mission, and will develop strategic plans that incorporate expansion of the branch network and enhancements to existing branches and their programs. And we think there’s extraordinary potential to leverage local relationships in terms of fundraising which would benefit both parent and branch organisations.
Now, you are an advisory board member and vice president of CFI-Pittsburgh. What tasks and responsibilities come with this position?
Advisory Board membership responsibilities are the same as for any other corporate or nonprofit Board – to set a Mission-Vision-Strategic plan; to choose Officers who will implement that plan, to ensure adequate financial resources, etc. Of course as a branch of CFI, Inc. our high-level Mission is established by the parent organisation’s Board and Officers and we are overseen by the parent.
CFI-PGH’s Advisory Board, working with CFI-Inc’s Debbie Goddard and the Outreach department, determines what aspects of the CFI Mission are best implemented on a local level. As Vice-President of CFI-PGH, I work with the other local CFI-PGH Officers and Committee Chairs to effectively implement our programs here in Pittsburgh and western PA.
What have been CFI-PGH’s largest initiatives?
Besides creating awareness of the organisation in general, one of our largest standing initiatives has been our regularly scheduled lecture series with draws new locals as well as long-term stakeholders together to learn, to be entertained and to improve their critical thinking skills, and gives us the opportunity to involve them more closely in our mission.
We’ve organised locals to lobby Congress in Washington D.C. on behalf of issues important to CFI. Right now our focus is somewhat internal, better organizing our local constituency, educating them on all the programs and positions of CFI, and for the first time beginning formal membership and fundraising drives on a local level.
What have been its greatest impacts?
We’re proud our parent organisation can include our thousands of local stakeholders when counting CFI, Inc.’s constituency for congressional lobbying or UN NGO advocacy purposes.
We’re beginning to assemble a critical mass of key people, many of whom echo my own story, that is they are becoming motivated to take action in the community and as contributors to the parent organisation in addition to merely reading, discussing and complaining.
And we’ve added our voices to many small but important issues in the community, from effecting greater separation of church and state at local church polling places to protesting church tax credits at rallies of “prosperity gospel” preachers held in Pittsburgh. And we’ve advocated strongly for people to vote for leaders who reflect our values and goals.
What are some of the smaller activities performed by CFI-Pittsburgh to build community?
We bring like-minded people together by organising monthly lectures, social nights and guided discussion groups. We support other related local groups in western PA and try to coordinate our activities with them. We try to get our views into the public sphere by working with local media and thought leaders.
We have a great annual canoe/kayak trip on a local river followed by a family style shrimp boil picnic. Not to be missed! We celebrate small victories – one of our local members just had “ATHE1ST” vanity licence plate denied by PennDot (PA Dept. of Transportation).
The plate was issued after Freedom from Religion Foundation (FFRF) attorneys reminded PennDot that issuance of such a plate does not violate rules prohibiting “offensive language or slogans” and that the individual(s) who may have denied the application could not allow their own religious beliefs to infringe on the applicant’s right to free speech.
More important than the issuance of the single license plate was the local media coverage that educated the public about church-state separation, helped normalise atheistic worldviews in the community and informed readers of the existence and activities of CFI and other secular organisations.
What are the important of science, reason, and secular humanist values?
I think of science and reason as merely the means to the end – secular humanist values. I think the idea that any belief not based on reality is either useless or harmful is kind of an a priori proposition, so I can become overly excited when trying to explain. Let me propose an I.T. analogy:
(Science) in this analogy is a valid database. The nature of science is observation, and the identification of truth, facts. Testing hypotheses results in the validation of the existing truth/facts and the rejection of falsehoods. This both refines and expands the database – it becomes an ever-larger repository of truths/facts.
(Reason) is the computer program we use to analyse the database. It is the program’s capacity to apply logical rules that insure correct and reproducible output when we manipulate data. A program that doesn’t have correct logic, or that introduces random instructions (dogma) we would call “corrupted” and unsuitable for any use.
(Humanist Values) is the output when we run our database (Science) through our program (Reason) with the query “how should human beings behave and act within society to maximize human happiness including social justice…etc.”
All good things flow from the act of critical thinking. To improve the critical thinking skills of humanity would promote science, reason and secular humanist values exponentially.
Sunday Assembly Pittsburgh (unaffiliated with CFI) is a 501(c)(3) non-profit corporation, one of 70 worldwide affiliated with the UK registered charity Sunday Assembly. You call yourselves “A Secular Congregation that Celebrates Life.” What is a typical secular congregation gathering like on Sundays?
We strive to live out our motto: Live Better, Help Often, Wonder More. Two descriptions of Sunday Assembly that quickly describe the nature of the event are “Atheist Church” and “TED talk with karaoke.” While putting those two together may best evoke an image of the physical event, it’s what’s happening below the surface that provides value to the human community.
Assemblers are “good without god.”
But they recognise that traditional religious congregations provide value based on community. Assemblers come together to learn ideas that enable them to live more fully and wisely. They celebrate their shared values with readings and music. They support each other as needed and do perform charitable works within the community.
We have an Assembly filled with young families with children, it’s probably most rewarding for me to see these children grow up free from the horrible guilt and prejudices imposed by organized religion, while being exposed from an early age to critical thinking, science, reason, tolerance, and encouragement to live this “one life that we know we have” to the fullest.
What has been the experience for the “congregation” from reports to you?
So many people have come forward to thank our group for providing a safe place, a welcoming place, for letting them know that others share their worldviews and experiences. For putting them together with others that inspire and empower them to leverage their talents to stand up for their belief in a society in which currently about 75% (but declining!) of people hold worldviews in strong opposition.
I think there is a real parallel with the LGBTQ movement of some years ago where it took a real act of courage for many people to come out of the closet and share their orientation with family, friends, co-workers, community. And with the advent of social media, “the world.”
It’s empowering to know that others have the same orientation or worldview, and once a critical mass is reached real social and legislative changes follow in our society. Without minimizing the challenges still in front of the LGBTQ community, it seemed (at least before the recent election) that critical mass had been reached and changes were forthcoming; we still have a way to go with the secular humanist cause.
Can you sum up your own experience with both CFI and Sunday Assembly?
On a personal level, I have found great reward in helping to promote and advertise the both local secular organisations such that people who have left (recently or long-ago) a faith-based support community can find an alternative supportive community of people who share their values.
Most want to promote their secular worldview; they just need encouragement and sometimes mentoring to recognise how they can support the mission that we share. As articulated by Aristotle’s statement “Give me the child until he is 7, and I will show you the man” and best explained by Richard Dawkins’ writings on evolutionary biology, there’s a reason dogmatic religious beliefs and harmful prejudices become so deeply ingrained.
It’s inspiring and rewarding to help fellow members of my community abandon old beliefs in favor of embracing critical thinking and humanist values, and it’s exciting to create a community and institutions which enable a new generation to be brought up with those values from childhood.
Thank you for your time, Dana.
Scott, thanks much for this opportunity to share my views and thanks for the work done by Conatus News through its coverage of social progressivism.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/15
Dan Rather supports science
According to Scientific American, Dan Rather supports science and says that it is more important than ever in the modern world. Some questions might be raised about the presidential election of 2016 by future historians.
The Trump Administration will need to work on the scientific front because of the pressing concerns of the modern world that require scientific solutions and pursuit for their alleviation.
“The political press treats science as a niche issue. But I would argue that it is central to America’s military and economic might […] it shapes the health and welfare of our citizenry, and that our governmental support of the pure pursuit of knowledge through basic research is one of the defining symbols of American excellence.”
“Supermoon” is here
Space.com reports that there will be a November “supermoon” on November 14 that can provide “an extraordinary sight for skywatchers,” which is “a full moon is at its perigee, or closest point to Earth during the lunar orbit.”
It will be the brightest and biggest moon, supermoon that is, to date in about 69 years, where the next one is expected to come on November 25, 2034. It is a rare event, and a rarefied experience for those that had or have the chance to see it.
NASA’s Noah Petro, Deputy Scientist of the Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter mission, said, “The main reason why the orbit of the moon is not a perfect circle is that there are a lot of tidal, or gravitational, forces that are pulling on the moon.”
New Zealand shakes and kills
Science Magazine said that an earthquake hit New Zealand on November 14, which killed 2 people, and that New Zealand has convoluted seismic activity based on the judgment of experts.
James Goff, Seismologist and Tsunami Expert at the University of New South Wales in Sydney, Australia, said, “[New Zealand -seismology] is a lot more complicated than we thought…We are finding out again that there is seismic activity that we didn’t really know about.”
The US Geological Survey found the epicenter was a 7.8 magnitude earthquake near kaikoura, which is a coastal tourist town. The shallow quake from the earthquake “caused extensive damage to infrastructure.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/15
One religion dominance not allowed in public institutions such as schools
According to The Times Live, 6 former Model C schools had pupils recite prayers from the Christian faith in assembly. Students had to “pray before sport matches and describe themselves as having a predominantly ‘Christian ethos’”.
They are having to defend the right to follow a single religion in the courts. The Johannesburg High Court will be hearing the case and this will have “implications for any state school that promotes one religion.”
That promotion would include “dress code, prayers or readings – even if the religion reflects the belief system of the majority.” The “OGOD, the Organisasie Vir Godsdienste Onderrig en Demokrasie,” noted that the constitution and the National Policy of Religion disallow one religion dominance in public institutions.
US broken education system caused Trumpism
The Toronto Star described the nature of the Trump phenomenon, Trumpism, as resulting from the breakdown of the American educational system, which comes from the abandonment of the educational system.
The author congratulates Canada on having a good educational system, and thinks that as long as it can be maintained then the nation will not crash as “our next-door neighbour has, a backyard of flaming wreckage and oh no, where are the nukes.”
“Education is the key to civilized life” the columnist asserts and the underfunding of US schools tied to the absence of teachers and the inadequate salaries for teachers has eroded the educational system in America.
England’s unsustainable educational system according to the Financial Times
The Financial Times describes the “tatters” of England’s educational system because of the unsustainable level of funding given to the system, which means that the funding levels will need to change at some point in the future.
Alison Wolf, Professor at King’s College London, states that the increasing numbers of university graduates creates one funding system that cannot keep up and the “technical qualifications below degree level have suffered” resulting in a decline in “student numbers.” That is, the current demographics of the university graduate population cannot be sustained because of the poor suitability for the current job market, and those that could fill them will be able to fit into the market. Thus, the situation is described as having “serious flaws” with high levels of expense and involves “a major misallocation of resources.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/11
Rebecca Hale was elected president of the American Humanist Association in 2013. She is co-owner of EvolveFISH.com, the popular online store of atheist, humanist, and pro-science merchandise, and co-founder of the Freethinkers of Colorado Springs.
Rebecca became a member of the American Humanist Association in 1996 and served as vice president from 2005 to 2012. She is a frequent speaker and commentator on humanism for the media, conferences and local humanist organisations. Rebecca was born in New York, NY, to Humanist-Unitarian parents. She received her Masters in Public Administration in 1976 and embarked on a career in government, real estate development, and college administration. Rebecca lives in Colorado Springs, CO, with her husband, Gary Betchan, and has two children.
Any prefaces to the interview?
Please bear in mind that these are my answers, I am one humanist and I do not see this as representative of the AHA or all other humanists.
What is your family story?
The cliff notes are that my father was raised in a mildly Jewish household in New York City and my mother was raised in Johnstown PA as a member of the Church of the Brethren. It never made sense to her that her good friend would go to hell just because she attended the wrong church.
Upon asking her mother why this was so; she was told not to worry about all the stuff the church says, “just be good to people, live by the Golden Rule”. When my parents met my father had become a Unitarian and that made sense to her. I was raised as a Unitarian in the days of humanism.
What were some of the tenets involved in the Church of the Brethren faith?
I know very little about the Church of the Brethren, my mother had long since left it behind. I do know that it isn’t among the liberal progressive churches. Mum called them the “Dunkards”.
What made your father become a Unitarian in the first place?
After his Bar Mitsvah his father said to him … “okay, enough of that, lets go exploring” and the two of them proceeded to attend various churches until they found themselves at the West Side Unitarian church in New York City. I have a collection of “The Calendar” from 1927 through 1929, my father had them bound and signed by the minister, A. Wakefield Slaten. He must have made a considerable impression on my father!
What about your personal story?
I was bred, born and raised as a Unitarian, which during the time period of the 50’s – 80’s was essentially humanistic, in the modern tradition. I have at times been more aggressively atheistic and at other times more a live and let live. In high school a friend of mine and I both wore a little silver devil charm as a necklace!
And yet the night some friends and I “borrowed” my parents’ car and had trouble sneaking it back into the garage I promised god I’d believe if we could just get the car back without getting caught. We did but I couldn’t keep that promise any longer than it took to push the car back into its spot!
What differentiates non-aggressive atheism from aggressive atheism?
There is a difference between just moving ahead with your life, ignoring other peoples’ efforts at proselytising and engaging them in debate or calling them out. I call that aggressive. I also think my little Satan charm that I wore around my neck (even in my yearbook picture) was aggressive; I was clearly doing it to snub the sea of Christians that were convinced that they knew everything.
What were some of other things that you did to qualify as an aggressive atheist?
That was pretty much it, that charm and always looking for a chance to confront believers. I didn’t attack all Christians, just the ones that pushed their religion.
You earned a BA in cultural anthropology and environmental studies. You earned an MPA, too. You worked in college administration, government, and real estate development. What were some of the important life lessons gained from these credentials and those professional capacities?
It was cultural anthropology and I think it gave me some of the best lessons one can learn in college. To view people from the perspective of their background, where they come from; what is important, the value of tradition and ceremony, that smart and curios and artistic people exist in all cultures. And that you should not be afraid of “different” because that is where we can learn.
Environmental studies, well, this was the time of the first environmental movement, Rachel Carsons and Silent Spring. It has given me a messy house! (I can’t seem to throw things away because I might need them again.
This all reinforced my mother’s guidance “waste not, want not” and “use it up, wear it out, make it do, or do without.” – even though I have been fortunate in never having to really do without. I am frugal to a fault, I plan my auto travel so I don’t waste gas, I accelerate slowly and coast to braking.
An organic chicken is first a roast, then part of it becomes a casserole or sandwiches, or chicken salad and the bones become soup. I’m a scratch cook. I’m probably just this side of kooky when it comes to the foods I’ll shop and prepare for my family.
I aim for organic and non GMO, which puts me at odds with many people in the secular movement. And, at times I am paralysed by how we are destroying the planet. I easily feel a sense of awe and joy when looking at how beautiful our natural world can be.
These are all characteristics that were first instilled by my parents and then reinforced by environmental studies. My study of government and then working in the public and private sectors taught me about the dampening effects of bureaucracy and it taught me to first recognise the rules and then find a way either through them or around them.
And that sometimes when you are the one that always names the elephant in the room, you’ll get stepped on. One of the advantages of moving back and forth between the public and private sector is that you learn to understand the value of cost benefit analysis; and that sometimes its important to know the cost of doing something, even if you understand that you’ll need to go ahead and take the loss.
You have been a humanist throughout life. What makes humanism self-evidently true to you?
Humanism works; unlike prayer, where it fails more often than it succeeds. I think my parent’s raised me “right” and I’m proud of how my children are turning out. They are strong, caring, ethical people.
I deal with reality. I don’t expect everything to be perfect (I’d be okay if it was but I don’t expect it). Life can be ambiguous. You don’t always get hard answers. Humanism supports that; we strive to use logic and reason and we leave room for doubt and emotion.
What is a clear example of prayer failing in personal life?
I don’t have any personal experiences where prayer failed! I got that car into the carport. But I know it fails when people pray to win the lottery, pray for a sick loved one to recover or to get the big job, etc. The odds are against prayer.
What about in large groups?
I don’t think large groups of people praying has any better and actually has a lesser chance of success than a large group of people actually doing something.
What about in the peer-reviewed research on it?
The oft offered peer-reviewed research about prayer over sick people has been shown to be flawed. If the individual does not know that everyone is praying the results do not substantiate that prayer made a difference. It seems to only work when the sick person knows about the prayers and so we have the placebo effect in effect.
Were parents or siblings an influence on humanism for you?
My parents provided the model. I don’t think my siblings have had much influence on me in this area. One became a Jehovah Witness, one is also a card carrying humanist and the third lives her life as a humanist and adds the colour of the 9th planet theory to her core beliefs.
Did you find a community of humanists to have that community for your children? No, we found it to support rational thinking in Colorado Springs. Its been a bonus for our children, especially Tani. She has found support among her fellow humanist friends (and friends from her time at CampQuest)
Did you have early partnerships in the activist pursuit?
Yes.
If so, whom?
My husband, Gary Betchan, he is a bundle of organisational and creative energy. We started EvolveFISH.com together. I was reticent to make waves. Gary leaves a wake wherever he goes!
Do you consider yourself a progressive?
Absolutely.
Does progressivism logically imply other beliefs, or tend to or even not at all?
You’ll need to define what you mean with the term “progressivism”. I have never used this exact term, so I did what any person sitting in front of a laptop would do and I “googled” it and then read Wiki. Historically it seems to be a bit all over the board with good and bad ideas.
I imagine if we could look back to today from 75 years in the future I might see our humanism that way as well. We will have gotten many things right and may find a few mistakes or misconceptions. We can’t help but be a construct of the times and cultures we live in.
What ethical precept appears to transcend contingencies of geography, culture, and era?
If you are asking what ethical precept is universal, I’m not sure there is one that is man made. I think there may be some natural proclivities that humans have. In times past I might naively say “not to kill” but the religious only apply the do not kill to their particular tribe identity. The concept of stealing being wrong doesn’t even hold up across all cultures.
How did you come to adopt a socially progressive worldview?
It just seems to be in my DNA humanism, cultural anthropology and environmentalism. I have not pursued any of it with some grand scheme, looking back it just flowed together. It evolved as I have I’m always open for new outlooks.
Does this seem like the norm to you?
Evidently, its my norm.
Why do you think that adopting a social progressive outlook is important?
Overall If for no other reason, its pragmatic. Change is inevitable; wouldn’t you prefer to help guide it rather than stand by or oppose it and get run over? There is research that these social progressive values work best in the long run.
Game theory experiments have shown that being fair and kind ends up enhancing the position of both. However, it only works when everyone is playing by the same rules! There must be reciprocity when economics, relationships, power etc. get too far out of balance they are not sustainable.
What movements and forces in American society work against reciprocity to take advantage of the real-world implications of the game theory experiments outlined before?
The very competitive nature of our capitalism; that you “win” by getting one over on someone else. That there is a basic greed worked into our society and reinforced by our media. We have come to a point where a person is valued by their bank account, the size of their house, how much media then can attract.
The behaviors that support these goals do not support being kind and generous, unless we can help people understand that they really do “get ahead” by using reciprocity and kindness.
As a progressive, what do you think is the best socio-political position to adopt in the America?
What I have come to realise is that this is not a simple answer. It isn’t Republican or Democrat, or Green or Libertarian answer for me. It isn’t even a Berniecrat answer. This isn’t a simple world, we can’t just say this works in Colorado so it will work in or anywhere else, and what works in an urban area may not work out in the farmland.
What big obstacles (if at all) do you see social-progressive movements facing at the moment?
We need to be able to get people away from the 24-hour consumption of entertainment and find the carrot that will attract them to educating themselves on the critical topics of the day; climate change, economic inequality, and social justice. The United States is a pretty big ship that needs to change course, it won’t be easy. We built our business by selling bumper stickers and bumper sticker slogans but it takes a willingness to go deeper and educate oneself for people to understand the practical value of progressive positions.
If America does not change course, what might be the impacts to its citizenry, especially the poor, the vulnerable, the downtrodden, and the marginalised?
There will be more poor and they will be poorer. This is already evident in the growing number of homeless, the people with virtually nothing. As the economic inequality widens many in the middle class are slipping into the lower class. At some point I hope that those that are grossly wealthy will notice that they can no longer make money because there is no one left with the resources to buy things, or go places.
How might the world react to it?
I’m not sure that the world will have the capacity to take on the United States, in order to forces us to compassion and equality… that was always our story that we inflicted on others, but we are too big to conquer. So, I don’t think they will act when its only economic inequality however, if we don’t start being more proactive about the environment, that could be a different
story.
Environmental abuses cannot be limited by our borders. The responsible environmentally conscious countries, may at some point take action against us. They will have to do this for their very survival and the survival of the human race.
How important do you think social movements are?
If we didn’t have them we’d still have slavery, women would still not have the vote, we’d bow down to a king, the list goes on. I can’t think of any of the great strides in human freedom that have not been pushed and forced through without a social movement. Power is never given up easily.
Who are those unwilling to attenuate their power in American society at this point in time?
There are so many! And, of course this is not to say that there are not exceptions within these groups: older white males, the churches, the people in power (be they elected officials or bureaucrats), the very wealthy and even the moderately wealthy. That’s a start.
What are your religious/irreligious, ethical, and political beliefs?
I do not believe in a supreme being; no gods, no devils, nothing pulling strings on our lives. I think we each have components of those traits within us; we have good, we have not so good.
We are by nature animals and so we have all the in bred tendencies that an animal would have and over the eons we have imposed values or ethics on ourselves in an effort to institutionalise the “good”.
I don’t mean to make it sound as though our basic nature is bad because I do believe humans want to be “good”, that kindness and altruism exist outside of humanity and are just as natural and inherent.
Generally good begets good. However, I also live in the real world, where there are people and belief systems that I would judge as destructive and cruel and there are people who will do harm, be stupid and be damaged. I don’t see the value of allowing myself to be a victim; I prefer to only turn the other cheek once.
Above all do no harm. As a humanist I see that my active participation to make the world a better place is what gives my life purpose and value. This is my one life, no one will punish me later or reward me. So, its up to me to do the best that I know to improve the planetary condition.
What religious system does the most harm?
The ones that proclaim to have the moral high road and the implied or expressed mandate to enforce it on everyone else.
What irreligious system does the most harm?
I’m not familiar with any irreligious philosophy that encourages harmful actions. I do feel that being purely focused on scientific advancement without the constraints of compassion and empathy could do damage.
What about the most harmful political ideology as well?
Totalitarianism mixed with Fascism would be my guess. There is a famous quote from Stephen Weinberg “With or without religion, good people can behave well and bad people can do evil; but for good people to do evil – that takes religion.” I’m not an expert in the field of ideologies, but this one makes good sense to me as the “right” answer.
You saw the rise of evangelical Christianity in Colorado Springs in 1993. What were the negative and positive aspects from personal observations at the time?
The positive is that was developed a community of like minded people, the Freethinkers of Colorado Springs. And the Freethinkers have provided a home for the members of the community who felt and continue to feel oppressed by the influence of the evangelical Christians and their organisations and businesses.
I am sure that living in the Springs has made me more and more reactive to the incursions made by Christians into our school curriculum and our municipal government.
There is a bit of a siege mentality that develops in secularists when they are consistently demonised by organisations and people that cannot be criticised and that flagrantly violate the law and skim along its intent and all the while being celebrated.
They use fire and police protection, the roads and other public infrastructure but avoid all taxes because of their non profit status.
As a result, they have added to
the costs of local government but have not paid anything. They also pay below the norm and often require their employees to tithe back. As a result, the “jobs” they bring to the community tend to be low paying.
That sparked the need to found the Freethinkers of Colorado Springs (FCS) in addition to the web-based business EvolveFISH, which was sold in May, 2014. Now, you are the president of the American Humanist Association (AHA). What tasks and responsibilities come with these positions – at FCS and the AHA?
I’m largely in an advisory position with the Freethinkers at the AHA I am the President of the board of directors, its a volunteer position, our paid staff handles the day to day business at the professional level. I’m more of the head volunteer, so I run the board meetings, attend various movement meetings, and give the staff uninvited advice!
Technically I have oversight duties over the top two paid staff, our Executive Director and our Development Director. I’ve been president for 4 years (I was elected president before Gary and I sold EvolveFISJ) and on the board of the AHA for 12, I’ve just been elected to another 4-year term on the board, next month we will vote for officers again.
You hold to the philosophy of personal responsibility. What does this mean in personal and professional life for each individual?
It means if we see something that needs to be done we do what we can about getting it done. “If it is to be, its up to me.” This is not to be confused with a libertarian or objectivist approach. What I am referring to is that there is no deus ex machina to come to the rescue, the ills of the world are largely of human origin and it will be up to humans to fix them.
To your philosophy, human beings have responsibility to each other and the environment, or their life support system. What are some of the more mundane examples of this responsibility in action?
What kind of car do you drive? Is it a polluter or clean energy? Have you done what you can to make your home more energy efficient? Do you recycle? Do you waste food and other resources? Do you assist others within your financial capabilities? Are you contributing goodness? Each person finds their own way to contribute to the solution, there are no rules, no dictates.
What about more urgent global examples with this responsibility in action, and potential solutions that societies need to implement – quickly?
I have some controversial positions here, not necessarily sanctioned by the AHA or even humanism. I think we as a society need to look at population control. Is it a basic human right to be able to have as many children as we want or are we at a point that reproduction should be limited?
How can we change our landscaping and food production to increase carbon sinks and biodiversity and limit our use of environmentally damaging processes? Nothing else matters if we destroy our ability (and that of other life forms on earth) to live on this planet. Economic inequality, social justice, whose God is more right, all become irrelevant.
We could also help mitigate the climate issues by refocusing our cultures on things other than consumerism. My car has a rather ugly dent do I need to fix it or replace it? It’s still functional, do I need the latest new smartphone, latest fashion and more clothes than I can wear in a week, or a bigger house or my own jet plane?
The marketing folks could lend their talents to convincing us that who we are is not what we own but what we know, or the art we create, the theatre or parks we visit. To find those things that we can find purpose and meaning in that do not consume the planets resources.
Please not another KidsMeal with some cheap plastic toy that is either broken, forgotten or lost in the blink of an eye! If we make our own meaning for our lives; then let’s find the ways to do that that do not consume the planet.
How might the implementation of serious proposals of population control look to you?
I haven’t gotten this all figured out yet, how, as humans on this planet come to agreement on how best to achieve this. I’ve gotten a lot of push back on the notion of limiting reproduction. I get the argument that if we just educate women and girls population growth will slow.
It is understood that the more educated a woman is the few children she will have, and there are countries in the world with declining birth rates. This is the problem that comes up; the educated, the responsible people have fewer or no children however the uneducated and the highly religious tend to have children in very high numbers.
There is this “Quiverfull” movement among Christians to have as many children as they can specifically so they will have the armies they need to enforce their religious ideals on everyone else. It seems all of the Abrahamic religions focus on this ideal of winning by numbers.
So, in a short period of time we will have fewer and fewer educated rational people and we could be over run by the “masses” if you will. And then is it fair to put the same limitations on people who live a subsistence life? They contribute far less to the climate change drivers than Americans or people with excessive and abundant lifestyles.
Also this would require a totalitarian process, not the best choice!
What would be the restrictions?
Maybe the best approach would be to reward people with only 1 or 2 children.
I think we need to be near 1 child for some period of time, but we are seeing how this hasn’t worked well in China.
This may be because their social structure has developed for the children to take care of the older generation and when 4 grandparents and 2 parents are to be cared for by one person, well that’s a bit of a load. When that one person gets married, now there are likely 8 grandparents and 4 parents, so that doesn’t help spread the load at all.
Who would qualify?
I have no clue how this would work. I’ve been around long enough to realise that brilliant and talented people can raise terrible children and vice versa. Wealth shouldn’t be a determining factor, so I hesitate to offer a “cap and trade” system on children, but its an idea.
You raised two children, Joshua and Tanrei, within the humanist framework. What did this mean in terms of life within the home, at the school, and in relationship with the community?
It meant that sometimes they didn’t have the friends they wanted (parents wouldn’t always welcome them), it also meant that they have grown up with a bit of the sense of being an outsider or not quite fitting into the same mould as most of their friends.
They are strong, insightful individuals. They were raised with an eye of helping them learn to make their own decisions and to think about the values they want to live by. Home life was not laissez faire and it wasn’t dogmatic. They have been given the freedom to decide for themselves what life philosophy they want to embrace.
What is the national state of humanism as a philosophy and a movement in the United States?
Humanism is catching on. Our numbers are growing. There are factions with one focus or another but overall moving in the same direction. I know that there are far more humanists out there who simply don’t know the term; none the less they are living their lives with humanist principles.
What about secularism?
Secularism is most likely outpacing humanism, I don’t have any statistics to back this up, but since humanism is a subset or secularism it is a reasonable assumption. Secularism includes people who maintain their belief in god(s) and other supernatural forces and reject religious interference in government and our laws.
I think this segment has gained numbers as people have looked at the abuse of the privilege that religion has demonstrated. The Catholic Church’s sexual abuse issues are a part of the drive towards secularism.
Do secular humanists, or humanists alone, experience bigotry and prejudice at all levels of American society?
Overall I’d say “yes”. I’m sure there are segments of society where it is more acceptable, the arts and historically the institutions of higher education.
Why?
I’d say that within the arts you find people who, by nature, tend to think outside the box and are more willing to allow other people to disagree with them. The institutions of higher learning because we tend to find more humanism among those who are better educated and those whose work is based in critical thinking and analysis.
Who is a living women’s rights activist that impresses you?
I can’t say that I would pick out any one woman who has pushed women’s rights as their only “cause.” I understand the value, and the need for women’s rights but I tend to lump it into the category of fair play and economic justice.
I don’t know that I’d want to name one women over another, although the women in the Middle East are putting a lot more on the line, their lives. As far as the United States, I’m a pretty big fan of Elizabeth Warren.
Who are other personal heroes throughout history?
I don’t think much about personal heroes. And I’m somewhat embarrassed to admit that history was not a subject I warmed up to. No one explained its value to me, I realise it should have been obvious, but it wasn’t.
So, I’m not well grounded in all the famous and influential people throughout history. Overall I’d say its the people who tried to do the right thing There are a few names that come to mind; Molly Ivans, Martin Luther King, John F Kennedy, Anwar Sadat, Che Guevara, Thomas Jefferson and my current favorite Bernie Sanders. I feel like this list should have more women, Pink, really, this is not my thing!
Who is the smartest person you have ever met or known personally?
This is really tough, I have met a lot of brilliant people. I prefer people who think differently who come up with a different way to see something, or make something work, people who synthesise various bits of knowledge and come up with new ideas and observations.
And I’ve met brilliant people who are also strong on compassion and empathy. But it isn’t enough to be brilliant, its not enough to be strong on compassion and empathy, you need to take action, to make things better. My dad was brilliant, he set a pretty high bar.
What is your current work?
I have three jobs, I volunteer a fair amount of time to the American Humanist Association, I rent and manage houses to college students (that’s how I help pay our bills), and I’m a mother. I’m also a wife but my husband, Gary, is pretty independent, he knows how to feed himself and do his own laundry!
Where do you hope it goes into the future?
Humanism? In my most optimistic dreams I see humanism as the overlay for everything. I’m perfectly fine with whatever religion or philosophy some one wants to adopt; I’d just like to see humanism’s basic premise be the guiding principles for living with each other.
If we all are considerate of each others space and need to survive, if we take action to support a healthy planet and healthy communities and if we all could accept that my rights only go so far as the end of my arm (and so do yours). Don’t ask me to live by your religious ideals.
Thank you for your time, Rebecca.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/06
Tehmina Kazi is an activist, writer and author based in Ireland. Tehmina was, until mid 2016, the Director of British Muslims for Secular Democracy (a position she took up in May 2009). British Muslims for Secular Democracy aims to raise awareness within British Muslims and the wider public, of democracy particularly ‘secular democracy’ helping to contribute to a shared vision of citizenship (the separation of faith and state, so faiths exert no undue influence on policies and there is a shared public space).
Prior to joining BMSD, Tehmina was a Project Officer at the Equality and Human Rights Commission. Tehmina has done extensive research on domestic and international human rights issues, particularly the detention of foreign nationals and violence against women in South Asia. Tehmina regularly contributes to debates and forums on civil liberties and foreign policy. Her articles have been published in a wide variety of newspapers and blogs.
How did you become an activist?
I was always passionate about combating injustices, even from an early age, when I was subjected to a sustained campaign of bullying at both primary school and high school.
I did an A-Level in Politics, loved it, and consequently decided to devote my career to campaigning for the rights of oppressed and marginalised people.
I then studied Law with an emphasis on human rights law at university, and ended up working for a number of human rights organisations afterwards. I was the Director of British Muslims for Secular Democracy from 2009 until 2016.
Were parents or siblings an influence on this for you?
They support me in everything I do, although deep down they would probably prefer me to be working in one of the “safe” professions like medicine, or a conventional legal career in private practice.
Was university education an asset or a hindrance to this?
An asset. I never went on to become a lawyer after completing my law degree, but my legal education has come in spectacularly useful for my campaigning work, particularly on equality and human rights matters like gender segregation.
Did you have early partnerships in these activist pursuits? If so, whom?
My early partnerships were with far-left anti-war groups. I don’t support them anymore, as many of them are only interested in opposing Western interventions for the sake of it, rather than genuinely working towards the cessation of hostilities and casualties.
How did you come to adopt a socially progressive worldview?
Because I was so keenly aware of injustices, regardless of who the perpetrators were, or who the victims were. I knew I couldn’t just sit back and not even attempt to tackle them (whether I’ve been successful or not is another matter!).
Some individuals and organisations turn a blind eye to injustices where one of “their own” happens to be the perpetrator. I had no truck with this kind of tribalism from the very beginning.
Why do you think that adopting a social progressive outlook is important?
Most of us are working towards the same goal: a fairer, more inclusive society for all. Promoting socially progressive values in everything you do – or at least, trying to – is the best way to achieve this.
Do you consider yourself a progressive?
Yes, I do consider myself to be a progressive.
Does progressivism logically imply other beliefs, or tend to or even not at all?
It implies a belief in the FREDA principles: fairness, respect, equality, dignity and autonomy.
What are your religious/irreligious beliefs?
I was a practising Muslim for twelve years, but now consider myself to be a deist with a strong interest in humanism.
As a progressive, what do you think is the best socio-political position to adopt in the United Kingdom?
Enlightenment values: democracy, the rule of law, individual liberty and mutual respect and tolerance for those of all faiths and none.
What big obstacles (if at all) do you see social-progressive movements facing at the moment?
A lack of sustained funding and resources, personality clashes, groups refusing to work with each other over differences that are ultimately quite petty.
Many groups have either been wound up, or end up running out of steam once a particular charismatic personality decides to leave.
How important do you think social movements are?
Critical, but they should not allow themselves to be torn apart by ego-driven personality clashes. They should keep a tight focus without becoming overly partisan.
What is your current work?
I am the Policy and Advocacy Officer for the Cork Equal and Sustainable Communities Alliance, an alliance of 16 equality and human rights organisations in Cork.
Where do you hope your professional work will go into the future?
More opportunities for creative and non-fiction writing, hopefully! (Tehmina recently published a short story called The Tulip Asylum’ about homosexuality in contemporary Iran).
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/02
You grew up as a Catholic. You went to Holy Child School, Cape Coast as well. What is your story as a youth growing up in a religious household? What was the experience?
I attended Catholic schools, St. Theresa’s School in Accra from primary, junior high school and in Holy Child School I got my Senior high school education. They were one of the best schools at the time and provided us with the best teachers in all subjects.
The major criteria for admissions was to be a Catholic and I was baptised at the St. Theresa’s Parish so it was easier for me to gain admission. In primary school, we had ‘Worship service’ on Wednesday mornings as part of our curriculum and from 1st grade, we were read the Bible and taught to understand it.
In the beginning, I did not really understand it, especially when it came to topics on the afterlife since my mother had died when I was 4 years old and I had still not come to understand the concept of death by then. I must have tried to discuss the existence of God once to my classmates, but I was told that I could go mad (mentally ill) so I stopped.
I then made it a point to understand and accept Christianity because I felt that everyone believed in it and it was the right thing to do. By 6th grade, I attended catechism classes and had received my First Holy Communion.
My Senior High School was an all-girls boarding School and was built by the Catholic church in a town called Cape Coast in the Central Region of Ghana in 1946. It had been run initially by British nuns for decades and later by alumni of the school.
It was strict and aimed to form students into ‘women of substance’ who would grow up to be the best in the country at home as good wives, at work, and in the Catholic church.
Obedience, discipline, and morality were the core teachings there with religion and especially Catholicism at its core. It was compulsory for all students to attend Mass at least 3 times a week and observe ‘The Angelus’ prayer’ 3 times a day.
Most of the students were Catholic, but we had Anglicans and Protestants of various denominations as well. I became more exposed to Christian Charismatic teachings, joined nondenominational prayer groups and underwent a period of ‘being born-again’, which cemented my belief on God. It was there I had my ‘Confirmation of the Holy Spirit’.
Due to my mother’s death, I was brought up partly by my mother’s family and later by my dad’s. My mother’s family is mostly Catholic and conservative who encouraged and supported me to be a good Christian and was proud of me whenever I hit a milestone in my religious life.
My father’s side of the family is mostly Anglican and also went to church often, but were more liberal and reformed. I was encouraged there to think for myself and I learnt to care for myself and my sister at an early age since there was no mother-figure and my dad was not really ‘there’ either.
Staying at my dad’s, my sister and I grew up with lots of books and educational programs on satellite TV, which at the time was expensive for most homes to have. As my mother’s side taught me to be obedient and subservient in their understanding of being respectful, my father’s side of the family encouraged me to ask questions and express myself freely.
You de-converted and became an atheist in 2007. What were the major reasons, arguments, evidence, and experiences for the de-conversion?
I had finished University where I acquired my BA in Linguistics and Modern Languages and I had made lots of friends in the expat community. At the time, I had come to realise that I had certain views such as feminism that a lot of Ghanaian men were not interested in due to cultural and religious reasons so I seemed to connect well with foreigners.
Dating a Serbo-Croatian then, I became familiar with the Eastern European community in the Capital, Accra. I came to realise that most of them were non-religious as most people from Europe tend to be including my partner although they were baptised in the Orthodox church.
I also started to notice that whenever I made religious statements, there would be a short awkward silence and a change in topic. I felt then that I was not doing my job properly as a Christian if I could not teach them about the Word of God and pass on the teachings of Christ.
It was at this juncture that I set on a personal course to do objective research on the origins and importance of religion, especially Christianity, in order to properly inform my friends about it.
We had Satellite TV then as well so I gave more attention to programs on channels like the HISTORY channel, which at the time showed objective documentaries on the life and times of Jesus Christ and the origins of the Bible.
This was eye-opening because all my life, I had watched the same type of movies and documentaries which were shown every Sunday and especially on Christian Holidays, but those ones had certain relevant information left out of it and they also did not give archaeologically documented information so came my first ‘shocks’.
I also watched the Discovery and National Geographic channels for scientific documentaries on evolution the possibilities of life on other planets and these baffled me further because I had been taught to believe in only Creationism and I did not know there was another way of explaining how humans exist.
At that point, I had not gotten any information to preach with and I had no one to talk to about my findings. I went through stages of grief, disappointment, sadness, anger, and finally stopped going to church.
Even when I stopped going to church I felt that God would strike me with lightning for disobeying him or ‘betraying’ him, but as time went by and nothing bad seemed to happen, my fear lessened.
I did not know how to explain it to my family and friends. So for years, I kept my non-belief to myself and gave excuses for not attending church and sometimes hoped that I could be proven wrong with my non-belief so I could go back to worshipping God but that time never came.
You studied French at the University of Ghana for a Bachelor’s degree in Linguistics and Modern Languages (French and Spanish). Was this education assistive in personal and professional pursuits during postsecondary education and post-graduation?
Yes, it was. Actually, at the time, the University of Ghana did not give much room for choice by students. They mostly took subjects you excelled in from High School and gave you subjects in that field to study and since I passed exceptionally in English, French and Geography, I was given the Language subjects.
I grew to enjoy Linguistics which was a social science program and it interested me greatly as its history taught me a lot about who we are as humans and how far we have come in terms of communication in our development as a species.
I studied various courses in pragmatics, phonetics, syntax, linguistics in Ga (my local language) and Linguistics in English. In Spanish, history and literature formed a big part of our studies and French grammar as well.
As Ghana is the only Anglophone country in Africa completely neighboured by Francophone Countries, it became integral that I learnt it as it could get me a long way in the job market although I never really used it much in my career.
It came in handy in translating for visiting clients, contractors. I loved studying Spanish for the love of it and linguistics helped me in my career as an administrator in creating and reviewing company documents. I speak 3 local languages and knowing 3 more foreign languages came in handy in my social life meeting people from all over the world.
How did you become an activist?
I became active in activism after joining the Humanist Association of Ghana. I gained confidence to ‘come out’ then as atheist and I wanted to help share what I knew now just as I was as a Christian but this time, based on evidence.
I also realised how religion was destroying my country and continent due to ignorance, lack of education, and human rights abuses, and I felt I had to do something to help change things for the better. I felt that if I knew of an alternative to the dogmatic teachings I was given, I might have been atheist earlier and maybe, I could give someone else the opportunity to be a freethinker, which I was never given.
Were parents or siblings an influence on this for you?
My family had no idea that I would turn out to be atheist/humanist. I used to know that my uncle (father’s brother) who moved to the USA over 40 years ago was a deist by then, but never got the opportunity to discuss it with him until now. My sister’s godmother was also a German atheist, but it was never discussed perhaps because I felt it would be rude.
My sister left the Catholic church to become an Evangelical youth prayer group member while I was turning atheist. It was not until 2 years later that she became atheist. Even though we are so close and tell each other everything, it wasn’t until 3 years after her de-conversion that I got to hear about her story during a HAG group meeting. I definitely had no influence from Family.
The best they helped was by giving me a good education and logical reasoning skills.
Did you have early partnerships in this activist pursuit? If so, whom?
Not really. I did not know about humanism until after I joined the Freethought Ghana group from which HAG came. Once I was introduced to it and I was able to recognise that humanism describes my personal philosophy of life, I began to identify as a humanist.
The group then organised the 1st ever West African Humanist Conference in 2012 and after learning what steps other groups across the West African region were taking, we started to realise the importance of organising and formalising our group from a social group to an activist group.
The conference also gave the group the opportunity to meet other groups and their representatives that are working on humanitarian projects on human rights activism such as now Minister for Gender, Children and Social Protection, Honourable Mrs. Nana Oye Lithur who spoke to us on the LGBT situation in Ghana at the time, Mr. Gyekye Tanoh of 3rd World Women’s rights group, Mr. Leo Igwe a renowned African humanist from Nigeria who was then doing his research in Ghana on Witchcraft accusations in the Northern region for his PhD in Germany and other humanist groups from Liberia, Sierra Leone, and Nigeria.
They gave us an insight on what they had been doing and gave us ideas from which HAG was inspired to join in.
Do you consider yourself a progressive?
Yes, I do. I am of the view that as a humanist who bases her ideas and decisions on logical reasoning and human value, I have had to rethink a lot of negative dogmatic beliefs, superstitions, and culture.
I believe that Ghana, and Africa as a whole, is knee deep in ignorance and social dogma, and that is why we remain undeveloped for the most part. I love my country and my people of various tribes and cultures and for that, the need to create a better future for our next generations urges me on to fight age-old systems that stagnate our progress as a people.
Does progressivism logically imply other beliefs, or tend to or even not at all?
Progressivism, in my opinion, has not got to do with any belief in the supernatural or deities.
There has been no proof of that and so moving forward for me, would mean totally discarding those beliefs and critically thinking of ways people can create better systems of living as a civilised nation that takes into account the responsibility of the well-being of its people.
However, I personally believe also that people have their right to association as enshrined in our constitution and therefore, need to have their rights respected but monitored so that its members and the general public are not badly affected by negative religious practices that would infringe on their rights. Rather, the religious can also be freethinkers with progressive views using religion as their source of inspiration.
How did you come to adopt a socially progressive worldview?
Personally, I have always been progressive since I was young. I was a member of the Wildlife club and Girl Guide Association since Junior High School and in Senior High School, I became President of the Wildlife Club of my school as well as held the position of Public Relations Officer of the Student & Youth Travel Organisation (SYTO) in 2002.
With these organisations, I advocated for the rights of animals and the plight of near-extinct species, the rights of girls, participated in various donations and awareness campaigns such as HIV/AIDS and Breast Cancer.
I believe that becoming atheist made me more aware of my passions and my part to play in advocacy and the promotion of human rights based on the realisation that there is no one and no god to help us other than ourselves as people.
Why do you think that adopting a social progressive outlook is important?
It is very important since our lives and our well-being depend on the environment and the kind of society we are in. Having bad cultural practices, harmful traditions, and laws could lead us backwards rather than providing us with a bright future for ourselves and the next generations around the world.
I have grown to witness and live with hearing cases of child abuse at homes and in schools, seeing child trafficking on my streets, the handicapped begging, the mentally ill left naked to roam the streets, people dying of diseases that could have been prevented or cured, the loss of trust in policing and the judicial system and the effects of bad governance, bribery, and corruption on a populace.
People are growing ever so desperate that they are falling for the con of others using religion as a means of using them for their sexual perverted desires and money. Poverty is driving people to abandon their loved ones or accuse their own mothers of witchcraft in order for them to be put to death or banished from their communities for life.
It is important that we do away with these in our societies as we have come to know better and rather look to our past which in the Akan language has a term called “Sankofa” which teaches us to learn from our past to build a better tomorrow.
As a progressive, what do you think is the best socio-political position to adopt in the Ghana?
A major investment into Ghana’s educational system and the review of our school curriculum. Almost all government and private schools are influenced or owned by religious institutions and they dictate what should and should not be taught to our children.
It is in schools that major indoctrination starts and stifles freethinking in children. It is also there that teachers are given a right to beat up children to enforce ‘god’s will’ of the “spare the rod, spoil the child’ culture. If our educational system is revamped as our 1st President, Osagyefo Dr. Kwame Nkrumah, a humanist himself, started and envisioned it to be, Ghana could have a well-educated and empowered workforce to develop the country in all the other sectors.
I attended the first University built by Osagyefo Dr. Kwame Nkrumah, The University of Ghana.
You became a member of the Humanist Association of Ghana (HAG) in 2012. You helped organised the first ever West African Humanist Conference (2012), which was sponsored by the International Humanist and Ethical Youth Organisation (IHEYO). What tasks and responsibilities come along with volunteering and organising for the HAG?
At the time, our group was quite small but vibrant.
It was an exciting time to meet other Ghanaian atheists and agnostics and we were very pleased that IHEYO would entrust us with organising such a big event despite us being so new as a group.
We did not have any formal leadership or an Executive Committee at the time so most of this was planned by volunteering members especially Graham Knight who helped to bring us together and started the Freethought Ghana group.
I was then working for an Australian Mining Company out of Accra so I made myself available to attend and help with last minute preparations like picking up delegates from the airport to their hotel and vice versa after the event.
During the event, I volunteered to be at the information desk where I helped to register attendees, distribute pamphlets, notebooks, pens and provide drinking water. I also took it upon myself to film the conference since the funds were not enough for photo and video services.
I also represented the group for interviews by local and international media. To be a volunteer, to me, is about helping however, wherever and whenever you can. Whether financially, using your skills or socially, any help at all goes a long way to achieve a successful event and team effort makes it even more motivating, fun and organised.
In Ghanaian culture, what are some of the more effective means to teach critical thinking within the socio-cultural milieu?
Ghana is made up of a culturally diverse population. It consists of roughly 100 linguistic and cultural groups. These groups, clans and tribes, although very different from each other, have certain similarities in various aspects of their culture. In Ghana, a child is said to be raised by the whole village rather than just the nuclear family.
Traditionally, information was passed on from generation to generation mainly through song and dance. However, in modern days, education not only begins from home but in schools, mainstream media such as TV, radio and religious institutions. As humanists, our focus has been with the youth in schools and social media.
What about modern scientific ideas?
Most of the understanding of things around us are taught from home by parents and extended family members who usually pass on what they learnt from their elders. This is mostly dogmatic and superstitious rather than scientific even though the end result is meant to educate.
Educational institutions are good grounds to teach modern scientific ideas. Ghana can boast of some of the best science institutions such as the Kwame Nkrumah University of Science and Technology as well as research centres such as the Noguchi Memorial institute.
We also have some of the most renowned Medical Teaching hospitals in the West
African region such as the Komfo Anokye and Korle-Bu Teaching Hospitals. Ghana
has the only Planetarium in West Africa which is 1 of only 3 on the continent,
which HAG members patronise and promote. There are also science programmes and
quiz competitions amongst schools on TV.
What are the main barriers to teaching critical thinking and modern scientific ideas?
Lack of infrastructure, dedicated science teachers who are poorly paid, medical personnel and government interest has made our science sector struggle as compared to more developed countries.
The average Ghanaian sees science as more theoretical and career-specific than practical. The understanding of science is seen mostly as a ‘Western’ construct than a global one. This could have stemmed from the fact that most modern inventions known to us came from Europe and the USA.
As a Ghanaian and African, what seem like the positives and negatives of religion
and religious fervour on individuals and communities in Ghana and Africa in
general?
Using the major religions like Christianity, Islam and Traditional worship, the positives of religion are that they give a sense of community, feelings of love, boosts self-esteem and gives hope and inspiration. The negatives however, are countless.
Many of which include spiritual leaders taking advantage of people financially and sexually, having delusional thoughts out of superstition and religious indoctrination, self- loathing, and guilt from unnecessary thoughts, a sense of false hope, illogical reasoning, lazy attitudes towards work and charity, a false sense of entitlement, mandates to abuse yourself and others most of which turn out to be fatal, etc.
What big obstacles (if at all) do you see social-progressive movements facing at the moment?
1. Lack of governmental/State support
2. Lack of funding or insufficient funds
3. Mismanagement of funds
4. Lack of public support
5. Inadequate and outdated rules of law
6. Insufficient legal backing and law enforcement
How important do you think social movements are?
Social movements are very important especially in 3rd world countries in being the voice of the people and putting pressure on government and the people to review and approve the living conditions of people and the state of affairs of a country and its environment in the best interest of everyone.
This is because despite democracy being adapted as a system of rule in most African countries, most of the time, cultural, traditional and religious biases steer the governments in the wrong direction and also because most of the countries may not have enough funding to care for its citizens and infrastructure.
In November, 2015, you became President of the HAG and in July, 2016, the Chair of the IHEYO African Working Group. What do these elected-to positions mean to you?
In the beginning of joining the humanist movement, I honestly never really saw myself as a leader. I just wanted to contribute my quota. However, I started to realise I had it in me to do great things for my group when I wrote my first article and got the most hits online! I received over 200 comments within days of posting it.
Most of the comments were negative but I felt I had left a mark and got people thinking. It also got the group recognised. I was recommended to IHEYO for a position as Secretary of the African working group in 2014 and at the time, I did not have much on my portfolio as an activist so I was so surprised and over-the-top excited when I got the news that I had been elected by international humanists who barely knew me from a record number of nominations!!!
I was grateful that they read through my nomination and entrusted me with the position, which I held for 2 years.
I took it very seriously and had a lot of guidance from the IHEYO EC whose President was Nicola Jackson. I saw how long the working group had been dormant, and so many things I could do to bring it to life and so many ideas started coming to me.
I increased social media presence on our Facebook page for the African Working Group and membership increased from 12 to 183 members within 2 years (It is now over 230). I also started a new Twitter page, @IheyoAfwg, with 130 followers including local and international humanists and humanist organisations.
I helped create a network of African humanists and humanist organisations that are in regular communication via email, skype and WhatsApp and I discovered several African humanists and organisations that I am in constant contact with to advise and guide.
In December 2014, I together with the Humanist Association of Ghana, hosted the 2nd West African Humanist Conference (WAHC), sponsored by HIVOS and IHEYO. Please see below for links to the videos of the 2-day event which was aired live online setting a record for my group: Day 1 — Day 2– I founded the HAGtivist podcast project and started it with other volunteering members of HAG.
I had been a contributor to the IHEYO newsletter Youthspeak personally and from various member organisations in Ghana and Nigeria, and I represented the working group at the recently held General Assembly (GA) in Malta this year.
I was part of the team that helped to organise the first ever continent-wide humanist conference held in Kenya called the African Humanist Youth Days (AHYD 2016) in July. This year, I knew that if I won the election as Chair, there would be so much more I could do to lead the Working group and despite a new resolution to have only Working group MOs voting this time, I came out victorious once again.
I am grateful to my fellow African humanists for their support and belief in me. It was on the same day I also received news of our election from HAG that I had also gained the position from Interim President in November 2015 to President elect in July 2016.
It was truly humbling that my work was recognised and my fellow members had given me the responsibility of representing our group of highly intelligent, creative and wonderful people.
These 2 positions come with the responsibility of representing Africa positively, dedicating a lot of time and resources, being passionate, bold, charismatic, firm, principled, professional, discerning, and diplomatic.
I believe that history is to be made this time around with young African humanists, and I am really happy to have the opportunity to be one of the ones at the forefront of change at this time setting a foundation for generations to come.
Who are personal heroes within the culture?
Historically, there are many personalities that are celebrated in Ghana. Some of my personal heroes are Yaa Asantewaa, an Ashanti Queen mother who, in 1900, led the Ashanti rebellion known as the War of the Golden Stool, also known as the Yaa Asantewaa war, against British colonialism. Her courage and bravery for a woman of her time inspires me.
Our first President of Ghana, Osagyefo Dr. Kwame Nkrumah is also one of the most renowned figures in Africa. He was born in a small village in Ghana and was able to finish his education in 1 of the most prestigious institutions in the world at Oxford University, returned home a humanist and fought for Ghana’s independence from the British, making Ghana the 1st African country to be free from colonial rule in 1957.
He was able to transform Ghana by providing us with our first and largest Hydroelectric dam, free basic school education, universities, science centres, Highways, our only International airport, our biggest port, etc. which we enjoy to this day.
In modern times, I have come to admire the work of our current Minister for Gender, Children and Social Protection, Nana Oye Lithur. Although Christian, even before her Ministerial appointment, as a Lawyer, she has helped fight for the rights of the LGBT community despite serious opposition, worked Pro bono to solve many domestic cases especially those against women and children and is working tirelessly through her Ministry in assisting alleged
witches banished from their communities.
What is your favourite scientific discovery ever?
Electricity! It forms such an integral part of modern day living that I cannot imagine where we would be without it.
What philosopher(s), or philosophy/philosophies, best represent your own views about aesthetics, ethics, metaphysics, and politics?
I do not follow any philosophers in particular because I have not read about any. Instead, various documentaries have helped shape my thoughts on various aspects of life. I am a lover of nature, science and art. I am not interested much in politics and I derive my ethics from logic, constant research and debates amongst friends and members of HAG.
Who seem like the greatest anti-scientific representatives in Ghana?
Religious leaders!
What about the greatest anti-scientific and anti-humanistic movements within Ghana?
Ghana’s greatest enemy in the progress of science and technological advancement is religion. It is the only and greatest barrier because it allows for so much wrong to go on with little or no opposition.
From faith healing, false prophecies, work ethics, illogical theories, women’s oppression, authoritarianism, human rights abuse, bribery and corruption, etc. Ghana is highly religious in the sense that everything that happens is attributed to a deity or superstition or both! If something good happens, it is “By His (God’s) grace”, if something bad happens, it is “God’s will” or “the devil’s work” or “a bad spirit” or “angry ancestors”.
It is almost impossible to argue with people no matter how educated because of this train of thought. Religion is not a private matter as most religious countries practice. Here, it is allowed everywhere and anyone who stands in the way of their ideology or spiritual leader is an enemy of progress to them.
Most homes force relatives to pray at odd hours loudly and some go on the streets at midnight to pray or preach. In the public buses, herbal medicine traders who also double as Christian pastors are allowed to stand and preach for hours during the journey.
At work, highly religious entrepreneurs and Managers force employees to sing and pray before and after work. All official meetings and occasions, private or public begin and end with a prayer. Our entire lives are circulated around prayer and worship of one deity or another. There is little space for intellectual conversations and critical thinking.
What can external associations, collectives, organisations, and even influential individuals, do to assist you in your professional endeavours in Ghana?
I implore all external associations, collectives, organisations to partner with legitimate, active organisations here especially HAG. I advise that not only should they support the work of HAG, but also keep following up on our work.
You may support the activities of HAG through bringing in substantive ideas, financial aid, materials such as books, clothes, Resource persons, promoting our activities on social media and mainstream media and influential people can also visit to help promote our work and start fundraising campaigns that would be widely reached.
International women’s empowerment, equality, and rights are important to me. What is the status of women regarding empowerment, equality, and rights in Ghana?
I am very happy to be born at a time when women empowerment is starting to benefit the masses. However, there are several factors that are hampering empowerment and gender equality in Ghana, which include Cultural and religious beliefs. I wrote an extensive article regarding this issue in March 2016.
Can humanism improve the status of women in Ghana more than traditional religious structures, doctrines, and beliefs?
Most definitely it can! This is because, humanism emphasises the value of all human beings regardless of gender and promotes wellbeing of people whereas religion and superstition creates an illusion of differences between the gender making men feel superior than women. Humanism also brings about a sense of selflessness and working to better the lives of the deprived in society which are mostly women.
Thank you for your time, Roslyn.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/03
In Indonesia, men don mini-skirts to end violence against women
According to the Daily Mail, men in Indonesia have begun to put on skirts in protest against the persistent discrimination against women. An individual, Syaldi Sahude, recollected
the statistics that about 85% of Indonesian women have suffered from “violence at the hands of their partners” and remain in those relationships.
“There were women’s empowerment, legal aid and trauma programmes for survivors but the root cause of this is men,” said Sahude, who was working at a women’s rights group at the time.
Protecting women human rights defenders in Honduras
Global Report reports that there is a great need to defend women human rights defenders within Honduras, especially that women “shouldn’t have to risk your life to demand respect for your rights and the rights of others.”
“Hundreds of defenders” have face various threats, and even murdered, and without prosecution or investigation into the either. Honduran women human-rights defenders spoke out.
They sent a “message to United Nations Special Rapporteur on the Situation of Human Rights Defenders, Michel Forst” in August, who put out a joint press release stating, “Honduras is one of the most hostile and dangerous countries in the world for human rights defenders.”
Sex workers’ rights in public discourse in Latin America
According to The Frisky, there is, and has been, a movement for the labour rights for sex workers in the world following the summer of 2015 “when Amnesty International released
a declaration identifying workers’ rights as human rights.”
Germany and New Zealand have legal sex work with concomitant reductions in violence against sex workers and sexually transmitted diseases of them compared to other nations that have, by default, made sex work illegal.
The dialogue has continued to increase through the 13th conference on Women in Latin America and the Caribbean, especially with the push in that region for the rights of sex works.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/10/09
Tunisian women fight for their rights
According to CBC New: World, Tunisia had a revolution in 2011 that ended a 22-year long dictatorship, which created a series of “popular uprisings” across the Middle East. This was the Arab Spring.
Tunisians overthrew President Zine el-Abidine Ben Ali. That “spurred a jubilant sense
of unity.” However, women, in general, developed “dread” post-revolution over the status,
or potential non-status, of their rights. What if an Islamist conservatism swept the country?
President Ben Ali’s reign for over two decades had rampant “corruption, human rights abuses and tight restrictions on free speech and political opposition.” 1957 marked the instantiation of women’s rights, and 2014 the re-affirmation, in Tunisia.
Polish abortion law debated in European parliament
According to European Parliament News, the recent events in Poland, the protests over the proposed abortion law called Black Monday, “sparked a heated debate in the Parliament on Wednesday.”
Poland has the most regressive abortion policies in the continent of Europe. The proposed bill or law would make them even more regressive with respect to women’s rights, which means even
more “stringent sexual and reproductive health laws.”
The European Parliament is in a contested moment over the debate of the subject matter. Justice Commissioner, Věra Jourová, opened the debate with a declaration that “the European Union has no powers over abortion policy and cannot interfere in member states’ policies in this area.”
Saudi male-guardianship laws treat women as second-class citizens
According to The Guardian, Saudi Arabia’s male guardianship system imposed on women is a “set of bylaws and state-sanctioned discriminatory policies and practices that restrict a woman’s ability to have a wide range of choices unless permitted by her male guardian.”
That male can include the son, brother, husband, or father of the woman in question, or simply women in general. Women lack full recognition as “full legal adults” by this standard. That is, women in Saudi Arabia are nor recognized as adults by the state.
Female activists have joined forces in the country to abolish the system through “a petition and massive online support. “Women activists submitted a letter to the Royal Advisory Council” during 2014 in the hopes that there would be change, but the council members expressed no support for “significant change.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/10/06
Istanbul summit to bring together women for justice
According to Daily Sabah, the Second International Women and Justice Summit will be hosted next month from November 25-26 with the theme of “Speak Up for Justice!” for women to discuss problems faced by women.
The summit will be hosted by NGOs including Women and Democracy Association (KADEM) and the Ministry of Family and Social Policies. It will “start on the International Day for the Elimination of Violence Against Women.”
Two foci exist: “Women in Peace Processes” and “Syrian Refugee Women and Their Problems.” The hope is to raise awareness of women’s issues. There will be “workshops on cultural codes and manhood, women and peace, domestic violence and women refugees from Syria.”
Mike Pence’s Record On Women’s Rights Barely Came Up At The Debate & That’s A Problem
According to the Romper, During the first and only vice presidential debate of 2016, Indiana Gov. Mike Pence and Virginia Sen. Tim Kaine took the stage to discuss, and essentially defend, their respective presidential nominees and the important issues their campaigns plan to address
in the hopes of currying favour with potential and would-be voters come
November.
But while the debate was flooded with information, Pence’s record on women’s rights barely came up at the vice presidential debate — which is an utter failure, as over half of voters are women, an estimated 53 percent.
Pence’s political track record on reproductive rights and women’s health care is not only disturbing, it’s something that should have been highlighted on a national stage at great length, as Donald Trump has claimed Pence will be the “most powerful vice president in the history of the United States.”
Bid to ban abortion in Poland sparks heated Strasbourg debate
Radio Poland reports that Left-wing European Parliament deputies on Wednesday slammed a “medieval” bid to ban abortion in Poland, while conservative MEPs stressed the controversial measure is not a government initiative.
But in a move that surprised many, a Polish parliamentary committee on Wednesday rejected the bill, which has triggered street protests and fierce criticism on social media.
Malin Björk, a Swedish politician for the Left Party, said in the European Parliament debate in Strasbourg: “This new [proposed] law is a huge blow against women’s rights.”. Gianni Pittella, president of the Progressive Alliance of Socialists and Democrats, the second largest political group in the European Parliament, said: “The Polish proposal to toughen abortion [laws] goes against the EU’s values and threatens the right to health of women.”
But Jadwiga Wiśniewska, who hails from Poland’s ruling conservative Law and Justice party, told fellow MEPs: “You are trying to debate [a measure] in Poland that doesn’t exist yet and you are talking about something on which you don’t have the right to legislate.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/03
In Indonesia, men don mini-skirts to end violence against women
According to the Daily Mail, men in Indonesia have begun to put on skirts in protest against the persistent discrimination against women.
An individual, Syaldi Sahude, recollected the statistics that about 85% of Indonesian women have suffered from “violence at the hands of their partners” and remain in those relationships.
“There were women’s empowerment, legal aid and trauma programmes for survivors but the root cause of this is men,” said Sahude, who was working at a women’s rights group at the time.
Protecting women human rights defenders in Honduras
Global Report reports that there is a great need to defend women human rights defenders within Honduras, especially that women “shouldn’t have to risk your life to demand respect for your rights and the rights of others.”
“Hundreds of defenders” have face various threats, and even murdered, and without prosecution or investigation into the either. Honduran women human-rights defenders spoke out.
They sent a “message to United Nations Special Rapporteur on the Situation of Human Rights Defenders, Michel Forst” in August, who put out a joint press release stating, “Honduras is one of the most hostile and dangerous countries in the world for human rights defenders.”
Sex workers’ rights in public discourse in Latin America
According to The Frisky, there is, and has been, a movement for the labour rights for sex workers in the world following the summer of 2015 “when Amnesty International released
a declaration identifying workers’ rights as human rights.”
Germany and New Zealand have legal sex work with concomitant reductions in violence against sex workers and sexually transmitted diseases of them compared to other nations that have, by default, made sex work illegal.
The dialogue has continued to increase through the 13th conference on Women in Latin America and the Caribbean, especially with the push in that region for the rights of sex works.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/10/28
Worldwide war against women
According to The Village Voice, there is a war against women around the world. The article notes that “a conservative Muslim president announces that women who don’t stay home and bear children are ‘deficient.’”
Russia’s Duma represents a campaign to decriminalize domestic violence, where the majority of victims are women. India has an editor of a liberal investigative magazine put his hand up a cornered employee’s skirt. The incident, or crime, is dismissed as “drunken banter”.
Within the Philippines, “the new president jokes about” missing the opportunity to
lead a gang-rape, which reflects consistencies among individuals in power, or men in stations of authority in the world.
Canadian Rights Record for Women’s Equality record under review
Net News Ledger reports that the Canadian rights record for women’s equality is under review at the United Nations in Geneva with the 65th session of the Committee on the Elimination of Discrimination against Women.
The new federal government, with the self-identified feminist Prime Minister, Justin Trudeau, and son of the late ex-Prime Minister Pierre Trudeau, calls for a “nation-to-nation relationship, and acknowledges that ‘poverty is sexist’.”
The Net News Ledger states that “Canada needs a comprehensive and holistic national gender equality plan that addresses all forms of discrimination against women and girls. It must take an intersectional approach, recognizing that particular groups of women and girls—including First Nations, Inuit, Métis, racialized, disabled, refugee, immigrant, transgender, lesbian, bisexual and single parent women and girls—experience particular forms of discrimination and deepened disadvantage.”
UN recognizes Afghan’s women’s ability to fight extremism
UN News Office notes that following an Afghan civil society meeting with representatives meeting in Kabul that women’s rights are key to the overall strategies to combat violent extremism.
The meeting was a part of a larger day entitled Global Open Day to assist women. It was themed on peace, security, and women. The UN Secretary-General’s Deputy Special Representative for Afghanistan, Pernille Kardel, and the Country Representative for the UN Entity for Gender Equality and the Empowerment of Women (UN Women), Elzira Sagynbaeva took part.
Kardel said, “In Afghanistan, ideologies imposing discriminatory belief systems continue to deprive women and girls of basic human rights such as freedom of movement and access to education and health.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/10/19
Donald Trump and reflection on the status of women and girls
According to The Jakarta Post, Donald Trump is the “buffoonish, hyper-narcissistic, xenophobic, misogynistic, mentally and emotionally retarded Republican presidential candidate…”
The author article goes on to use to present statistics about women and girls in addition to the International Year of theGirl Child and its “Girls’ Progress = Goals Progress: A Global Girl Data Movement”. They report that 700 million women have been married prior to the
age of 18, and “more than one third were married before 15.” It is economically related, too.
Poor girls are 2 ½ times more likely to marry in childhood. “Pregnancy happens soon after marriage, even when they are not mentally or physically ready”, the author said.
California porn star says enforced condoms violates her rights
According to The Guardian, a porn star considers the enforcement of condoms on porn sets a violation of her rights to do what she wants with her body, which is an argument made by Tasha Reign.
Reign was recently handing out pamphlets in San Diego, California at UCSD to protest Proposition 60, which is for the mandatory wearing of condoms for adult entertainers while filming sex scenes Reign is a self-identified feminist.
“It’s extremely difficult for somebody to be able to maintain an erection for 45 minutes, and to be able to pop with a condom…I hate the idea that some man is going to tell me what I can and can’t do”, Reign said.
Scarlett Johansson speaks for women’s reproductive health
Motto reports on the recent statements by Scarlett Johansson on women’s rights and the right for women to choose what to do with their bodies in addition to her accepting an award for work done with Planned Parenthood.
Johansson said, “Planned Parenthood has always been there for me and for the 2.5 million men and women who rely on their services annually”. She is a “strong advocate” for reproductive health organizations such as Planned Parenthood.
“A woman’s right to choose what to do with her body shouldn’t just be a woman’s rights issues”, said Johansson, “It’s the year 2016 and this is a human rights issue. A woman’s right to choose is a deeply personal one and should not be a part of anyone’s political platform”.
In Liberia, Barzon advocating for women’s rights
According to All Africa, the “Head of Liberia’s delegation” who went to the Rural Women Land Right Summit in Tanzania made a calling for the government to make sure that women in the rural areas have their rights to own land upheld.
Madam Jesadeh G. Barzon made firm statements about that land not being taken away from them. The importance to not take the land and, therefore, their livelihood away from them.
Barzon, Chairperson of the Zwedru Rural Women, stated that she climbed Mt. Kilimanjaro in order to have women’s voices heard for their “rights to land, investment and inheritance and the abolishment to early marriage.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/10/14
Women’s rights organisations’ funding on a five-year decline
According to The Guardian, the funding to women’s rights groups have continued to decline by over half through the previous five years, which contrasts with recent reports on the improvement in the lives of women in the long term through women’s rights organisations’ activities.
There was a financial support review of the major donor countries. According to the Gendernet report, which is a “subsidiary body of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development” (OECD), only .5% or £144m was dedicated to promotion of gender equality in poor countries.
The number in 2011 was 1.2%. In short, the monetary funding has decreased substantially from the previous amounts. “Only 8% of the funds earmarked for civil society went” straight to the developing country groups with a “fraction” to local women’s groups.
Muslim women challenge polygamy and triple talaq
According to the Daily Mail: India, a “war of words” emerged in the wake of All India Muslim Personal Law Board’s (AIMPLB) boycott of a “questionnaire on authoring a common code for issues such as marriage, divorce and property rights.”
The AIMPLB made the accusation that the law panel acted as “an agent of the Narendra Modi government.” That is, the proposal for the Uniform Civil Code threatens the diversity and pluralism of India. Many Muslim women activists stated that the AIMPLB does not speak for “the entire community.”
President of Maulana Arshad Madani, Jamiat-Ulema-e-Hind, said, “If a uniform civil code is implemented, attempts will be made to paint all in one colour, which is not in the interest of the country.” Many Muslim women challenged the legitimacy of the practices of triple talaq and polygamy.
Women climb Africa’s highest mountain in call for land rights
According to Reuters, a Kenyan woman’s, Ann Ondaye’s, husband died and the deceased husband’s brothers took the widow’s possessions. Ondaye is left with three young daughters.
There were attempts to oust her from her “matrimonial home” with claims about her children not being entitled to the father’s land. Why? They’re girls. Elders in the Luo community, and women activists, fought for Ondaye to stay on the 2.5-hectare lot of land.
“Ondaye is one of hundreds of women from more than 20 African countries meeting in Tanzania this week to write a charter” that will make explicit demands for the improvement of “access to and control over land.” The fittest will climb Mount Kilimanjaro to sign the charter.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/10/09
Anti-scientific politicians a growing problem in the U.S.
According to Scientific American, in an article by Shaw Otto, there is a warning about a growing anti-scientific movement, which appears to gaining momentum and possibly becoming a “growing problem in American democracy.”
That is, politicians holding anti-scientific beliefs can instantiate positions in direct opposition to “the core principles that the U.S. was founded on,” which are founded in “no king, no pope and no wealthy lord” being more “entitled to govern the people than they [are] themselves.”
Otto describes the current political situation as a post-fact. The regularized denial of scientific principles, laws, and facts become dangerous to an informed electorate. The normalization comes from “political, religious or economic agendas of authority.”
Native Americans are not anti-science
According to Salon, authors Roxanne Dunbar-Ortiz and Dina Gilio-Whitaker, the Native Americans, or American Indians, have fewer reasons to be anti-science than most and there is a history of “science…used in service of U.S. political agendas to dispossess them of their lands and subjugate them.”
Jason Antrosio, Professor of Anthropology at Hartwick College, claimed “many Native Americans refuse to participate in genetic studies,” where there seems to be a “belief
that Indigenous Americans somehow owe their DNA to genetics studies…”
“…and that when they disagree, they are automatically deemed to be against science.” The authors note the case of astronomy, which appears to be one of the first sciences. They state the commonality of all people, at one time or another and as with Indigenous peoples, through reading “the heavens to keep track of time.”
Other primates can read minds like humans
According to Science Magazine, there’s a classic experiment to test for theory of mind (ToM), which is “the ability to attribute desires, intentions, and knowledge to others.” That is, the test is for the ability to have an internal model of another mind.
Humans were thought to be unique in this capacity. As it turns out, other primates might have this ability that, to a limited or less great extent than, human beings. In particular, there’s the phenomena of knowing when someone holds a false belief, a counterfactual view
It is an ability “believed to underlie deception, empathy, teaching, and perhaps even language. But three species of great apes—chimpanzees, bonobos, and orangutans” can tell if an individual has a false belief.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/06
Anti-science is becoming an international “contagion”
According to Environment 360, British Labor MP Jo Cox was assassinated by a right-win nationalist last June after having tweets “about oceans, fishing, and trawler fleets” on her Twitter account.
Cox made reference to the International Council for the Exploration of the Seas (ICES), which is one “the oldest international scientific institutions in the world…founded in Denmark in 1902” to scientifically explore the oceans.
ICES scientists measure fish stocks. This can inform politicians in reasonable quotas for fishing. Nigel Farage described quotes as an attack on national sovereignty for Britain. These are but two of attacks on “science-driven policies of the EU” grounded in “the scientific process” and “evidence-based policy.”
Nobel Prizes for strange states of matter
According to QC Online: International, Nobel Prizes were awarded to three men – David Thouless, Duncan Haldane, and Michael Kosterlitz – with the possibility that their work could contribute to “more powerful computers and improved materials for electronics.”
In the 1970s and 1980s, their work showed the properties of matter’s stranger states of existence. The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences said, “Their discoveries have brought…theoretical understanding of matter’s mysteries and created new perspectives.”
The Nobel Prizes, co-won, came with monetary reward as well. It was about 8 million kronor. 4 million kronor to Thouless alone, and 4 million kronor to Haldane and Kosterlitz together. Haldane received the call about the prize. “My first thought was someone had died,” Haldane said. China National Genebank openingAccording to PR Newswire, China has officially opened the China National Genbank (CNGB) to facilitate and conduct international genomics collaboration for the provision to scientists around the world access to “the world’s most comprehensive and sophisticated biorepositories.”
The aim is to produce innovative research in human health and to contribute to “global biodiversity conservation efforts.” CNGBis a billion-dollar enterprise with over 47,500 square metres of coverage.
It was “initiated by China’s National Development and Reform Commission in 2011.” It was developed out of the Beijing Genomics Institute, which is the largest genomics organization. Ultimately, “the mission of CNGB is to preserve the essence of billion years of evolutionary history and deposit the life foundation of billions of people.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/04
Times when US presidents ‘banished’ science
The Atlantic reflected on the time the differences in American presidents and their advocacy, or lack thereof, of science in the political sphere for an impact of US public life.
Harry Truman used to confide in William T. Golden. Golden made a recommendation for an official science advisor to the president in 1950, which was a fortuitous move for science.
However, in “1973, Richard Nixon” had “grown increasingly dismissive of the advice
coming from scientific experts, and…abolished the position entirely.”
“Geeking Out for Science”
According to Scientific American, the GeekGirlCon occurred from October 8-9 with representation of science for kids, so that they could “explore the world of science and engineering with creativity and hands-on fun.”
Some dressed up in the event. It was aimed to inspire girls to become interested in science. The purpose is the need for future science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) graduates.
The future economy and jobs market is, as is becoming apparent to more and more, a
knowledge economy. Events like this support those endeavours. The National Science Foundations in the US created a competition for high school students interested in STEM.
Bones into Jelly!
Science Magazine notes that 10,000 years ago in the Stone Age, in other words our ancestors, hunter-gatherers actually built houses, hunted, and conducted shamanic rituals out in the “wetlands of North Yorkshire.”
“Archaeologists uncovered” a Mesolithic dwelling called the Star Carr (1948). There were highly preserved animal bones, wooden and bone tools, and headdresses. More recently, the researchers found Star Carr breaking down.
In fact, the “waterlogged wood rapidly mysteriously” broke down in addition to the bone turning into a jelly, which were, in a paper published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, termed “jellybones.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/10/28
Patient Zero for HIV ‘cleared’
According to BBC News, Gaetan Dugas was one “of the most demonised patients in history” and “has been convincingly cleared of claims he spread HIV to the US”, which diminishes the demonised, “legendary status”.
Dugas was a homosexual flight attendant. He acquired the name Patient Zero. Via a publication in the prestigious journal Nature, he was shown to be one of among thousands infected with HIV/Aids.
New York was found to be a nexus for the incubation and spread of HIV/Aids. It was
recognized in 1981 when unusual symptoms emerged among gay men. Researchers have been able to look back farther in time with stored samples from 1970s hepatitis trials, which contain HIV.
Probe glitch possibly behind Mars probe crashing
According to The Guardian, the European Space Agency (ESA) describes how a potential computer glitch might have caused the crashing of the probe that was sent to Mars.
Apparently, the plummet began a couple miles up. Further satellite images “confirm”
that the probe, or spacecraft, was travelling at about 300km/hr and “smashed into an
equatorial Martian plain on October 19th.
“After a flawless start to its descent, the craft’s landing sequence appears to have gone out of kilter” and The ExoMars 2016 lander put out its parachute much too early, and the retrorockets should have been on for 29 seconds but only were on for 3. The plummet and crash followed.
Science budget unaffected post-Brexit
The Register reports that Jo Johnson, Science Minister, promised the United Kingdom government will continue to allocate funding to the science budget “to underwrite EU funding following Blighty’s departure from the European Union.”
PM Theresa May notes the Brexit negotiation will take place following the Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty “triggering” in March, 2017. Johnson made assurances that the government committee devoted to this is “working hard.”
According to Johnson, there is a “strong commitment” on the part of the UK government to “not use any of the £26.3bn science budget pledged in April 2016” in support of monetary support cut by the EU.
Bad scientific climate a problem for the practice of it
EurekAlert notes that an acrimonious political context can slow down science and its progressive effects, which is especially important as a consideration in the midst of the Fourth Industrial Revolution and in a Knowledge Economy.
“The House of Representatives Science, Space & Technology Committee has been operating in lockstep with the combative political climate this election season” with detrimental consequences on science.
There have been 25 subpoenas since “last year.” These were raised to investigate the activities of science agencies and others. Some “scientists say the efforts are having a chilling effect” rather than bringing any problem behaviour to the fore.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/15
Dan Rather supports science
According to Scientific American, Dan Rather supports science and says that it is more important than ever in the modern world. Some questions might be raised about the presidential election of 2016 by future historians.
The Trump Administration will need to work on the scientific front because of the pressing concerns of the modern world that require scientific solutions and pursuit for their alleviation.
“The political press treats science as a niche issue. But I would argue that it is central to America’s military and economic might,” Rather said, “that it shapes the health and welfare of our citizenry, and that our governmental support of the pure pursuit of knowledge through basic research is one of the defining symbols of American excellence.”
“Supermoon” is here
Space.com reports that there will be a November “supermoon” on November 14 that can provide “an extraordinary sight for skywatchers,” which is “a full moon is at its perigee, or closest point to Earth during the lunar orbit.”
It will be the brightest and biggest moon, supermoon that is, to date in about 69 years, where the next one is expected to come on November 25, 2034. It is a rare event, and a rarefied experience for those that had or have the chance to see it.
NASA’s Noah Petro, Deputy Scientist of the Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter mission, said, “The main reason why the orbit of the moon is not a perfect circle is that there are a lot of tidal, or gravitational, forces that are pulling on the moon.”
New Zealand shakes and kills
Science Magazine said that an earthquake hit New Zealand on November 14, which killed 2 people, and that New Zealand has convoluted seismic activity based on the judgment of experts.
James Goff, Seismologist and Tsunami Expert at the University of New South Wales in Sydney,
Australia, said, “[New Zealand -seismology] is a lot more complicated than we thought…We are finding out again that there is seismic activity that we didn’t really know about.”
The US Geological Survey found the epicenter was a 7.8 magnitude earthquake near kaikoura, which is a coastal tourist town. The shallow quake from the earthquake “caused extensive damage to infrastructure.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/10/14
Comet hit 10 million years after the impact that killed the dinosaurs
According to Science Magazine, a small comet impact kicked off the PETM, stirring up the carbon just 10 million years after a similar event decimated the dinosaurs.
A group of scientists claim that here were rising temperatures by as much as 5°C to 8°C with concomitant huge wildlife migrations 56 million years ago. This is called the Paleocene-Eocene thermal maximum (PETM). Researchers did not know its cause for some time.
However, in an article this week in Science, a very prestigious journal, scientists presented findings of “glassy, dark beads, set in eight sediment cores tied to the PETM’s start.”
These are spheres “associated with extraterrestrial strikes.” – spheres that are often associated with extraterrestrial strikes. The spheres appeared to be “microtektites,” which is “debris” caused by comet or asteroid strikes against the Earth at high speeds.
Nerd-in-Chief for the US as 300 million USD in science funding unveiled
According to CNET, the United States unveiled 300 million USD funding for science through President Barack Obama. It is “federal and private money earmarked for support science and technology.”
There is 165 million USD devoted to “smart city initiatives” for the reduction of traffic congestion among other things. 70 million USD is meant for researching in brain diseases such as “Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s, depression and other diseases.”
There will be 50 million USD for “small-satellite technology that enables high-speed internet” and 16 million USD to improve the medical care for Americans through the Precision Medicine Initiative.
Wales aims for more scientists
According to Science Magazine, Wales wants more scientists and has the Welsh government has developed the Sêr Cymru initiative in 2012 as part of a larger set of governmental science strategies.
The aim is to make Wales world-class in areas of possibility for being the among the greats in the world in those domains. There has been a commitment of £50 million “to bring prestigious research chairs to Welsh universities.” A second £60 million…phase of Sêr Cymru” was launched in December, 2015, through offerings for mid- to early-career scientists. Chief Science Advisor for the Welsh Government, Julie Williams, said, “Our ambition is to grow research.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/11/04
American women have same abortion rate with medication and surgery
According to Religion News Service, US women have begun to end pregnancies with medication at about the identical rate as they would do with surgery, which marks an important point “for abortion in the
United States.”
This comes in the wake of a recent net decline in abortion whilst the decision, or choice, to have an abortion remains a controversial subject along political and religious lines in America.
It was the basis for a “fiery exchange in the final debate between presidential nominees Hillary Clinton and Donald Trump.” Medication-induced abortion was expected to overtake the surgical option when it won US approval 16 years ago. It might, but now it’s only equal.
Faith in progress and technology for happiness.
Quartz reports that religiosity has been overtaken by faith in progress as the way to make people happier within secular societies. Traditional, orthodox “religious belief best bolstered well being” in the past because it provided a sense of control.
University of Cologne, Germany social-psychologists state that science “satisfies the secular” quite a lot, and that technology has become the default as opposed to prayer, for an example.
1,500 people were surveyed in the Netherlands. The were surveyed about “values, religiosity, personality traits, beliefs about progress, and so on. They concluded “that both belief in scientific-technological progress and religiosity were associated with higher life satisfaction.”
Archbishop of Canterbury praised UAE on freedom of religion
The National reports that the Archbishop of Canterbury, Justin Welby who is the senior-most cleric in the Church of England, stated that the United Arab Emirates set a good example of permitting Christians to practice their faith.
“I am concerned that this is becoming the exception rather than the rule though in many parts of the world,” he said, “It will be a joy to worship today at St Andrew’s Church here in Abu Dhabi.
“Many politicians and religious leaders came together in the UAE for discussions and discourse on how to “promote tolerance and understanding.” The aim of the meeting was to have pragmatic ways to have freedom of religion within societies.
Author looks at the decline of religion in America
According to The Catholic Sun, Kenneth Woodward published a book entitled Getting Religion: faith, Culture, and Politics from the Age of Eisenhower to the Era of Obama.
“Woodward was the religion editor of Newsweek Magazine for nearly 40 years until his retirement. He wrote about everything, he knew everyone, and he saw it all. This makes him unique,” The Catholic Sun said.
Woodward chronicles the continual decline of religion within America in what is seen as decreases in “both religious principles and religious liberty. This is what first made America exceptional in the history of the world.”
Author looks at the decline of religion in America
Oxford University Press Blog says that modern Pagans are challenging the traditional definitions of religion. That is, “Pagan religions, both newly envisioned and reconstructed on ancient patterns, are growing throughout the world,” OUP Blog said.
Druidry, Wicca, and so on, have been maintained by individuals within the English-speaking world and this comes along with other attempts around the world to retain aspects of “indigenous or tribal traditions.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/10/28
Trump supporters strong among religious far-Right
Vox reports that that 2016 American presidential election is “about values” and the larger vision of America amongst the voting population, which comes in the two representatives of the Democrats, Clinton, and Republicans, Trump.
Prominent “white evangelical Republican voters themselves are still there” as “values voters” and are among “Donald -Trump’s most stalwart defenders.”
Many of these supporters with deeply held religious convictions are bound a narrow range of issues including “abortion, same-sex marriage, school choice and school prayer, and deeper problems with a hypersexualized mass culture that takes sex outside of marriage as a given.”
Civilization VI has religious victory route
Eurogamer notes that one of the new big video games, Civilization VI, contains various religious elements as with the previous series of the game, where players can win via religion, for example.
To spread a preferred religion within the game, the player will need to acquire Faith with continuous quantities of the resource throughout the game to be able to strike a Faith-based victory, or a Religious Victory.
The Religious Victory can be had through the training and sending out of Apostles and Missionaries to “help spread the good news.”
Baha’i members say Iran want to ‘crush’ the religion
According to ABC News, the Baha’i International Community has expressed deep concerns about the attempts by Iran to “crush the religious minority” and that this has increased under the Presidency of Hassan Rouhani.
There was a 122-page report with statements that there is a “campaign to incite hatred against Baha’is” such as the spreading of over 20,000 bits of anti-Baha’i propaganda via the Iranian media.
Rouhani was inaugurated in August, 2013. There have been 151 Baha’i arrests in addition to 388 “incidents of economic discrimination” that have included intimidation, threats, and shop closings.Indian Supreme Court will not debate greater meaning of Hindutva
According to the Hindustan Times, the Supreme Court, in India, will not enter into a greater debate as to the meaning of Hindutva, but, nonetheless, asserted that “asking for votes in the name of religion was “evil” and “not permissible”.”
The Supreme court was revisiting the judgment in 1995 about the Hindutva as a “way of life and not a religion” and that this might imply disqualification if candidates invoke religion for votes.
Chief Justice, TS Thakur, said, “It is difficult to define religion. There will be no end to this.” This was an observation and comment made with elections only five months away.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/10/20
Bangladeshi murder suspect arrested
According to NDTV, the central suspect in the murder case of secular Bangladeshi blogger has been arrested as of recent.
The secular Bangladeshi blogger, Nazimuddin Samad, was a law student and was murdered after the publication of a blog post critical of Islamists.
Counter-Terrorism and Transnational Centre unit and Detective Branch of police arrested the suspect, Rashidun Nabi, from Sayedabad.
Chinese government cracks down on parental ‘luring’ of kids into religion
The Independent reported on the government China’s call on friends, neighbours, and relatives that might be “luring minors into religious activities” in one province of China with the largest Muslim population.
November 1 in Xinjiang will be the first implementation of the education rules. There will be removal of children from their parents’ care and send them to “receive rectification” at specialist schools” in the case of the luring into religious activities.
With the “significant ethnic Uighur population” in this region of China, the limitations or restrictions are being “enforced on the practice of Islam” with the implementation of the new rules resulting in even further punishment.
Secular father prevents circumcision of newborn
According to Arutz Sheva, a father prevented a circumcision. The father very shortly before a circumcision of his son prevented the circumcision. It was the secular father’s newborn son.
The ‘sandak’ was to be performed by Rabbi Kanievsky. Sandak is a term for an honoring for a child at a Brit Milah or circumcision ceremony in the Jewish tradition.
The report states: “A number of families were participating in the joint event, and when the turn of the child in question came, his father suddenly appeared, grabbed him up, and fled.
Secular Student Alliance sells souls to religions
According to Daily Texan Online, the Secular Student Alliance has set up an auction for souls to be able to raise funds for the alliance.
It was called, and was the first, the Soul Auction. Various formal religions were represented with different jars such as Mormonism, Islam, Catholicism, and so on.
Based on the greatest amount of donations to a particular religious denomination, the SSA would attend a service of that religion.
Kaine and Pence debate seen as “honest” and “sincere” regarding faith
According to Salon, Longwood University, which is a public university in Virginia, was host to “the first and only vice presidential debate” with many calling the “most honest” and “most sincere” debate in some moments.
These were moments marked by Sen. Tim Kaine (D-VA) and Gov. Mike Pence
(R-IN) having open discussions about their faiths. Pence made open appeals to the abortion and life’s sanctity concerns of the Christian right.
Kaine made clear emphasis on individual choice and the “moral responsibility of honoring” it. The Salon article author notes that the “focus stemmed from the fear, particularly among white southern evangelicals, of disturbing an old order based on white supremacy, heterosexuality and female domesticity.”
High Holy Days unavoidable for secular Israelis and diaspora Jewry
According to Haaretz, diaspora Jews and secular Israelis can learn from one another during the occurrence of Yom Kippur.
The High Holy Days remain “unavoidable” within the borders of Israel. This “religious New Year permeates the country’s natural rhythms.”
Both diaspora Jewry and secular Israelis take part in them or rake advantage of these special days. It is noted secular Israelis, for instance, might use them as “pseudo-holidays”.
Bart Ehrman and Robert Price debate
According to Chicago Now, Professor Bart D. Ehrman and Dr. Robert M. Priceare having a debate on October 21 in Milwaukee, Wisconsin on the topic of Jesus’s existence or non-existence.
Ehrman wrote five New York Times bestsellers to date in addition to be a distinguished professor of religious studies at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. He is considered
a “leading authority on the New Testament and the history of early Christianity.”
Professor Robert M. Price is a former Baptist minister with a PhDs in systematic theology and the New Testament. He is the “professor of biblical criticism at the Center for Inquiry Institute” and considers Jesus a mythological figure.
School works to keep secular status
According to The Record, a school is working hard to keep its secular status after two Muslim students were discriminated against.
The students wanted to pray and were not allowed to pray. The school, Webber Academy, is fighting to keep its secular status based on this.
The Alberta Human Rights Commission decision, last summer, was upheld by a lower court judge in addition to the $26,000 fine.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
